GA22 6822 20_System_360_and_System_370_Bibliography_Jul73 20 System 360 And 370 Bibliography Jul73
GA22-6822-20_System_360_and_System_370_Bibliography_Jul73 GA22-6822-20_System_360_and_System_370_Bibliography_Jul73
User Manual: GA22-6822-20_System_360_and_System_370_Bibliography_Jul73
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 432
Download | |
Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
GA22-6822-20 File No. 8360/8370-00 IBM System/360 and System/370 Systems Bibliography This bibliography identifies and describes all technical publications and related materials needed by those who plan for, program, install, or operate the IBM System/360 (Model 22 and above) and the IBM System/370. Titles, order numbers, current status, subject codes, an abstract of each item, and graphic library charts are provided. This bibliography is updated regularly to include new or revised publications and abstracts pertaining to this system library. \ System/360 Model 20 publications and abstracts are provided in a separate bibliography, order number GA26-3565. Twenty-fast Edition (July 1973); level of June 7, 1973 This is a major revision of, and supersedes, GA22-6822-19 and Technical Newsletter GN2()'2844. This edition incorporates and makes obsolete a temporary supplement, IBM System/370 Advanced Function Bibliography, GC2()'1763. In Part 3, which was introduced in the Twentieth Edition, the subject code of each publication has now been added to the left of its order number. Requests for IBM publications should be made to your IBM representative or to the mM branch office serving your locality. A form for readers' comments is provided at the back of this bibliography. If the form has been removed, comments may be addressed to IBM Corporation, Dept. 77 A, 1133 Westchester Avenue, White Plains, New York 10604. Comments and suggestions become the property of mM. Preface For each major IBM data processing system, publications useful in planning, programming, installing and operating that system are assembled in a system library. Subject Identification and Filing Where a file number (e.g., S360-33) appears on a publication, it identifies the system library in the prefix (S360) and the subject classification in the suffix (33, i.e., sort/merge). Prefix of File Number Publications associated with two system libraries identify both in the prefix. Publications applying to more than two libraries have component number(s) in the prefix if one or two components, GENL if involving no one or two specific components, or TP in the case of generalized teleprocessing. Subject Code The suffix of the file number identifies the subject classification or code, such as 22 for APL or 15 for physical planning manuals and templates. The subject code indicates the filing sequence for publications in system libraries which are organized by the subject. The subject code is used alone (Le., independently of the file number.prefix) to identify and group associated publications. It is also used in subscribing to SLSS (System Library Subscription Service). The complete list of subject codes and their definitions is given in a table at the beginning of Part 1 of this bibliography. Organization of Bibliography This system bibliography has four parts. Part 1 lists publications by subject. It is organized as shown in the table of contents - with the publications under most headings being grouped by sub. ject code. Part 2 contains abstracts describing each item . listed in Part 1. Part 3 consists of a second listing, in ordernumber sequence, of all items listed by subject sequence in Part 1. Part 4 consists of graphic library charts that help to show the associations among publications. Note: Order numbers are sequenced by second character. The first character (G, S, or L) is the use key. (See "Identification of Availability.") Part 1 In Part 1, the subject code listing, only one subject code is assigned to a publication; however, a publication is listed under more than one heading if, for example, it applies to more than one programming system. Items under the same subject code heading are listed in sequence. Basic sequences include: numeric by machine type for machine publications; alphabetic by program name for program publications; or alphameric by title for installation forms and supplies. In Part 1, the basic eight-position order number of each publication is given. Where it is necessary to distinguish between publications that support different releases of a programming system, ordernumber suffixes (which identify specific editions of that publication), or the order numbers of supplements to that publication, are also given. Part 2 Before ordering copies of publications, check the abstract, in Part 2, to be sure that your installation will require the information. Abstracts are listed in order-number sequence. Part 3 Part 3, the list of current editions by order number, shows all recent supplements (Technical Newsletters, or TNLs) as well as all current editions. This part of the bibliography enables you to easily locate and verify the currency of any publication· listed, through its edition suffix and any TNLS issued since the latest edition. Some publications may exist in several current editions; all are listed, because an early current edition, regularly updated with TNLS, is exactly the same as the latest current edition. For your convenience in determining the subject code of a publication listed in Part 1, the subject code is repeated in Part 3. Part 4 The library charts in Part 4 provide a graphic aid for quickly finding publications related to specific configurations and programming systems. Showing various associations among publications or different paths for different requirements, they reduce the time required to chart or check out a basic, individuallibrary. Order Number The publication order number has eight positions, plus one or two positions for the edition suffix. The order number identifies various facts about a publication -- including those described below. Preface Identification of Availability The first character of the order number is the use key, which governs the availability of the document .. Use key G means that the item is available to customers, through the IBM representative, without charge for quantities that meet normal requirements. Use key S means that the item is for sale through IBM branch offices. Use key L means that the item is available only to licensees for the IBM Program Product or other licensed program. Identification of Logic Manuals Publications that explain program logic have a "Y" as the second character of the order number: e.g., SY28-1234-5. (They also include "Program Logic Manual," "System Manual," "Logic," or similar wording in the title.) Such manuals are intended for use by persons involved in program maintenance or alteration of the program design; they are not required for normal use or operation of the program described. Bill of Forms An order number in the form of GBOF-1234 is a Bill Of Forms -- a single order number for a package of several separately-order-numbered documents. Identification of Microfiche An alphabetic character in the third position of an . order number identifies a document on microfiche: e.g., S2CO-0301 or LYB0-5432-1. The only exception is a bill of forms, in which the third character is also alphabetic (not zero). Identification of Back-Release Support A "T" or"Q" in the second position is a temporary order number for a publication that supports a release or version of a programming system that is prior to the latest release. E.g., GTOO-OO12-1 or ST28-1234-4. Extra Symbols (Flags) Maximum case: **GC19-0001-5#* or: **GC28-6421-3#+ A double asterisk preceding the order number indicates a change in the associated title or order number (such as a new edition) or an additional item. When more than one edition of a publication is current, the order number suffix is followed by a number sign (#). A single asterisk following the order number indicates that the item is for IBM World Trade use only. ii IBM System/360 and System/370 Bibliography A plus sign following the order number indicates that the item is for U.S.A. use only. In the abstract section (Part 2), *N identifies a new abstract and *M identifies a modified abstract. Updating To keep publications current, changes and additions are distributed in the form of Technical Newsletters (TNLS). When the changed pages released in a TNL are inserted in the manual to which it applies, the base publication is brought up to date. The next reprint of the base publication incorporates the TNLS, and is assigned the next higher suffix number, but need not be ordered as it is the same as any prior edition listed as also current. TNL Masthead The masthead of the TNL cover page includes the order number of the base publication to which the TNL applies. All previously issued TNLs are listed in the masthead so that you may verify receipt of all changes. (Each TNL is separately orderable.) Bibliography Revision Schedule Between revisions, TNLS are issued to update the bibliography. Each TNL includes pages to be added or replaced wherever necessary to reflect the addition, change, or deletion of publications. At regular intervals, the bibliography is revised to incorporate and merge all new information with that in the previous bibliography edition. References Specialized bibliographies and other supplemental items are listed in Part 1 under appropriate subject codes. Check the following items, and the abstracts that describe them: Supplemental Bibliography: Teleprocessing/Data Collection (GA24-3089), subject code 00. Bibliography of Data Processing Techniques (GF20-8172), subject code 00. Bibliographies of application publications that pertain to specific industries (Medical, Media, Public Utilities, Finance, State and Local Government, Insurance and others), subject code 60 in "Licensed Application Programs." IBM Data Processing Glossary (GC20-1699) and IBM Marketing Publications KWIC Indexes, subject code 85 in "Other Supplementary Information. " Contents Part 1. Subject Code Listings 0. 0. 0 0. 0. 0. 00......... 0.............. 0...... 0.. iv Table of Subject Code Definitions .•..... 0 0.. 0.................. 0 . . . . . . . . . .. iv Machines ..... 0............... 00 ....... 0..... 0......................... I Programming - General. 0... 0.... 0 .. 0.. 0. 0.. 0... 0........................ 8 OS/VSI (OS/Virtual Storage I) ........... 0. 0.. 0.... 0...... 0....... 0....... 10 OS/VS2 ............... 0" 0............. 0 .......... 0...... 0........... 17 VM/370 (Virtual Machine Facility/370) .......... 0.......... 0................ 23 OS (Operating System) - Release Dependent Publications .•.... 0 ........... 0.. 0 0 24 OS - Release Independent Publications ..... 0.............. 0 0.............. 0 34 ASP (Attached Support Processor/Asymmetric Multiprocessing System) . 0..... 0. 0 34 Call-OS ..... 0 ....... 0................... 0.0 ...... 00. 0.00 ............ 34 Real Time Monitor ... 0.... 0....................... 0.......... 0........ 35 Other ........ 0.... 0.................. 0 0... 0.... 0 o......... 0 0.0 .... 0.35 DOS for System/370 Only (DOS Release 27 and DOS/VS) ......... 0... 0.. 0 0 0.. 0 37 DOS (Disk Operating System) for System/360 and System/370 .......... 0...... 0. 38 TSS (Time Sharing System) ...... 0.. 0 0...... 0..... 0.. 0 ....... 0... 0 0 ....... 42 44PS (Model 44 Programming System) ..... 0....................... 0...... 0. 43 TOS (Tape Operating System) 0 0. 0...... 0.................... 0 0. 0 0.. 0...... 44 BOS (Basic Operating System) ... 0..... 0. 0... 0........ 0 ..... 0... 0. 0........ 45 BPS (Basic Programming Support) ... 00 .. 0..... 0 0......... 0... 0 0.. 0. 0 .. 0 0 .. 0 46 Licensed Programs (Subject Codes 20 through 40) .. 0.......... 0................ 48 ITF (Interactive Terminal Facility) - Program Product .. 0......... 0......... 0.. 0 59 TSO (Time Sharing Option) - Licensed-Program Publications ...... 0.. 0 0........ 61 • Licensed Application Programs .......................... 0 0.. 0 .. 0.... 0..... 62 Type II Programs .... 0....... 0.... 0... 0... 0. 0...... 0 ....... 0........ 0. 0. 85 Type III Programs ........ 0................................ 0 ...... 0 0.... 0 94 Other Supplementary Information .... 0... 0.. 0 ......... 0 ....... 0........ 0.. 0 95 Data Processing - Introductory Manuals and Texts ......... 0..... 0. 0 0. 0 0.... 95 Education - Course Catalogs ... 0........... '.' ......... 0. 0.. 0•.... 0.. 0... 96 Installation Forms and Supplies ........ 0... 0....... 0 0...... 0.... 0.. 0 0.... 96 EWS (Early Warning System) ...... 0....... 0... 0.... 0 ....... 0.. 0 . 0....... 96 PTF (Program Temporary Fix) Listings ............. 0 . 0........... 0. 0...... 96 Type I and SCP Program Listings (microfiche) .... 00 ... 0 0....... 0. 0.. 0..... 0 0 97 Part 2. Abstracts .. 0 ...... 0. 0............... 0.................... 0... 0.. 105 Part 3. Current Editions by Order Number ........ 0. 0. 0 ........ 0.... o... 0..... 331 Part 4. Library Charts .. 0 0................. 0. 0....... 0....... 0... 0.. 0 .. 0. 400 Machine System ..... 00 .. 0............................... 0... 0..... 0. 0 0 400 I/O Equipment ...... 0........•..... 0 0... 00 ....•..... 0.. 0........ 0..... 401 BPS ..... o................................ 0.0 .. 0.. 0.................. 402 BOS ...... 0....... 0........................ 0... 0.00 .. 000 .... 0.00 .... 403 TOS . 00 ... 0........................ 0 ........... 0... 0.... 000 .... 00.0.404 TSS ... o .......................... , ......... 0" 0 0 o. 0... 0 0.... 0.00.00.405 DOS ......... o ............... 00...... 0.... 0 0•.... 0........ 0........ 0407 OS ... 0.......... 0......... 0........ 0......... o. 0 o. 0.0. 0 0... 0 0.00 ... 0408 OS/VSI ..................................... 0 o.. 0 ...... 0 0. 0.... 0 .. 0 0 411 OS/VS2 .. 0.. 0... 0......... 0. 0.... 0 ........... 0...... 0....... 0.' 0 0... 417 An Index for Some Common Program Acronyms Page Page Page ALISo ........ 0.. 67,88 ASP .. 0......... 0 ... 34 ATS ............ 75,92 CICSo 0... 0.. 0.00 ... 80 COGS ......... 0.0 .. 63 CP-67 000 ... 000 ... 0.95 CSMP ........ o .. 85,94 DBOMP . 0... 00 .. 76,81 FASTER- .......... 54 FIRST. 0.... 0... 0 ... 73 GIS ..... 0 ......... 077 GPSS .. 0.... 0... 85,94 IMS ........ o. 0... 0.78 LEMRAS ..... 0.. 0.. 67 MISP ........... 0... 91 MPSX ........ 0.. 0.. 83 PALlS ...... 0.... 68,90 PMS ........... 0 82,93 PSG 000 ............ 81 PSP .... 0... 0....... 72 RTM .. 35 SHAS . , ......... 71,91 SLIS ............... 72 STAIRS 0... 0. 0. 0 76, 83 STAT/BASIC ........ 60 TCS ........ 0... 0 55,66 VIDEO/370 . 0......• 55 0 •••••••••••• Contents iii Part 1. Subject Cede Listings TABLE OF SUBJECT CODe DEFINITIONS 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 13 14 15 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 60 62 63 64 65 66 67 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 78 79 80 81 82 83 85 87 89 95 97 99 General System Information (System Summaries, Bibliographies, Configutators) Machine System (CPU, Storage, Channels, Console) Card Readers and/or Punches, Control Units Printers, Control Units OCR, MCR (Optical and Magnetic Character Readers), Control Units Magnetic Tape Units, Control Units Display Equipment DASD (Direct Access Storage Devices), Control Units Other I/O Devices, Control Units Teleprocessing Equipment Auxiliary Equipment (devices normally off-line) Special Features Information Custom Features and Supporting Programs Physical Planning Information Programming Systems - General Information Assembler APL BASIC COBOL FORTRAN ALGOL RPG PL/I "Access Methods, Data Management, I/O Control Programs Support Programs (e.g., Link Edit, Loader) Utilities Sort/Merge l System Planning, Generation, Installation, System Management Facility (includes Storage or Performance Estimates, Release Guides) Simulation or Emulation (catalogued by host system) Control Program (e.g., Supervisor, Monitor, JCL, Job Management, IPL, Data Areas, Checkpoint/Restart) RAS (Reliability, Availability, Serviceability): testing, service aids, problem determination Remote Job Entry (RIB, CRIE, RAX, CRBE) Time Sharing, Interactive Facilities (e.g., OS with TSO) System Operation Industries - General Information (Industry Bibliographies, etc.) Airlines (see Transportation) Business and Management Services . Communications: see Public Utilities (e.g., telephone, communication control) or Media (e.g., text processing) Distribution (e.g., apparel, food, agribusiness) Education Engineering Exploratory Finance Government, Federal Government, State and Local Insurance ManufactUring Mathematics (see 82 Cross-Industry) Media Medical Process (e.g., forest products, petroleum, plastics, textiles) Public Utilities (Utilities and Communications) Securities (see Finance) Transportation Cross-Industry (see also 80-83 for selections) Cross-Industry - Information Management Cross-Industry - Management, Planning, Project Control Cross-Industry - Mathematics and Science Cross-Industry - Simulation Data Processing - Introductory Manuals and Texts Education - Course Catalogs Installation Forms and Supplies EWS (Early Warning System) PTF (program Temporary Fix) Listings Type I and SCP Program Listings iv IBM System/360 and System/370 Bibliography .MACHINES (00-15) 00 General System Information GA24-3089 G.F20-8172 GA22-6810 GA22-1001 GA24-3511 GA24-3232 GA22-6813 GA22-6814 GA22-6814 GA22-6881 GA21-2113 GA22-6888 GA22-6920 **GA33-1511 GA33-1501 GA33-3014 GA22-6951 GA22-1013 GA22-6956 GA22-1014 GA22-6944 GA22-6812 GA22-6823 GA22-1002 SUPPLEMENTAL BIBLIOGRAPHY: TELEPROCESSING/DATA COLLECTION BIBLIOGRAPHY OF DATA PROCESSING TECHNIQUES IBM SYSTEM/360 SYSTEM SUMMARY IBM SYSTEM/370 SYSTEM SUMMARY IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 CONFIGURATOR IBM SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 30 CONFIGURATOR IBM SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 40 CONFIGURATOR IBM SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 44 CONFIGURATOR IBM SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 50 CONFIGURATOR SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 65 CONFIGURATOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 61 CONFIGURATOR IBM SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 75 CONFIGURATOR IBM SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 85 CONFIGURATOR IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 115 CONFIGURATOR IBM SYSTEM/310 MODEL 125 CONFIGURATOR IBM SYSTEM.l310 MODEL 135 CONFIGURATOR IBM SYSTEM.l310 MODEL 155 CONFIGURATOR SYSTEM/310 MODEL 158 CONFIGURATOR IBM SYSTEM.I310 MODEL 165 CONFIGURATOR SYSTEM.l310 MODEL 168 CONFIGURATOR IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM.I310 MODEL 195 CONFIGURATOR IBM 1821 DATA CONTROL UNIT - CONFlGURATOR SYSTEM.I360 INPUT.lOUTPUT CONFIGURATOR SYSTEM/31 0 'INPUT/OUTPUT CONFIGURATOR Q1 Machine System GA22-6821 GA22-1000 GX20-1103 GX20-1850 SR20-1018 GX26-1581 GX26-1588 GX20-1181 GA24-3512 GA24-3514 GA24-3519 GA24-3510 GA24,..3523 GA24-3538 GA24-3231 GA24-3313 GA24-3411 GA22-6881 GA22-6911 GA22-6815 GA22-6910 GA22-6898 GA22-6908 GA22-6884 GA21-2128 GA21-2119 G.I\22-6889 GA22-6909 GA22-6916 GA22-6921 GA22-6901 **GA33-1510 **GC33-5386 GA33-1506 **GA33-1509 GC33-2001 GA33-3005 Ge38-0005 GA33-3010 Ge20-1738 GA24-3551 Ge38-0015 IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION IBM SYSTEM.l310 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION IBM SYSTEM/360 REFERENCE DATA CARD SYSTEM.l310 REFERENCE SUMMARY CARD SYSTEM.l360 - 310 OPERATOR'S REFERENCE GUIDE IBM REFERENCE CARD, DECIMAL/HEXADECIMAL INTEGER CONVERSION CHART IBM REFERENCE CARD, DECIMAL/HEXADECIMAL FRACTION CONVERSION CHART DEBUGGING AID DIRECT EVALUATION OF FLOATING POINT NUMBERS IN HEXADECIMAL IBM SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 22 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS SYSTEMS MANUAL IBM SYSTEM.I360 MODEL 22 OPERATOR'S GUIDE IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 22 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS AND FUNCTIONAL, EVALUATION - SYSTEMS LIBRARY MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 25 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS AND FUNCTIONAL EVALUATION IBM SYSTEM.I360 MODEL 30 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS IBM SYSTEM.I360 MODEL 30 OPERATING GUIDE IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS AND FUNCTIONAL EVALUATION IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 40 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 40 OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM SYSTEM.I360 MODEL 50 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 50 OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 61 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 15 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 15 OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM SYSTEMJ"360 MODEL 85 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85 OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 91 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS IBM SYSTEM.l310 MODEL 115 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS SYSTEM/360 MODEL 20 TO SYSTEM.I370 MODEL 115 TRANSITION GUIDE OOS/VS IBM SYSTEM.I370 MODEL 125 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS MANUAL IBM SYSTEM.I370 MODEL 125 OPERATION PROCEDURES SYSTEM.l360 MODEL 20 TO SYSTEM.l370 MODEL 125 TRANSITION GUIDE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS IBM SYSTEM.I370 MODEL 135 OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS A GUIDE TO 'l'BE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 OPERATING PROCEDURES 1 GA24-3573 GC20-1734 GA22-6942 GA22-6966 GA22-6962 GC20-1729 GA22-7011 **GC38-0025 GA22-7012 GC20-1754 GA22-6935 GA22-6969 GC20-1730 GX22-6984 GA22-7010 **GC38-0030 GC20-1755 GC20-1752 GC20-1753 GA22-6943 GA22-6954 GA22-6877 GA24-3552 GA24-3550 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS A GUIDE oro THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 IBM SYSTEfV370 MODEL 155 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 CHAN6EL CHARACTERISTICS A GUIDE oro THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 158 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 158 OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 158 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS A GUIDE ro THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 158 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 OPERATING PROCEDURES A GUIDE ro THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 OPERATORS REFERENCE. CARD SYSTEM/370 MODEL 168 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS MANUAL SYSTEM/370 MODEL 168 OPERATING PROCEDURES A GUIDE ro THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 168 OS/VSl FEATURES SUPPLEMENT (OPTIONAL SECTION FOR GC20-1734, GC20-1738, GC20-1754, OR GC20-1755) OS/VS2 FEATURES SUPPLEMENT (OPTIONAL SECTION FOR GC20-1734, GC20-1754, OR GC20-1755) IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 MODEL 195 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 195 OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM SYSTEfV360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS AND OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM 1052 PRINTER-KEYBOARD MODEL 7 WITH· IBM 2150 CoNSOLE IBM 3210 CONSOLE PRINTER-KEYBOARDS IBM 3215 CONSOLE PRINTER-KEYBOARD COMPONENT DESCRIPTION 02 Card Readers and/or Punches, Contro1 Units GA21-9025 GA21-9026 GA21-9027 GA21-9033 GA21-9144 **GA21-9124 "GA21-9167 03 Printers. Contro1 GA24-3073 GA24-1446 GA24-3120 GA24-3312 GA24-3543 IBM 1442-61 AND 62 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES - SRL MANUAL IBM 2501 MODELS Bl AND B2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM 2520-Bl, B2, AND B3, COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES - SRL MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION A~ OPERATING PROCEDURES, IBM 2540 CARD READ PUNCH - SRL MANUAL IBM 2596 CARD READ PUNCH PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL AND OPERATOR'S GUIDE - SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY IBM 3504 CARD READER/IBM 3505 CARD READER AND IBM 3225 CARD PUNCH SUBSYSTEM IBM SYSTEM/370: 5425 MULTI-FUNCTION CARD UNIT PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL AND OPERATOR'S GUIDE !!!!!E! IBM 1403 PRINTER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 14011 PRINTER IBM 14113 PRINTER MODELS 1 THROUGH 4 AND N1, AND 14115 PRINTER MODELS 1 AND N1: COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2821 CONTROL UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 3211 PRINTER 3216 INTERCHANGEABLE TRAIN CARTRIDGE AND 3811 PRINTER CONTROL UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERAroR'S GUIDE Oil OCR and MaC, Contro1 units GA24-1499 GA19-0004 GA21-9031 GA24-3542 GA24-3500 GA19-0036 GA19-0034 GA24-3256 GA21-9064 **GA21-9150 GA21-9139 GX20-1741 GX20-1759 GA21-9081 IBM 1219 READER SORTER IBM 1419 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER IBM 1219 READER SORTER, MODEL 32 IBM 11119 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER, MODEL 32 IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES: 1231-N1 (OPTICAL MARK PAGE READER) IBM 1255 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER MODELS 1. 2. AND 3 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 1259 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION PAPER AND PUNT QUALITY REQUIREMENTS FOR IBM 1270 AND 1.275 OPTICAL READER SORTERS IBM 1275 OPTICAL READER SORTER FOR SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEfV370 IBM 1285 OPTICAL READER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES: IBM 1287 OPTICAL· READER, MODEL 5 IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER MODEL 5: GENERAL INFORMATION IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER DOCUMENT TRACING GOlDE IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER DESIGN FORMATS IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 1288 OPTICAL PAGE READER MODEL 1 2 GX21-9106 **GC20-1686 **GC20-1739 **GC20-1733 GA24-1421 GA24-1452 GA24-1473 GA19-0023 GC20-1751 **GA21-9143 **GA21-9147 **GA21-9154 "GA21-9148 "GC20-1760 **GA24-3602 IBM 1288 OOCUMEN'r GAUGE FOR MACHINE SETUP OCR INPUT PREPARATION GUIDE FOR THE IBM 1287/1288 OPTICAL CBARAC'.rER READERS BANDPRIN'rING CONSIDERATIONS FOR THE IBM 1287/1288 OPTICAL CHARACTER READERS IBM 1287/1288 OCR ERROR RECOVERY GUIDE IBM 1412 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER MODEL I PRINT QUALITY CONSIDERATIONS IBM 1418 AND IBM 1428 IBM 1418 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER IBM 1428 ALPHAMERIC OPTICAL READER IBM 1419 MODEL 32 ATTACHED TO IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25, 30, 40, 50, AND 65 IBM 3881 OPTICAL MARK READER SYSTEMS DESIGN GUIDE IBM 3881 OPTICAL MARK READER MODELS. 1 AND 2 REFERENCE MANUAL AND OPERATOR'S GUIDE IBM 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER MODEL I REFERENCE MANUAL IBM 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER MODEL 2 COMPONENT REFERENCE MANUAL IBM 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER INPUT DOCUMENT DESIGN GUIDE AND SPECIFICATIONS IBM 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER FORMS KIT IBM 3890 DOCUMENT PROCESSOR - GENERAL INFORMATION 05 Magnetic Tape Units, Control Units GA32-0006 GA22-6866 GX22-6837 GX35-5001 GA32-0007 GA27-2726 GA32-0015 "GAl2-0022 GA32-0020 GA22-6828 TAPE SPECIFICATIONS FOR IBM ONE-HALF INCH TAPE DRIVES AT: 556 AND 800 BPI AND 3200 FCI SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS: 2400-SERIES MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS, 2803/2804 TAPE CONTROLS, AND 2816 SWITCHING UNIT MODEL 1 2401 - 2404 AND 2415 MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS IBM SYSTEM/360/370 REFERENCE DATA 2401-2404, 2415, 2420, AND 3420 MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS COMPONEN'r DESCRIPTION IBM 2420 MODEL 5 MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2495 TAPE CARTRIDGE READER IBM 3410/3411 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSYSTEM COMPONENT SUMMARY MANUAL IBM 3410/3411 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSYSTEM COMPONENT DESCRIPTION MANUAL 3803/3420 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSYSTEMS IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 7340 MODEL 3 HYPERTAPE DRIVE 06 Display Equipment Note: other display equipment, used primarily in a teleprocessing environment, is listed under subject code 09. GA27-27 0 1 GA27-2702 GA27-2721 GC20-1688 GA27-2700 GA27-2731 GA27-2730 IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2250 DISPLAY UNIT MODEL 1 . IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2250 DISPLAY UNIT MODEL 2 IBM 2840 DISPLAY CONTROL MODEL IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2250 DISPLAY UNIT MODEL 3 IBM 2840 DISPLAY CONTROL MODEL 2 IBM 2260 DISPLAY STATION OPERATOR MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION: IBM 2260 DISPLAY STATION IBM 2848 DISPLAY CONTROL IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2265 DISPLAY STATION IBM 2845 DISPLAY CONTROL . COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2285 DISPLAY COPIER 07 DASD, Control Units GA26-3633 **GA26-4187 GA26-5756 GA22-6895 GX20-1717 GX20-1705 GA26-3599 GX20-1710 GA26-1606 GX20-1704 GA26-1589 GA26-5988 DATA CELL HANDLING GUIDE DISKETTE HANDLING PROCEDURES IBM DISK PACK AND CARTRIDGE HANDLING PROCEDURES IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS - 2820 STORAGE CONTROL AND 2301 DRUM STORAGE IBM 2301 DRUM STORAGE IBM 2311 DISK CELL DRIVE REFERENCE CARD IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS - 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE FACILITY AND 2844 AUXILIARY STORAGE CONTROL IBM 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE FACILITY .CAPACITY AND TRANSMISSION TIME REFERENCE aRD IBM 2319 DISK STORAGE - A-SERIES, COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2321 DATA CELL DRIVE COMPONENT SUMMARY-2835 STORAGE CONTROL 2305 FIXED HEAD STORAGE IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS--2841 AND ASSOCIATED DASD 2311 DISK STORAGE DRIVE MODEL 1, 2321 DATA CELL DRIVE, 2303 DRUM STORAGE 3 **GA26-1615 INTRODUCTION IBM 3330 A-SERIES DISK STORAGE - SYSTEM LIBRARY MANUAL 3330 SERIES DISR STORAGE 3330/3333 MODEL 1 3330 MODEL 2 REFERENCE SUMMARY IBM 3340 COMPONENT SUMMARY IBM 3540 DISKETTE INPUT/OUTPUT UNIT SYSTEM INFORMATION MANUAL REFERENCE MANUAL FOR IBM 3830 STORAGE CONTROL AND IBM 3330 DISK STORAGE INTRODUCTION IBM 3830 MODEL 2 STORAGE CONTROL UNIT - SYSTEM LIBRARY MANUAL REFERENCE MANUAL FOR IBM 3830 MODEL 2 STORAGE CONTROL UNIT **GX20-1920 **GA26-1619 **GC21-5072 GA26-1592 **GA26-1617 "GA26-1620 08 Other I/O Devices« Contro1 .!mill GA22-6868 IBM SYSTEM/360 - COMPONENT DESCRIPTION. IBM 1827 DATA CONTROL UNIT IBM 2671 PAPER TAPE READER. IBM 2822 PAPER TAPE READER CONTROL - COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS - 2826 PAPER TAPE CONTROL UNIT 1017 PAPER TAPE READER 1018 PAPER TAPE PUNCH IBM 4481 FILM READER/RECORDER . 4481 FILM READER/RECORDER PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE GA24-3388 GA33-4500 GA36-0002 GA36-0003 09 Te1eprocessinq Equipment GA22-6864 GC30-3004 GA22-6846 GA27-2703 GA27-2704 GA24-3426 GA27-3029 GA27-3039 GA27-3011 GA27-2739 GA27-2742 GA27-2749 GA27-2750 **GX20-1878 GA27-3048 GA27-3050 GA27-3051 GC3D-3004 "GA27-3055 GA27-3043 GA27-3063 GA19-0010 GA27-2712 GA27-2710 GA27-2711 IBM 2701 DATA ADAPTER UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 3704 AND 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2102 TRANSMISSION CONTROL IBM 2703 TRANSMISSION COMTROL COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2711 LINE ADAPTER UNIT IBM 2112 REMOTE MULTIPLEXOR 2721 POR'lABLE AUDIO TERMINAL IBM 2121 PORTABLE AUDIO TERMINAL OPERATOR"S HANDBOOK IBM 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AN INTRODUCTION TO THE IBM 3210 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM SYSTEM LIBRARY MANUAL OPERATOR"S GUIDE FOR IBM INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEMS SYSTEM LIBRARY MANUAL (IBM 3210) IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 3270 PROBLEM DETERMINATION GUIDE - SYSTEM LIBRARY IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM REFERENCE SUMMARY IBM 3670 BROKERAGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SYSTEM CONCEPTS AND CONFIGURATOR IBM 3610 BROKERAGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COMPONENT DESCRIPTION MANUAL INTRODUCTION TO THE 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER IBM 3704 AND 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERs PRINCIPLES OF IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER OPERATOR"S GUIDE IBM 3735 PROGRAMMABLE BUFFERED TERMINAL CONCEPT AND APPLICATION COMPONENT INFORMATION FOR THE IBM 3780 DATA COMMUNICATION TERMINAL IBM 3944 DIAL TERMINAL COMPONENT DESCRIPTION: IBM 7110 AUDIO RESPONSE UNIT MODEL 3 IBM 7712 AUDIO RESPONSE UNIT VOCABULARY IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 1112 AUDIO RESPONSE UNIT 10 Auxi1iary Equipment GA27-2725 GA22-6951 IBM 50 MAGNETIC DATA INSCRIBER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 50 MAGNETIC DATA INSCRIBER OPERATOR" S GUIDE 13 Special Features GA22-6892 GA22-6983 GA24-3526 GA24-3524 GA24-3512 GA24-3255 GA19-0019 GX20-1758 IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE CHANNEL-TO-CHANNEL ADAPTER SYSTEM/370 SPECIAL FEATURE: CBANNEL-TO-CRANNEL ADAPTER IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 INTEGRATED COMMUNICATIONS ATTACHMENT FEATURE IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 MODEL 20 MODE FEATURE IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 1401/1460 AND 1440 COMPATIBILITY FEATURES IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 1401/1440/1460 COMPATIBILITY FEATURE SRL MANOL IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 1401/1440/1460 COMPATIBILITY FEATURE INVERTED PRINT EDIT AND STERLING SUB-FEATURES IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 1401/1440/1460 COMPATIBILITY FEATORE REFERENCE CARD 4 GA24-3365 GA22-6900 GA27-2717 GA27-2716 GA27-2715 GA27-2733 GA33-3009 **GA33-3011 GA33-3007 GA33-3008 GA22-7017 GA22-6955 GA22-6958 GA22-6963 GA22-7016 GA24-3342 GA24-3081 1! ~ IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 1620 COMPATIBILrrY FEATURE DATA ACQUISITION SPECIAL FEATURES FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION 7074 COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR SYSTEM/360 MODELS 50 AND 65 IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION 7080 COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION 709/7040/7044/7090/7094/7094 II COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR SYSTEM/360 MODELS 65 AND 67 IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION 709/1090/7094/7094 II COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135-SYNCBRONOUS DATA ADAPTER TYPE II (FOR ICA): SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 - TELEGRAPH ADAPTER TYPE II (FOR ICA): SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135-TERMINAL ADAPTER TYPE I MODEL II (FOR ICA): SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION SYSTEM LIBRARY MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/370 ,MODEL 135 TERMINAL ADAPTER TYPE III FOR ICA: SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 II DYNAMIC ADDRESS TRANSLATION FACILITY IBM SYSTEM/370 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION: 709/7090/7094/7094 II COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 IBM SYSTEM/370 SPECIAL FEATURB DESCRIPTION: 7070/7074 COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL ·165 IBM SYSTEM/370 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION 7080 COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 II DYNAMIC ADDRESS TRANSLATION FACILITY BATCH NUMBERING FEATURE FOR IBM 1241 AND 1419 MAGNETIC INK CHARACTER RECOGNITION READERS MARK READ STATION (SLANTED MARIO FOR IBM 1418 AND IBM 1428 Features and Supporting Programs GL22-6960 **GA34-1507 GA24-3547 GA24-3564 IBM RESERVATION SYSTEM CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION IBM SYSTEM/7-360/370 CHANNEL ATTACHMENT: GENERAL INFORMATION IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25, HIGH-SPEED CHANNEL-3414 ATTACHMENT FEATURE RPQ.E69109 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 STORAGE EXPANSION FEATURE MANUAL: RPQ'S BA3807, EA1527i OR RPQ'S Y91283 AND Y91325 (~ORLD TRADE) GL22-6902 GL22-6903 GL22-6904 GA27-3040 GA26-3699 GA24-3590 GA26-5714 GL21-9071 GC50-0001 GA26-1599 "GX26-1618 GL27-3022 GC26-3767 SY26-3766 GL27-3009 GA27-2737 GL22-6871 GL22-6937 GL24-3597 GL24-3591 GL22-6901 IHM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 40 SUM OF PRODUCTS INSTRUCTION RPQ W12561 SPECIAL SYSTEMS FEATURE IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 40, ~ORD TRANSLATE INSTRUCTION RPQ W13462 SPECIAL SYSTEMS FEATURE IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 40, TABLE ADDRESS CHAINING RPQ W13518 SPECIAL SYSTEMS FEATURE CUSTOM UNIT DESCRIPTION - 1970-1 REMOTE AUDIO RESPONSE UNIT IBM 1971-1980 CUSTOM TERMINAL FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS, OPERATING PROCEDURES, AND PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 1972 MODEL 3 PRODUCTION TERMINAL 1972 MODEL 4 INSTRUCTION CONSOLE OPERATOR'S GUIDE IBM 2314/2844 MULTIPLEX STORAGE CONTROL FEATURE - AIRLINES BUFFER IBM 2501 CARD READER, MODELS A AND B RPQ FEATURES IBM 2701 DATA ADAPTER UNIT AND ASCII AUTODIN ADAPTER (RPQ F16124): PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION IBM 2730 MODEL 1 TRANSACTION VALIDATION TERMINAL, IBM 2968 MODEL 9 AND MODEL 12 RECEIVER-TERMlNAL CONTROL UNIT IBM 2730 TRANSACTION VALIDATION TERMINAL - REFERENCE CARD CUSTOM SYSTm4 DESCRIPTION: IBM 2740-1/2950-2 BATCH BUFFER TERMINAL SYSTEMS REFERENCE IBM 2740/2968 AUDIO-VISUAL CONTROL USER'S GUIDE RPQ NUMBER F30209 , IBM 2740/2968 AUDIO-VISUAL CONTROL PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL RPQ NUMBER F30209 2905 REMOTE MULTIPLEXER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2909-3 ASYNCHRONOUS DATA CHANNEL RPQ F13299 CUSTOM PEATURE DESCRIPTION IBM SYSTEM/360 2911 MANUAL SWITCHING UNIT MODELS 1, 2, and 5 AND 2989 REMOTE SWITCHING CONSOLE SPECIAL SYSTEMS FEATURE IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION 2914 SWXTCBING UNIT MODEL 1 - RPQ 880882 IBM 2922 I.>ROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL (RPQ 810563, 810564 AND 810565) COMPONENT DEScRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM 2921 TAPE-TO-PRINTER UNIT RPQ 812390 & 812391 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2931 MODELS 1, 2, AND 3, MULTIPLIER-SUMMATION PROCESSOR, SPECIAL SYSTEM FEATURE, RPQ 880626 5 GA24-3519 GL24-3570 GCB8-6196 GCB8-6791 GC28'""6681 GL22-6919 GCB8-6198 GCB8-6799 GY28-6688 GA24-3551 GA26-1593 GL22-6940 GC28-6709 GC28-6711 SY28-6746 GL19-0003 GA26-5993 GA26-1583 **GA26-1622 **GA27-2758 **GA21-2752 **GA27-2753 **GA34-1511 GA27-2740 **GL22-7015 ~ IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION: 2938 ARRAY PROCESSOR (MODEL 1, RPQ W24563: MODEL 2, RPQ 815188) IBM 2946 TERMINAL CONTROL SUBSYSTEM COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING GUIDE IBM 2947-4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER (RPQ #888264) SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD (CBAM) MAIN MODULE-DOS MICROFICHE LISTING, PROG. NO. 5199-WAF IBM 2947-4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER (RPQ #888264) SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD (CBAM) ERR MODULE-DOS MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5199-WAF USER'S GUIDE FOR THE IBM 2941-4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD PROGRAM SUPPORTING RPQ 888264 PROGRAM NUMBERS 5799-WAF, 5199-WAG IBM 2941 MODEL 4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER (RPQ 888264) FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS - REFERENCE MANUAL IBM 2941-4 CHECK COLLECTION CQNTROLLER (RPQ #888264) SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD (CSAM) MAIN MODULE-OS MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5199-WAG IBM 2941-4 CHECK COLLECTION CQNTROLLER (RPQ #888264) SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD (CSAM) ERR MODULE-OS MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5199-WAG INTERNAL LOGIC MANUAL FOR THE IBM 2941-4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD - PROGRAM SUPPORT RPQ 888264 - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5799-WAF 5799-WAG IBM 2956-5 MULTI-POCKET MCR READER SORTER CUSTOM UNIT DESCRIPTION: RPQ W19976 IBM 2968 MODEL 11 AUDIO/VISUAL CONTROL: COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES RPQ F30209 IBM 2969 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1--RPQ888111 IBM 2969 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1 CONTROL PROGRAM OPERATOR'S GUIDE SUPPORTING RPQ 888111 IBM 2969 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1 CONTROL PROGRAM USER'S GUIDE SUPPORTING RPQ 888117 IBM 2969 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1 CONTROL PROGRAM DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS SUPPORTING RPQ 888111 CUSTOM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: IBM 2970 MODEL 8 BANK TERMINAL, RPQ 858230 IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM FEATURE, 2972 LINE CONTROL UNIT, MODEL 1 IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION - 2973 MODEL 2 FILE SWITCH RPQ F13209 OPERATOR AND PROGRAMMING GUIDE FOR IBM 2984-1 CASH ISSUING TERMINAL, RPQ 834660 IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION, DUAL CASi.l: CHARACTER SET RPQ 8K0366 IBM 3284/3286 PRINTER CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION MARGIN STOP VARIABLE RPQ #EB3995 IBM 3284/3286 PRINTER CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION VERTICAL FORMS INDEX CONTROL (RPQ EB4324) SYSTEM/310 IBM 5098-N05 SENSOR BASED CONTROL UNIT GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL IBM 1412 MODEL 1 CONSOLE, CUSTOM SYSTEMS RPQ AA2846. CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION IBM 1441-1/1980-9 CUSTOM TERMINAL FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS OPERATING PROCEDURES AND PHYSICAL PLANNING Physical Planning GC22-6820 GC19-0001 GC22-7004 GC19-0004 GX22-7018 GL22-6928 GX22-6985 GX22-6857 GX22-6859 GX22-6858 GX22-6925 GX22-6835 IBM SYSTEM/360 INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM SYSTEM/360 WORLD TRADE INSTALLATION MAN~ PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM SYSTEM/370 INSTALLATION MANUA~ -- PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM SYSTEM/370 INSTALLATION MANUAL -- PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 IBM AIRLINES RESERVATION SYSTEM, REMOTE EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/310 CHANNELS: 2860, 2870, AND 2880 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 CONSOLES AND TERMINALS IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 DATA STORAGE DEVICES IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 FIELD ENGINEERING FURNITURE AND TEST EQUIPMENT SYSTEM/360 SYSTEM/370 TEST EQUIPMENT ANALYZER FURNITURE BASIC STORAGE MODULE DATA ADAPTER UNIT PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE IBM SYSTEM/360 BYPERTAPE 6 GX22-6860 GX22-6855 GX26-5508 GX22-6894 GX22-6914 GX22-6924 GX22-6905 GX22-6856 GX22-6923 "GX22-1021 GX22-1008 GX22-1005 GX22-1006 GX22-1023 GX22-1001 GX22-1022 GX22-6981 GA24-3561 GA21-3041 GA24-3566 GC22-6939 GA26-1600 GL21-3025 GL21-3010 GA21-2121 GC22-6922 GA24-3562 GL22-6936 GA21-2124 GL24-3596 GL24-3592 GA24-3516 GA24-3509 GL24-3511 GL22-6982 GA24-3545 GL22-6945 GA21-2729 GA26-1582 "GA26-1621 GA21-3049 GA21-2141 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/310 MAGNETIC AND OPTICAL CHARACTER READERS IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/310 MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS AND CONTROLS IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 PROCESS I/O DEVICES IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 MODELS 22, 25, 30, AND 40 PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 PROCESSORS MODELS 44 AND 50 PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 MULTISYSTEM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 61 PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 PROCESSOR'MODEL 15 PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/310 MODEL 125 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/310 MODEL 135 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/310 MODEL 145 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/310 MODEL 155 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/310 MODEL 158 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/310 MODEL 165 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/310 MODEL 168 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 195 IBM 1925 MODEL 18 INTERFACE SWITCH UNIT RPQ 811301 INSTALLATION MANUAL--PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 1910 MODEL 1 REMOTE AUDIO RESPONSE UNIT INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 1912 MOOEL 3 PRODUCTION TERMINAL IBM 1972 MODEL 4 INSTRUCTION CONSOLE INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM SYSTEM/360 SPEC,IAL FEATURE: 2680 CRT PRINTER INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING 2130 MODEL 1, 2968 MODEL 9, AND 2968 MODEL 12: INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2140-1/2950-2 BATCH BUFFER TERMINAL INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM SYSTEMS UNIT, 2905 REMOTE MULTIPLEXER, 2906 TRANSMISSION CONTROL, INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM SYSTEMS UNIT 2909 MODEL 3 ASYNCHRONOUS DATA CHANNEL RPQ F13299 RPQ 882045 INSTALLATION BULLETIN-PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2911 MODELS 1, 2, AND 5 AND IBM 2989 MODEL 8, INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2911 MODEL 14 INTERFACE SWITCH UNIT RPQ 811503 INSTALLATION MANUAL--PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2914 SWITCHING UNIT MODEL 1, RPQ 880882, CUSTOM FEATURE: INSTALLATION MANUAL -,PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM SYSTEMS UNIT 2916 LCNG LINE ADAPTER, MODELS 3 AND 4 INSTALLATION BULLETIN - PHYS~CAL PLANNING IBM 2922 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL RPQ'S 810563, 810564, 810565 INSTALLATION MANUAL--PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2921 TAPE-TO-PRINTER UNIT, RPQ 812390 AND 812391: INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2938 ARRAY PROCESSOR MODEL 1 RPQ W24563, MODEL 2 RPQ 815188 INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2944 DATACHANNEL REPEATER INSTALLATION MANUAL-PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2946 TERMINAL CONTROL SUBSYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2947 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER MODEL 4 (RPQ 888264) INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2956-5 MULTI-POCKET READER SORTER INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2969 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1, RPQ 888111 - INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM SYSTEMS DNIT 2972 MODEL 1 SCIENTIFIC INTERFACE CONTROL UNIT RPQ E46181 INSTALLATION BULLETIN - PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2913 MODEL 2 FILE SWITCH INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING RPQ F13209 IBM 2916 MOBILE TERMINAL SYSTEM CUSTOM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION OPERATOR'S GUIDE - PHYSICAL PLANNING INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2984 MODEL '1 CASH ISSUING TERMINAL RPQ 834660 IBM 3670 BROKERAGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL--PHYSICAL PLANNING INSTALLATION BULLETIN PHYSICAL PLANNING FOR IBM 7412 CONSOLE MODEL 1 CUSTOM SYSTEMS RPQ AA2846 1 • PROGRAMMING = GENERAL (20-40) 20 Programming Systems GC20-1619 =General Information CATALOG OF PROGRAMS FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODELS 25 AND ABOVE 23 BASIC GC28-6837 BASIC LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL 24 COBOL GC28-6395 GC28-6570 GX28-1520 GC28-6559 GY27-7108 IBM SYSTEM/360 COBOL DIFFERENCES USA STANDARD COBOL CONVERSION IBM SYSTEM/360 TRANSITION AIDS COBOL LANGUAGE DIFFERENCES IBM REFERENCE CARD - COBOL IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: COBOL LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM FOR THE IBM 1401, PROGRAM NUMBER 1401-CB-701 IBM SYSTEM/360 TRANSITION AIDS: COBOL LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM (1401-CB-701) FOR THE IBM 1401 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL 25 FORTRAN GX28-6384 GC28-6560 IBM FORTRAN IV REFERENCE CARD IBM SYSTEM/360 TRANSITION AIDS: FORTRAN II LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM (1401-FO-702) FOR THE IBM 1401 GC21-7514 GC26-5999 INTRODUCTION TO RPG II IBM SYSTEM/360 RPG TRANSLATOR GY33-6003 IBM SYSTEM/360 PL/I LANGUAGE SPECIFICATIONS 33 sort/Merge GC33-4015 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 SORT/MERGE TIMING ESTIMATES PLANNING GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-SM-023 35- Simul.ation or Emulation GC27-6929 GC26-3564 GC28-6561 GY27-7103 GC28-6563 GC28-6568 GY28-6569 GY27-7115 GY27-7126 GY27-7116 GC28-6529 GC28-6816 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: SAMPLE PROBLEMS FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 EMULATOR PROGRAMS PROGRAM NUMBERS: 360C-EU-074 360C-EU-726 360C-EU-729 360C-EU-097 360C-EU-727 36OC-EU-731 360C-EU-725 360C-EU-728 360C-EU-733 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1401/1440/1460 TAPE OVERLAP EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30, PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-097 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1401/1460 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 40, PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-074 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1401/1460 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 40 PLM - PROG. NO. 360C-EU-074 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1410/7010 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 40, PROG~ NUMBER 360C-EU-728 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1410/7010 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 50 PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-726 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1410/7010 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 50 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - pROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EV-726 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1410/7010 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360, PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-754 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1410/7010 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360, PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-754 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 1620 EMULATOR PROGRAM PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-731 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1620 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360, PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-75.2 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1620 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360, PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-752 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: 1620 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-755 8 GY28-6816 GC28-6585 GY28-6599 GC28-6530 GY27-7117 GC27-6908 GY27-7111 GC27-6911 GC28-6531 GY27-7118 GC28-6565 GY28-6566 GC28-6532 GY27-7119 IBM SYSTEM/360 CO~VERSION AIDS 1620 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL 360C-SI-755 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7040/7044 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-733. IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7040/7044 EMULA~OR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - pROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-733 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: ~HE 7070/7074 SIMULA~OR FOR SYSTEM/360 - SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-753 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7070/7074 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360. PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-753 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7074 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360. MODELS 50 AND 65. PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-725 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7074 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODELS 50 AND 65 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-725 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7080 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65. PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-727 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: ~HE 7080 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360. PROG. NO. 360C-SI-751 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7080 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360. PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-751 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 709/7090/7094/7094 II EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65. PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-729 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: ~BE 709/7090/7094/7094 II EMULA~OR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROG. NO. 360C-EU-729 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7090/7094 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM NUMBER 36OC-SI-750 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7090/7094 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360. PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-750 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL 9 9~ ~,OS/VSl (OS/VIRTUAL STORAGE 1) (20-40) RELEASE ORDER NO./TNL'S 1..J! 2.0 20 Programming systems - General Information GY28-0602-0 GY28-0603-0 E E OS/VS Master Index OS/VS Master Index LogiC Manual 21 Assembl.er GC33-4010-1 N E OS/VS and DOS/VS Assemb1er Language GC33-4021-1 N E OS/VS Assembler PrograllUller's Guide SY33-8041-0 SN33-8152 SN33-8158 N N E OS/VS Assembler Logic GC24-3337-5 GN21-5204 E E E E E N OS RPG Language specifications Prog. No. 360S-RG-038 30 Access Methods, Data Management, I/O Control. Programs SY26-3789-1 SN26-8029 N GY21-0012-1 GN26-8026 GN26-8034 N N SY35-0003-1 (SQ75-0003-1) SY35-0003-2 N SY26-3787-0 (ST66-3787-0) SN26-8023 SY26-3787-1 N E OS/VS BDAM Logic N E E OS BSAM Logic for IBM 1419/1275 N OS/VS Catal.og Management Logic N OS/VS DruoSM Logic N N GC28-0631-2 E OS/VS Data Management for system Programmers GC26-3193-2 E OS/VS Data Management Macro Instructions E N OS/VS Data Management Services Guide GC26-378j-2 GN26-0763 N GC38-0255-0 (GT38-0255-0) GC38-0255-1 N SY21-1240-0 SN27-1389 N N E GC21-6911-0 N E GN27-1391 N E operator's Library: Os/vs1 Disp1ay Consoles N OS/VS Graphics Access Method Logic E OS/VS Graphic Programming Services (GPS) for IBM 2250 Display Unit 10 ORDER NO./TNL'S RELEASE .!.:..Q 2.0 GC27-6972-0 GN27-1392 N N E E OS/VS Graphic Programming services (GPS) for IBM 2260 Display station (Local Attachment) GC27-6973-0 GN27-1393 N N E E OS/VS Graphic Subroutine Package (GSP) for FORTRAN IV, COBOL, and PL/I SY27-7242-0 SN27-1390 N N E E OS/VS Graphic Subroutine Package (GSP) for FORTRAN IV, COBOL, and PL/I Logic GC27-6974-0 GN27-1394 N N E E OS/VS Problem Determination Aids and Messages and Codes for GPS and GSP SY27-7241-0 N E OS/VS Graphics Problem-Oriented Routines Logic SY24-5156-0 (ST64-5156-0) SY24-5156-1 SN24-5464 N SY26-3786-1 SN26-8030 N SY26-3785-1 (SQ66-3785-1> SY26-3785-2 N SY26-3788-1 SN26-8028 N OS/VS I/O supervisor Logic N N OS/VS1 I/O supervisor LogiC E N OS/VS ISAM Logic OS/VS open/Close/EOV Logic N E OS/VS SAM LogiC N GC26-3795-1 E OS/VS Tape Labels OS/VS BTAM GC27-6980-0 GN27-1397 GN27-1417 N N E SY27-7246-0 SN27-1398 SN27-1401 N N E E N OS/VS BTAM Logic GC30- 20 22-1 GN30-2575 C C E OS TCAM Concepts and Facilities, Prog. No. 360S-CQ-548 GC30-2034-1 (GQ30-2034-1) GC30-2034-2 C E E N E OS/VS TCAM Programmer's Guide, Prog. No. 5744-AW1 C GC30-2036-0 N OS/VS TCAM Level 4 Component Release Guide GC38-0305-0 C E Operator's Library: OS/VS TCAM GC30-2035-0 C E OS/VS1 TCAM Level 2 Component Release Guide snO-2039-1 (ST70-2039-1) SY30-2039-2 C GC30-2025-0 (GT30-2025-0) GC30- 2025-1 E E E E OS/VS TCAM LogiC C os TCAM User's Guide 11 ORDER NO./TNL'S RELEASE 2.0 !:.Q. GC27-6987-1 E GC26-3799-0 (GT26-l799-0) GC26- 3799-1 C GC21-5004-2 GN21-5147 GN21-7658 E N N E E E OS Data Management Services and Macro Instructions for IBM 1285/1287/1288 GY21-0013-1 GN21-5169 GN21-7659 E E E E OS Data Management Macro LogiC for IBM 1285/1287/1288 N N E OS Data Management Services and Macro Instructions for 11119/1275 E Introduction to VTAM OS/VS Virtual Storage Access Method (VSAM) Planning Guide C GC21-5006-2 GN26-0744 GN26-0755 N N GC30-l001-2 GN30-3003 GNlO-1004 GNlO-3005 E E E E E N E GC21-5069-0 GN21-5206 N N E E OS/VS Program Planning Guide for IBM 3886 Optical Character Reader Model 1 GY30-300o-0 GYlO-l500 GY30-3501 GYlO-3504 E E E E E N IBM 3735 programmable Buffered Terminal: Form Description Macro Instructions and Form Description Utility: Program Logic Manual (OS, DOS and VS Systems) GC27-6995-0 E VTAM Application program Reference Manual GCl8-101D-0 GN24-5462 N N OS/VS Message Library: VS1 RES RTAM and Account Messages SY28-6849-0 SN28-5468 N N OS/VS1 RES RTAM and Workstation Support Logic E OS/VS Linkage Editor and Loader E OS/VS Linkage Editor LogiC E N N IBM 3735 Programmer's Guide (OS, DOS, and VS Systems) E II Support Programs GC26-3813-1 . SY26-3815-0 SN26-8020 SN26-8033 N N SY26-3814-0 SN26-8022 S926-8032 N N GC38-1007-1 GN26-0753 N E N E E N OS/VS Loader LogiC E N OS/VS Message Library: Linkage Editor and Loader Messages 32 utilities GC35-0005-1 N E OS/VS Utilities SY35-0005-0 N E OS/VS Utilities LogiC 12 ORDER NO./TNL'S RELEASE 2.0 .l:..Q SN35-0008 GC38-1005-1 (GQ38-1005-1) GC38-1005-2 N N E OS/VS Message Library: Utilities Messages E 34 System Planning. Generation. Installation. SMF GC24-5090-0 (GT24-5090-0) GN24-5454 GC24-5090-1 N GC24-5082-1 N GC24-5095-0 (GT24- 5095- 0) GC24-5095-1 N GC24-5092-0 N os/VS1 Planning and Use Guide N N E DOS to OS/MFT. OS/MVT. OS/VSl Management Planning Guide DOS to OS/VSl Implementation Guide N OS/VSl Release 1 Guide GC24-5097-0 GN24-5460 N OS/VSl Release 2 Guide N GC24-5094-0 (GT24-5094-0) GC24-5094-1 GN24-5463 GN24-5469 N GC26-3790-1 N GC26-3791-0 (GT26-3791-0) GC26-3791-1 GN26-0762 GN26-0764 N OS/VSl Storage Estimates N N N E OS/VS system Generation Introduction OS/VSl System Generation Reference N N N GC35-0004-2 (GTOO- 0118-0) GC35-0004-3 N OS/VS System Management Facilities (SMF) E 35 S·imulation or Emulation GC26-3777-3 INDEP Emulating DOS on IBM System/370 Under OS GY26-3741-3 GN26-8021 INDEP DOS Emulator Logic (on IBM System/370 under OS) GC33-2008-1 INDEP 1401/1440/1460 as Emulator on System/370: Reference .- Prog. No. 360C-EU-735 (MFT/MVT); 5744-AH1 (VS) GY33-7011-0 GN33-7024 GN33-7029 INDEP 1401/1440/1460 as Emulator on system/370: Logic. Prog. No. 360C-EU-735 (MFT/MFT); 5744-AH1 (VS) GC33-2009-2 GN33-7040 INDEP 1410/7010 OS Emulator on System/370: Reference, Prog. No. 360C-EU-736 (MFT/MVT).; 5744-AG1 (VS) 13 RELEASE ORDER NO.nE'S .hQ. 2.0 ~ GY33-7012-0 GN33-7030 INDEP 1410/1010 OS Emulator on system/31 0:- Logic Prog. No. 360C-EU-136 (MFT/MVT); 5144-AG1 (VS) GC27-6948-2 INDEP 1094 - OS Emulator on System 360/310 Models 155/165 and for Vs/310 GY21-724S-0 GN27-1409 INDEP 1094 - OS Emu1ator on System 360/310 Models 155/165 and for Vs/310 36 Control. Program E GC2~37S4-2 SY2f1-,5159-0 (S'r64-5159-0) 8N26-S027 SY24-5-'59-1 OS/VS1 Checkpoint/Restart Logic N N N SY2S-0605-0 (ST68-0605-0) SY2S-0605-1 N SY24-516o-0 (ST64-5160-0) SY24-516o-1 N OS/vS1 System Data Areas N OS/VS1 IPL and NIP Logic N GC2S-061S-2 E GC2S-Q617-1 (GQ28-0617-1) GC2S-0617-2 N GX2S-0619-1 N SY24-5161-0 (S'.r6f1-,5161-0) SY24-5161-1 N GC24-5091-1 N GC21-6919-1 GN27-1400 N SY21l...,5155-0(8fill-5155-0) N OS/VS JCL Reference OS/VS JCL Services N E OS/VS JCL Syntax Reference summary OS/VS1 Job Management Logic N E OS/VS Programmer's Reference Digest E OS/VS Supervisor Services and Macro Instructions N SY24...,~155-1 GC21l...,5093-0 (GT24...,5093-0) GC24...,5093-1 OS/VS Checkpoint/Restart OS/vS1 Supervisor Logic N os/vs 1 Debugging Guide N N GX2S-0690--0 C OS/VS Dynamic support system Command Lan_guage Reference Sununary GC2S-061lo-0 C OS/VS Dynamic Support System SY2S-0641-0 C OS/VS-Dynamic SuppOrt System Logic GC2S-0636-1 N OS/VS OLTEP 14 ORDER NO./TNL'S RELEASE .l:...Q. .hQ GC28-0666-0 SY28-0631-1 N OS/VS OLTEP Logic N SY28-0662-0 SY21-1239-0 (ST61-1239-0) SN21-1399 SY21-1239-1 SN27-1401 N GC28-0633-1 GN28-2540 N GX28-0634-1 N GC38-1006-1 (GQ38-1006-U GC38-1006-2 N SY28-0635-0 SN28-2541 N GC28-0638-0 (GT28-0638-0) GC28-0638-1 N SY28-0639-0 (ST68-0639-0) SY28-0639-1 N OS/VS1 OLTEP N OS/VS1 OLTEP Logic N OS/VS Recovery Management Support Logic N N E OS/VS Service Aids N E OS/VS Service Aids Reference Summary OS/VS Message Library: Service Aids and OLTEP Messages N E N OS/VS1 Service Aids Logic OS/VS SYS1.LOGREC Error Recording [Ii OS/VS SYS1.LOGREC Error Recording Logic [Ii 38 Remote Job Entry OS/MFT, OS/MVT, and OS/VS1: CRJE Concepts and Facilities, Prog~ No. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVT), 5141-SC1-0A (VS1) GC30-2012-1 GN28-0596 E N GC30-2016-1 GN28-0598 GN28-0613 E N E E N OS/MFT, OS/MVT, and OS/VS1: CRJE System programmer's Guide, Prog. No. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVT). 5141-SC1-0A (VS1) GC38-0335-0 N E Operator's Library: OS/VS1 CRJE GC30- 20 14-1 GN28-0591 GN28-0612 E N E E N OS/MFT, OS/MVT, and OS/VS1: CRJE Terminal User's Guide, Prog. No. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVT), 5741-SC1-0A (VS1) E OS/MFT, OS/MVT. and OS/VS1: CRJE Logic, Prog. No. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVT), 5741-SC1-0A (VS1) GY30-2011-1 GN28-0599 GN28-0614 GC28-6818-0 GN24-5466 GC28-6819-0 GN24-5467 SY2B-0660-0 E N E E E N N OS/vS1 RES system programmer's Guide {Ii [Ii OS/VS1 RES Workstation User's Guide N OS/VS1 RES Account Faci1ities Logic 15 RELEASE ORDER ffO./TNL'S hl £:.Q GC38-033O-0 GN211-51165 N N Operator's Library: OS/VS1 RES 110 System operation GC38-0120-1 (GQ38-0120-1) GC38-012o-2 N GC38-011o-0 (GT38-0 110-0) GC38-0-110-2 N GC38-1004-1 (GQ38-1004-1) GC38-1004-2 N GC38-1003-0 (GT38-1003-0) GC38-1003-1 N GC38-1001-0 (GT38-1001-0) GC38-1001-1 N N: E: e: Operator's Library: OS/VS ConsoLe Configurations N Operator's Library: OS/VSl Reference N OS/VS Message Library: Routing and Descriptor Codes N OS/VS Message Library VSl System Codes N OS/VS Message Library: VSl System Messages N New for this reLease. Existing book, initiaLLy issued for other than this reLease; a1so appLies to this reLease. Issued for a component reLease that can be added to this reLease. GT, GQ, ST, SQ order numbers (appearing in parentheses) are temporary order numbers fOr back-LeveL pubLications. Be sure to use this temporary number when ordering any back-LeveL pubLication. L6 ~ VS2 (OS/VIRTUAL STORAGE 2) 20-40) ORDER NO./TNL'S RELEASE .hQ 1..:.& 20 General Information GC28-0602-0 GY28-0603-0 E OS/VS OS/VS E OS/VS and DOS/VS Assembler Language E OS/VS Assembler Programmer's Guide E E E OS/VS Assembler Logic E ~aster ~aster Index Index LogiC Manual 21 Assembler GC33-4010-1 E GC33":4021-1 SY33-8041-0 SN33-8152 SN33-8158 E N E 30 Access Methods, Data Management, I/O Control Programs SY26-3789-1 SN26-8029 N E E E OS/VS GY21-0012-1 GN26-8026 GN26-8034 E N E E E OS BSAM Logic for IBM 1419/1275 SY35-0003-1 (SQ75-0003-1 ) SY35-0003-2 N SY26-3787-0 (ST66-3787-0) SN26-8023 SY26-3787-1 E E GC28-0631-2 Logic OS/VS Catalog Management LogiC E OS/VS DADSM Logic E E E BD~i E E OS/VS Data Management For system Programmers GC26-3793-2 N E OS/VS Data Management Macro Instructions GC26-3783-2 GN26-0763 N N E OS/VS Data Management services Guide GC38-0260-0 GN27-1431 N E E Operator's Library: OS/VS2 Display Consoles SY27-7240-0 SN27-1369 E N E E OS/VS. Graphics Access Method Logic GC27-6971-0 GN27-1391 E E E OS/VS Graphic Programming Services (GPS) for IBM 2250 Display Unit N GC27-6972-0 GN27-1392 E E N E OS/VS Graphic Programming Services (GPS) for IBM 2260 Display Station (Local Attachment) GC27-6973-0 GN27-1393 E E E OS/VS Graphic Subroutine package (GSP) for FORTRAN IV, COBOL, and PL/I SY27-7242-0 SN27-1390 E E E OS/VS Graphic Subroutine package (GSP) for FORTRAN IV, COBOL, and PL/I Logic N N 17 RELEASE ORDER RO./T8L· S .!.:...Q.hl GC21-6914-0 GN27-1394 8 E E E OS/VS Problem Determination Aids and Messages and Codes for GPS and GSP SY27-7241-0 E E OS/VS Graphics Problem-Oriented Routines LogiC SY26-3823-0 (ST66-3823-0) SY26-3823-1 N SY26-3786-1 G826-8030 N E E E SY26-3785-1 (SQ66-3785-1) SY26-3185-2 N E E SY26-3188-1 S826-8028 N E E E OS/VS2 I/O supervisor LogiC N GC26-3795-1 ". OS/VS ISAM Logic OS/VS Open/Close/EOV Logic E OS/VS SAM Logic OS/VS Tape Labels OS/VS BTAM GC27-698o-0 (GT21-6980-0) GN27-1397 GC21-6980-1 GN27-1411 E SY27-7246-0 S821-1398 S827-1401 E E N E C E GC30-2022-1 G830-2515 E E E E GC3o-,2034-1 (GQ3o- 2034-1) GC3O-2034-2 E C GC38-0305-0 E Operator's Library: OS/VS TCAM SY30-2039-1 (STlO-2'l39-1) SY3O-2039-2 E OS/VS TCAM Logic GC30-2025-0 (GT3O-2025-0) GC30-2025-1 E GC30-2036-0 C GC21-6987-1 E E GC26-3799-0 (GT26-3199-0) GC26-3799-1 E E OS/VS Virtual Storage C GC21-5004-2 GN21-5141 GN21-1658 E E E E E E OS Data Management services and Macro Instructions for IBM N C E C C C OS/VS BTAM Logic os T~ Concepts and Facilities OS/VS TCAM programmer's Guide E E Os TC~i User's Guide E OS/VS TCAM Level 4 Component Release Guide Introduction to VTAM ~285/1281/1288 18 ~ccess Method (VSAM) Planning Guide Rhl.EASE .!:.! ORDER NO./TNL'S .!:..Q. GY21-0013-1 GN21-5169 GN21-1659 E E E E E E E E E E as Data Management Services and Macro Instructions for IBM 1419/1215 I~l OS Data Management Macro Logic for IBM 1285/1287/1288 GC21-5006-2 GN26-0144 GN26-0155 E GC30-3001-2 GN30-3003 GN30-301l4 E E E N E E GC21-5069-0 E E OS/VS Program Pl.anning Guide for IBM 3886 Optical. Character Reader Model 1 GY30-3000-0 GY30-3500 GY30-3501 GY30-3504 E E E IBl".! 3735 programmable Buffered Terminal: Form Description Macro Instructions and Form Description Util.ity: Program Logic Manual. (OS, DOS, and VS Systems) N E E E GC21-6995-0 E E 3735 Programmer's Guide (OS, DOS, and VS Systems) E VTAM Appl.ication Programmer's Reference Manual. E OS/VS Linkage Editor and Loader E E E OS/VS Linkage Editor Logic E E E OS/VS Loader Logic 31 support Programs GC26-3813-1 SY26-3815-0 SN26-8020 SN26-8033 E N E SY26-3814-0 SN26-8022 SN26-8032 N E GC38-1001-1 GN26-0753 N E E OS/VS Message Library: Linkage Editor & Loader Messages 32 Util.ities GC35-0005-1 N E OS/VS Utilities SY35-0005-0 SN35-0008 E E os/vs Util.ities LogiC N E GC38-1005-1 (GQ38-1005-1) GC38-1005-2 N E OS/VS Message Library: Utilities Messages N 34 system pl.anninq, Generation, Instal.l.ation, SMF GC28-0661-0 E E Introduction to OS/VS2 Rel.ease 2 GC28-0600-2 N E OS/VS2 Planning and Use Guide GC28-0667-0 E E OS/VS2 pl.anning Guide for Release 2 GC28-0601-0 (GT28-0601-0) N GC28-0601-1 OS/VS2 Rel.ease 1 Guide N OS/VS2 Rel.ease 1.6 Guide 19 RhLEASE ORDER NO./TNL'S .!:..Q ~ GC28-0604-0 N E OS/VS2 Storage Estimates GC26- 379 0-1 N E OS/VS System Generation Introduction GC26-3792-0 (GT26-3792-0) GN26-0160 GC26-3792-1 E GC35-0004-2 (GTOO-0118-0) GC35-0004-3 E OS/VS2 system Generation Reference E N OS/VS System Management Facilities (SMF) N 35 Simulation or Emulation GC26-3111-3 INDEP Emulating DOS on IBM System/310 Under OS GY26-3141-3 GN26-8021 INDEP DOS Emulator Logic (on IBM System/370 Under OS) GC33-2008-1 INDEP 1401/1440/1460 OS Emulator on System/3?0: Reference, Prog. No. 360C-EU-135 (MFT/MVT). 5744-AH1 (VS) GY33-1011-0 GN33-1024 GN33-1029 INDEP 1401/1440/1460 OS Emulator on System/J?O: Logic, Prog. No. 360C-EU-735 (MFT/MVT). 5744-AH1 (VS) GC33-2009-2 GN3J-1040 INDEP 1410/7010 OS Emulator on System/370: Reference, Prog. No. 360C-EU-736 (MFT/MVT): 5744-AG1 (VS) GY33-1012-0 GN3J-1030 INDEP 1410/1010 OS Emulator on system/310: Logic, Prog. No. 360C-EU-136 (MFT/MVT). 5744-AG1iI1S) GC27-6948-2 Ii~DEP 7074 OS Emulator on system 360/310 Models 155/165 and for VS/310 GY27-7248-0 GN27-1409 INDEP 1014 OS Emulator on system 360/370 Models 155/165 and for VS/310 Logic GC26-3784-2 N E uS/VS Checkpoint/Restart SY26-J820-0 N E OS/VS2 Checkpoint/Restart Logic SY28-0606-0 N E OS/VS2 System Data Areas SY27-124J-0 SN27-1406 N E OS/VS2 IPL and NIP Logic GC28-0618-2 E GC28-0617-1 (GQ28-0617-1) GC2.8-0617-2 N E E GX28-0619-1 N E OS/VS JCL syntax Reference Summary SY28":'0620-0 N E OS/VS2 Job Management Logic GC24-5091-1 N E OS/VS Programmer's Reference Digest 36 Control Pro~rams N E OS/VS JCL Reference OS/VS JCL Services 20 RE-LEASE ORDER NO./TNL'S .!.:J!. M GC27-6979-1 GN27-1ijOO GN27-1ij05 N E SY27-72ijij-O SN27-1ij03 N E N OS/VS2 Supervisor Logic GC28-0632-0 GN28-2560 N E N OS/VS2 Debugging Guide GC28-0636-1 N E OS/VS OLTEP SY28-0637-1 N SY27-7239-0 (ST67-7239-0) SN27-1399 E E OS/VS supervisor servic'es and Macro Instructions E N 37 RAS OS/VS OLTEP Logic E SY27-7239-1 SN27-1ij07 E OS/VS RMS Logic N SY27-7252-0 N E OS/VS2 Recovery Management support Logic GC28-0633-1 GN28-25ijO N E E OS/VS Service Aids GX28-063ij-l N E GC38-1006-1 (GQ38-1006-1) GC38-1006-2 N E E GX38-0690-0 C E OS/VS Dynamic Support System Command Language Reference summary GC28-06ijO-O C E OS/VS Dynamic support system SY28-06ijl-0 C E OS/VS Dynamic support System Logic SY28-06ij3-0 N E OS/VS2 service Aids Logic GC28-0638-0 (GT28-0638-0) GC28-0638-1 N SY28-0639-0 (ST68-0639-0) SY28-0639-1 N E E OS/VS service Aids Reference Summary OS/VS ~essage Library: Service Aids and OLTEP Messages OS/VS SYS1.LOGREC Error Recording E OS/VS SYS1.LOGREC Error Recording Logic E E GC28-06ijij-O N E OS/VS2 TSO Guide GC28-06ij6-0 GN28-2537 N C E E OS/VS2 command Language Reference GX28-0M7-0 N E OS/VS2 TSO Command Language Reference summary 39 Time Sharing 21 ORDER NO./TNL'S RELEASE .hQ hl SY28-0651-0 N E OS/VS2 TSO Command Processor Logic Volume 1: ACCOUNT SY33-8548-0 N E OS/VS2 TSO Command Processor Logic Volume 2: EDIT SY35-0004-0 N E OS/VS2 TSO Command Processor Logic Volume 3: TEST SY28-0652-0 N E OS/VS2 TSO Command Processor Logic Volume IV SY28-0649-0 N E OS/VS2 TSO Control Program Logic SY28-0659-0 C E OS/VS2 TSO Enhancement Logic GC38-1009-0 GN28-2559 N E OS/VS ruessage Library: VS2 TSO Messages GC38-0220-0 N E Operator's Library: OS/VS2 TSO GC28-6762-1 N E OS/MVT and OS/VS2 TSO Terminals GC28-0645-0 N E OS/VS2 TSO Terminal User's Guide SY28-0650-0 N E OS/VS2 TSO Terminal Monitor Program and Service Routines Logic GC28-0648-0 N E OS/VS2 TSO Guide to Writing a Terminal Monitor Program or a Command Processor N 40 system Generation GC38-0120-1 (GQ38- 0 120-1) GC38-0120-2 E E GC38-0210-0 N E GC38-1004-1 (GQ38-1004-1) GC38-1004-2 N Operator's Library: OS/VS Console Configurations N operator's Library: OS/VS2 Reference OS/VS ruessage Library: Routing and Description Codes E E GC38-1008-0 GN28-2558 N E N OS/VS ~essage Library: VS2 system Codes GC38-1002-0 GN28-2557 N E OS/VS ~essage Library: VS2 system Messages N: E: C: N New for this release. Existing book, initially issued for other than this release; also applies to this release. Issued for a component release that can be added to this release. INDEP = Release Independent GT, GQ, ST,SQ order numbers (appearing in parentheses) are temporary order numbers for back-level release publications. Be sure to use the temporary number when ordering. 22 ~VM/370 (Virtua1 Machine Facility/310) (20-40) 20 General Information GC20-1800 **GX20-1926 n IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/310 - INTRODUCTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5149-010 IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/310: QUICK GUIDE FOR USERS REFERENCE SUMMARY - PROGRAM NUMBER 5149 Assembler **GC20-1802 IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/310 ASSEMBLER PROGRAMMER"s GUIDE 23 BASIC **GC20-1803 **GX20-1924 IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/310 BASIC LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370: BASIC LANGUAGE REFERENCE SUMMARY - PROGRAM NUMBER 5149-010 34 system P1anninq. Generation. Installation. SMF GC20-1801 **GC20-1811 IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/310 PLANNING AND SYSTEM GENERATION GUIDE IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/310: RELEASE 1 GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010 36 Control Program **GC20-1804 **SY20-0880 **SY20-0881 **GC20-1805 IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/310 COMMAND LANGUAGE USER"S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010 IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/310 CONTRCL PROGRAM (CP) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010 IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 CONVERSATIONAL MONITOR SYSTEM (CMS) PROGRAM LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010 IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 EDIT GUIDE 31 RAS **GC20-1801 **GC20-1809 **SY20-0882 IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE TO DEBUGGING IBM.VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 OLTSEP AND ERROR RECORDING GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010 IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 SERVICE ROUTINES PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM 'NUMBER 5749-010 40 System Operation **GC20-1806 **GC20-1808 **GC20-1810 IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 OPERATOR"S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010 IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/310 SYSTEM MESSAGES MANUAL IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 TERMINAL USER"S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010 23 OS (OPERATING SYSTEM) -- RELEASE DEPENDENT PUBLICATIONS (20-40) ORDER NO. 21.7 21. 6 RELEASE STATUS 2.1.0 20.1 20.0 19 TITLE 20 GENhRAL INFORNATION GC28-6644-6 X SRL Master Index X G~'28-6644-5 X GC28-6534-4 GT28-6534-2 GN28-2450 Gl\i28-2458 X Introduction X X X X GY28-6717-3 m'68-6711-2 X GL~28-2447 X X Master Index PLM },. 21 ASSJ:.lV,BLE.R GC28-6514-8 Gl\i33-8154 GTOO-0006-0 GT28-6514-6 GN33-8072 Assembler Language X X X X },. X GC28-6595-2 GN33-8084 X X X X X X X Assembler (E) Programmers Guide X GC33-4014-0 X X X X Assembler (E) Installation Guide GC26-3756-7 GN33-6155 GTOO-0003-0 Gl\i33- 81 00 Assembler (F) Programmer's Guide X X X X },. G~26-3756-4 X GN33-8075 X GY26-3598-0 GY26-3700-3 GL~33- 8156 X X X X X Assembler (32K) PLM X X X X Assembler (64K) PLM X GT66-3700-1 GY33-8028 X X 24 COBOL GC28-6516-8 GN28-0266 GN28-0427 GN28-0465 X X GC24-5029-4 X X X X X X X X COBOL eE) Programmer's Guide GC28-6380-4 X X X X COBOL (F) Programmer's Guide GC28-6395-2 X X X X COBOL Differences ANS COBOL Conversion GC28-6396-3 GN28-1002 GT28-6396-2 GN28-0428 Gl\i28-0439 GN28-0478 X X X GC28-6399-2 GTOO-0067-0 GN28-0408 GN28-0422 GN28-0437 GN28-0473 X X COBOL Language - COBOL (E) X X X X Full American National Standard COBOL X X X },. X Full ANS COBOL Programmer's Guide X X X X X X X X X X X X X X },. 24 RELEASE STATUS ORDER NO. 21.7 21.6 21.0 20.1 20.0 .!2 TITLE GC28-6400-1 X X X X Conversion Aids - COBOL to ANS COBOL GY24-5009-2 X X X X COBOL (E) PLM GY33-7007-1 X X X X COBOL to PLII Language Conversion for OS PLM GY28-6382-2 X X X X COBOL (F) PLM GY28-6395-1 GN28-0499 GTOO-0046-0 GN28-0400 GN28-0416 X American Nationa1-Standard COBOL X X X X X X X X X X 25 FORTRAN GC28-6629-2 X X X X Basic FORTRAN IV Language GC28-6515-9 X X X X FORTRAN IV Language GC28-6430-0 X X X X FORTRAN IV (E) Compi1er Insta11ation Reference Materia1 GC28-6817-3 X X X X FORTRAN IV (G) and GC28-6603-J X X X X FORTRAN IV (E) Programmer's Guide GC27-6937-2 X X X X S/360 and 1130 Disk Monitor System FORTRAN IV Subroutines for Data Transmission between S/360 and a 1130 System GC28-6819-0 X X X X Language Handbook for Conversion from 7090/7094 FORTRAN IV GC28-6818-1 X X X X FORTRAN IV Library-Mathematica1 and Service SUbprograms GC33-2002-2 X X X X Conversion Aids: FORTRAN IV to PLII Language Conversion Program for OS GY27-7152-2 GN27-1334 X X X X X GSP for FORTRAN IV, COBOL and PLII PLM GY27-7161-0 X X X X S/360 and 1130 DMS Data Transmission for FORTRAN PLM GY21-7194 X X X X GY28-6601-3 X X X X FORTRAN IV (E) Compi1er PLM GY28-6638-2 X X X X FORTRAN IV (G) Compi1er PLM GY28-6642-5 X X X X FORTRAN IV (H) Compi1er PLM GY28-6831-2 GT68-6831-0 X X X X X X X X X X (II) Programmer's Guide FORTRAN IV Syntax Checker PLM 26 ALGOL GC33-2000-2 X GC28-6615-3 GTOO-OO13-0 X GC33-4000-3 GN12-5900 GTOO-OO31-0 GN33-8091 X X Conversion aids - ALGOL TO PL/I Language: ALGOL Language ALGOL Programmer's Guide X X X X X 25 RELEASE STATUS 'ORDER NO. 21.7 21.6 21.0 GY33-S000-0 GN33-S129 GY33-S001 GY33-S003 X X GY33-7006-0 20.1 20.0 l2. TITLE ALGOL Compiler PLM (F) X X X X X X X X X X X X X ALGOL to PLiI Language Conversion for OS PLM GC24-3337-5 GN21-5204 X X X X X Report Program Generator Program GY26-3704-0 GY21-0006 GY21-0011 X X },. A X X X RPG - PLM A X X X X A X X PL/I Subroutine Lib. Computational Subroutines X A X A PLiI (F) programmer's Guide GC2S-S201-4 X X X X PLiI (F) Language Reference Manual GY2S-6S00-5 GY2S-6S0 1- 6 X X X X X X X X PL/I (F) Compiler PLM PLiI Subroutine Library PLM GY33-S009-1 X x X X PLiI Syntax Checker PLM 2S ROO X 29 PLiI GC2S-6590-2 GC2S-6594-S X 30 ACCESS METHODS, DATA MANAGEMENT, I/O CONTROL PROGRAMS GY2S-6617-6 GTOO-OO54-0 GT6S-6617-4 GN26-S007 X GY2S-6606-3 GTOO-OO49-0 GN26-S006 GY35-0002 GY35-0007 X GC26-3794-0 X X X X X X X A Catalog Mgmt PLM X A X X GC26-3746-1 GTOO-OOO2-0 GN26-0624 GN26-0631 GC2S-6550-11 GTOO-Ol17 GN26-0750 Basic Direct Access Methods PLM X OS Data Management Macro Instructions X A Data Management Services X X },. Data Management for system Programmers A X X GY2S-6607-S GTOO-0050-0 GT6S-6607-6 GN26-S012 Direct Access Device Space Mgmt PLM X X X X X GC27-6933-3 GN27-1371 X X X X X User's Guide for Job Control from the IBM 2250 GC27-693S-1 GN27-1315 GN27-1330 GN27-1370 X X X X X A X X X X X :x S/360 I; 1130 Disk Monitor system: User's Guide for Job Control from a 2250 Display Unit attached to an 1130 system with a fixed number of Tasks MFT X 26 RELEASE STATUS ORDER NO. 21.1 21.6 21.0 GY27-7113-6 GTOO-0040-0 X GY27-7110-1 20.1 20.0 .!2 TITLE Graphic Access Method PLM A X X X X X X Graphics Problem Oriented Routines PLM GC27-6909-6 X X X X Graphic programming services for 2250 GC21-6912-8 GTOO-0004-0 X A X A Graphic Programming services for 2260 Display station (Local Attachment) GC27-6927-1 X A X X GPS for 2280 & 2282 File Units GC27-6932-4 X X X X GPS for FORTRAN IV, COBOL and PL/I GY28-6618-5 GTOO-0055-0 GT68-6618-3 GN26-8001 X GY28-6616-9 GN26-8036 GTOO-0053-0 GT68-6616-7 GN26-8013 X X X X GY28-6604-5 GTOO-0048-0 GT68-6604-3 GN26-8009 X GY30-2001-6 GTOO-OO69-0 GY30-2552 GY30-2564 Input/Output suprv. PLM X X GC30-2004-1 GN27-1420 X X X GY28-6609-6 GTOO-0051-0 GN26-8015 GT68-6609-4 GC28-6680-5 GQ28-6680-4 GTOO-OO19-0 GN26-0625 GT28-6680-2 Indexed Sequential Access Methods PLM X X S/360 Input/Output Support Open/Close/EOV PLM X .l!. X X Sequential Access Method PLM X X X X Tape Labels X X X X X X BTAM X X BTAM PLM X X X X X .l!. X X X X X .l!. X .l!. GC30-2005-3 GT30-2005-2 GN30-2526 X GC30-2003-4 X X X X QTAM Message Processing Programs GY30-2002-3 X .l!. X X QTAM PLM GC30-2022-1 GN30-2515 GTOO-0076-0 GN30-2561 X X GC30-1007-0 GC30-2024-3 GTOO-OO70-0 GN30-2513 GTOO-0035 GT30-2024-0 GN30-2558 X X QTAM Message Control Program TCAM Concepts & Facilities X X .l!. MFT/MVT TCAM Level 4 Component Rel·ease Guide TCAM programmer's Guide and Reference Manual X X X X X X GC30- 2028-1 GY30-2029-3 X .l!. X X X Planning for TCAM with the 3705 Communications Controller X TCAM PLM X 27 RELEASE STATUS ORDER NO. x GTOO-0065-0 GY30-2566 X GY30-2027-0 x GC30-2025- 1 GT30-2025-0 x x x TCAM serviceabi1ity Aids PLM X TCAM User's Guide x GC30-2026- 1 Gbl30-3008 x GC26-5929-7 X GC21-5004-2 GN21-5147 Gbl21-7658 GTOO-0001-0 Gbl21-5124 GN21-5154 X GY21-0013-1 GN21-5169 GN21-7659 GTOO-0039-0 GN21-5123 Gbl21-5136 GN21-5155 x GC21-5006-3 x X X x IBM 1419/1275 Data Management Macro Instructions and Services GY21-0012-1 Gbl26-8026 GN26-8034 x x X X X 1419 Magnetic Character Reader & 1275 Optica1 Reader/Sorter Device Dependent BASM - PLM x X X Maintenance Program X X Linkage Editor (E) IRM 31 SUPPORT X X X x OS Conversion Guide from QTAM or BTAM to TCAM X X 1130 SUbroutine Library IBM 1285, 1287, and 1288 Optica1 Readers x x X X X X X Data Management Macros i Services 1285, 1287, 1288 Optica1 Readers PLM X X X X X X X x X X X X PROG~~ GC27-6918-3 x GC28-6429-0 X GC28-6538-9 GN26-0761 GTOO-0007-0 GN28-0272 G'1I28-0423 GN28-0435 G!II28-0474 x X X X X X X X X X X GY27-7155-3 GY27-7184-2 GT67-7184-0 GN27-1332 GY27-7198-2 GTOO-0119-0 GTOO-0042-0 Linkage Editor and Loader X X x X x x X Machine Check Hand1er for S/360 Mode1 65 PLM Machine Check Hand1er for S/360 Mode1 85 PLM X X x Machine Check Hand1er for S/370 Mode1s 155, 165 PLM x x x GY27-7237-1 GTOO-0045-0 x GY28-6610-2 GY28-2301 GY28-2356 GY28-6400 X X x X X A X X X X X X X X X X GY28-6667-2 GTOO-0060-0 GN28-0434 G'I'68-6667-0 X x X OS Machine Check Hand1er for 5/370 Mode1s 135 and 145 Linkage Editor (E) PLM Linkage Editor X X 28 (F) PLM RELEASE STATUS ORDER NO. 21.7 21.6 21.0 20.1 20.0 GY28-2357 GY28-6401 GY28-6404 19 TITLE X X X GY28-6714-2 GT68-6714-0 GY28-2401 GY28-6405 X GY28-7106-0 X X Loader PLM X X X X X X X Update Analysis Program PLM 32 UTILITIES Utilities }. GC28-6586-15 GTOO-0123-0 X GTOO-OO12-0 GN35-0001 GN35-0003 GT28-6586-11 GTOO-OO66-0 (pCP only) GY28-6614-S GN35-0009 GTOO-OO52-0 GY35-0001 GT6S-6614-6 GY35-0006 X X X X X X PCP Only Util.ities PLM X X .lI. X X X X 33 SORT/MERGE GC2S-6543- S GTOO-OOOS-O GN33-S096 GT2S-6543-5 GN33-S054 GN33-S070 X GC28-6662-1 X GY2S-6597-4 GN33-S164 GTOO-0047-0 GY33-S030 X X Sort/Merge X X X X .lI. X X X X Sort/Merge Timing Estimates Sort/Merge PLM X X X X X X 34 SYSTEM PLANNING, GENERATION, INSTALLATION, SMF GC27-6939-10 GN28-2546 GTOO-OO05,..O GQ27-6939-S MFT Guide X X X X GC28-6551-16 GTOO-OO10-0 GTOO-OO10-0 GN28-2495 GN2S-2499 GQ2S-6551-12 GN28-2455 GT2S-6551-11 GN28-2438 }. GC2S-6554-12 GQ28-6554-11 GN26-0637 GTOO-OOll-0 GN26-0627 }. Storage Estimates X X X X .lI. X X X X System Generation X X X .lI. X 29 RELEASE STATUS ORDER NO. 21.1 21.6 21.0 GN26-0629 GN26-0634 GN26-0635 GT28-'6554-9 GN26-0613 GN26-0628 GN28-2439 X X X II TITLE X systems Management Facilities X X A GC28-6116-0 GN28-2449 GC28-6130-5 GTOO-0122 GTOO-0011- 0 GTOO-0012-0 GN28-2530 GN28-2532 GTOO-0021-0 GN28-2496 GN28-2498 GN28-2514 GN28-2516 20.0 X X X X GC28-6112-1 GT28-6112-6 GTOO-0024-0 GN35-0002 GC28-6120-4 GN28-2553 GTOO-0026-0 GQ28-6120-2 GN28-2460 20.1 X X X X X Feature Guide MVT Guide X X A X X Release 21.1 Guide Release 21.6 Guide Release 21.0 Guide X X X X X X Release 20.1 Guide A X X X A GT28-6130-0 GN28-2465 Release 20 Guide X X GC28-613l-1 GN28-2432 GN28"'"2434 GN28-2453 GN28-2466 GN28-2449 X Release 19 Guide X X X A X 36 CONTROL PROGRAM GC21-6942-2 GC28-6628-9 GTOO-O 114-0 GXOO-0014-0 GQ28-6628:-6 GN28-2464 GT28-6628-5 GC28-6646-6 GN21-1419 GTOO-0016-0 GQ28-6646-4 GN21-1350 GT28-6646-3 X A Intro to Main Storage Hierarchy Support for 2361 Models 1 i 2 system Control Blocks X X X X X X Supervisor Services and Macro Instructions X X X X X GC28- 6641- 5 GN26-0622 GN26-0630 GX28-6641-4 GC28-6610-6 GN28-2545 GTOO-OO18-0 GN28-2451 X X X A Supervisor X & Data Mgmt Macro Instructions X Programmer's Guide to Debugging X X X A X 30 RELEASE STATDS ORDER NO. 21.7 21.6 21.0 GN28-2472 GT28-6670-3 ~ TITLE X X Job Contro~ Language User's Guide Job Contro~ Language Reference X X X X X GC28-6708-4 GTOO-0023-0 GN26-0620 GN26-0623 X X X X X X ~dvanced X lI. X X Gl'00-0009- 0 GN28-2494 Gl'28-6550-8 GN28-2437 GJIl28-2452 GN28-2456 Checkpoint/Restart system Programmer's Guide X X X X X X X X GY27-7128-7 Gl'00-0041-0 GN28-2468 X GY27-7159-1 GY27-7166-0 GY27-7192 GY27-7236-2 Gl'00-0120-0 GN27-1378 Gl'00-0044-0 GN27-1349 GN27-1364 20.0 X GC28-6703-2 GTOO-OO77 GQ28-6703-1 GT28-6703-0 GC28-6704-3 GTOO-0115· Gl'00-0022-0 GT28-6704-0 GN28-2451 20.1 Job Management with MFT, PLM X X X X X X X Graphic Job Processor Support PLM X X X X X X X X S/360 & 1130 Disk Monitor System Job processing from a remote 1130/2250 Subsystem PLM MFT supervisor PLM X X X X X X lI. GY28-6605-5 X Introduction to GY28-6612- 5 X PCP Supervisor PLM GY28-6613-5 X PCP Job Management PLM GY28-6659-7 Gl'00-0121-0 GN27-1379 GrOO-0057- 0 GN27-1354 GN27-1363 GY28-6660-9 GJIl28-2551 GrOO-0058-0 GQ68-6660-6 GY28-6661-5 GN27-1404 Gl'00-0059-0 GN27-1344 GN27-1353 Gr68-6661-3 GX28-6783-0 Contro~ PLM MVT supervisor PLM X X X X X X X MVT Job Management PLM X X X X IPL and NIP PLM X X X X X X X X Job X OS Contro~ Language Syntax Ref Summary 37 RAS GC27-6970-0 31 Prob~em Determ. Aids & Msgs/Codes for GPS & GSP RELEASE STATUS ORDER NO. 21.1 21.6 21.0 GC28-6648-1 X GC28-6650-6 Gi'l28-2549-0 GTOO-OO11-0 GQ28-6650-4 GT28-6650-3 GC28-6119-2 GN28-2552 GTOO-0025-0 GN28-2418 GT28-6119-0 20.1 20.0 .!! X X TITLE TESTRAN On-11ne Test Executive Program X X X X X Service Aids X X X X X Re1iabi1ity Data Extractor (RDE) Guide GC28-6141-3 GT28-6147-2 GTOO-OO29-0 X X A GA28-6749-3 GTOO-0038-0 X X GC26-3796-0 GY28-6721-0 GN28-2554 Service Aids - Reference Card X GY28-6611-1 GY28-6651-5 GN28-2550 G'IOO-OO56-0 GT68-6651-2 X X X TESTRAN PLM X TESTRAN System Information X On1ine Test Executive Program PLM X X A X Service Aids Logic X Remote Job Entry X 38 RJ:loJOTE JOB hNTliY GC30-2006-5 GN28-0602 GN28-0611 GTOO-OO32-0 GN30-2543 GN30-2541 GN30-2555 X X X JI. X A GC30-2016-1 GN28-0598 GN28-0613 GTOO-OO35-0 GN30-2548 Conversationa1 RJE Concepts i X x X X Facilities X Conversationa1 RJE Termina1 User's Guide X X X X X X X A Conversationa1 RJE system Programmer's Guide X A X X X X X X JI. X X X A GYJO-2005-4 GY30-2542 GY30-2551 GY30-20 11-1 GN28-0599 Gl\I28-06t4 GTOO-0062-0 GY30-2550 GY30-2553 A X GC30-2012-1 GN28-0596 GTOO-0033- 0 GC30-2014-1 GN28-0591 GN28-0612 GTOO';"OO34-0 GN30-2549 X X X X X X RJE PLM Conversationa1 RJE PLM X· X X X iI. X X X X X 32 RELEASE STATUS ORDER NO. 21.7 21.6 21.0 20.1 20.0 J:! ~ 39 TIME SHARING GC28-6698-6 GTOO-0111-5 GTOO-OO21-0 GN28-2497 GN28-2502 GT28-6698-2 GX28-6781-1 GC28-6732-4 GTOO-Ol12-0 GTOO-0028-0 GN28-2480 GN28-2503 TSO Guide X X A X A X TSO Command Language Reference summary X TSO Command Language Reference X X X A X A GY28-6771-0 GN28-2489 GY28-6772-1 X X X GY28-6773-1 GTOO-0063-0 GN28-2485 X GY28-6774-1 X X TSO Command Processor PLM. Vol 4 GY28-6775-1 X X TSO Command Processor PLM. Vol 5 GY28-6776-0 GN28-2492 X X X X TSO Command Processor PLM. Vol 6 GY28-6777-1 X X TSO Command Processor PLM. Vol 7 TSO Command Processor PLM. Vol 2 TSO Command Processor PLM. Vol 3 x X GY27-7199-2 GN27-1377 GN27-1388 GTOO-OO43-0 X X X GC28-6764-2 GTOO-OO73-0 GN28-2523 GTOO-OO31-0 GN28-2484 X GY28-6770-2 GTOO-OO74-0 GN28-2524 GTOO-OO61-0 X TSO Control Program PLM X X TSO Guide to Writing a Terminal Monitor Program or a Command Processor X X X X GC28-6762-1 GT28-6762- 0 GN28-2487 GC28-6763-2 GN28-2555 GTOO-OO30-0 GN28-2483 TSO Command Processor PLM. Vol X X A TSO Terminal Monitor Program and service Routines PLM X X X X X X X TSO Terminals X X X TSO Terminal User's Guide X X X X 40 SYSTEM OPERATION GC27-6949-2 GT27-6949-1 GN27-1374 GTOO-0064- 0 GN27-1356 GN27-1362 GC28-6691-3 GN28-2544 GTOO-OO20-0 GN28-2463 Operator's Guide for Display Consoles X X X X X X X X X X Operator's Reference Messages and Codes X X X X X 33 RELEASE STATUS ORDER NO. 21.7 ~ 21.0 20.1 GN28-2473 GN28-2500 GT28-6691-1 GN28-2433 GN28-2444 GC28-6692-2 GC28-.6631-13 GTOO-O 116-0 GTOO-OO 15- 0 GN28-2501 GQ28-6631-10 GN28-2461 GT28-6631-9 GN28-2429 GN28-2440 • OS 20.0 .!2 TITLE. X A X X X X X X X X X Operator's Procedures X X X X X X X X =RELEASE INDEPENDENT PUBLICATIONS (20-40) ( ) ASP (Attached Support Processor/Asymmetric Multiprocessing System) 36 Control Program GB20-0322 GB20-0321 GH20-0323 GX20-1827 GY20-0305 GT60-0305 GH20-1173 **G820-1289 **GB20-1290 **GH20-1291 **GH20-1292 **GX20-1927 **GC27-6992 **GC27-6993 **GY27-7255 **GYBO-0856 IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ATTACHED SUPPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM (ASP) VERSION 2, APPLICATION PROGRAMMER·S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15x IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ATTACHED SUPPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM (ASP) VERSION 2 CONSOLE OPERATOR'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ATTACHED SUPPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM (ASP) VERSION 2, SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-t5X SYSTEM/360/370 ASP REFERENCE CARD, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTErY370 ATTACHED SUPPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM (ASP) VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X SYSTEM/360. ATTACHED SUPPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM (ASP) VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-1SX IBM SYSTEM/360 AND.SYSTEM/370 ASP VERSION 3 ASYMMETRIC MULTI PROCESSING SYSTEM: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360A-CX-15X ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM - OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X SYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM - MESSAGES AND CODES MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-1SX ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM - APPLICATION PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ASP VERSION 3 ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM - SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL PROG. NO. 360A-CX-15X ASP VERSION 3 ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM - HANDBOOK . PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-1SX OS/VS2 HASP II VERSION 4 - SYSTEMS PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 370H-TX-001 OS/VS2, HASP II VERSION 4 OPERATOR'S GUIDE PROG. NO. 370H-TX-001 OS/VS2 HASP II VERSION 4 LOGIC PROGRAM NUMBER 370H-TX-001 S/370 HASP II VERSION 4 MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 370H-TX-00l ( ) CALL-OS 20 General Information GH20-0673 CALL/360-0S SYSTEM DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X 34 23 BASIC GH20-0699 GX20-1811 GY20-0530 CALL-OS BASIC LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-44X CALL/360-0S BASIC REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X CALL/360 - OS BASIC SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X 25 FORTRAJ!I GX20-1812 GY20-0531 29 PL/I GH20-0700 GX20-1810 GY20-0567 GY20-0568 GY20-0569 GY20-0570 CALL/360-0S FORTRAN REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X CALL/360-0S FORTRAN SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X CALL/360-oS PL/I LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL CALL/360-oS PL/I REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X CALL-OS PL/I SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME I CALL/360-0S PL/I SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II CALL/360-oS PL/l SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME III PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X CALL/360 OS PL/I SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 4 32 Util.ities **GY20-0795 "GY20-0796 "GY20-0797 "GY20-0798 CALL-OS EXECUTIVE AND UTILITIES PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X CALL-OS EXECUTIVE AND UTILITIES PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42x CALL-OS EXECUTIVE AND uTILITIES PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X CALL-OS EXECUTIVE AND UTILITIES PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 1 SYSTEM MANUAL - VOLUME 2 SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 3 SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 4 34 system Planning, Generation, Installation, SMF GH20-0786 CALL/360-oS EXECUTIVE AND UTILITIES PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X) 40 System operation GH20-0788 GT40-0788 G820-0787 GX20-1830 o CALL/360-0S OPERATOR'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X CALL/360-oS TERMINAL OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X CALL-OS TERMINAL OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X CALL-OS TERMINAL COMMAND LANGUAGE - REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X REAL TIME MONI'l'OR 36 Control Program GH20-0824 GH20-0876 GH20-0877 . GY20-0599 o INTRODUCTION TO THE REAL-TIME MONITOR THE REAL-TIME MONITOR (RTM) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-00l The REAL-TIME MONITOR (RTM), ~ROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-00l OPERATIONS AND PROGAMMER'S GUIDE THE REAL-TIME MONITOR (RTM) SYSTEM MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-00l OTHER 20 General Information GX28-6731 S229-3169 OPERATING SYSTEM SUMMARY CHART SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM HANDBOOK 11 Assembler **GC30-3003 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360H-TX-035 (OS), 360H~X-036 (DOS) 25 FORTRAN GC28-6596 IBM SYSTEM/360 FORTRAN IV LIBRARY SUBPROGRAMS PROG. NOS. 360S-LM-501, 360F-LM-619, 360N-LM-480 GX33-6000 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/l (F) REFERENCE CARD: KEYWORDS 29 PL/I 35 30 Access Methods, Data Management, I/O Contro1 Programs GC27-6975 GC21-5008 **GC27-6999 GC21-5027 GC30-3000 **GC30-3006 **SY30-3003 **GC30-3001 IBM 2260 BTAM AND 2260 GAM TO IBM 3270 BTAM CONVERSION GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-CQ-513, 360N-CQ-469 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PLANNING FOR THE IBM 3211 PRINTER DATA MANAGEMENT MACRO INSTRUCTIONS AND SERVICES AN INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAMMING THE IBM 3270 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS PROGRAM PLANNING GUIDE FOR IBM 3505 CARD READER AND IBM 3525 CARD PUNCH ON IBM SYSTEM/370 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER NETWORK PROGRAM GENERATION AND UTILITIES GUIDE AND REFERENCE MANUAL IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER NETWORK CONTROL PROGRAM STORAGE AND PERFORMANCE ESTIMATES - PROG. NO. 360H-TX-034 IBM 3705 CO~~UNICATIONS CONTROLLER NETWORK CONTROL PROGRAM PLM IBM 3735 PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE (OS, DOS. AND VS SYSTEMS) 32 Uti1ities **GY30-3000 IBM 3735 PROGRAMMABLE BUFFERED TERMINAL FORM DESCRIPTION MACRO INSTRUCTIONS AND FORM DESCIPTION UTILITY PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL (OS. DOS, AND VS SYSTEMS) 35 simu1ation or Emu1ation GC26-3777 GY26-3741 GC33-2008 GY33-7011 GC33-2009 GY33-70l2 GC30-3002 **GC30-3005 **SY30-3001 GC27-6948 GY27-7228 GY27-7238 GC27-6952 GY27-7229 GC27-6951 GY27-7187 EMULATING DOS ON SYSTEM/370 UNDER OS DOS EMULATOR LOGIC (ON IBM SYSTEM/370 UNDER OS). PROG. NO. 360C-EU-738 (FOR MFT/MVT). 5744-ASl (FOR VS) 1401/1440/1460 OS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 REFERENCE - PROGRAM NO. 360C-ED-735 (MFT/MVT); 5744-AHl (VS) 1401/1440/1460 OS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5744-AHl AND 360C-EU-735 1410/7010 EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 145/155 - REFERENCE, PROG. NOS. 360C-EU-736 AND 5744-AG1 1410/7010 OS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5744-AG1 AND 360C-EU-736 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLED EMULATION PROGRAM GENERATION AND UTILITIES, GUIDE AND REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360H-TX-033. 035, 036; 5735-SC1; 5744-ANl IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER EMULATION PROGRAM STORAGE AND PERFORMANCE REFERENCE MANUAL IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER EMULATION PROGRAM PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360H-TX-033 EMULATING THE IBM 7074 ON THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 USING OS/360 PROGRAM TO EMULATE THE IBM 7074 ON THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 USING OS/360 - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-739 LOGIC MANUAL IBM 7074 OPERATING SYSTEM EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-741 EMULATING THE IBM 7080 ON THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 USING OS/360 - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-737 PROGRAM TO EMULATE THE IBM 7080 ON THE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 USING OS/360 - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-737 EMULATING THE IBM 7094 ON IBM MODELS 85 AND 165 USING OS/360 PROG. NO. 360C-EU-734(FOR MOD 85). 360C-EU-740 (FOR MOD 165) EMULATOR PROGRAM TO EMULATE THE 7094 ON MODELS 65 AND 165 USING OS/360 - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360C-EU-734. 360C-EU-740 36 Contro1 Program ** GH20-l17l ** GH20-1058 ** GH20-1021 ** GH20-l057 ** GY20-0738 GC27-6935 GC30-2015 SYSTEM/370 DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM PROGRAM (S/370 DSP) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL. PROG. NO. 360A-TX-032 RESOURCE SECURITY (FOR OS/MVT)-GENERAL INFORMATION AND PLANNING MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360A-SV-007 OS/MVT WITH RESOURCE SECURITY INSTALLATION AND SYSTEM PROGRAMMERS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-007 OS/MVT WITH RESOURCE SECURITY. SECURITY OFFICER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-007 OS/MVT WITH RESOURCE SECURITY - LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-007 TYPE 1 EXTENSION IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PLANNING FOR ROLLOUT/ROLLIN IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM REMOTE JOB ENTRY PLANNING FOR IBM 2770 RJE SUPPORT 36 ~ DOS FOR SYSTEM/l70 ONLY (DOS RELEASE 27 AND DOS/VS) ORDER NO./TNL'S 27 20-40 (+07) RELEASE DOS/VS 07 DASD (DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE DEVICES), CONTROL UNITS GC21-5072-1 N DOS/VS system Information for IBM 3540 Diskette Input/Output Unit 20 GENERAL INFORMATION GC33-5007-0 GNl3-8722 GC33- 5370-1 DOS Version 4 N N Introduction to DOS/VS N OS/VS and DOS/VS Assembler Language 21 ASSEMBLER GC33-40 10-1 GC33-4010-0 GN3l-8145 GN33-8148 GN33-8160 N 29 PL/I GC24-9005-6 GNl3-9124 GN33-9129 GN33-9130 N DOS and TOS PL/I (D) compiler Programmer's Guide 30 ACCESS METHODS, DATA MANAGEMENT, I/O CONTROL PROGMMS GC3l-5372-0 GN33-8752 GY33-8543-0 GN3l-8732 GY33-8544-0 GN33-8733 GY33-8545-0 GN33-8734 GYl3-8546-0 GC27-6978-1 GY27-7245-1 E DOsiVs Data Management Guide N DOS Version 4 LIOCS Volume N DOS Version 4 LIOCS Volume 2 PLM N DOS Version 4 LIOCS Volume 3 PLM N E DOS Version 4 LIOCS Volume 4 PLM DOS Version 4 Basic Telecommunications Access Method (BTAM) DOS Version 4 BTAM: PLM. Prog. No. 370N-CQ-469 Introduction to VTAM (Virtual Telecommunications Access Method) VTAM Application programmer's Reference Manual DOS/VS Program Planning Guide for IBM 3886 Optical Character Reader Model 1 GC27-6987-1 GN27-1416 GC27-6995-0 GC21-5059-0 N N PLM 31 SUPPORT PROGRAMS GY33-8538-0 GN33-8729 N DOS Version 4 Linkage .Editor PLM N DOS Version 4 System utilities PLM 32 UTILITIES GY33-8547-0 34 SYSTEM PLANNING, GENERATION, INSTALLATION, SMF GC33-5008-0 GN33-8723 GC3l-5401-0 GC33-5371-0 N N N GC33~5402-1 GN33-9139 GC33-5400-0 DOS Version 4 system Generation N N Planning Guide for DOS/VS System Enhancements DOS/VS System Management Guide DOS/VS Planning Guide for Programming The Systeml370 Model 115 and The IBM 5203 and 3203 Printers DOS/VS Prog. Planning Guide for 3340 DASD. RPS and Block Multiplex Channel Support 37 ORDER NO./TNLs 27 RELEASE DOS/VS TITLE 35 SIMULATION OR EMULATION SY33-7010-0 SN33-7038 GC33-2004-2 N GY33-7008-0 GN33-7019 GN33-7022 GC33-2005-2 N Model 20 Emulator on System/370 using DOS: Logic. Prog. No. 370N-IC~002 1401/1440/1460 DOS 'Emulator on Models 135/145/155 Reference 1401/1440/1460 DOS Emulator on Models 135/145/155 Logic. Prog. No. 370N-EU-490 E 1410/7010 DOS. Emulator on Models 145/155 Reference 1410/7010 DOS Emulator on Models 145/155 Logic N GY33-7009-0 GN33-7020 GN33-7023 GC33- 20 10-0 N GC33-2006-3 E Model 20 Emulator on System/370 using DOS & DOS/VS Planning Guide Model 20 Emulator on System/370 GY33-8533-0 GY33-8542-0 GN33-8731 GN33-8751 GY33-8539-0 N N Introduction to DOS Version 4 Logic PLM DOS Version 4 IPL and JOB Control - PLM N GY33-8532-0 GN33-8725 GY33-8534-0 GN33-8727 GN33-8755 GY33-8537-0 GN33-8728 GC33-5373-0 N DOS Version 4 Librarian Maintenance and Service Programs PLM DOS Version 4 Logical Transients PLM N 36 CONTROL PROGRAM N DOS Version 4 Supervisor and Related Transients PLM N DOS Version 4 System service Programs PLM DOS/VS Supervisor and I/O Macros 37 RAS GC24-5086-3 GN28-2536 GY24-5154-3 N DOS OLTEP N DOS OLTEP LogiC N DOS Version 4 Messages 40 SYSTEM OPERATION GC33-5009-1 N: E: C: • New for this release. Existing book. initially issued for other than this release; also applies to this release. Issued for a component release that can be added to this release • DOS (Disk Operating System) for systeml'360 and System/370 (20-40) NOTE: The following publications pertain to DOS Release 26; generally applicable DOS publications are also included. 20 General Information . GC24-5030 GC24-5063 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISI( AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES DOS MASTER IRDEX 11 Assembler GC24-3414 GY26-3642 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE IBM SYSTBM/360 DISK AND ~PE QPERATING SYSTEMS ASSEMBLER (D) PROGRAM NUMBER 360M~AS-465 38 GY26-31l6 **GC3O-3003 IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER (F) PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-AS-466 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360B-TX-035 (OS), 360B-TX-036 (DOS) 24 COBOL GC24-3433 GC24-5025 GY24-5025 GC24-5039 GC28-6394 GC28-6398 GY28-6392 GC28-6400 GY28-6397 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS COBOL LANGUAGE SPECIFICATIONS COBOL DOS PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-452 COBOL TOS PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-CB-402 IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK AND T~PE OPERATING SYTEMS COBOL PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-CB-452 360M-CB-402 IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS COBOL D PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 360M-CB-402, 360N-CB-452 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM COBOL DASD MACROS PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-468 IBM DOS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL, PROG. NOS. 360N-CB-482(Vl , 2), 5136-CB2(V3 COMPILER), LM2(V3 LIBRARY) IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM. FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL: PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE, PROG. NO. 360N-CB-482 IBM SYSTBM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. PROG. NO. 360N-CB-482 IBM CONVERSION AIDS: COBOL-To-AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-CV-489. 360C-CV-113 IBM CONVERSION AIDS: COBOL-TO-AMERICAN NATIONAL ST"D COBOL LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-CV-489. 360C-CV-7l3 25 FORTRAN GC28-6629 GC24-5038 GY24-5032 GC28-6397 GY28-6394 GC28-65l5 GC28-6596· GC28-68l9 SC2l-5033 GC26-3570 GY26-370l IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC FORTRAN LANGUAGE (OS. DOS, 'lOS , BPS) IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS BASIC FORTRAN IV PROGRAMMERS GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-Fo-45l AND 360M-FO-409 IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS FORTRAN IV PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-FO-409 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-FO-45l IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-FO-419 360N-LM-480 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-FO-479 SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/310 FORTRAN IV LANGUAGE. PROG. NO. 360N-LM-480 IBM SYSTEMl360 FORTRAN IV L~BRARY SUBPROGRAMS PROG. NOS. 360S-LM-50l, 360F-LM-6l9. 360N-LM-480 IBM SYSTEM/360 FORTRAN IV LANGUAGE HANDBOOK FOR CONVERSION FROM IBM 1090/1094 FORTRAN IV PROGRAM NUMBER 1090-PR-130 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM RPG TO RPG II CONVERSION REFERENCE MANUAL DOS AND TOS RPG LANGUAGE SPECIFICATIONS. PROG. NOS. 360N-RG-460 (DOS). 360M-RG-408 ('lOS) IBM SYSTBM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-RG-460 (DISK) 360M-RG-408 (TAPE) 29 PYI GC24-9005 GC28-8202 GX20-l149 GY33-90l0 GY33-90ll GY33-90l2 GY33-90l3 DOS AND TOS PYI (0) COMPILER PROGRAMMER" S GUIDE PL/I - PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE DOS AND 'lOS PL/I SUBSET REFERENCE MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS/TOS REFERENCE CARD PL/I IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS. PYI SUBSET LANGUAGE. PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. VOLUME 1 OF 3 PROGRAM NUMBERS: 360N-PL-464 (DOS) 360M-PL-4l0 ('lOS) IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS. PL/I SUBSET LANGUAGE. PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. VOLUME 2 OF 3. PROG. NOS. 360N-PL-464 (DOS). 360M-PL-4l0 ('lOS) IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK AND TAPE OpERATING SYSTEMS. PYI SUBSET LANGUAGE, VOLUME 3 OF 3 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS: 360N-PL-464 (DOS) 360N-PL-410 ('lOS) IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE QPERATING SYSTEMS PYI SUBSET LIBRARY ROUTINES - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-PL-464 (DOS), 360M-PL-410 ('lOS) 39 30 Access Methods, Data Management. I/O Control Programs GC24-3427 GC24-5037 **SY30-3003 DOS DATA MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS. PROG. NO. 360N-BPS) IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS BASIC FORTRAN IV PROGRAMMERS GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-Fo-451 AND 360M-FO-409 IBM SYST~360 DISK AND ~PE OPERATING SYSTEMS FORTRAN IV PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-FO-409 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-FO-451 DOS AND TOS RPG LANGUAGE SPECIFICATIONS, PROG. NOS. 360N-RG-460 (DOS), 360M-RG-408 (TOS) IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE QPERATING SYSTEM REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-RG-460 (DISK) 360M-RG-408 (TAPE) 44 GC24-9005 GC28-8202 GX20-1749 GY33-9010 GY33-9011 GY33-9012 GY33-9013 DOS AND TOS PL/I (D) COMPILER PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE PL/I - PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE DOS AND TOS PL/I SUBSET REFERENCE MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 DOSnOS REFERENCE CARD PL/I IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS, PL/I SUBSET LANGUAGE. PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. VOLUME 1 OF 3 PROGRAM NUMBERS: 360N-PL-464 (DOS) 360M-PL-410 (TOS) IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS, PL/I SUBSET LANGUAGE. PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME 2 OF 3, PROG. NOS. 360N-PL-464 (DOS>. 360M-PL-410 (TOS) IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS, PL/I SUBSET LANGUAGE. VOLUME 3 OF 3 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS: 360N-PL-464 (DOS> 360N-PL-410 (TOS) IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS PL/I SUBSET LIBRARY ROUTINES - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-PL-464 (DOS), 360M-PL-410 (TOS) 30 Access Methods, Data Management, I/O Contro1 Programs GC24-3430 GC24-5035 GC24-5070 GY24-5018 IBM SYSTEM/360, TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM, DATA MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS IBM SYSTEM/360, TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM, SUPERVISOR AND INPUT/OUTPUT MACROS BPS, BOS, TOS, AND DOS: TAPE LABELS IBM SYSTEM/360. TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM, LOGICAL IOCS. PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-IO-404. VERSION 2.1 32 Utilities GC24-3465 GC24-5042 GY24-5019 GY24-5045 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS UTILITY PROGRAMS SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-UT-461. 462. 463 DOS AND TOS UTILiTy MACROS PROG. NOS. 360M-UT-411 AND 360N-UT-471 IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM UTILITY PROGRAMS PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-UT-403 DOS AND TOS UTILITIES MACROS - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360M-UT-411. 360N-UT-471 33 Sort/Merge GC24-3438 GY24-5016 GC24-3439 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS TAPE SORT/MERGE PROGRAM PROGRAM NUMBERS 360M-8M-400 360N-SM-400 TOS SORT/MERGE PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. PROG. NO. 360M-SM-400 IBM 1401/1460 TIMING PROGRAM FOR DOS AND TOS TAPE SO&T/MERGE PROGRAM. PROG. NO. 1401-LM-Ol0(2401-2404), 1401-LM-012(2415> 34 system P1anninq, Generation, Installation, SMF GC24-5015 GC24-5020 IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM, SYSTEM GENERATION AND MAINTENANCE IBM SYSTEM/360, TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM. PERFORMANCE ESTIMATES 36 Control Program GC24-5034 GY24-5022 GC24-3441 GY24-5026 GC24-5066 GY24-5056 IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM. SYSTEM CONTROL AND SYSTEM SERVICE PROGRAMS IBM SYSTEM/360. TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM. SYSTEM CONTROL. PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-CL-405. VERSION 2 IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM AUTOTEST SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-PT-407 IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM AUTOTEST PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-PT-407 TOS OLTEP SPECIFICATIONS AND OPERATING GUIDE. PROG. NO. 360M-ON-418 IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM ON-LINE TEST EXECUTIVE PROGRAM - PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-DN-418 40 System Operation GC24-5021 • IBM SYSTEM/360. TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM, OPERATING GUIDE BOS (BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM> (20-flO) 20 Genera1 Information GC24-5041 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM. MASTER INDEX 45 21 Assemb1er GC24-3361 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER WITH INPUT/OUTPUT MACROS SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 360B-AS-309 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM MACRO DEFINITION LANGUAGE IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM DISK ASSEMBLER PROGRAM NUMBER 360B-AS-309 GC24-3364 GY24-5000 GC24-3387 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 360B-RG-307 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR (8K DISK) PROGRAM NUMBER 360B-RG-307 GY24-5005 30 Access Methods, Data Management. I/O Contro1 Programs GY24-5003 GC24-5070 BOS LOGICAL IOCS, PROG. NOS. 360B-IO-303, -304, -305 BPS, BOS, TOS, AND DOS: TAPE LABELS 32 Otil.ities GC24-3409 IBM SYSTEM/J60 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM UTILITY PROGRAMS SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBERS J60B-UT-JOO, J60B-UT-301 33 Sort/Merge GC24-3321 GY24-5001 GC24-3377 IBM SYSTEM/J60 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM SORT/MERGE PROGRAM SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER J60B-SM-J08 IBM BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM/300 (8K DISK) SORT/MERGE PLM - PROG. NO. J60B-SM-J08 IBM 1401/1460 TIMING PROGRAM FOR IBM BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM/360 SORT/MERGE PROGRAM PROGRAM 1401-LM-079 36 Contro1 Program GC24-3372 GY24-5002 IBM SYSTEM/J60 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE IBM BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM/J60 SYSTEM CONTROL (8K DISK) PROGRAM NUMBER J60B-CL-J02 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL GC24-3378 IBM SYSTEM/J60 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS AUTO'lEST (8K DISK) PROGRAM NUMBER 360B-PT-J06 38 Remote Job Entry GY30-2006 IBM SYSTEM/J60 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM, BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT REMOTE JOB ENTRY WORK STATION PROGRAM PROGRAM NUMBERS J60B-CQ-311-(BOS), J60P-CQ-218-(BPS) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL 40 System Operation GC24-3450 GC24-5024 • BPS IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATING GUIDE IBM SYSTEM/J60 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATOR MESSAGES (BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPOft) (20-40) 20 Genera1 Information GC24-5067 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT MASTER INDEX 21 Assemb1er GC28-6503 GC24-3J55 GY24-5012 GY24-5014 BPS (CARD) BASIC ASSEMBLER & BASIC UTILITY PROGRAMS: SPECIFICATIONS & OPERATING GUIDE, pROG. NO. J60P-AS-021 AND 360P-UT-017 THROUGH 020 IBM SYSTEM/J60 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT ASSEMBLER WITH INPUT/OUTPUT MACROS (TAPE) SPECIFICATIONS SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY - PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-AS-021 IBM SYSTEM/J60 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT TAPE ASSEMBLER PROGRAM NUMBER J60P-AS-091 IBM SYSTEM/J60 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT BASIC ASSEMBLER, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-AS-021 46 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMXNG SUPPORT BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM MACRO DEFINITION LANGUAGE 25 FORTRAN GC28-6629 GC21-5000 GC21-9040 GY21-0001 GC28-6583 GC24-3374 GC24-3464 GY24-:-5037 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC FORTRAN LANGUAGE (OS, DOS, TOS ,. BPS) IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMXNG SUPPORT FORTRAN IV (CARD) PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-Fo-205 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMXNG SUPPORT SPECIFICA~IONS FORTRAN IV· (16K CARD) IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMXNG SUPPORT FORTRAN IV (16K CARD) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-FO-205 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMXNG SUPPORT FORTRAN IV (~APE) PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-Fo-031 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMXNG SUPPORT SPECIFICATIONS REPORT PROGRAM GENERA~OR (CARD) IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR (CARD) OPERATING GUIDE IBM SYSTEM/360, BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT, REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR FOR PUNCHED CARD EQUIPMENT PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-RG-200 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR (TAPE) SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-RG-201 30 Access Methods, Data Management. I/O Control Programs GC24-5070 GC24-3408 GC24-3398 GC24-3437 GY24-5007 BPS, BOS, TOS, AND DOS: TAPE LABELS IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMXNG SUPPORT INPUT/OUTPUT 1231 SPECIFICATIONS AND OPERATING GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER: 360P-Io-060 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMXNG SUPPORT INPUT/OUTPUT 1412/1419 SPECIFICATIONS AND OPERATING GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-IO-058 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMh~NG SUPPORT INPUT/OUTPUT 1418/1428 SPECIFICATIONS AND OPERATING GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-IO-059 BPS INPUT OUTPUT CONTROL PROGRAM: PLM, PROG. NO. 360P-IO-060 (1231-N1), -059 (1418/1428), -058 (1412/1419) 32 Utilities GX20-1709 GY24-5015 GC24-5027 GC24-5026 GC24-3392 GC24-3363 GC21-5001 GY21-0004 GC24-5069 GY24-5096 GC24-3396 GY24-5013 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT BASIC UTILITIES REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBERS 360P-UT-017, 360P-OT-018, 360P-UT-019, 360P-IJ'T-020 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT BASIC UTILITIES PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMM~NG SUPPORT CARD AND TAPE UTILI~Y PROGRAMS OPERATING GUIDE IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMM~NG SUPPORT CARD AND TAPE UTILITY PROGRAMs SPECIFICATIONS . IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PRO~NG SUPPORT DASD UTILITY PROGRAMS OPERATING GUIDE IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT DASD UTILITY PROGRAMS SPECIFICATIONS IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT DISTRIBUTION PROGRAM SPECIFICATIONS AND QPERATING GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-UT-208 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAM~NG SUPPORT DISTRIBUTION PROGRAM, PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-UT-208 . IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT MODULAR FILE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM SPECIFICATIONS AND OPERATING GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-UT-219 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT MODULAR FILE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM - PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-UT-219 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMM~NG SUPPORT UNIVERSAL CHARACTER SET UTILITY PROGRAM OPERATING GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-UT-048 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMM~NG SUPPORT UNIVERSAL CHARACTER SET UTILITY PROGRAM PROGRAM NUMBER 360p-UT-048 33 sort/Merge GC24-3413 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT SORT/MERGE PROGRAMS OPERATING GUIDE PROGRAMS: 1 - CHANNEL - 360P-SM-043 2 - CHANNEL - 360P-SM-Q44 47 GC24-3320 GC24-3345 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC paOGRAMMING SUPPOaT SORT/MERGE PROGRAMS SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAMS: 1 - CHANNEL - 360P-SM-043 2 - CHANNEL - 360P-SM-044 IBM 1401/1460 TIMING PROGRAMS FOR IBM SYSTEMl360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT SOaT/MERGE,PROGRAMS (BK TAPE) PROGRAM 1401-LM-07B, VERSION 2 (2401-2404) PROGRAM 1401-~OBO, VERSION 1 (2415) 311 SYStem Pl.anning. Generation. Xnsta11ation. 8Mii' GC24-5061 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMM~NG SUPPORT BASIC SYSTEM GENERATION AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-AS-091 ~PE SYSTEM 36 Control. Program GC24-3354 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPOaT BASIC TAPE SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-~-091 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMM~NG SUPPORT BASIC TAPE SYSTEM SYSTEM CONTROL AND IOCS PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-AS-091 GY24-5010 GC24-3417 GC24-3343 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT AUTOTEST OPERATING GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-PT-045 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPOaT AUTOTEST SPECIFICATIONS (BK TAPE) PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-PT-045 38 Remote Job Entry GY30-2006 IBM SYSTEMl360 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM, BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT REMOTE JOB ENTRY WORK STATION PROGRAM PROGRAM NUMBERS 360B-CQ-31'-(BOS), 360P-CQ-21B- (BPS) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL 110 system Operation GC211-3391 • IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPOaT BASIC TAPE SYSTEM OPERATING GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-AS-091 RPG PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-RG-201 LiceDSed ProqriDIS (Subject Codes 20 through 40) 20 Genera1 InfoJ:JDation GC2B-8200 SYSTEM/370 PROGRAM PRODUCTS: LANGUAGE AND SOaT PROCESSORS -OS, DOS, VM/370-CMS (CATALOG) 21 Assemb1er GC26-3735 GC26-3743 GC26-3758 SC26-3759 SC26-3768 SC26-3770 GC26-3771 LY26-3760 LCB6-3772 ··GB21-0704 ••5B21-0705 ••LB21-0706 GB21-0334 SB21-0335 LB21-0336, IBM SYSTM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER H DESIG~ OBJECTIVES SHEET, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-AS1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER H SPECIFICATION SHEET, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-AS1 OS ASSEMBLER H GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL, PROG. #5734-AS1 OS ASSEMBLER H PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5734-AS1 OS ASSEMBLER B S~TEM INFORMATION, PROG. NO. 5734-AS1 OS ASSEMBLER H MESSAGES, PROG. NO. 5734-AS1 ,OS ASSEMBLER H LANGUAGE, PROG. NO. 5734-AS1 OS ASSEMBLER H LOGIC PROG. NO. 5734-AS1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS ASSEMBLER H - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-AS1 BURROUGHS 100/200/300/500 BASIC ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE TO IBM DOS ALC CONVERSION AID FOR SYSTEM/360, 370 AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5798-AMC BURROUGHS 100/200/300/500 BASIC ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE TO IBM DOS ALC CONVERSION AID FOR SYSTEM/360, 370 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 579B-AMC BURROUGHS 100/200/300/500 BASIC ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE TO IBM DOS ALe CONVERSION AID FOR SYSTEM/360, 370 SYSTEMS GUIDE FDP NUMBER 5798-AMC DOS TO OS ASSEMBLER MACRO CONVERSION FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM AVAILABILITY NOTICE DOS TO OS ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE MACRO CONVERSION FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 579B-AFL . DOS TO OS ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE MACRO CONVERSION - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 579B-AFL 4B GB20-0689 GB20-1I0117 GB20-1I0116 GB20-0850 SB20-0890 SB20-0938 GB2D-0906 LY20-0678 LYBO-0625 LYBO-0626 "GB21-011111 "SB21-01115 ••LB21-01116 •• GB20-112113 APL/360 PRIMER - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XMl AND 5736-XMl APL/360 OS SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XM6 PAL/36D-DOS SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-XM6 APL/360 - OS (S7311-XM6) AND APL/360 - DOS (5736-XM6) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL APL/360 - OS OPERATIONS AND INSTALLATION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XM6 APL/360 - DOS OPERATIONS AND INSTALLATION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM6 APL/360-0S (5734-XM6), APL/360-DOS (5736-XM6), USER"S MANUAL APL/360-0S AND APL/360-DoS SYSTEM MANUAL FEATURE NUMBERS 8091, 8034 PROGRAM NUMBERS 57311-XM6, 5736-XM6 APL/360-OS ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM6, FEATURE CODE 8092, FE SERVICE NUMBER 200156 APL/360 -"DOS ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM6, FEATURE CODE 8065, FE SERVICE NUMBER 200157 GRAPBS AND HISTOGRAMS IN APL AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5798-AGL " GRAPHS AND HISTOGRAMS IN APL PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 5798-AGL GRAPHS AND HISTOGRAMS IN APL SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBER 5798-AGL PROGRAMMING RPQ #WE1191 APL SHARED VARIABLES (APLSV) DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5799-AJF 211 COBOL .·GX28-8195 GC28-61106 GC28-61136 GC28-61107 SC28-61137 SC28-61132 SC28-611110 LY28-61107 LYC7-5023 LYC7-5038 LYC7-5039 GC28-61108 GC28-611611 GC28-6431 SC28-6456 "SC28-6458 "SC28-6457 ••LY28-6420 "LY28-6419 IBM GUIDE TO AMERICAN NATIONAL S~ANDARD COBOL REFERENCE CARD IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD (ANS) COBOL COMPILER VERSION 3 DESIGN OBJECTIVES SHEET, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CBl IBM SYSTEM/360 OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION 3, PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFIC~IONS (PPS) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CBl IBM OS FOLL AMEJUCAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION 3: GENERAL INFORMATION, PROG. NO. 51311-CBl IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION 3, PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CBl IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION 3, INSTALLATION REFERENCE MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-CBl IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL, VERSION 3, MESSAGES PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-CBl IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION 3 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 51311-CBl SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD (ANS) COBOL VERSION 3 LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-CBl IBM SYSTEM/360/370 OS FULL ANS COBOL VERSION 3 COMPILER AND LIBRARY - LISTINGS, PROG. PROD. 5734-CBl SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FOLL COBOL COMPILER VERSION 3/TIME SHARING OPTION COBOL PROMPTER PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CB3 IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION 4 - PPDO - PROG. NOS. 5134-CB2, -LM2 IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION 4 - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBERS 57311-CB2, 5734-LM2 OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION 4, PLANNING GUIDE - PROGRAM NOS. 5734-CB2, -LM2 IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY VERSION 4, PROGRAMMERS GUIDE - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5134-CB2 AND 5734-LM2 IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY VERSION 4 MESSAGE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 57311-CB2 AND 5734-LM2 IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPLIER AND LIBRARY, VERSION II, MESSAGES MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5134-CB2, AND 5134-LM2 IBM 5/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER V4 - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5134-CB2 IBM S/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL SUBROUTINE LIBRARY V4 PLM - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5134-CB2, 5134-LM2 49 GC28-6420 GC28-6443 GC28-6428 GC28-6444 GC28-6421 SC28-6441 GC28-6394 SC28-6442 SC28-6445 LY28-6412 LY28-6413 LYC7-5030 LYC7-5031 ••GC28-6480 GC28-6450 GC28-6402 SC28-6439 GC28-6403 SC28-6438 SC28-6446 LY28-6414 LYC7-5041 •• GB21-0836 ••SB21-0837 ••LB21-0838 GB20-4101 GB20-0920 S020-0921 S020-0922 SB20-0923 IBM DOS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL S'l'ANDARD COBOL COMPILER, VERSION 3: PP.DO, PROG. NO. 5736-CB2 PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CB2 IBM SYS'l'EM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER VERSION 3 SYSTEM REFERENCE LIBRARY PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CB2 IBM DOS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL S'l'ANDARD COBOL OBJECT-TIME SUBROUTINE LIBRARY: PPDO, PROG. NO. 5736-LM2 SUBROUTINE LIBRARY - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM2 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL OBJECT TIME SUBROUTINE LIBRARY PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM2 IBM DOS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION 3, RELEASE 2, GENERAL INFORMATION PROG. NOS. 5736-CB2 (COMPILER), 5736-LM2 .lLIBRARY) GENERAL INFORMATION IBM SYSTEM/360 .DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION 3 SYSTEM REFERENCE LIBRARY PROGRAMMER's GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-CB2, 5736-LM2 IBM DOS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL, PROG. NOS. 360N-CB-482(V1 & 2), 5736-CB2(V3 COMPILER), LM2(V3 LIBRARY) IBM DOS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION 3: INSTALLATION REFERENCE MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5736-CB2 AND 5736-LM2 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL S'l'ANDARD COBOL VERSION 3 MESSAGES - SYSTEM REFERENCE LIBRARY MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-CB2, 5736-LM2 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER VERSION 3, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-CB2 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL SUBROUTINE LIBRARY, VERSION 3 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM2 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ANS COBOL COMPILER VERSION 3 PROGRAM LISTING MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CB2 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ANS COBOL LIBRARY VERSION 3 PPJGRAM PRODUCT LISTING MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM2 IBM DOS'SUBSET AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY DESIGN OBJECTIVES PROG. PROD. 5736-CB1 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBARY (PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS) PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-CB1 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD SUBSET COBOL COMPILER GENERAL INFORMATION IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET AMERICAN NATIONAL S'l'ANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CB1 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD SUBSET COBOL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CB1 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CB1 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL MESSAGES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CB1 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-CB1 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET ANS COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY - MICROFICHE - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5136-CB1 BURROUGHS 2500 SERIES COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5198-APH BURROUGHS 2500 SERIES COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID PROGRAM .DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 5798-APB BURROUGHS 2500 SERIES COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBER 5798-APH ONLINE COBQL SYMBOLIC DEBUG FOR IBM CP-67 SYSTEMS (RPQ) PROGRAM NUMBER 5199-AAE - REFERENCE PRPQ AA0476 PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SHEET CONTROL PROGRAM-61 ONLINE COBOL SYMBOLIC DEBUG PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAE - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL CONTROL PROGRAM - 67 ONLINE COBOL SYMBOLIC DEBUG USER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAE CONTROL PROGRAM - 61 ONLINE COBOL SYMBOLIC DEBUG INSTALLATION MANUAL, PROGRAM NDMBER 5799-AAE CONTROL PROGRAM - 61 ONLINE COBOL SYMBOLIC DEBUG OPERATING SYSTEM/360 IN A VIRTUAL MACHINE, PROGRAM NUMBER 5199-AAE so LY20-0635 •• Ge28-6414 ··GC28-6413 GB21-0381 ··SB21-0388 "LB21-0389 "GB21-0493 •• SB21-0494 .·LB21-0495 GB21-0490 ··SB21-0491 ··LB21-0492 •• SC28-6469 CONTROL PROGRAM-61 ONLINE COBOL SYMBOLIC DEBUG PROGRAMMING RPQ: SYSTEM MANUAL. PROG. NO. 5199-AAE FEATURE NO. 8006 DOS/vS COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY DESIGN OBJECTIVES PROGRAM PRODUCT 5746-CBl (COMPILER AND LIBRARY) AND 5146-LM4 (LIBRARY ONLY) ,IBM DOs/VS COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY GENERAL INFORMATION PROGRAM NUMBERS 5146-CBl AND 5146-LM4 HONEYWELL 200 SERIES COBOL TO, IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AIDS FOP AVAILABILITY NQrICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AGe HONEYWELL 200 SERIES COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5198-AGC BONEYWELL' 200 SERIES COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM-SYS~EMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5198-AGC RCA COBOL ~ IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID FOR SYSTEM/360/370 AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FOP NUMBER 5798-ART RCA COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID FOR SYSTEM/360.310 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 5198-ART RCA COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID FOR SYSTEM/360.310 SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBER 5798-ART UNIVAC 9300 COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID PROG. NO. 5198-AHP. FDP AVAILABILITY NOTICE UNIVAC 9300 COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5198-AHP UNIVAC 9300 COBOL TO IBM ANS COBOL CONVERSION AID FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM-SYS~EMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AHP IBM VM/370 OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY. VERSION 4 CMS - USER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 5134-CB2 AND 5134-LM2 25 FORTRAN GC28-6884 Gl.;28-6832 SC28-6859 LY28-6846 SC28-6853 LYC1-50j6 GB20-0896 SB20-0897 LY20-0608 GC28-6854 SC28-6856 LY28-6856 LYC7-5021 GC28-6862 Ge28-6847 Ge28-6863 SC28-6852 SC28-6861 Ge28-6865 LYC1-5019 IBM FORTRAN PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR OS AND THE CMS COMPONENT OF VM/370: GENERAL INFORMATION. PROG. NOS. 5734-F01.2.3.5 -LM1.3.-CP3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM CODE AND GO FORTRAN PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-FOl IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM CODE AND GO FORTRAN PROCESSOR INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-FOl IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM CODE AND GO FORTRAN PROCESSOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-FOl IBM OS CODE AND GO FORTRAN AND FORTRAN IV (Gl) PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE. PROG. NOS. 5734-F01. 2. -LMl IBM SYSTEM/360/370 CODE AND GO FORTRAN COMPILER - LISTINGS. PROG. PROD. 5734-FOl FORTRAN CONVERSION AID PROGRAM. GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAJ. REFERENCE NUMBER FA1287 FORTRAN CONVERSION AID PROGRAM. PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAJ. REFERENCE NUMBER FA1287 FORTRAN CONVERSION AID PROGRAM (SYSTEM MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAJ. FEATURE CODE 8001. REFERENCE NUMBER FA1281 OS FORTRAN IV (Gl) PROCESSOR - PPS - PROG. NO. 5734-F02 FORTRAN IV (Gl) PROCESSOR AND TSO FORTRAN PROMPTER FOR OS AND VM/370 (CMS): INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL. PROG. NOS. 5734-F02. 5734-CP3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (GI) COMPILER PLM PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-F02 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (G 1) COr·1PILER MICROFICHE LISTINGS. PROG. PROD. 5734-F02 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED) COMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F03 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD II) PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-LM3 OS FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD II) - PPS - PROG. NO. 5134-LM3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED) COMPILER. PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F03 5134-LM3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED) COMPILER AND LIBRARY (MOD II) rRM MODULE II INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5134-F03. 5134-LM3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS: FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED) COMPILER AND LIBRARY (MODEL II). MESSAGES - SYSTEM REFERENCE LIBRARY-MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-F03. 5134-LM3 IBM SYSTEM/360/370 FORTRAN IV H EXTENDED COMPILER PROG. PROD. 5134-F03 5-1 L1f28-6409 LYC7-5020 SC28-6868 LY28-6415 LYC7-5042 GC28-6881 **GC28-6888 **SX28-8193 GC28-6844 GC28-6850 SC28-6858 LY28-6408 LYC7-5022 GC28-8193 GC28-8194 SC28-6851 LYC7-5012 SC28-6864 GC28-6872 GC28-6882 SC28-6883 LYC7-5044 **SC28-6891 GC21-5028 GC21-5021 SC21-5005 LY21-0014 LYB1-0450 GC21-5052 SC21-5056 LYC7-1317 GC33-0030 GC33-0003 SC3l-0007 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD II PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM3 IBM SYSTEM/36 0/370 FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD II - LISTINGS PROG. PROD. 5734-LM3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED PLUS COMPILER , LIBRARY USER SUPPLEMENT - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAW IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED PLUS) COMPILER AND LIBRARY PROGRAM LOGIC SUPPLEMENT (PROGRAMMING REQUEST FOR PRICE QUOTATION) PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-MW SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN H EXTENDED PLUS MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAW FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR 05(TSO) AND VM/370(CMS) PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVES. PROG. NO. 5734-F05 FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) PPS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F05 IBM FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) AND VMI'370 (CMS) REFEaENCE CARD - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F05 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATIlqG S~STEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD 1 DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LMl SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD 1 PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LMl IBM SYSTEM/36.0 FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MODEL 1) INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LMl IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MODEL I) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LMl OS 3601'370 FORTRAN IV LIBR. MOD I LISTING. P.P. NO. 5734-LMl IBM SYSTEMI'360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY ASCII SUPPORT PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LMl IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY ASCII SUPPORT PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LMl IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM - FORTRAN IV LIBRARY ASCII SUPPORT: PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE SUPPLEMENT PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM1. SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN F LIBRARY PROGRAM PRODUCT LISTING MICROFICHE ASC II - PROGRAM NUMBElR 5736-LMl IBM SYSTEMI'360 OS: FORTRAN IV MATH AND SVC SUBPROGRAM SUPPLEMENT FOR MODE I and MODEL II LIBRARIES PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-LM1. 5734-LM3 SYSTEMI'360 DISK OPERATING SY~EM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY. OPTION 1 - PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVE PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-LM3 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY OPTION 1 - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-LM3 DOS FOR'fRAN IV LIBRARY OPTION/PROGRAMMERS" S GUIDE SUPPLEMENT - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5746~LM3 DOS FOR'fRAN IV LIBRARY OPTION I - MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-LM3 IBM VMI'370 (CMS) TERMINAL USER"S GUIDE FOR FORTRAN IV PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-F01. 5734-F02. 5734-F03. 5734-LMl AND 5734-LM3 IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM RPG II PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RGl IBM DOS RPG II GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RGl IBM DOS RPG II LANGUAGE, PROG. NO. 5736-RGl IBM DOS RPG II LANGUAGE PRO~ LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RGl S/360 DOSRPG II COMPILER, LISTINGS. PROG. PROD. 5736-RGl IBM DISK OpERATING SYSTEM RPG II AUTO REPORT FEATURE GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RG1 IBM DOS RPG II AUTO REPORT FEATURE - REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RGl IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM REPQRT PROGRAM GENERATOR II AUTO REPORT FEATURE - PROGRAM LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RGl OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2 OS PLI'I CHECKOUT COMPILER: GENERAL INFORMATION PROGRAM NUMBERs 5734-PL2. 5734-LM4 SYSTEMI'360 OPERATING SYSTEM PLI'I CHECKOUT COMPILER PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL2. 5734-LM5 52 SC33-003l SC33-0032 SC33-0034 LY33-6013 LY33-60l4 LYC7-2500 SX33-6002 SC33-0009 GC33-0013 GC33-0022 GC33-000l SC33-0006 SC33-0025 SC33-0027 SC33-0026 •• SC33-0037 LY33-6007 LYC7-2506 GC33-0023 LY33-600a LYC7-2504 GC33-0024 LY33-6009 LYC7-2505 GC33-00l0 GC33-00l6 GC33-0004 SC33-0005 SC33-000a SC33-00l9 SC33-0020 SC33-002l SX33-600l LY33-60l0 LYC7-2503 GC33-0017 LY33-6011 LYC7-250l OS PL/,I CHECKOUT COMPILER: INSTALLATION - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734~PL2 AND 5734-LM5 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYoSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER EXECUTION LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL2 5734-LM5 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER: MESSAGES MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL2, 5734-LM5 OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER PROGRAM LOGIC, VOLUME 2 OF 2 -PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYoSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER PROGRAM LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2 OS PL/I OPTIMIZING AND CHECKOUT COMPILERS: KEYWORDS. TERMINAL COMMANDS, AND COMPILER OPTIONS REFERENCE CARD - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL1, PL2, PL3 OS PL/I OPTIMIZING AND CHECKOUT COMPILER LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL1, 5734-PL2, 5734-PL3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PLl SYSTEM/360 OS PL/I OPTIMIZING QpMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PLl OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PLl OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER - PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL1, 5734-LM4, 5734-LM5 OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: EXECUTION LOGIC PROGRAM NOS. 5734-PL1. 5734-LM4 AND 5734-LM5 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: MESSAGES PROG. NOS. 5734-PL1, 5734-LM5 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: SYSTEM INFORMATION - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL1, 5734-LM4, 5734-LM5 OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: CMS USERS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PLl OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PLl SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PLl OS PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM4 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM4 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM4 OS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY-- PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM5 OS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM5 OS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY - MICROFICHE, PROG. NO. 5734-LM5 DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-PLl DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-PLl DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPri.ER: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROG. PROD.,5736-PLl DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NOS. 5736-PL1, AND 5736-PL3 DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE PROG. PROD. 5736-PLl DISK' OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: EXECUTION LOGIC PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-PL1, 5736-LM4, 5736-LM5 DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: INSTALLATION PROGRAM NOS. 5736-PL1,LM4,LM5 NOTE: THESE PRODUCTS ARE ALSO DISTRIBUTED AS COMPOSITE PACKAGE 5736-PL3 DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: MESSAGES MANUAL, PROG. PROD. 5736-PL1, 5736-LM5 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 REFERENCE CARD PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER KEYWORDS DOS PL/l OPTIMIZING COMPILER: PROGRAM LOGIC PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-PLl DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-PLl DOS PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM4 DOS PL/l RESIDENT LIBRARY: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM4 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY - ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM4 53 GC33-0018 "SC33-0035 LY33-6012 LYC7-2502 GC33-0036 DOS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM5 DOS PL/1 TRANSIENT LIBRARY: MESSAGES SYSTEM LIBRARY IIANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM5 DOS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM5 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM5 PLII UNDER CMS - PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVES: PLII OPTIMIZING COMPILER. PROG. NO. 5734-PL1 PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY. PROG. NO. 5734-LM4 PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY. PROG. NO. 5734-LM5 30 Access Metbods. Data Management. I/O Control. proqra1llS GH20-4105 GH20-0853 SH20-0926 SH20-0925 LY20-0638 "GH20-4318 **GH20-1220 **SH20-1219 **SH20-1221 **LY20-0823 GH20-4039 GH20-0838 GH20-0723 SH20-0879 SH20-0885 LY20-0601 GH20-I1Q32 GH20-0810 SH20-0863 SH20-0864 LY20-0595 GH20-414 OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING INTERFACE SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-M13 OS SHOP FLOOR CONTROL. PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-M31 PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SHEET SHOP FLOOR CONTROL FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-M31 SYSTEM/360 SHOP FLOOR CONTROL APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-M31 SHOP FLOOR CONTROL. PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-M31 (DOS>. 57311-M31 (OS) - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL OS SHOP FLOOR CONTROL OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-M31 SYSTEM/360 SHOP FLOOR CONTROL 5736-M31 OPERATOR"S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 SHOP FLOOR CONTROL DATA BASE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-M31 SYSTEM/360 SHOP FLOOR CONTROL 5736-M31 SYSTEM MANUAL 3330/2305 APT SUPPORT PROGRAMMING RPQ WB5773 PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-ACZ (PRPQ SPECIFICATIONS) SCRIPT/370 (5796-PAF) IS READY FOR SHIPMENT AVAILABILITY NOTICE SCRIPT/370 - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATION MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PAF SCRIPT/370 SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PAF AN APL TEXT EDITOR AND COMPOSER 5796-PAC IS READY FOR SHIPMENT - AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER - 5796-PAC AN APL TEXT EDITOR AND COMPOSER PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/ OEPRATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAC . AN APL (OS OR DOS) TEXT EDITOR AND COMPOSER: SYSTEM GUIDE PROG. NO. 5796-PAC. FEATURE NO. 8009 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR -- EDIT/360. APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-K11 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - EDIT/360 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PRoGRAM NUMBER 5736-K11 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - EDIT/360 OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-K11 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR -- EDIT/360 (DOS) SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME I - FLOWCHART NARRATIVES PROGRAM NUMBER Si36-Kii LY2o-01190 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR -- EDIT/360 (DOS) SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II - FLOWCHARTS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Kll 70 GH20-1I037 SH20-0833 SH20-08311 SH20-0835 SH20-0836 LY20-0623 LY20-06211 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR PAGINATION/360 PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-K12 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - PAGlNATION/360 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION VOLUME 1 PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-K12 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - PAGlNATION/360 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION VOLUME 2 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-K12 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR-PAG~NATION/360: PROGRAM DESCRIPTION VOLUME 3. PROG. NO. 5136-K12 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - PAGINATION/360 OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-K12 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR PAGlNATION/360. SYSTEM MANUAL. VOLUME I - FLOWCHART NARRATIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-K12. FEATURE CODE 8010 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR PAGlNATION/360. SYSTEM MANUAL. VOLUME II - FLOWCHARTS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-K12. FEATURE CODE 8011 711 Medical **GH20-42311 **GH20-4233 **GH20-1179 **GH21-0935 **GH20-4333 **GH20-1249 *.GH20-1265 **SH20-1276 **SH20-1270 **LY20-0845 **GH20-4235 GH20-1190 **GB21-0963 **SB21-09611 **LB21-0965 GH20-4019 **GH20-4412 GH20-0806 **SH20-0808 SH20-0815 SH20-0807 SH20-0805 **SH20-0809 LY20-0561 GH20-4001 LY20-0480 **GX20-1788 **GX20-1789 **GX20-1790 HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/ACCOUNTING SYSTEM DESIGN OBJECTIVES PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-H14 - FEATURE 6001 OR 6002 HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/DATA COMMUNICATIONS PROGRAM DESIGN OBJECTIVES-- PROGRAM PRODUCT 51116-H13 HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/ACCOUNTING SYSTEM' DATA COMMUNICATIONS: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL. PROG. NO. 5146-Hll1 (DOS/vS) 8EALTH CARD SUPPORT/ADMISSIONS SYSTEM FOR SYSTEM/370 AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5198-ASZ IBM HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/ELECTROCARDIOGRAM (ECG) ANALYSIS PROGRAM PES - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 57311-H11 AND 5736-B15 HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/ELECTROCARDIOGRAM (ECG) ANALYSIS GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-Hll AND 5736-B15 HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/ELECTROCARDIOGRAM (ECG) ANALYSIS PROGRAM PHYSICIANS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-H15 AND 5734-Bll SELF-STUDY IMPLEMENTATION COURSE FOR HEALTH CARE SUPPORT ECG PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROG. NOS. 5734-Hll AND 5736-H15 HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/ELECTROCARDIOGRAM (ECG) ANALYSIS PROGRAM PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL AND OPERATIONS GUIDE PROG. NOS. 57311-Hll (OS. OS/vS) AND 5736-H15 (DOS. DOS/VS) HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/ELECTROCARDIOGRAM (ECG) ANALYSIS PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL- PROG NOS. 5134-Hll (OS. OS/VS) 5736-815 (DOS. DOS/VS) HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5146-H12 HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL. PROG. NO. 5146-H12 (DOS/VS) HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/PATIENT HISTORY SYSTEM FOR SYSTEM/370 AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5198-ATR HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/PATIENT HISTORY SYSTEM FOR SYSTEM/370 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 5798~ATR HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/PATIENT HISTORY SYSTEM FOR SYSTEM/310 SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBER S798-ATR MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION 2 SPECIFI~IONS SHEET - pROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Hll MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION 2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PRQG. PROD~ 5736-H11 MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION 2 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Hll MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) 5736-811 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION TWO - APPLICATION FILE DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Hll MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION 2: INSTALLATION AID MANUAL. PROG. NO. 5736-811 MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) PROGRAM 5736-Hll OPERATIONS MANUAL MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAM (MISP) 5736-811 PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-Hl1 FEATURE CODE 8500 SBAS COMPATIBLE TELEPROCESSING SPECIFICATION SHEET PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H13 SBAS COMPATIBLE TELEPROCESSING SUPPORT FOR 2780. 2140. AND - 1050 TERMINALS SYSTEM REFERENCE MANuAL PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736~H13. FEATURE CODE 8000 CHARGE DESCRIPTION MASTER WORKSHEET PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-H13. 360A-UH-11X DOCTOR MASTER FILE - WORKSHEET PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-UH-l1X. 5136-813 ROOM AND BED MASTER PROG. NOS. 5136-813. 360A-UB-11X 71 GB21-0229 SB21-0230 LB21-0231 GH20-4021 GH20-0109 SH20-0180 SH20-0181 SH20-0169 GX20-1801 GX20-1.808 GX20-1809 LY20-0655 SBAS PENDING INSURANCE CLAIMS ACCOUNTING PROGRAMS (DOS) FOP AVAILABILITY NOTICE. PROG. NO. 5198-ADN SBAS PENDING INSURANCE CLAIMS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5198-ADN PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERA~IONS MANUAL SHAS PENDING INSURANCE CLAIMS - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5798-ADN FIELQ DEVELOPED PROGRAM ~ SY~EMS GUIDE SHARED LABRATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM (SLIS) PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICA~IONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H12 SHARED LABORATORY INFORMA~ION SYSTEM (SLIS) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H12 SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM (SLIS) 5136-H12 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM (SLIS) (5136-H12) OPERATIONS MANUAL SHARED LABORATORY INFORMA~ION SYSTEM (SLIS) LABORA~ORY MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H12 SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM CLM CODING SHEET PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H12 SHARED LABORATORY INFO~ION SYSTEM CLM CODING SHEET PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H12 SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM CLM CODING SHEET PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H12 SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM (SLIS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-H12 15 Process **G320-1522 **SH20-1314 **LY20-0118 **GB21-0031 **SB21-0032 **LB21-0033. 1! ~ MULTICOLOMN DISTILLA~ION BROGRAM - AVAILABILI~Y NOTICE IUP - 5796-pAH MUL~ICOLUMN DISTILLATION PROGRAM - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PAH MUL~ICOLUMN DISTILLA~ION ?ROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE - lOP NUMBER 5196-PAH PRODUCTION ORDER INVEN~ORY ~RACKING SYSTEM FOR S/360-370 AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FOP 1t5798-AAL PRODUCTION ORDER INVENTORY TRACKING SYSTEM FOR S/360-370 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERA~IONS MANUAL - FDP 1t5798-AAL PRODUCTION ORDER INVENTORY TRACKING SYSTEM FOR S/360-370 SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP It 5798-AAL Utilities **SH20-1101 **LY20-0155 GH20"-4011 **GH20- 4413 GH20-4144 GH20-0532 SH20-0615 SH20-0616 LY20-0555 LY2o-0553 LY20-0546 LY20-0554 LY20-0693 LY20-0126 LOADFLOW PLO~ING SYSTEM. VARIBUS CORP. A GULF STATES UTILITY COMPANY SUBSIDIARY - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-AAF LOADFLOW PLOTTING SYSTEM. VARIBUS CORPORATION, A GULF STATES UTILITIES COMPANY SYSTEMS GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-AAF POWER SYSTEM PLANNING PROGRAM S.PECIFICATIONS SHEETS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-U12 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING PROGRAM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-U12 SYS~EM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR THE ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY SHORT CIRCUIT Ro FEATURE SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-U12 SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY WITH POWER FLOW OUTPUT & CAPACITY FEATURE & SHORT CIRCUIT Ro FEATURE: APPLICATION DESCRIPTION. PROGRAM ·NUMBER 5736-U12 SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING FOR THE ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY (OS) (5136-u12) SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING FOR THE ELECTRIC UTILITY·INDUSTRY (OS) (5736-U12). OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR THE ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY ENGINEERING DATA MANAGMENT SERVICES SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME I PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-U12 FEATURE CODE 8114 SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY - SHORT CIRCUIT SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II PROG. NO. 5736-U12 SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR THE ELECTRI UTILITY INDUSTRY POWER FLOW SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME III PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-U12 FEATURE CODE 8172 SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR THE ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY TRANSIENT STABILITY SYSTEM MANUAL - VOLUME IV PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-012 FEATURE CODE 8173 SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR THE ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY, POWER FLOW OUTPUT AND CAPACITY FEATURE SYSTEM MANUAL. VOLUME V - PROGRAM NUMBER (5736-U12) SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR THE -ELEcTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY SHORT CIRCUIT RO FEATURE - SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME VI. FEATURE 8103 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-U12 72_ GB21-0043 SB21-0044 LB21-0045 PUBLIC UTILITY FINANCIAL PLANNING SYSTEM - FDP AVAILABILITY NOTicE - PROG. NO. 5798-AAQ PUBLIC UTILITY FINANCIAL PLANNING SYSTEM - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAQ PUBLIC UTILITY FINANCIAL PLANNING SYSTEM GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAQ 78 Transportation GH20-4123 GH20-0873 SH20-0981 SH20-0979 SH20-1081 LY20-0666 LY20-0663 LY20-0664 GH20-1134 SH20-1136 **SH20-1184 5H20-1166 **SH20-1183 GH20-1135 **SH20-1185 SH20-1167 **5H20-1195 5H20-1137 **SH20-1187 GH20-1139 **SB20-1186 SH20-1169 LH20-1138 LB20-1168 **LH20-1Q82 G320-1518 FARE QUOTE/TICKETING SPECIFICATION SHEET PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11 FARE QUOTE/TICKETING APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL FARE QUOTE/TICKETING SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE. PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T1~ FARE QUOTE/ISSUE TICKET USER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11 FARE QUOTE/TICKETING STUDENT STUDY GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11 FARE QUOTE/TICKETING DATA/MACRO SPECIFICATION PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11 FARE QUOTE/TICKETING FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATION PROGRAM NUMBER S736-Tl1 . FARE QUOTE/ISSUE TICKET PROGRAM AND PACKAGE SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER S736-T11 (SEE ALSO -TARIFF MAINTENANCE- PROG. NO. 5736-Tl1) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS ·S795-AAA (OS MESSAGE SWITCHING) 5795-AAB (OS EQUIPMENT CONTROL) S79S-AAC (DOS MESSAGE SWITCHING) 5795-AAD (DOS EQUIPMENT CONTROL) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST), SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S -'REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5795-AAA (OS MESSAGE SWITCHING) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) SYSTEM PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER S79S-AAB (OS EQUIPMENT CONTROL) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL- PROGRAM PRODUCT S79S-~AC(DOS MESSAGE SWITCHING) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) SYSTEM PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 5795-AAD - (DOS EQUIPMENT CONTROL) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER S795-AAA (OS MESSAGE SWITCHING) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5795-AAB (OS EQUIPMENT CONTROL) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5795-AAC (DOS MESSAGE SWITCHING) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5795-AAD (DOS EQUIPMENT CONTROL) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) - TERMINAL OPERATOR'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5795-AAA (aS MESSAGE SWITCHING) 5795-AAC (DOS MESSAGE SWITCHING) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) TERMINAL OPERATOR'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS S795-AAB, AND 5795-AAD (OS AND DOS EQUIPMENT CONTROL) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) - FILE DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5795-AAA (OS MESSAGE SWITCHING) SWITCHING) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) FILE DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5795-AAB AND 5795-AAD (OS AND DOS EQUIPMENT CONTROL) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) FILE DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 579S-AAC (DOS MESSAGE SWITCHING) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5795-AAA (OS MESSAGE SWITCHING) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5797-AAC (DOS MESSAGE SWITCHING) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS S795-AAB. AND 5795-AAD (OS AND DOS EQUIPMENT CONTROL) FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM IUP ANNOUNCEMENT NOTICE PROGRAM NUMBER S796-PAE 73 G320-1519 SH20-1094 SH20-1095 LY20-0751 LY20-0749 SH20-1096 LY20-0750 GB21-0313 SB21-0314 LB21-0315 GB21-0316 SB21-0317 LB21-0318 SH20-0982 SH20-0980 LY20-0665 GH20-0730 GH20-4016 **GH20-4411 SH20-0812 SH20-0792 SH20-Q798 LY20-0559 SH20-0811 LY20-0560 GB21-0019 SB21-0020 LB21-0021 GB21-9981 GH20-4041 GH19-2903 GH20-4042 GH19-2000 SH19-2304 SH19-2607 SH19-2608 LY19-2001 FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM, GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAE FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM INSTALLATION GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAE FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM OPERATORS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAE FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM DATA/MACRO/FILE SPECIFICATIONS IUP PROGRAM NO. 5796-PAE FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS, IUP PROG. NO. 5796-PAE FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM USERS GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAE FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM PACKAGE/PROGRAM SPECIFICATIONS IUP PROGRAM NO. 5796-PAE OS ROTABLE CONTROL PROGRAM - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AFA OS ROTABLE CONTROL PROGRAM - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AFA OS ROTABLE CONTROL PROGRAM - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AFA DOS ROTABLE CONTROL PROGRAM - FDP AVAILABILITY NOTICE, PROG. NO. 5798-AFC IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 ROTABLE CONTROL PROGRAM FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AFC IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 ROTABLE CONTROL PROGRAM FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AFC TARIFF MAINTENANCE OPERATOR"S GUIDE, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11 TARIFF MAINTENANCE USER'S GUIDE, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11 TARIFF MAINTENANCE PROGRAM AND PACKAGE SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11 (SEE ALSO -FARE QUOTE/TICKETING- PROG. NO. 5736-T11) TARIFF PUBLISHING SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS) AND TRAFFIC PROFILE ANALYSIS SYSTEM (POINT-TO-POINT TARIFF ITEM SELECTION): APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5736-T21, -T22 TARIFF PUBLISHING SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS) PROGRAM PRODUCT SPEC'S, PROG. NO. 5736-T21 TARIFF PUBLISHING SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS) FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PROG. PROD. 5736~T21 TARIFF PUBLISHING SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T21 TARIFF PUBLISHING SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS) FORMAT AND STANDARD CODES MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T21 TARIFF PUBLISHING SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS) DATA PRE~ARATION MANUAL 5736-T21 TARIFF PUBLISHING SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T21, FEATURE CODE 8003 TRAFFIC PROFILE ANALYSIS SYSTEM 5736-T22, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION MANUAL TRAFFIC PROFILE ANALYSIS SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T22 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE & COST ANALYSIS: S/360 MODELS 20, 25 & UP - FDP AVAILABILITY NoTICE. PROG. NO. 5798-AAG VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND COST ANALYSIS. SYSTEM/360 MODELS 20. 25 AND UP: PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL, FDP PROG. NO. 5798-AAG VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND COST ANALYSIS. SYSTEM/360 MODELS 20, 25 AND UP: SYSTEMS GUIDE. FOP PROG. NO. 5798-AAG VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND COST ANALYSIS SYSTEM - MARKETING GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAG IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULEING PROGRAM - EXTENDED (OS) PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM5 IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM - EXTENDED (DOS) SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM3 IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM - EXTENDED (DOS) PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM3 IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM--EXTENDED GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XM5 (OS). 5736-XM3 (DOS) IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM--EXTENDED (OS AND DOS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XM5 (OS). 5736-XM3 (noS) IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM - EXTENDED (OS) OPERATIONS MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM5 IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM. - EXTENDED (DOS) OPERATIONS MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM3 IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM.-- EXTENDED (OS AND DOS) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. VOLUME I. NARRATIVE PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XM5 (OS). 5736-XM3 (DOS) 74 LY19-2006 LYA9-2007 LYA9-2008 GB21-0001 SB2~-0002 LB21-0003 IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM -- EXTENDED (OS AND DOS) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME II, FLOWCHARTS PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XM5 (OS), 5736-XM3 (DOS) IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM--EXTENDED (OS) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME III.PROGRAM LISTINGS MICROFICHE, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM5 IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM -- EXTENDED (DOS) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME III PROGRAM LISTINGS - MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM5 . GENERALIZED VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM (VSP) NETWORK FOR LOS ANGELES; FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAA GENERALIZED VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM NETWORK FOR LOS ANGELES FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAA VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM GENERALIZED VSP NETWORK FOR LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA: FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAA 79 Cross-Industry (see also 80-83 for selections) **GH19-0057 **GH19-0058 **GH19-0044 **SH19-0047 **SH19-0052 **SH19-0045 **SH19-0046 **SB19-0050 **SH19-0048 **SB19-0049 **SB19-0051 GB21-0136 SB21-0137 LB21-0138 **GB21-0938 **SB21-0939 **GB21-0638 **SB21-0639 **GB21-0640 **GB21-9945 **GH19-1008 **SH19-1009 **5919-1010 LY19-1004 GH20.,..4007 GH20-0745 AUTOFLOW FOR PL/I, COBOL, FORTRAN AND ASSEMBLER PROGRAM SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DCl AND 5736-DCl AUTOFLOW COMPUTER DOCUMENTATION SYSTEM PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-DCl AUTOFLOW. IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370, GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DCl (OS) AND 5736-DCl (DOS) AUTOFLOW, IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 OPERATIONS GUIDE PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DCl (OS) AND 5736-DC1 (DOS) AUTOFLOW, IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 INSTALLATION GUIDE OS - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DCl AUTOFLOW, IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 INSTALLATION GUIDE DOS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-DCl AUTOFLOW, IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 INSTRUCTOR'S GUIDE PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DCl (OS) AND 5736-DCl (DOS) AUTOFLOW IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ASSEMBLY SERIES REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DCl (OS) AND 5736-DCl (DOS) AUTOFLOW IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 COBOL SERIES REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DCl (OS) AND 5736-DCl (DOS) AUTOFLOW IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 FORTRAN SERIES REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DCl (OS) AND 5736-DCl (DOS) AUTOFLOW IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 PL/I SERIES REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DCl (OS) AND 5736-DCl (DOS) DATA CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (UNDER OS AND DOS) - FDP AVAILABILITY NOTICE, PROG. NO. 5798-Ace DATA CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM FOR THE SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-ACC DATA CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM FOR THE SYSTEM/360 SYSTEMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-ACC DATA COMPRESSION/EXPANSION FOR 5/360/370 AVAILABILITY NOTICE FDP NUMBER 5798-ATB DATA COMPRESSION/EXPANSION FOR S/360/370 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 5798-ATE DATA EDITING AND FORMATTING AIDS FOR SYSTEM/360 AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5798-AKS DATA EDITING AND FORMATTING AIDS FOR SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FOP NUMBER 5798-AKS DATA EDITING AND FORMATTING AIDS FOR SYSTEM/360: SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP PROG. NO. 5798-AKS DATA EDITING AND FORMATTING AIDS FOR 5/360/370 REFERENCE CARD - FDP NUMBER 5798-AKS SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 DECISION TABLE TRANSLATOR (DECTAT) FOR COBOL AND PL/.l 5734-XR2 SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 DECISION TABLE TRANSLATOR (DECTAT) FOR COBOL AND PL/I PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XR2 SYSTEM/360 AND'SYSTEM/370 DECISION TABLE TRANSLATOR (DECTAT) FOR COBOL AND PL/I OPERATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XR2 SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 DECISION TABLE TRANSLATOR (DECTAT) FOR COBOL AND PL/I, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XR2 LEARN ATS-OS: PROGRAM PRODUCT SPEC., PROG. NO. 5734-XX8 PROGRAM NUMBER. 5734-XX8 SYSTEM/360 OS LEARN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL· (PROGRAM NO. 5734-XXS) 75 S820-0766 LY20-0509 S020-0768 G020-4006 G020-0746 S020-0767 LY20-0510 GB21-0541 SB21-0542 LB21-0543 G020-4312 S012-5407 SB12-5509 LY12-5008 **LY12-50 13 **G019-1028 **SB19-1030 **S019-1031 **LY19-1007 GB21-0450 SB21-0451 LB21-0452 80 Cross-Industry GB21-0322 SB21-0323 LB21-0324 **G320-1523 **SB20-1306 **LY20-0114 GB20-4141 GB20-0961 SB20-1075 SB20-1076 LY20-0133 GB20-4028 G020-0771 S020-0829 S020-0830 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS LEARN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX8 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS LEARN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX8 FEATURE CODE 8053 IBM SYSTEM/360 LEARN ATS WORKBOOK PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XX8, 5736-XX3 LEARN ATS-DOS: PROGRAM PRODUCT SPEC., PROG. NO. 5736-XX3 PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX3 SYSTEM/360 DOS LEARN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX3 IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS L~RN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX3 IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS LEARN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX3 FEATURE CODE 8054 LEASE VS. PURCHASE ANALYSIS OF CAPITAL EXPENDITURES FDP AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AJK LEASE VS. PURCHASE ANALYSIS OF CAPITAL EXPENDITURES PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FOP NUMBER 5798-AJK LEASE VS. PURCHASE ANALYSIS OF CAPITAL EXPENDITURES SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBER 5198-AJK STORAGE AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM SPECIFICATION SOEET (STAIRS) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XR3 IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370, STORAGE AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (STAIRS), PROGRAM PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XR3 IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/310, STORAGE AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (STAIRS), OPERATION GUIDE PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XR3 IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370, STORAGE AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (STAIRS), PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL VOL. I NARRATIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XR3 SYSTEM/360/370 STAIRS: PLM VOLUME II (FLOWCHARTS) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XR3 SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/310 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF FILES STAF/OS - GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XA2 STAF/OS PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XA2 IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/310 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF FILES (STAF/OS) OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XA2 SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF FILE.S (STAF/OS) LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXB DOS TIME ACCOUNTING AND BILLING - FDP AVAILABILITY NOTICE, PROG. NO. 5798-ABB DOS TIME ACCOUNTING AND BILLING - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AHB DOS TIME ACCOUNTING AND BILLING - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM-SYSTEMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AHB Information Management DOS APPLICATION DCOUMENATION PROGRAM - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AFF DOS APPLICATION DOCUMENATION PROGRAM - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5198-AFF DOS APPLICATION DOCUMENTATION PROGRAM - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5198-AFF DBPROTOTYPE (5796-PBB), IMSMAP (5796-PBC), PLIMS (5796-PBF), BTS (5796-PBD), TEST IMS UTILITIES (5796-PBE) ARE NOW READY FOR SHIPMENT AVAILABILITY NOTICE BTS (BATCH TERMINAL SIMULATOR) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBB BTS (BATCH TERMINAL SIMULATOR) SYSTEMS GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBD BILL PROCESSOR SYSTEMS - IMS/360 BRIDGE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX9 BILL PROCESSOR SYSTEMS - IMS/360 BRIDGE, APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX9 BILL PROCESSOR SYSTEMS - IMS/360 BRIDGE PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX9 BILL PROCESSOR SYSTEMS - IMS/360 BRIDGE, OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX9 BILL PROCESSOR SYSTEMS - IMS/360 BRIDGE, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX9 DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS, PROG. NO. 5736-XX4 SYSTEM/360 DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX4 SYSTEM/360 DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR 5136-XX4 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR 5736-XX4 OPERATIONS MANUAL 76 LY20-0566 •• G320-1521 ••SB20-1105 **LY20-0758 GB20-11230 GB20-12116 ••GB20-1272 ·.SB20-1303 ••LY20-0771 GB20-05711 G820-0521 S820-0630 S820-0622 S820-0623 S820-0736 S820-0632 S820-0625 LY20-01125 LY20-01122 LY20-01123 LY20-011211 G820-11170 GB20-111211 GB20-0892 SB20-1030 SB20-101l0 S820-1033 S820-1032 LY20-0696 LY20-0697 LY20-0698 IBM SYSTEM/360 DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XXII DATA DICTIONARY/DIRECTORY WITH CMIS DATA ELEMENT GLOSSARY (5796-PAG) IUP AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAG DATA DICTIONARY/DIRECTORY SYS~EM. WITB CMIS DATA ELEMENT GLOSSARY - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PAG DATA DICTIONARY/DIRECTORY SYSTEM WITH DATA ELEMENT GLOSSARY SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PAG DATA LANGUAGE/I DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (DL/I DOS/VS) - PPDO - PROG. NO.• 57116-XXl DATA LANGUAGE/I DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (DL/I DOs/VS) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 57116-XXl DATA BASE DESIGN EVALUATION (DBPROTOTYPE) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - lOP NUMBER 5796-PBB DBPROTOTYPE PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBB DATA BASE DESIGN EVALUATION (DBPROTOTYPE) PROGRAM SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBB SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL (5736-CX1) SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CXl SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL VOLUME 1: SYSTEM OVERVIEW AND CONTROL (5736-CX1) SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL VOLUME 1: SYSTEM OVERVIEW AND CONTROL (5736-CXn . SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) AND SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL VOLUME I~: DATA DESCRIPTION LANGUAGE (5736-CX1) SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL VOLUME III: PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CXl SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM OPERATIONS MANUAL (5736-CX1) SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) OPERATIONS MANUAL (5736-Cxl) SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 1 PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CXl FEATURE CODE 8802 SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 1 PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CXl FEATURE CODE 8801 SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CXl FEATURE CODE 8803 SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME III PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CXl GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM. VERSION 2 (GIS/2) DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XXl GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM. VERSION 2 (GISn) SPECIFICATIONS S8EET PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION. PROG. NO. 57311-XXl IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL. VOLUME 1: SYSTEM OVERVIEW AND CONTROL - PROGRAM PRODUCT MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XXl GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) VOLUME 2: DATA DESCRIPTION LANGUAGE - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XXl GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) VOLUME 3. PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl . IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM. VERSION 2 (GIS/2) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XXl GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 1 - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XXl FEATURE NUMBER 8115 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 2 - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XXl FEATURE NUMBER 8116 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 3 - PROGRAM NUMBER 573I1-XXl FEATURE NUMBER 8117 77 LY20-0699 **LYBO-0865 **LDo-0864 LY20-0701 **LDO-0867 **LDo-0875 LY20-0707 **LDo-0873 **LYBo-0876 LY20-0708 **LYBO-0874 LY20-0705 **LYBo-0871 LY20-0703 **LDo-0869 LY20-0704 **LYBo-0870 S020-1177 LY20-0809 LY20-0702 **LYBO-0868 LY20-0700 **LDo-0866 LY20-0706 **LYBO-0872 G020-0524 5H20-0634 S020-0635 5H20-0636 LY20-0431 LY20-0432 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE ARITHMETIC STATEMBNT FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl FEATURE NUMBER 8125 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) ARITHMETIC STATEMENT FEATURE MICROFICHE -"PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) BASIC RETRIEVAL SYSTEM MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE CONTROL STATEMENT FEATURE PROGRAM NOMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8124 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIs/2) CONTROL STATEMENT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) DATA LANGUAGE/1 QUERY SUPPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VOLUME 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE EDIT AND ENCODE FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl FEATURE NUMBER 8122 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) EDIT AND ENCODE FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) EXTENDED MULTI-FILE SUPPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 " IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VOLUME 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE FILE MODIFY FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl FEATURE NUMBER 8127 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) FILE MODIFY FEATURE MICROFIClIE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VOLUME 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE FILE UPDATE AND CREATE FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8118 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) UPDBTE AND CREATE FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE FORML REPORT FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl FEATURE NUMBER 8119 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) FORMAL REPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VOLUME 2 (GIs/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE HIERACHIC FILE SUPPORT FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1FEATURE NUMBER 8120 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) HIERARCHICAL FILE SUPPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 PLANNING GUIDE FOR THE PL/1 QUERY SUPPORT FEATURE OF GENERALIZED INFORMATION SY~EM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIs/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE PL/I QUERY SUPPORT FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE PROCESSING STATEMENT FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8126 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) PROCESSING STATEMENT F~URE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NOMBER 5734-XX1 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2(GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE TELEPROCESSING SUPPORT FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8123 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) TELEPROCESSING SUPPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE UTILITY FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8121 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) UTILITY FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360 (SYSTEM DESCRIPTION) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX3 INFORMTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX3 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360: OPERATIONS MANUAL. VOLUME :r - SYSTEMS OPERATION PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX3 INFORMTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATIONS MANUAL VOLUME II - MACHINE OPERATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX3 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360 SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME I - PROGRAM LOGIC PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX3 FEA'l'URE CODE 8801 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360 SYSTEM MAlilUAL VOLUME II - FLOWCHARTS PROGRAM NOMBER 5736-CX3 FEATURE CODE 8802 78 LYBO-0433 GH20-4106. GH20-0165 S820-1001 SH20-0911 SH20-0912 S820-0910 SH20-0913 8H20-0914 SH20-0915 LY20-0629 LY20-0630 LYBO-0631 LYBO-0632 **G320-1523 **S820-1305 **LY20-0113 **GH20-4238 **GH20-1260 **GB21-0908 **SB21-0909 **LB21-0910 **GH20-4316 G820-1014 **G820-1222 **GB20-1223 **LY20-0829 **LYBO-0834 **GH20-1213 **S820-1304 **LY20-0112 GB21-0028 SB21-0029 LB21-0030 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360 FOR THE IBM SY8TEM/360: SYSTEM MANUAL, VOLUME III - ASSEMBLY LISTINGS MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-CX3. FEATURE CODE 8003 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT 8YSTEMl360 (IMS/360) VERSION 2 SPECIFICATioNS - PROGRAM PRQDUCT 5734-XX6 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360 (SYSTEM DESCRIPTION) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL (VERSION 2) PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 MASTER INDEX PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360, VERSION 2 SYSTEM PROGRAMMING REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360. VERSION 2 APPLICATION PROGRAMMING REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360, VERSION 2 SYSTEM/APPLICATION DESIGN GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360. VERSION 2. OPERATOR'S REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360. VERSION 2. MESSAGES AND CODES REFERENCE MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 UTILITIES REFERENCE MANUAL. PROG. NO. 5134-XX6 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360. VERSION 2 PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6 ,SYSTEM MANUAL - LOGIC VOLUME I, FEATURE CODE 8080 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360, VERSION 2. VOLUME 2. SYSTEM MANUAL (FLOWCHARTS), MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6. FEATURE CODE 8081 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360 (IMS/360) VERS. 2. MOD LEVEL 3. DATA BASE LISTINGS, VOL 3. PROG. PROD. 5134-XX6 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEMl360. VERSION 2. VOLUME 4. DATA COMMUNICATION LISTINGS, MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6. FEATURE CODE 8083 DBPROTOTYPE (5196-PBB). IMSMAP (5796-PBC). PLIMS (5196-PBF). BTS (5196-PBD). TEST IMS UTILITIES (5196-PBE) ARE NOW READY FOR SHIPMENT AVAILABILITY NOTICE IMSMAP - DATA BASE MAPPING PROGRAMS - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/ OPERATIONS MANUAL·- IUP NUMBER 5196-PBC IMSMAP - DATA BASE MAPPING PROGRAMS SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5196-PBC INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VmTUAL STORAGE UMS/vS) DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROG. PROD. 5140-XX2 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/VS) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5140-XX2 IMS/.360 2260-3210 CONVERSION AID FOR SYSTEM/360. 310 AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5198-ASG IMS/360 2260-3210 CONVERSION AID FOR SYSTEM/360. 310 PROGARM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 5198-ASG IMS/360 2260-3210 CONVERSION AID FOR SYSTEM/360, 310 SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBER 5198-ASG INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY UQF) FEATURE FOR INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (IMS/360) V2 - SPECIFICATION SHEET PROG. PROD. 5134-XX6 INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY (IQF) FOR IMS/360 VERSION 2 PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6 - GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY (IQF) INTRODUCTION LANGUAGE GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6 IQF TEru~INAL USERS REFERENCE GUIDE (INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY) (IMS/360) ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX6 INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY (IQF) TO IMS/360 SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME V - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-XX6 INTERACTIVE QUERY FEaTURE (IQF) TO IMS/360: MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6 PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE FOR IMS-PLIMS GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5196-PBF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE FOR IMS - PLIMS PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5196-PBF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE FOR IMS-PLIMS SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBF SYSTEMl360 PROGRAM REPORT INVENTORY SYSTEM - FDP AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5198-AAK PROGRAM REPORT INVENTORY SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5198-AAK PROGRAM REPORT INVENTORY SYSTEM - SYSTEM GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAK 79 **G1I20-1440 **S820-1328 **LY20-0921 **S820-1307 **LY20-0775 GB20-4320 SC09-0007 **LY09-0012 !! Cross-Industry GB20-4043 G820-0318 S820-0605 S820-0606 LY20-0369 LY20-0604 GB20-4140 GB20-4134 GB20~4131 G820-1028 S820-1043 SB20-1047 SH20-1048 S820-1034 S820-1044 LY20-0714 LYBo-0781 LY20-0712 LYBo-0724 LY20-0713 Lyoo-0735 **GB20-4237 **GB20-4236 **GB20-1280 RESPONSIBILITY ACCOUNTING SY~ ANNOUNCEMENT NOTICE - IUP NUMBER 5796-ACA . RESPONSIBILITY ACCOUNTING SYSTEM - THE PHILADELPHIA NATIONAL BANK - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NO. 5796-A~ RESPONSIBILITY ACCOUNTING SYSTEM - THE PHILADBLPHIA NATIONAL BANK - SYSTEM GUIDE - PROG. NO. 5796-ACA TEST IMS UTILITIES PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL IUP NUMBER 5796-PBE TEST INS UTILITIES PROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PHE VANCOUVER DATA LANGUAGE-ONE (VANDL-1) SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NO. 5799-AEY VANDL-1 PRPQ DESCRIPTION AND QPERATION MANUAL (VANCOUVER DATA LANGUAGE ONE) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AEY VANDL-1 LOGIC MANUAL - PROG. NO. 5799-AEY =Management. pl.anning. Project Control. CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM as - STANDARD (CICS/OS) AND LANGUAGE AND TERMINAL FEATURE (L/T) NO. 6004. 6n05. OR 6006, PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS, PROG. NO. 5736-U11 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) OS-STANDARD V1 WITH LANGUAGE/TERMINAL (L/T) FEATURE: APPLICATION DESCRIPTION. PROG. NO:. 5736-U11 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM. OS-STANDARD (CICS/OS) (5736-U11), PROGRAM DESCRIPTION CUSTOMER INFO~ION CONTROL SYSTEM, OS-STANDARD (CICS/OS), (5736-U11) OPERATION MANUAL CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM OS-STANDARD (CICS/OS). (5736-Ull), SYSTEM MANUAL, FEATURE CODE 8805 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM, OS-STANDARD (CICS/OS) (5736-U11), LANGUAGE AND TERMINAL (L/T) FEATURE SYSTEM MANUAL, FEATURE CODE 8060 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/OS - STANDARD V2 (CICS/OS - STANDARD V2) SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XX7 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/DOS ENTRY (CICS/DOSENTRY), PROG. NO •.5736-XX6, 3330 SuPPORT FEATURE 5000. 5001, 5002: PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/DOS-STANDARD (CICS/DOSSTANDARD), PROG. NO. 5736-XX7, 3330 SUPPORT FEATURE 5003. 5004, 5005: PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) DOS-ENTRY (CICS/DOSE) DOS-STANDARD (CICS/DOSS) OS-STANDARD V2 (CICS/OS) GENERAL INFORMATIQN MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XX7, 5736-XX6, 5736-XX7 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) SYSTEM PROGRAMMER"S REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS DOS-ENTRY 5736-XX6, DOS-STANDARD 5736-XX7. OS-STANDARD V2 5734-XX7 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM DOS - ENTRY (CIS DOS· - STANDARD (CICS/DOSS) os - STANDARD VERSION 2 (CICS/OS) APPLICATION PROGRAMMER"S REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-XX6, 5736-XX7, 5734-XX7 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) OPERATING SYSTEM STANDARD VERSION 2 OPERATIONS GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX7 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBERS DOS-ENTRY 573.6-XX6 DOS-STANDARD 5736-XX7 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) TERMINAL OPERATOR"S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBERS DOS-ENTRY 5736-XX6, DOS-STANDARD 5736-XX7, OS-S'llANDARD V2 5734-XX7 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) OPERATING SYSTEM STANDARD VERSION 2 - FEATURE NUMBER 8142 - LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX7 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/OPERATING SYSTEM STANDARD (CICS/OS-STANDAlID) VERSION 2 PROGRAM LISTINGS MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX7 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM FEATURE NUMBER 8030 . (DOS-ENTRY) LOGIC MANUAL - pROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX6 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ENTRY (CICS-DOS E) MICROFICHE LISTING,. PROG. NO. 5736-XX6 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX7 (DOS-STANDARD) FEATURE NUMBER 8031 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTkOL SYSTEM/DISK OPERATING SYSTEM STANDARD (CICS-DOS S) MICROFICHE LISTING, PROG PROD 5736-XX7 CUSToMER INFORMATION SYSTEM/OS/VS (CICS/OS/VS) DESIGN OBJEc;TIVES, - PROG. PROD. 5740-XX1 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/DOS/VS (CICS/DOS/vS) CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS/VS) . GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS CICS/OS/vS 5740-XX1 AND CICS/DOs/VS 57~6-XX3 80 GB21-0749 SB21-0750 LB21-0751 GB21-0505 SB21-0506 LB21-0507 **GB21-0BOO **SB21-0B01 **LB21-0B02 **GB20-432B **SB20-1268 GB20-4103 GB20-0B41 SB20-0909 SB20-0919 LY20-0634 **GB20-4241 **GB20-4242 **G~20-4325 **~B19-4000 **SB19-4001 **SB19-4002 **LY19-4000 GB21-0393 SB21-0394' LB21-0395 GB20-4122 GB20-0B52 SB20-0995 LY20-0674 GB20-4136 GB20-1035 SB20-1042 SB20-1041 LY20-0710 GB20-4309 SB20-1174· SB20-1164 CUSTOMER INFORMATION FILE (CIF) USING CICS UNDER OS/VS1 AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5798-AHR CUSTOMER INFORMATION FILE (CIF) USING CICS UNDER OS/VS1 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 579B-AMR CUSTOMER INFORMATION FILE (CIF) USING CICS UNDER OS/VS1 SYSTEM GUIDE - FDP NUMBER 5~9B-AMR CUSTOMER INFORMATION FILE USING DOS/CICS FDP - AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 579B-AHX CUSTOMER INFORMATION FILE USING DOS/CICS FDP - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 579B-ABX CUSTOMER INFORMATION FILE USING DOS/CICS FDP - SYSTEMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 579B-ABX CPU CONSOLE AS SYSTEM/360, 370 CICS MASTER TERMINAL FOR SYSTEM/360, 370 AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5798-ANR CPU CONSOLE AS SYSTEM/360, 370 CICS MASTER TERMINAL FOR SYSTEM/360, 370 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 579B-ANR CPU CONSOLE AS SYSTEM/360, 370 CICS MASTER TERMINAL FOR SYSTEM/360, 370 SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP NUMBER 5798-ANR CICS FEATURE OF DATABASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-XX4 THE CICS FEATURE (6024-602B) OF TBE DATA BASE ORGANIZATION . AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR, PROGRAM AND OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-XX4 DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (VMS): PROGRAM PRODUCT SPEC"S PROG. NO. 5734-XC1 DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XC1 DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XC1 DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OPERATOR'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XC1 DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XC1, FEATURE CODE BOOS DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM I I (DMS I I Os/VS) DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XC4 DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM I I (DMS I I DOS/VS) DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-XC4 SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 FORBCASTING AND MODELING SYSTEMS SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5736-XS4 (DOS VERSION) AND 5734-XS7 (OS VERSION) . FORECASTING AND MODELING SYSTEM (FAMS) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5736-XS4 (DOS VERSION). 5734-XS7 (OS VERSION) FORECASTING AND MODELING SYSTEM (FAMS) PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5736-XS4 (DOS VERSION). 5734-XS7 (OS VERSION) FORECASTING AND MODELING SYSTEM (FAMS) OPERATIONS GUIDE FORECASTING AND MODELING SYSTEM (FAMS) LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XS4 (DOS VERSION), 5734-XS7(OS VERSION) IBGS - INTERACTIVE BUSINESS GAME SIMULATION - A GENERAL BUSINESS SIMULATION FOR APL/360 - PROGRAM NUMBER 579B-AGM FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM-AVAILABILITY NOTICE IBGS - INTERACTIVE BUSINESS GAME SIMULATION - A GENERAL BUSINESS SIMULATION FOR APL/360 - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 579B~AGM IBGS - INTERACTIVE BUSINESS GAME SIMULATION - A GENERAL BUSINESS SIMULATION FOR APL/360 - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 579B-AGM MINIPERT - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP3 INTRODUCTION TO MINIPERT PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP3 l·lINIPERT PROGRAl·l DESCRIPTION Arm OPERATIONS r·lANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP3 MINIPERT SYSTEM MANUAL. ~URE NUMBER BOB6 PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP3 PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR n (PSG II}: PROGRAM PRODUCT SPEC'S, PROG. NO. 5734-XT1. PLANNING SYSTEM GENERATOR II (PSGII) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XT1 . PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR II (PSG II) PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XT1 PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR II (PSG II) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XT1 PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR II (PSG II} LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XT1 FEATURE NUMBER B114 PSG II DOS - SPECIFICATIONS, .l'ROGA NO. 5736-XT1 PLANNING SYSTEMS GEN~OR II (PSG II) DOS - PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-XT1 PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR II (PSG II} DOS OPERATOR'S GUIDE PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-XT1 B1 LY20-0808 G320-1517 S820-1092 LY20-0146 G820-4081 G820-0690 SB20-0611 LY20-0459 LY20-0460 LY20-0461 LY20-0456 LYBO-0454 G820-4104 G820-0855 S820-0898 SB20-0899 S820-0901 S820-0900 LY20-0609 LY20-0613 LYBO-0611 LY20-0610 LY20-0614 LYBO-0618 LY20-0612 LY20-0616 LYBo-0620 LY2Cl-0611 LY20-0615 LYBU-06i9 PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR II (PSG II) DOS LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-XTl APL/PDTS PROGRAMMING DEVELOPMENT TRACKING SYSTEM (PDTS): IUP AVAILABILITY NOfICE PROGRAM NUMBER 5196-PAD APL/PDTS PROGRAMMING DEVELOPMENT TRACKING SYSTEM (POTS): PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL IUP PROG #5796-PAD APL/PDTS PROGRAMMING DEVELOPMENT TRACKING SYSTEM SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP NO. 5196-PAD PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SHEET - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XPl PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XPl PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XPl PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360: VERSION 3, COST PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XPl FEATURE CODE 8102 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3 FLOWCHART SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER: 5734-XPl FEATURE CODE: 8105 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3 NETWORK PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER: 5134-XPl FEATURE CODE: 8101 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3: REPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NOMBER 5134-XPl FEATURE CODE 8101 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360:· VERSION 3, RESOURCE ALLOCATION PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XPl FEATURE CODE 8104 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360: VERSION 3, LISTINGS SYSTEM MANUAL MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XPl FEATURE CODE 8301 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV, PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4 INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PHSIV), PROGRAM PRODUCT MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4 PHS IV, COST PROCESSOR, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS PROGRAM PRODUCT MANUAL - PRQGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4 PHS IV, NETWORK PROCESSOR, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PHS IV) REPORT PROCESSOR PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PHSIV) RESOURCE ALLOCATION PROCESSOR, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/ OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMS IV) PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE NUMBER 8074 COST PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMSIV) COST PROCESSOR FLOWCHART MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8015 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PHS IV) COST PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8076 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PHS IV) PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XP4 - FEATURE NUMBER 8071 NETWORK PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PHSIV) NETWORK PROCESSOR FLOWCHART MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8072 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PHS IV) NETWORK PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XP4, FEATURE CODE 1406 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PHS IV) PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4 - FEATURE NUMBER 8068 REPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMSIV) REPORT PROCESSOR FLOWCHART MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8069 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PHS IV) REPORT PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8070 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMSIV) RESOURCE ALLOCATION PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8077 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMSIV) RESOURCE ALLOCATION PROCESSOR FLOWCHART MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8078 PROJEC"l' MANAGEMEi'liT SYSTEM rli (PMS LVi RESOURCE ALLOCATION PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8079 82 "G820-40B9 G819-0014 S819-0026 LY19-0007 G820-4312 S812-5407 S812-5509 LY12-500B **LY12-5013 "G320-1415 **S820-1115 "GB21-9947 B2 Cross-Industry "G320-8063 **GB20-1271 **SB20-1118 **SB20-1119 **LY20-0764 **LY20-0765 "GB21-0399 **SB21-0400 **LB21-0401 GB20-4080 G820-4079 G820-0558 S820-0619 G820-0621 S820-0620 LY20-0406 LY20-0407 **S820-1264 **LY20-0B40 SH20-1158 GH20-4102 IBM SYSTEM/360 RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM/360 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-XP2 IBM SYSTEM/360 RESOURCE ALLOCATION (REAL/360) FOR PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM/360 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XP2 IBM SYSTEM/360 RESOURCE ALLOCATION (REAL/360) FOR PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER: 5736-XP2 IBM SYSTEM/360 RESOURCE ALLOCATION (REAL/360) FOR PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM/360 LISTINGS MANUAL (PROGRAM NO. 5736-XP2, FEATURE CODE B017) STORAGE AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM SPECIFICATION S8EET (STAIRS) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XR3 IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370, STORAGE.AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (srAIRS), PROGRAM PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XR3 IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370, STORAGE AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (STAIRS), OPERATION GUIDE PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XR3 IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370, STORAGE AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (STAIRS), PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL VOL. I NARRATIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XR3 SYSTEM/360/370 STAIRS: PLM VOLUME II (FLOWCHARTS) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XR3 S/360-S/370 YALE ALUMNI RECORDS DATA SYSTEM (YARDS) ANNOUNCEMENT NOTICE - IUP NUMBER 5796-ABF S/360-S/370 YALE ALUMNI RECORDS DATA SYSTEM (YARDS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-ABF S/360-S/370 YALE ALUMNI RECORDS DATA SYSTEM (YARDS) MARKETING MATERIALS FOLDER - IUP NUMBER 5796-ABF =Mathematics and Science ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM ASTAP ANNOUNCEMENT NOTICE - IIOP NUMBER 5796-PBB ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM (ASTAP) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROG. NO. 5796-PBB ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM (ASTAP) PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - IUP NOMBER 5796-PBB ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM (ASTAP) OPERATIONS GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBH ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM (ASTAP) REFERENCE GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBH ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM (ASTAP) - LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PB8 APL COORDINATE GEOMETRY SYSTEM FOR SYSTEM/370 AVAILABILITY NOTICE - FDP NUMBER 5798-AGF APL COORDINATE GEOMETRY SYSTEM FOR SYSTEM/370 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - FDP NUMBER 5798-AGF APL COORDINATE GEOMETRY SYSTEM FOR SYSTEM/370 SYSTEMS GUIDE FDP NUMBER 5798-AGF SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE - OS PROGRAM PRODUCT FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION, PROG. NO. 5736-P72 SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE ~ PS (M44) PROGRAM PRODUCT FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SBEET PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-P71 SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-P71, 5736-P72 SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE: PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5736-P71, ,-P72 SysrEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE - OS: OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-P72 SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE - PS: OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-P71 SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE - OS SYSTEM MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5736-P72, FEATURE NO. 8101 SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE PS SYSTEM MANUAL ' PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-P71 FEATURE CODE 8101 BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC (CALL-OS) MANUAL BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NOS. 5703-XM3 (S/3 MODEL 6) AND 5734-XMB (ITF-OS, DOS AND '.rSO) MATH/BASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 MODEL 6 AND INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY (ITF) - PROGRAM PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5703-XM2 (S/3 MODEL 6) 5734-XM8 (ITF-OS, DOS AND roS) MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) SPECIFICATION SHEET - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4 83 GH20-0849 SB20-0968 SB20-0908 SB20-0960 SB20-0924 SB20-0932 SB20-0959 LY20-0646 LY20-0642 LYBO-0643 **LY20-0826 **LYBO-0832 LY20-0640 LY20-0641 LYBO-0644 **GB20-4327 **GH19-5041 GB19-5012 GB19-5042 *.GB12-5102 **SB12-5403 *.LY12-5002 GB20-4109 GB20-0854 SB20-0985 SB20-0988 LY20-0671 GB20-4146 GB12-5103 LYA2-5203 *·GB21-0408 .*SB21-0409 **LB21-0410 83 CrOSS-Industry **GB20-4090 G820-0874 = INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) - PROGRAM PRODUCT MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4 MPSX LINEAR AND SEPARABLE PROGRAMMING. PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) MIXED INTEGER PROGRAMMING(MIP} PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) READ COMMUNICATIONS FORMAT (READCOMM) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX). OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4 MATBEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) CONTROL LANGUAGE USER'S MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) MESSAGE MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) SYSTEM MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4. FEATURE CODE 8056 , MATHEMATICAL PROGRAM SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) FLOWCHART MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4. FEATURE CODE 8055 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) MICROFICBE ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4 FE SERVICE NUMBER 200080 MPSX AND GENERALIZED UPPER BOUNDING LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4 MATBEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) GENERALIZED UPPER BOUNDING (GOB) MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) MIXED INTEGER PROGRAMMING (HIP) - SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4. FEATURE NUMBER 8056 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX). MIXED INTEGER PROGRAMMING (HIP) FLOWCHART MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4. FEATURE CODE 8057 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX). MIXED INTEGER PROGRAMMING (HIP), PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4. ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 MATRIX GENERATOR AND REPORT WRITER (MGRW) SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XMC IBM S/360 AND S/370 MATRIX GENERATOR AND REPORT WRITER (MGRW) PPS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XMC MATRIX GENERATOR AND REPORT WRITER GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL -PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XMC MATRIX GENERATOR AND REPORT WRI'l'ER (MGRW) PRIMER PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XMC SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 MATRIX SYSTEM (MATSYS) (OS AND TSO) GENERAL' INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XM7 MATRIX SYSTEM (MATSYS) (OS AND TSO) - PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL -PROGRAM NUMBER 5734~XM7 MATRIX SYSTEM MATRIX LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XM7 PROCEDURE LIBRARY-MATHEMATICS (PL-MATB) PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM3 PROCEDURE LIBRARY-MATHEMATICS (PL-MATB) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM3 PROCEDURE. LIBRARY - MATHEMATICS (PL-MATH) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM3 PROCEDURE LIBRARY - MATHEMATICS (PL-MATH) OPERATIONS MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM3 PROCEDURE LIBRARY - MATHEMATICS (PL-MATH) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM3 FEATURE NUMBER 8051 IBM SYsTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 SUBROUTINE LIBRARY MATHEMATICS (SL-MATH) SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM7 IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370, IBM 1130 AND 1800 SUBROUTINE LIBRARY-MATHEMATICS (SL-MATH) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROG. NOS. 5736-XM7. 5711-Dl2 IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEW370 SUBROUTINE LIBRARY MATBEMATJ:CS - MICROFICHE LJ:STING - PROGRAM NUMBER 57.36-XM7 ZEROS AND J:NTEGRALS IN APL FOP AVAILABILITY NOTICE - pROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AGJ ZEROS AND DlTEGRALS IN APL FOp - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION.IoPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM .NUMBER 5798-AG.7 ZEROS AND INTEGRALS IN APL FDP - SYSTEMS GUIDE- PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AGJ Simulatioa COMPUTER SYSTEMS SIMULATOR J:I (CSS II) FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XS5 COMPUTER SYSTEM SIMULATOR I I (eSs II) GENEIUU: 5H20-0875 DlPOP1'U~TION !!.IL."!U..JL..L. PROGRL"! NUMBER 5734-l[S5 COMPUTER SYSTEM SIMuLATOR I I (CSS II) PROGRAM DESCRIPTJ:ON ANi> OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XS5. 84 LY20-0661 G819-7000 G820-4303 S819-7001 S819-7002 LY19-7000 GH19-7010 SH19-7003 SH19-7004 LY19-7001 GH20-0691 S820-0693 SH20-0694 S820-0692 SH20-0698 LY20-0475 LY20-0483 GH20-4035 GH20-4040 GH20-0825 GH20-0826 SH20-0866 SH20-0851 SH20-0867 SH20-0868 GX20-1828 GX20-1829 LY20-0596 LY20-0602 **GH19-5039 **GH19-5035 **SH19-5060 **SH19-5038 **LY19-5031 **LYA9-5038 COMPUTER SYSTEM SIMULATOR II (CSS II), SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS5, FEATURE CODE 8035 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP III) AND GRAPHIC FEATURE (CSMP III GRAPHIC FEATURE) GENERAL INFORMATION ~NUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS9 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM (CSMP III) PPS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XS9 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM,'III (CSMP III) PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS9 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP III) OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS9 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP 1110 LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS9, FEATURE NUMBER 8143 GRAPHIC FEA~URE FOR THE CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP III) - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICAT~ONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS9 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP III) GRAPHIC FEATURE - PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS9 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP III) GRAPHIC FEATURE OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS9 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP III) GRAPHIC FEATURE LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS9 FEATURE NUMBER 8144 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 (OS AND DOS) VERSION 2 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROG. NOS. 5134-XSl AND 5736-XSl GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 OS AND DOS VERSION 2 INTRODUCTORY USER'S MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5734-XSl AND 5736-XS1 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 OS AND DOS VERSION 2 USER'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XSl AND 5136-XSl GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 OS VERSION 2 OPERATOR'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XSl GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 DOS VERSION 2 OPERATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XSl GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 OS: VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XSl FEATURE CODE 8151 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 DOS VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-XS1 FEATURE CODE 8101 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V-OS (GPSS V-OS) PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS2 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V-DOS (GPSS V-DOS) PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XS3 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V (OS) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS2 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V (DOS) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XS3 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V INTRODUCTORY USER" S MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5734-XS2 (OS) AND 5736-XS3 (DOS) GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM'V USER'S MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5734-XS2 (OS) AND 5736-XS3 (DOS) GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATING SYSTEM V-OS (GPSS V-OS) OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XS2 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V - DOS ,(GPSS V - DOS) OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XS3 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V REFERENCE SUMMARY: BLOCK STATEMENT FORMATS, PROG. NOS. 5734-XS2(OS) AND 5736-XS3(DOS) GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V REFERENCE SUMMARY: CONTROL STATEMENT FORMATS, STANDARD NUMERICAL ATTRIBUTES, AND SYSTEM OPTIONS - PROG. NOS. 5734-XS2(OS) AND 5136-XS3(DOS) GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V-OS (GPSS V-OS) SYSTEM MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5734-XS2, FEATURE NO. 8046 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V - DOS SYSTEM MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5736-XS3, FEATURE NO. 8049 SIMPL/I (SIMULATION LANGUAGE BASED ON PL/I) - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XXB SIMPL/I (SIMULATION LANGUAGE BASED ON PL/I) - PROGRAM PRODUCT GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NO,. 5134-XXB SIMPL/I (SIMULATION LANGUAGE 'BASED ON PL/I) PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5134-XXB SIMPL/I (SIMULATION LANGUAGE BASED ON PL/I) OPERATIONS GUIDE PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XXB SIMPL/I SIMULATION LANGUAGE BASED ON PL/I LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XXB SIMULATION LANGUAGE BASED ON PL/1 (SIMPL/l) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOL. II, FLOWCHARTS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXB TYPE II PROGRAMS (20-83) NOTE:~he following Type II program publications are available under SLSS by order number subscription only. 85 GB20-0217 SYSTEM/360 COBOL EDIT ON THE 1401 PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL (1401-SE-13X) 25 FORTRAN GB20-0492 GB20-0572 GB20-0573 GY20-0263 30 ~ SYSTEM/360 DECISION LOGIC TRANSLATOR APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-32X SYSTEM/360 DECISION LOGIC TRANSLATOR (360A-CX-32X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 DECISION LOGIC TRANSLATOR (360A-CX-32X) OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 DECISION LOGIC TRANSLATOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-32X Methods, Data Management, I/O Control programs GB20-0319 GB20-0535 GH20-0614 GH20-0615 GY20-0394 GH20-0242 GH20-0349 GB20-0350 GY20-0097 GB20-0243 GH20-0346 GH20-0347 GY20-0096 SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION AND LABEL PROCESSING SUBROUTINES, VERSION 2 PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL (360A-SE-23X) PLAN GRAPHICS SUPPORT FOR THE IBM 2250 ON SYSTEM/360 (OS) OR IBM 1130 - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 1130-CX-33X AND 360A-CX-34X PLAN GRAPHICS SUPPORT FOR THE IBM 2250 ON SYSTEM/360 (OS) OR IBM 1130 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CX-34X AND 1130-CX-33X PLAN GRAPHICS SUPPORT FOR THE IBM 2250 ON SYSTEMV360 (OS) OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-34X PLAN GRAPHICS SUPPORT FOR THE IBM 2250 ON SYSTEM/360 (OS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-34X SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR OS/360 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-33X SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR OS/360 USER'S MANUAL (360A-SE-33X) SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR OS/360 OPERATOR'S MANUAL (360A-SE-33X)· SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR OS/360 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-33X SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ~CCESS METHOD FOR DOS/360 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR DOS/360 USER'S MANUAL (360A-SE-32X) SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR DOS/360 OPERATOR'S MANUAL (360A-SE-32X) SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR DOS/360 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-32X 31 support Programs GH20-0490 GH20-0626 GH20-0594 GH20-1066 GH20-0596 GH20-0597 GY20-0345 GY20-0346 GY20-0350 PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBERS 1130-CX-25X 360A-CX-26X 360A-CX-27X PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) USERS" INTRODUCTION PROGRAM NUMBERS 1130-CX-25X, 360A-CX-26X AND 360A-CX-27X PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN): PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROG. NOS. 1130-CX-25X AND 360A-CX-36X, -27X PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 1130-CX-25X, 360A-CX-27X SYSTEM/360 PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) (OS) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-27X SYSTEM/360 PROGLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) (DOS) (360A-CX-26X) OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) (DOS/OS) VOLUME I - FLOWCHART NARRATIVES SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CX-26X, 360A-CX-27X SYSTEM/360 PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) (DOS/OS) VOLUME II - FLOWCHARTS SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CX-26X, 360A-CX-27X SYSTEM/360 PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) (DOS) VOLUME III - ASSEMBLY LISTINGS SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-26X 32 Utili ties GH20-0194 GH20-0232 GH20-0233 GH20-0314 SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITIES - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBERS, 360A-SE-15X, 360A-SE-20X, 360A-SE-26X SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITY I PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL ( 360A-SE-15X) SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION l~ILITY I OPEFATOR'S ~_~NU~L C360A-SE-15X) SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITY II, VERSION 3 (DIRECT ACCESS INDEXED SEQUENTIAL) - OPERATOR'S MANUAL (360A-SE-20X) 86 GY20-0067 G820-0285 GH20-0286 GY20-0042 SYS'rEM/360 DATA CONVERSION :UTILITIES II, VERSION 2 (SEQUENTIAL, DIRECT ACCESS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-20X SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITY III, VERSION 2 PROGRAMMER"S MANUAL (360A-SE-26X) SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITY III, VERSION 2 OPERATOR"S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-26X SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITY III, VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-26X 38 Remote Job Entry GH20-0545 GH20-0354 GH20-0355 GY20-0101 60 Industries SYSTEM/360 REMOTE ACCESS COMPUTING SYSTEM (RAX) (360A-CX-17X) VERSION 4 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYS'rEM/360 REMOTE ACCESS COMPUTING SYSTEM (RAX) (360A-CX-17X) VERSION 4 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 REMOTE ACCESS COMPUTING SYSTEM (RAX) (360A-CX-17X) VERSION 3 OPERATIONS MANUAL SYS'rEM/360 REMOTE ACCESS COMPUTING SYSTEM (RAX) VERSION 3 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-17X =Genera1 Information GB20-0522 GC20-1747 G820-0507 G820-0536 G820-0531 GH20-0970 GH20-0530 GC20-1740 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF APPLICATION PUBLICATIONS DISTRIBUTION INDUSTRIES BIBLIOGRAPHY OF APPLICATION PUBLICATIONS EDUCATION INDUSTRY APPLICATION BIBLIOGRAPHY FINANCE AND SECURITIES INDUSTRIES BIBLIOGRAPHY OF APPLICATION PUBLICATIONS INSURANCE INDUSTRY BIBLIOGRAPHY OF APPLICATION PUBLICATIONS - MEDIA INDUSTRIES BIBLIOGRAPHY OF APPLICATION PUBLICATIONS MEDICAL INDUSTRIES BIBLIOGRAPHY OF APPLICATION PUBLICATIONS, PUBLIC UTILITY INDUSTRIES STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT INDUSTRIES BIBLIOGRAPHY 63 Distribution GE20-0188 GH20-0480 GH20-0481 GH20-0540 GH20-0541 G820-0591 GH20-0593 GH20-0592 G820-0599 GH20-0173 GH20-0256 GH20-0255 GY20-0230 GE20-0306 GH20-0527 G820-0528 GY20-0209 RETAIL IMPACT (INVENTORY MANAGEMENT PROGRAM AND CONTROL TECHNIQUES): APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROG. NOS. 360A-DR-04X,05X,'08X,09X IBM RETAIL IMPACT FASHION SYSTEM UNDER OPERATING SYSTEM/360 (360A-DR-04X) - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL RETAIL IMPACT FASHION SYSTEM UNDER OPERATING SYSTEM/360 (360A-DR-04X) - OPERATIONS MANUAL RETAIL IMPACT FASHION SYSTEM UNDER DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 (360A-DR-08X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL RETAIL IMPACT FASHION SYSTEM UNDER DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 (360A-DR-08X), OPERATIONS MANUAL SYS'rEM/360 RETAIL IMPACT STAPLE SYSTEM (OS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DR-05X SYSTEM/360 RETAIL IMPACT STAPLE SYSTEM (OS) OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360A-DR-05X SYS'rEM/360 RETAIL IMPACT STAPLE SYSTEM (DOS) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DR-09X SYSTEM/360 RETAIL IMPACT STAPLE SYSTEM (DOS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DR-09X SYSTEM/360 WHOLESALE IMPACT PROGRAM LIBRARY (360A-DW-05X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYSTEM/360 WHOLESALE IMPACT PROGRAM LIBRARY (360A-DW-05X) OPERATOR"S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 WHOLESALE IMPACT PROGRAM LIBRARY (360A-DW-05X) USER'S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 WHOLESALE IMPACT PROGRAM LIBRARY SYSTEM MANUAL PROG. NOS. 360A-DW-05X (ABOVE MOD 20), 360V-DW-06X (MOD 20) 1287 INPUT CONVERSION PROGRAM, APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DR-07X SYSTEM/360 1287 INPUT CONVERSION PROGRAM (360A-DR-07X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 1287 INPUT CONVERSION PROGRAM (360A-DR-07X) OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 1287 INPUT CONVERSION PROGRAM SYS'rEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DR-07X 64 Education GH20-0587 GH20-0720 G820-0609 COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER ]60A-UX-01X COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 OPERATOR·S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UX-01X COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 (360A-UX-01X) VERSION 2 AUTBOR"S GUIDE 87 GX20-1781 GH20-0608 Gx20-1780 GH20-0610 GX20-1782 GY20-0372 GH20-0202 GH20-0220 GH20-0239 GY20-0213 IBM AUTHOR"S COURSEWRITER III REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM. NUMBERS 360A-UX-01X, 5734-E12 COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 (360A-UX-01X) STUDENT/MONITOR USER'S GUIDE VERSION 2 COURSEWRITER III SYSTEM STUDENT/MONITOR REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-E12 360A-UX-01X COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 (360A-UX-01X) VERSION 2 SUPERVISOR'S GUIDE IBM SUPERVISOR'S COURSEWRITER III REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-E12, 3'60A-UX-01X COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UX-01X STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM/360 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-US-06X, 360A-US-07X STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM/360 THE TALLY AND CONFLICT MATRIX PROGRAMS (360A-US-06X) USER'-S MANUAL STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM/360 THE SCHEDULER PROGRAM (360A-US-07X) USER'S MANUAL STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM/360 THE SCHEDULER PROGRAM (360A-US-07X) SYSTEM MANUAL 65 Engineering (see also codes GH20-0617 GH20-0618 GH2o-0489 GH20-0577 GH20-0578 GY20-0364 GY20-0365 ~ 82 and i l l MECHANISM DESIGN SYSTEM-KINEMATICS PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NOS. 1130-EM-03X, 360A-EM-04X AND 360A-EM-05X MECHANISM DESIGN SYSTEM-KINEMATICS OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NOS. 1130-EM-03X, 360A-EM-04X AND 360A-EM-OSX PROGRAM FOR OPTICAL SYSTEM DESIGN/II (POSD/II) - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROG. NOS. 1130-EO-14X AND 360A-EO-15X,16X PROGRAM FOR OPTICAL SYSTEM DESIGN/II (POSD/II) (1130-EO-14X, 360A-Eo-15X, 360A-EO-16X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM FOR OPTICAL SYSTEM DESIGN/II (POSD/II) (1130-EO-14X, 360A-EO-15X, 360A-EO-16X) OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM FOR OPTICAL SYSTEM DESIGN/II (POSD/II) (OS) SYSTEM MANUAL-ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-EO-15X SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM FOR OPTICAL SYSTEM DESIGN/II (POSD/II) (DOS) SYSTEM MANUAL-ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-EO-16X 61 Finance GE20-0246 GH20-0263 GH20-0262 GH20-0149 GH20-0305 GH20-0325 GY20-0011 GE20-0228 **GX20-1736 SYSTEM/360 DEMAND DEPOSIT ACCOUNTING APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-FB-15X SYSTEM/360 DEMAND DEPOSIT ACCOUNTING (360A-FB-15X) PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 DEMAND DEPOSIT ACCOUNTING (360A-FB-15X) --OPERATOR'S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 ONLINE TELLER PROGRAM WITH BACKGROUND PROCESSING CAPABILITY (360A-FB-16X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYSTEM/360 ON LINE TELLER PROGRAM WITH BACKGROUND PROCESSING CAPABlloITY (PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-FB-16X) PROGRAMMER"S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 ONLINE TELLER PROGRAM WITH BACKGROUND PROCESSING CAPABILITY (PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-FB-16X) OPERATOR"S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 ONLINE TELLER PROGRAM WITH BACKGROUND PROCESSING CAPABILITY SYSTEM'S MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-FB-16X OPTIMUM BOND BIDDING - USER'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-FI-06X OPTIMUM BOND BIDDING WORKSHEET PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-FI-06X 71 Insurance NOTE: The ALIS publications listed below apply to both Version I (360A-IL-09X) and Version 2 (S136-N11). See -11- in -Licensed Application programs- for manuals applying·,to Version 2 alone. GH20-0126 GH20-0518 GH20-0519 GH20-0511 GH20-0588 GH20-0483 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS): APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 360A-IL-09X, 5736-N11 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSIl'EM (DOS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5136-N11) ADVANCim LIFE INFORMATION SYSlrEM (DOS) UTILITY PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSIl'EM (DOS) OPERATIONS MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5136-N11) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS): HOME OFFICE INQUIRY PROGRAM, TERMINAL OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 360A-IL-09X, 5736-N11 ADV~~CED LIFE INFO~YATION SYST~ (DOS): POLIC;i MASTER RECORD CODE BOOK, PROG. NOS. 360A-IL-09X, 5136-N11 88 -----..-.. G820-0669 G820-0645 G820-0650 G820-0670 G820-0661 G820-0653 G820-0654 G820-0664 G820-0658 G820-0651 G820-0652 G820-0655 G820-0662 G820-0663 G820-0649 G820-0656 G820-0660 G820-0659 G820-0657 G820-0647 G820-0672 G820-0646 G820-0648 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) ACCOONTING CONTROL, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-N11 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) BATCH EDrr, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) DATA CELL REORGANIZATION PROGRAM, POLICY MASTER RECORD MERGE PROGRAM.. DATA CELL RECONSTRUCTION PROGRAM, AND DATA CELL RESTORE PROGRAM, SYSTEMS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-N11 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) ERROR REGISTER, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-N11 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE BILLING TRANSACTIONS SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBER: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2 - 5736-N11) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE CALL (S) ROUTINES (NARRATIVES), SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X, 5736-Nl1 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE CALL ROUTINES (S) (FLOWCHARTS), SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE CONTRACTUAL CHANGES AND NOTIFICATIONS, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ACCOUNTING ENTRIES, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) ALIS -- FILE MAINTENANCE INCLUDE (R) ROUTINES (NARRATIVES), SYSTEM MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-Nl1 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE INCLUDE (R) ROUTINES (FLOWCHARTS), SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE ISSUES, ADDITIONS, COMPLEX CHANGES, AND TERMINATIONS TRANSACTIONS, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-Nll ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINr-ENANCE PREMIUM DUE, OVERDUE, AND ANNIVERSARY PROCESSING TRANSACTIONS, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nl1) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINrrENANCE RATE FILE EXTRACT AND ANNIVERSARY EXTRACT UPDATE TRANSACTIONS, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-N11 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE RUN EXECUTIVE, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nll) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE SIMPLE CHANGES TRANSACTIONS, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-N11 AND 360A-IL-09X ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE STATUS TRANSACTIONS - PROCESS AND QUOTE MISCELLANEOUS, LOAN VALUES, AND PARTICIPATION VALUES, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nl1) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE STATUS TRANS~CTIONS - PROCESS AND QUOTE TERMINATIONS, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nl1) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE 36XX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS - PAYMENTS, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nll) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FREQUENTLY USED RECORD FORMATS, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nl1) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) HOME OFFICE INQUIRY PROGRAM SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) ALIS -- INPUT EDIT, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nll) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) MISCELLANEOOS VOLUME, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11) 89 GH20-0665 GH20-0668 GH20-067l GH20-0667 GH20-0666 GH20-0283 GH20-050l GH20-0498 GH20-0497 GH20-0500 GH20-0499 GH20-0504 GH20-0503 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) OUTPUT ANALYSIS, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION l-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nll) ADVANCED LIFE INFORM~ION SYSTEM .(DOS) POLICY ACCOUNTING JOURNAL, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-Nll ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) RATE FILE, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-Nll ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM STATUS PRINT, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBER: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2 - 5736-Nll) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSfl'EM (DOS) TRANSACTION REGISTER, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSIONl-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nl1> PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALlS): APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROG. NOS. 5736-N2l/22/24/25 AND 360A-IF-l0X/llX/13X PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALlS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IF-l0X, 360A-IF-l1X, 360A-IF-13X, 5736-N21 PROPERTY AND LIABILTIY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALlS) BASIC PROGRAM (360A-IF-l0X) OPERATIONS MANUAL PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALLS) BASIC PROGRAM (360A-IF-l0X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND SYSTEM MANUAL PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALLS) AUTOMOBILE CLAIMS PROCESSING (360A-IF-l1X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND SYSTEM MANUAL PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALlS) AUTOMOBILE PREMIUM PROCESSING PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS: 360A-IF-~lX, 5736-N2l PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALLS) OTHER LINES CLAIMS PROCESSING [360A-IF-13X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND SYSTEM MANUAL PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM [PALLS) OTHER LINES PREMIUM PROCESSING (360A-IF-13X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND SYS~EM MANUAL 72 Manufacturing GH20-0523 GH20-0557 GH20-0549 GY20-0267 GYBO-0348 GH20-0l8l GH20-033l GH20-0309 GY20-0080 GY20-0227 GY20-0357 GH20-0462 GH20-0463 GH20-0374 GB20-0373 GB20-0375 GY20-0ll9 GY20-0118 SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOSPOT (OS) NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM ·NUMBER 360A-CN-12X SYSTEMl360 AD-APT/AUTOS POT [OS) NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR (360A-CN-12X) OPERATION'S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOS POT (OS) NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR (360A-CN-12X) PART PROGRAMMING MANUAL SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOSPOT (OS) NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR (360A-CN-12X) SYSTEM MANUAL SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOS POT (OS) NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR: LISTINGS APPLICATION - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CN~12X SYSTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR VERSIONS 3 AND 4 (360-CN-l0X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYSTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR (360A-CN-l0X) VERSION 4 OPERATIONS MANUAL SYBTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR VERSION 4 PART PROGRAMMING MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CN-l0X SYSTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONT.ROL PROCESSOR VERSION 4: SYSTEM MANUAL - FLOWCHARTS, PROG. NO. 360A-CN-l0X SYSTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR VERSION 4 SYSTEM MANUAL - FLOWCHARTS PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CN-l0X SYSTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR VERSION 4 ASSEMBLY LISTINGS: SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CN-l0X S/360 AUTOSPOT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR: APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROG. NO. 360A-CN-08X SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOSP~ NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR (360A-CN-09X> APPLICATION DESCRIPTION S/360 AUTOSPOT (360A-CN-08X> AND AD-APT/AUTOSPOT (360A-CN-09X) NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSORS-VERSION 2 OPERATOR· S MANUAL S/360 AUTOSPOT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR VERSION 2: -PART- PROGRAMMING MANUAL - PROG. NO. 360A-CN-08X SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOS POT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR [360A-CN-09X> VERSION 2 PART PROGRAMMING MANUAL S/360 AUTOSPOT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR: SYSTEM MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360A-CN-08X 5/360 l'.D-~'DT/AUTOSPOT ~ruMERlCAL MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360A-CN-09X 90 COtrrnoL PROCESSOR: SYSTG GH20-0197 GH20-0246 GH20-0254 GY20-0099 GH20-0471 GH20-0555 GH20-0556 GY20-0256 GB20-0329 GH20-0369 GH20-0370 GY20-0112 GH20-0487 GB20-0584 GB20-0583 GY20-0317 S/360 ~ILL OF MATERIAL PROCESSOR (360A-ME-06X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION S/360 BILL OF MATERIAL PROCESSOR (360-HE-06X) VERSION 2 PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL S/360 BILL OF MATERIAL PROCESSOR (360A-ME-06X) VERSION 2 OPERATOR'S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 BILL OF MATERIAL PROCESSOR VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NOMBER 360A-ME-06X SYSTEM/360 INVENTORY CONTROL APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYSTEM/360 INVENTORY CONTROL (360A-MF-04X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEH/360 INVENTORY CONTROL (360A-MF-04X) OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 INVENTORY CONTROL SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-MF-04X SYSTEM/360 PRODUCT STRUCTURE RETRIEvAL PROGRAM APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-HE-07X SYSTEM/360 PRODUCT STRUCTURE RETRIEVAL PROGRAM (360A-HE-07X) PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 PRODUCT STRUCTURE RETRIEVAL PROGRAM (360A-HE-07X) OPERATOR'S MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 PRODUCT STRUCTURE RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-ME-07X SYSTEM/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-MF-05X SYSTEM/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING (360A-MF-05X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING (360A-MF-05X) OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 REQUIREMENTS PLAN~ING SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-MF-05X 73 Media (see also code 79) GE20-0256 GH20-0585 GH20-0579 GY20-0318 GY20-0319 GE20-0257 GB20-0525 GH20-0526 GY20-0208 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR -- COMPOSITION/360, APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DP-08X SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - COMPOSITION/360 (360A-DP-08X), PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - COHPOSITION/360 (360A-DP-08X), OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - COMPOSITION/360 VOLUME I - FLOWCHART NARRATIVES SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DP-08X SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR -- COMPOSITION/360 VOLUME II -- FLOWCHARTS SYS~EM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DP-08X SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - HYPBENATION/360 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DP~07X SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - HYPBENATION/360 (360A-DP-07X>, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - HYPHENATION/360 (360A-DP-07X>, OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - HYPHENATICN/360 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A~DP-07X 74 Medical GY20-0153 GY20-0154 GH20-0697 GY20-0157 GH20-0302 GB20-0533 GH20-0534 **G320-1028 **G320-10 30 **GX20-1788 MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAMS (MISP) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UH-08L MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAMS (MISP) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGruu~ NUMBER 360A-UH-08L MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAMS (MISP) PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UH-08L MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAMS (MISP) OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UH-08L SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SHAS) VERSION 2 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROG. NO. 360A-UH-l1X SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SHAS) (360A-UH-l1X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SHAS) (360A-UH-l1X) VERSION 2: OPERATIONS MANUAL SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SHAS> DIAGNOSTIC MESSAGES PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UH-l1X APPLICATION PROGRAM MANUAL SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SHAS) TERMINAL OPERATORS REFERENCE GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UH-llX CHARGE DESCRIPTION MASTER WORKSHEET PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-H13, 360A-UH-llX 91 **GX20-1789 **GX20-1790 GY20-0215 16 ~ DOCTOR MASTER FILE - WORKSHEET PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-UH-llX. 5136-H13 ROOM AND· BED MASTER PROG. NOS. 5136-H13. 360A-UH-llX SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SHAS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UH-llX Utilities GH20-0165 GH20-0244 GH20-0245 GH20-0844 GE20-0022 COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPLICATION PROGRAM (360A-SC-01X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL APPLICATION PROGRAM (360A-SC-01X) PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL APPLICATION PROGRAM (360A-SC-01X) (CCAP) OPERATOR'S MANUAL MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM FOR PUBLIC UTILL~IES WITH THE IBM SYSTEMl310 PUBLIC UTILITY CUSTOMER ACCOUNTING WITH THE IBM SYSTEM/360 ONLINE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM 18 Transportation GH20-0464 GH20-0506 GYBO-0492 GY20-0168 IBM SYSTEM/360 VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM (360A-ST-06X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYSTEM/360 VEHICLE SCHEQULING PROGRAM (360A-ST-06X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM (360A-ST-06X) LISTINGS - SYSTEM MANUAL SYSTEM/360 VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM SCHEDULING PRODUCTION AND DISTANCE LISTING SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-ST-06X 19 Cross-Industry (see also 81-B3 for selections) GH20-0291 GH20-05B2 GH20-0590 G320-1002 GH20-0589 G320-0956 **GY20-0320 GH20-0510 GH20-050B GH20-0511 G320-0958 GH20-0509 G320-0956 GY20-0114 GH20-0315 GH20-0411 GY20-0143 GH20-0199 GH20-0294 GH20-0293 GY20-0062 GH20-0352 GY20-0105 GY20-010E SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM-OS (ATS/OS) (360A-CX-19X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM-OS (ATS/OS) (360A-CX-19X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM - OS (ATS/OS) CONSOLE OPERATIONS MANUAL. PROG. NO. 360A-CX-19X ATS/360 - OS COMPUTER OPERATOR'S QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-19X SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM-OS (ATS/OS) (360A-CX-19X) TERMINAL OPERATIONS MANUAL ATS/360 TERMINAL OPERATOR'S QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CX-1BX. 360A-CX-19X IBM SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM-OS (ATS/OS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-19X SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM DOS (ATS/DOS) (360A-CX-1BX) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM DOS (ATS/DOS) (360A-CX-18X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM DOS (ATS/DOS) (360A-CX-1BX) COMPUTER CENTER OPERATOR'S MANUAL ATS/360 - DOS COMPUTER OPERATOR'S QUIck REFERENCE GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-1BX SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM DOS (ATS/DOS) (360A-CX-1BX) TERMINAL OPERATOR'S MANUAL ATS/360 TERMINAL OPERATOR'S QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CX-1BX. 360A-CX-19X SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM DOS (ATS/DOS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-1BX IBM SYSTEMl360 DOCUMENT PROCESSING SYSTEM (360A-CX-12X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION IBM SYSTEMl360 DOCUMENT PROCESSING SYSTEM (360A-CX-12X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 DOCUMENT PROCESSING SYSTEM SYS~EM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-12X FLOWCHART - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-SE-22X SYSTEM/360 FLOWCHART OPERATOR'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-22X SYSTEM/360 FLOWCHART USER'S MANUAL (360A-SE-22X) SYSTEM/360 FLOWCHART SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-22X 1400 AUTOCODER TO COBOL CONVERSION AID PROGRAM - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION (360A-SE-19X) 1400 AUTOCODER TO COBOL CONVERSION AID PROGRAM PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-19X 1400 AL~CCCnER TO COBOL CC~:'.TERSIOt: AID MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-19X 92 GY20-0124 ~ Cross-Industry GH20-0222 GH20-0376 GY20-0126 GYBO-0304 GH20-0210 GH20-0344 GY20-0084 GY20-0204 GY20-0083 GY20-0085 1400 AUTOCODER TO COBOL CONVERSION AID PROGRAM SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-19X = Management. Planning. Project Control SYSTEM/360 PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM (360A-CP-06X) VERSION 2 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM/360 (360A-CP-06X) VERSION 2 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CP-06X PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 MICROFICHE-LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER: 360A-CP-06X PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (360A-CP-04X) VERSION 2 FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 (360A-CP-04X) VERSION 2 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 COST PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CP-04X PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FLOWCHART SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CP-04X PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 NETWORK PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CP-04X PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM VERSION 2, REPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CP-04X 82 Cross-Industry - Mathematics and Science GE20-0350 GH20-0513 GH20-0607 GH20-0611 GY20-0405 GYBO-0414 GH20-0496 GH20-0505 GH20-0512 GY20-0205 GH20-0136 GH20-0602 GH20-0290 GH20-0476 GH20-0372 GH20-0603 GY20-0065 GY20-0353 GH20-0560 GH20-0561 GY20-0294 GH20-0479 GH20-0564 GH20-0559 GY20-0261 GYBO-0347 A PREFACE TO LINEAR PROGRAMMING AND ITS APPLICATIONS LINEAR PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (LPS/360) (360A-CO-18X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION LINEAR PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (LPS/360) (360A-CO-18X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL LINEAR PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (LPS/360) (360A-CO-18X) OPERATIONS MANUAL LINEAR PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (LPS/360) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CO-18X LINEAR PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (LPS/360) COMPILATION/ASSEMBLY LISTINGS MANUAL MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CO-18X MARVEL/360 (360A-CO-15X) PRIMER MARVEL/360 (360A-CO-15X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL MARVEL/360 (360A-CO-15X) OPERATIONS MANUAL MARVEL/360 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-Co-15X MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROG. NOS. 360A-CO-14X (MPS/360), -15X (MARVEL), AND -20X (MPSRG) MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (360A-CO-14X) OPERATIONS MANUAL MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (360A-CO-14X) VERSION 2 CONTROL LANGUAGE USER'S MANUAL MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (360A-CO-14X) LINEAR AND SEPARABLE PROGRAMMING - USER'S MANUAL MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (360A-CO-14X) VERSION 2 READ COMMUNICATIONS FORMAT (READCOMM) PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (360A-CO-14X) MESSAGE MANUAL MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CO-14X MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 FLOWCHART SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CO-14X MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 REPORT GENERATOR (MPSRG) (360A-CO-20X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 REPORT GENERATOR (MPSRG) (360A-CO-20X) OPERATIONS MANUAL MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 REPORT GENERATOR (MPSRG) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-Co-20X SYSTEM/360 MATRIX LANGUAGE (MATLAN) (360A-CM-05X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYSTEM/360 MATRIX LANGUAGE (MATLAN) (360A-CM-05X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 MATRIX LANGUAGE (MATLAN) (360A-CM-05X) OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 MATRIX LANGUAGE (MATLAN) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CM-05X SYSTEM/360 ~ATRIX LANGUAGE (MATLAN) LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CM-05X 93 SYSTEM/360 SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE (360A-CM-03X) VERSION III APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYSTEM/360 SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE (360A-CM-03X) VERSION III PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE VERSION 3: SYSTEM MANUAL. PROG. NO. 360A-CM-03X SYSTEM/360 SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE (PL/I) (360A-CM-01X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE (PL/I) (360A-CM-01X) PROG~M DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL GB20-0166 GB20-0205 GY20-0092 GB20-0544 GB20-0586 83 Cross-Industry = GB20-0240 GB20-0361 GB20-0368 GY20-0111 GB20-0186 GB20-0304 GB20-0326 GB20-0311 GB20-0321 GY20-0015 Simulation SYSTEM/360 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM (360A-CX-16X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYSTEM/360 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM (360A-CX-16X) USER'S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM (360A-CX-16X) OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-16X GENERAL PURPOSE SIMU~TION SYSTEM/360 - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CS-11X. 360A-CS-19X GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 INTRODUCTORY USER'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CS-11X. 360A-CS-19X GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 USER'S MANUAL GENERAL PURPOSE SIMU~TION (360A-Cs-11X) SYSTEM/360-0S OPERATOR'S MANUAL GENERAL PURPOSE SIMU~TION SYSTEM/360. DISK OPERATING SYSTEM (360A-Cs-19X) OPERATOR'S MANUAL GENERAL PURPOSE SIMU~TION SYSTEM/360 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CS-11X. 360A-CS-19X TYPE III PROGRAMS (20-40) NOTE:-P-ublications on TYPE III programs are available under SLSS by order number subscription only. II support Programs GB20-0159 GB20-1163 GB20-0158 GB20-0151 GY20-0504 GYBO-0511 GB20-0119 GB20-0131 GY20-0515 GYBO-0501 CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM (CPS) INSTALLATION AND ADMINISTRATION MANUAL (CPS) CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM BASIC TERMINAL USER'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-03.4-016 CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM (CPS) TERMINAL USER'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-03.4-016 CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM (CPS) SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM (CPS): PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-03.4.016 CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM (CPS) VERSION 5 LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-03.4.01'6 360 DOS POWER II APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.006 IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS POWER II PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-05.2.006 IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS POWER II. SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.006 IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS POWER II: LISTINGS - MICROFICBE PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.006 32 Utilities GYBO-0515 2495 UTILITY FOR OS/360 - LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-00.0.020 35 Simulation or Emulation GY20-0591 GYBO-0598 COMPATIBILITY OPERATING SYSTEM FOR EMULATION OF IBM 1410/1010 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS OPERATING ON IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 50 (COS/50) (3600-11.1.025) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL COMPATIBILITY OPERATING SYSTEM FOR EMULATION OF IBM 1410/1010 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS OPERATING,ON IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 50 (COS/50) (360D-11.1.025) LISTINGS 94 36 Contro1 Program GB20-0802 GB20-0856 G320-1973 GH20-0857 GH20-0858 GB20-1029 GB20-0859 GB20-0860 GY20-0590 GY20-0591 GYBO-0592 GYBO-0593 GYBO-0789 **GYBO-0512 GYBO-0516 GH20-071i3 GH20-0761 ** GX20-1817 GY20-0576 GYBO-0527 • CONTROL PROGRAM-67 / CAMBRIDGE MeNITOR SYSTEM (CP-67/CMS) SYSTEM DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-05.2.005 CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: CP-67 OPERATOR'S GUIDE. PROG. NO. 3600-05.2.005 CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: OPERATOR'S REFERENCE GUIDE'(SUMMARY). PROG. NO. 360D-05.2.005 CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: INSTALLATION GUIDE. PROG. NO. 3600-05.2.005 CONTROL PROGRAM - 67/CAMBRIDGE MCNITOR SYSTEM (CP-67/CMS) HARDWARE MAINTAINABILITY GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.00.5 CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: OPERATING SYSTEMS IN A VIRTUAL MACHINE. PROG. NO. 3600-05.2.005 CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: USER'S GUIDE. PROG. NO. 360D-05.2.005 CONTROL PROGRAM - 67/CAMBRIDGE MeNITOR SYSTEM (CP-67/CMS) VERSION 3 CMS SCRIPT USER'S MANUAL CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: CP-67 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. PROG. NO. 360D-05.2.005 CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: CMS PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. PROG. NO. 360D-05.2.005 CP-67/CMS CP67 LISTINGS - PROG. NO. 360D-05.2.005 CP-67/CMS. CMS LISTINGS. ~ROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.005 CONTROL PROGRAM-67/CAMBRIDGE MONITOR SYSTEM (CP-67/CMX) VERSION 3.1 (COMPONENT RELEASE 1) 3420 MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS AND DUAL DENSITY SUPPORT - LISTINGS (MICROFICHE) PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.005 HASP MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-05.1.014 CONVERSATIONAL REMOTE BATCH ENTRY (CRBE) VERSION 2: MOD 8 LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-05.1.016 IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS POWER II REMOTE JOB ENTRY PROGRAM APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.006 POWER II/RJE: PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL. PROG. NO. 360D-05-2.006 SYSTEM/360/370 DOS POWER II/RJE VERSION 4 REFERENCE SUMMARY. PROG~ NO. 3600-05.2.006 DOS POWER II/RJE SYSTEM MANUAL. PROG. NO. 3600-05.2.006 SYSTEM/360 DOS POWER II. VERSION 2. WITH REMOTE JOB ENTRY (RJE) - LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.006 OTHER SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (85-99) ( ) 85 Data Processing - Introductory Manuals and Texts GC20-1667 SC20-1646 **GF20-0012 GC20-1706 GC20-1744 GC20-1684 GC20-1699 GC20-1649 SC20-8092 **GB21-9949 G320-1621 **G310-0012 **GF20-0385 **GY20-0377 GC20-1618 SC20-1651 SC20-1689 SC20-1637 **GF20-0015 **GF20-0019 SC28-6808 **GF20-0020 **GE20-0312 **GC20-8095 GR20-4260 INTRODUCTION TO IBM SYSTEM/360 ARCHITECTURE A PROGRAMMER'S INTRODUCTION TO IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE PREPARING BRAILLE USING SYSTEM/360 COURSEWRITER III (VERSION 2) STUDENT TEXT. PROG. NO. 360A-UX-OlX COURSEWRITER III. VERSION 3 STUDENT TEXT PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-E13. 5736-E11 AN INTRODUCTION TO IBM DATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS A DATA PROCESSING GLOSSARY INTRODUCTION TO IBM SYSTEM/360 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE DEVICES AND ORGANIZATION METHODS SYSTEM/360 DOS OPERATION TRAINING MANUAL: STUDENT TEXT. COURSE CODE A3650 CUSTOMER FOP/IUP POCKET INFORMATION BROCHURE IBM MARKETING PUBLICATIONS KWIC INDEX IBM WORLD TRADE MARKETING PUBLICATIONS KWIC INDEX AN INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROGRAMMING INTRODUCTION TO IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 MULTIPROCESSING NUMBER SYSTEMS - STUDENT TEXT A GUIDE TO PL/I FOR COMMERCIAL PROGRAMMERS COURSE CODE P3668 AN INTRODUCTION TO THE COMPlLE-TIME FACILITIES OF PL/I A GUIDE TO PL/I FOR FORTRAN USERS INTRODUCTION TO THE LIST PROCESSING FACILITIES OF PL/I TECBNIQUES FOR PROCESSING POINTER LISTS AND LISTS OF LISTS IN PL/I A PL/I PRIMER TECHNIQUES FOR PROCESSING RELOCATABLE LISTS IN PL/I PREFACE TO PL/I PROGRAMMING IN SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING IBM SYSTEM/360 INTRODUCTION TO TELE-PROCESSING STUDENT TEXT INTRODUCTION TO VIRTUAL STORAGE IN SYSTEM/370 STUDENT TEXT 95 **GY20-0146 DISPLAY DESIGN GUIDELINES FOR THE IBM 2260 DISPLAY STATION o 87 Education =Course· Catalogs o **G320-1244 G520-2467 CUSTOMER EDUCATION COURSE CA~ COURSE SELECTION GUIDE - DP EDUCATION FOR MANAGERS 89 Installation Forms and supplies GX28-6509 GX28-6506 GX28-6507 GX24-5046 GX24-5047 GX24-5048 GX24-5055 GX28-1464 GX20-8020 GX28-7327 GX20-1761 GX24-3541 GX24-3407 GX20-1702 GX20-1711 GX21-9093 GX21-9092 GX21-9129 GX21-9091 GX21-9090 GX24-3477 GX24-3376 GX24-3448 GX27-2950 GX20-1751 GX24-3406 GX27-2901 GX27-2902 **GX27-2903 **GX27-2904 **GX27-2905 **GX27-2951 IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC ASSEMBLER SHORT CODING FORM IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC ASSEMBLER LONG CODING FORM IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM. BPS/BOS/TOS/DOS DTFSR ENTRIES. CARD READ-PUNCH IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM. BPS/BOS/TOS/DOS DTFSR ENTRIES. PRINTER AND PRINTER-KEYBOARD IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM. BOS/DOS DTFSR ENTRIES. DISK IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM. TOS/DOS COBOL CODING FORM FLOWCHARTING TEMPLATE FORTRAN CODING FORM MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING INPUT FORM SYSTEM/360 - 1130 MULTIPLEXER CBANNEL WORKSHEET - SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 CONFIGURATION A AND B IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 MULTIPLEXER CBANNEL WORKSHEET PROPORTIONAL RECORD LAYOUT FORM IBM SYSTEM/360 RECORD LAYOUT WORKSHEET RPG CALCULATION SPECIFICATIONS SHEET RPG CONTROL CARD AND FILE DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATIONS FORM RPG DEBUGGING TEMPLATE .RPG EXTENSIONS AND LINE COUNTER SPECIFICATIONS SHEET RPG OUTPUT-FORMAT SPECIFICATIONS (FORM) IBM 1400 COMPATIBILITY INITIALIZATION DECK SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 CODING SHEETS 1 AND 2 IBM 1052 KEY TABS: SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30. 1400 COMPATIBILITY IBM 1445 PRINTER SPACING CHART 2250 DISPLAY LAYOUT SHEET IBM 2260 DISPLAY FORMAT IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 IBM 2702 WORKSHEET IMAGE PLANNING CHART - 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE UNIT. REGISTRATION PONCHII!IG ACME IMAGE PLANNING CHART - 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE UNIT REGISTRATIoN PUNCHII!IG OXBERRY 2760 LAYOUT GUIDE (REGISTRATION PUNCHING-ACME) 2760 LAYOUT GUIDE (oXBERRY) IBM 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE LIMIT AUXILIARY SCREEN OVERLAY GUIDE IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM LAYOUT SHEET o NOTE: 95 miS (Early Warning SYstem) . ENS. published weekly on microfiche. contains information useful in program maintenance and diagnosis. Automatic updating is available through SLSS (order-number subscription only). S2CO-0051 S2CO-0101 S2CO-0201 S2CO-0301 MICROFICHE - EARLY WARNING 2025 AI!ID LARGER FILE CARD MICROFICHE - EARLY WARNING OPERATING SYSTEM OS FILE CARD MICROFICHE - EARLY WARNING PROGRAMMING SYSTEM OTHER THAN OS FILE MICROFICHE EARLY WARNING - PROGRAM PRODUCTS. CSP AND SCP o NOTE: 97 PTF (Program Temporary Fix) Listings PTF Listings are available under SLSS. TO order, specify the bill-of-forms number corresponding to the program of interest. **SBOF-2250 SBOF-6100 SBOF-:61 03 SBOF-6106 SBOF-6109 SBOF-6110 SBOF-6113 SBOF-6116 SBOF-6119 SBOF-6122 SBOF-6125 SBOF-6128 SBOF-6131 SBOF-6137 PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF FOR OSiVS2 PROGRAM NUMBER PROGRAM NUMBER PROGRAM NUMBER PROGRAM NUMBER PROGRAM NUMBER PROGRAM NUMBER PROGRAM NUMBER PROGRAM NUMBER PROGRAM NUMBER PROGRAM NUMBER PROGRAM NUMBER PROGRAM NUMBER PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-AL-531 360S-AS-037 360S-CB-524 360S-CB-545 360S-CI-505 360S-CI-535 360S-CI-555 360S-CO-503 360S-CQ-513 360S-CQ-519 360S-CQ-548 360S-:DM-508 360S-DN-527 96 SBOF-6140 SBOF-6143 SBOF-6146 SBOF-6149 SBOF-6152 SBOF-6155 SBOF-6158 SBOF-6161 SBOF-6164 SBOF-6167 SBOF-6170 SBOF-6173 SBOF-6176 SBOF-6179 SBOF-6182 SBOF-6185 SBOF-6188 SBOF-6192 SBOF-6195 SBOF-6198 SBOF-6201 SBOF-6204 SBOF-6207 SBOF-6210 SBOF-6213 SBOF-6216 SBOF-6219 SBOF-6222 SBOF-6225 SBOF-6230 SBOF-6232 SBOF-6234 SBOF-6236 SBOF-6238 SBOF-6240 SBOF-6242 SBOF-6244 SBOF-6248 SBOF-6250 SBOF-6252 SBOF-6254 SBOF-6256 SBOF-6258 SBOF-6260 SBOF-6262 SBOF-6264 SBOF-6266 SBOF-6268 SBOF-6270 SBOF-6272 SBOF-6274 SBOF-6276 SBOF-6278 SBOF-6280 SBOF-6282 SBOF-6284 SBOF-6286 SBOF-6288 SBOF-6290 SBOF-6292 SBOF-6294 SBOF-6296 SBOF-6298 SBOF-6300 SBOF-6302 SBOF-6304 SBOF-6306 SBOF-6308 PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S~DN-533 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-539 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-554 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-ED-521 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-FO-500 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-FO-520 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-FO-550 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-IO-523 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-IO-526 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LD-547 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-501 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-512 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-525 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-532 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-537 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-542 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-546 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-NL-511 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-PL-552 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-PT-516 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-536 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-541 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-543 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-551 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RG-038 PROGRAM NUNBER 360S-SM-023 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-UT-506 MODULE GENERATION - OS SERVICE AIDS OS PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-AS-465 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-AS-466 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-452 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-468 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-482 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CL-453 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-469 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-470 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-DN-481 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-EU-484 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-EU-485 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-FO-451 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-FO-479 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-454 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-455 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-456 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-457 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-458 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-476 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-477 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-478 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-PL-464 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-PT-459 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-RG-460 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SN-400 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-450 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-483 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-473 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-474 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-475 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-486 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-487 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-488 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-461 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-462 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-463 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-471 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-472 SERVICE AIDS DOS ( ) 99 ~ ~ and SCP Program Listings (microfiche) NOTE: The following program listings are available for Type I and SCP PROGRAMS. Automatic updating is available through SLSS (order-number subscription only). ( ) TYPE! **GJD1-0001 **GJD1-00l0 GJD1-0015 SYSTEM/370 MODELS 158/168 SYSGEN ICR OS RELEASE 21.6 PROGRAM NO. 360S-OS-609 IBM 3735 MACROS AND UTILITY PROGRAMS - MICROFICHE LISTING PROGRAM NuMBER 360S-CQ-563 3830 4-CHANNEL SWITCH SUPPORT (CALTROP) ICR - PROGRAM NUMBER 360-0S-587 97 GJl)1-1010 GJD1-1011 GJD1-1012 GJD1-1013 GJD1-1014 GJD1-1015 GJD1-1016 GJD1-1011 GJD1-1018 GJD1-1019 GJD1-1020 GJD1-1021 GJD1-1022 GJD1-1023 GJD1-1025 GJD1-1026 GJD1-1030 GJD1-1035 GJD1-1040 GJD1-1042 GJD1-1043 GJD1-1044 GJD1-1045 GJD1-1048 GJD1-1050 GJD1-1052 GJD1-1054 GJD1-1055 GJD1-1058 GJD1-1060 GJD1-1062 GJD1-1065 GJD1-1068 GJD1-1010 GJD1-1012 GJD1-1015 GJD1-1016 GJD1-1011 GJD1-1080 GJD1-1085 GuT01-1090 SYSTEM/360 OS PRIMARY CONTROL PROGRAMS - MICROFICHE LISTING PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-CI-505/535/555/566 OPERATING SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING OPTION PROGRAM LISTING (TSO) PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-555 SYSTEM/360 OS MVT SYSTEM/360 OS DATA MANAGEMENT MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DM-508 SYSTEM/360 OS BASIC DIRECT ACCESS METHOD MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DM-509 SYSTEM/360 OS REMOTE JOB ENTRY MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360s-RC-536 SYSTEM/360 OS BTAM MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-OQ-513 SYSTEM/360 OS QTAM MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-519 SYSTEM/360 OS OLTEP MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-ON-533 OPERATING SYSTEM/360 CONVERSATIONAL REMOTE JOB ENTRY MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-551 SYSTEM/360 OS ISAM MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROG. NO. 360S-IO-526 SYSTEM/360 OS UTILITIES MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-~-506 OPERATING SYSTEM/360 INDEPENDENT UTILITIES MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-UT-501 OPERATING SYSTEM/360 TELEPROCESSING COMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD (TCAM) PROGRAM LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-548 SYSTEM/360 OS ALGOL COMPILER-F MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-AL-531 SYSTEM/360 OS ALGOL LIBRARY MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-532 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360-0S ASSEMBLER E 360S-AS-036 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360-0S ASSEMBLER F 360S-AS-031 SYSTEM/360 OS COBOL COMPILER~E MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CO-503 SYSTEM/360 OS ANS COBOL MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-C8-545 SYSTEM/360 OS ANS COBOL LIBRARY MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMHER 360S-LM-546 SYSTEM/360 OS COBOL F LIBRARY MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-525 SYSTEM/360 OS COBOL" COMPILER-F MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CB-524 SYSTEM/360 OS COBOL LIBRARY MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-504 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/36o-0S FORTRAN E IV 360S-FO-092 SYSTEM/360 OS FORTRAN G IV MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-FO-520 OPERATING SYSTEM/360 FORTRAN SYNTAX CHECKER MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S~FO-550 SYSTEM/360 OS FORTRAN H IV MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-Fo-500 SYSTEM/360 OS FORTRAN LIBRARY IV MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-501 SYSTEM/360 OS PL/1 COMPILER F MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-NL-511 SYSTEM/360 OS SERVICE AIDS MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-554 OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I SYNTAX CHECKER MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-PL-552 SYSTEM/360 OS PL/1 LIBRARY F MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-512 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING " SYSTEM/360-0S LINKAGE EDITOR E 360S-ED-510 SYSTEM/360 OS LINKAGE EDITOR LOADER MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGARAM NUMBER 360S-LD-541 SYSTEM/360 OS LINKAGE EDITOR F MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-ED-521 SYSTEM/360 OS SERO, SER1 MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-521 SYSTEM/360 OS RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-539 SYSTEM/360 OS SORT MERGE MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 3605-SM-023 SYSTEM/360 OS TESTRAN MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-PT-516 SYSTEM/360 OS GRAPHIC PROGRAMMING SERvICES MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-IO-523 GJD1-l091 GJDl-l092 GJD1-l093 GJD1-l0911 GJD1-l095 GJD1-l096 GJD1-l091 GJD1-l098 GJDl-ll00 GJDl-1310 GJDl-1310 GJDl-1380 GJDl-1390 GJD1-l1100 GJDl-1410 GJDl-1420 GJDl-1480 GJDl-1500 GJDl-1510 GJDl-1600 GJDl-1620 GJDl-1630 GJDl-16110 GJDl-1641 GJDl-1642 GJDl-16113 GJD1-l100 GJDl-1720 GJDl-1740 GJDl-2000 GJDl-2010 GJDl-2012 GJDl-2020 GJDl-2032 GJDl-2035 GJDl-2036 GJDl-2037 SYSTEM/360 as GRAPHIC SUB-ROUTINE PROGRAM MIC~OFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-537 SYSTEM/360 OS SATELLITE GRAPHIC JOB PROCESS MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-543 SYSTEM/l60 OS GRAPHIC JOB PROCESS. MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-541 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360-0S 1130/360 DATA TRANSMISSION 360S-LM-5112 SYSTEM/360 OS REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RG-038 MICROFICHE FOR OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE 20.7 PROGRAMS: 360S-CI-505 360S-CI-535 360S-CI-555 360S-CQ-548 360S-DM-508 360S-DM-509 360S-DN-527 360S-DN-533 360S-D8-554 360S-ED-521 360S-IO-526 360S-LD-547 360S-LM-512 360S-NL-511 360S-UT-506 360S-UT-507 SYSTEM/l60 OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE SUPPORT DOCUMENTATION (MICROFICHE) SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE SUPPORT DOCUMENTATION (MICROFICHE) MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING ATTACHED SUPPORT PROCESSOR (ASP) PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 SIMULATOR 11110/1010 360C-SI-754 MICROFICHE ~ SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 SIMULATOR 1010/10111 360C-SI-153 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/l60 SIMULATOR 1080 360C-SI-551 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 SIMULATOR 1090/10911 360C-SI-750 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEMV360 EMULATOR (MODEL 110) 1401/1410 360C-EU-074 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEMV360 EMULATOR (MODEL 40) ~60C-EU-128 IBM 1094 EMULATOR FOR THE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85 UNDER OS/360 MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-734 IBM OPERATING SYSTEM/360 DOS EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR SYSTEM/310 MODELS 145 AND 155 - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-738 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SY5TEM/360 EMULATOR (MODEL 50) 11110/7010 360C-EU-726 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 EMULATOR (MODELS 50 AND 65) 7070/7074 360C-EU-725 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 EMULATOR (MODEL 65) 7040/70114 360C-EU-733 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 EMULATOR (MODEL 65) 7080 360C-EU-721 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 EMULATOR (MODEL 65) 7090/70911 360C-EU-729 OPERATING SYSTEM 370/165 OS-7094 INTEGRATED EMULATOR MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-740 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM EMULATOR FOR 7074 ON 370/165 UNDER OPERATING SYSTEM PROGRAM LISTING MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-739 1080 EMULATOR FOR SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 UNDER OPERATING SYSTEM/360 - MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-731 EMULATOR FOR 7074 ON S/370 MODEL 155 UNDER OS MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-741 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 MODEL 114 BASIC PROGRA~MING SUPPORT (BPS) 360F-UT-601 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT 360F-IO-613 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEMV360 MODEL 44 1620 SIMULATOR FOR 1620 360C-SI-755 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTillV360 BASIC PROGRAf·U-UNG SUPPORT (BPS) PROGRAM NUMBERS BEGINNING WITH 360P MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360-BOS BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM (COMPLETE) MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 BOS MACRO LISTINGS. PROGRAM NUMBERS 360E-CL-302. 360B-I0-303. 360B-IO-304. 360B-IO-305 360B-SU-023 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360-TOS CONTROL PROGRAM (COMPLETE) SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM (360N) MACRO LISTINGS SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SORT/MERGE - TAPE MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-400 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SORT/MERGE - DISK MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-450 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM BASIC FORTRAN IV MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-FO-451 GJDl-2038 GJDl-2039 GJDl-2040 GJDl-2042 GJDl-2043 GJDl-2044 GJDl-2045 GJDl-2046 GJDl-2047 GJDl-2048 GJDl-2049 GJDl-2050 GJDl-2052 GJDl-2053 GJDl-2054 GJDl-2055 GJDl-2056 GJDl-2057 GJDl-2058 GJDl-2059 . GJDl-2060 GJDl-2063 GJDl-2100 GJDl-2150 GJDl-4610 GJDl-4620 GJDl-9000 GJDl-9030 **GJD2-4001 **GJD2-4100 **GJD2-4101 **GJD2-4102 **GJD2-4105 GYBO-0508 GYBO-0538 GYBO-0540 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SY~EM COBOL - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-452 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYS~ SYSTEM CONTROL/IOCS MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-cL-453 SYSTEM/360 DISK OP~ING SYSTEM ISFMS - MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBERS 36OR-IO-457, 360N-I0-477, 360N-I0-478 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/36Q-DOS AUTOTEST 360N-PT-459 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSWEM RPG/DISK - MICROFICHE LISTI~ - PROGRAM NUMBER 36OR-RG-460 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYS~EM UTILITY GROUP 1 - MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM 360N-UT-q61 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM UTILITY GROUP 2 MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-q62 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM UTILITY GROUP 3 MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-Q63 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-PL-Q64 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER - MICROFICHE LIST~NGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-AS-465 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYS~M ASSEMBLER F - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM 360N-AS-466 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSWEM BTAM - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-Q79 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM QTAM - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-Q70 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MPS UTILITY MACROS MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-Q71 S/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM VOCABULARY FILE UTILITY PROGRAM - MICROFICHE LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-472 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSWEM COMPILER I/O MODULES MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-Io-Q76 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAMS 360N-FO-Q79, LM-480 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE 26 OLTEP PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-DN-481 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SORT/MERGE DISK/TAPE MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-Q83 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SY~EM - MICROFICHE LISTINGS CE SERVICEABILITY PROGRAM OLTEP - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-DN-481 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ANS COBOL - MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 36ON-CB-482 DISK OPERATING SYTEM MODEL 155 EMULATOR MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-EU-490 EMULATOR FOR 1401/1440/1460 ON THE SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 UNDER OS, MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-735 EMULATOR FOR THE IBM 1401/1440/1Q60 ON THE SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 UNDER OS PROGRAM NUMBER 360C~EU-735 MICROFICHE LISTINGS MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 FORTRAN IV TO PL/I LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM 360C-CV-710 MICROFICBE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 COBOL TO PL/I LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM 360C-CV-712 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 USA STANDARD COBOL LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM 360C-CV-713 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360-TSS (CONTROLLED RELEASE I) 360G-cL-627 DOS/360 BTAM MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-Q69 IBM 3705 SYSTEM SUPPORT PACKAGE FOR OS - MICROFICHE LISTING PROG. NO. 360H-TX-035 . IBM 3705 SYSTEM SUPPORT PACKAGE FOR DOS - MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360H-TX-036 3705 EMULATOR UNDER OS - MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360H-TX-033 IBM 3705 NETWORK CONTROL pROGRAM IBM SYSTEM/360/370 ATTACHED SUPPORT PROCESSOR (ASP) VERSION 2 MICROFICHE, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X CALL-OS VERSION 2 EXECUTIVE & UTILITY LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X CALL/360-0S (VERSION 1) BASIC ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NO. 360A-CX-44X (FE #030440) 100 GYBO-0541 GYBO-0542 **GYBO-0854 o TYPE ! DOS for system/370 Only **GJDl-4601 **GJD2-4002 GYC7-1900 GYC7-1901 GYC7-1902 GYC7-1903 GYC7-1904 GYC7-1905 GYC7-1906 GYC7-1907 GYC7-1908 GYC7-1909 GYC7-1910 GYC7-1911 GYC7-1912 GYC7-1913 GYC7-1914 GYC7-1915 GYC7-1916 GYC7-1917 .GYC7-l918 GYC7-l9l9 GYC7-l920 GYC7-1921 GYC7-l922 GYC7-l923 GYC7-l924 GYC7-1925 GYC7-1926 GYC7-l927 GYC7-l928 o CALL/360-OS (VERSION 1) FORTRAN ASSEMBLY LISTJ:NGS PROG. NO. 360A-CX-46X (FE 1030460) CALL/360-oS (VERSION 1) PL/I ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NO. 360A-CX-45X (FE 1030450) IBM S/360, 370 ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM (ASP VERSION 3): LISTINGS MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X MODEL 20 EMULATOR ON S/370 USING DOS (V4) - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IC-002 370 DOS BTAM, MICROFICHE LISTING, PROG. NO. 370N-CQ-469 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER D ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-AS-465 SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - SYSTEM CONTROL/BASIC IOes - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CL-453 DOS 27.1 DIRECT ACCESS METHOD, ASSEMBLY LISTINGS. PROG. NO. 370N-IO-454 DOS 27 SEQUENTIAL DISK IOCS MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-455 DOS 27 MAGNETIC TAPE IOCS MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-456 DOS 27 ISFMS MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-457 DOS-27 PAPER TAPE IOes - MICROFICHE LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-458 DOS 27 SYSTEM UTILITY PROGRAMS, 370N-UT-491 MICROFICHE LISTING S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDING AND EDITING PROGRAM 370N-UT-492 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM BASIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CQ-469 5/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM QUEUED TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD ASSEMBLY LISTINGS. PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CQ-470 SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY LISTINGS 3735 TERMINAL SUPPQRT - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CQ-493 SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY LISTINGS OLTEP - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-DN-481 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SYSTEM/370 EMULATOR ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-EU-490 SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY LISTIHGS COMPILER I/O MODULES - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-416 5/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER IOCS 370N-IO-417 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM OPTICAL CHARACTER READER IOCS ASSEMBLY LISTINGS -PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-478 SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY LISTINGS MICROFICHE INDEX DOS 27 ASSEMBLER F - MICROFICHE LISTING PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-AS-466 DOS 21 COBOL D - MICROFICHE LISTING PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-452 DOS 21 ANS COBOL - MICROFICHE LISTING PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-482 S/310 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM ASSEMBLY LISTINGS. PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CV-489 5/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FQRTRAN IV ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - PROGRAM NO. 360N-FO-479 DOS 27 FORTRAN LIBRARY SUB PROGRAM MICROFICHE LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-LM-480 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM PL/1 ASSEMBLY LISTINGS. PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-PL-464 DOS 27 DISK SORT/MERGE-MICROFICBE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-450 . S/310 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MODULAR SORT/MERGE ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-483 DOS 27 UTILITIES GROUP I - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-46l 5/310 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM GROUP 2 UTILITIES TAPE 360N-UT-462 SCP (System Control Programming) "SJD2-000l SJD2-0010 SJD2-0020 SJD2-0030 SJD2-0040 SJD2-00S0 SJD2-0060 SJD2-0070 MICROFICHE FOR OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.6 REFERENCE LISTINGS OS/vS2 SMF (5742-SC1-02) OS/vS2 IEHINITT (5742-SC1-UD) OS/vS2 IEHSTATR (5742-SC1-UE) 0s/vS2 TAPE ERP/VES (5742-SC1~CC) OS/VS2 IEBEDIT (S742-SC1-U9) OS/vS2 IEBLIST (5742-SC1-U2) OS/vS2 IEBPROGM (5742-SC1-U3) 101 SJD2-0080 SJD2-0090 SJD2-0100 SJD2-0110 SJD2-0120 SJD2-0130 SJD2-0140 SJD2-0160 SJD2-0170 SJD2-0180 SJD2-0190 SJD2-0200 SJD2-0210 SJD2-0220 SJD2-0230 SJD2-0240 SJD2-02S0 SJD2-0260 SJD2-0270 SJD2-0280 SJD2-0290 SJD2-0300 SJD2-0310 SJD2-0320 SJD2-0330 SJD2-03S0 SJD2-0360 SJD2-0370 SJD2-0380 SJD2-0390 SJD2-0400 SJD2-0410 SJD2-0420 SJD2-0430 SJD2-0440 SJD2-04S0 SJD2-0460 SJD2-0470 SJD2-0480 SJD2-0490 SJD2-0S30 SJD2-0S40 SJD2-0SS0 SJD2-0S60 SJD2-0S70 SJD2-0S80 SJD2-0S90 SJD2-0600 SJD2-0640 SJD2-0650 SJD2-0660 SJD2-0670 SJD2-0680 SJD2-0690 SJD2-0700 SJD2-0710 SJD2-0720 SJD2-0730 SJD2-0140 SJD2-0750 SJD2-0160 SJD2-0110 SJD2-0180 SJD2-0790 SJD2-0800 SJD2-0810 SJD2-0820 SJD2-0830 SJD2-0840 SJD2-08S0 SJD2-0860 SJD2-0810 SJD2-0880 SJD2-0890 **SJD2-1220 SJD2-2000 SJD2-2001 SJD2-2002 **SJD2-2003 **SJD2-2004 OS/VS2 CATALOG (S742-SC1-D3) OS/vS2 SMF SCHEDULER (S142-SC1-00) OS/vS2 TSO TRACE (5142-SC1-T9) OS/vS2 PASSWORD PROTECT (5142-SC1-DC) OS/VS2 TSO UTILITIES (S742-SC1-T2) OS/VS2 TSO TEST (5142-SC1-Tl) OS/VS2 EXT/PREC/FLT PT SIM (5742-SC1-CP) 0s/VS2 IEHMOVE (S142-SC1-UC) OS/vS2 IEBCOPY (S742-SC1-U6) OS/vS2 IEBGENER (S742-SC1-U7) OS/vS2 IEBUPDTE (S742-SC1-U8) OS/vS2 IEBPTPCH (5742-SC1-UA) 0s/VS2 IEBCOMPR (5742-SC1-UR) OS/VS2 IEBISAM (S742-SC1-UH) 0s/VS2 IEBDG (S742-SC1-UJ) OS/vS2 TSO EDIT (S142-SC1-TO) OS/VS2 IPL (5742-SC1-Cl) OS/vS2 SUPERVISOR (S742-SC1-CS) OS/vS2 RMS (5742-SC1-CE) 0s/vS2 GSP (5742-SC1-07) OS/vS2 GAM (S142-SC1-GO) OS/VS2 DlDOCS (5742-SC1-C4) OS/vS2 DSS (5142-Scl-10) OS/vS2 TSO SUPERVISOR (5742-SC1-T7) OS/vS2 SYSTEM RESTART (S142-SC1-B3) OS/vS2 ALLOCATION (S742-SC1-B4) OS/VS2 Q MANAGER (5742-SC1-BS) OS/vS2 INITIATOR (5142-SC1-B6) OS/vS2 TERMINATION (5142-SC1-B1) OS/VS2 COMMANDS (5742-SC1-BS) OS/Vs2 READER/INTERPRETER (5742-SC1-B9) 0s/VS2 TSO SCHEDULER (S142-SC1-T4) OS/VS2 OBR/SDR/EREP (S742-SC1-CD) OS/VS2 GTF (S742-SC1-11) OS/VS2 AMASPZAP (5142-SCl-12) OS/vS2 AMDPRDMP (S742-SCl-13) OS/vS2 AMDSADMP (S14i-SCl-15) OS/vS2 AMAPTFLE (S742-SCl-16) OS/VS2 AMDPRDMP/EDXT (S142-SCl-18) OS/VS2 3735 MACROS/UTILITY (5742-SCl-22) OS/VS2 EXTENDED SVC ROUTER (5742-SC1-CF) OS/vS2 MAPPING MACROS (S742-SC1-01) OS/vS2 OLTEP (5142-SC1-06) OS/vS2 BTAM (S74-2-SCl-20) OS/vS2 TCAM (5742-SCl-21) OS/VS2 IEBTCRIN (S142-SC1-UG) OS/VS2 3S05/3S25 (S142-SC1-DD) 0s/VS2 OCR (S742-SC1-DS) OS/VS2 OVERLAY SUPERVISOR (S142-SC1-C2) OS/VS2 FETCH (5742-SC1-C7) OS/vS2 SAM (5142-SC1-DO) OS/VS2 PAM (S742-SC1-D2) OS/vS2 MICR (S142-SC1-D6) OS/vS2 DAM (5142-SC1-D7) OS/VS2 lOS (S742-SC1-C3) OS/VS2 DASD ERP (S142-SC1-CA) OS/vS2 UNIT RECORD ERP (S742-SC1-CB) OS/vS2 TSO SOBRTN TCAM (S742-SC1-TS) OS/vS2 T.SO DATA MANAGEMENT (5742-SC1-T3) OS/VS2 IBCDMPRS (5142-SC1-IO) OS/vS2 IBCDASDI (5142-SC1-Il) OS/vS2 IEHDASDR (S742-SC1-UO) OS/vS2 IEBATLAS (S142-SC1-UF) OS/vS2 SYSOUT WRXTER (S142-SC1-B2) OS/vS2 ICAPRTBL (S142-SC1-12) OS/vS2 ISAM (5742-SC1-DS) OS/VS2 CHECKPOINT/RESTART (5142-SC1-09) OS/vS2 OPEN/CLOSE/EOV (5742-SC1-Dl) OS/VS2 DADSM (S742-SC1-D4) OS/vS2 LINK LOADGO PROMPTER (S1112-SC1-TS) OS/VS2 LINKAGE EDITOR (5142-SC1-01l) OS/vS2LOADER (5742-SC1-0S) OS/vS2 AMBLIST (S142-SCl-14) OS/vS2 ASSEMBLER XF (5742-SC1-03) OS VS2 VTAM REL .1.6 - PROG. NO. S142-SC1-DE IPL OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 57Ql-SC1-Cl IOs/OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER S7Ql-SC1-C3 SUPERVISOR OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5141-SC1-C5 MAPPING MACROS OS/VS 1 RELEASE 2 - PROGRAM NUMBER S141-scl-01 MODULE/MACRO TOTAL SYSTEM INDEX OSlVs 1 RELEASE 2 102 SJD2-2009 SJD2-2010 SJD2-2014 SJD2-2015 SJD2-2016 SJD2-2017 SJD2-2018 SJD2-2019 SJD2-2020 SJD2-2021 SJD2-2022 SJD2-2023 SJD2-2024 SJD2-2025 SJD2-2026 SJD2-2027 SJD2-2028 SJD2-2030 SJD2-2031 SJD2-2032 SJD2-2033 SJD2-2034 SJD2-2038 SJD2-2041 SJD2-2042 SJD2-2043 SJD2-2044 SJD2-2045 SJD2-2046 SJD2-2047 SJD2-2048 SJD2-2049 SJD2-2050 SJD2-2051 SJD2-2053 SJD2-2054 SJD2-2055 SJD2-2056 SJD2-2057 SJD2-2058 SJD2-2059 SJD2-2060 SJD2-2061 SJD2-2062 SJD2-2063 SJD2-2064 SJD2-2067 SJD2-2068 SJD2-2069 SCHEDULER S~~ OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-00 UNIT RCD ERP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-CB JECS os/Vsl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-BO I/P STREAM CTL OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-Bl O/P STREAM CTL OS/vSl MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5741-SC1-B2 SYSTEM RESTART OS/VSl MICROFICBE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-B3 ALLOCATION-OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-B4 Q MANAGER OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-B5 INITIATOR OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-B6 TERMINATION OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-B7 COMMANDS OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-B8 INTERPRETER OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-B9 OS/VS1 RESTART RDR/DSDR PROCESSING (5741-SC1-BD) SYSTEM LOG OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-BE WTP OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-BF MSI OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-BG IMCJOBQD OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 57 4l-sC 1-17 DIDOCS OS/Vsl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-C4 GAM OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-GO GSP Os/Vs1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-07 RMS OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-CE OS/vSl ASSEMBLER XF (574l-SC1-03) OBR/EREP/RDE OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-CD GTF OS/vsl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-l1 HMASPZAP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 514l-SCl-12 HMDPRDMP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 514l-SCl-13 HMDSADMP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SCl-15 HMAPTFLE OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 514l-SCl-16 OLTEP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-06 EXTENDED SVC ROUTER OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-CF IEHLIST MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-sCl-U2 BTAM OS/VS 1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SCl-20 OS/vSl TCAM LEVEL 2 (5744-AW1) OCR OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-D5 IEBTCRIN OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-UG CHECKPOINT RESTART OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-09 FETCH OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-C1 OVERLAY SUPERVISOR MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SCi-C2 SAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-DO OPEN/CLOSE/EOV OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-Dl PAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5141-SC1-D2 DADSM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-D4 MICR OS/VSl MICROFICBE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-D6 DAM OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-D7 ISAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-D8 JAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-D9 DASD ERP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 514l-SC1-CA Os/vSl LINKAGE EDITOR MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-04 LOADER OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5141-SC1-05 103 SJD2-2014 SJD2-2016 SJD2-2011 SJD2-2018 SJD2-2019 SJD2-2080 SJD2-2081 SJD2-2082 SJD2-2084 SJD2-2085 SJD2-2086 SJD2-2081 SJD2-2088 SJD2-2089 SJD2-2090 SJD2-2091 SJD2-2092 SJD2-2094 SJD2-2096 SJD2-2091 SJD2-2098 SJD2-2099 SJD2-2100 SJD2-2101 SJD2-2102 SJD2-4103 SJD2-4104 **SYBO-0900 **SYBO-0901 OS/vSl ..'JES COMPATIBILITY INTERFACE (5141-SCQ-DB) HMBLIST OS/Vsl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5141-SCl-14 IBCDMPRS OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5141-SC1-IO, IBCDASDI MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5141-SC1-I1 ICAPRTBL MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5141-SC1-I2 IEHDASDR OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENr NUMBER 5141-SC1-UO IEHIOSUP OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENr NUMBER 5141-SC1-U1 IEBATLAS OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPCNENr NUMBER 5141-SC1-UF CRJE OS/VS 1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5141-SC1-0A IEBCOPY OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5141-SC1-U6 OS/vSl IEBGENER (5141-SC1-U1) IEBUPDTE OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5141-SC1-U8 IEBPTPCH OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENr NUMBER 5741-SC1-UA OS/vSl IEBCOMPR (5141-SC1-UK) IEBISAM OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5141-SC1-UH IEBDG OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING COMPONENT NUMBER 5141-SC1-UJ IEHMOVE OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING COMPONENT NUMBER - 5141-SC1-UC SMF OS/Vsl MICROFICHE LISTING COMPONENT NUMBER - 5141-SC1-02 OS/vSl IEHPROGM (5741-SC1-U3) OS/VSl IEHINITT (5141-SC1-UD) OS/vSl IEHSTATR (5741-SC1-UE) CATALOG OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING COMPONENT NUMBER - 5141-sCl-D3 PASSWORD PROTECT OS/vSl MICROFICHE LISTING COMPONENT NUMBER - 5141-SC1-DC TAPE ERP/VES OS/vSl MICROFICHE LISTING COMPONENT NUMBER - 5141-SC1-CC IEBEDIT OS/Vsl MICROFICHE LISTING COMPONENT NUMBER - 5141-SC1-U9 3105-0S/VS-ASM PROGRAM LISTING MICROFICHE INDEPENDENTLY DISTRIBUTED PROGRAM 5144-AN1 IBM 3705 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR VIRTUAL STORAGE - MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 360H-TX-033 IBM VM/310: CP MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010 IBM VM/310: CMS MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5149-010 104 Part 2. Abstracts GA19 GA21 GA 19-0004 .!ill ~ SORTER, MODEL 32 IBM .1!!.!2 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER, ~ 32 This publication contains detailed information about the keys, lights, switches, mechanical features, and special features of the IBM 1219 Reader sorter, Model 32 and the IBM 1419 MagnetiC Character Reader, Model 32. On-line and off-line data-flow and operating theory are fully discussed, with step-by-step procedures for each reader operation. Programming notes and error-correction routines are also covered in detail. It shou1d be noted that, in the areas of on-line operation, error-recovery, and programming notes, this manual refers to the 1401 attachment only. For additional information, readers are referred to the following publications: IBM 1401/1460 MISCELLANEOUS Input/Output Instructions, (GA24-306B) and IBM ±$±( Magnetic Character Reader with IBM 1410 system, (GA220536. For information concerning the attachment of the IBM 1219/1419, Model 32 to the IBM System/360, Models 30 or 40, readers are referred to IBM 1419, MODEL 32 ATTACHED to IBM system/360 Model 30 or 40, (GA19-0023) Manual, 68 pages ~ GA19-0010 IBM 3944 DIAL TERMINAL The IBM 3944 Dial Terminal is designed to be used as an input device to Audio Response Units through a telephone network. 'l'he 7772 Audio Response Unit is an input/output unit of the IBM System/360 Models 30, 40, 50, 65, and 15, interfacing the computer and a te~ephone network. The Audio Response Unit provides~ under program control~ composed messages of spoken words in response to digital inquiries or input messages. Except for the use of digital language from the calling to the called line, communication between remote inquiry terminals and the Audio Response Unit is conducted in the same manner as an ordinary telephone call. Manual, 4 pages GA19-0036 PAFER A!!!1 FRUiT QUALrry REQUIREMENTS fQ!! .!m! 1m A!!!1 1215 OPTICAL READER SORTERS This publication describes the quality of ~aper and print required for documents that are to be read by the IBM 1210 and 1215 Qptical Reader Sorters. The manual is intended for those responsible for providing the documents and for those who plan and maintain the optical character recognition system. The following topics are dealt with: 1. The mechanical and optical characteristics desired of the paper. 2. The sizes and conditions of documents. 3. The quality of the printing, and the printing devices that can be used to obtain this quality. 4. The procedures for manual, as well as machine, handling of the documents. For information on the 1210 and 1215 Optical Reader sorters, refer to Systems Reference Library (SRL) IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION - IBM 1270 OPTICAL READER SORrER, Order No. GA19-0035 and IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION - IBM 1215 OPTICAL READER SORTER, Order No. GA19-0035 and IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION - IBM 1215 OPTICAL READER SORTER, Order NO. GA19-0034. For information on the design of documents, refer to SRL FORMDESIGN CONSIDERATIONS - SYSTEM PRINTERS, Order NO. GA2q348B. For informat>ion on the IBM printing devices dealt with in the manual, refer to SRL IBM 1403 PRINTER CO~PONENT DESCRIPTION, Order NO. GA24-3013 and to the booklet IBM TYPING INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPTICAL CHARACTER RECOGNITION. Systems Reference Library Manual. 34 pages GA21-9025 IBM 1442-N1 AND N2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AN~ OPERATING PRocEiliiRES- SRL-MANUAL This ~ublication describes the operating prinCiples, machine features, and operating procedures of the IBM 1442-N1 Card Read-Punch and the IBM 1442-N2 Card Punch. Also, it discusses in general the operation of these devices with IB~ System/360. Manual, 20 pages GA19-0019 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 1401/1440/1460 COMPATIBILITY FEATURE INVERTED PRINT EDIT AND STERLING SUB FEATURES This publication is a-5upplement to the source manual entitled IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30, 1401/1440/1460 compatibility feature, (GA24-32551, and should he read in conjunction with it. The information contained herein is intended primarily for users in World Trade sterling countries .. This publication is limited to a description of (1) the use of the Comma and Decimal Point Inversion SubFeature; and (2) how ster1ing-cnrrency applications can be processed with th,e Sterling-CUrrency Sub-Feature without conversion of existing 1400-series programs .. The reader is also referred to the IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30, functional characteristics, (GA24-3231) for a description of the capabilities, functions, and operational characteristics of the System/360 Model 30; and to REFERENCE MANUAL, IBM 1401 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM STERLING CURRENCY FEATURES, Form UK3-1401-0. the IBM system/360 Bibliography, (GA22-6B22), Lists the associated reference pub1ications. Manual, 2 pages GA 19-0023 IBM 1419 MODEL 32 ATTACHED TO IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL ~ lQ.. !!.Q.. .2Q.. AND 65 - This publication is a,supplement to IBM 1219 Reader Sorter, Model 32--IBM 1419 Magnetic Character Reader. Model 32, Form A19-0004 and shOUld be read in conjunction with it~ This publication is limited to certain additions to A19-0004. Additional operating information relating to Power On-POwer Off. Channel Line Termination and Sort Mode selection is provided .. Manual. 42 pages GA19-0034 IBM 1275 OPTICAL READER SORTER FOR SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/31-0--- - - - - - - - This publication describes the functional characteristics of the IBM 1215 Optical Reader sorter and contains recommended programming teChniques and complete operating instructions. The manual is intended primarily for systems analysts. programmers. and operators who are working in an OCR environment. The 1215 Optical Reader Sorter reads either of two common types of optical character recognition (OCR) printing and sorts intermixed paper documents.. Models 1 and 3 operate off-line. Models 2 and 4 can operate either on-line with an IBM System/360 Model 25, 30,40, or 50, or with an IBM Systemf310 MOdel 135, 145, 155, or 165, or off-line. FOr understanding the on-line operation of the 1215, the reader should be familiar with the systems Reference Library, IBM System/360 PrinCiples of Operation (GA22-6B21). Systems Library, 116 pages GA21-9026 IBM 2501 MODELS B1 AND B2 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATINGPRoCEDURES - This publication describes the operation of the IBM 2501 Card Reader Models B1 and B2 with IBM System/360 Models 30 and higher.. Operating principles, system communication, and operating procedures are presented. ~his manual assumes that the reader is familiar with the operation of the IBM System/360, as described in the SRL publication, IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION, Order Number GA22-6B21. Manual, 16 pages GA21-9021 IBM 2520-B1, ~ AND ~ COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES - SRL MANUAL This publication describes the IBM 2520 Card Read Punch Model B1 and the IBM 2520 card Punch Models B2 and B3 with IBM System/360 Models 30 and above. Included are discussions of machine features and operating ~rinciples and procedures. For information about attaching the 2520 to System/360 channels, see tbe publication IBM SYSTEM/360 CHANNEL characteristics and functional evaluation, (GA24-34111 .. Manual, 36 pages GA21-9031 IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES: 1231 N1 (OPTICAL MARK PAGEREADER) This publication is a reference manual ~ IBM 1231 Optical Mark page Reader. which serves 'as an input device (reading handwritten marks from sheets of paper) for IBM System/360 Models 25, 30, 40, and 50. The manual provides ref~rence information about the 1231-N1, explaining 1231N1 operation and its interaction with the system to ~hich it is attached. The prinCiple audience for this publication will be IBM System/360 programmers. system analysts, supervisors, and operators. Others who will use the manual are forms designers, forms manufacturers, and input document printers. Programmers. system analysts, and supervisors using this manual will need to be familiar with the system to which the 1231-N1 is attached. Systems Reference Litrary Manual, 44 pages GA21-9033 IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PRocEDURES r IBM 2540 CARD READ PUNCB SRL MANUAL This publication explains the operating prinCiples, procedures, and controls of tbe IBM 2540 Card Read Punch. special featUres for the 2540 are also discus~d. refer to the IBM 2B21 Control Unit SRL (GA2Q-3312), for information concerning the commands, status and sense indicators, and other programming considerations that affect the 2540. For similar information about an IBM 2540 attached to an IBM System/360 through the integrated 2540 attachment feature, refer to IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 105 = GlI21 GlI22 functiona~ characteristics, (GlI24-3510). Manual, 16 pages GA21-9144 IBM 2596 CARD READ POBeH PROGRAMMER'S RE AND OPERATOR'S GUmE - SYS'rEIfS REFERENCE This manua~ desCtiiles- t"iie"iiiil2596 Card R Punch. The manual is intended for IBM 8ystem/360 or IBM System/370 GlI21-90611 IBM SYSTEMl360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER This pu~ication des~~ 1287 Optica~ Reader and systems "ana1ysts, programmers experienced in assembler language, and operatoxs. manua~ This describes the fo~~owing: hardware characteristics of the 2596. its features, operating principles and procedures, and o Gener~ operations with IBM system/360. The manua~ a~so contains detailed specifications for input documents and tapes, and for input data qua~ity. Systems Reference Library Manua~, 92 pages o commands, status bytes, sense bytes and timing considerations. o Manu~. GlI21-9081 IBM SYSTEMl360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 1288 GA21-9147 ON IBM 3886 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER MODEL I REFERENCE. MANUAL The IBM 3886 Optica~ Character Reader Reference Manuar-(MODEL I) contains _operatian~ capabi~ities and programming requirements for the 3886 Mode~ I. The manual is written OPl'ICAL PAGE READER MODEL 1 -- --This pu~ication i" ...--reference manua~ for the XBM 1288 Optical Page Reader, which serves as an input device for the IBM System/360 Mode~s 25, 30, 40, and SO. This Xeys, ~ighbs, and Qperating procedures.· 41 pages for customer management:. systems ana1ysts, and data prooessing equipment operators, familiar with data manua~, which is organized by function, discusses: Interconnection between the 1288 and the processing unit. Characters read by the 1288 and their data codes. Data transfer between the 1288 and the system. Programming information about 1288 contro~, status processing operations, bat not or techniques. Manua~, 70 pages signals, and sense indications. necessari~y with OCR devices GA21-91q8 Optica~ Mark data recording and reading. Operator contro~s for the 1288. Operating procedures for the 1288 that are not app~ication dependent. Input document design and printing. speci~ features for the 1288. Input data printing. The princip~e audience for this pub~ication wi~~ be The 38~Document Design Guide contains detai~ed instructions acceptab~e Manu~, this manu~ wi~~ need to be fam~iar with the system to which the ~288 is attached. Systems Reference Library Manua~, 54 pages specifications for the preparation of The manual is *N 45 pages GA21-9150 *N IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/37D COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEiiiiRES. IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER, MODELT This pub~ication is a reference manua~ for the IBM 1287 Optical Reader, Mode1 5, ybich serves as an input device for the XBM System/360 Mod~s 22, 25, 30, 40, 50, 65, 65MP, 75, and when in 65 mode, 67; and IBM System/370 Models 135, 145, 155, and 165. This manual, which is organized by function, discusses: CARD PUNcHtSUBSYSTEM ---- ---- ------ --- --- ---This manual is a reference manual for programmers (assembler o Interconnection between the 1287 and the processing unit. ~anguage ~eve~) and is an operator's guide. It discusses the IBM 3504 Card Reader Mode~s Al and A2 (native~y attached). This manual is an assembler level programmer's reference manua~ and an operator's guide. It describes the IBM 3504 card Reader (an 80-co~umn device that native~y attaches to the IBM System/370), the IBM 3505 Card Reader (an 80-co~umn device that attaches to a System/370 channe~) and the IBM 3225 Card punch (an 80-co~umn device that attaches native~y to either an IBM 3505 Card Reader or a system/370). These o o o o Characters read by tbe 1287 and their data codes. Speci~ features for the 1287. Data transfer between the 1287 and the system. Programming information about 1287 control, status signals, and sense indications. o operator contro~ for the 1287. o Operating procedures for the 1287 that are not app~ication dependent. o Input document design and printing. o Input data printing. The princip~e audience fOr this pub~ication wi~~ be IBM System/360 and IBM System/370 programmers, system analysts, supervisors, and operators. others who will use the manual card devices and their interfaces with the system comprise subsystems that do mUch of the error logging and error recovery support usually provided by the system. ~nd input documents for the IBM 3886. written for systems ana1ysts. for.ms design personnel, and forms manufacturers .. IBM System/360 programmers, system analysts, supervisors, and operators. others who will use the manual are forms deSigners, forms manufacturers, and input document printers. Programmers, systems analysts, and supervisors using GA21-9124 IBM 3504 CARD READER/IBM 3505 CARD READER AND IBM 3225 *N ~~~D:8!:D~I=~ER READER ~ J:OCUMENT ~ The subsystem is buffered, channel overrun cannot occur, and data can be transferred to and from the subsystem in burst mode. The manual contains information about instructions and commands error indications. conditions. and recovery procedures, a description'of the deVices, data about opezator procedures and controls, and application hints. are forms designers, for.ms manufacturers. and input document printers. Programmers, systems analysts, and supervisors using this manua~ wi~ need to be to which the 1287 is attached. Manua~, 92 pages fami~iar with the system Manual, 136 pages GA21-915q I ON 6 OPTICAL CHARACTER READER MODEL 2 COMPONENT E MANUAL ------ ----- The 38~ Mode~ 1 Component Reference Manua~ contains compcnent description and operationa~ caFabi~ities of the 3886 Mode~ 1. The manua~ is written for 3886 Mod 1 users, GA21-9139 IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER MODEL 5: GENERAL INFORMATION Thismaiiual contaI'iiSiiitroductory information about the 1287 Optic~ Reader Mode~ 5 for programmers, system ana~ysts, supervisors, and machine operators. To fully understand the content of this manual, readers should be familiar with systems analysts, supervisoES, and operators. Sections of the manual also contain info~tion of interest to programmers. other 1287 mode~s. References to the 1287 SRL GlI21-9064 are made throughout the manua~ where basic 1287 operatiOns information is necessary to understand Mode~ 5 functions. General Information Manual, 16 pages GA21-9143 izt~ ~~U~~ READER MODELS 1 AND 1 *N REFERENCE ~ This manu~ descrIbes the use of the 3881 Mode~ 1 as an on- line reader, and the use of the 3881 as a reader that reads Manua~, GlI21-9167 IBM SYSTl!I!/370: ~ ImLTI-FUNCTION CARll .Y!'!.r!: PROGRAMMER'S REFERENOE MANUAL AND OPERATOR'S GUIDE This manua~ribes the IBM Sq~~ti-Function Card Unit, Mode~s Al and A2, 1ibich is a Dativ~y-attached 96-column card reader for XBM System/370. The manua~ wi~l .be of interest to XBM 8ystem/370 systems ana~ysts, programmers experienced in assembIer 1aogoage, and operators. Besides descrihing the devices~ the manual describes the cOllimands, status bytes. sense bytes, and timing marks onto magnetic tape via an IBM Model 2 3410. The manual provides customer management. analysts, and programmers with detai~ed information about the functions and capabi~ities of the 3881. It describes the format of 3881 forms, explains forms ~yout, and printing and ink considerations for the SQ25, and describes keys, operating procedures. Manual, 52 pages specifications. Xt contains sections on marking the forms with pencil, preprinted marks, and IBM line printers. The manual describes how to contro~ 3881 bY means of the IBM 3881 Format Contro~ Sheets and how to contro~ on-~ine 3881s by System/370 commands lassemb~er ~eve~ programming). An ~ights, and GA22-6810 IBM SYSTBM/360 SYSTIDI SUMMARY operator's guide section provides detailed information about 1ights, keys, error stops, and operating procedures. Manua~, 92 pages 100 pages 106 This puhlicati~i~ic infor.mation about the IBM system/360, with the objective of he~ping readers to achieve a general understanding of this new data processing system and the interre~ationships of its mode~s and parts. Broad system concepts, basic and optiona~ features, and specific input/output devices are brief~y discussed. GA22 GA22 operator, and programmer to achieve efficient use of the 2701. Detailed descriptions are presented for: o The 2701 in the IBM System/360 and System/370 environment o Characteristics of the 2701 (including features) o Terminal adapter types: IBM Start/Stop Terminal Adapters, Telegraph Terminal Adapters, Parallel Data Adapter, Synchronous Transmit Receive (STR) Adapter, and Binary Synchronous Communications (BSC) Adapter a Programming considerations for the 2701 o Line control sequences to and from the 2701 and attached terminals o Ending status and sense bit descriptions The reader should have a knowledge of teleprocessing and be·famil.iar with the principles of operaticn for the IBM System/360 or System/370. For detailed information about Binary Synchronous Communication, refer to General Information - Binary Synchronous Communications (GA27-300Q). For detailed information about a specific terminal, refer to the appropriate publication for that terrrinal. Systems Reference Library Manual, 204 pages It is assumed that the reader has a basic knowledge of data processing systems as in INTRODUCTION TO IBM DATA Processing Systems, Order Number GC20-160Q. Systems Reference Library Manual, 120 pages GA22-6B13 IBM SYSTEMl360 MODEL 40 CONFIGURATOR Sheet shows all possible units that can be configured on the System/360 Mode~ 40. Configurator, B-1/2 x 11 GA22-6814 IBM SYSTEMl360 MODEL 50 CONFIGURATOR Sheet shows all possible units can be configured on the system/360 Mode~ 50. Configurator. 8 - 1/2 x 11 GA22-6B21 IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION This publication is the machine reference manual for the IBM System/360. It provides a direct, comprehensive description of the system structure; of the arithmetic, logical, branching, status switching, and input/output operations; and of the interruption system. GA22-6B66 SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS: 2400-SERIES MAGNETIC ~ UNITS, 2803/2B{)4 TAPE CONTROLS, AND ~ S~ UNIT MODEL 1 This manual contains a comprehensive presentation of the characteristics, functions, and features of the IBM 2QOO Series Magnetic Tap.e Units, 2803/280Q Tape Controls, and a general description of the IBM 2816 Model 1 Switching Unit. The 2400 ser·ies consists of the 21101, 2402, and 2420 MagnetiC Tape Units, and 2403, 2404, and 2415 Magnetic Tape Units and Controls. In most instances, operational descriptions are limited to the channel and command level. Operating functions and procedures common and fundamental to all I/O oFerations are described in IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION, Order Number GA22-6B21. Subjects covered include magnetic taFe unit prinCiples; keys and lights: tape load, unload, and cleaning procedures; status and sense information: magnetic tape handling; tape block and reel. organization: and error reccvery procedures. Manual, 70 pages The reader is assumed to have a basic knowledge of data processing systems and to have read the IBM SYSTEM/360 System Summary, (GA22-6810) which describes the system. briefly and discusses the input/output devices available. Manual, 180 pages GA22-6B23 SYSTEM/360 INPUT/OUTPUT CONFIGURATOR This configurator dea1s with the input/output eqUipment attachab~e to IBM System/360 Mode~s 25-91. The presentation is arranged in two ways: by type of equipment (such as -direct access·, -display·, and ·printers·) and by machine number (such as 1052, 1403, and 7770). For each item of eqUipment, information is given concerning the way in which the item attaches to the system and the number of items that can be attached. Manual, 6 pages = GA22-6B2B IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 7340 MODEL 3 HYPERTAPE DRIVE --- ---- ----- This publication describes the functions, operations, controls, and timings of the IBM 7340 Hypertape Drive Model 3, including the dynamics of 7340 reading and writing and details on the tape, tape cartridge, and optional automatic cartridge loader. In addition, all necessary details on the fUnctions and operations of the IBM 2802 Hypertape Control are presented. This manual provides information for customer systems personnel and is designed as a reference and guide in the training of operators, systems engineers, progzammers, managers, and others who need a good general idea of how Hypertape operates within the system/360. It is an I/O adjunct to IBM System/360 Principles of operation, (GA226B21) • systems Reference Library Manual, 30 pages GA22-6B68 IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION, IBM 1B27 DATA CONTROL UNIT This publication contains the functional characteristics and operating information for the IBM 1827 Cat a Control Unit. Operations with the IBM System/360 Models 30, 40, 44, and 50 are described. The following IEM 1800 Data Acquisition and Control System Process I/O features are described; Digital Input, Digital output, Analog Output, Analog Input, and Comparator. Systems Reference Library Manual, 40 pages GA22-6B46 IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION iBM 2702 TRANSMISSION CONTROL Information concerning the operation of an IBM 2702 in a System/360 based Teleprocessing operation is provided in this publication. It contains the following information: GA22-6B74 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 CONFIGURA TOR ~chematic drawing shows the complete Model 44 Processor with all standard and optional features. Input/output devices are shown on form GA22-6823, and Data Corrmunications Devices on form GA22-6824. Reference Card, 1 page GA22-6B72 IBM 1B27 DATA CONTROL UNIT - CONFIGURATOR Chart listsall possible units that can te configured onto the 1B27. Configurator Sheet, 25 x 11, 2 folds, 1 side A generalized description and advantages of the 2702 within a System/36o-Teleprocessing activity A functional description of the various sections and features of the 2702 Operational functions of the 2702 IBM 2702 commands--both channel based and terminal control. based Individual sections on 2702 Terminal Controls GA22-6B75 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS This manual describes the system structure, features, instruction timings and formUlas, channels, device addressing r and operator controls unique to system/360 Mode~ 44. It is assumed the reader has a knowl.edge of the System/360 as defined in the IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF Operaton, (GA22-6821) and the IBM System/360 System Summary, Order Number GA22-6B10. Systems Reference Library Manual, 64 pages Terminal Controls IBM Terminal Control Type I IBM Termina~ Contro~ Type II World Trade Telegraph Terminal Control IBM Te~egraph Termina~ Contro~ Type I IBM Te~egraph Termina~ Contro~ Type II Related literature is referenced by form number and briefly described in the IBM SYSTEMl360 BIBLIOGRAPHY, Form GA226B22. Manual, 176 pages GA22-6B64 IBM 2701 DATA ADAPTER UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION The ~2701 Data Adapter Unit Component Description is a reference manual describing the functions of the IBM 2701. The IBM 2701 permits an IBM System/360 or System/370 to communicate with a variety of remote terminals, devices, and stations. This publication is designed to help the 2701 user, GA22-6877 IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS AND OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM 1052 PRINTER-KEYBOARD MODEL 1 WITB IBM 2150 CONSOL-E------- - ---This publication describes the functional and operational characteristics of the IBM 1052 printer-Keyboard Mode~ 1 with the IBM 2150 CONSOLE. Systems Reference Library Manual, 22 pages GA22-68B~ see page 330 GA22-6BB4 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS This manual presents the organization, characteristics, fUnctions and featu~es unique to the IBM System/360 Model 65. Major areas described are system structure r generalized ~07 GA22 GA22 speed, large-scale scientific and business applications. The system com~nents are described, and a detailed consideration is given to the functions of processor storage, tbe central processing unit, the input/output cbannels. and the operator-control and operator-intervention portions of the system control panel. In addition certain coding and timing considerations are ·discussed. The reader is assumed to bave a knowledge of information-processing systems and to have read the IBM System/360 PrinCiples of operation, (GA22-6821). Systems Reference Litlr."ry Manual, 35 pages information flow, standard and optional features, instruction timings, and the system control pane1. Descriptions of specific input/output devices used with the IBM System/360 Model 65 appear in separate publications. Configurations for the IBM 2065 Processing Unit and I/O devices are available. It is assumed that the reader has a knowledge of the System/360 as defined in the IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF Operation, (GA22-6821) and the IBM System/360 System summary, order Number GA22-6810. Systems Reference Library Manual, 44 pages GA22-6908 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 50 OPERATING PROCEDURES ~s manual desCiIbes-operator procedures for an IBM 2050 Processing Unit, operating with or without an associated IBM 1052 Printer-Keyboard. The manual describes machine functions. machine procedures. program-oriented procedures, and operator-intervention procedures. An appendix of reference material and an index are also included. The reader should also refer to the following SRL publications: IBM System/360 Principles of Operation, (GA22-6821) IBM SYSTEM/360 I!ODEL 50 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS, Order Number GA22-6898 IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATING GUIDE, Order Number GC24-5021 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM OPERA~ING GUIDE, Order Number GC24-5022 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATOR'S GUIDE Order Number GC28-6540 (Of the three operating system publications listed above, at least the one applicable to the system in use shoUld be read by the operator.) Systems Reference Library Manual, 96 pages GA22-6887 SYSTEM/360 MODEL ~ CONFIGURATOR Sheet shows all units that can be configured on the System/360 Model 65. configurator, 1 sheet GA22-6888 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 75 CONFIGURATOR Sheet shows all possible units that can be configured on the System/360 Model 75. Configurator Sheet, 8 1/2 x 11, one side GA22-6889 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 75 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS This manual presents the organization, characteristics, functions and features unique to the IBM Systeml360 Model 75. Major areas described are: system structure, generalized information flow, standard and optional features, instruction timings, and the system control panel. Descriptions of specific input/output devices used with the IBM System/360 Model 75 appear in separate publications. This manual assumes that the reader has a knowledge of System/360 as defined in the IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES of operation, (GA22-6821) and the IBM Systeml360 System Summary, order Number GA22-6810. systems Reference Library Manual, 32 pages GA22-6909 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 75 OPERATING PROCEDURES This manual describes-operator procedures for an IBM 2075 Processing Unit. operating with or without an associated IBM 1052 printer-Keyboard. Tbe manual describes system control panel machine functions. machine procedures. program-oriented procedures, and operator-intervention procedures. An appendix of reference material and an index are included. The reader is assumed to have a knowledge of the following SRL publications: IBM system/360 Principles of Operation, (GA22-6821) (sections on "System Structure" and "system Control Panel") IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 75 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS, Order Number (GA22-6889) IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE CPERATING SYSTEM OPERATING GUIDE, order Number GC24-5021 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATING GUIDE, order Number GC24-5022 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATOR'S GUIDE, order Number GC28-6540 Systems Reference Library Manual, 44 pages GA22-6892 IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE CHANNEL-TO-CHANNEL ADAPTER This manual describes the functions and operating characteristics of the channel-to-channel adapter in either multiple-processor or single-processor systems. IBM System/360 input/output operations that are exclusive of device considerations are described in detail in the IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION, Form A226821. systems Reference Library Manual, 16 pages GA22-6895 IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS - 2820 STORAGE CONTROL AND 2301 DRUM STORAGE - -- ---- This publication COiitains reference information for the operation and programming of the IBM 2820 Storage Control and IBM 2301 Drum Storage. It also contains a brief description of the special features that are available for use with the devices. Systems Reference Library Manual, 44 pages GA22-6898 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 50 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS This manual presents the organization. characteristics, fUnctions and features unique to the IBM SysteMl360 Model 50. Major areas described are system structure, generalized information flow, standard and optional features, system control panel. instruction timings, channel c~racteristics, concurrent input/output capabilities, selector channel loading, multiplexer channel loading, and channel interference with the CPU. It is assumed that the reader has a knowledge of the Systeml360 as defined in the IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION, FOrm A22-6821 and the IBM SYSTEM SUMMARY, Form A22-6810. systems Reference Library Manual, 98 pages GA22-6900 DATA ACOUISITION SPECIAL FEATURES EQS THE IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 This publication provides information about the operation. control, and interface of three special features: Direct WOrk Direct Data Channel Priority Interrupt These features are particularly suitable for bigh-speed data acquisition and relatively complex control applications in the scientific fields. Systems Reference Library Manual, 32 pages G1\22-6907 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 91 FUNCT:tONAL CHARACTERISTICS . Tbis publicatioii"describes the organization and the functional characteristics of the IBM System/360 Model 91, an information-processing system designed for Ultrahigh- GA22-6910 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 OPERATING PROCEDURES This manual describes-operator procedures for an IBM 2044 Processing Unit, operating with its associated Control Printer-Keyboard. The manual has sections devoted to system controi panel machine functions, machine procedures. program-oriented procedures, operator-interventicn procedures, and command examples, plus an a~pendix of -reference material. and a complete index. The reader should also refer to the following SRL publications: IBM System/360 Principles of Operation, (GA22-6821) (sections on System Structure and System Control Panel) IBM System/360 Model 44 functional characteristics, Order Number GA22-6875. IBM System/360 Model 4'1 PROGRAMMING SYSTEM, GUIDE TO System use, Order Number GC28-6812 IBM SYSTEM/360 I!ODEL 4'1 PROGRAMMING SYSTEM OPERATOR'S Guide, Order Number GC28-6815 Systems Reference Library Manual, 68 pages GA22-6911 :tBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL "0 OPERATING PROCEDURES Tbis manual describes-operator procedures for an IBM 20'10 Processing Unit, operating with or without an associated :tBM 1052 Printer-Keyboard. The manual describes the system control panel, system procedures, program-oriented procedures, operator-intervention procedures. and IPL procedures. An appendix of reference material and an index are also included. This manual is intended for the Model 40 system operator. The reader is assumed to have a knowledge of information-proces~ing systems and to have read the Operator's Guide for the op~rating system in use at this installa.tion. systems Reference Library Manual, 112 pages 108 GA22 GA22 GA22-6916 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS This publication describes the organization and the functional characteristics of the IBM Systeml360 Model 85, an information-processing system deSigned for very high-speed, large-sca~e scientific and business applications. The system components are described, and a detailed consideration is given to the functions of processor storage, the central processing unit, the input/output channels, and the operator-control and operator-intervention portions of the system control panel. In addition, certain coding and timing considerations are described. GA22-6944 IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 MODEL 195 CONFIGURATOR Sheet shows all-uDits that can be configured on the System/360, Model 195. Configuration Sheet, 2 pages GA22-6951 IB~ 50 MAGNETIC DATA INSCRIBER OPERATOR'S GUIDE Thislmanual for the IBM 50 Magnetic Data Inscriber (MDI) has been prepared to satisfy the requirerrents of the operator. It contains descriptions, in text and illustrations, of all the possible operations. Included are a genera1 descr~ption of the machine and its capabilities, procedures for readying the machine, and detailed descriptions of operations, recovery ~rocedures, specific applications, special features, and available accessories. Manual, 129 pages Manual, 40 pages GA22-6920 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85 CONFIGURATOR Sheet shows all units-rhat can be configured on the System/360 Model 85. Configurator Sheet, 2 pages GA22-6954 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 195 OPERATING PROCEDURES This manual describes-operator procedures for an IBM system/360 Model 195, operating with or without an associated IBM 1052 Printer-Keyboard. This manual describes the system control panel, system procedures, programoriented procedures, operator-intervention procedures, and IPL procedures. An appendix of reference material and an index are also included. This manual is intended for the Model 195 system operator. The reader is assumed to have a knowledge of iDformation-process~ng systems and to have read the IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM, OPERATOR'S GUIDE, Order No. GC28-6540. systems Reference Library Manual, 8-1/2- x 11n, 87 pages GA22-6927 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85 OPERATING PROCEDURES This manual describes-operator procedures for an IBM 2085 Processing Unit, operating with or without an associated IBM Operator Console Feature. The manual descr,ibe~ machine functions, machine procedures, progr~oriented procedures, and operator intervention procedures. In addition, appendices of reference material and an index are included. The reader is assumed to have a knowledge of the following SRL publications: IBM system/360 Principles of Operation, (GA22-6821). IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS, Order Number GA22-6916 IBM SYSTliM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATOR'S GUIDE, Order Number GC28-6540 Por information pertaining to the operation of units attachable to the Systeml360 Model 85, refer to the appropriate SRL publication. SRL publications that pertain to IBM System/360 and attachable units are abstracted and referenced by order Number in IBM System/360 Bibliography, GA22-6822. Systems Reference Library Manual, 88 pages GA22-6935 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS This publication describes the organization and the functional characteristics of the IBM systeml370 Model 165, an information-processing system designed for very high-speed, large-scale scientific and business applications. The system components are described, and a detailed consideration is given to the functions of processor storage, the central processing unit, the input/output channels, and the operator-control and operator-intervention portions of the system control panel. In addition, certain coding and timing considerations are described. The reader is assumed to have a knowledge of information-processing systems and to have an understanding of the System/360, as that system is 'described in the IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION, Order No. GA22-6821. The IBM SYSTEM/370 PRINCIPLES OF OP~ION, GA22-7000, should be used in conjunction with the IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION. Functional Characteristics' Manual, 48 pages GA22-6942 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS This publication describes the organization, functional characteristics, and features of the IBM System/370 Model 155. system components are described, and consideration is given to the centra1 processing unit, main storage, input/output channels, and the operator control and operator intervention portions of the system contro~ pane1. Instruction timing information is also given. This publication is intended for users and potential users of the Model 155. The reader is assumed to have a background knowledge of data processing systems. FUnctional Characteristics Manual. 46 pages GA22-6943 IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 MODEL 195 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS This publication describes the organization and functional characteristics of the IBM System/360 Model 195, an information-processing system designed for ultrahigh-speed, large-scale scientific applications. System components are described, and detailed consideration is given to the functions of processor storage, central processing unit, input/output channels, and operator-control and operator-intervention portions of the system control panel. Coding and timing considerations are discussed. The reader is assumed to have a knowledge of ·information-processing systems and to have read the IBM Systemt360 Principles of Operation, Order Number GA22-6821. Systems Reference Library Manual, 40 pages GA22-6955 IBM SYSTEM/370 SPEC:fAL FEATURE DESCRIPT.ION: 709/7090/7094/7094 II -----COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 This publication contains information about the-rBM 7094 compatibility feature (87119>, which adds interpretive facilities to System/370 Model 165 for use by the IBM 7094 emulator program. The combination of the feature and the program (referred to as the 7094 emulator> allows execution on IBM System/370 Model 165 of programs written for the IBM 709, 7090, 7094, and 7094 II Data Processing Systems. Systems Reference Library Manual, 52 pages GA22-6956 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 CONFIGURATOR Diagram of 3165 Processing Unit and attachable channels (no I/O units> showing capacities and all standard and speCial features. Configurator Sheet, 1 page GA22-6957 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODED 155 CONFIGURATOR· This sheet shows standard and optional features, main storage sizes by model, channel and sub-channel availability by model, and adapters required for console I/O units on the System/370 Model 155. System Configurator, 1 sheet GA22-6958 IBM SYSTEM/370 SPEcrAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION: 7070/7074 COMPATIBILITY FEATURE FOR IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 This publication contains inforamtion about tbe-rBM 7070/7074 compatibility feature, whiCh adds interpretive facilities to System/370 Model 165 for use by the IBM 7074 emulator program. The combination of the feature and the program (referred to as the 7074 emulator) allows execution on IBM System/370 Model 165 of programs written for the IBM 7070 and 7074 Data Processing Systems. Systems Reference Library Manual, 36 pages GA22-6962 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS This publication describes methods used to calculate System/370 Model 155 data handling·capabilities that are dependent upon I/O-channel configurations and operations. Considerations of methods are also presented for priority attachment of I/O devices for maxiwum throughput. Information related to specific I/O devices is contained in separate Systems Reference Library publications. These publications are listed by order number and briefly described in IBM System/360 Bibliography, GA22-6822. This manual is intended for users at the system programmer level; it assumes a thorough background in I/O programming techniques. Systems Reference Library Manual, 52 pages GA22-6963 IBM SYSTEM/370 SPECIAL DESCRIPTION IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 7080 COMPATIBILITY EEATURE This publication contains • rmation about theIiiii 7080 compatibility feature, which adds interpretive facilities to 109 GA22. GA22 System/370 MOdel 165 for use by the IBM 7080 emulator program. The combination of the feature and the program (referred to as the 7080 emulator) allows execution on IBM Systeml370 Model 165 of programs written for the IBM 7080 Data Processing System. Systems Library Manual, ~8 pages GA22-7001 IBM.SYSTEM/370 SYSTEM ~ This publication is intended to provide tasic information about IBM System/370, the data processing system hased on IBM System/360 but extending beyond the capabilities of that system. The ohjective of this publication is to help readers achieve a general understanding of this data processing system and of the interrelaticnships of its GA22-6966 components. Briefly discussed are the system concepts, IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 OPERATING PROCEDURES features, individual models, programming systems, and This mannal descrIiJesCiPerator procedures for an XBM attachable input/output devices of systeR/370. System/370 Model 155. Machine coverage includes console A basic knowledge of data processing systems, such indicators, switches, and keys; printer-keyboard; and as that given in the IR7RODUCTION TO IBM DATA PROCESSING operating procedures. The manual is intended for the Model SYSfEMS, GC20-168~, is assumed. 155 system operator. The reader is assumed to have a More detailed information about System/370 is available knowledge of information-processing systems and to have read in IBM System/370 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION, GA22-7000,. and the IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: OPERATOR'S PROCEDURES, the associated publication, IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF GC28-6692. . OPERATION, GA22-6821. For more information about any Systems Library Manual, 40 pages individual System/370 model, see the functional characteristics manual for the model. System Summary, 121 pages GA22-6969 IBM SYSTEM/370 ~ 165 OPERATING PROCEDURES This manual describes the manual operator procedures for an GA22-7002 IBM System/370 Model 165. This material provides a guide to SYSTEM/370 INPUT/OUIPUT CONFIGURATOR performing the procedures which cover the bulk of the This document highlights all of the Input/Output devices operator's job in operating the Model 165. This publication that can be configured on the System/370. . is written for the working operator who has already received Configurator, 8 pages training in general computer operation. This book is prepared specifically for the Model 165 system operator; other models have their own manuals. Covering the overall GA22-7010 daily manual operation, this information includes System SYSIEM/370 MODEL 168 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS MANUAL Procedures, Operator Intervention Procedures, BOw the System No abstract available. Works (control panels), and supplementary appendixes useful Manual for operating this model. The reader is assumed to have read the IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: OPERATOR'S PROCEDURES, GC28-6692. GA22-7011 . system Library Manual, 80 pages ~ SlSTEM/370 ~ 158 FUNCTIONAL CBARACTERISTICS This manual describes the characteristics and features of tbe Model 155 II. It provides experienced management, GA22-6983 programming and operations personnel with a fundamental SYSTEM/370 SPECIAL FEATURE: CHANNEL-To-CBANNEL ADAPTER understanding of this model. Rnowledge of System/370 as This publication provides a functional description of the provided in IBM Systeml370 Principles of Operation, GA22SYSTEM/370 Channel-to-Channel Adapter. The systeml370 and 7000 is required. Only information which summarizes the System/360 channel-to-channel adapters are alike in function processing unit and storage functions, followed by a and similar in operation. ~his manual describes all the description of the display console. A feature summary, a functions of the Systeml360 adapter as provided in IBM glossary and the index complete the manual. System/360 Special Feature Cbannel-to-channel Adapter, plus Manual, 22 pages . unique System/370 extensions. Reference information is included which pertains to the adapter's use, operation, and commands, and status data required for the assembly language GA22-7012 programming. IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 158 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS The reader. should possess a basic knowledge of data This publication descrIEes methods used to calculate processing systems and, specifically, the IBM Systeml370. system/370 Model 155 II data handling capabilities that are Such information can be found. for example. in the dependent on I/O channel configurations and operations. Introduction to IBM Data Processing Systems, GC20-16811, and in the IBM System/370 system Summary, GA22-7001. This manual is directed to the user who needs a description of the adapter's function and operation, as well as to the systems programmer, systems engineer, or maintenance persoDne~ who need reference infor.mation in the writing and maint!,nance of assembly language programs for the channel-to-channel adapter. Manual, 20 pages addition, consideration is given to priority attachment of I/O devices for maximum throughput, and to calculating CPU interference caused by channel operations. This manual is intended for users baving system programmer ex~erience. and a thorougb background in I/O programming techniques. Manual, 70 pages GA22-7000 IBM SYSTEM/370 PRINCIPLES OF OPERNrION This publication provides,~or reference purposes, a detailed definition of the machine functions performed by System/370. Systeml370, like Systeml360, consists of many· models of general purpose computers, eacb of which can process both co_ercial and scientific data. The manual describes each function to the level of detail that must be understood in order to prepare an assembly language program that relies on that function. It In GA22-7013 SYSTEM/370 MoDEL 158 CCRFIGORATOR This chart is a graphic presentation of the System/370 Model 158 including all models of 3158 CPU, all I/O interface change, main storage capacities, standard facilities and· all optional features. Chart GA22-701Q SYSTEM/370 MODEL 1611 CONFIGURATOR This chart is a graphic presentation of the System/370 Model 168 including all models of the 3168, main storage does not, however. describe the notation and coDVentions capacities, standard facilities and all· optional features. that must be employed in preparing such a program, for which Chart the user must instead refer to the appropriate assembly language manual. The information in this manual is provided principally GA22-7016 for use hy assembly language programmers, although anyone ~I~~iEM/370 .!!!l!1!!! 165 II ~ ADDRESS TRANSLATION concerned with the functional details of Systeml370 will find it useful. This publication describes the field-installable Dynamic Because this manua1 is ~ritten as a reference document, Address Translation facility. It provides experienced it should not be .considered to be an introduction or a management, programming and operations personnel with a textbook for System/370. It assumes the user has a basic fundamental understanding of this facility. For additional knowledge of data processing systems, and specifically, the information concerning dynamic address translation, refer to SyStem/370, such as can be derived from the Introduction to IBM System/370 PrinCiples of Operation, GA22-7000. IBM Data Processing systems, GC20-168~, and the IBM Manual, 13 pages System/370 system Summary, GA22-7001. The information presented in this manual is ,grouped into 1~ chapters and several appendixes. The major topiCS GA22-7017 presented include: COntrol, Dynamic Address Translation, ~ SYSTEM/370 .!!.!m!!! 155 II ~ ADDRESS TRANSLATION znterruptions, Multiprocessing, System Control InstructiOns, FACILITY General Instructions, Decimal Instructions, Floating POint This manual is a general description of the field Instructions, Machine-Check Handling, Input/Outpnt installahle Dynamic Address Tran~lation (OAT) facility and Operations, and system Console. also tbe ancillary functions whicb implement the feature. Manual, 318 pages Management, computer operators, system engineers, service pezsonnel, progr. .ers, ana computer science students should refer to IBM System/370 Model 165 Functional Characteristics, GA22-6953, for an overall picture of the system. Manual, 9 pages 110 GA2q GA2q GA24-1421 IBM lq12 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER MODEL I PROGRAMMING FOR THE IBM lq18 AND IBM lq28 Optica1 Readers. Order Number GC211-1091 IBM lq18 OPTICAL CBARACTER READER AND IBM lq28 A1phameric Optica1 Reader. Order Number GA2q-lq73 This reference publication contains detaiIed information about the keys, lights, switches, mechanical features, and special features of the IBM 1412 Magnetic Character Reader. On-line and off-line data-flow and operating theory are fully discussed with step-by-step procedures for each reader operation. Programming notes and error-correction routines are also covered in detail. Systems Reference Library Manual, 12 pages GA2q-3089 SUFPLEMENTAL BIBLIOGRAPBY: TELEPROCESSING/DATA COLLECTION This is primarily a su~plement to the IBM data processing system bibliographies. It lists and describes publications on that teleprocessing and data collection equipment which is used independently or with several systems. Publications on TP hardware used with only one data processing system are in the bibliography for that system. Likewise, publications on a TP program written to run on a single data proceSSing system are in the bibliography for that system. This supplement lists, and should te used with, each system bibliography that may be associated. Planning, installation, programming, and o~erator's publications are listed. Titles r order numbers, current status, Technical Newsletter numbers, and an atstract of each listed item are included in this regUlarly Systems Reference Library Manual, 64 pages GA2q-lqq6 IBM lqOq PRINTER The IBM 1404 Printer, an output unit for the IBM 140.1 Data Processing system and the IBM System/360, Models 30, 40, and 50, is capable of printing either cut-card forms or continuous forms. This reference publication presents the functional and operational characteristics of the 1404, including the settings of the feed mechanism and the print unit~ It also describes the read-compare special feature. Information on timing and on certain normal operating procedures is presented. Systems Reference Library Manual, 28 pages updated supp1ementa1 bib1iography. Manual, 20 pages GA2q-lq52 ~ QUALITY CONSIDERATIONS ~ lq18 rum GA2q-3120 IBM lq43 PRINTER MODELS 1 TBROUGH .!! AND MODELS 1 AND Nl: COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 1428 This publication contains a detailed description of the print quality requirements of printing to be read by the !!.h ANI: l11q5 RR.!!IT.!ill IBM lq18 optica1 Character Reader and the IBM lq28 This referenc€!publication describes the operation of the Alphameric Optical Reader, and to be used as input to an IBM 1401 Data Processing System, IBM 1460 Data Processing system, and IBM System/360, Model 30~ The use of printquality measuring devices is fully explained with examples IBM 14q3 and 14q5 Printers with the IBM 12qO. lqOl, lqqO, lq50, lq60, 1800, and the IBM system/360 Data proceSSing system Models 25 through 85. The manual discusses timing information for the printer and the tapecontrolled carriage, as well as their functional and operating characteristics. The speed of the printer using the various character sets is described. Also, included is command, status, and sense information for these printers used with the IBM System/360 Data Processing of the range of acceptab1e printing produced by the IBM 407 Accounting Machine, IBM 1403 Printer, IBM SELECTRIC Typewriter and IBM Electric Typewriter. Systems Reference Library Manual, 40 pages System. Manual, 36 pages GA24-1Q73 IBM 1418 OPTICAL CHARAC'rER READER IBM 1428 :ru::PHAM"ERIC OPTICAL READER This publication describes the operation of the IBM 11.118 Optical Character Reader and the IBM lq28 A1phameric Optica1 GA2q-3231 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS This reference publication describes the relationship of Reade:r used as input devices to an IBM data processing system. Included are a description of character and mark-reading capabilities, off-line sorting, document-design requirements, and examples of the range of acceptable print quality of the documents to be scanned by both machines. the IBM System/360 Mode1 30 to the entire system/360. The system's capabilities, features, I/O channels, and operations are also discussed. Systems Reference Library Manual, 76 pages The use of the IBM lq18/1q28 Document Design and PDS Timing Chart and the formulas for calculating document output and maximum character reading per document are also fully discussed as an aid in optimizing the design of documents to be read by both machines. Systems Reference Library Manual, 56 pages GA2q-3232 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 CCNFIGURATOR Chart listing all units that can be configured on the System/360 Mode1 30. Configurator Sheet, 17 x 11, 1 fold, 2 sides GA211-lq99 IBM 1219 READER SORTER IBM 11119 MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER GA24-3255 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 lqOl/14QO/lq60 COMPATIBILITY FEATURE SRL MANUL This pub1ication describes the lQ01/1QQO/1Q60 Basic This publication describes the operating characteristics. controls, indicators, and features of the IBM 1219 Reader sorter and the IBM 1419 Magnetic Character Reader. operating theory and procedures are given for off-line operation of both machines and on-line operation of the Compatibility feature and associated subfeatures for the System/360 Model 30. These special features enable a rapid and simplified transfer from 1401-, 1440-, or 1460-oriented IBM lq19 within the lqOO series and System/360. applications to the IBM System/360 Mode1 30. Document handling and data flow are discussed fully, and step-by-step procedures and practical examp1es are given for each machine. programming notes and error recovery procedures are a1so given. systems Reference Library Manual, 96 pages Manual, 124 pages GA2Q-3256 IBM 1285 OPTICAL READER CCMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURE-S------ -----This pub1ication describes the IBM 1285 Optical Reader. The major topics include operating principles, controls and operating procedures, programming for the IBM System/360, and input tape and printing specifications. Systems Reference Library Manual, 36 pages GA2q-3073 IBM 1403 PRINTER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION This reference publication for system planners, programmers, and operators describes the functions and operations of the IBM 1403 Printer. special features available are described; timing information is presented; and print-quality requirements are set forth. The reader should be familiar, within his field of responsibility, with the system to Which this printer is attached. For system and programming information, refer to publications listed in the GA2Q-3312 IBM 2821 CONTROL UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION This reference publication presents a description of input/output operations contro11ed through the IBM 2821 Contro1 Unit. The IBM 25QO Card Read-Punch and the IBM lQ03 and 11104 Printers contro11ed by the IBM 2821 Control bib1iography for the system. Manua1. 8-1/2 x 11 inches. 56 pages Unit are brief1y described. Commands, status, and sense information pertaining to the attached input/output is presented. Programming timing considerations for control- unit, card reader, card punch, and printers are also presented. Systems Reference Library Manual, 76 pages GA24-3081 MARK READ STATION (SLANTED MARK) FOR IBM lq18 AND IBM lq28 This publication describes the MarltRead Stat1on(Slanted Mark) special feature. This feature is available for the IBM lq18 Optica1 Character Reader. and for the IBM 1428 A1phameric Optica1 Reader. A description of these functional specifications is included: Document SpeCifications Mark Reading GA24-33Q2 BATCH NUMBERING FEATURE FOR IBM 12111 AND lQ19 MAGNETIC INK CHARACTER RECOGN~EADERS-- ---- --- ---- Document Format Document Corner Cuts Document Feeding This publication is for those familiar with programming This publication describes the functions and features of the Batch Numbering special feature when used with the IBM 1241 Magnetic Ink ,Character Recognition Reader and the IBM lQ19 Magnetic Refere~ce Charact~r Reader. The operation of the keys, lights, and switches, as well as the programming information needed to operate the and operating the IBM lq18 and lq28. as described in these System Library pub1ications: 111 Gil 24 GlI24 feature, is covered in detail. systems Reference Library Manual, 16 pages G1I24-3509 IBM 2944 DIITIICBl\NNEL REPEIITER INSTIILLlITICN MIINUIIL-PBYSIClIL PLIINNING This Fublication provides physical planning information for the IBM 29q4 Data Channel Repeater Model 1 (master) and Model 2 (remote) when used with the IBM System/360. Included are physical specifications and cable. electrical and environmental requirements. systems Reference Library Manual, 8 pages G1I24-3365 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 1620 COMPIITIBILITY FElITURE This publication describes the IBM 1620 Compatibility Feature for the IBM SystemV360 Model 30. This special feature provides a means of rapid and simplified transfer of 1620-oriented applications to the IBM System/360 Model 30. G1I24-3510 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEn 25 FUNCTIONIIL CHIIRlICTERISTICS This reference publ~cation augments the IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERlITION, GII22-6821. It describes the relationship of the Model 25 to other System/360 models: system capabilities, system control panel. input/output channels and integrated I/O attachments, operations, instruction timings, and system featUres. The reader should have a knowledge of the system/360 as defined in the IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERlITION. Systems Reference Library Manual, 154 pages Systems Reference Library Manual, 76 pages G1I24-3373 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 OPERlITING GUIDE This reference publication describes operator procedures for the IBM 2030 Processing Unit and the IBM 1052 Printer Keyboard (attached to the IBM System/360 Model 30). Systems Reference Library Manual, 48 pages G1I24-3388 IBM 2671 PIIPER 'lIlPE RElIDER, IBM 2822 PIIPER TIIPE RElIDER CONTROL - COMPONENT DESCRIPTION This-pu-blication gives sufficient information to understand the IBM 2671 Paper Tape Reader and IBM 2822 paper Tape G1I24-3511 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 CONFIGURlITOR Chart listing a11 possible units that can be configured on System/360 Model 25. Configurator Sheet, 17 x 11, 1 fold, 1 side Reader Control and the associated specia1 features. The main purpose of the publication, however, is to assist programmers and operators to operate the machine when it is used as an I/O unit to the IBM SystemV360 Model 25, 30, 40, 44, 50, or 67, or to System/370. The relevance of the controls and indicators for such a configuration are given, together with points of specific interest to the following: o Progranmers: Operational characteristics, including stop conditions, addreSSing, recovery procedures, and System/360 commands. o Operators: Tape loading, unloading, rewinding, and repair procedures. o system Analysts: Tape specifications. The sections for programmers presuppose a knowledge of System/360 and System/370 operation and of paper tape readers, but no such knowledge is required in understanding the sections for operators. G1I24-3512 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 1401/1460 AND 1440 COMPIITIBILITY FEATURES This publication describes the 1401/1460 and 1440 Compatibility features for the IBM System/360 Model 25. 7hese special featUres enable a rapid and simplified transfer from 1401-, 1460-, or 1440-oriented a~p1ications to the IBM SystemV360 Model 25. Refer to the IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 FUNCTIONIIL Characteristics, (GII24-3510>, for a descri~tion of the caFabilities, functions and operational characteristics of the SystemV360 Model 25. systems Reference Library Manual, 52 pages G1I2q-3516 IBM 2938 IIRRl\Y PROCESSOR MODEL 1 !!Ell li2Q563, 1!Qlli .1l !!Ell ~ INSTIILLl\TION MIINUlIL :: PBYSIClIL ~ This publication contains physical planning. information for installing the IBM 2938 IIrray Processor Models 1 and 2 (RPQ). Included are dimensions, weights, electrical requirements, and environmental specifications. A cable diagram and a cable requirements chart are provided. Systems Reference Library Manual, 6 pages lISSOCIIITED PUBLICIITIONS Physical Characteristics of the 2671 Paper Tape Reader and 2822 paper Tape Reader Control and of System/360 operation are given in the following publications: 1. IBM SYSTEM/360 INSTIILLlITION MlINUAL - PHYSIClIL PLlINNING, Order No. GC22-6820. 2. IBM SYSTEM/360 INSTIILLlITION MlINUIIL - PHYSIClIL PLlINNING, IBM WORLD TRlIDE 50-HERTZ REQUIREMENTS, Order No. GC19-0001. Systems Reference Library. 64 pages GlI24-3411 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 CHIINNEL CUl\RlICTERISTICS liND FUNCTIONllL EVIILUATION-- ------This reference publication describes methods used to calculate system/360 Model 30 data handling capabilities that are dependent upon I/o-channel configurations and operations.' Also presented are considerations of methods for: 1. Priority attachment of I/O units for maximum through 2. AddreSSing I/O units, 3. Calculating buffer transfer times, 4. Calculating interference (with the processing unit) caused by channel operations. Calculations for a System/360 Model 30 with a 1.5 microsecond RW (Read/Write) cycle and with a 2-microsecond RW cycle are discussed separately. The user of this publication should be thoroughly familiar with I/O programming considerations as described in tile IBM System/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERlITION, GA22-6821. Information related to specific I/O devices is contained in separate systems Reference Library publications. systems Reference Library Manual, 86 pages GlI24-3426 IBM 2712 REMOTE MULTIPLEXOR This reference-publication describes the IBM 2712 Remote Multiplexor and its operation. The 2712 is used with IBM 1050, 1060, 2740, and 2741 terminals (134.49 baud) and with telegraph terminals (74.2 baud) connected to IBM System/360 through the IBM 2702 and 2703 Transmission Control Units. Communication facilities that can be used with the 2712 are specified. Systems Reference Library Manual, 12 pages G1I24-3500 IBM 1259 MlIGNETIC CHlIRlICTER RElIDER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION This reference publication contains information about all the features and functions of the IBM 1259 Magnetic Character Reader. On-line and off-line data flow and operating theory are discussed. with detailed programming information and operating instructions for each reader function. Systems Reference Library Manual, 38 pages G1I24-3519 IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM EQUIP~ENT DESCRIPTION: 2938 IIRRlIY PROCESSOR (MODEL.l..!!ElI W24563: MODEL k !!Ell 815188) The IBM 2938 IIrray Processor is an auxiliary computing unit for system/360 Models Q4, 65, 67-1, 75 ahd 85. It performs high-speed processing of arrays of data using short-precision floating-paint arith~etic. This publication describes the principles of operation and functional characteristics of the Array Processor. II prereqUisite for studying this bulletin is a basic know1edge of the IBM System/360 as contained in the IBM S·YSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERlITION, GII22-6821. Manual, 60 pages G1I24-3523 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODED 25 OPERlITING PROCEDDRES This publicatio~tains procedures and reference information for personnel operating the IBM System/360 Model 25. Included are the IBM 2025 Processing Unit and the following I/O devices that can be connected to the system via integrated attachment features: IBM 1052 Printer-Keyboard Model 7 IBM 25QO Card Read Punch IBM 2311 Disk Storage Drive Modell IBM 1403 Printe~ Models 2, 7 and Nl Procedures are given for system power on and power off, system initialization, store/display, single-instruction processing, I/O device readying, and printer-keyboard alter/display. Indicators, lights, keys, SWitches, and controls for the 2025 Processing Unit and the listed I/O devices are described. Operator diagnostic flowcharts, I/O setup procedures appear in the appendix. For additional information on specific units and special features, refer to appropriate publicaticns listed in IBM SYSTEM/360 BIBLIOGRlIPHY GlI22-6822. Systems Reference Library Manual, 132 pages GII24-35211< IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 MODEL 20 MODE FEIITURE This reference publication describes the characteristics. implementation, and operating considerations for the IBM System/360 Model 25. Inc1uded in this document are descriptions of the functiona1 operation. operator functions, and restart procedures for the applicable I/O devices .. 112 GA24 The reader should have a basic knowledge ot the IBM Systeml360 Model 25 operation and the operation of the I/O devices described. Information in the following IBM publications is essential for a complete understanding of the material in this manual: IBM System/360 Model 20 Functional Characteristics, GA26-5847 IBM System/360 Model 25 Functional Characteristics, GA24-3510 Systems Reference Library Manual, 40 pages Systems Library Manual, 64 pages GA24-3545 IBM 2956-5 MDLTI-PO£KET READER SORTER INSTALLATICN MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING ------ -----This publication provides physical planning. information for the IBM 2956-5 Multi-Pocket Reader Scrter when used with the IBM System/360 Models 30, 40, and 50. Included are physical specifications and cable, electrical, and environmental requirements. System Reference Library Manual, 8 pages GA24-3526 GA2ij-3547 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL ~ HIGH-SPEED CBAHNEL-3414 ATTACHMENT FEATURE ~ E69109 This publication describes the operation of the 2314 attachment feature used with the IBM system/360 Model 25. Prcgramming and operating information is provided in the form of instruction timing. error indications, and cpu indicators as applicable to high-speed channel operation. systems Reference Library manual, 12 pages SYSTEM/360 ~ 25 INTEGRATED COMMUNICATIONS ATTACHMENT FEATURE This reference publication describes the operation of the Integrated communications Attachment feature for the IBM ~ System/360 Model 25. Included is a general description of the feature and its common controls. Also included are the communications faci1ities that can be used with the Integrated Communications Attachment (ICA) and the remote terminals and processors that may be serviced by the ICA. Configuration limitations, overrun considerations. and the effects on multiplexer channe1 data rates are also presented. Systems Reference Library Manua.l. 120 pages GA24-3538 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 CHANNEL CBARAcrERISTICS AND FUNcrIONAL EVALUATION-- ------This reference publication describes methods used to calculate IBM Systeml360 Model 25 data-handling capabilities that are dependent upon I/O-channel configurations and operations. Also presented are considerations of methods for: Priority attachment of I/O units for maximum 1. throughput. 2. Addressing I/O units. Ca1culating buffer transfer times. 3. 4. Calculating interference (with the processing unit) caused by channel operations. calculations for an IBM system/360 Model 25 with a selector interface and with a multip~exer interface are discussed. systems Reference Library Manual. 52 pages GA24-3542 IBM 1255 IfdlGNETIC CHARACTER ~ MODELS .h 1.. AND d COMPONENT DESCRIPTION This puolication contains information describing the purpose, function, and operation of the reader/sorter tor banK manageloent, IBM sales representatives, systems engineez:s, and customer engineers. For machine operators it can.t.ains operating. recovery, and jam removal p.coctdures. ComponBnt Description, 64 payes GA24-3543 IBM 3211 PRINTER 3216 INTERCHANGEABLE TRAIN CARTRIDGE AND 3811 PRINTER CONTROL UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND 5i.iERATOif'"SGu~ Th~s ---- --- manual provides reference information and operating procedures for the IBM 3211 Printer, 3216 Interchangeable Train Cartridge and 3811 Printer Control unit. The 3211 Printer, 3216 Interchangeable Train Cartridge and 3811 Printer Control unit comprise a high-speed printer subsystem for attachment to System/360 and System/370 Data Processing Systems via the System/360 Standard I/O Interface. This reference publication is intended for: o System planners who require information about features, character sets, subsystem performance. forms and ribbons. o System programmers who use printer commands, status and sense information and error-recovery procedures. o Operators who perform basic. set up, operating and error-recovery procedures. A basic knowledge of System/360 is assumed. The manual is oryani~ed into three parts: o Subsystem components describes the subsystem features, available character sets and performance charcteristics. o Programming information describes valid subsystem commands and available status and sense bytes. and provides buffer loading and suggested error-recovery procedures. a Operating information describes the subsystem keys, indicators and controls and provides procedures for initial set up. running, and error-recovery. Appendixes contain reference information. such as EBCDIC chart, for all users. Form Design Reference Guide for Printers, GA24-3488, is referenced from this publication for detailed forms requirements information. General information about re1ated System/360-310 operation can be found in system/360 PrinCiples of Operation GA22-6&21, System/370 Principles of Operation, GA22-7000, and System/360 and System/370 I/O Interface Channel to Control Unit Original Equipment Manufacturers Information, GA22-6974. GA24-3550 IBM 3215 CONSCLE PR$NTER-KEYBOARD COMPONENT DESCRIPTION This reference publication describes the fUnctions and operation of the IBM 3215 Console Printer-Keyboard. This information is intended for those planning for and operating an IBM Systeml370 Models 135, 145, and 155. presented are the printing method, control keys and lights. functional timing, forms controls and specifications, and make-ready procedures .. For system operation (including programming and operating procedures), refer to tbe IBM System/360 and System/370 Bibliography (GA22-68221, for the Functional Characteristics and Operating Procedures manuals for the particular system and model. Manual, 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 18 pages GA24-3551 IBM 2956-5 MULTI-POCKET MCR RElIDER SORT,ER CUSTOM UNIT DESCRiPTiON: ~ W19916 --- ------ ------ ------ ---This pub1ication provides an introduction to the 2956-5 Multi-Pocket Reader·Sorter. General infor«ation on operating controls and procedures is presented only in the areas that are different from the IBM 1419 Magnetic Character Reader.. Command-byte structure and sense indications are provided for programmer use. For additional information, refer to the IBM 1219 READER SORTER, IBM 1419 MAGNh']:IC CHARACTER READER, GA24-1499. S1stems Reference Library Manual, 20 pages GA24-3552 IBM 3210 CONSOLE PRINTER-KEYBOARDS TEis-publ~cat~on descr1bes the physical and functional characteristics of the IBM 3210 Console Printer-Keyboards. The purpose of each of the control keys and indicator lights supplementing the keyboard is included. For additional information on forms specification~, refer to FORM-DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS--SYSTEM PRINTERS;-GA243488. For additional information on 3210 operating procedures, refer to IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 OPERATING PROCEDURES, GA24-3554. Component Description Manual, 12 pages GA24-3557 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS This publication describes the relationship of the Model 145 to other Systeml370 models and to System/360. Included is information conc~rning the. system features and capabilities, console file. input/output channels, integrated file adapter, OS/DOS compatibility, IBM 1401, 1440, 1460, 1410. and 7010 emulation features, console printer-keyboard, additional instructions. and instruction timings .. 113 The following IBM manuals offer information to assist the reader: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 OPERATING PROCEDURES, GA24-3554. SYSTEM/370 PRINCIPLES OF OPEHATION, GA22-7000. SYSTEM/370 SYSTEM SUMMARY, GA22-7001. SYSTEM/370 INPUT/OUTPUT CONFIGURATOR, GA22-7002. SYSTEM/360/370 BIBLIOGRAPHy, GA22-6822. SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION, GA22-6821. SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS, IBM 2314 DIRECT ~CCESS STORAGE FACILITY AND IBM 2844 AUXILIARY STORAGE CONTROL, GA26-3599. SYSTEM/360 I/O INTERFACE - CHANNEL TO CONTROL UNIT ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS' INFORMATION, GA22-6843. SYSTEM/360 DIRECT CONTROL AND EXTERNAL INTERRUPT FEATURE, ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS' INFORMATION, GA22-6845. SYSTEM/360 OS PROGRAM PLANNING GUIDE FOR THE DOS EMULATOR ON THE SYSTEM/370, GC24-5076. 3210 CONSOLE PRINTER-KEYBOARD MODEL 2 COMPCNENT DESCRIPTION, GA2iII-3552. 3215 CONSOLE PRINTER-KEYBOARD MODEL COMPONENT DESCRIPTION, GA24-3550. IDfoEmation on channe~ ~oad ~imits for IBM System/360 Mode~ 22 is given in IBM System/360 Mode~ 22 Channe~ Characteristics and Functiona~ Evaluation (GA24-3579). Manual, 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 44 pages FORMS DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS--SYSTEM PRINTERS, GA24-3488. Manual. 84 pages, 8-1/2 x 11 GA24-3561 GA24-3573 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS This pub~ication describes methods used to ca~cu~ate System/370 Mode~ 145 data-hand~ing capabilities that are dependent upon I/O-channe~ configurations and operations. Considerations of methods are a~so presented for priority attachment of I/O devices for maximum throughput. Infonnation related to specific I/O devices is in separate systems Reference~ibrary pub~ications. These pu~ications are ~isted by order number and brief~y described in IBM SYSTEW360 AND SYSTEM/370 BIBLIOGRAPHY (GA22-6822). . This mariual is intended for users at the system programmer ~eve~1 it assumes a thorougb background in I/O programming techniques. Manua~, 72 pages ~~~~~~~~~~~~~;_;~~~_'~~ !E2 811301 ~ ~:!:~~~~~~::!::g infoxmation : switch unit used with the IBM System/360 and the IBM System/370. Inc~uded are physical specifications and cab~e, e~ectrica~, and eDvironmenta~ requirements. For a ~ist of.re~ated pub~ications and abstracts, see the mM SYSTEW360 AND SYSTEIo/370 BIBLIOGRAPHY, GA22-6822. Instal~ation P~anning Guide. 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 8 pages GA24-3562 IBM 2911 ~ 1!!. INTERFACE §!!!I£!! UNIT !E2 811503 INSTALLATION MANUAL--PHYSICAL PLANNING This pu~ication provides physica~ p~anning information for the IBM 1925 Mode~ 14 J:nterface Switch Unit used with the IBM System/360 and the J:BM System/370. J:nc~uded are physical specifications and cab~e, e~ectrica~, and environmental requirements. FOr a ~ist of rruated pub~ications and abstracts, see the mM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEW370 BIBLIOGRAPHY, GA22-6822. J:nsta~~ation Planning Guide. 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 8 pages GA24-3564 IBM SYSTEW360 MODEL 30 STORAGE EXPANSION FEATURE MANUAL: RPO'S EA3807, EA1527: OR RPO'S Y91283 AND Y91325 (WORLD TRADE) ~eference publication contains information for the system analyst, system programmer, and system operator about the storage Expansion feature for the IBM system/360 Mode~ 30. The storage Expansion feature increases the Model 30 program storage size from 64K bytes (65,536 bytes) to 96K bytes (98,304 bytes). Contents of this publication inc~ude: Description of the storage Expansion feature, its prerequisites, and limitations of other features Description of the changes the feature makes to the ~ode~ 30 in the areas of: J:nstructlon timing Loca~ storage Multip~exer channe~ UCW's Channel characteristics Conso~e pane~ and operatiOns This manual is used as a supplement to the fo~~owing System/360 pub~ications: IBM System/360 Model 30· functiona~ characteristics (GA24-3231l IBM SYSTEW360 MODEL 30 OPERAXING GUIDE (GA24-3373) Manual, 20 pages 'T~~~~~ MANUAL 1n:tO''''''''t1on and component descriptions Mode~ 3 Production and the IBM 1972 Mode~ 4 Instruction Conso~e. The specific topics covered inc~ude: . Termina~ o o o o o POwer Requirements Environmenta1 Considerations Interface Considerations Floor Area and LOading Considerations servicing and Access Requirements o o o Safety Considerations Transportation Requirements Physica~ Characteristics GA24-3574 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 22 OPERATOR'S GUIDE This manual contaInS reference material and operating procedures required to operate the IBM System/360 Model 22 Processing Unit and the Integrated 1052 Printer-Reyboard. The intended audience "is an operator who is assumed to have a .basic know~edge of System/360. The first section describes ~ights, switches, and keys on the console in detail. The second section contains the genera~ operating procedures needed by the operator to run the system. Thirdly, a section is provided for normal printer-keyboard. operation. order numbers for manuals containing operating procedures for individual input/output devices Cqn be found in the IBM System/360 Bib~iography, GA22-6822. Manual, 40 pages GA24-3579 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 22 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS AND FUNCTIONAL EVALiiiiTiCiN SYsiEiiS LIBRARY MANUAL This reference publ~cation describes methods used to ca~culate Systeml360 Model 22 data-hand~ing capabi~ities that are dependent upon I/O channel configurations and operations. consideration of methcds are also presented for. o Priority I/O-unit attachment for maximum throughput o Addressing I/O devices o calcu~ating buffer transfer times o Calculating interference (with the processing unit) caused by channe~ operations. This pub~ication is intended for use by persons ca~cu~ating the channel ~oads for a Model 22. The user should have an understanding of mathematics and be thoroughly familiar with I/O prograHming considerations as described in IBM System/360 Princip~es of Operation (GA22-6821l. Information re~ated to specific I/O devices is contained in separate pu~ications ~isted in IBM System/360 and System/370 Bi~iograpby (GA22-6822). When performing loading calculations related to the mu~ti~exer channe~ operating in mu~tiplex mode, the Multip~exer Channe~ Worksheet is used. If the IBM 2702 Communications Contro~ is invo~ved, the 2702 Worksheet is used. Reproducib~e copies of these worksheets are ~ocated in an appendix to this pub~ication. Manual, 68 pages --= GA21i-3590 IBM 1972 MO TERMINAL 1972 MODEL 4 XBlSTRUCTION ~ ---- ----- This manua~ co tiOD for operating the IBM 1972 Mode~ 3 Production Terminal and the IBM 1972 Model 4 Instruction Console. ~be specific operating information The manual is intended to assist users in their work station production p~anning and in preparation of includes: instal~ation areas prior to de~ivery of the units. o Functiona~ description of operating controls o IDformation 00 preparing. programming. punching. Physical Planning. Component Description Manual and sp~icing perforated"tapes o Instructions for ~oading perforated tape in GA24-3572 production terminal and for operating the production termina~. IBM SYSTEW360 ~ 22 FONCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS SlCSTEMS MANUAL This information is presented to aid the user in the This reference pub~ication is intended for nse by systems operation of the production termina~ and the instruction ana~ysts or persoDDe~ involved in planning system consc~e and in the preparation of perforated tapes for use configurations. The pub~ication presents an introduction to on the production·termina~. some of the important IBM 5ystem/360 concepts and Operator's Guide 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 34 pages termino~ogy as they are related to the Mode~ 22. The concepts include program status words, supervisor program, and interrupts re~ated to input/output operations. It auo GA21i-3594 inC~udes information on 'input/output channe~s, lDlit RCA 301 ON SYSTEW370 USING DOS AND DOS/VS =;:--,=;-~;-- PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AD-R-- - - --- - - addressing, unit priorities on the channeu, instruction timings, and 1052 Printer-Keyboard characteristics. ~tl~itiob deSCrIbes ~he I~tor for RCA 301, an The reader can flnd a more detai~ed description of integrated emu~ator program, for the IBM System/370 Mode~s System/360 operations in IBM System/360 Principles of 135 and 145. A~soprovided are introductory and p~anning Qperation (eA24-6822)~ The ~terrelationshipe of the models info~uatioD for mauagemen~ and planning personnel. and units avail~e with 5ystem/360 an> broa~y described in The emulator is a prob~em program that operates in J:Bll/360 System SUmmary (GA24-6810). other rruated either a batched-job foreground or the background partition ~iterature is ~isted by order reference n _ r and brief~y under contro~ of the IBM Disk operating System (DOS) or· the described in IBM Systea/360 Bib1iography (GA22-6822). IBM Disk Operating System/Virtual Storage (DOS/vS). The 1M GA26 emulator uses the system/370 standard instruction set. the RCA 301 compatibility feature. and the data management GC19-0001. Systems Reference Library Manual, 8 pages faci1ities of DOS and DOSIVS to emu1ate the RCA 301 processor unit, input/output, and console operations. publications useful as reference material are: IBM Systeml360 principles of Operation, Order No. GA26-1583 IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION - 2973 MODEL 2 FILE SWITCH ~ F13209---- --- --- This publication contains reference infonmation for the operation and programming of storage devices that attach GA22-6821. IBM Systeml310 principles of Operation, Order No. GA22-7000. For information about the Disk Operating System, refer to: to the IBM 2973 Mode1 2 Fi1e Switch. In addition, it contains a list of prerequisite RPQ1S and special features System/360 and System/370 Bib1iography, Order No. GA22-6822. Manua1, 28 pages necessary for the attachment of a 2973 Mode1 2 to a System/360. The fol1owing System Reference Library pub1ications provide detailed Systeml360 programming information GA2q-3595 IBM EMULA'rOR FOR HONEYWELL SERIES 200 ON SYSTEM/370 USING DOS AND DOS/VS (PRPQ): PLANNING GUIDE, PROG. .!ill.:. 5799=AiiT app1icab1e to the 2973 Mode1 2 operations: IBM System/360 Princip1es of OperatiOn, (GA22-6821) IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS - DASD FOR 28Ql, Order Number GA26-5988 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 25 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS, Order Number GA2Q-3510 This publication describes the IBM Emulator for Honeywell Series 200, an integrated emulator progam, for the IBM System/370 Mode1s 135 and lq5. This pub1ication a1so provides introductory and planning information for management and planning personnel. The emulator is a problem program that operates in either a batched-job foreground or the background partition under control of the IBM Disk Operating system (DOS), or the IBM Disk operating SystemIVirtua1 storage (DOS/VS). The emulator uses the System/370 standard instruction set, a Honeywell Series 200 Compatibility featUre, and the data management facilities of DOS or DOS/VS to emulate the Honeywell Series 200 processor unit, input/output, and console operations. publications useful as reference material are: IBM System/360 PrinCiples of Operation~ Order No. GA22-6821. IBM System/370 principles of Operation, order No. GA22-7000. For information about the Disk Operating system, refer to: System/360 and System/370 Bib1iography, order No. GA22-6822. Manual, 28 pages GA2q-3602 IBM 3890 DOCUMENT PROCESSOR - GENERAL INFORMATION *1'1 Systems Reference Library Manual~ 12 pages GA26-1589 COMPONENT SUMMARY-2835 STORAGE CONTROL 2305 FIXED HEAD STORAGE---- - - - The 2835 Storage-contr01 and 2305 Fixed Head Storage Module form a large capacity, high speed direct access storage facility for general purpose data storage and system residence. It attaches to the central processing unit through a block multiplexor channel, and operates under direct program control of the cpu. For experienced prograrnmers~ this manual provides readily-accessible reference material related to channel corrmand words, sense bytes, track format, track capacities, and error recovery. Less experienced programmers will find sufficient information to create channel programs to best utilize the standard and speCial features of the facility. A complete description of the switches and indicators is provided for systems installation operators. Programmers should be familiar with the information contained in IBM System/360 Principles of Operation, order Number GA22-6821 and IBM System/370 Princip1es The IBM 3890 Document Processor is a high-speed. high-volume reader-sorter of magnetically inscribed documents. Features are tailored to the requirements of check processing applications. ~he IBM 3890 attaches, via the byte or blockmuliplexer channel, to a System/310 Model 135, 1~5, 15511, of operation Order Number GA22-7000. Operators should be familiar with the material presented in the system suwmary for the parent system. Co~ponent Summary, 20 pages 158, 16511, or 168 (and asymetrica11y to Mode1s 158MP or 168MP). The 3890 can also be used offline for document sorting .. This publication is an introduction to the 3890 for persons dOing systems analysis or having an interest in machine characteristics and operation. The reader is assumed to have an understanding of bank data processing. Included are general descriptions of basic and special features, data flow, operating principles, programming support, sorting techniques, operating controls~ and the IBM Diskette. For related publications~ refer to the IBM System/360 and system/370 Bibliography, Order No. GA22-6822. Manual~ 32 pages GA2Q-360q *1'1 EMULATOR FOR HONEYWELL SERIES 200 ON SYSTEM/370 USING QQ§ SYSTEM LIBRARY ~ _ ~ NUMBER 5799 ADT This publication describes the IBM EmUlator for Honeywell Series 200, an integrated emulator program, for IBM system/370 Models 135 and lQ5. *N GA26-1593 IBM 2968 MODEL 11 AUDIO/VISUAL CONTROL: C(iMPONENTDESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES ~ F30209 - This manaul explains the characteristics, functions, features, physical planning r and operating procedures for the IBM 2968 Mode1 11 Audio/Visual Contro1. The manua1 also describes the ~arious types of equipment and • configurations for an audio/visual presentation, the preparation of the slides for the projector. the preparation of audio tape for the tape recorder, and guidelines for selecting a viewing screen .for the projector .• A basic know1edge of the IBM 27QO Communications Terminal is assumed .. systems Reference Library Manual, 36 pages Manua1, 108 pages GA26-1582 IBM 2973 MODEL 2 FILE SWITCH INSTALLATION MANUAL "Pi:A"NNIR; ~ F13209 accessible reference material related to channel command words, sense bytes, tract format, track capaCities, and error recovery. Less experienced prograa:mers will find sufficient information to create channel programs to best utilize the standard and speCial features of the 3830/3330 facility. A complete description of the switches and indicators, and procedures .for loading and unloading disk packs is provided for systems installation operators. Programmers should be familiar with the information contained in IBM System/360 Principles of Operation, Order No. GA22-0621, and IBM System/310 Principles of Operation, Order No. GA22-1000. Operators should be familiar with the material presented in the system summary for the parent system. Order numbers for system summary and other related publications can be found in IBM System/360 and system/370 Bibliography, Order No. GA22-6822. No abstract availabl-e-.-- PHYsiCAL ~experienced programmers. this manual provides readily Manual, 100 pages It provides p1anning, implementation. and operating information for managers, programmers, and operators. The emulator is a problem program that operates in either a hatched-job foreground or the background partition under control of the IBM Disk Operating System (DOS).. The emulator uses the System/370 standard instruc-tion set, the Honeywell Series 200 Compatibility Feature, and the data management facilities of DOS· to emulate the Honeywel~ Series 200 processor unit. input/output, and console operations. Manual, 50 pages GA2Q-3605 IBM EMULATOR MANUAL FOR RCA 301 ON SYSTEM/370 USING DOS - PROGRAM WMBER5799-AoR GA26-1592 *M REFERENCE MANUAL FOR IBM 3830 STORAGE CONTROL AND IBM 3330 DISK STORA~ --- --- ---- ------- ------- --- --- ---- --- - This publication provides physical planning information for the IBM 2973 Mode1 2 File Switch when used witb IBM system/360. Included are physica1 specifications and cab1e, electrical, and environmental requirements. The following publications provide additional information for System/360 physica1 p1anning. IBM SYSTEM/360 INSTALLA~ION MANAUL - PHYSICAL PLANNING, Order Num~r GC22-6820 . IBM SYSTEMl360 INSTALLNTION MANUAL WORLD TRADE 50 Cycle - Physical Planning Requirements, Order Number GA26-1599 IBM 2730 MODEL 1 TRANSACTION VALIDATION TERMINAL, IBM 2968 MODEL 9 AND MODEL 12 RECEIVBR-TERMINAL CONTROL UNIT The IBM 2730 Mode1-' Transaction Va1idation Termina1, IBM 2968 Mode1 9 and IBM 2968 Model 12 Receiver-Terroina1 Contro1 Unit are part of an "on-line credit authorizatioq system. This manual describes the function of these devices in the system configuration, and provides typical operating procedures for the 2730 Mode1 1 and its acoustic coup1er. The Appendix contains specifications for magnetiC stripe credit cards. A basic knowledge of data processing, including teleprocessing, is .required to understand the material GA26 GA26 o presented in this manual. Manual, 16 pages o Magnetic stripe credit card specifications. Message encoding. Programmers using this manual are required to understand the information presented in the following publications: o General InforRation - Binary Synchronous Communications, order Number GA27-3004 GA26-1600 2130 ~ .h. 2968 ~ !.. AND 2968 MODEL 12: INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING This publication provides physical planning information for o . the IBM 2730-1 1:ransaction Validation Terminal, IBM 2968-9 Receiver-Terminal Control Unit (RPQ 831624). and IBM 2968-12 o IBM 2703 Transmission Control Component Description, order Number GA27-2703 o IBM 3270 Information Display system Component Description. Order Number GA27-2149 Receiver-Terminal Control Unit (RPQ 834654). Included are physical specifications 'and cable, electrical. and environmental requirements. Manual, 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 12 pages IBM 2101 Data Adapter Unit Component Description • Order Number GA22-6864 or the System Library manual applicable to the specific transmission control unit being used to communicate with the GA26-1606 IBM 2319 DISK STORAGE =A-SERIES. 2984-1. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION Bank tellers or other personnel using the manual for terminal operation and maintenance do not need related publications or previous training to understand the operating procedures described in this manual. Manual, 30 pages This manual contains basic information about the IBM 2319 Disk storage Models Al and A2. Model Al is designed for attachment to IBM Systeml370 via the Integrated File Adapter tIFA) feature. The IBM 2319 Models Bl and B2 are described in the publication IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS--2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE FACILITY AND 2844 AUXILIARY STORAGE CONTROL. Order 1'10. GA26-3599. with which the reader should be familiar. Systems Reference Library Manual, 30 pages GA26-1615 INTRODUCTION IBM 3330 A-SERIES DISK STORAGE MANUAL GA26-3599 IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS - 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE FACILITY AND 2844 AUXILIARY STORAGE CONTROL -----This publication describes the IBM 2314 Direct Access Storage Facility and the IBM 2844 Auxiliary Storage Control, and presents fUnctional and operating characteristics for these devices. Capacities, timing considerations, commands, operating procedures, and sense and status information are =SYSTEM LIBRARY*N described. This manual is intended for readers having prior knowledge of direct access storage devices and concepts. Major topicS are: standard and special features, I/O operations, and operators panel. Manual, 14 pages GA26-1611 *1'1 INTRODUCTION IBI< 3830 MODEL 2 STORAGE CONTROL UNIT -' SYSTEM LIBRARY MANU~ ---- ----- - ------- ------- ---- - ------ Number GA22-6821. Systems Reference Library Manual, 76 pages GA26-3633 DATA CELL BANDLING GUIDE This manual provides suggested operating and handling for the IBM 3021 Data Cell used with the IBM 2321 Data Cel~ Drive. p~ocedures This manual is intended for readers having prior knowledge of direct access storage devices and concepts. Major topics are: standard and special features, I/O operations, and the operator panel. Manual, 12 pages GA26-1619 IBM 3340 COMPONENT SUMMARY Systems Reference Library Manual, 20 pages GA26-3699 IBM 1911-1980 CUSTOM TERMINAL FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS, -OPERATING PROCEDURES, AND PHYSICAL PLANNING *1'1 ./ This manual describes the operations, controls, and 'special features of the IBM 1911 Buffered Terminal Control (Models 30 and 35) and the IBM 1980 Buffered Terminal (Mode~s 9 This manual is intended to familiarize experienced data processing personnel with the characteristics of the IBM 3340 Disk Storage. (The reader shou~d have prior knowledge of direct-access storage devices and concepts.) It lists functional characteristics and discusses record format, capacitYr and timing characteristics. It also lists al~ The user of this publication should be thoroughly familiar with the I/O programming considerations described in IBM System/360 Principles of Operation, Order and 12). The communications facilities that can be used with this Tele-processing terminal are describes. Appendixes, containing the physical planning specifications, RPQ numbers, a g10ssary of terms, and general typewriter maintenance, are provided. Manual, 52 'pages commands executed by the 3340 and suggested operating instructions. Manual, 14 pages GA26-4181 DISKETTE BANDLING PROCEDURES GA26-1620 *1'1 REFERENCE MANUAL FOR IBM 3830 MODEL 2 STORAGE CONTROL UNIT cartridge used in the IBM 33FD Disk Storage Unit. This manual is intendedprimarily for programmers and ---operators. It provides reference material on channel command words, sense bytes, error recovery p~ocedures, special features, operator controls, and the usage meter. Manual, 90 pages the IBM 33FD Disk Storage Unit. Manual, 10 pages This manual contains techn1cal information, recommendations, and suggestions to be used in installing the IBM 3984-1 Cash Issuing Terminal. Included are physical specifications, cable, electrical, and environmental requirements. The customer shOUld arrange for professional aSSistance in planning his installation, if necessary, to ensure that local and national codes are met. It is assumed that the customer has both a system (CPU) and a transmission control unit (2701, 2703, or equivalent) either installed or to be installed. The following publications provide necessary additional information: o IBM System/360 Installation Manual Physical Planning. GC22-6820 IBM System/370 Insta~lation Manual Physical Planning. GA22-700Q GA26-5714 IBM 2314/2844 MULTIPLEX STORAGE CONTROL FEATURE AIRLINES BUFFER This publication describes the IBM 2314/2844 Multiplex storage Control Feature (RPQ number S50001). This feature = allows the 2314/2844 to operate in its basic mode or in multiplex mode. This publication describes al~ of the commands and operations that can be performed in multiplex mode. For a description of 2314/2844 basic mode operations, refer to the systems Reference Library publication IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS -- 2314 DIRECT ACCESS Storage Facility and 2844 Auxiliary Storage Control (Order Numher GA26-3599). Systems Reference Library Manual, 56 pages GA26-5756 IBM DISK PACK AND CARTRIDGE BANDLING PROCEDURES This manual is-a-guide for handling IBM Disk Packs and cartridges. Included are procedures for shipping and receiving, installation and removal, labeling of disks and cartridges and general operating procedures. The information contained in this manual applies to IBM Manual, 8 pages GA26-1622 *1'1 OPERATOR AND PROGRAMMING GUIDE FOR IBM 2984-1 CASH ISSUING TERMINAL, !!fQ 834660 The IBM 298q Model 1 Cash Issuing Terminal (RPQ834660) is an online self-service banking terminal~ This manual describes: o The function of the terminal within a system. o Customer operating procedures. o Bank responsibilities and operating procedures. o Programming considerations related to the 2984-1. Also included are storage and shipping recommendations. It is primarily intended for inexperienced operators of GA26-1621 *N INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2984 MODEL 1 CASH ISSUING TERMI~ 834660 ------- --- ---- ----- - ---- o *N This publication is a guide for handling, loading, and unloading the IBM Diskette, a flexible magnetic disk 1316. 2316. and 3336 Disk Packs. and 2315 Disk cartridges. Manual, 16 pages GA26-5988 IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS--2841 AND ASSOCIATED DASD 2311 DISK STORAGE 1lli1Y! ~ .h. 2321 DATA CELL DRIVE, 2303 DRUM STORAGE 116 GA26 GA27 GA27-2712 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION: IBM 7770 AUDIO RBSPONSE UNIT MODEL 3 This publication describes the functional and operational characteristics of the IBM 7770 Audio Response Unit (Models 3). TOpiCS discussed include vocabulary selection, co~munications requirements, system attachment considerations, and programming considerations. systems Reference Library Manual, q8 pages This publication contains reference information for the operation and programming of storage devices which attach to the IBM 2841 Storage Control. These storage devices include the IBM 2311 Disk storage Drive, Model 1; the IBM 2302 Disk Storage, MOdels 3 and 4; and IBM 2321 Data Cell Drive; and the IBM 2303 Drum storage. Manual, 64 pages GA26-5993 IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM FEATURE. 2972 LINE CONTROL UNIT, MODEL 1 GA27-2713 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 67 CONFIGURATOR This publication presents a graphic representation of IBM System/360 MODELS 67-1 AND 67-2. Attachment capabilities and standard and special feature capabilities are noted. The material in this publication is presented with the assumption that the reader has knowledge of System/360 and of the Model 67, as defined in the IEM System/360 Model 67 functional characteristics, (GA27-2719), the IBM System/ 360 Principles of Operation, (GA22-6821), and the IBM System/360 System Summary, (GA22-6810). System Reference Library Manual, 1 page -- -- This publication presents a description of the operation of the IBM 2972 Line Control Unit, Model 1. A sample configuration and a description of operation sequence are included. Systems Reference Library Manual, 12 pages GA27-2700 IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION: IBM 2260 DISPLAY STATION IBM 2848 DISPLAY COiiTRciL This:manual describes the functional and operating characteristics of the IBM 2260 Display Station aDd the IBM 2848 Display Control Unit. GA27-2715 IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION 709/70qO/7044/7~4~I COMPATIBILITY FEATURE EQg SYSTEM/360 MODELS 65 AND 67 -This publication contains-rnformation about the IBM 7090 Compatibility Feature (#7119). The Compatibility Feature adds interpretive f.acilities to IBM System/360 Models 65 and 67 for use by the IBM 7090 Emulator Program. The combination of the feature and the program, referred to as the 7090 Emulator, allows execution on IBM System/360 Models 65 and 67 of programs written for the IBM 709, 7040, 7044, 7090, 7094, and 7094LI. Systems Reference Library Manual, 58 pages The reader needs a general understanding of computers and their applicaions; however. knowledge of te1eprocessing prinCiples and programs is required by those who install communications terminals. systems Reference Library, 84 pages GA27-2701 IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2250 DISPLAY UNIT MODEL 1 -- --This publication contains detailed information on programming, operation, and special features of the IBM 2250 Display Unit Model 1. The material is presented with the assumption that the reader has read the IBM SYSTEMl360 PrinCiples of Operation Manual, order Number GA22-6821. Systems Reference Library Manual, 44 pages GA27-2716 IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION 7080 CQiiPATIBILITY FEATURE FOii"SYSTEM/360 MODEL ~ This publication presentS a detailed description of the IBM 7080 Compatibility Feature #7118. The Compatibility Feature adds interpretive facilities to system/360 for use by the IBM 7080 Emulator Program, Program No. 360C-EU-727. This combination of feature and program, referred to as the IBM 7080 Emulator, permits an IBM System/360 Model 65 to execute programs written for an IBM 7080 Data Processing System. Systems Reference Library Manual, 44 pages GA27-2702 IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2250 DISPLAY UNIT MODEL 2 IBM 2840 DISPLAY CONTROL MODEL 1 This document pres~detailed information about IBM 2250 Display unit Model 2/IBM 2840 Display Control Model 1 programming, operation. and special features. The material is presented with the assumption that the reader has read the IBM System/360 Principles of Operation Manual, order Number GA22-6821. Systems Reference Library Manual, 52 pages GA27-2717 IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION 7074 COMPATIBILITY FEATUllE FOii"SYSTEM/360 MOOELs--sii""AND 65 This publication contains information about the----rBM7070/7074 Compatibility Feature. The Compatibility Feature adds interpretive facilities to System/360 Model 50 or.65 for use by the IBM 7074 emulator program. The combination of the feature and the program, referred to as the 7074 Emulator, allows execution on IBM System/360 Models 50 and 65 of programs written for the IBM 7070 and 7074. Systems Reference' Library Manual, qO pages GA27-2703 IBM 2703 TRANSMISSION COMTROL COMPONENT DESCRIPTION This publication provides a detailed description of the capabilities, features, and communication facilities required for the IBM 2703 Transmission Control Unit. The capabilities of the unit are grouped by: start-stop capabilities; and binary-synchronous capabilities. All items of a general nature are discussed in the section, -Detailed Description of operations-. The.operator's cOntrols and a detailed description of the communication facilities to which the 2703 ean be attached are contained in the Appendix. System Reference Library Manual, 18 pages GA27-2719 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 67 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS This publicatio~tains d~tailed information on the organization, characteristics, features, and functions unique to the IBM System/360 Model 67 Time Sharing system. Major areas described include time-sharing philosophy, system structure, new units, generalized information flow, standard and special features, instructicn timings, and tbe system control panel. Descriptions of specific input/output devices used with the Model 67 appear in separate publications. See the IBM System/360 Bibliography, (GA22-6822) for a listing and a brief description of these publications. The material in this publication is presented with the assumption that the reader has knowledge of System/360 as defined in the IBM System/360 PrinCiples of Operation, GA22-6821 and the IBM System/360 system summary GA22-6810. A22-6810. systems Reference Library Manual, 66 pages GA27-2704 IBM SYSTEMl360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2711 LINE AilAPTER UNIT This manual describes the operation of the IBM 2711 Line Adapter Unit. Included is a general description of the 2711, the line adapters that can be contained in a 2711, the·communication facilities that can be used with the 2711, and the operator tests that can be perfoimed to isola~e equipment malfunctions. Systems Reference Library Manual, 12 pages GA27-2710 IBM 7772 AUDIO RESPONSE UNIT VOCABULARY This publication contains-a-complete listing of the 7772 vocabulary. Systems Reference Library Manual, 8 pages GA27-2711 IBM SYSTEMl360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 7772 AUDIO RESPONSE UNIT This manual describes the functional and operational characteristics of the IBM 7772 Audio Response Unit. Topics include vocabulary selection, system attachment considerations, communications requirements, and programming considerations. Systems Reference Library Manual. 32 pages GA27-2721 IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2250 DISPLAY UNIT MODEL 3 IBM 2840 DISPLAY CONTROL MOD~ ---- ------- ---This dociiiilent preSentsdetailed information about IBM 2250 Display Unit Model 3/IBM 2840 Display Control Model 2 programming, operation, and special features. The material is presented with the assumption that the reader has read the IBM System/360 prinCiples of operation Manual, Order Number GA22-6821. Systems Reference Library Manual, 70 pages GA27-2724 IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM ~ UNIT 2916 LONG LINE ADAPTER, MODELS 3 AND 4 INST§LLATICN BULLETIN - PHYSICAL PLANNING This bulletin-contains all the necessary physical planning data reqnired for the installation of the unit described. 117 GA27 GA27 If the unit is to be instaIIed in conjunction with a computer system, the specifications of the most power from the 2250 to which it is attached and requires no programming. The following publications may be of interest to the reader: IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION: IBM 2250 DISPLAY Unit Model 1. Order Number GA27-2701 IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION: IBM 2250 DISPLAY UNIT MODEL 3. IBM 28QO DISPLAY CONTROL MODEL 2. Order Number GA27-2721 IBM 1130 SYSTEM COMPONENT DESCRIPTION: IBM 2250 DISPLAY Unit Model q. order Number GA27-2723. Systems Reference Library Manual, 8 pages critica~ unit must be met. The data foIIows the same format and utiIizes the same standardized symboIs as used in the IBM System/360 InstaIIation ManuaI - Physical Planning. Order Number GC22-6820. Systems Reference Library ManuaI. q pages GA27-2725 IBM 50 MAGNETIC DATA INSCRIBER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION ThiSlmanUaI describes the functional and operating characteristics of the IBM 50 Magnetic Data Inscriber. The IBM 50 Magnetic Data Inscriber is a key-operated device that records data on cartridge-contained magnetic tape. Each IBM 50 generated tape can be used as a data storage medium or as a vehicle for entering data into an IBM System/360. via the IBM 2q95 Tape Cartridge Reader. In addition to its data recording capabiIity. the IBM 50 can a180 be used to verify data stored on tapes generated on the same or other IBM 50·s. systems Reference Library ManuaI. 28 pages GA27-2731 ~:: ~~~~~'-~~~ ~::~~:;I~~SPLAY CONTROL This "fiinctionaranaoperating characteristic·s of the IBM 2265 Display Station and the IBM 28q5 Display Control. The two units combine to form a display system that provides visual access to data stored in an IBM System/360. Systems Reference Library Manual. 6q pages GA27-2733 IBM SYSTEM/360 SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTION 709/7090/709q/709q II C~ILITY FEATURE FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL85 ---This publication contains information about the IBM 709Q CompatibiIity F~ature (#7119). The CompatibiIity Feature adds interpretive facilities to IBM System/360 Model 85 for use by the IBM 709Q Emulator Program. The combination of the feature and the program. referred to as the 709q Emulator. al~ows execution (on IBM system/360 Model 85) of programs written for tbe IBM 709. 7090. 709Q. and 709QII. System Reference Library Manual. 5q pages GA27-2726 IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2q95 TAPE CARTRIDGE READER -- --- --- This manuaI describes the functional and operating characteristics of the IBM 2q95 Tape cartridge Reader (TCR). The IBM 2q95 TCR is used to transfer data stored on cartridge-contained 16mm magnetic tape to an IBM System/360. The TCR accepts cartridge tapes containing data generated on either the IBM 50 Magnetic Data Inscriber or the IBM MagnetiC ape seIectric Typewriter System. Systems Reference Library Manual. 12. pages GA27-2727 SYSTEMl360 CUSTOM SYSTEMS UNIT 2909 MODEL 3 DATA CHANNEL ~ F13299 ~ 8820qS BULLETIN-PHYSICAL PLANNING bulI.etin contains all the necessary physicaI planning data required for the instalIation of the unit described. If the unit is to be instalIed in conjunction with a GA27-2737 IBM ~ ASYNCHRONOUS DATA CHANNEL ~ !11lli CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION ~nual describes the functional and operational. characteristics of the 2909-3 Asynchronous Data Channel. Main TopiCS described include: instruction and command execution. programming operation. and subchannel attachment. This publication is a reference manual for the programmer or systems engineer. Rnowledge of IBM System/360 operations. particularly storage addressing. data formats. and machine instruction formats as explained in IBM SYSTEM/360 PRINCIPLBS OF OPERATION SRL. Form GA22-6821. is a prerequisite to using this publication. Also needed are experience with programming concepts and techniques or completion of basic courses of instruction in these areas. system Reference Library Manual, 38 pages computer system, the speci£icatioDs of the most critical unit must he met. This bu11etin utilizes the same format and standardized symbols contained in the IBM SYSTEM/360 InstalIation Manual - PhysicaI Planning. Order Number GC22-6820 Systems Reference Library ManuaI. 6 pages GA27-2728 IBM SYSTEMl360 MODEL 65 OPERATING PROCEDURES This manual describes-operator procedures for an IBM 2065 Processing Unit, operating with or without an associated IBM 1052 Printer-Reyboard. Also described are system contro1 panel, machine functiOns, machine procedures, programroriented procedures. and operator-intervention procedures. An appendix of reference material and an index are inc~uded. Tbe reader is assumed to have a knowledge of the foIIowing SRL publications: IBM System/360 PrincipIes of Operation (GA22-6821). (sections on -System structure- and ·system Control Pane~') IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 FUNCTIONAL CRARACTERISTICS. Order Number GA22-688q. IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATING GUIDE. Order Number GC2q-5021 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISR OPERATING SYSTEM OPERNrING GUIDE. Order Number GC2q-5022 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATOR'S GUIDE. Order Number GC28-65~0 For information pertaining to the operation of I/O units that are attachabIe to the System/ 360 ModeI 65 refer to the appropriate SRL publication. systems Reference Library lIanuaI. q6 pages GA27-2729 IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM SYSTEMS UNIT 2972 MODEL 7 SCIENTIFIC INTERFiiCE"CONTROL UNIT ~ Eq6181 INSTALLATION BULLETIN - PHYSICAL PLANNING This bulIetin contains-a~~ the ne~physicaI planning data required for the instalIation of the unit described. If the unit is to be installed in conjunction with a computer system. the specifications of the most critica~ unit must be met. This bulletin utiIizes the same format and standardized symboIs contained in the IBM SYSTEIV360 InstalIation Manual - PhysicaI PIanning. Order Number GC22-6820 Systems Reference Library Manual. q pages GA27-2730 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2285 DISPLAY COPIER This pubIication presents a functional description of. and operator procedures for. the IBM 2285 Display Copier. Each 2265 attaches directly to an IBM 2250 DispIay Unit lIodeI 1. 3. or q that is eqnipped with an attachment featur". The 2285 provides an 8-U2-bY-ll-incb paper copy output of the associated 2250 display upon initiation by the 2250 operator. The 2285 obtains anaIog signaIs and GA27-2739 AN INTRODUCTION TO TBE IBM 3270 INFORMA~ION DISPLAY SYSTEM SYSTEM LIBRARY MANUAL --- ---------- -----This publication provides customer executives, installation managers and planners. and IBM marketing representatives with planning information about the IBM 3270 Information Display System. which inc~udes Iocal and remote display stations and printers. The publication: o Describes the 3270 hardware (units. features. functional capabiIities) and its programming support. o Outlines applications for alphameric displays and guidelines for conversion. o Gives data on human factors, installation planning. reliability. and p~rformance. This publication is primariIy a planning aid and wil~ be supplemented with reference documentation. The current major revision incorporates descriptions of the following speciaI features: Dial. IBM 600/1200 bps Line Adapter. IBM 600/1200 bps Line Adapter with auto answer. Switched Network Back capabiIity. and Q800/7200 bps Transmission Speed. . ManuaI. 76 pages GA27-27QO IBM 7Q12 MODEL 1 CONSOLE, CUSTOM SYSTEMS ~ AA28Q6, CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION TiiISreference manual. describes the functional. characte·ristics and features of the IBM 7Q12-1 Console with the IBM 3215-1 ConsoIe Printer-Reyboard. This publication is intended for System AnaIysts. Programmers. and Operators. Assumed is a background knowIedge of the IBM System/360 and Bystem/370. and of the· I/O Interface. Manual. 26 pages GA27-27111 INSTALLATION BULLETIN PHYSICAL PLANNING FOR IBM 7Q12 CONSOLE MODEL 1 CUSTOM SYSTEMS ~ AA28"~ - - This puhlication provides physical planning information for the IBM 7Q12-1 ConsoIe with the IBM 3215-1 Consoel Reyboard. IncIuded are physicaI specifications and cable. electrical.. and enviroDDlenta1 requirements. lIanuaI. 2 pages 118 GA27 GA27 ultimate operation of the terminal depends upon the programmer's ingenuity and the applicaticns involved. Systems Reference Library Manual, 2B pages GA27-27112 ~~~~~R~N~~::D7I~~R3~~~)INFORMATION DISPLAY ~ ~ Operator controls, indicators, and keys for all 3270 display station and printer models discussed in detail, along with typical operating and error-recovery procedures. Use of the operator identification card reader is also discussed. The manual's organization and layout are intended to aid the reader in learning to operate the display station and printer r and also to improve the retrievability of information for an operator using the gUide as a reference source. Readers of this manual need no previous knowledge of computers, display stations, or data processing. Manual, 116 pages GA27-27119 IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM COMPONENT DESCRIPTION This:manual includes a description of the following speCial features: Dial, Line Adapter, Line Adapter with Auto Answer, Switched Network Backup, and 11800/7200 hps Transmission speed. In addition, a discussion of command execution timing considerations has been added, and additional descriptions are provided for the following topics: attribute characters, locked keyboard recovery USing the RESET key, Numeric Lock special feature operation and Operator Identification Card Reader character code formats. The new information is useful to programmers, analyst and in computer-stored data. Manual, 110 pages GA27-2750 IBM 3270 PROBLEM DETERMINATION GUIDE - SYSTEM LIBRARY This-manual is to be used by operators and supervisors to determine the nature of a problem on the IBM 3270 system. Manual. approximately 36 pages GA27-2752 ON IBM 32811/3286 PRINTER CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION MARGIN 2!QE VARIABLE ~ flEB3995 - - - - - - This document contains information relating to the Margin Stop Variable feature [RPQ EB3995). When implemented in the 3284/3286 printers [all models), this feature al10ws for printer platens of varying lengths to be interchanged by the operator .. The data presented herein is directed sole1y to a printer operator. It is intended to serve as an instructional guide in the basic rudiments of those p1aten remova~ and installation procedures that may be performed by an operator once the custom feature has been installed in the 32811/3286 Printers. Manual., 6 pages GA27-2753 ON IBM 32811/3286 PRINTER CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION VERTICAL FORMS INDEX CONTROL [RPQ EBII3211) This document contains information relating to the Vertical Forms Index Control feature [RPQ EBII3112). The data contained herein is directed to a customer, his programmer and computer operator, and is intended to assist them in the application of this feature when used in 32811/3286 Printers. Manual, 12 pages ON GA27-2758 IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM CUSTOM FEATURE DiiSCRIPTION. DUAL CASECiiiiRiic::TEii"""SET 1Y!2 8K0366 This manual contains a description of the Dual Case Character set (RPQ BK0366) intended for customers, planners, marketing representatives, and programmers. Manua1, 22 pages GA27-3011 IBM 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE UNIT COMPONENT DESCRIPTION This Component Description Manual describes the principles of operation of the ID:·j 2160 Opticfl.l Imflge unit chen attached to an IBM 2740 communications Terminal, Modell. Line-control s'ignals, message formats, special features, communication faCilities, and data -sets that can be used with this Tele-processing terminal are also discussed. A major section concerning the preparation of a~work and the photographic procedures involved in creating a filmstrip for use in this unit will be found toward the end of the manual. Systems Reference Library Manual, 52 pages GA27-3029 2721 PORTABLE AUDIO TERMINAL This manual is designed to acquaint the reader with the basic concepts and use of the IBM 2721 Portab1e Audio Terminal. The publication should be used as ~ general guideline for useful application of the termina1. Functional and operational characteristics are discussed in detail, and no previous reading is required for an understanding of how the terminal operates as a remote input/output device. The operation of the 2721 terminal in a systems environment depends largely on how the user's program is written; therefore, the operating procedures outlined in this manual are of a general nature. The GA27-3039 IBM 2721 PORTABLE AUDIO TERMINAL OPERATOR'S HANDBOOK This manual provides instructions for installing and operating the IBM 2721 Portable Audio Terminal. A section on problem determination is provided to assist the operator in deciding if the terminal requires maintenance. For more detailed information on the fUnctions and operation of the terminal, refer to the Systems Reference Library Manual, Component Description: IBM 2721 Portable Audio Terminal, GA27-3029. Manual, 15 pages GA27-30ll0 CUSTOM UNIT DESCRIPTION - 1970-1 REMOTE AUDIO RESPONSE UNIT ------rr'iiiS"""iilanual gives basic information necessary for - understanding the operating prinCiples of the 1970-1. It includes a description of the functional units, vocabulary, communication reqUirements, terminals, data sets, operating prinCiples, security, line requirements, applications, programming considerations, physical characteristics, and special alphameric ca pabil i ti es. The chapter ·Prograrrming Consideraticns" describes on1y general programming practices. For additional information on progr.amming this unit with the IBM 2701 IPCA feature or Cyclic Checking feature, contact your IBM regional products marketing representative. It is written for the systems engineer, systems analYSis speCialist, or the IBM System/360 programmer who is interested in the functional and operational characteristics of remote audio response units. The reader should be familiar with teleprocessing prinCiples and IBM Systeml360 programming. Systems Reference Library, 44 pages GA27-3011 1 IBM 1970 MODEL 1 REMOTE AUDIO RESPONSE UNIT ItiSTALLATIoNMANuAL - PBYsICAL PLANNING-7his manual furnishes specific details of the physical characteristics of the IBM 1970 Model 1 Remote Audio Response Unit. Included are dimensions, weights, service clearances, heat output, air flow, and electrical and environmental requi~ements. Also included is ordering information for the basic machine and available features. Planning assistance is also available from IBM sales and insta1lation planning representatives. Systems Reference Library Manual, 16 pages GA27-30113 IBM 3735 PROGRAMMABLE BUFFERED TERMINAL CONCEPT AND APPLICATION The purpose of this manual is two-fold: first, it introduces the IBM 3735 Programmable Buffered Terminal; and, second it provides planning information for those ~ho may be involved in installing a 3735. Because of this dual purpose, not all sections of the manual may be of interest to each reader. Those interested in an overview and in the highlights of the 3735 will find the Introduction of most value; those who need more detailed information on the terminal"s operation and functional capabilities will find the sections on Operating Characteristics and Implementation considerations of most interest; systems and application programmers will find information on Programming Considerations for the 3735 in Appendix B. General1y, the prerequisites for this manual are an understanding of the concept and application of the IBM System/360 and the IBM System/370 in a teleprocessing environment. The section on Programming Considerations requires more extensive knOWledge of the applicable operating system [OS or DOS). Although not intended as a terminal operator's gUide or as a progra~er's guide, the manual presents general information concerning these subjects. System Reference Library, 50 pages GA27-30ll11 IBM 2976 MOBILE TERMINAL SYSTEM CUSTOM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION OPERA"""TOR'S GUIDE - PBYSIc:AI:"PLiiNNING - - This manual is the primary source of infcrmation on the IBM 2976 Mobile Terminal System. The Mobile Terminal System provides high-speed. two-way data communications between a central IBM System/360 or System/370 and mobile terminals. It is comprised of an IBM 2976 Model 3 Transmission Control Unit, an IBM 2976 Model 5 Signal Converter, and a number of IBM 2976 Model II Mobile Terminals. The manual, contains both introductory and in-depth information about the system components, a discussion of programming requirements for the system, the operator information needed to use the components of the system, diagnostic procedures for rapid problem determination, and the physical planning and installation information required for planning and installing the Mobile Terminal System. Organization of the manual into separate parts allows the expected users to go directly to the information they require. These users include: manageroent, programming, 119 GA27 GA32 system analyst, and central site operating personnel; mobile terminal operators; and site planning and insta11ation personnel. Users who require the detailed information provided in this publication should have a basic understanding of telecommunications and radio operations and shoUld have IBM system/360 or System/310 programming and operating This publication contains introductory information on the hardware components of the controller and on the programs provided to support it. Any user or potential user of a 3705, including management, programmers, operators, and maintenance personnel, should be familiar with the contents of this manual. The only prerequisite for this manual is an understanding of basic teleprocessing operations. system Library Manual, 56 pages experience .. Manual, 50 pages GA27-3048 IBM 3670 BROKERAGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SYSTEM CONCEPTS AND CONFIGURATOR This manual presents the concepts of the IBM 3670 Brokerage Communication System for two types of users~ For management and supervisory personnel, i t provides an overview of the hardware that includes the purpose, design highlights, and varied applications of the system.. For support personnel interested in more detail, i t offers a description of individual components, program support, system organization, and data protection~ It also provides the systems planner with technical information to aid in configuring a system best suited to his needs~ Included are a block diagram and a listing of the units, features, and connections that can make up a system~ Users of this manual should be familiar with the contents of IBM System/360, Introduction to Teleprocessing, GC30-2007, and IBM Teleprocessing System Summary, GA24-3090. Hardware Concepts and Configurator, 48 pages GA27-3049 IBM 3670 BROKERAGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL- PBYSICAL PLANNING; This manual is to be used as a guide by installation planners preparing to install the IBM 3670 Brokerage communication System. It provides technical information, recommendations, and suggestions to be used in installation planning, but no attempt has been made to give step-by-step instructions for preparing the site to receive the 3670 system. Dimensions, weights, service clearances, physical information for each unit, and environmental and electrical requirements are covered in this manual. Information is also given on cabling, electrical outlets, communication facilities, air conditioning and humidity controls, and environmental safety. The customer's responsibility for planning the installation and preparing the site is discussed. Planners should be familiar with the 3670, communications networks, and common-carrier services. They should also be familiar with System Library publication, IBM 3670 Brokerage Communication system, System concepts and Configura tor, GA27-3048. system Reference Library Manual, 28 pages GA27-3050 IBM 3670 BROKERAGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COMPONENT DESCRIPTION MANUAL The IBM 3670 Brokerage Communication System is a subsystem deSigned to communicate with a TeAM supported IBM System/360 or IBM System/370~ The 3670 consists of a shared terminal control unit and a number of independent applicationsoriented input/output devices. The components of the 3670 are: IBM 3671 Shared Terminal Control Unit IBM 3672 Executive Console IBM 3673 Data Display IBM 3674 Printer-Keyboard This manual serves as a reference for the components of the 3670 subsystem. It describes standard and speCial features, functions, and operating characteristics of the control unit and of each of the attached devices. A separate chapter is devoted to describing each of the four components~ This publication is written for the user who is interested in the details of machine function and design. It is intended for the customer systems analyst, the customer systems programmer, the IBM Data Processing systems engineer, the IBM Field Engineering customer engineer for machine maintenance, and the IBM Field Engineering program systems-representative. It is not intended to give complete information for system implementation. Users of this manual should be familiar with the contents of IBM 3670 Brokerage Communication System, Concepts and Configurator, GA27-3048. This prerequisite manual offers an introduction to the concepts of the 3670 and also gives configurator information. Manual, 50 pages GA27-3055 ON IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER OPER~TOR'S GUIDE This-puElication gives tbe operator of the IBM 3705 communications Controller the information he needs to operate the 3705 under normal operating conditions and in diagnostic mode. The primary user of the manual is the operator, but anyone using the 3705 control panel for testing or diagnostics may also need to refer to it. A special feature of the manual is a foldout diagram of the control panel. This diagram is divided into areas, each of which has a number. Throughout the book, references to a specific panel control are keyed to the section of the diagram where that control is located. For ease of reference, the diagram can be folded out to be seen with any other page of the manual. Prerequisite Publication: Introduction to the IBM 3705 Co«munications Controller, GA27-3051 Operator's Guide, 74 pages GA27-3063 COMPONENT INFORMATION FOR THE IBM 3780 DATA COMMUNICATION TERMINAL This manual introduces the IBM 3780 CommUnication Terminal, designed to transmit and receive data accurately, qUickly, and economically in a teleprocessing envircnment. The terminal's applications, capabilities, and design highlights are discussed, as well as use of the binary synchronous coremunication, a description of the associated data-link control characters, code structures, and timeouts. The manual also discusses communication facilities, IBM modems, and special features available for this teleprocessing terminal~ In-depth information for those who implement customer applications is also included. Readers concerned with the 3780's capabilities and design highligbts will find the Introduction, card Reader, and Printer sections useful, while those needing more detailed information on the terminal's operation and its binary synchronous method of coromunication should read the Operating Characteristics and Programming Considerations sections. Prerequisites for this manual include an understanding of the IBM System/360 and the IBM System/370 in a teleprocessing environment, together with knowledge of the binary synchronous method of data-link control as outlined in the IBM Systems Reference Library publication, General Inforation--Binary Synchronous Communications, GA27-3004. Manual, 70 pages GA32-0006 TAPE SPECIFICATIONS FOR IBM ONE-HALF INCE TAPE DRIVES AT: 556 AND 800 BPI AND 3200~I-------- ---- ---- ------ --This""""iilanual provides the sp-ecifications and reqUirements for magnetic tape to be used on IBM Tape Drives. The specifications are presented in two parts: General information and Tap_e Properties Essential for IBM Tape Drive Use. The latter section covers minimum properties required for tape use on all IBM Tape Drives. Manual, 11 pages GA32-0007 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2420 MODEL 5 MAGNETIC TAPE UNIT This bulletin describesthe characterIstics, function~ and features of the IBM 2420 Model 5 Magnetic Tape Unit. Systems Reference Library Manual, 12 pages GA32-0015 GA27-3051 INTRODUCTION TO THE 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER The .J,.J:Sivl 3705 ComiiiUiiications Controller is a compatible transmission control unit designed to assume many teleprocessing control functions formerly aSSigned to a teleprocessing access method. The 3705 is controlled by a program resident in the controller. 120 !!~uii10/3411 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSYSTEM COMPONENT SUMMARY This manual will give potential customers a general introduction to the 3410/3411 MagnetiC Tape Subsystem.. The manual describes the IBM 3410 Models 1,2, and 3 Magnetic Tape Units and the IBM 3411 Magnetic Tape Unit and Control. Manual, 8 pages GA32-0020 3803/3420 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSYSTEMS This manual describes the IBM 3803 Model 1 Tape Control and tbe IBM 3420 Models 3, 5, and 7 MagnetiC Tape Units. The 3803 Model '1 tape control provides communication between the tape units and the system input/output interface. The 3420 Models 3, 5, and 7 tape-units read and write onehalf inch magnetic tape at 75, 125, and 200 inches per second respectively~ All three basic tape units read and write nine-track, 1,600 bytes per inch (bpi), phase-encoded format. Nine-track, 800 bpi NRZI recording mode is available as a feature on all models. Seven-track, 556/800 bpi NRZI recording mode is an optional feature on all GA32 GA33 models. A reader should be fami1iar with LBM SYS~EM/360 L/O LNTERFACE, CHANNEL TO CONTROL UNLT, ORLGLNAL EQULPMENT MANUFA~URERS' INFORMATLON, Form GA22-6843, and LBM SYSTEM/360 PRLNCLPLES OF OPERATLON, Form GA22-B821 (sections on input/output operations). system/370 users shou1d a1so refer to IBM SYSTEMf370 PRINCLPLES OF OPERATLON, Form GA227000. Systems Reference Library Manua1, 32 pages GA32-0022 .N IBM 3410/3411 MAGNETIC TAPE SUBSYSTEM COMPONENr DESCRIPTION MANUAL ~tract avai1ab1e. Manua1, 44 pages GA33-1506 LBM SYS~EM/370 MODEL 125 FUN~LONAL CHARA~ERISTICS MANUAL This manual contains information on the operations ~n be performed on the System/370 Mode1 125, inc1uding channe1 and I/O operations. The Model 125 is a genera1 purpose data processing system, controlled from a central processing unit, with a direct attachment for disk drives as a standard feature. Lt can be equipped with a mu1tip1exer channe1 and with integrated attachments and adapters for magnetic tape units, card I/O devices, a printer, and teleprocessing devices. The manual describes the basic architecture and features of the centra1 processing unit,'and the channe1 characteristics. The intended readership consists main1y of systems ana1ysts evaluating the capabi1ities of the Mode1 125 in terms of its manual and program operations, and of system programmers writing channel programs or operating systems for the Mode1 125. The manua1 is on1y of 1imited use to app1ication programmers because it contains 1itt1e information re1ated to programming 1anguages. The first main section of the publication. ·System Control-, describes the architectural features sucb as tbe program status word control registers, and fixed areas in main storage, and gives details of mode selection and other manual operations. The second main section describes the channel characteristics, and specifies the commands, status and sense information of the natively-attached I/O devices. A separate chapter describes the te1eprocessing attachment. Instruction timings are listed in an appendix. Prerequisite Publications: LBM System/370 system Summary, GA22-7001 IBM system/360 princip1es of Operation, GA22-6821 LBM System/370 Princip1es of Operation, GA22-7000 Manua1, 252 pages GA33-1507 LBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 125 CONFIGURATOR This configurator is a-iable showing the models, features, and attachments for the System/360 Model 125 centra1 processing unit. It is intended to be used by IBM Marketing representa~ves, IBM System engineers, or customer systems evaluation management. Associated publications are: LBM system/370 Lnput/Output Configura tor - GA22-7002 LBM 3125 Processing Unit Lntegrated Communications ,Adapter: Configurator - GA33-1508 System Library Manua1, Sing1e Page (Fo1ded) The first main section of the pub1ication, "System Contr01", describes the architectural features, and gives details of mode selection and other manual operations. The second main section describes the channel characteristics, and specifies the commands, status and sense information of the L/O devices contr011ed by integrated attachments and adapters. A separate chapter describes the teleprocessing attachment. Instruction timings are listed in an appendix. Prerequisite pub1ications: IBM System/370 System SUmmary, GA22-6821 LBM System/370 Princip1es of Operation, GA22-7000 Manua1, 244 pages GA33-1511 .N IBM SYS~EM/370 MODEL 115 CONFIGURATOR This configura~ Intended for sa1es personne1, systems engineers and customer systems evaluation management. This configurator provides a concise graphic description of the Mode1 115 with standard and optica1 features, as we11 as a11 possib1e configurations of I/O devices which can be direct1y attached to the Mode1 115. Manua1 GA33-3005 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS ThIs pub1icatioDldeScribes the capabi1ities, features, input/output channe1s, integrated adapters, and operations of the IBM System/370 Mode1 135. The information inc1udes the re1ationship of System/370 Mode1 135 to the IBM System/360. The publication is intended for users and potentia1 users (such as systems ana1ysts and programmers) of the System/370 Mode1 135. The reader is assumed to have a working know1edge of IBM System/370 Princip1es of Operation (GA22-7000) and IBM System/370 System summary (GA22-700lJ. Manua1, 94 pages GA33-3007 LBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 335-TERMlNAL ADAPTER ~YPE L MODEL II (FOR ICA): SPECIAL EEATURE DESCRIP~STEM LIBRARY MANUAL This maiiUal provides information for writing channel - - programs for the Termina1 Adapter Type I Mode1 LL subfeature in the Integrated communications Adapter (ICA) base feature of the LBM System/370 Mode1 135. The manua1 is intended for app1ications programmers who use the assembler 1anguage and who are fami1iar with input/output programming as described in IBM System/360 Princip1es of Operation (GA22-6821) and IBM System/370 Princip1es of Operation (GA22-7000). The Termina1 Adapter Type L Mode1 II subfeature covered by this manua1 a110ws the Mode1 135 to communicate with remote start/stop termina1s such as the LBM 1050 Data Communications Terminals, and IBM System/7. The first section of the manua1 out1ines the re1ationship of the LCA to the CPU main storage and to the external communication link. Subsequent sections give details of transmission codes, methods of e~ror detection, special characters, status and sense information, and communication proce.dures. Appendixes give information about the particu1ar requirements of the remote devices. Manua1, 56 pages GA33-3008 LBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 TERMINAL ADAPTER TYPE III FOR lCA: SPECIAL FEATORE-niSCRIPTION ---- --- -- -- --This manua1 provides information for writing channe1 programs for the Termina1 Adapter Type ILL subfeature in the integrated communications adapter (ICA) base feature of the IBM System/370 Mode1 135. ' The manua1 is intended for app1ications programmers who use assemb1er 1anguage and who are fami1iar with input/output programming as described in IBM System/360 Princip1es of Operation (GA22-6821) and LBM System/370 Princip1es of Operation (GA22-7000). The Termina1 Adapter Type LIL subfeature a1lows the Model 135 to communicate 'with remote1y sited IBM 2260 or 2265 Disp1ay Stations, via IBM 2848 or 2845 Disp1ay Contro1s, respective1y. The first section of the manua1 out1ines the re1ationship of the LCA to the CPU main storage and to the externa1 communication 1ink. Subsequent sections give detai1s of transmission codes, methods of error detection, special characters, commands, ·status and sense information, and communication procedures. System Library Manua1, 36 pages GA33-1509 LBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 125 OPERATLON PROCEDURES This manua1 is intended for operating personne1 using the System/370 MOde1 125. The manua1 is divided into four section: The Introduction, The Operation console, Operation Actions and the Appendix. The section on the operator conso1e describes the hardware and the facUities avai1ab1e for the manua1 contro1 of the system. ~he section on the operator actions describes how the faci1ities are used, how to hand1e unexpected situations, and how to recover from a fault. The appendix provides reference information for the hand1ing of L/O devices that can be direct1y attached (no contr01 unit or channe1 is needed) to the Mode1 125. Restart procedures for the 2560 mu1tifunction card Machine, attached direct1y to the MOde1 125, are a1so given. Manual, 120 pages GA33-1510 .N LBM SYSTEMf370 MODEL 115 FUN~IONAL CBARA~ERISTICS Contains information onthe operations of the System/370 Mode1 135. The Mode1 115 is a genera1 purpose data processing system, with a direct disk attachment as a standard feature. It can be equipped with integrated attachments or adapters for magnetic tape units, a 1ine printer, a oons01e printer, and te1eprocessing devices. A multip1exer channel or an integrated attachment for a mu1tifunction card device is avai1ab1e. The manua1 describes the basic architecture and features of the central processing unit, and the channel characteristics. The intended readership consists main1y of systems ana1ysts eVa1uating the capabi1ities of the Mode1 115 in terms of its manua1 and program operations, and of system programmers writing channel programs or operating systems. GA33-3009 LBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135-SYNCHRONOOS DA~A ADAPTER TYPE LL (FOR lCA): SPECIAL Ii!EATORE DESCRIPTION"" - - - - - This iiiiiiiiiii1 provid..sre£erence informaticn for programmers writing channe1,programs for the Synchronous Data Adapter Type II subfeatnre ,in the Lntegrated Communication Adapter (LCA) feature of tbe IBM System/370 Model 135. The Synchronous Data Adapter Type LL subfeature a110ws the Mode1 135 to communicate with other processing systems and termina1s that operate under binary ,synchronous communications procedures. The manua1 is intended for app1ications programmers who use assemb1er 1anguage and who are fami1iar with 121 GA33 SBOF input/output programming as deScribed in IBM SYstem/360 Principles of Operation lGA22-6821) and IBM System/370 Principles of Operation lGA22-7000). The reader should also he familiar with the basic principles of binary synchronous communications, such as is given io General Infor.matian Binary Synchronous COmmunications IGA27-300~). The first section of the manual outlines the relationship of the ICA to the CPU main storage and to the external communication link; the second section summarizes the prinCiples of binary synchronous communications. GA33-4500 IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS - 2826 PAPER TAPE CONTROL UNIT 1017 PAPER TAPE READER 1018 PAPER TAPE PUNCH This publication descrIbesthe above--;;amed papertap-e--· input/output components for the reading and punching of paper or Mylar* tape. Attachment is to the multiplexer channel of the IBM System/360 Models 25. 30. qO. and 50. The channel commands necessary to control the operation of the above units. and the status and sense bytes provided by the control unit. are fully described. Subsequent sections give details of the transmission codes Controls. tape specifications. tape-splicing procedures, used in the Synchronous Data Adapter Type II. the error detection methods used, control characters, commands, status and sense information, and operations of the adapter. Manua1. 64 pages GA33-3010 IBM ·SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS This manua1 provides information needed for checking that a proposed configuration of I/O devices on the channels of IBM System/370 will work satisfactorily. The hook is intended for use in systems assurance work at the planning stage. Procedures with examples are given for testing the effects of imposing heavy loads on the Model 135 channels. The effects covered are: data overrun, loss of device performance •. channel interference with the CPU. program overrun, and excessive channel utilization •. Additional but related topics covered in the book are: (1) priority sequence of devices on the byte-multiplexer channel Iwith examples that include the 1419 MagnetiC Character Reader with expanded capability); (2) the effects of ciock-multiplexing on channel busy time and percentage channel utilization; and (3) channel programming conventions. upon which the validity of test procedures in the hook is based. tape-loading procedures. and special features are also described. Systems Reference Library Manual. 42 pages GA34-1507 *N IBM SYSTEM/7-360/370 CHANNEL ATTACHMENT: GENERAL INFORMATION This manual describes the RPQ D08112 (System/7 360/370 channel attachment. and RPQD08113 two channel switch). It contains a general explanation of system/7 360/370 attachment to 360/370 channel data transfer sequences. For correct operation, the machine language instructions, status and sense bytes are explained in detail. Manual. 36 pages GA34-1511 *N SYSlrEM/370 INFORMATION This manual bes the configuration of the SBCU with System/370 and System/7. It describes tbe functional operation of the SBCU along with an explanation of the 370 channel commands issued to it. This publication also describes the order and responses sent between the SBeA and SBCU. Manual Prerequisite Publications The reader must be familiar with System/370 input/output operations as presented in: IBM System/360 PrinCiples of Operation GA22-6821 IBM System/370 Principles of Operation GA22-7000 IBM System/370 MOdel 135 Functional Characteristics GA33-3005 IBM System/360 and System/370 Interface Channel Unit original Equipment Manufacturers Information GA22-6974. GA36-0002 IBM 4481 FILM READER/RECORDER This publication provides basic information about the IBM 4481 Film Reader/Recorder. with the objective of helping reader to achieve a general unders.tanding of the machine" s operation. its interface with the IBM System/360 through the IBM 1827 Data Control Unit. and its functional For testing data overrun on the byte-multiplexer channel. the following special worksheet in required: IBM System/370 Model 135 Byte-Multiplexer Channel: Load Sum Worksheet GX336004. Manua1. 102 pages GA33-3011 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 - TELEGRAPH ADAPTER TYPE II I FOR ICAI: SPECIAL FEATURE DESCRIPTIO"ii"MAliiJAL-- - *N characteristics. Programming considerations, timing information, operator controls, and installation planning are discussed in detail. Systems Reference Library Manual. 36 pages GA36-0003 4481 FILM READER/RECORDER PROGRAI!!lER"S GUIDE This publication prQvides information that will enable This manual is primarily for communication programmers who the user to write programs for the IBM 4q81 Film wish to write their own channel programs for the Telegraph Adapter Type II feature. The manual will also be of interest to programmers wbo intend to· use programs that are available from IBM. The Telegraph Adapter Type II feature lavailable in USA only) is one of the optional subfeatures in the integrated communications adapter lICA) feature of the IBM 3135 Processing Unit. The subfeature allows the IBM Reader/Recorder. System/370 Model 135 to communicate with remote perform transmission of data to and from the Film Reader/Recorder. systems Reference Library ProgrammerL's Guide,. 38 pages Programming considerations are discussed prior to acquaintirig.the user with the software support designed for his use, The user-oriented support programs comprise a set of ma~o~instructions which control data flcw between the System/360 Central processing Unit and the Film Reader/Recorder. and a selection of FORTRAN callable. subroutines and image handling programs which teletypewriter-exchange-service (TWX) terminals. Models 33 , 35. The first section of the manual outlines the relation- ship of the ICA to the main storage of the 3135 Processing SBOF-2250 PTF FOR OS/IIS2 Unit and to the external communication link; the section also gives input/output programming information. The remaining sections of the manual apply solely to the Telegraph Adapter Type II feature and give the programmer ;O-abstract available. Microfiche details of: Transmission codes. Methods of error detection. Control characters. commands. status and sense information. communication procedures.and line monitoring. An appendix give the TWX code structure for the remote devices. SBOF-6100 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-AL-531 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings. Microfiche Manua1. 30 pages GA33-3014 IBM SYS'l'EMI'370 MODEL 135 CONFIGURATOR This publication lists-the standard. optional. and selective SBOF-6103 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-AS-037 PTF listings for p"ogram number listed in ti tJ e above. f""tures of the IBM System/370 Model 135. and describes how these features attach to the system/370 Model 135. Details PTF Listings. Microfiche of feature numbers. prerequisite features. programming support. and control storage requirements are also given. This configurator is intended for IBM marketing personnel. and for customer systems p1anners; that is. it is intended for readers who are involved with planning Model 135 system configurators and who need to know how the SBOF-6106 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CB-524 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings. Microfiche features and combinations of features can be attached to the Model 135. TO make the best use of this configurator. the reader should be familiar with the information in IBM System/370 MOdel 135 FUnctional Characteristics. This configurator lists the Model 135 features under the following general headings: o o standard. optiona~w and selective features instruction sets o channels SBOF-6109 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CB-545 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings. Microfiche SBOF-6110 PTF o integrated adapters Manual. q4 pages PROGRAr·~ NUl·mER 3GOS-CI-505 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche 122 *N SBOF SIIOF SBOF-6113 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-C1:-535 PTF listings for program Dumber listed in title above. PTF Listings .. Microfiche SBOF-6161 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LD-547 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6116 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-C1:-555 PTF listings for program Dumber listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6110 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-501 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. SBOF-6119 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-C0-503 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6113 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-512 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6122 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360s-co-513 SBOF-6116 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-525 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings. Microfiche Pl'F listings for program number listed in ti tIe above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6125 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360s-co-519 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings. Microfiche SBOF-6119 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-532 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6128 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360s-co-548 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF ·Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6182 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-537 PTF listings for program Dumber listed in title above. PTF Listings. Microfiche SBOF-6131 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DM-508 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. SBOF-6185 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-542 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6137 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-527 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6140 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-533 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. SBOF-6188 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-546 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings. Microfiche SBOF-6192 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-NL-511 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6143 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-539 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. SBOF-6195 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-PL-.552 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6198 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-PT-516 SBOF-6146 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-554 PTF ~istings for program number ~isted m 1istings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche in tit1e above .. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6149 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-ED-521 SBOF-6201 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-536 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6152 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-F0-500 PTF listings for program number 1isted in ti tie above. SBOF-6204 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-541 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6155 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-F0-520 SBOF-6207 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-543 PTF listings for program number 1isted in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche P'l'F listings for program number listed in tit1e above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6158 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-F0-550 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6210 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-551 PTF listings for program number listed in tit1e above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6161 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-1:0-523 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6213 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RG-038 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-616/j PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-1:0-526 PTF listings for program nUlllber listed in" title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6216 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-SM-023 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche 123 SBOF SBOF-6219 PrF PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-UT-506 PrF ~istings for program number PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF ~isted in title above. SBOY-6222 PrF MODULE GENERATION - OS PrF ~istings for Operating System Module Generation. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6260 PrF PROGlUIM NUMBER 360N-IO-455 PTF ~istings for program number ~isted in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6262 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-ID-456 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6225 PrF SERVICE AIDS OS PrF ~istings~operating System service Aids. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6264 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-.457 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6230 PrF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-AS-~65 PrF ~istings for program. number ~isted in title above. PrF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6266 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER .360N-IO-458 ·PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6232 PrF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-AS-~66 .PrF ~istings for program number PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6268 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-476 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. ~isted in tit~e above. PTE Listings, Microfiche SBOF-623~ PrF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-~52 PrF ~istings for program number ~isted in title above. ~isted in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOY-6236 PrF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-~68 PrY ~istings for program number SBOF-6270 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-477 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6272 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-ID-478 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6238 PrY PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-~82 PrF listings for program number PTF Listings. Microfiche ~isted in tit~e above. SBOF-6274 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-PL-464 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6240 PrY PROGRAM NUMBER PTF Listings. Microfiche 360N-CL-~53 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings. Microfiche SBOF-6242 PrY PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-469 PrY ~istings for program number ~isted in title above. SBOF-6218 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-RG-.460 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche ~isted in title .above. SBOF-6280 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER .360N-SM-400 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche ~isted in title above. SBOF-6282 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-~50 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche ~isted in tiUe above. SBOF-6284 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-483 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings. Microfiche PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6244 PrY PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-470 PrY ~istings for program number PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOY-6248 PrY PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-DN-481 ~istings for program number PTF PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOY-6250 PrY PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-ED-484 PrY ~istings for program number PrY Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6276 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-PT-~59 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6252 PrY PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-ED-485 PrF ~istings for program number 1isted in title above. SBOF-6286 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-5V-473 PTF listings for program number SBOF-6254 PrY PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-FO-451 PrY ~istings for program number ~isted in title above. SBOF-6288 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-474 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche in title above. SBOF-6290 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-475 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche PTE Listings. Microfiche SBOF-6256 PrY PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-YD-479 PrY ~istings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche PTE Listings. Microfiche ~isted PrF Listings. Microfiche SBOY-6258 PrF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-ID-454 PrF listings for program number listed in title above. PrF Listings, Microfiche SBOF-6292 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER .360N-5V-486 PTF listings for program number listed in title above .. PTF Listings, Microfiche 124 SB21 SBOF Field Developed Program Availability Notice, 4 pages SBOF-6294 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-487 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche SB21-0011 iij~~i[~~ii~~~~~~~ca::p:a:b~i~l~i:t:ies SBOF-6296 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SV-488 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PrF Listings, Microfiche programs. of the system and the Discussion of design assumptions and potential modification areas are included. Record and file layouts are described. and primary processing procedures specified. This manual is both a system description and an installation and operations reference SBOF-6298 PrF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-OT-461 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche document~ This program provides ability to transmit, capture on disk, balance, and settle batches of MICR encoded bank documents. Operating under DOS BTAM, it accumulates totals by application or type of entry for each bank. Field Developed Program - Program Description/Operations Manual, 30 pages SBOF-6300 PrF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-~462 PrF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings., Microfiche LB21-0012 2770/1255 REMOTE MICR ENTRY SYSTEM - SYSTEMS GOlDE PROGRAM NUMBER 57~-D--- ----- - ------- ---~s~anual· is for the Systems Analyst. Programmer SBOF-6302 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-463 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. and Operator during the Systems Test and Daily Operations of the programs. It also contains programmer notes to assist in making minor alterations. PTF Listings. Microfiche This program provides ability to transmit, capture on disk, balance, and settle batches of MICR encoded bank documents. Operating under DOS BTAM, it accumulates totals by application or type of entry for each bank. Field Developed Program - Systems Guide, 138 pages SBOF-6304 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-OT-471 PTF listings for program Dumber listed in title above. PTF Listings, Microfiche GB21-0019 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE! COST ANALYSIS: ~ ~ l.Q... 25 ! UP :: FDP AVAILABILITY NOTICE. PROG. NO. 5798-AAG This manual provides programs which assist in controlling maintenance cost of equipment. This is accomplished by processing vehicle information in a manner that facilitates SBOF-6306 PTF PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-472 PTF listings for program number listed in title above. PTF Listings. Microfiche the measurement and evaluation of equipment performance. Manual, 8-1/2 x 11, 4 pages SBOF-6308 PTF SERVICE AIDS DOS PTF listings~Disk Operating System Service Aids. PTF Listings, Microfiche MAINTENANCE AND fQl!! ANALYSIS, SYSTEM/360 ~ l.Q... P: PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL, FDP PROG. 8-AAG manual describes the capabilities of the system and the programs. Discussion of design assumptions and potential modification areas are included. Record and file layouts are described and primary'processing procedures are specified. This manual is both a system description and an installation and operations reference document. Provides programs which assist in controlling the maintenance cost of equipment. This is accomplished by processing vehicle information in a manner that facilitates the measurement and evaluation of equipment performance. Manual, 8-1/2 x 11, 120 pages GB21-0001 GENERALIZED VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM (VSP) NETWORK FOR LOS ANGELES; FIELD DEVELOPED PROGRAM- - - - AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAA Provides the ~geles based distributor a 'new method of implementing the IBM Vehicle scheduling Program (360A-ST06X). The network and its ·associated program eliminate the need for each distrihutor to develop his own VSP maps. Availability Notice, 4 pages SB21-0002 GENERALIZED VERICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM NETIiORK FOR LOS ANGELES FIELD DEiiELOPED IiESCiUPTION/OPERiiTiONSMANiii\L - PROGRAM NO Describes the capabilities of the system 5798-AAA the programs. LB21-0021 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE !!!B COST ANALYSIS, SYSTEM/360 25 AND UP: SYSTEMS GUIDE, FDP PROG. NO •. 5798-AAG Discussion of design assumptions and potential modification areas are included. Record and file layouts are described and primary processing procedures specified. This manual is ANGELES. CALIFORNIA: GUIDE --- -Los Angeles provides a means l.Q... and Operator during the Systems Test and Daily Operations of the programs. It also contains programmer notes to assist both a system description and an installation and operations reference document. . Provides the Los Angeles based distributor a new method of implementing the IBM Vehicle scheduling Program (360A-ST06X). The network and its associated program eliminate the. need for each distributor to develop his. own VSP maps. Manual, 36 pages . LB21-0003 VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM GENiiRiiLIZED VSP NETWORK FOR LOS FIELD DEVELOPED PROGIU\I·I SYSTIll·IS PROGRAM NUMBER 5798=AAA - - - The Generalized VSP Network for ~ This ·User's Manual· is for the Systems Analyst, Programmer in making minor cil.teratioDS. The manual provides programs which assist in controlling the maintenance cost of equipment. "lhis is accomplished by processing vehicle information in a manner that facilitates the measurement and evaluation of equipment performance. Manual, 8-1/2 x 11, 215 pages GB21-0028 SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM :REPOBT INVENTORY ~ :: Ell! AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAK AS data processing sYs~c~re .advanced. user demands for greater productive output are increasing. Data processing departments are vitally concerned with more difficult questions concerning efficient operations, scheduling, and programming. These ans~ers can be supplied through the Program/Report Inventory System. This set of six ANS CCBOL programs provides management documentation for the analysis of vital program and report information. Availability Notice, 4 pages for creating" a routing network within the Los Angeles basin (all of Los Angeles and Orange Counties located south of the Santa susanna and san Gabriel mountain ranges). This manual" provides program flowcharts, program listings, and operating instructions for the Map Selection, Link Verification. and Zone Selection· Programs. These programs are used to. develop a network unique to a given distributor. Licensed Program Product material. Provides the Los Angeles based distributor a new method of implementing the IBM Vehicle Scheduling Program (360A-ST06X). The network and its associated program eliminate the need for each distributor to develop his own VSP maps. FDP Systems Guide, set of 335 plastic overlays, 168 pages GB21-0010 2770/1255 REMOTE MICR ENTRY SYSTEM (UNDER DOS BTAM) - FDP AVAILABILITYiiOTICE - PROG. NO. 5798-AAil - - - - - - - This~rogram provides abIIity-to transmit, capture on disk, balance. and settle batches of MICR encoded bank document,s. Operating under DOS STAM, it accumulates totals by applicatiak or type of entry for each bank. SB21-0029 PROGRAM REPORT INVENTORY SYSTEM PRciiiiiAM iiEsffiPTION OPERAiii5iS"MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5798';AAK --~uar-aescribes the capabilities of the system and the prcgrams. Discussion of design assumpticns and potential modification areas are included. Record and file layouts .are described~ and primary processing procedures are specified. This manual is both a system description and an installation and op~rations reference dQcument •. As data processing systems became more advanced, user 'demands for greater productive output are increasing. Data processing departments are vitally concerned with more 125 SB21 SB21 difficult questions concerning efficient operations. scheduling. and programming. These answers can be supplied through the Program/Report Inventory System. This set of, six ANS COBOL programs provides management documentation for the analysis of vital program and report information. Field Developed Program publication, 58 pages CS/40 to take advantage of the high-speed DOS/360 Tape and Disk Sort program for sorting emulated 1311 disk files. Independent input and outpu~ routines are provided which allow the DOS/360 SOrt (360N-SM-0483) or the Program Product (5136-SM1) to read and write disk files in emulator format. Improvements in sorting times over sort 5 or Sort 6 running under CS/30 will be as great as 10 percent. Availability Notice, 4 pages LB21-0030 PROGRAM REPORT INVENTORY SYSTEM - SYSTEM GOIDE SB21-0035 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SORT EXIT RODTINES FOR CONTROL SYSTEM 1CS)/30/40 FILES - FIELD DEVELOPED PROGR~ESCRiPTiO-N---- OPERATIONS MAiiiiAL-- PROGRAM NUMBER ~M This ,manual describes the capabilities of the system and the PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAK ------ - ------ ----~er·s Manual is for the system Analyst, Programmer, and operator during the Systems Test and Daily Operations of the program. It also contains programmer notes to assist in making minor alterations. As data processing systems become more advanced. user demands for greater productive output are increasing_ Data programs. processing departments are vitally concerned with more difficult questions concerning efficient operations. scheduling, and programming. These answers can be supplied through the Program/Report Inventory System. This set of six ANS COBOL programs provides management documentation for the analysis of vital program and report information. Field Developed program publication, 113 pages GB21-0031 PRODUCTION ORDER INVENTORY ~RACKING SYSTEM FOR S/360-310 Discussion of design assumptions and potential modification areas are included. Record and file layouts are described, and primary processing procedures are specified. This manual is both a system description and an .insta1lation and operations reference document. This program provides routines which allow users of CS/30,or,CS/40 to take advantag~ of the high-speed DOS/360 Tape and Disk sort program for sorting emulated 1311 disk files. Independent input and output routines are provided wbich allow the DOS/360 SOrt (360N-SM-0483) or the Program Product (5136-SM1) to read and write disk files in emulator format. Improvements in sorting times over Sort 5 or Sort 6 running under CS/30 will be as great as 10 percent. Manual, 24 pages *N AVAILABILrTY NOTICE - FOP .S798-AAL ------ --- This Field Developed-Program written in Assembler, extends the proven capabilities of CICS/OS Version 1 (5136-U11) in the areas of transaction control. user data file control and accessing, and the recovery of these data files with its related restart of the system. A comprehensive audit trail is maintained to facilitate the multiple advanced data file recovery teChniques included in this program. Data file integrity is maintained at record level. Data record stalemates are detected and corrected. A test mode facility is provided to assist the programmer. These enhancements are implemented easily by the application progammer through a set of assembler language macro instructions or COBOL statements. No modification of CICS or OS,is required to implement the Production Order Inventory Tracking System. This Availability Notice contains complete ordering instruction for the Field Developed Program and all its r,elated documentation, for management and data processing personnel who are prospective users of the program and others who require information concerning it. Notice, 4 pages LB21-0036 SB21-0032 .N PRODUCTION ORDER INVENTORY ~RACKING SYSTEM FOR S/360-310 ~ DESCiUPfION/OPERATIONS MANUlIL FDP/i5198-AAL This Field Developed program written in Assembler, extends the proven capabilities of CICS/OS Version l,(5136-U11) in the areas of transaction control, user data file control and accessing, and the recovery of these data files with its related restart of the system. A comprehensive audit trail is maintained to facilitate the multiple advanced data file recovery techniques included in this program. Data file GB21-0043 = integrity is maintained at record level.. Data record stalemates are detected and corrected. A test mode facility is provided to assist the programmer. These enhancements are implemented easily by the application progammer through a set of assembler language ma=o instructions or COBOL statements. No modification of CICS or OS is required to implement the Production Order Inventory Tracking System. This program Description/operations Manual provides the user with sufficient information to understand, install and !l!§! OPERATING SYSTEM SOR'r EXIT ROUTINES FOR CS/30/40 FILES SYSTEMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5198-AAM ·1 Use?"S"f.ianua1 1 is for the systems Analyst, Programmer, and operator during the Systems Test and Daily Operations of tbe programs. It also contains pr09~ammer notes to assist in making minor alterations. This program provides routines which allow users of CS/30 or CS/40 to take advantage of the high-speed D06/360 Tape and Disk Sort program for sorting emulated 1311 disk files. Independent input and output routines are provided which allow the oos/360 sort (360N-SM-0483) or the Program Product (51,36-5111) to read and write disk files in emulator format. Improvements in sorting times over sort 5 or Sort 6 running under CS/30 will be as great as 10 percent. Field Developed Program System Guide, 85 pages This ~ ~ FI NOTICE - PROG. NO. NING ~ = FDP AVAILABILITY ~uIilic Utility System/360 Model 25 and above, provides a tool to assist the corporate planning function of electric, gas, and combination uti1ities. , Rather than attempt to forecast the future based on statistical analysis of past data, this system projects data into'the future based on management estimates of future performance. The user provides current financial and operating data, as well as planning assumptions about future values of the data dtems. Based on this information, the system produces projected financial statements for a fiveyear planning period. These documents would be used by corporate planners to evaluate the given plan. Field Developed Program Availability Notice, 4 pages SB21-00"4 PUBLIC UTILITY PLANNING 'SYSTEM - FIELD DEVELOPED PiiOOiiAM - PROG ~~=,-,I",O:.:N OPERiiTIOiiii MANUAL PRciGiiiiii HuMBER This man~scr es the capabilities of the system and the LB21-0033 *N PRODUCTION ORDER INVENTORY TRACKING SYSTEM FOR S/360-310 programs. Discussion of design assumptions and potential SYSTEMS GUIDE - FDP # 5798-AAL ------ --modification areas are included. Record and file layouts are described, and primary processing procedures are This Field,Developed-program written in Assembler, extends the proven capabilities of CICS/OS Version 1 (5136-U11) in specified. This manual is both a system description and an the areas of transaction control. user data file control and installation and op~rations reference document. accessing, and the recovery of these data files with its The Public Utility Financial Planning System, for the System/360 Model 25 and above, provides a tool to assist the related restart of the system. A comprehensive audit trail corporate planning function of electric, gas, and is maintained to facilitate the multiple advanced data file combination utilities. recovery techniques included in this program. Data file integrity is maintained at record level. Data record Rather than attempt to forecast the future based on statistical analysis of past data, this system projects data stalemates are detected and corrected. A test mode facility is provided to assist the programme'r. These enhancements into the future based on management estimates of futUre are implemented easily by the application progammer through performance. The user provides current financial and a set of assembler language macro instructions or COBOL operating data, as well as planning assumptions about future statements. No modification of CICS or OS is required to values of the data items. Based on this information, the implement the Production Order Inventory Trackillq system. System produces projected financial statements for a fiveyear planning period. These documents woul'd be used by This systems gUide provides the systems Analyst with the necessary information on the design, logic and coding of the corporate planners to evaluate the given plan. Manual, 41 pages system to enable him to make modifications, diagnose program errors and perform program maintenance. Guide, 614 pages successfully use the program. . Manual, 243 pages GB21-0034 DDS 'sOR'r EXIT ROUTINES FOR CS/30/40 DISK FILES - FOP iVitLiiBILffi""NOTICE pROG. BO. 519B-AM - - - This program proviCI~s routine" WiiICiiilIlow users of CS/30 or 126 SB21 LB21 LB21-0045 PUBLIC UTILITY FINANCIAL PLANNING SYSTEM ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-AAQ This 'User's Manual' is for the systems Ana~yst. Programmer, and Operator during the systems Test and Daily Operations of the programs. It also contains programmer notes to assist terminal system. It is ~ generalized. single-thread. The Public Utility Financial Planning System, for the System/360 Model 25 and above, provides a tool to assist the transaction oriented system that can be quickly installed, and requires no specialized training in teleprocessing concepts, STAM, or Assembler Language to implement the system. It utilizes design concepts of the more sophisticated data base/data communication systems where possible. It complements and provides a logical growth path to systems such as IBM Customer Information Control System (CICS). corporate planning function of e1ectric, gas, and combination utilities. Operation Manual, 90 pages in making minor alterations. Field Developed Program - Program Rather than attempt to forecast the future based on statistical analysis of past data, this system projects data into the future based on management estimates of future performance. The user provides current financial and operating data, as well as planning assumptions abcut future values of the data items. Based on this information, the system produces projected financial statements for a fiveyear planning period. These documents would be used by corporate planners to evaluate the given plan. Field Developed Program system Guide, 147 pages GB21-0046 SMF SELECTABLE ANALYZER FDP AVAILABILITY NOTICE, E.!!Q!h. !!!h 5798-AAR This is a program using as input the data created by the SMF option of OSIMFT and MVT. Based on control card specification, the program main procedure will call in report overlay procedur~s. The report procedures include analysis and display of information relating to CPU and I/O utilization, Descri~tion LB21-0063 MINIMUM TELEPROCESSING COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM: FDP SYSTEMS GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5798-AAY, ~ NO. 8021 --- ------7bis ·user·s Manual' is for the Systems Analyst, Programmer, and Operator during the systems Test and Daily Operations of the programs. It also contains programmer notes to assist in making minor alterations. Now. a Minimum Teleprocessing Communication System is available to the DOS user whc would like to install a first terminal system. It is a generalized, single-thread, transaction oriented system that can be quickly installed and requires no speCialized training in teleprocessing concepts, STAH, or Assembler Language to implement the system. It utilizes design concepts of the more sophisticated data base/data communicaticn systems where possible. It complements and provides a logical growth path to systems such as IBM Customer Information Control System (eICS) • Manual, 10 pages multiprogramming activity, program use profile, job and task initiation and completion, and distribution of cost. Notice, 2 pages SB21-0047 OPERATING S ANALYZER PRO This manu N FOR SYSTEM/360 MODEL 22 , OP - FDP E =--iROG. NO. 5798-iiiiA -- - -- - lin permItS the user to maintain a small Ml360 SYSTEM MANAGEMENT FACILITY SELECTABLE (2K) and expand this partition to the necessary a request is made by seizing extra memory from the other two possible partitions.' The programs being processed in the other partiticns are, temporarily stored on disk files until the seized area has completed the assigned task, then processing resumes as if DO seizure had taken place. RAM DE'SCiffiiTION/OPERATION MANUAL 5798-AAR --scribes the capabilities of the system and the programs. Discussion of design assumptions and potential modification areas are included. Record and file layouts are described. and primary processing procedures specified. Field D~el~ed Program PUblication. 2 pages This manual is both a system description.and an installation and operations reference document. This is a program using as input the data created by the SMF option of OS/MFT and MVT. Based on ~ontrol card specification. the program main procedure will call in report overlay procedures. The report procedures ,include analysis and display of information relating to CPU and I/O utilization. multiprogramming activity. program use distribution of cost. Manual, 62 pages SB21-0068 ~~ ROLLOUT/ROLLIN FIELD ~!El!~ OPERATIONS MANUAL capabilities of the system and the programs. Discussion of deSign assumpticns and potential modification areas are included. Record and file layouts are described, and primary processing procedures are specified. This manual is both a system description and an installation and operations reference document. User Rollout/Rol~in permits the user to maintain a small partition (2K) and expand this partition to the necessary size when a request is made by seizing extra memory from the other two possible partitions. The programs being processed in the other partitions are temporarily stored on disk files until the seized ar~a has completed the assigned task. then processing resumes as if.DO seizure had taken place. Manual, 13 pages LB21-0048 OS ~ SELECTABLE ANALYZER SYSTEMS GUIDE, FDP.E!!!!h!!!h 5798-AAR This -U~er·s Manual- is for the systems Analyst. Programmer and Operator during the systems Test and Daily Operations of the programs. It also contains programmer notes to assist in. making minor alterations. This is a program using as input the data created by the SMF option of OS/MFT and MVT. Based on control card specification. the program main procedure wilL call in report overlay procedures. The report procedures include analysis and display of information relating to CPU and x/o utilization. multiprogramming activity. program use profile, job and task initiation and completion, and distribution of cost. ' Guide, 121 pages GB21-0061 MINIMUM TELEPROCESSING COMMUIIICAT iiiiiiILiiBnrl'Y NOTICE, ~ He. 57 Now. a Minimum Teleprocessing COmmon cation system is available to the DOS user who would like to instal~ a first terminal system. It is a generalized, single-thread, transaction oriented system that can be quick~y installed and requires no specialized training in teleprocessing concepts, STAH or ASsembler Language to implement the ' system. It utilizes design concepts of the more sophisticated data base/data communication systems where possible. It complements and provides a logical growth path to systems such as IBM CUstomer Information Control System (CICS). Field Developed Program Availability Notice, 4 pages SB21-0062 MINIMUM TELEPROCESSING COMMIJllICATIONS SYSTEM ~ NUMBER 5798-AAY GB21-0136 DATA CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (UNDER 'OS AND DOS) - FDP AVAiLABILITY NOTICE, PROG. NO. 579S::ACc'" - - - --- The -Data Commun1c~ion System- is a prc9ram desi9ned to run under OS or DOS to transform a user data base into meaningful statistical information. It is, designed for the Donmathematician/nonstatistician. Field Developed Program Availability Notice, 4 pages MANUAL ------ ------ TiiISIiiinual describes the capabilities of the .system and the programs. LB21-0069 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM DYNAMIC' ROLLOUT/ROLLIN PROGRAM NUMBER ~B~ELD DEVELOPEC PROGRAM SYSTEMS GUiiiE - ---This Use~anual is for the System Analyst. Programmer, and Operator. during the Systems Test and Daily Operations of the program. It also contains programmer notes to assist in making minor alterations. User Rollout/Rollin permits the user to maintain a small partition (2K) and expand this partiticn to the necessa'ry si~e when a request is made· by seizing extra memory from the other t~o possible partitions. The'programs being processed in the other partitions are temporarily stored on disk files until the seized area bas Completed the assigned task, then processing resumes as if ·no seizure had, taken place .• Manual, 23 pages Discussion of the design assumptions and potential modification areas is included. Record and file layouts are described, and primary processing procedures are specified. This manual is both a system description and an instal~ation and operations reference document. Hov. a Minimum Teleprocessing Communication system is available to the DOS user who would like to install a first 127 SB21-0137 THE SYSTEMl360· ~~~~MANUAL ~;s~~~~~lle capabilities of the system and the prcgrams. Discussion of design assumpticns and potential modification areas are included. Record and file layouts are described, and primary processing procedures specified. This manual is both a system description and an installation SB21 LB21 Field Developed Program Availability Notice w q pages and operations reference document. The "Data Classification System" is a program designed to run under as or DOS to transform a user data base into meaningful statistical information. It is designed for the nonmathematician/nonstatistician. Field Developed Program - program Description/Operations Manual .. 24 pages SB21-0239 ROUTINES LB21-0BB DATA CLASSIFICA~ION SYSTEM FOR THE SYSTEM/360 SYSTEMS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 579B-ACC This ·User's Manual" is for the Systems Analyst. Programmer. and Operator during the Systems Test and Daily Operations of the programs. It also contains programmer notes to assist in making minor alterations. The "Data Classification System" is a program designed to run under as or DOS to transform a user data base into meaningful statistical information. It is designed for the nonmathematician/nonstatistician. Field Developed Program - systems Guide, 12B pages GB21-0157 PRODUCT AND INVENTORY COSTING WITH TRENDS FOR USER REPORTING AND EVALUATION (PICTURE) ::. DoS ::. FDPAiTAiLAiiILiTY"NOTICE, PROG. NO. 579B ACL These app~ication programs perform the standard accounting functions of product and inventory costing w manufacturing engineering product cost estimating and inventory valuation trend reporting. Field Developed Program Availabiltiy Notice w 6 pages SB21-015B PRODUCT AND INVENTORY COSTING WITH TRENDS FOR USER REPORTING ANiJ"EVALUATION PROGRAM NUMBER 5798-ACL - - - - PROGRAM DESCRIP'ilCiii7 BY (GA22-6822). Manual, 384 pages System/370 Instructions OS/VS System Assembler Language Hexadecimal and Decimal Number Conversion EBCDIC Codes Linkage Registers UCB Sense Bytes OS/VS COmpletion Codes Supervisor Macro outlines SVC List Tape Label Formats Data Management Macro Outlines JCL Reference Information Operator Commands SMF Refer~ce Information RES Operator and Workstation Commands CRJE.Macro Outlines. Terminal Information and system ·Commands Linkage Editor and Loader Job Control and Control statement Outlines B~ Devices SUpported and Macro Outlines TSO/TCAM Macro Outlines Utilities OS/VS Bibliography NOTE: GC24-5082 DOS TO OS/MFT OS/MVT, OR os/VS 1 MANAGEMENT PLAIINl:NG ~ This pUblicadon is a planning guide only. It is intended for use by installations planning to make the transition This book is designed for the programmer with a thorough knowledge of the material referenced and .does not contain definitions. restrictions. or limitations. For detailed information on any topic in this book. refer to the publication referenced. at the front of each section. Handbook GC24-5092 OS/VS 1 RELEASE 1 GOl!DE This manual summarizes Operating System. Virtual Storage Option 1 (OS/VS1) release 1 System Control Programming (SCP) components. It is in three parts: 153 GC2q Part 1 is a features of parameters, publication GC26 o functional summary of new and changed OS/VS1. including new and changed system system generation information, and support. o Part 2 contains a module directory, and list of modules in the system and their status. o Part 3 provides: ordering and distribution procedures for release 1, hardware engineering change levels, program material shipped with the system. and optional Part 1 is a functional summary of new and changed features of OS/VS1. including new .and changed system parameters and commands. system generation information. new hardware support. and publication support. Part 2 contains a module directory. with a.list of system modules and their status. Part 3 contains ordering and distribution procedures and requirements for Release 2, hardware engineering change levels. program material shipped with the system. and optional programs available. o Part " contains APAR lists. Program Sympton Index for corrected problems. and program temporary fix (PTF) information. Manual. 220 pages material available. The publication provides installation managers, system programmers, and IBM field engineering personnel with information useful for planning and implementing release 1. Manual GC2Q-6000 IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS-To-OS IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE This publication consists of self-contained chapters. each of which provides information on how to modify the IBM System/360 Disk Operating System (DOS) programs and files to run under the IBM System/360 Operating System. It is designed primarily for programming personnel responsible for making the transition from DOS to OS and applies to DOS Release 23 and OS Release 19. Manual. 296 pages GC2q-5093 OS/VS1 DEBUGGING GUIDE NUMBER 57q1-010 - This publication is written for those involved in debugging application and system programs. It contains material on how to start debugging, a section on functional information (system concepts) to help the reader see the system as a whole and to give some particulary useful concepts. and a section on output formats and uses in the debugging situation. A series of appendixes provide additional reference information for convenience. Manual. 168 pages GC2Q-509Q OS/VS1 STORAGE ESTIMATES - S!5TEM LIBRARY This publication is intended for two types of users: system GC2Q-9005 DOS AND TOS PL/I (DT COMPILER PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PL/I-=-PRoGRAiiii'""ER'SGUIDE This publication complements the Systems Reference Library publication DOS and TOS PL/I (D) Compiler. Language Reference Manual. Order NO. GC28-8202. Its purpose is to aid the.programmer and to familarize him programmers, and problem programmers. It contains instructions, formulas, and charts that can be used to estimate the real, virtual, and auxiliary storage requirements £or VS1. Real storage is system (hardware) storage and corresponds to main storage in other IBM operating systems. Virtual storage is an addressing storage concept that provides the installation with as many as 16.777.216 bytes of storage accessible to programs. Auxiliary storage is comprised of the input/output devices required to contain virtual storage, system residence libraries, job queues, spooled data sets, and work space additional information on topics not directly connected with PL/I •. A llst of all pertinent Systems Reference Library publications is provided in the Introduction section of this pul:ll.ication. Manual. 165 pages generation or Initial Program Load. Problem programmers can use this publication to determine the sizes of partitions in virtual storage. The overlay facility Listings produced for PL/I programs Restrictions to the PL/I (D) language. In sorne instances. the programmer may desire detailed System programmers can use this publication to determine the amount of real, virtual and auxiliary storage that must be allocated during system o the techniques elements o o o required by control and processing programs. Each type of user can use this publication differently. o ~ith of PL/I programming. This publication therefore provides all information that is not part of the PL/I Language Reference Manual bUb required by the programmer to write programs in the PL/I (D) language and to have them compiled and executed in the DOS/TOS environment. The main topiCS covered in this publication are: o The DOS/TOS environment o PL/I data file organization o storage requirements of PL/I·programs and program GC26-3564 Manual. 168 Pages GC2Q-5095 DOS TO OS/VS1 IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE Emulator Program Provides reference information on altering DOS programs and and contains instructions on its use. files to be compatible with the OS/VS1 system control program. It describes the similarities and differences between DOS and OS/vS1. thus aiding programmer~ to: o MOdify existing DOS programs and files only where Emulator Program is used with the IBM 1Q01/1QQO/1Q60 Compatibility Feature of the System/360 to allow overlap of magnetic tape operations with processing of IBM 1QOO- o The Tape Overlap series programs. Emulation is a technique that uses both special machine features and programming to allow programs written for one data processing system be run on another type of system. needed. and Take advantage of OS/vS1 facilities not provided in DOS. Systems Reference Library Manual, 48 pages This manual includes many examples of equivalent DOS and OS/vS1 Coding. It. also describes the use of the DOS emulator to effect a gradual transition from DOS to 0s/VS1. GC26-3570 DOS AND TOS RPG LANGUAGE The major topiCS in the manual are: o o o System Generation Resource Allocation performance Considerations o o o o o o o Job Entry Subsystem (JES) Linkage Editor System Assembler Job Control Language Data Sets (Files) Data Management Macros Utilities o o Telecommunications Emulation The intended audience is system and application programmers in a DOS installation making the transition to the OS/vS1 syst~ control program. Readers sh~d SPECIFlCAT~ONS. 360N=RG-4iO (DOS), 360M-RG-408 J!Q§l PROG. NOS. ----- ---- This publication contains fundamentals of RPG programming and language specif·ications for the IBM System/360 Disk and Tape Operating Systems. Report Program Generator. This program can be used for System/360 MOdels 30. QO. 50. 65 and 75. Also included is the job setup information for executing RPG. Systems Reference Library Manual. 300 pages GC26-373Q IBM TSO be familiar with TElis·-'~~==~·~~~ DOS. its system facilities. and the DOS versions of the compilers or· assemblers used in the programs to be changed. PrereqUisite publications: o DOS to Os/IIFT. OS/MVT. OS/vS1 Management Planning Guide. GC2Q-5082 o 0S/VS1 Planning and Use Guide. GC2Q-5090 Manual. 268 pages the design objectives availability date of the Design Objectives. 2 pages GC211-5097 0s/VS1 RELEASE 2 GUIDE - PROG. NO. 57111-020 ~manual sumiiiarizes operatingsystem. Virtual storage Option 1 (OS/VS1) Release 2 System Control Programming (SCP) components. It is in four parts: GC26-3735 IBM SYSTM/360 OPERMlING SYS'lIEM ASSEMBLER B DESIGN OEJECTIVBS SEHRT. l'ROGR!\M !!!!!!!.!lH 57311-ASl Assembler B is a high-performance assembler language processor for the IBM System/360 Operating system. This document contains the design objectives for Assembler B support of System/370. DeSign Objectives Sheet. 1 page 154 SC26 GC26 SC26-37110 OS TSO ASSEMBLER PROMPTER USER'S GUIDE, f!!Q!h !!!h. 5734-CP2 The assembler prompter is a program pzoduct that makes it easy to call Assembler.F from a terminal. The prompter, which is a command processor, operates only under the Time Sharing option ITSO) of the IBM Systeml360 Operating system. This book is for the assembler-language programmer who wants to use TSO to write, assemble, and execute programs from a teLminal using the assembler prompter. Section 1, which supplements the manual IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE IGC28-6763), explains how to use the ASM command by itself to assemble source code and obtain.object code for existing source code. It also explains how to use ASH as an operand of the RUN command and of the RUN subcommand of the EDIT command to assemble, load, and execute assembler-language source code. Section 2, which supplements the book IBM ~YSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE IGC28-6732), describes the format of the ASM SC26-3768 Q2 ASSEMBLER ~ ~ INFORMATION, f!!Q!h NO. 5734-AS1 IBM System/360 Operating System Assembler B System Information Program Number 5734-AS1 was designed to improve many featUres of Assembler F~ and has expanded capabilities as a macro assembler for both system and user defined macro languages. This publication describes installation considerations and system-generation procedures for Assembler H~ and is intended,primarily for programmers responsible for installing the assembler. This manual is divided into three independent chapters: a Performance Estimates~ o Storage Estimates, and o System Generation. Program Product Manual, 44 pages SC26-3770 OS ASSEMBLER command and lists the operands, with a brief description of each, alphabetic order. System Ref~rence Library, 30 pages in ~ MESSlIGES, PROG. NO. 5734 .. ASl This book describes the assembly error diagnostic messages and the abnormal assembly termination messages issued by Assembler H. Assemmler H is an assembler-language processor for the IBM System/360 Operating System. It performs highspeed assemblies on an IBM System/360 Model QO or higher with at least 256K bytes of main storage. This book is intended for all Assembler H Programmers. GC26-37113 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER H SPECIFICATION SBEET, 'PROGRAM NUMBER 573U-ASl It should be used in conjunction with the OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE MANUAL, Order Number GC28-651U; the ASSEMBLER H LANGUAGB SPECIFICATIONS, Order Number GC263771; and the ASSEMBLER H PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE, Order Number SC26-3759. This Program Product Specifications (PPS) describes the warranted specifications of the subject Program Product. Specifications Sheet. 2 page GC26-3746 OS DATA MANAGEMENT SERVICES GUIDE - SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY PROGRAM ~ 36os=AS-03~60S~DM-508.509 360S-IO-526 = Describes the assembler-language, I/O-related macros of as. Defines and provides how-to information about (fixed, blocked, variable, undefined) record formats, data set organization methods (sequential, i~dexed-sequential. and direct) and procedures'for creating and updating access techniques (BDAM. BISAM, BPAM, BSAM, QISAM. QSAM). Contains information on direct-access device characteristics and For each error message. this bOok describes the number and text of the message~ the explanation of the error, the assembler's handling of the error~ and the programmer's response to correct the error. The introduction to this book describes the format. content~ and F1acement of the error messages. Systems Reference Library Manual~ 70 pages GC26-3771 OS ASSEMBLER .!! LANGUAGE, ~ .!l2..:. 573U-ASl ~his manual provides language specifications for the IBM System/360 Operating System Assembler B. Primarily intended as a reference manual for assembler-language programmers~ it is designed to be used in conjunction with IBM SYSTEM/360 allocation of space on direct-access devices. Manual, 145 pages OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE, Order Number GC286514. GC26-3756 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER IF) PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-A5=037 This publication complements the IBM System/360 Operating System Assembler Language publications. It provides a guide to program assembling. linkage editing. executing, interpreting listings, assemb1er programming considerations, diagnostic messages, and object output cards. Information in this manua1-on IBM System/360 Model 195 should be used for planning purposes only. Sections 2 - 5 of this manual describe assembler 1anguage extensions. sections 6-10 of this manual describe extensions to the macro language. Program Product Manual~ 54 pages GC26-3777 EMULATING DOS ON SYSTEM/370 UNDER OS ~he programmer's Guide, 30 pages Disk Operating System (DOS> Emulator Program_executes under OS/MFT, OS/MVT, OS/VS1, or OS/VS2. GC26-3758 OS ASSEMBLER ~ GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL, PROG. ~5734-AS1 Assembler H is a new assembler language processor that extends the basic assembler language and the macro and contitional-assembly language. It is designed to perform high-speed assemblies On IBM System/360 Models 110 and larger that have at least 256K bytes of main storage. This publication describes the language extensions. It also provides information On system requirements and performance estimates. This manual is designed to aid both planning and programming personnel. The reader is assumed to be familiar with the assembler language and with macro and conditional-assembly language processing. Manual, 42 pages SC26-3759 Q2 ASSEMBLER It enables DOS programs to execute in an as environment. The DOS Emulator program may be multiprogrammed with other as jobs~ and it can run the multiprogramming options of DOS. This publication provides information for programmers and operators to help them code and run DOS jobs with the DOS Emulator Program. Introductory material that describes the operations and ~equirements for the tOS Emulator program is included. Lists of program generated messages and sample jobstreams are also provided in the reference sections .. It is assumed that readers ,of this publication are familiar with OS and DOS and have a working knowledge of their control programs. Manual~ 98 pages GC26-3782 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION ASSEMBLER PROMPTER PROGRAM PRODUCTSPliCIFICiiTIciNS PRCGRA[·l NUl-mER 573U~ ------- PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE, PROG. NO. 573Q-ASl This book tells how to use ~ssembler B. It describes ~ assembler options~ cataloged Job Control Language procedures, assembler listing and output~ sample programs, and programming techniques and considerations. Assembler H is an assembler-language processor for ~he Program Product Specifications (PPs> describe the warranted specifications of the subject Program Product. Specifications~ 8-1/2 x 11~ 2 pages the IBM System/360 Operating System. It performs highspeed assemblies on an IBM System/360 Model liD or higher with at least 256K bytes. of main storage. This book is intended for all Assembler Hprogrammers. It should be used in conjunction with the OPERATING SYSTEM GC26-37S3 OS/VS DATA MANAGEMENT SERVICES GUIDE This publication describes how ~ite assembler-language programs that will create and process data sets. ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE Manual. 'Order Number GC28-651Q; the ASSEMBLER B LANGUAGE SPECIFICATIONS, order Number GC263771; and.the ASSEMBLER H MESSAGES, Order Number SC26-3770. Systems Reference Library Manual, 52 pages GC26-3767 IBM 27110/2968 AUDIO-VISUAL CONTROL USER'S GUIDE ~ ~ F30209 This manual tells co~se ------- ------ ----authors how to control the audiO- visual units with the 27110 remote termina1. To use this book, you-must have a basic knowledge of: o OS/VS1 or OS/VS2, respectively described in OS/VS1 Planning and Use Guide, GC211-5090, and OS/VS2 Planning and Use Guide, GC28-0600. o Assembler Language. as described in as/vs and DOS/VS Assembler Language, GC33-II010. It also o describes the units and the p.rogr~ng support required Job control language (JCL), ~s explained in OS/VS JCL Services, GC28-0617, and OS/VS JCL Reference, GC28-0618. Manual, 176 pages to operate them. Systems Reference Library Manual, 32 pages 155 GC26 GC26 GC26-378q os/VS CBECKPOIN~/RESTART MANUAL discussed in·separate publications that are listed in IBM System/360 and System/370 Bibliography, GA22-6822. Before using this publication to code macro instructions, you should be familiar witb the information in OS/VS and DOS/VS Assembler Language, GC33-Q010, OS/VS Data Management services Guide, .GC26-3783, and OSIVS Supervisor Services and Macro Instructions, GC27-6979. Manual·, 268 pages • This publication describes checkpoint/restart, a facility for recording information about a job at programmer-designated checkpoints so that, if necessary, the job can he restarted at the beginning of a step or at a checkpoint within a step. Checkpoint/restart is intended for use by programmers and system analysts. A general understanding of job control language and data management is prerequisite knowledge for understanding the information in this book. See OS/VS JCL services, GC28-0617, and OS/VS Data Management Services GC26-379Q OS DATA MANAGEMENT MACRO INSTRUCTIONS - SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY LIBRARY MlINUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS360s-'DM-508,· 2J!.2 360S-IO-526 This publication is intended for application programmers who = Guide, GC26-3783, for background information on these subjects. Manual, 86 pages = are writing in assembler language: it contains, a brief description of each macro. instruction and a description of each operand that can be specified in a macro instruction. GC26-3790 OS/VS SYSTEM GENERATION INTRODUCTION MANUAL Descriptions of the macro instructions for the following data management access methods' are contained in this This publication describes the system generation process in os/Vs. In .its broadest sense, system generation consists of defining what an installation's data processing needs are, ordering distribution libraries from IBM, selecting modu1es from these libraries, placing them by mea~ of macro specifications and execution in a new system, and publication. o Basic Direct Access Method (BDAM) o Basic Indexed sequential Access Method (BISAM) o Basic Partitioned Access Method·· (BPAM) o Basic Sequential Access Method (BSAM) o Queued Indexed Sequential Access Method (QISAM) 0. Queued sequential Access Method (QSAM) . testing the newly created system. The book is intended for IBM programming system 0 new VSl or VS2 system Control program, and for system This publication does not contain descriptions of macro instructions for specialized application programs such as planners who need to know the considerations and requirements for generating a new system. The hook.provides background information for the more character reader-sorters optical character readers. Before using this publication to code macro instructions detailed OS/VSl System Generation Reference, GC26-3791, and OS/VS2 System Generation Reference, GC26-3792. Manual, qq pages you should be familiar witb the information contained in tbe OS Data Management Services Guide. Manual, 231.pages repres~tatives and system programmers who generate a teleprocessing, graphiCS magnetic character readers, optical GC26-3795 OS/VS TAPE LABELS· MANUAL GC26-3791 OS/VS 1 SYSTEM GENERATION REFERENCE This publication provides the information for generating an OS/VS 1 System Control Program adapted to both tbe machine This publication describes bow VS processes magnetic tape volumes with IBM standard labels. American National Standard labels, noqstandard labels, or no labels. Included for the guidance of programmers and operations analysts are configuration and data processing requirements of an It is intended for people who plan and select components for an OS/VSl System Control Program and install it. instal~ation. discussions of: This publication contains the information necessary to: o Label formats and contents o Tape volume layouts o Label processing for input, output, multiple data o o Plan the OS/VSl system Control Program Prepare for the generation of an OS/VSl System Control Program Execute system generation. o set, and multiple volume conditions Tape characteristics o o Test the system that has been generated o Restart system generation In addition, this publication contains: o Guidelines for performing a system generation using a starter system o Examples of a complete. nucleus. and I/O device generation o The types of· system generation messages produced PROGRAM NUMBER 360S~PT-516 Test the newly created System Control prOgram This publication does not explain VS2 or the options available in VS2. Information of this type is contained in OS/vS2 Planning and Use Guide, GC28-0600. Manual . concepts such as access method, direct-Bccess storage, GC26-3793 OS/VS DATA MANAGEMENT MACRO INSTRUCTIONS ~ This publication is intended for application pDOgrammers who write programs in assembler language. It cqntains a brief description of each macro instruction and a description of each operand that can be specified in each macro instruction for the following data management access methods: o Basic direct access method (BDAM) o Basic indexed seguential access method (BISAM) o Basic partitioned access method (BPAM) o Basic sequential access method (BSAM) o QUeued indexed seguential access method (QISAM) o Queued sequential access method (QSAM) This publication does not describe macro instructions for specialized application programs such as teleprocessing, graphics, magnetic character readers, optical character and the distinction between data-set organization and data-set processing. The sections dealing with these concepts in OS/VS Data Mana9ement Services Guide, GC26-3783, are suitable for preparatory reading. Manual, 80 pages GC26-3813 OS/VS LINKAGE EDITOR AND LOADER MANUAL· This publication provides the information necessary to use the linkage editor or loader program to prepare the output of a language translator for execution. The intended reader-sorters, optical character readers, or the time sharing option (TSO). - ------- GC26-3799 OS/vS VIRTUAL STORAGE ~ METBOD (VSAM) PLANNING GUIDE This publication is intended to enable prospective users of VSAM (virtual storage acoess method), an .access method of OS/VS (operating systemfVirtual storage), to prepare for using VSAM. The intended audience is data-processing managers wbose decisions will influencetbe use of VSAM, system and application programmers Who will make detailed preparations, and others seeking an introduction to VSAM. . The reader is expected to be familiar with basic the information necessary to: o . This manual describes the procedures for restoring TESTRAN, the TESTRAN macro instruction used to generate TESTRAN into the new operating system, and tbe storage needed to restore, install, and execute TESTRAN. Tbe manual is for system programmers who generate and maintain·the Operating System. Manual, 20 .pages GC26-3792 OS/vS2 SYSTEM GENERATION REFERENCE This publication is intended for system programmers.and IBM programming systems representatives who are to install an OS/VS2 System Control Program. The publication provides Prepare for system generation Execute system generation Restart system generation if errors occur during proceSSing Component considerations GC26-3796 OS TESTRAN SYSTEM INFORMATION - SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY In using this publication. a knowledge of the information o Nonstandard label processing routines and volume label editor routines o o USing tape volumes created by other systems o External labels Manual 156 pages contained in the following publications is required: OS/VSl Planning and Use Guide, GC2Q-5090 OS/VS System/370.System Summary, GA22-7001 OS/VS System Generation IntrodUction, GC26-3790 OS/VSl Storage Estimates, GC2Q-509Q Manual, 236 pages '0 ~ o These macro instructions are 156 audience is a customer applications programmer coding in a higher-level language or a system programmer responsible for installing and maintaining the system. An introductory knowledge of tbe concepts and facilities of OS/VS is required to use this reference guide effectively. The linkage editor combines and edits modules to produce a single module that can be brougbt into real storage by program fetch for execution. It operates as·a processing program. rather than as part of tbe control program. The linkage editor provides several processing facilities that are either performed automatically or invoked in response to GC26 GC27 control statements prepared b¥ the prograQmer. The loader combines the basic editing and loading functions of the linkage editor and program fetch in one job step. It is designed for high-performance loading of modules that do not require the special processing facilities of the linkage editor and fetch, such as overlay. The loader ~oes not produce load modules for program libraries. Manual, 212 pages GC27-6912 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM GRAPHIC PROGRAMMING SERVICES GC26-5929 IBM SUBROUTINE LIBRARY (SRL). PROG. NOS. 1130-LM-001. 002 This publication describes the libraries provided with the follOWing programming systems: o 1130 Card/Paper Tape o 1130 Disk Monitor, Version 2 The programming system libraries consist of input~output, conversion" arithmetic, functional, and uti1ity subroutines. Included in the descriptions are calling sequences for the subroutines and explanations of the parameters involved. The section on conversion subroutines describes the codes used to communicate with the 1130 system I~O devices. An appendix lists these codes and shows their relationship to each other. Manual, 150 pages GC26-5999 IBM SYSTE~360 RPG TRANSLATOR This manual provides programming specifications for the IBM syste~360 RPG Transla~or. It describes the operations necessary for converting a 1400 RPG source program to a Syst~360 RPG source program. FOR IBM 2260 DISPLA~ STAT~CAL ATTACHMENT) ---- PROGRAM NUMBER36iis=I~ - - This publication describes programming services for using the IBM 2260 Display Station with the System~360 Operating System. Included are descriptions of macro instructions for input~output control and for Basic and Express Attention Handling, along with some general requirements for using the display station effectively. Although intended primarily for the programmer coding in system~360 assembler language, portions of this publication are also of interest to installation managers, system engineers, system programmers, and others seeking general information about programming the IEM 2260 Display Station. systems Reference Library Manual, 50 pages GC27-6918 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERA~ING SYSTEM. MAINTENANCE PROGRAM; PROGRAM NUMBER 360S~UT-506 This publication describes the procedur~ for applying IBMdistributed maintenance material, or user-provided material in a prespecified form, to operating-system libraries. The major portion of this information concerns the Update Analysis program--a program that determines the apFlicability of maintenance material for the individual system libraries, and accordingly constructs a job stream that effects the library updating. The information contained in IBM SYSTE~360 OPERATING SYSTEM: SYSTEM GENERATION, Form GC28-655Q, is prerequisite to the use of this publication. Systems Reference Library Manual, 48 page The information contained in this publication will enable a 1400 RPG programmer to determine the'scope of the GC27-692Q IBM SYSTEM~360 DISK Translator program' and to formulate. preliminary plans for its use. This manual lists the machine features required and supported, describes the functional characteristics of the program, and provides a section on data checking and operating characteristics. OPERA~ING SYSTEM VOCABULARY FILE UTILITY PROGRAM FOR THE IBM 7772 AUDIO-aESPONSE UNIT ---- ------- PROGRAM NUMBER36ON-!iT=ii7-2--~his doc~provides 1DformatioD on the Vocatulary File Utility Program for the ~BM 7772 Audio Response Unit, that enables the user to create, organize, and update the file of work representations from which the audible responses of the IBM 7772 Audio Response Unit are formed. System Reference Library Manual, q4 pages Restrictions to the program are defined" and suggested so1utions are provided. A program example and operating procedures are also'included. Systems, Reference Library Manual, 28 pages GC27-6908 IBM SYST~360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7074 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR ~ SYSTEM~360« MODELS 50 AND ~-PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-725 This publication provides information on the IBM 7074 Emulator Program (360C-EO-725), and is directed to the user who is supplementing or replacing his IBM 7070~707q Data Processing system with an IBM system~360, Model 50 or 65. Emulation is a technique that utilizes both equipment (Compatibility Feature) and programming to execute object programs written for other data processing systems. Systems Reference Library Manual, 48 pages GC27-6909 IBM SYST~360 OPERA~I SERVICES FOR IBM PROGRAM NOMBER36 This publication provided under the IBM System~360 Operating System for use with the IBM 2250 Display Onit. These programming services are designed to faci1itate the assembler-language coding of programs for displaying data in alphameric or graphic form on the 2250 screen and for contro11ing man-machine communication using 'the 2250 • Included are facilities for creating the image-defining orders and data, fpr contro11ing input/output functions of the graphic device, and for handling communications from a 2250 operator. Both basic and express attention handling are described. Although intended primarily for the programmer coding in system~360 assembler language, protions of this puh1ication are also of interest to installation managers, system engineers, system programmers, a~d others seeking general information about programming the IBM 2250 Display GC27-6927 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERWrING SYSTEM GRAPBIC PROGRAMMING SERVICES FOR IBM 2280 AND 2282 FILM UNITS PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-IO-523 ThisPublication. contains informatICi"ii"Tor writing programs using the IBM 2280 Film Recorder or the IBM 2282 Film Recorder/Scanner. For complete coverage of available 2280~82 graphic programming services, .this publication must be used with IBM SYSTEM~360 OPERATING SYSTEM; GRAPBIC PROGRAMMING services for IBM 2250 Display Unit, order number GC27-6909. The information consists primarily of formats and descriptions of macro-instructions that generate orders and data that control the graphic devices. Considerations for user's error handling routines are also included. Systems Reference Library Manual; S6 pages GC27-6929 IBM SYSTEM~360 CONV SAMPLE PROBLEMS FOR IBM ~~~360 EMULATOR PROGRAM NUMBERS: 3 360C-EU-726 360C-EU-729 360C=EU-097 360C-E 360C-EU-725 360C-EU-728 360C-EU-733 Samp~e problems are provided as a part of. the distribution material for IBM Syst~360 Emulator Programs. ~hey ar.e illustrative examples deSigned to familiarize the user with the techniques required to execute' object programs written or other IBM data processing systems under Emulator ,control. Sample p~oblems are not intended to provide detailed and exhaustive tests or demonstrations of Emulator Programs. Included in this publicati9n are sample problems for use with the following Emulators: 1401/1440/1460 Model 30, 1401~lQ60 Model 40, 1410~7010 Models 40 and 50, 1620 Model 30, 70qO~7044 Model 65, 7074 Models 50 and 65, 7080 Model 65, and 709~7090~709q~7094II Model 65. Systems Reference Library Manual, 28 pages Unit. Systems Reference Library Manual, 134 pages GC27-6911 IBM SYST~360 CONVERSION AIDS: TBE 7080 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYST~360 MODEL ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-E~ Special machine and programming features expand the capabilities of IBM Syste~360 Model 65 to include an alternate mode of operation: operation as the IBM 7080 EmUlator. The Emulator is the effective equivalent of the IBM 7080 Data Processing System. and is capable of executing programs written for the 7080. This publ.ication describes how to prepare and use a suitably configured SYst~360 for the execution of 7080 programs. General information, is provided on Emulator characteristics, programming considerations, and· operating considerations. Complete instructions for system generation, and program use are provided, together with detail.ed information on error messages and corrective actions. Systems Reference Library Manual, 58 pages 157 OP ING SYSTEM; GRAPBIC SUBROUTINE ~~:~R~: 7l&. COBOL, ~ PL/I, Thl.S pu rrcatIon cr es how a FORTRAN, COBOL, or PL~I programmer can write graphic programs f9r use with the IBM 2250 Display Unit in association with the,IBMSystem~360 Operating System. It also describes how the graphic subroutine package may be used in a ,program written in Assembler Language,_ The graphic subroutine package (GSP) consists of subroutines and functions for displaying characters or graphic forms on the 2250 screen and for controlling communicatiOn between the program and the 2250 operator. The subroutines may be ca11ed from a program written in the E, G, or B level of FORTRAN IV,' in COBOL (F), or in PL~I (F), or from a program written in Assembler Language. TEM~360 GC27 GC27 They are not 'an extension of the FORT~N IV, COBOL, or PL/I ~anguages, but may be used in conjunction with them. systems Reference Library Manual, 180 pages Systems Reference Library Manual, 60 pages GC27-6933 IBM SYSTEM/360 OP~TING SYSTEM USER'S GUIDE FOR JOB CONTROL FROM THE IBM 2250 DISPLAY UNIT, PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-R~ This publication describes how a person at an IBM 2250 Display Unit can define and initiate jobs to be processed by the IBM System/360 Operating System. The pUblication discusses the job control operations that are available at the display unit and provides supplementary information to assist the user. A sample job control session is explained with test and illustrations. The descriptions of the job control operations are written for a person who is not familiar with the IBM system/360 Operating system. systems Reference Library Manual, 76 pages GC27-6935 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PLANNING FOR ROLLOUT/ROLLIN This publication describes the features a~capabilities provided by the rollout/rollin feature of the IBM System/360 operating system. Rollout/rollin is used in conjunction with MVT (multiprogramming with a variable number of tasks) as an aid to main storage management. Systems Reference Library Manua~, 16 pages GC27-6937 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPE~TING SYSTEM AND 1130 DISK MONITOR SYSTEM, SYSTEM/360 _ 1130 DATA TRANsiiISSlOii"FOR FORTRAN PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-LM-542 AND 1130-LM 011 This publication describes subroutines that enable a FORTRAN IV programmer to transmit data between a program being processed by the IBM System/360 operating System and a program being processed by the IBM 1130 Disk Monitor System version 2 •. It also describes how these subroutines can be used by an Assembler Language programmer. The subroutines described in this publication make up what is called the processor-to-processor (PTOP) program. With these subrOUtines, the FORTRAN programmer can perform telecommunication procedur~s similar to those available to Assembler Language programmers via the binary synchronous services of the Basic Telecommunications Access Method (in the system/360 operating System) and the Synchronous Communications Adapter subrotines (in the 1130). The PTOP subroutines are not an extension of the FORTRAN IV Language, but are to be u~ed in conjunction with it. It is assumed that the FORTRAN user of this pnblication is experienced in the FORTRAN IV language of both the IBM System/360 operating System and the IBM 1130 Disk Monitor System Version 2. It is assemed that the Assemb~er Language user of this publication is experienced in the Assembler Language of both systems. Detai~ed knowledge of binary synchronous communications programming is unnecessary. Systems Reference Library Manual, 64 pages STEM/360 OP~TING SYSTEM AND 1130 DISK MONITOR SYSTEM GUIDE FOR JOB C ---"FROM AN IBM 2250 DISPLAY UNIT D TO AiiliBii"1130 -- - -- -----PROGRAM NUMBERS"360S-iiC This publication describes how a 'person at an IBM 2250 Display Unit attached to an IBM 1130 COmputing System can define and initiate jobs to be processed by the IBM System/360 Operating' system. A job defined at the display unit can be processed independently in the System/360 or it can be processed in conjunction with a related program in the 1130. The publication descusses the job control operations avai~ble to the 2250 user and provides' supp~ementary information to assist him at the disp~y unit. A comp~ete sample job with text and i~lustrations is included. The information on jab control operations is written for a person unfamiliar with the IBM Systemt360 Operating System, the IBM 1130 Computting system, or the IBM 2250 Display Unit. A series of appendixes provide in£ormation of interest to programmers an4 installation personnel planning for this support.' , systems Reference Library Manua~, 92 pages GC27-6939 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: MFT GUIDE DUED NUMBER OF TASKS (MFT) ---, PROGRAM NUMBER 360s=ci=5~ This publication provides information con~erning Version II' of Multiprogramming With a Fixed Number of Tasks' (MFT) for instal~ation personne~ who are responsible for s~ection, eva~uation, and implementation of System/360 operating system configurations. The information is presented in two major categories: CONCEPTS and CONSID~TIONS. These sections describe, respectively: The princip~es of operation of MFT. The influence of these principles on the application and operation of the system. The descriptive information 'is supplemented by examp~es and il~ustrations inc~uding a sample job sched~ing sequence and sample partition configurations for systems, with 128K, 256K, and 512K bytes of main storage. GC27-6940 OP~TING SYSTEM 1401/1440/1460 SYSTEM/360 EMULATOR P COMPATIB~SUPPORT 30/40 PROGRAM NU 60N-EU-484 AND ~-~ This publication contains information on the Emulation 'of 1401, 1440, and 1460 object programs under the control of the Disk Operating System. compatibility Support/30 and compatibility Support/40 allow emulation of these programs on the IBM System/360 Models 30 and 40, respectively. ,Compatibility Support/30 comprises the IBM 1401/1440/1460 Emulator Program, Number 360N-EU-484, and 'applicable Compatibility Features for the Model 30. Compatibility Support/40 comprises the 1401/1440/1460 Emulator Program, Number 360N-ED-485, and the applicable Compatibility Features for the Model 40. In addition, the 1401, 1440, and 1460 object program can be run on the IBM System/360 Mod,~ 25 using the 1401/1440/1460 Emulator Program for Compatibi~ity SUpport/30 in conjunction with applicable Compatibility Features for the Model 25. General information concerning machine requirements, program generation, simulation techniques. data format, control cards, and programming considerations is included, as are detailed explanations of Operator Service Functions, operating procedures, console messages, and special instructions added by the Compatibility ~.eatures for the Models 30 and 40. The 1400 Emulator Program under DOS allows the user to run the 1401/1440/1460 programs, with little or no reporgramming under the Disk Operating System in conjunction with the Compatibility Features. This allows 1400 programs to be run in a stacked job environment, mixed with System/360 jobs. Systems Refer'ence Library Manual, 138 pages GC27-6942 IBM SYSTEM/360 O~TING SYSTEM INTRODUCTION TO MAIN STORAGE iiI~CHY SUPPORT FOR IBM-n61MODELS 1 AND 2- - - - - - This publi~isaD introductioii'to-programming requirements and considerations for the division of main storage into ~wo separately addressable segments 'called hierarchies. IBM 2361 Core Storage is economical bulk storage that can be attached to processor storage units. Main Storage Hierarchy Support is programming support for the 2361. This support allows 2361 Core Storage to be selectively addressed, so that storage can be allocated from it for work areas or for loading of modules. Main Storage Hierarchy Support can be us~ with all configurations of the operating system except MVT with Model 65 multiprocessing. This publication is for planners who need to decide on the physical configuration of, an information processing system and for systems ana~ysts and programmers who want to use the system most efficiently. Systems Reference Library Manual, 25 pages GC27-6948 ~~~~~"'~~ 1]! lQl! ~ ~ 1]! SYSTEM/370 ~ 165 TE~'IIUi~~~i,on contains planning information about the IBM 7074 Emulator Program for the System/370 Model 165. The emulator program runs as a problem program under the MFT or MVT version of the System/360 operating System. The Model 165 must be equipped with the IBM Compatibility Feature _7117. The emulator program and the compatibility feature enable pro~ams written for the IBM 7014 Data Processing System to be executed on the,Model 165. The information in this publication is for installation personnel responsible fqr evaluating. selecting, and imp~ementing system configurations. Manual, 95 pages GC27-6949 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: OPERATOR·S GUIDE FOR DISPLAY CONSOLES --- -- publication tel~ system operators how to use cathode ray tube (CRT) disp~ay devices as operator consoles to run MFT'or MVT configurations of the IBM System/360 Operating sYstem. The manu~ describes in detail the operating 'techniques for the Model 85 Operator Console (Feature 5450), the 2250 Disp~ay Unit, and the 2260 Display Station (local attachment). A summary of device characteristics and a glossary are included.' The book must be used in conjunction with IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSl:rEM: OPERATOR'S REFERENCE, Form GC28-6691, and IBM SY,STEM/360 OP~TING SYSTEM: OPERATOR'S PROCEDIlRES, Form GC28-6692. Manu~, 108 pages Th~s GC27-6951 EMULATING ~ 1]! 1m!! ON IBM MODELS '85 AND 165 USING OS/360 158 PROG .. NO. 360C-EL'-7.34 !F"~ MaD 95), 360C.-EL'-740 ~ ~ J§.g This manual describes the IBM 709/7090/7094/7094 II Emulator Program for the IBM System/370 Model 165, and provides information needed to use the program. The emulator program executes object programs for the IBM 709, 7090, 7094, and 7094 II Data Processing Systems, and runs as a problem GC27 GC27 and initialization of the files. The third section describes the extract program, which moves data from a data file to a file for an application program, and the reports program, which produces reports of operator and format efficiency. The fourth section will provide estimates of the storage required for standard and optional VIDEO/370 program under the MFT or MVT configuration of the IBM System/360 operating System. The System/370 Model 165 must be equipped with the IBM Compatibility Feature #7119. The emulator program uses the compatibility feature to perform the more complex and frequent~y occurring processes of emuJ.ation. The manual also describes three programs that are d distrihuted with the emulator: the tape preprocessor program, the tape postprocessor program, and the emulator system~o~tput writer. features. The fifth section discusses such system programming considerations as buffer size and number, interfaces between application programs and VIDEO/370 system messages are documented in section 6. The preprocessor and postprocessor A~pendixes show a sample program to interface with the extract program and the method of determining the check digits for the modulus 10 or 11 editing features. Manual 1qO pages programs are data manipulation programs that change the format of 709q data. The writer prints 709q data spooled on the SYSOUT data set. ' system planners and programmers should use this manual for p1anning. generating. using. and modifying the emulator. Programmers responsible for executing 709Q programs should GC27-6967 use the manual for instructions on processing 709Q data and executing the emulator. System operators should use the ~~~~5~ manual. for instructions aD bow to communicate with the emulator program. Programmers and planners should he experienced with the IBM 709, 7090, 709Q, or 709Q II Data Processing system, and have a working knowledge of either the MET'or MVT configuration of the IBM System/360 Operating system. Systems Library, 00 pages 360C-EU-737 GC27-6969 PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS VIDEO/370 DOS - PROGRAM Specifications, Q pages ----- --- . The manual also describes three programs that are distributed with the emulator: the tape preprocessor' program, the tape postprocessor program, and the emulator system-output writer. The preprocessor and post processor programs are data manipulation programs that change the format of 7000 data. The writer prints 7000 data spooled on the SYSOUT data set. , SYstem planners and programmers should use this manual GC27-6970 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PROBLEM DETERMINATION AIDS AND MESSAGES AND CODES FOR GPS AND GSP - PROGRAM NUMBEas:AND MESSAGES AND CODEs FOR GPS AND GSP :: PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-IO-523 ANDl3~LM=537--- --- --- - ------- ------This manual contains aids for determining and solving problems that involve display programs that use either the Graphic Programming Services (GPS) for the IBM 2250 Display Unit and IBM 2260 Display Station or the Graphic subroutines package (GSP) for the IBM 2250 Display Unit. The aids are directed to the display operator, application ~rogrammer, system operator. system programmer. and system maintenance personnel. ' The manual is divided into an introduction and six sections of problem determination aids: o Display Operator aids o Application programmer aids for planning. generating, using. and modifying the emulator. o Messages programmers responsible for executing 7080 o o o Codes Generalized trace facility problem-related data proqra~s should use the manual for instructions on processing 7080 data and executing the emulator. System operators should use the manual for instructions on how to communicate with the emulator program. All messages issued by the emulator and the data manipulation programs are included in an Appendix. Programmers and planners should be experienced with the IBM 7000 Data processing System and with the IBM System/360 Operating system, having a working knowledge of either the MFT or the MVT, configuration. Systems Library, 10Q pages SC27-69S5 VIDEOI370 USERS GUIDE = PROGRAM PRODUCTS The reader should he familiar with information in: IBM System/360 Operating System: Graphic Programming services (GPS) for the IBM 2250 Display Unit, GC27-6909 Graphic Programming services (GPS) for the IBM 2260 Display Station (Local Attachment), GC27-6912 Graphic Subroutine Package (GSP) for FORTRAN IV, COBOL, and PL/I, GC27-6932. System Reference Library Manual, 10Q pages 573Q-RCS. 5736-RC3 This manua1 provides the information that an operator requires to use VIDEO/370 for'data entry and verification at the IBM 3275 Display Station. VIDEO/370 is an IBM program product that allows data entry from local or remote display stations to provide data for application programs. Formats, commands, and checking features specified by the installation allow dynamic error correction by the operator. This p~ication describes the operator·s role in the VIDEO/370 system and special VIDEO/370 aspects of the display station; the basic commands 'are features available procedur~s . to all operators; for data verification; optional VIDEOI370 commands that provide ~ore *N NUMBER s736=RC3 --- - ------"The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the warranted specifications of the subject Program Product. This ,manual descrIlieSthe IBM 7000 Emulator Program for the IBM System/370 Model 165, and provides information needed to use 'the program. The emulator program executes object programs for the IBM 7000 Data Processing System, and runs as a problem program under the MET or MVT confignration of the IBM System/360 operating system. The System/370 Model 165 must be equipped with the IBM COmpatibility Feature #7110. The emulator program uses the compatibility feature to perform the more complex and frequently occurring processes of emulation. *N NUMBER Specifications. q pages GC27-6952 EMULATING THE IBM 7000 ON THE IBM SYSTEMl370 MODEL 165 NluMBER = PROGRAM The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the warranted speCifications of the subject Program Product. All messages issued by the emulator and the data manipulation programs are included in an Appendix. USING OS/3~--pROGRAM SPECIFICATIONS VIDEO/37.D OS extensive editing , GC27-6971 OS/VS GRAPHIC SERVICES ~ FOR ~ ~ DISPLAY UNIT DeSCiIbe-s--and routines provided under OS/VS to aid in writing assembler-language programs that use the IBM 2250 Display Unit, Model 1 or 3. These programming services are useful in: o Displaying data in alphameric or graphic form o Controlling input/output o Communicating with the 2250 operator capabilities; error recovery procedures, including explanations of diagnostic messages sent to the operator; and a sample VIDE0/370 data entry session. A glossary defines terms used in the publication as they relate to VIDEO/370. Prerequisite Publication: Operator"s Guide for the IBM 3270 Information Display System, GC27-2739. Manual, 96 pages SC27-6960 VIDEO/370 SYSTEM INFORMATIOII MANlJAL - PROGRAM PROOOCTS 5134-RC5 .. 5736=iC3 This manuai is intended primarily for application programmers coding in assembler language. *N ------ - ------- This manual tells how to install and tailor VIDEO/370, which is used to enter and verify data from local or remote IBM 3217 or 3275 display stations to produce data application programs. The manual is intended for the system programmer or analyst, at the VIDEO/370 installation who selects and defines ~ VIDEO/370 features with macro instructions and JCL. , ' , , The first section is an overview of VIDEO/370, its standard and optional features. The second section, describes installation of VIDEO/'370, which requires specification of the desired commands and editing features, definition of formats for the display processing configuration, definition of formats for the display screen, 159 It also provides installation managecs, system engineers, and system programmers with general information about programming the 2250 display unit. The reader should be familiar'with the ~nformation in: IBM System/360 C'omponent Description: IBM 2250 Display Dnit Model 1, GA27-2701 IBM System/360 Component Description: IBM 2250 Display Unit Model 3 IBM 20QO Display control Model 2, GA27-2721 Manual, 146 pages GC27-6972 OS/VS GRAPHIC PROGRllMMING ~VICES ,GGPS) FOR IBM 2260 DIspuiY'STATioN (LOIIAL ATTACBMENT) =-ilYSTEMLiBiARY MANUAL This man~crib~s macro instructions-provided un~ OS/VS to aid in writing assembler-language programs that use the IBM 2260 Display Station (Local Attach~ent). These programming services are useful in: Controlling input/output, and Communicating with the 2260 operator. This manual is intended primarily for application programmers Coding in assembler language. It also provides installation managers, system engineers; and system Ge27 GC27 programmers with general information about programming the 2260 display station. The reader should be familiar with the information in: IBM Systeml360 Component Description: IBM 2260 Display Station IBM 2848 Display Control. GA27-2700. Manual. 52 pages GC27-6973 OS.IVS GRAPHIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE (GSP) FOR ~ !Yo. COBOL. AND PL/I :: ~ LIBRARY This manual describes how a FORTRAN. COBOL. or PL/I programmer can write graphic programs for use with the IBM 2250 Display Unit under control of OS/VS. It also describes how.the graphic subroutine package may be used in a program This publication also contains a list of other publications required to write applications involving the 3270; the most important of these publications are DOS Basic Telecorrmunications ACCeSs Method. GC30-5001-9 and IBM 3270 Information Display System Component Description. GA27-27119. This publication is for system and application programmers planning or writing teleprocessing applications involving the 3270 and DOS Release 26. The information in this publication will be incorporated into other DOS publications in releases after Release 26. Manual. 20 pages GC27-6978 DOS VERSION 4 - BASZC TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METBOD MANUAL written in Assembler Language. The graphic subroutine package (GSP) consists of graphic forms On the 2250 screen and for controlling communication between the program and the· 2250 operator. The subroutines may be called from a program written in the E. G. or H level of FORTRAN IV. in COBOL (F) .• in PL/I (F). or from a program written in Assembler Language. They are not an extension of the FORTRAN IV. COBOL. or PL/I languages, but may be used in conjunction with them. Manual. 188 pages GC27-6974 OS/VS PROBLEM DETERMINATION AIDS AND MESSAGES AND CODES FOR GPS AND GSP ---- ----- ----- --This:manual contains aids for determining and solving problems that involve display programs that use either the Graphic Programming services (DPS) for the IBM 2250 Display Unit and IBM 2260 Display Station or the Graphic subroutines Package (GSP) for the IBM 2250 Display Unit. The aids are directed to the display operator. application programmer. It is primarily intended for programmers making use The manual is divided into an introduction and six of problem determination aids: Display operator aids . Application programmer aids Messages o o o codes OS/VSl Planning and Use Guide - GC24-5090 OS/VS2 Planning and se Guide - GC28-0600 OS/VS Assembler Language - GC33-4010 Manual o Generalized Trace Facility o Problem-related data The reader should be familiar with information in: OS/VS Grpahic Programming Services (GPS) for IBM 2250 Display unit. GC27-6971 OS/VS Graphic Programming Services (GPS) for· IBM 2260 Display Station (Local Attachment). GC27-6972 OS/VS Graphic Subroutine ·Package (GSP) for FORTRAN IV. COBOL. and PL/I. GC27-6973. Manual. 104 pages GC27_6975 IBM 2260 UTAH AND 2260 GAH TO IBM 3270 BTAH CONVERSION GUIDE:: PROGRAM NUMBERS"3ii0S=cO=Sf3,·36ON-CQ 469 Users. of the 2260 or 2265 display stations under DOS or OS who are considering the advantages of the 3270 display system should review this planning manual to understand what is invo~ved in the c~DVersioD and what assistance is available from IBM. The book will aid installation managers, planners, and progra~rs. This hook brings together information on differences ~ programming and hardware -- that are·basic to planning and carrying out conversion from 2260/2265 display stations to 3270 display stations. Dos and OS terminal control differences (for Basic ------ ------ of assembler language. Use of the book requires a basic knowledge of the operating system and of OS/VS assembler language. Related books that contains information about these subjects are: personnel. o NOMBER 370N-CQ-469 GC27-6979 OS/VS SUPERVISOR SERVICES AND MACRO INSTRUCTIONS This book describes how to-uBe the services of the OS/VS supervisor, the macro instructions used to request these, services, and the linkage conventions used by the control program to provide these services. system operator, system programmer, and system maintenance sections o o o = PROGRAM This publication describes the Bas1c Telecommunications Access Method (BTAH) used with the System/370 Disk Operating System (DOS) control program. BTAM provides the READ/WRITE level macro instructions· for the assembler-language programmer who is implementing programs for telecommunications' applications. . Included are macro instruction formats.and descriptions and specific information on device-dependent"considerations. For titles and abstracts of associated publications see the IBM System/370 Bibliography. GA22-6822. Manual. 392 pages subroutines and functions for displaying characters or ~e1ecommunications GC2?-6980 OS/VS UTAM Describes the Basic Telecommunications Access Method (BTAH) available with OS/VS. UTAH provides facilities that enable an assembler-language programmer to write a teleprocessing control program that effects communications at the Read/Write level between a System/370 and a variety of computers and terminals connected to the System/370 over common-car~ier or private-wire communications networks. BTAH provides similar facilities for the local IBM 3270 Display System. BTAH employs both start-stop and binary synchronous communications (BSC) techniques. depending on the type of remote station. Typical BTAH applications .include data acquisition. message switching. and inquiry processing. This publication expla~s some concepts of tel~processing and BTAH. describes line control and message transmission techniques. and describes each of the BTAH macro instructions and facilities needed to construct a control program. The READ and WRITE macro instructions applicable for each type of remote station and line configuration are ~iven. along with the channel programs generated for each type. Access Method and Prerequisite to use of this publication is a knowledge for Graphic Access MethOd) are summarized. For users who do not wish to completely rewrite their 2260 application programs. use of the IBM-provide.d 3270 UTAH data stream of System/370 assembler language and data management facilities. Manqal conversion macro instruction is described. SuggestiOns are given for user-written modifications to the data stream Which, when used in conjunction with the conversion macro instruction, will give additional performance qaiDS~ The 3270 system is a new family of display devices that offer improved. response times and faster transactions at lower costs. The system is designed for the who~e range of alphameriC display applications. inclUding inquiry applications. data-entry and· order-entry applications·. and system console applications. Before using this publication the reader must be familiar with An Introduction to the IBM 3270 Information Display System. GA27-2739. and with the UTAH or GAM reference material for·his application programs. SRL Conv~sion Guide, 96" pages GC27-6977 DOS PROG NG SUPPLEMENT FOR THE 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAl! SYSTEM AL --- --- -----This pub . on contains system generation and storage estimate information for teleprocessing applications using the 3270 Information Display System and Release 26 of the Disk Operating System (OOS). GC27-698"l INTRODUcTICN TO VTAH (VIRTUAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD) -- - --~he Virtual Telecommunications Access Method w handles the transfer of data between application programs and telecommunications devices. It is available under DOS/VS, OS/vS1. and OS/VS2. . This manual is intended for those who will decide whether·or not to use·VTAM. and as preliminary information for installation managers and ·system·programmers who will install it. It discusses: o Definition of VTAH to the operating system o Operation of a VTAH telecommunications network o VTAM macro instructions o Operation of TCAM programs under VTAH o· Reliability. availability. and serviceability features available to VTAH. The reader should be familiar· with teleprocessing concepts. System programmers sbould be familiar with the operating systhm w~h which they will use VTAH. Manual. 54 pages . The information is in the form of supplements for these DOS Release 26 publications: o OOS system Generation. GC24-5033 o OOS Messages. GC211-5074· o DOS OLTEP. GC24-5086 GC27-6992 *N 0s/VS2 HASP II VERSION 4 - SYSTEMS PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 37iiiHEi-ool - - This publication consists of self-contained Chapters. each 160 GC27 GC28 of which provides information necessaxy to generate. install. and implement capabilities of the HASP program. It .is designed primarily for system programmers responsible for generating, maintaining, and extending HASP features: o o Defining the System Job Management and Supervisor Services for System Progranuners o supervisor Macro-Instructions for system Programmers o System overview o Glossary Related publications are: Introduction to Virtual Storage in System/370, GR20-4260 IBM System/370 System Summary. GA22-7001 IBM Data Processing Glossary. GC20-1699 OS/VS Virtual Storage Access Method (VS~Ml Planning Guide, GC26-3799 OS/VSl Planning and Ose Guide. GC2Q-5090. systems Publication. 248 pages ~pics: OS SYSGEN Requirements Generating. a RASP System (HASPGENl HASPGEN Parameters Installing HASP in the System Generating RASP Remote ~erminal Programs (RMrGENl Remote Generation for Non-HASP Users RMrGEN Parameters Storage Requirements Reference Listing of RASPJCL Internal Reader HASP-~SO Interface Execution Batch Scheduling Generating More ~han Fifteen Logical Partitions Multiple Devices on MUL~I-LEAVING Remotes RASP 2770 and 3780 RJE Support 3211 Forms Control Buffer Additional Loads RASP-SMF Interface General HASP Restrictions Manual. 178 pages GC27-6993 *N OS/VS2, ~ I I .l!l!lY!!ill! ! OPERA~OR'S GUIDE PROG. NO. 370B-TX-00l ~his publication tells the computer operator how to use HASP II Version 4 with OS/VS2 Release 1. It presents .specific operating techniques and operator commands for: o Starting, stopping and restarting the HASP System o Handling system input and input ,devices o Handling system output and output devices o Controlling devices . o COntrolling jobs Appendixes to this publication list HASP messages and detail operation of RASP'remote work stations: 1130, system/360 (Model 20 and upl, 2922, 2780. 2770, System/3, and 3780. Manual, 245 pages GC28-0601 OS/VS2 RELEASE 1 GO IDE This publication COiitains information about the scope and content of Release 1 of OS/VB2. It provides planning and implementation information for installation managers, system programmers, and IBM field personnel. The publication describes special considerations, module information, and ordering and distribution procedures for Release 1 of OS/VS2. Manual, 104 pages GC28-0602 OS/VS MASTER INDEX This publication consolidates the indexes of publications in the IBM System Library for OS/VB: it applies to both VBl and VS2. The master index lists topics alphabetically. and refers to publications where these topics are discussed. The indexes of these publications list the same topics and refers to specific pages. Systems publication. 408 pages GC28-060Q OB/vS2 STORAGE ESTIMATES MANUAL This publication is intended for three types of users: system planners, system programmers, and application programmers. It contains instructions, formulas, and figures that can be used to ,estimate the storage requirements for OS/VS2. Storage requirements are divided into three categories: real storage, virtual storage, and auxiliary storage. Each type of user can use this publication differently. o system planners can use this publication to plan the storage requirements of a new system.. including the effects of options on the total storage requirement. " System programmers can use this publication to o determine the amount of real, Virtual, and auxiliary storage that has to be allocated during system generatio.n .and to determine the amount of storage available to the application programmer. o Application programmers can estimate the storage requiremen'~s of their jobs. This publication should be used with OS/vS2 System Generation Reference, GC26-3792. Manual. 156 pages GC27-6995 VIRTUAL ~ELECOMMUNICA~IONS ACCESS METHOD (~AM). APPLICA~ION coMPOiiEii.r NOMBERS 5741-SC1-DE AND 5742-SC~ --~his book provides those who will be COding these. programs an opportunity to study the form and. scope of the application program macro instructions before VTAM becomes availahle. ~he book is not intended for persons who are modifying existing programs to make them ~AM-compatible. ~AM is an access method that allows a program operating under a virtual storage operating system to communicate with the terminals of a teleprocessing network. ~he language that this book describes consists of the ~AH macro instructions with which the program prepares for and requests communication with the terminals. The book is ~R'S REFERENCE MANOAL - primarily a set of descriptions of these macro instructions. It a1sa explains, in a general way, how to use macro instructions. Manual, 156 pages GC27-6999 *N AN INTRODOCTION TO PROGRAMMING THE IBM 3270 Provides the information requir~to-program the IBM 3270 Information Display System. , Programming the 3270 includes designing the panel, building and coding the data stream. analyzing data. designing the line control program. and handling error recovery. The intended audience is the systems and application programmers who install the 3270 and tailor it to the needs of their installations. The fi.rst section of the book des=ibes ·.s=een design. Fields and attributes are discussed, as well as data streams. orders, and the use of such 3270 features as program attention keys and the selector Pen. ~he second section describes screen management by means of decoding and generating data streams. mapping, building output data streams. and the automatic copy function. The third section discusses device management. The master termina~ program is described, as well as reliability and error recovery procedures such as sense/status analysis. Manual, 112 pages GC2S-0600 OS/VS2 PLANNING AND OSE GUIDE This publication-aiscrIbes OS/VS2 to users responsible for selecting, evaluating, and implementigg an OS/VS2 system. ~he purpose of this publication is to introduce VS2 concepts and to. proy-ide .planning and use information. ~is publication assumes a knowledge of Os/MVT. (MVT is des=ibed in IBM System/360 Operating System: MVT Guide, GC28-6720.l .~his publication contains the follOWing chapters: . Introduction o o System Control Porgram o standard SUpport porgrams o Options o Compatibility GC28-0617 OS/VS JCL SERVICES NUMBER--s741-010 This publication describes services provided by the operating system that an applications programmer can request by coding parameters of the job control language (JCLl. This book is written. primarily for applications programmers who code JCL statements for their 'job and assumes the reader has a basic knowledge of computer operating systems and some familiarity with JCL. ~he ~ntroduction to the book contains a brief overview of ·the nine JCL statements and an introduqtian to the organization of services in the book. The descriptions of JCL services are divided into five groups running your job; defining and descr4bing data sets; special data sets; obtaining output: cataloged and in-stream procedures. .Cbapters within each group describes whan or why you would want to request the services discussed and how to requestor control the service. Not evexy service provided by JCL is included in the book. The introduction contains a list of JCL services, noting the publication in which each service is desaribed and the parameter," subparameter, or statement used to request the service. OS/VS JCL services is a companion book.to the OS/VS JCL Reference, GC28-0618. In this book. paramet~rs of the job control language are discussed only in the context of requesting services. Complete parameter descriptions, including syntax rules are' included in the OS/VS JCL Reference. Manual, 96 'pages GC28-0618 OS/VS JCL REFERENCE Every job submitted include job control contain information proceSSing of. jobs. 161 - SYSTEMS PUBLICATION fo~tionby OS/VSl or OS/VS2 must language statements. These statements required to initiate and control the GC28 GC28 This publication defines the facilities provided with the job control language and contains the information necessary to code job control language statements. The book is intended for application and system programmers who are familiar with JCL. Manual, 380 pages GC28-0631 OS/VS DATA MANAGEMENT FOR SYSTEM PROGRAMMERS This publication consists of self-contained chapters, each providing information on how to modify, extend, or implement the data management capabilities of the OS/VS control program. It is designed primarily for system programmers responsible for maintaining, updating, and extending the ope~ating GC28-0638 OS/VS SYS1. LOGREC ERROR RECORDING MANUAL This publication is intended for system operators, programmers, and administrators involved in using the information on the SYS1.LOGREC data set. This publication describes: o Why and how the different types of error records are built and recorded on SYS1.LOGREC. The service aid programs that can be used to o maintain and retrieve the information on SYS1.LOGREC Messages issued by the IFCDIPOO and IFCEREPO service aids are described in OS/VS Message Library: Service Aids and OLTEP Messages, GC38-1006. Manual, B4-pages system features. GC28-0640 The topics discussed are: ~ ~ a o = = SUPPORT ~ ~ ~ 5007, 5008, 5413, AND 5414 PROGRAM NUMBERS 5741 AND 5742 A combined language reference manual and user"s guide for the Dynamic Support System (DSS). DSS is monitoring and debugging program that is intended for use by IBM Program Systems R~presentatives and user-authorized maintenance personnel. DSS helps identify and provide tempor~y fixes to software errors in the IBM Operating System with Virtual Storage (OS/VS). This book has six sections. Section 1 describes the functions and capabilities of DSS~ Section 2 describes the DSS command language.. section 3 is a suamary of Section 2. section 4 tells how to use DSS.. Section 5 describes the formatted output (dumps and displays) produced by DSS. Section 6 describes the messages issued by DSS .. Although there are not mandatory prerequisite publications. before using DSS the reader must have a thorough knowledge of tbe internal logic of OS/VS. OS/VS1 information is for planning purposes only until DSS is available in OS/VS1. Manual~ 176 pages Maintaining the VTOC and system catalog Using EXCP or XDAP to execute a user-written channel program Implementing data set protection Using system macro instructions to refer to or modify system data areas. o Adding a ues image or an FCB image to the system image library .. Manual. 141 pages a o o GC28-0632 OS/VS2 DEBUGGING GUIDE This publication provides debugging guidelines and aids for the programmer who debugs problem programs or system routines. In addition, i t contains the formats and field descriptions for the output from the IBM dump and trace programs. This publication is divided into three sections: o section 1 is a general introduction to debugging. o section 2 contains pointer diagrams and debugging information that can help the programmer to find information in dump or trace output .. o section 3 contains the format and field descriptions for the output from the various dump and trace programs .. Appendixes contain tables, lists. and other reference material .. Prerequisite publications are OS/vS Message Library: VS2 System COdes GC38-100S OS/VS Message Library: VS2 System Messages. GC3B-1002. and any other message manual that supports the functions included in the installation IS operating system. Manual GC28-0633 OS/VS SERVICE AIDS MANUAL This publication explains when, why, ,and how to use IBM service aids to diagnose and fix failures in system or application programs. Each service aid is discussed in a separate chapter. The service aids are: o GTF (Generalized Trace Facility) ~ Traces selected system events such as SVC and I/O interruptions. o IMCJOBQD (VSl only) - Operates as a standalone program to format and print the system job queue .. o HMBLIST (VS1)/AM8LIST (VS2) - Formats and prints object modules. load modules~ and CSECT identification records; maps reenterable load module area. o IMCOSJQD (VS2 only) - Operates as a problem program to format and print the system job queue. o HMDPRDMP (VS1)/AMDPRDMP (VS2) - Formates and prints dump data sets. which may include page data sets and GTF trace data. o HMAPTFLE (VS1)/AMAPTFLE (VS2) - Updates an operating system by applying PTFs or by generating JCL statements needed to apply PTFs or leRs in a later step. o HMDSADMP (VS1)/AMDSADMP (VS2) - Operates as a standalone program to produce high-speed or lowspeed dump of real storage. The high-speed version can also dump page data sets. o HMASPZAP (VS1)/AMASPZAP (VS2) - Verifies and/or replaces instructions and/or data in a load module. Information about how to write PRDMP/EDIT user exit programs is provided in a separate appendix.. Messages issued by the service aids are described in OS/VS Message Library: Service Aids and OLTEP Messages, GC38~1006. Manual. 296·pages GC28-0636 OS/VS OLTEP MANUAL This publication provides customer engineers. other qualified personnel, and operators with the information required to use the Online Test Executive Program (OLTEP). OLTEP is a standard component of OS/VS that is deSigned to run online test programs. under'control of the operating system~ for the testing of Input/Output devices. Messages issued by OLTEP are described in OS/VS Message Library: Service Aids and OLTEP Messages, GC38-1006. Customer engineers should refer to F.E. Diagnostic Order Procedure, ZZ25-0505, for ordering procedures for on1ine tests and their documentation. Manual. 76 pages GC28-0644 OS/VS2 TSO GUIDE This publication describes the concepts, features~ and implementation of TSO, a general purpose time-sharing facility~ operating under the VS2 configuration of the control program. This manua1 is intended for those who design~ generate~ and maintain a TSO installation. TopiCS discussed are: o The capabilities and advantages of time sharing in general and TSO in particular_ o The programming languages and system facilities available to a TSO terminal user .. o The system configuration TSO requires. o Bow to generate and maintain a TSO system. o Program Products available with TSO .. o The differences between TSO in OS/VS2 and TSO in OS/MVT. The prerequisite publication is: OS/VS2 Planning and Use Guide, GC28-0600. Manual. 148 pages GC28-0645 OS/VS2 TSO TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE This publication describes how to use TSO Command Language to perform the following basic fUnctions: a Start and end a terminal session o Enter and manipu1ate data o Program at the terminal o Test a program o Write and use command procedures No prior knowledge of TSO is required to use this publication and there are no prerequisite publications. After becoming familiar with the information presented in this manual, you should use OS/VS2 TSO Command Language Reference. GC28-0646, for further reference. Manual~ 96 pages GC28-0646 OS/vS2 TSO COMMAND fiANGUAGE REFERENCE This publication describes the commands, operands. and syntax of the TSO command language. It is intended for use at a terminal as a t:eference.. The prerequisite publicatidn~ TSO Terminal User's Guide, GC28-0645, descr-ibes what commands are used, to perform specific functions. The Command Language Reference also describes the statements used in co«-mand, procedures and contains appendices describing system commands and program product commands. The-audience for this pub1ication should have a basic knowledge of using a terminal and a familiarity with_ TSO commands. Manual, 280 pages GC28-0648 OS/vS2 TSO GUIDE TO WRITING A TERMINAL MONITOR PROGRAM OR 162 ~DPRO~R- ---- - ---- ---- - This publication describes teatures of TSO that can be replaced, modified, or added to by eacp user of TSO to adapt i t to his particular needs. The manual is intended for programmers whose resp~nsibility i t is to modify the portions of TSO that communicate directly with the user GC28 GC28 debugging his programs; a150, he can create., modify, share, and copy data sets; he can move them to or· from input/output devices. The user can modify and add to the IBM-supplied command system to meet his specific requirements. Systems Re"ference Library Manual. 250 pages at the terminal. It discusses the Terminal Monitor Program and the Command Processors from the viewpoint of their replaceability, and it describes the programming facilities provided within TSO for user-written Terminal Monitor Programs, Commands Processors, and application programs. These features include: o o service routines Macro Instructions o SVCs o The Dynamic.Allocation Interface Routine (DAIRJ a The TEST Command Processor No prerequisite information is needed to use this book. For MVT/TSO users. IBM Systeml360 Operating system: Time Sharing Option Command Publication; for VS2/TSO users, the corequisite publication is OS/vS2 TSO Command Language Reference. GC28-0646. Manual. 316 pages GC28-0661 INTRODUCTION TO OS/VS2 RELEASE 2 This publication-contains introductory information about VS2 Release 2, a system control program (SCP) that features virtual storage, multiprogramming, multiprocessing, time sharing. and streamlined job scheduling. It is assumed that readers have a basic knowledge of programming systems such as OS/MVT or OS/VS2 Release 1. Manual GC28-0666 OS/VS OLTEP SYSTEMS PUBLICATION - COMPONENT NUMBERS S'iii"i="sCt=06 AND 57Q2-SC 1-06 This publication provides customer engineers, other qualified personnel, and operators with the information required to use the Online Test Executive Program (OLTEP). OLTEP is a standard component of OS/VS that is designed to run online test programs, under control of the operating system, for the testing of Input/Output devices. Messages issued by OLTEP are described in OS/VS Message Library: Service Aids and OL~EP Messages, GC38-1006. Customer engineers should refer to F.E. DiagnostiC Order Procedure, ZZ2S-0S0S, for ordering procedures for online tests and their documentation. Manual GC28-0667 OS/VS2 PLANNING GUIDE FOR RELEASE 2 Provides planning information for Installations that intend to install OS/VS2 Release. 2. OS/VS2 Release 2 is a virtual storage operating system with multiprogramming, time sharing (180) and job entry subsystems. It provides new features and enhances exising OS/MVT and OS/VS 2 differences between VS2 Release 2 and both MVT and VS2 Release 1. The intended audience is an installation manager or a system programmer responsible for assessing the effort required to install an OS/VS2 Release 2 system. The introduction highlights major pOints that should be considered for installing VS2 Release 2. The first section describes procedures and macro instructions for system generation, procedures and parameters for system initialization, and system libraries and data sets. The second section describes the system resources manager and MF/1 (the system activity measurement facility). The third section describes reduced serealization in I/O device allocation processing.- The fourth section describes system integrity and recommendations for maintaining it in control program extensions or modifications. The fifth section describes conversi.on considerations for SMF, JCL., op~rator commands, time-sharing, data sets, programs and multiprocessing. Appendixes show virtual storage layout and differences between JES2 and HASP. Prerequisite Publications: The reader must be familiar with the info~a~ion presented in: IBM System/370 Introduction to VS2 Release 2. GC28-0661 Manual. 140 pages GC28-2000 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE This publication .describes the IBM System/360 Time Sharing System Assembler Language. a symbolic programming language used to write programs for IBM System/360. The language provides a convenient means for representing the machine instruction~ and related data n~cessary to program. the IBM System/360. espcially as re~ated to Time Sharing Systeml360 (TSS/360J • The TSS/360 Assembler program processes the language and provides auxiliary functions for preparing and documenting a program; the Assembler includes facilities for processing the assembler macro language. Systems Reference Library Manual. 132 pages GC28-2003 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES Time Sharing System/360 is a comprehensive programming system used in conjunction with IBM System/360 computers that have time-sharing features. TSS/360 comprises a su~ervisory program, 'a group of service programs, and a group of user programs. The supervisory program controls operation of the system and provides the time-sh~ring environment. The service programs perform task- and datamanagement functions in response to user or system requests. The user programs perform language processing. linkage editing. and other work defined by the user's problem programs. The primary purpose of TSS/360 is to provide many users with simultaneous conversational (on-line) access to a computing system that may have a single ~rocessor, or multiple processors. ~he combination of machine and program features gives each user the impression that he has sole possession of the system. He uses the system as if it had a directly accessible main-storage addressing space equal to the addressing capability of the system. rather than its actual· main-storage capacity. While the system is operating conversationally, for many simultaneous use~s, it can also operate nonconversationally, with batch-type processing jobs, in the ilackground. Systems Reference Library Manual. 76 pages GC28-2004 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME~SHARING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER USER MACRO INSTRUCTIONS - SYSTEMS~ENCE LIBR~RY--IBM System/360 Time-Sharing System provides comprehensive program and data management services which, together with communication, bulk output, and interruption handling services, are requested through macro-instructions. These macro-instructions are written in the assembler language as an aid to programming and processing time-shared tasks. Systems Reference Library Manual, 272 pages GC28-2005 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SBARING SYSTEM LIN~GE EDITOR This publication describes the linkage editor, an optional service program· available for the IBM System/360 Time Sharing System (TSS/360). The linkage editor connects and edits program moduLes that have been assembled or compiled separately to prodUCe a single program module that can be efficiently loaded by the dynamiC ~oader at execution time. Linkage editor faci~ities are illustrated in ccnversational and nonconversational modes of operation. Systems Reference Library Manual. 54 pages GC28-2006 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME~SHARING SYSTEM TIME SHARING SUPPORT SYSTEM This publication descr1bes the Time Sharing SUFPort System and the command language used to operate it. This system is used only by system programmers with authority code 0 or P and is not intended to be available to any other Time Sharing System/360 users; consequently, this manual contains no information required by users other than properly authorized system programmers. . The Time Sharing Support System is an on-line program error analysis facility that provides the capability of coliecting data from the T.ime Sharing System/360 for analysis and of altering the Time Sharing System/360 storage and machine registers. These functions Kay be performed on command from a terminal or dynamically during TSS/360 execution; and the programs, tables, and control blocks of real, virtual, and secondary storage can be referenced. Systems Reference Library Manual, 64 pages GC28-2007 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME~SHARING SYSTEM FORTAN IV This publication describes and illustrates~he use of the IBM FORTRAN IV language for the IBM System/360 Time Sharing System (TSS/360J. , The IBM FORTRAN IV language is a symbolic programming language that. parallels the symbolism and format of mathematical notation. It provides many programming features and facilities that can be used to express as a meaningful FORTRAN program the method of solution· of a mathematical problem. " Systems Reference Library Manual. 118 pages GC2~-2008 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM SYSlrEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE --·IBM System/360 Time Siiiiting System (TSS/360J makes a distinction be~ween user and system programmers. This publication is specifically intended for persons responsible f~r maintaining. modifying. or extending the system and discusses: GC28-2001 ~~~DiYSTEM/360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM COMMAND SYSTEM ~ This publication contain~'information on the Command System in Time Sharing System/360. It gives to the user the facilities he needs f?r constructing, execut~9, and 163 GC28 1. Operating environment 2. Program structure 3. Coding practices and conventions 4. Priviledged supervisor call instructions 5. serviceability aids . 6. System macro definitions 7. Changing TSS/360 8. Priviledge Class E Systems Reference Manual, 248 pages GC28-2010 IBM SYSTEMl360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM SYSTEM GENERATION ~ MAINTENANCE This publication explains how an installation generates and maintains IBM System/360 Time Sharing System (TSS/.360). system generation is the pr~cess of specifying and creating an installation adapted TSS/360. An operable time-sharing system is necessary for system generation. Initially, a basiC system is provided. system maintenance is the procedure for incorporating changes to TSS/360. This publication presents: GC28 the hardware component responsible for failures, and in the testing of the component. Systems Reference Library Manual, 8-1/2 x 11, 72 pages GC28-2032 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE This publication explains the use of Time Sharing System/360 (TSS/360) for assembler language applicaticns programmers. It describes how to assemble, store, and execute programs in TSS/360, as well as how to iden~ify data sets, process them as input/output in problem programs, and manipulate them in various ways (such as erasing, copying, modifying, and cataloging them). Task Management and Data Set Management are described so that the reader may efficiently utilize 'the time sharing facilities. Both System-supplied and user-defined commands are shown, including the flexibility of the Text Editor, the BUILTIN command, PROCDEF, and the Oser Profile. Systems Reference Library Manual, 206 pages The construction· of the basic TSS/360: GC28-2033 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM OPER~TOR'S GUIDE This manual provides detailed information on the fUnctions of the system operator for the time sharing, and on the facilities of the common language reserved for the operators. The system operator has a set of commands which he controls and monitors the system configuration and handles system requests. Systems Reference ,Library Manual, 58 pages The method of specifying. through SYSGEN macro instructions, such installation-dependent information as machine configuration r task-management 'requirements, and conunand-Ianguage" <:\efault specifications: The application of this information to create a new TSS/360; The maintenance process for TSS/360; The method of dynamically modifying TSS/360 for the duration of a startup-to-shutdown session. Systems Reference Library Manual, 92 pages GC28-2034 GC28-2017 ~~~~b,II~IIo~~~~IE~ how to create a multi terminal ~~~~;S~~~60 TIME SHARING ~ VERSION B.l: TERMINAL (MTT) task. which will run under the IBM System/360 Time Sharing System (TSS/360). It also explains how to write an MTT application program, and how to connect it to a multiterminal task. The publication is meant for use by TSS/360 installations as a, reference book for persens responsible for administering and/or writing an MTT application program. Manual, q 8 pages This manual gives in'struction for operating the IBM 2741 Communications 'lerminal, the IBM 1050 Data Communications system and the teletypewriter terminal with the IBM System/360 Time Sharing system. It is intended for programmers, system managerSr and system administrators who use terminals in the IBM System/360 Time Sharing System., Manual. 32 pages GC28-2023 IBM SYSTEMl360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM MASTER INDEX This index has been compiled from the indexes of the existing SRL publications that describe the IBM System/360 Time Sharing System. It is a subject index that refers the reader to the individual pub1ications. Actual page references will be found in the individual indexes. systems Reference Library Manual, '108 pages GC28-2024 IBM SYSTEMl360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM MANAGER'S AND ADMINISTRATOR'S GUIDE This manua1 provides detailed information on the command system as used by system managers and system administrators in Time Sharing System/360. They share an identical set of commands with which they contro1 access to the time sharing system. systems Reference Library Manua1, 36 pages GC28-2037 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM: SYSTEM MESSAGES The IBM System/360 Time Sharing System provides for a dialogue between the user and the system. The system partiCipates· in this dialogue with a series of messages, Which provide the recipient with the information be requires to fulfill his task. These messages may be received at a remote terminal in the conversational mode, in the data set created as part of the output of a non conversational task, or at the operator's terminal in the machine room. This publication lists and explains all of the messages issued by all IBM-supplied components of tbe IBM System/360 Time Sharing sys.tem. Furthermore, it contains additional information with each message, such as the identification code of the modules issuing and determining the need for the message, the 'transmittal technique, and where appropriate the format of the associated dump or the completion code. Systems Reference Library Manual, 688 pages GC28-2025 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM FORTRAN PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE This publication describes bow to use the IBM System/360 Time Sharing System (TSS/360) for compiling and executing programs written in the FORTRAN IV language. It also describes how to use the services and features of. TSS/360 that, while not directly related to FORTRAN programming, are frequently of use to the FORTRAN programmer. Systems Reference Library Manual, 184 pages GC28-203B IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME~SHARING SYSTEM INDEPENDENT UTILITIES This publication discusses the uses of the independent utility programs that support IBM System/360 Time Sharing System (TSS/360>, their features, functions, capabilities, control statements, and record formats. The TSS/360 independent utility 'programs are: direct-access storage device initialization (DASDI), direct-access storage device dump/restore (DASDDR), direct-access print (DADUMP), and core dump. systems Reference Library Manual, 32 pages GC28-2026 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY sUi3PROGii"~ This publication describes the FORTRAN IV library subprograms provided with IBM System/360 Time Sharing system (TSS/360) and provides the information necessary to, use the subprograms in either a FORTRAN IV or an assembler-language program. System Reference Library Manual, 12 pages GC28-2043 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM ADDENDUM PRCGRAM NUMBER 360S CI-555 -----This addendum presents the specifications for prog~am changes that have been made recently to the IBM System/360 Time Sharing System (TSS/360). This a~dendum should be regarded as a required supplement to the present TSS/360 publications. Systems Reference Lib~ary Manual, 18 pages GC28-2028 GC28-2044 ~~ER~;S~~~~6~ ~~:~HA~:~~~2~ND MAINTENANCE This publicatIon describes, for the IBM System/360 Time Sharing System.(TSS/360)r how to use the On Line Test S¥~t~.. (OLTS), and how to retrieve system error recordings using the Error Recording Edit and Print (EREPs7/UMEREP) procedure. Device partitiOning ,and system quiescence are described, and the error recordings interpreted. This publication is meant for use by system monitor and/or maintenance personnel. It may be used to determine ;~: ~:~~/360 TIME-'SHARING SYSTEM PLANNING FOR REMOTE This is a planning aid to be used prior to the availability of i.:he reruote job entry feature of IBM System/360 ',rime Sharing System .• Remote job entry provides all central TSS/360 batch processing facilities to remote locations. The input/output device used at remote stations is an IBM 2780 Data Transmission Terminal, Modell. 164 GC28 GC28 GC28-6380 systems Reference Library Manual, 16 pages ~:~G~!~T~~~~~~ ~~~~~!N~2~_~5J!1 PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE This publication describes how to compile, linkage edit, and execute a COBOL (F) Program. The text alse describes the output from each of these. In addition it explains options of the compiler and many available features of the operating system. Systems Reference Library Manual, 226 pages GC2B-2045 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM PL/I REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360G CL-625 360G=CL=626 Tbis publication is a companion volume to IBM System/360 Time Sharing system: PL/I Programmer's Guide~ Order GC282049. Together the two books form a guide to the writing and execution of PL/I programs under the control of an IBM System/360 Time Sharing System that includes the PL/I compiler. Systems Reference Library Manual, 332 pages GC28-2046 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM PL/I LIBRARY COMPUTATIONAL SUBROUTINES - PROGRAM NUMB~-CL-627 This publication gives details of the computational subroutines available in the PL/I Library. These subroutines are used by the PL/I compiler in the implementation of PL/I built-in functions and of the operators used in the evaluation of PLiI expressions. Not all PL/I built-in functions and expression ope~tors are supported by the PL/I Library; the compiler generates inline code for a small number of them. The details provided include summaries of the mathematical methods used, and (where appropriate) figures for range and accuracy. Systems Reference Library Manual, 56 pages GC28-2048 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM INTRODUCING TSS/360 ~RIMER FOR FORTRAN USERS -----PROGRAM NUMBE~CI-ill A subset of Time Sharing System/360 (TSS/360) is presented in this book to allow use of basic system facilities without an extensive knowledge of the. command system, by which system functions are invoked. The reader of the book is presumed to have at least a basic knowledge of FORTRAN. In addition, the user profile under which the reader will use TSS/360 should be altered as explained in Appendix B. This can be done by the reader himself, if necessary; preferably, however, it should be done by someone in a supervisory or tutorial relationship to the reader. The altered user profile can be changed again by the reader if he progresses to using the full command system. The full system is explained in other books of the TSS/360 Systems Re~erence Library. This book contains basic information on the three kinds of terminals that can be used with TSS/360. Manual, 60 pages GC28-2049 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM PL/I PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE This publication is a comparison volume to IBM System/360 Time Sharing System PL/I Language Reference Manual, Order No. GC28-2045. Together the two books form a guide to the writing and execution of PL/I programs under the control of an IBM System/360 Time Sharing System that includes a PL/I Compiler. This publication is concerned with the relationship between a PL/I program and the Time Sharing system. It explains how to compile and execute a PL/I program, and introduces the command system, data management, and other essential features of TSS/360. systems Reference Library Manual, 150 pages GC28-2056 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM DATA MANAGEMENTE'ACILITIES -----The Data Management facilities of TSS/360, described in this manual provide the users with standardized methods for'handling collections of data, while taking maximum advantage of the Time-Shared environment in which they operate. Systems Reference Library Manual, 80 pages GC28-2057 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM REMOTE JOB ENTRY Remote Job Entry (RJE) allow~s at remote locations to submit punched-card input to, and receive printed output from, the central TSS/360 installati9n. RJE users can enter card decks in the same format as that used at the local, online card reader. Nonconversational. SYSIN data sets can be entered for execution, and data-card card decks can be entered and stored as virtual storage data sets. Output-~n be returned to the originating location or routed to the installationls high-speed printer. SYSOOT data sets are returned_to the originating location unless redirected by the system operator. This publication describes RJE concepts, terminology, and procedures. Information required by users at remote locations, including RJE control sta~ements, is presented; also, commands used by the system manager, system administrator, and system operator to control the RJE system are described. systems-Reference Library Manual, 50 pages 165 GC28-6394 IBM DOS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL, ~ NOS. 360N-CB-482IV1 ~ llL 5736-CB21V3 COMPILER), LM21V3 LIBRARY) COBOL (Cammon Busines Oriented Language) is a programming language, similar to English, that is used for commercial data proceSSing. It was developed by the Conference On Data Systems Languages ICODASYL). The U. S. A. standard of the language is USA Standard COBOL, X3.23-1968, as specified by the United States of America Standards Institute IUSASI). IBM System/360 Disk Operating System USASI COBOL incorporates the eight processing modules defined in the USA standard. These modules include: Nucleus, Table Handling, Sequential Access, Random Access, Sort, Report Writer, Segmentation, and Library. A significant number of IBM extensions are implemented as well. The IBM implementation of USA Standard COBOL also complies with the first Draft ISO Recommendation on COEOL. . This publication gives the programmer the rules for writing programs that are to be compiled by the IBM USASI COEOL compiler under the Disk Operating System. It is meant to be used as a reference manual in the writing of IBM USASI COBOL programs. Systems Reference Library Manual, 360 pages GC28-6395 IBM SYSTEM/360 ~ DIFFERENCES ~ STANDARD ~ CONVERSION This publication summarizes the differences between the current IBM System/360 COBOL languages ~- COBOL D, COBOL E, and COBOL F -- and the IBM COBOL languages conforming to the full USA Standard COBOL -- IBM System/360 Operating system USASI COBOL and IBM System/360 Disk Operating System USASI COBOL. It also summarizes new features offered in the IBM USASI COBOL languages. This Differences Manual is meant to be a sup~lementary reference [['anual.. Therefore, it is advisable that it be used only in conjunction with the IBM USASI COBOL Language Manuals. Systems Reference Library Manual, 52 pages GC28-6396 IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL SYSTEM LIBRARY MANUAL - PROGRA~&-:--- VERSION2360S-ca:5ii5 VERSION 3 5734-CBt VERSION ~ 5734-CB2 ICO~AND~) 5734-LM2-ILIBRARY ONLY) --This publication describes all current versions of IBM OS Full American National Standard COBOL -- Versions 2, 3, and 4. It gives the programmer the rules for writing programs that are to be compiled by the IBM Full American National Standard COBOL compilers under the Operating System. It is meant to be used as a reference manual in the writing of IBM American National Standard COBOL programs .• Manual, 503 pages GC28-6397 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV PRCGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 36~79'360N-LM-480 This publication descJ;ibes the procedur.es for compiling and executing FORTRAN programs under control of' the Disk Operating System. Its purpose is to guide the programmer with examples and techniques of the FORTRAN language. It also exposes the tiser to the components of the control program and facilities of the IBM System/360 Disk Operating System. Manual, 100 pages GC28-6398 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM, FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL ~ COBOL: PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE, PROG,. ill2.:. 360N-CB-482 This publication'·describes how to compile, linkage edit, arid execute a USA Standard COBOL program under the contrOl of the IBM System/360 Disk Operating System. The text also describes the'output from each of these steps. In addition, it explains features of the compiler and available options of the operating system. Systems Reference Library Manual, 236 pages GC28-6399 AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL PROGRAI>!MER"S GUIDE This publication describes how to compile an American National Standard COBOL X3.23-1968 program using Version 2 of the IBM System/360 Operating System Full COBOL compiler. It also discusses how to linkage edit or load and execute the program under control of the IBM System/360 Operating System. There is a description of the output of each of these steps, i.e., compile, load, linkage edit, GC28 and execute. GC28 when the IBM Systeml360 Operating System American National Standard Full COBOL Compiler and Library, Version 3, becomes available. Manual, 20 pages In addition, there is an explanation of the features of the compiler and available options of tbe operating system. Note that American National Standard COBOL 'was formerly known as USA Standard COBOL. systems Reference Library Manual, 279 pages GC28-6400 IBM CONVERSION AIDS: COBOL-~o-AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAI', PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-CV-48~-CV-113 This publication describes tbe IBM COBOL Language Conversion Programs (COBOL LCP). The COBOL LPCS translate existing IBM System/360 COBOL input programs into USA Standard COBOL input programs. COBOL D programs are translated into DOS USA standard COBOL programs: COBOL E and F programs are translated into OS USA Standard COBOL programs. The LPCS are distributed as problem programs which operate under IBM System/360 Disk Operating System and IBM System/360 Operating System. systems Reference Library Manual, 9B pages GC28-6408 IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND UmUiRy, VERSION.! ~ PROG. ~ 5'73ii=CB2; -LM2 The Program Product 'Design Objectives (PPDO) describe the design objectives and Frovide the estimated availability date of the subject Program Product. Flyer, 4 pages' = = GC28-6"20 IBM DOS FULL AMERICNN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER, VERSION 3: PPDO, PROG. NO. 5136-CB2 PROGRAM NUMBER 5136~CB2 ~ogram Product Design Objectives (PPDO) describes the design objectives and provides the estimated availability date of the subject Program Product. Design Objectives, 2 pages GC28-6402 COMPILER provides an introduction to the GC28-6421 ~eatures of the IBM Subset American National Standard COBOL Compiler and Library, Release 2, a program product that operates under the IBM Disk Operating System. Included are a general information about the IBM System/360 Disk Operating System American National Standard Full COBOL Compiler Version 3, an implementation compatible with the highest level of American National Standard COBOL, and its associated COBOL object-time Subroutine library. The Version 3 Compiler and the Subroutine Library are Program ,Products that operate under control of the IBM System/360 Disk Operating System. Included here are brief descriptions of the compiler's features and a description of the Subroutine Library, as well as information on summary of the characteristics of the compiler, examples of some of the features of the language. and planning information on system requirements and compatability characteristics. This publication is written for installation analysts and planners. ~t provides them with a basis for general planning and for evaluating this product in relation to their needs. It is not meant to describe the language fully. A complete description is available in the publication IBM DOS Subset American National Standard COBOL, Order No. GC28-6403. Program Product Manual, 12 pages operating system requirements and machine configuration. This publication is intended as an aid in evaluation and planning: it is not meant for the COBOL programmer. Publications for the COBOL programmer will be provided when the IBM Systeml360 Disk Operating System American National Standard FUll COBOL compiler Version 3 and the Subroutine Library become available. GC2B-6403 IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: AMERICAN NATIONAL:STANDARD SUB~L PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-CB1 ------ ----COBOL (Common BUsiness Oriented Language) is a programming General Information Manual GC28-6428 language, similar to English, that is used for commercial di'ta processing. ,It was devel,oped by tbe Conference On Data Systems Languages (CODASYL). The U. S. A. standard of the language is American National standard COBOL, X3.231968, (formerly known as USA Standard COBOL), as approved by tbe American National Standards Institute (ANSI),. IBM System/360 Disk operating System American National Standard Subset COBOL incorporates six processing modules of the full American National Standard. These modules OBJECT-TIME describes the design objectives and ,the estimated availability date of the subject Program Product. Design Objectives, 2 pages are: Nucleus Sequential Access Random Access Table Handling 2NOC 2SEQ 2RAC 2TBI. 1,2 1,2 0,2 1 .. 3 1Lm 0,2 1SEG 0,2 Library segmentation A significant number of IBM extensions to tbese modules are implemented as well; these extensions are printed on a shadep background. This publication gives the programmer the rules for writing programs that are to be compiled by the IBM American released as an independent component for installation under the IBM System/360 Operating System. The minimum engineering change level required for implementation of the component is the same as that required for Release 18 of.the OFerating System. No functional "or performance enhancements over the Release 18 version of the, Linkage Editor (E) have been incorporated National standard Subset COBOL compiler under the Disk into this component and none are planned for the future. Operating System. It is meant to be used as a reference manual in the writing of IBM American National Standard COBOL programs. Manual. 20 pages This publication defines,the procedure necessary to install the Linkage Editor (E) in an existing operating system. It is intended for use by system programmers or planners who supervise the generation and maintenance of an installation's operating system. Information on using the Linkage Editor (E) can be fo~d in IEM SYSTEM/360 OPE~ING SYSTEM: LINKAGE EDITOR AND LOADER, FOrm GC286538-8. ,The internal logic of the Linkage Editor (E) is described in IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: LINKAGE EDITOR (E) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, Form GY28.6610. Systems Reference Library Manual, 12 ,pages GC28-6406 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD (ANS) COBOL COMPILER VERSION 1 DESIGN OBJECTIVES SHEET, PROGRAM ~ 5134-CB1 This Program Product Design Objectives (PPDO) deSCribes the design objectives and provides the estimated availability date of the subject Program Product. DeSign Objectives, 2 pages GC28-6401 !!!!! OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COHPILER AND LIBllARY, VERSION 3: GENERAL INFORMATION, PROG. NO. 5134-CB1 This publicat,ion gives general information about tbe' IBM System/360 Operating system American National STANDARD Full COBOL Compiler and Library, Version 3, an ' implementation compatible with the highest level of American National Standard COBOL. The Version 3 Compi1er and Library is a Program Product that operates under contr01 of the IBM System/360 Operating System. Included here are brief descriptions of the eampiler·s features, as ~1~ aQ information on operating system requirements and machine configuration. This publication is intended as an aid in evaluation and planning: it is not meant for the 'COBOL programmer.' Publications for the COBOL programmer will be provided 166 360 OPERATING ~ ~ !Y i l l COMPILER, N REFERENCE MATERIAL 092 Tbe asic FO compiler is released as an independent component that requires installation under the IBM Systeml360 Operating System. Tbe minimum engineering change level required for implementation of the compon'!Ut is the same as that required for Release 18 of the operating system. No functional or performance enhancements over the Release 18 version of the Basic FORTRAN IV (E) compiler have been incorporated into this component and none are planned ' for the future. This publication describes ~be procedure for installing the Basic FORTRAN IV (E) compiler in an existing operating system. ,It is intended for use by system programmers or planners wbo supervise the generation and maintenance of an installation's operating system. Information on using the compiler can be fOl1nd in IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SC28 GC28 Manual, 8-1/2 x 11, 54 pages SYSTEM: BASIC FORTRAN IV (E) PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE, Form GC28-6603. The internal logic of the compiler is described in IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FORTRAN IV (E) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, Form GY28.-6601. Systems Reference Library Manual, 16 pages GC28-6"31 *M OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIB'iiARY, VERSION .!!.L PLANNING §!!!!1.§ :: PROGRAM NOS. 57311-CB2, -LM2 The IBM OS FUll American National Standard COBOL Compiler and Library, Version 4, is a Program Product that accepts as input source programs written in OS Full American National standard COBOL, Version II. Each of the new features of the Version 4 Compiler is described in a separate chapter of this publ.ication. The features are: Symbolic Debugging Optimized Object code Teleprocessing COBOL Library Management Facility Dynamic Subprogram Linkage Syntax-Checking Compilation string Manipulation system considerations and a description of the COBOL Object-time subroutine Library are also included. The Version 4 Compiler also contains all of the features of previous versions and is compatible with the highest level of American National Standard COBOL, X3.23-1968, as approved by ANSI; American National standard COBOL is compatibl.e with, and identica1 to, the" proposed international standard ·of the language, Draft ISO Recommendation No. 1989 -- Information Processing -- Programming Language COBOL. The new COBOL language elements of the Version II Compiler are IBM extensions to those standards. This publication is a planning aid for system planners and analysts, and for COBOL programmers. It is intended for use prior to the availability of the Version" compiler, and will be supplemented with reference documenation when the Version 4 Compiler becomes available. . SC28-611311 OM IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OP~ION) COBOL PROMPTER INSTALLATION REF~ MATERI~ ------- ----57311-CP1 This publication contains system related information needed to make the most effective use of the COEOL prompter to invoke the Program Product IBM Full American National standard COBOL Compiler, Version 3. The prompter operates under the control of the Time Sharing Opticn (~SO) of the IBM System/360 Operating System. The information in this manaul is directed to the system program,mer or planner responsible fer operating system generation and maintenance. Each of the three sections is designed to be used with an existing IBM System/360 Operating system publication. ·Program Product Installation n describes the system requirements for the prompter and the procedure needed to add the prompter to an operating system. This section supplements IBM system/360 Operating System: System Generation, Order No. GC28-65511. A module summary is included. ·storage Estimates" defines the storage required by the prompter. This section supplerrents IBM System/360 operating System: Storage Estimates, Order No. GC28-6551. ·System Programming Techniques· describes a LOGON procedure that can be used to expedite compilation of a COBOL program under TSO. Instructions on how to help the terminal used respond to prompter messages are also given. This section supplements IBM System/360 Operating System: System Programmer's Guide, Order NO. GC28-6691. Manual, 38 pages GC28-6"35 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERA'rING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION) COBOL PROMPTER PROGRAM PRODUCT ~ICATiON-S------ ------- ----PROGRAM NUMBER 573ii=CP"1 The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the warranted speCifications of the subject program Product. specification Sheet, 2 pages Guide, 92 pages SC28-6"32 *M IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FULL NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION INSTALLATION REFERENCE MANUAL, PROGRAM MBER 573"-CB1 This publication contains system related information needed to make the most effective use of the Program Product IBM Full American National Standard COBOL Compiler and Library Version 3, under the control of the IBM System/360 Operating system. This publication consists of three sections. The first two sections, ·program product Installation· an~ ·Storage Estimates·, are directed to the system programmer or planner who is responsible for operating system generation and maintenance. The third section, Operating Instructions,· is directed to the console operator. Each section is designed to be used with an existing IBM System/360 Operatin system publication. ·Program product Insta~la~ion" describes the system requirements for the compiler and the procedure needed to add the compi~er to an operating system. This section supplements IBM system/360 Operating system: system Generation, Order No. GC28-65511. A module summary is also included. ·storage Estimates· defines the storage required b¥ the compiler. ~his section supplements IBM System/360 Operating system: Storage Estimates, Order No. GC28-6551. ·Operating Instructions· describes certain messages the console operator may be required to answer and presents information on Multiple Console support (MCS). This section supplements IBM system/360 Operating System: Opariltor'" Reference, Order 110. GC28-6691. MAnual, 8-1/2 x 11, 38 pages GC28-61136 IBM SYSTEM/360 COMPILER AND L SP'Ec'IFICATIoNS ( This flyer des~r for OS. Flyer, II pages SC28-6437 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERWrING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION 1.. PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 573"-CB1 This programmer's guide describes the programming and use'of ANS COBOL Version 3 under 05/360. Manual, 3110 pages SC28-6438 to install the IBM Subset au'~L~"dn Compiler and Library, a program product that operates under control of the IBM System/360 Disk Operating System. This manual consists of two sections. The first se9tion, ·Program Product Installation," is directed to the system progr,ammer or planner who is responsible for operating system generation and maintenance. The second section, ·Operator Messages,- is directed to the console operator. Each section is designed to.supplement an existing IBM System/360 Disk Operating System publication. ·Pro9ra~ Product Installation- describes the system reqUirements, work file requirements, IOCS module requirements, and storage requirements for the Subset COBOL Compiler and Library.. Tbe -installation procedure needed to add the compiler. and library to an existing operating system is also described. This section supplements DOS System Generation and Maintenance, Order No. GC211-5033. "Operator Messages· describes the. messages to the console that the operator may be required to answer. This section supplements DOS Messages and communications, Order No. GC211-50711. Program Product Manual, 110 pages SC28-6433 ,~~~~~~~~~~~ SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION COBOL GUIDE AND REiiiRENCi 'iiiFORiiATiON how to use the COBOL Prompter to invoke the Program Product IBM Full American National Standard' COBOL compiler and Library, Version'3, under operating System/360 TSO. . This publication is directed to the COBOL programmer, who is working at a time sharing terminal and is familiar with the Time Sharing Option. Section 1 contains procedures for using the prompter and debugging at the terminal as· well as a summary of data set naming'conventions and sample terminal sessions. Messages to'the tenoinal user are described,. This' section supplements IBM· SYSTEM/360 OPERATING 'SYSTEM: TIME SBARING OPTION TERMINAL USER's GUiDE, Order No. GC28-6763. ·section 2: Reference Information" describes the COBOL command that invokes the prompter. This section 1S designed to be inserted in IBM SYSTE!V360 OPERATING SYSTEM: 'rIME SBARING OPTION COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE, Order NO. GC286732. FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL ----VERSION 1.. PROGRAM ~ ~ - PROGRAM NUMEER 57311-CB1 36~OBOL Version 3 specifications SC28-6439 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARii'COBOL COMl!ILERAiiii LIBRARY ~ER"S GUIDE"'" PROGRAM NUMBER5m=cBi This publication des~ow to compile an American National Standard COBOL X3.23-1968 Program using the IBM S/360 Disk operating system Subset American National Standard COBOL compiler. It also describes how to link edit the resulting object module, and execute the program. InclUded is a description of the output from each of these tbree steps: compile, link edit, and execute. In addition, this publication explains features of the compiler and 167 SC28 SC28 available options of the operating system. . sections, ·Compile-Time Messages· and "Object-Time Messages." The description of each message includes the identifying alphanumeric code, the message text, an explanation of the error condition, ·the resulting compiler Program Product Manual, 230 pages SC28-6440 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDAR ~ 1L MESSAGES PROGRAM 5734-CB1 This publicat action, and the appropriate response to correct.the error. The corequisites to tbis publication are IBM system(360 Disk Operating System: Full American National Standard COBOL, Order No~ GC28-6394, and IBM System/360 Disk Operating System: Full American National Standard COBOL n contains messages issued by the Program Product IBM system/360 Operating System: Full American Compiler and ·Library, Version 3, Programmer"s Guide, National Standard COBOL Compiler and Library, Version 3. Order No. SC28-6441. s'ystem'Reference Library, 156 pages Additional object-time messages are also included. For each message, either a Programmer or an Operator Response suggest appropriate problem determination action. In addition, there is a brief discussion of multiple console support (MCS) considerations. Directed' at either the COBOL programmer or the operator, this publication presents the messages in alphanumeric order within each of the two main sections, ·Compile-Time Messages· and "Object-Time Messages". A co-requisite to this publication, for system messages, is IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: MESSAGES AND CODES (GC28-6631) • Manual, 108 pages SC28-6446 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERA~ING SYSTEM SUBSET NiTIONAL STANDAan-cOBOL MESSAGES - PROGRAM This publication provides the info~nece ry to interpret and utilize the diagnostic messages issued by the Program Product IBM system/360 Disk Operating system: subset American Nat·ional standard COBOL Compiler and Library. , The intended audience is the applications programmer debugging a Subset American National Standard COBOL program and the console operator running the program,. The book is divided into two sections, ·Compile-Time and ·Object-Time Messages.· The de·scription of each message includes the identifying alphanumeric code, the message test, an explanation of the error condition, the resulting compiler action, and"the a~propriate response·to correct the. error. Message~" SC28-6441 11I~~II!iI!~i!!!!t~~i!ii~~~~~~ an American 1 National Standard COBOL X3.23-1968 program using the Program Product IBM System/360 Disk Operating System. The co-requisites to this publication are IBM System/360 Disk Operating System: subset American National Standard COBOL, Order NO,. GC28-6403, and IBM Systeni:l360 Disk Operating System: Subset American National Standard COBOL Compiler and Library Programmer"s Guide, Order No. SC286439. Program Product Manual, 130 pages Full American National Standard COBOL Compiler, Version 3. It also describes how·to link edit the resulting Object module, and execute the program. Included is a description of the output from each of these three steps: compile, link edit, and execute. In addition, this publication explains features of the Version 3 cOmpiler and Library, and available options of the operating system. Manual, ~72 GC28-6450 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING NiTIONAL STANDARDICOBOL PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS) pages The program Product Spec1 cat10ns warranted specifications of the subject Program Product specifications, 4 pages SC2B-6l142 IBM DOS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARO COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION 3: INSTALLATIONREFiiRENCE MANUAL, PROG:-NOS. 5736-CB2 AND 5736 LM2 GC28-6454 IBM OS COBOL INTERACTIVE DEBUG AND (TSO) COBOL PROMPTER GENERALINFORMATIONMANUAL PROGRAii"PRODiiCTS"5734-CB4, 5734-CP1 This publication is directed to data processing system This publication-contains system related information needed to make most effective use of the Program Products IBM Full = American National Standard COBOL Compiler, Version 3, and its associated COBOL Object time subroutine Library under the control of the IBM System/360 Disk Operating system. This manual consists of two sections. The first section ·program Product Installation," is directed to the system programmer or planner who is responsible for operating system generation and maintenance. The second section, ··Operator Messages" is directed to the console operator. Each section is designed to supplement an existing IBM planners. and analysts. System/360 Disk Operating System publication. ·Program Product Installation" describes the system requirements, work file requirements, Ioes module requirements, and storage requirements for the Version 3 compiler, and library. The installation procedure needed to add the compiler and library to an existing operating system is also described. This section supplements DOS System Generation, Order No. GC24-5033. "Operator Messages· describes the messages to the Compiler and Library, Version 3. console that the operator may be required to answer. This section supplements DOS Messages, Order No,. GC24-5074. tu Manual, 56 pages The COBOL Interactive Debug program and the COBOL Prompter can be used under any release of the Operating System that supports TSO. Manual, 24 pages GC28-6443· ililiI~;;IIII~~~lIls~p~e~C~i~f~i~c~a;t~ions It is intended as an aid in evaluation in planning for the use of IBM OS COBOL Interactive Debug and/or the IBM OS (TSO) COBOL Prompter. ~hese two program products operate under the Time Sharing Option (TSO) of the IBM Operating System. Detailed planning information for ~SO can be found in the publication IBM System/360 operating System: Time Sharing Guide, Order No. GC28-6698. Both program products are designed for use with the program products IBM OS Full American National Standard COBOL compiler, Version 4, and the IBM OS Full American National standard COBOL Object-time Subroutine Library, Version 4. ~he TSO COBOL Prompter can also be used with the program product IBM OS Full American National standard COBOL SC28-6456 IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY VERSION !!.L PROGRAMMERS GUIDE PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-CB2 AND 5734-LM2 This publication describes how to compile an American National standard COBOL X3.23-1968 program using Version 4 of 'the IBM Operating System Full American National Standard COBOL compiler. It also discusses how to link edit and execute or load th~ program under control of the IBM Operating System., There is a description of the output = FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL refer to IBM System/360 Full American National standard COBOL 3 (5736-CB2). 2 pages of each of these steps, i.e., compile, link edit, load, GC28-6444 IBM .SYSTEM/36'0 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL O!iJECT TIME SUBRoiiTffi LIBRARY PROGRAM PRODUCT""'Si?EcIFICATIONS - PROGRAMNiiiiBER 5736-LM2 SpecificatIOn"Sheet for program-named in title. Specification Sheet, 1 page and exe.cute. In addition, there is an. explanation of the features of the compiler and available options of the operating system. Manua1, 460 pages SC28-6457 *N IBM OS FULL AMBRICANNA~IONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPLIER AND LIBRARY, VERSION !!.L MESSAGES MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-CB2, !!Q 5734-nM2 This publication contains messages issued by the Program Product IBM OS Full American National standard COBOL = SC28-6445 the Proaram Products IBM System/360 Disk Operating System Full Aierican National Standard COBOL Compiler Version 3 and its associated Object-Time subroutine Library. Directed at either the COBOL 'programmer or the operator, this publication presents messages within each of two main 168 Compi1er and Libl"~ry~ Version .q,. Add!tioh21 object-time messages are also included. For each message, either a Programmer. or an Operator Response suggests appropriate problem determination actiQn. In addition, there is a brief discussion of mUltiple console support (MCS) considerations. Directed at either the COBOL programmer or the operator, SC28 GC28 this publication presents tbe messages in alphanumeric order within each of the three main sections. ·compi~e-Time Messages,- -Queue Analyzer Messages,· and ·Object'Time Messages.A corequisite to this pUblication, for system messages, is the publication IBM OS Messages and Codes, Order Number GC28-6631. Manual, 186 pages SC28-6458 *N IBM OS FULL CAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND ,LIBRARYVMESSAGE MANUAL - PROG'iiAMPRODUCTS -5'f3ii=Ca2 AND -~ - - - - - - This publicat10n contains messages issued by "the Program Product IBM OS Full American National Standard COBOL compiler and Library, Version 4. Additional object-time "messages are also included. For each message, either a Programmer or an Operator Response suggests appropriate problem determination action.. In addition, there is a ~rief discussion of multiple console support (MeS) considerations. Directed at either the COBOL programmer or the operator, this publication presents the messages in alphanumeric order within each of the three main sections, -oampile-Time Messages,- -Queue Analyzer Messages,· and "object-Time Messages." A corequisite to this publication, for system messages, is the publication ~BM as Messages and Codes, Order No. GC28-6631. Manual, 182 pages GC28-6463 IBM OS COBOL INTERACTIVE DEBUG PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OGJECTIVE =-PiiOGRAii'liiiMBER 5734-CB4 The Program Product DeSign Objectives (PPOO) describe the design objectives and providt;! the e·stimated availability date of the subject Program Product. Flyer, 2 pages = SC28-61165 IBM OS COBOL IN~ERACTIVE DEBUG TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE AND REFERENCE - PROGRAM NUMBE]I5734~ ------ ----- --No abstract availabl-e-.---Manual, 166 pages GC28-6474 *N DOS/VS COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY DESIGN OEJECTIVES PROGRAM PRCDUCT-s746-CB1 (COMPILER AND LIB~AND 5746-LM4------(LIBRARY ONLY) The Program Product Design Objectives (PPDOI describe the design objectives and provide the estimated availability date of the subject Program Product. Flyer, 2 pages GC28-61180 ON IBM DOS SUBSET AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL CciiiPILER"""A'iiilLIBRAR¥ DESIGiiOiiJEc~ - - PROG. PROO:-5736=CB1 -----The Program Product Design Objectives (PPDO) describe the design objectives and provide the estimated availability date of the subject program product. Flyer, 4 pages GC28-6503 BPS (CARD) BASIC ASSEMBLER , BASIC UTILITY PROGRAMS: SPECffic'iiTIciiiS !OPERATING GUIDE, PROG. NO. 360P-AS-021 AND 360P-UT-017 THROUGH 020 This reference publication is arranged in six major sections to d~~ibe these programs: PROGRAM NUMBER GC28-6464 IBM OS FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY. VERSION.! ~ PRODUCT SPiiCffiCATIONS ~ NUMBERS 5734-CB2, 57311-LM2 Tbe program Product specifications (PPS) describe the warranted specifications of the subject Program Product. Program Product specifications, 4 pages = to be processed in a DOS virtual environment. DOS/VS COBOL is compatible with the highest level of American National Standard COBOL, X3.23-1968, and with international standard ISO/R 1989-1972 Programming Language COBOL. Included are brief description of the DOS/vS COBOL Compiler and Library, as well as information on the implementation level, on compatiblility, and on system requirements. This publication is intended as an aid to evaluation and planning; is is not intended to be used as a specification manual. proposed specifications for the IBM DOS/VS COBOL Program products ar.e given in the publication': Program Product Design Objectives: IBM DOS/VS COBOL compiler and Library, Order No. GC28-6474. Manual, 44 pages BasiC Assembler 360P-AS-021 Absolute Loader 360P-UT-017 Inpu~Output Support Package 360P-UT-018 Dump Program 360P-UT-019 Relocating Loader 360P-UT-020, The first section provides a description of th~ Basic Assembler language and the Basic Assembler progra~. Features concerne~ with the planning and writing of source programs are emphas.' zed. The functions and possiJ;lle modifications of ea,h of tbe basic utility programs are described in the next major section. Also included is a discussion of program segment relocation and linkage. The input to and output from the Basic Assembler program and procedures for running assembly jobs are described in the third major section. The. operating procedures for the utility programs are presented in the fourth major section. Program waits and operator messages appear in the fifth major section, followed by a sample problem in the last major section. The reader should be familiar with the material in the IBM System/360 Principles of Operation (GA22-6821) Some functions described in this manual require the use of an absolute address. Users of these programs can obtain tbe appropriate absolute address by referring to the writeup, supplied witb the Program Material List, entitled "Attachment 1 - special Information". Manual, 164 pages *N SC28-61168 *N IBM OS (TSO) COBOL INTERACTIVE DEBUG INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL -.PROGRAM NU~5734-CB4 This publication consists of fOUrimain sections: ·Storage Requirement Estimates," "Installation.Procedure,· ·systems Programmer's Guide,· and "Problem Determination Aids." Each contains system-related information necessary to install and use the IBM OS COBOL Interactive Debug Program Product under tbe control of the Time Sharing Option (TSO) of the IBM operating System. The following system publications should be used in connection with this manual: IBM Systeml360 Operating System Storage Estimates, Order NO,. GC28-6551 system Generation, Order No·. GC28-6554 System Programmer's Guide, Order No. GC28-6550 The first three main sections of this publication can be inserted in the corresponding system publication listed above to which it refers, if such an arrangement simplifies the use of documentation. . Manual, 36 pages SC28-6469 *N IBM 1IMI'370 OS FULL AMERICAN fiAT COMPILER AND LIiiRi\iiy:-VERSION .! CMS PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-CB2 AND Tbis publication is intended r tbe COBOL programmer who is using or is planning to use the program product IBM OS Full American National Standard COBOL Compiler and Library, . Version 4, under the control of the Conversati9rial Mo~itor system (CMS) in the virtual machine environment of Virtual Machine Facility/370 (1IMI'370). It provides the COBOL programmers with a fundamental understanding of how he can properly enter the COBOL command, which is one of the CMS commands, to invoke the COBOL compiler under the CMS component of VM/J70.· Manual, 68 pages = GC28-6473 *N IBM OOS/VS COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY GENERAL INFORMATION PROGRAM NUMBERS 5746-CB1 AND5m:Liiii - - This publication contains information of interest to data system planners and analysts about the IBM OOS/VS COBOL Compiler. and Library Program Product, an implementation that allows programs written in American National standard COBOL GC28-651l1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-AS-0~OS-AS-036 This publication contains ~pecifications for the IBM System/360 Operating System Assembler Language (levels E and F). The assembler language is a symbolic programming language used to write programs for the IBM System/360,. The language provides a convenient means for representing the machine ins~ctions ~d related data necessary to program the IBM·system/360. The IBM System/360 Operating System Assembler prcgram processes tbe language and provides auxiliary functions useful in the preparation and documentation of a program, and includes facilities for processing the assembler macro language. Part I o~ this publication describes the assembler language,. . Part II of this publication describes an extension of the assembler language -- the macro language -- used to define macro instructions. Systems Reference Library Manual 160 pages GC28-6515 SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 FORTRAN IV LANGUAGE. PROG. NO. 36 ON-LM-48 0 --- -- This publication des,cribes and illustrates the use of the Fortran IV language for tbe IBM System/360 Operating System, the IBM System/360 Disk operating System. Systems Reference Library Manual, 128 pages 169 GC28 GC28 Systeml360 Operating System is required to use this GC28-6516 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM COBOL LANGUAGE PROGRAM NUMBER (COBOL E) ~CO::sor (COBOL .F"f36iiS-Cii=ffi COBOL (Common Business Oriented Language) is a programming language, ·similar to English, that is used for commercial data processing. It was deve10ped by the Conference of Data Systems Languages (CODASYL). This publication provides the programmer with rules for writing programs tbat are to be compi1ed by the COBOL E and COBOL .F compi1ers under System/360 Operating system. Any vi01ation of the rules for system/360 Operating System COBOL as defined in this publication is considered an error. The features implemented by the COBOL P compiler and not by COBOL E, and the IBM extensions to COBOL, are listed in an appendix. Systems Reference Library Manual, 161 pages ref~rence Manua~, Program capabll·ities • . Sorting and meoging techniques. Sort/merge program control statements. Intermediate' storage requirements~ Job control language requirements. Program initiation. Program modification. Efficient program use. standard operating system.collating sequence. Sort/merge prog~am messages, The program has generalized sorting and merging capabilities that can be tailored to the needs of a particular installat·ion and application. 'Systems Reference Library Manual, 134 pages GC28-6550 OS DATA MANAGEMENT BOB ~ PROGRAMMERS PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-555 This publication consists of self-contained chapters, each of which provides information on how to modify, extend, or implement the data management capabilities of the IBM System/360 Operating System control program. It is designed primarily for system programmers responsible for maintaining, updating, and extending th,e operating system features,. TOpics and associated prerequisite publications are: ,0 Catalog and VTOC maintenance IECDSECT, IEFJFCBN, and IEFUCBOB macro instructions o (IBM System/360 Operating System: Assembler Language, GC2S-6514; and OS Data Management Services Guide, GC26-3746) o EXCP macro instructions (IBM System/360 Operating System: supervisor services and Macro Instructions, GC2S-6646; IBM Systeml360 Operating System: Assembler Language, GC2S-6514, OS Data Management Macro Instruction, GC26-3794, and IBM System/360 Operating' system: System Control Blocks, GC2S-662S) XDAP macro instruction (IBM System/360 Operating o system: Supervisor Services and Macro Instructions, GC2S-6646) o Implementing data set protection o Adding a UCS image to the.system library Manual = Systems Reference Library Manual, 68 pages GC28-6S30 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7070/7074 SIMULATOR .FOR SYSTEMS RiFiRiiNCELIBRARY PRO 360c=sI=753 ------This cument provides information on the IBM System/360 Simulator for the IBM 7070/7074, and is directed to the user who'is replacing'his IBM System/360 Model 40, 50, 65, or 75. Simulation is a teChnique which uses System/360 instruction sequences to perform the functions of '7070/7074 thus permitting the user to execute object programs written for the 7070/1074. Systems Reference Library Manual, 60 pages GC28-6531 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7080 SIMUlATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360, ~ NO. 360C=sI=75-1- - This document provides information on the IBM System/360 Simulator for the IBM 70S0, and is directed to the user who is replaCing his IBM 70S0 Data Processing System with any model IBM Systerr~360 with at 1east 131,072 bytes of main storage. Simulation is a technique which uses System/360 instruction sequences to perform the functions of 70S0 instructions, thus for the 70S0. . Manua1, 6S pages ' GC2S-6532 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION ~ THE 7090/7094 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-750 This document provides information on the IBM Systeml360 SimUlator for the IBM 709/7090/70941/709411 and is directed to the user is replacing his IBM 700/7090/70941/709411 Data Processing system with an IBM System/360 Mode1 40, 50, 65, or 75. Simulation is a technique. which uses System/360 instruction sequences to perform the functions of 709/7090/70941/709411 instructions, thus permitting the user to execute object programs written for the 709/7090/70941/709411. Systems Reference Library Manual, 66 pages Who GC2S-6551 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: S1l0RAGE ESTIMATES This publication is intended for three types of users • system planners, system programmers, and problem programmers. It contains instructions, formulas, and tables that can be used to estimate the main and auxiliary storage require~ents for any machine configuration. control program, and control program option of the IBM System/360 Operating System. Main storage requirements are divided into two categories: F,ixed main storage contains the resident portions of the control program and the optiona~ services and load modules that can be made resident to improve the performance of the operating system, Dynamic main storage is the area where program processing is done. Each type of user can use this publication different~y. System planners can use this publication to plan the storage requirements of a new system: including the effects of options and different machine configurations on the total storage requirement. GC2S-6534 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INTRODUCTION This.publication describ~s the gene~al or9ani~atiOD. function, and app1ication of IBM system/360 operating System. The operating system'is designed to extend the performance and application of computing gysteml360 and ~o assist the manager, progr~mmer. and operator of tlJ,e system. The operating system consists of a comprehensive set of language translators and service programs operating under the supervisory control and coordination of an ' integrated set of control routines. System programmers can use this publication to determine the amount of main and auxiliary storage that bas to be allocated during system generation and to determine the amount of storage available to the problem programmer. Problem p~grammers Can use the dynamic storage sections· to estimate the requirements of their jobs. Information cOncerning Model 195 support is for planning purposes 'only. Systems Reference Library Manual, 272 pages It is designed for use with MOde1s 30, 40, 50. 65, and 75 of Computing Systeml360. Systems Reference Library Manual, 24 pages GC2S-653S IBM OS LINXAGE EDITOR AND LOADER MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 36iiS=-ED-~6OS-ED-521," 36iiS=LD=5ij'f""' - - - - - - - This publication provides the information necessary to use the, linkage editor or loader program of the IBM Systeml360 Operating System to prepare the output ofa 1anguage translator for execution. The intended audience is a customer applications programmer coding in a higher-level language or a system programmer responsible for installing and maintaining the operating system. An introductory knowledge of the concepts and facilities of the IBM e££ective~y~ GC2S-65Q3 IBM SYSTEM/360 SORT/MERGE PROGRAM. NUMBER This publication the use of the IBM System/360 Operating System Sort/Me>;ge Program,. It discusses: GC28-6529 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1620 SIMUlATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360, ~ NUMBER 36OC=SI-7s2 This document provides information on the IBM System/360 Simulator for the IBM 1620 Model 1 and Mode1 2, and is directed to the user who is replacing'his,IBM '620'Model 1 or Model 2 Data processing System with an IBM Systeml360 Model 30, 40, 50, 65, or 75. Simulation is a tecbnique which uses System/360 instruction sequences to perform the functions of 1620 Model 1 or Mode1 2 instructions, thus permitting the user to execute ·object programs written for the '1620 Model 1 or Model 2, in5tru~tions, guide most 252 pages GC2S-6554, OS SYSTEM GENERATION GENERATION - SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY This publication provides the infOrmatIOn needed to generate the Operating System adapted to the machine configuration and data processing requirements of an installation. It contains the information to prepare for a system generation. execute a system generation Manual, 540 pages 170 ~d test the new system. ' GC28 GC28 reprogramming. This teChnique provides substantial improvement over the speeds that can be achieved with .simulators • . Included in this dOCUKent are the characteristics, functions, requirements. limitations, and operating procedures of the Emulator. This pub1ication contains preliminary p1anning information concerning support of the 1410/7010-1301 Disk Storage Unit. Mode1s 1 and 2, and the 2302 Disk Storage Unit, Models 1 and 2, on the IBM 2314 Direct Access storage Facility, Modell. Systems Reference Library Manua1, 48 pages GC28-6559 IBM SYSTEMl360 CONVERSION AIDS. COBOL LANGUAGE COiivERSION PROGRAM FOR THE IBM 1401, ---PROGRAM NUMBER 1401-CB-701 This publication contains information about the IBM COBOL Language Conversion Program (COBOL LCP). The COBOL LCP facilitates transition to IBM system/360 by converting current COBOL source programs into source programs for a system/360 COBOL compiler (Design Level E or Design Level Pl. This publication is intended to assist users of current COBOL in the use of the COBOL Language Conversion Program. Systems Reference Library Manual, 68 pages GC28-6560 IBM II LANGUAGE CONV IBM 11101 This P ~the IBM FORTRAN II Language Conversion program (FORTRAN LCP). The FORTRAN LCP facilitates transition to IBM System/360 by detecting statements in FORTRAN II source programs that are incompatible with System/360 FORTRAN IV, by converting these statements to the proper System/360 format when possible, and by providing message codes for statements that cannot be converted. This publication is intended to assist users of current FORTRAN in·the use of the FORTRAN Language Conversion Program. systems Reference Library Manual, 92 pages GC28-6561 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS. THE 1401/1460 EMULATOR PROGRAM .fQ!! IBM SYSTEMl360 MODEL ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-074 This publication contains the information required to use the IBM 1401/1460 Emulator for IBM System/360 Model 40. The Emulator comprises the IBM 1401/1460 Emulator Program (360C-EU-074) and IBM 1401/1460 Compatibility Feature #4457. General information concerning machine requirements, data formats, and control cards is included, as are detailed explanations of operating procedures, user modification of the Emulator Pr~gram, and special instructions added by the Compatibility Feature. The Emulator allows programs written for IBM 1401/1460 card/tape/disk systems to be executed on System/360 Model 40, with little or no reprogramming. Emulati~ provides substantial improvement over the speeds possible with simulation. Systems Reference Library Manual, 46 pages GC28-6563 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS. THE 1410/7010 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM sYsTEiV360MODEL ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-728 This publication provides information for the user who is planning to supplement or replace his IBM 11110 or 7010 card/tape/disk system with an IBM System/360 Mode1 40. Emulation is a technique which utilizes both equipment capabilities (Compatibility Feature ~4478) and programming (Emulator Program 360C-EU-728) to execute object programs of other data processing systems. The 1410/7010 Emulator a110ws the user to run 1410/7010 programs on the System/360 Model 40 with litt1e or no reprogramming. This technique provides substantial improvement over the speeds achievab1e with simulators. Included in this document are the characteristics, functions, requirements, limitations, and operating procedures of the Emulator. This publication includes preliminary planning information concerning support of the IBM 1410/7010-1301 Disk Unit, Models 1 and 2, and the 2302 Disk Unit, Models 1 and 2, on the 2314 Direct Access storage Faci1ity. systems Reference Library Manual, 56 pages GC28-6565 _IBM_ SYS~~360 ?,=?,;:=;O!!. NUM ,*",==="'blica the IBM 7090 Emulator Program, a component of the IBM 7090 Emulator. The Emulator consists of this program, and special machine additions and modifications ca11ed the IBM 1090 COmpatibility Feature (M1119). The combil1dtion of program and machine feature enables the user to execute, on his System/360 MOdel 65, programs written for the IBM 109,·7090, 1094, and 7094 II Data processing Systems. systems Reference Library Manual, 12 pages GC28-6568 IBM SYSTEMl360 CONVERSIOII AIDS. THE 1410/7010 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEMl360 MODEL 50 PROGRAM NUMBiffi:360C-EU-726 ----- -This publication provides information for the user wbo is planning to supplement .or rep1ace his IBM 11110 or 7010 card/tape/disk system with an IBM System/360, Model 50. Emulation is a technique that utilizes both machine adaptations.and programming to execute object programs written for other data.processing systems. The 1410/7010 Emulator (Compatibi1ity Peature ~4478 and Emulator program No. 360C-EU-726) allows the user to run 1410/7010 programs on the System/360. Model 50. with little or no GC28-6570 IBM SYSTEM/360 TRANSITION AIDS COBOL LANGUAGE DIFFERENCES This pub1ication summarizes the System/360 and Current Systems specifications for major IBM COBOL 1anguage elements requiring evaluation, and possible conversion, during the transition to IBM System/360 COBOL. System~360 COBOL differences from Current systems COBOL are also summarized. Where pertinent, the distinction is made between Level E and Leve1 F COBOL for System/360. System Reference Library Manual, 84 pages GC28-6583 .!y (TAPE) the Basic Programming Support Tape Inc1uded are descriptions of: Contr01 Statements System Operating Considerations System output Misce11aneous FORTRAN Programming Considerations Considerations for Coding Assembler Language Subprograms FORTRAN Library Subprograms Initial System Setup Sample Program Systems Reference Library Manual, 84 pages GC28-6585 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS. THE 70QO/7044 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM S~M/3~MODEL 65 PRoGiiiiiINUMBER 36OC-Eii=733. --- ~his publication describes the characteristics and use of the IBM 7040 Emulator Program. a component of the IBM 7040 Emulator. The Emulator consists of this program. and specia1 machine additions and modifications ca11ed the IBM 7040 Compatibility Feature (117119). The combination of program and machine feature enables the user to execute, on his System/360 Mode1 65. programs written for the IBM 7040 and 7044 Data Processing Systems. Systems Reference Library Manual, 76 pages GC28-6586 IBM SYSTEM/360 OP SYSTEM. UTILIT~ES SYSTEMS REFERENCE Y .:: PROGRlIM NUMBERS 360S-UT-506, 1Q1 ~his publication scusses the capabilities of the IBM System/360 Operating System uti1ity programs and the control statements used. with each program. These programs are· used by programmers responsible for organizing and maintaining operating system data. Three types of uti1ity programs are discussed. SYSTEM UTILITIES and DATA SET UTILITIES,· which are used directly with the System/360 Operating System; and INDEPENDENT UTILITIES, which operate outside the operating system. system uti1ities deal with operating system control data. Data set uti1ities manipu1ate data sets at the record 1eve1 and above. Independent utilities initialize, dump, and restore direct access volumes. Information concerning Model 195 support is for .planning purposes on1y. Systems Reference Library Manual, 596 pages GC28-6590 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM, PL/I SUBROUTINE LIBRARY, COMPUTATIONAL SUBROUTINES, PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-512 This publication gives detai1s of t:he computational subroutines avai1able in tbe PL/I Library. These subroutines are used by the PL/I (F) compi1er in the imp1ementation of PL/I built-in.functions and of the operators used in. the evaIuation of PL/I expressions. Not a11 PL/I bui1t-iD functions and expression operators are supported by the PL/I Library; the compi1er generates in-· 1ine code for a sma11 number of them.. The detai1s provided include timing figures~ sUmmaries of· the mathmetica1 methods used, and (where appropriate) figures for range and accuracy. This information is intended to be of interest chief1y to those programmers concerned with the performance of computationa1 subprograms. Systems Reference Library Manua1, 84 pages GC28-65911 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I (F\) PROGRAMMER"S GDmS-PROG. NO. 360S-NL-5-1-1-- - - This publication is a companion v01ume to IBM System/360 Operating System. PL/I (F) Language Reference Manua1. Form 111 GC28 GC28 C28-8201. Together. the two books form a guide to the writing and execution of PL/I programs under the control of an IBM Operating system that includes the PL/I (F) Compiler. The Programmer's Guide is concerned with the relationship between a PL/I program and the operating system. It explains how to compile," link edit, and execute a PLII program, and introduces job control language, the linkage editor, and other essential features of the operating system. GC28-664'4 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM MASTER INDEX This publication consolidates the indexes of publications in the IBM Systems Reference Library for the System/360 Operating System. It also provides a reading plan for thes~ publications. The master index -lists topics alphabetically, and refers to publications where these topics are discussed. Systems Reference Library Manual, 352 pages Manual GC28-6595 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER (E) PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-AS=036 Tbis publication is-intended for the programmer who is writing programs in the assembler language for processing by the Assembler (E) under IBM System/360 Operating system. It contains information on assembling, linkage editing, and executing programs, program listings, error messages, and certain coding considerations. Previous experience of 'assembler language programming is a prerequisite for a full understanding,of this publication. Systems Reference Library Manual, 48 pages GC28-6596 IBM SYSTEM/360 FORTRAN IV LIBRARY SUBPROGRAMS PROG. NOS. 360s=LM=5ii1,36'iiF-LM=619, 360N-LM 480 This publication describes the library SUbprograms supplied with Basic Fortran IV(E) and Fortran IV (G,H,DOS, and Model 44) ,and tells hoW to use the subprograms in either a Fortran or an assembler' language program., Mariual, 70 pages GC28-6603 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (E) PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAMNiiMiiER360S-FO-092 This publication describes how to compile, link, edit, and execute a Fortran IV (e) program. The text also describes the output of compilation and execution and how to make optimal use of the compiler and a load module. Systems Reference Library Manual, 124 pages GC28-6648 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TESTRAN TESTRAN is a facility for testing program written in the assembler language for execution under the System/360 Operating System. It is intended for use by the individual programmer in testing his own programs. This publication explains how to use TESTRAN for typical testing purposes, how to write essential job control statements, ald how to interpret printed test results .• It formally describes TESTRAN statements, -cataloged procedures supplied by IBM, and TESTRAN diagnostic messages. The information in this publication applies to systems that include the primary control program (PCP) and to systems that provide mUltiprograrrming with a fixed number of tasks (MFT or Option 2) or multiprogramming with a variable number of tasks (MVT or Option 4). Systems Refe_rence Library Manual, 96 pages GC28-6615 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM, ALGOL LANGUAGE This publication-provides the programmer with the information needed to use the IBM System/360 Operating System ALGOL compiler for the _solution of scientific and technical problems. ALGOL has been introduced in a number of universities and technical institutes for communication and education purposes. ~o assist that particular area, the OS/360 ALGOL Compiler is intended to provide a bridge to System/360 for existing ALGOL users. A basic knowledge of the ALGOL language is assumed. Systems Reference Library Manual, 112 pages GC28-6650 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: ONLINE 1]§1 EXECUTIVE PROGRAM MANUAL OS RELEASE 21 - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S DN-533 This publicationprovides customer engineers, other qualified personnel, and operators with the information required to use the Online Test Executive Program (OLTEP). OLTEP is an optional component of the system/360 operating system that can he selected at system generation for MFT, and MVT control program. (All statements concerning MVT apply also to Model 65 Multiprocessing.) OLTEP is designed to run online test programs, under the System/360 Operating System. for the testing of I/O eqUipment. Prerequisite information is contained in IBM System/360 Operating system: Concepts and Facilities, GC28-6535. Customer engineers should refer to IBM system/360 OLTS Customer Engineering Memorandum. service Aid #2 for ordering procedures for online tests and their documentation. Manual. 108 pages GC28-6628 OS/360 SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCKS PROG. NO. 360S-CI-566 This publication shoW's the foriiia'tS clthe major control blocks and tables used by more than one component of the system/360 operating system control program. Descriptions of each field within the control blocks or tables follow each format illustration. The system control blocks described in this publication will be changed by IBM from time to time to extend the capabilities of the operating system. Programs should refer to these control blocks only through the system macro instruction facilities provided in the operating system. (For example. a field of the Data Control Block should only be referred to by use of the DeBC macro instruction~) Programs that refer to the control blocks by other means do so at the risk of not executing correctly in the future. Systems Reference Library Manual, 356 pages GC28-6629 SYSTEW360 BASIC ~ ~ (OS, DOS, TOS ! BPS) This publication describes and illustrates the use of the Basic Fortran IV language for the IBM System/360 operating. the IBM System/360 Disk operating System, the IBM System/360 Tape Operating System. and the IBM System/360 Basic Programming Support Tape System. Systems Reference Library Manual, 88 pages ~ GC28-6631 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: MESSAGES AND CODES SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY------'This publication lists, explains, and suggests appropriate responses to the system completion codes, wait state codes, and me~sages produced by IBM-supplied components of the IBM System/360 Operating System. The codes and messages are presented in.alphameric order. Information concerning Model 195 support is for planning purposes only. Information concerning Mouel iS5 support is £or planning purposes only. Manual, 650 pages GC28-6646 OS/360 SYSTEM SUPERVISOR SERVICES AND MACRO INSTRUCTIONS ----SYSTEMS"""REFERENCE LIBRARY MANUAL The title of this manual was formerly IBM System/360 Operating Supervisor Services. The descri~tions of the supervisor macro instructions formerly found in IBM System/360 Operating System Supervisor and Data Management Macro InstructiQns, GC28-6647 have been added. This manual describes how to use the services of the su~ervisor, the macro instructions used to request these services, and the linkage conventions used by the control program to provide these services. Included in the services of the supervisor are program management, task creation and management, and main-storage management. Intended mainly for the programmer coding in assembler language, this book is a guide to using the macro instructions described. This book does not discuss maCro instructions used for graphics, teleprocessing, optical readers, optical reader-sorters, or magnetic character readers. These macro instructions are discussed in separate publications that are listed in the IBM System/360 Bibliography. GA22-6822. Manual, 126 pages GC28-6662 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERETING SYSTEM, SORT/MERGE TIMING ESTIMATES, PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-SM-023 This publication contains total execution times of the operating System Sort/Merge program for over 30,000 sorting applications. These times are for sorting applications executed on the System/360 Models 30.40. 50. 65. and 75 with various amounts of main storage assigned to the program. Typical input data set sizes and 1/0 configurations are shown. Systems- Reference Library Manual, 52 pages GC28-6610 ~u~~i~~/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE ~ This publication describes the major debugging facilities provided with the System/360 Operating System for the assembler language programmer: Abnormal termination and snapshot dumps,. Indicative dumps. Core image dumps. Stand-alone neAadecirnal durnp~. The text explains those -aspects o~ system control pertinent to debug~ing, tells what information each debugging facility offers, and outlines procedures for inVOking and interpreting dumps issued ,at the three operating system levels: ·PCP, MFT, and MVT. 172 GC28 GC28 multiprogramming with a fixed number of tasks (MFT)i and systems that provide multiprogramming with a variable number of tasks (MVT). These operating techniques include: How to start, stop, and restart the operating system. Bow to control input and output. Bow to control jobs. How to understand m~ssages. This book also presents operating techniques that apply to all three major system types, as well as a discussion of the remote job entry (RJE) and conversational remote job entry (CRJE) facility. Many technical te.rms are defined. . Information concerning Model 195 support is for planning purposes only. Systems Reference Library Manual, 260 pages Systems Reference Library Manual, 112 pages GC28-6676 IBM sysTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM TAPE AND !l!2! SORT/MERGE SRL MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360N-SM-483 This publication describes how to use the IBM system/360 Disk Operating System Tape and Disk Sort/Merge Program. It contains the following specifications: Minimum machine environment for sorting or merging records with this program. Program capabilities. Control statements required to define a specific sort or merge application. Facilities provided for inserting user routines in the program. GC28-6692 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: OPERATOR'S PROCEDURES This book is for the operator of an IBM System/360 Operating System and is to be used with the OPERATOR'S REFERENCE, GC28-6691. This book contains procedures for running the three major system types: Primary Control Program (PCP): Multiprogramming with a Fixed number of tasks (MFT); and multiprogramming with a variable number of Tasks (MVT). It also contains operator procedures that apply to all three systems. Operator control panel procedures on tear out sheets are provided for the operator's console. Systems Reference Library Manual, 148 pages Operating Instructions. conversion aids to help the UStr of other sort/Merge programs change to Program Number 360N-SM-Q83. For a list of associated publications and their abstracts, see the IBM sYSTEM/360 BIBLIOGRAPBY, GA22-6822. Manual, 114 pages GC28-6679 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING·SYSTEM TAPE AND DISK SORT/MERGE TIMI~G ESTIMATES PROGRAM NUMB~60i=SM-483 This publication is intended ~se who require execution times for the DOS Tape and Disk Sort/Merge program. Times are shown f~r sorting applications executed on the system/360 Models 30, 40, and 50. The assumptions under which these times were calculated are described. Systems Reference Library Manual, 68 pages SC28-6695 IBM sYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: TAPE AND DISK SORT/MERGE PROGiiiiii; REFERENCE MANUAL, PROG. NO.5736-SM1 This publication describes hoW to use the IBM System/360 Disk operating System Tape and Disk Sort/Merge Program. It contains the follOWing specifications: Minimum machine environment for sorting or merging GC28-6680 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TAPE LABELS This publication describes how the IBM system/360 Operating system processes magnetic tape volumes with IBM standard labels, American National Standard Labels, nonstandard labels, or no labels. Included for the guidance of programmers and operations analysts are discussions· of: o Labe1 formats and contents o Tape volume layouts o Label processing for input/output, multiple data set .. and multiple volume conditions .. o Tape characteristics o Nonstandard label processing routines and volume label editor routines o Component considerations o Using tape volumes created by other systems o External labels Manual, 170 pages records with this program. Program capabilities. Control statements required to define a specific sort or merge application. Facilities prov·~ded for inserting user routines in the program. Operating Instructions. Systems Reference Library Manual, 111 pages GC28-6698 IBM sYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION PLANNING FOR TSO ------ ---- ------- -----This publication"describes the concepts, features, and capabilities o£ TSO, a general purpose time-sharing facility for the MVT configuration of the operating system. It is intended for use by the system manager, system analyst. and system programmer to help them design and implement a TsO system. The publication describes the functions provided to remote terminal users, the languages available to them. an overvie~ of system implementation; system . configuration reqUirements. and IBM Program Products available for TSO users. Readers interested in this manual should first read IBM sYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES, GC28-6535. Readers interested in the implementation of TsO should also read IBM SysTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: MVT CONTROL PROGRAM LOGIC SUMMARY, GY286658. This publication is intended for planning purposes only. Further information will be published when TSO becomes available. Manual, 160 pages GC28-6687 USER'S GUIDE FOR TBE IBM 2947-4 CBECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER SEQUENTIAL ACCEs -ETBOD PROGRAMSiiPPORTING ~ 888264 PROGRAM N 99-WAF 5799-WAG This publ tion defines a~ibes the data management macro instructions and services for the IBM 2947 Model 4 Cbeck Collection Controller. The macro instructions are available in the IBM Oper.ating system/360 and Disk Operating System/360. Manual, 56 pages sC28-6689 USER's GUIDE FOR THE IBM 2947 MODEL 4 CBECK COLLECTION CoNTROLLERiisSEiiiBLYFACILITIES:PROGRAMMING PRPQ ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAB ' The Assembly Facilities for the IBM 2947 Model q enable the user to prepare sort-control-word patterns for use in the IBM 2947 Model 4. He may use all the 2947-4 machine functions without having to convert his sort ·patterns into machine language. The Assembly Facilities generate actual 2947-q code, in standard assembler format, for OS/360 or 005/360. Neither the 2947-q machine operations nor examples of them will be explained in this publication. Examples of Assembly operations are given, but they are not meant to.be an exhaustive list of the uses of all operands. Effective use of this publicatiqn .requires a thorough understanding of IBM 2947 Check collection Controller, Functional Characteristics (GL22-6979). The data management macro instructions and services ~or the IBM 2947-4 are called the Check Collection Controller Sequential Access Method (CSAM). The manual related to this area, for OS, is user's Guide for the IBM 2947":4 Check Collection Controller Sequential Access Method Program supporting RPQ 888264 (GC28-6687). Manual, 56 pages = GC28-6691 l!!!! SYSTEM/360 OPERATING ~ OPERATOR'S REFERENCE This manual tells the computer how to use the IBM System/360 Operating System. It presents general ·operating procedures for using the various types o£ operator" s conso~e configurations. It describes specific operating·techniques for each of the three major system .types: systems with .the primary control program· (PCP); systems that provide GC28-6704 IBM sYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: JOB ~ LANGUAGE REFERENCE The job control language is used with all System/360 operating System control programs. Every job submitt~d for execution by the operating system must include job Control language:statements. These statements contain information required by the operating· system to initiate and. control the processing of jobs. . This publication describes the facilities provided with the job control language and contains the information necessary to code job ccntrql language statements. This publication is intended for review and reference by programmers who are familiar with the information contained· in IBM SysTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE, USER'S GUIDE, GC28-6703, or who.have experience in using the job control language. Systems Reference Library Manual, 327 pages GC28-6708 05 ADVANCED CHECKPOINT/RESTART This publication describes the advanced checkpoint/restart facility, which allows automatic and deferred job restart at the beginning of a step or at a checkpoint within a step. Emphasis is on planning for the use of this facility witb the PCP,.MFT, and MVT control programs of the IBM 173 GC28 GC2S IMAPTFLS--which provides formatted lists of members of a library to which PTFs have been applied; or of all members of a library,. IMASPZAP--which allows the user to inspect and modify data in a load module IMBMDMAP--which produces formatted maps of load modules previously link edited into a partitioned data set, of link pack or resident reenterable load module areas, and of the nucleus IMCJQDMP--which provides formatted job queue dumps IMDPRDMP--which formats and prints the high speed tape output IMDSADMP--which can dump main storage to tape at high speed, and to either tape or a printer at lo~ speed Manual, 262 pages System/360 Operating System. (All statements concerning MVT apply also to Model 65 Multiprocessi~g_) It is intended for usy by programmers and system analysts who are familiar with the information presented in: as Job Control Language Reference r GC28-6104 as Data Management Service Guider GC26-3146 Manual, 73 pages GC28-6709 IBM 2969 PROGRA~MABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1 CONTROL PROGRAM OPERATOR'S GUIDE SUPPORTING BfQ 888117 This manual is comprised of three self-contained parts: ONLINE UTILITIES - Defines the utilities that run under the APT lOS Control Program. ~hese utilities allow the user to perform certain functions necessary for real-time operations. ONLINE TESTS - Defines the test modules that permit the user to check the teleprocessing network, the 2740 Console, and the 2969-1 Central Processing Element. OPERA1:0R MESSAGES - EXplains the messages that may be directed to ,the operator. These messages include error messages, online test output messages, and online utility output messages. Manual GC28-6720 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYS1:EM MVT GUIDE This publication describes the M~(multiprogramming with a variable number of tasks) configuration of the operating system control program. It contains introductory material for programmers not familiar with MVT, planning information, storage estimates, ·information an optimizing performance, and a section on options and facilities available ~ith MVT. GC28-6711 IBM 2969 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1 CONTROL PROGRAM USER'S GUIDE SUPPORTING BfQ 8881"7 This manual is comprised of three self contained parts: SYSTEM INTERFACE - Defines the relationship that exists between the 2969-1 and the main (host) CPU of the telecommunications system. SYSTEM GENERATION ANU INITIAL LOADING - Provides a stepby-step method for generator a control program from IBM supplied program modules and for initially loading this control program (called APTIOS) into the 2969-1. This part also discusses the use of the system generation macro instructions for modifying system parameters. OFFLINE UTILITY PROGRAMS - Describes the IBM supplied utility programs that are used in system generation, system maintenance, and library maintenance of APTIOS. These program~ run under control of OS/360 rather than APTIOS. Manual, 150 pages GC28-6712 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM SYSTEM MANAGEMENT FACILITIES REFERENCE ~ _ PROGRAM NUMBERS36i)S-CI-505, 360S CI 535 This publication provides installation managers, system programmers, and operators with the information required to plan for, install, and use SNF (System Management Facilities). SMF is an optional feature of this IBM System/360 Operating system that can be selected at system generation for the multiprogramming with fixed number of Tasks (MFT) or multiprogramming with'a variable number of tasks (MVT) option of the operating system. SMF collects system, job~management, and data-management information and links to user-Written routines that can monitor the operation of jobs or job steps. This publication introduces basic SMF concepts; describ~s SMF record formats. control program exits, and data management requirements; tells hoW to plan, write, and test user-written exit routines; tells how tOo incorporate SMF into the operating system; and describes IPL and data management procedures. Manual, 88 pages GC28-6716 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEMS FEATURE GUIDE This is a guide to optional features of the IBM System/360 operating system (MVT, MFT and PCP). This publication stresses improving overall system performance; it endeavors to interrelate such factors as operating system programs, application programs, computer ,equipment, customer operating procedures, customer personnel. and maintenance. This publication is intended for people who are responsible for improving system'performance, such,as data processing managers and system programmer/analysts. Knowledge of the IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: INTRODUCTION, GC28-6534,. and CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES, GC286535, is assumed. For each optional feature, the reader is given the 'purpose of the feature, performance _criteria, insights on using the feature, direction toward implementing the feature, and specific references to more detailed data in other mM and. if applicable',' non-IBM publications. The information contained in this publication concerning the Model 195 is for planning purposes only. systems Reference Library Manual, 66 pages system~ Reference Library Manual, 80 pages GC28-6730 *M IBM SYSTEM/.360 OPERATING SYSTEM: RELElISE 20 GUIDE This publication contains information about Release 20 of the IBM System/360 Operating System. It describes: o New and changed system features and ,requirements o system maLqtenance activity, including APAR descriptions. a program symptom index, and a list of program tempora.r:::y fixes (PTFs) corrected .• o Modules added, deleted, or modified for Release 20 o Ordering and distribution procedures for Release 20 Manual, 336 pages GC28-6732 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPE~TING COMMAND LANGUAGE SYSTEM: TIME SHlIRING OPTION: ------- ---- ------- ------- This publication describes the TSO command language that a terminal user may use to request the services of TSO. The "Introduction" describes what the command language is. The section entitled ·What You Must Know to Use the Commands" contains general infor_mation necessary for the use of every command. The section entitled "The Commands" contains a description of each command, its operands and its subcommands.. Examp1es are included. "Command ProcedUre Statements" describes the statements designed for use in command procedures. The "Glossary" contains definitions of terms contained in the text of the publication. This publication is intended for planning purposes only. Further information will be published when TSO becomes avai1able. Systems Reference Library Manual, 340 pages GC28-6733 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: RELEASE 19 GUIDE This publication contains a summary of release 19 of the IBM System/360 Operating System. It describes: New and changed system features and requirements. System maintenance activity, including APAR descriptions. a program symptom index, and a list of program temporary fixes (PTFs) corrected. Modules added, deleted, or modified for release 19. Ordering and distribution procedures for release 19. Systems Reference'Library Manual, _376 pages GC28-6747 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING·SYSTEM: RELIABILITY DATA EXTRACTOR USER"S GUIDE This publication describes the Reliability Data Extractor (RDE) ,facility of the IBM System/360 Operating System. The publication is intended for the users with the RDE facility in their operating system. This publication describes how to us,e the RDE facility. Systems Reference Library Manual, 20 pages GC28-6719 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM: SERVICE AIDS SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY------- ------- ---This publication describes the major facilities for inspecting, modifying, mapping, dumping and interpreting system libraries and mianstorage areas provided by the system/~60 Service Aids to the system programmer and the IBM customer engineer. Each of the seven Service Aids is described in a separate section of the text. The service Aids are: IMAPTFLE--which creates JCL for use in applying PTFs to system libraries 174 GC28-6753 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: TAPE AND DISK SORT/MERGE PROGRAM, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-SM1--- ---PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIGNS The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the warranted specifications of the subject Program Product. PrOgram Product Specifications, 2 'pages Ge28 SC28 in this manual, the reader may use IBM System/360 Operating SC28-6755 IBM SYSTE~360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: TAPE AND DISK SORT/MERGE PROGRAM, SYSTEM INFORMiiTIoN PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-SM1 This publication contains the Disk Operating System information that relates to the tape and disk sort/merge program product. It describes: system: Time Sharing Option, command Language Reference IGC28-6732) for review and reference. Systems Reference Library Manual, 112 pages = storage. hardware, and program installation requirements procedures to be followed for program installation Sample problems which provide a minimal test of the GC28-676Q IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION GUIDE roWRITING A TERMINAL MONIT data set utilities support for the American National Standard Code for Information Interchange IASCII). This support consists basically of a load module and four utility programs designed to support data sets· SC2B-6765 OS/MVT ~ OS/VS2 !!!Q DATA UTILITIES: COPY, FORMAT, H!r! .! USER'S GUIDE AND REFliRENCE, PROG. NO. 573Q-DT1 The TSO Data Utilities: COPY, LIST, FORMAT, MERGE is .a program product designed to augment the text and data manipUlation capabilities of the TSO Command Language. This publication describes the syntax and use of the TSO Data Utility. commands: COPY, FORMAT, LIST, and MERGE. This ~ written in ASCII format. program product Specifications,. 2 pages SC28-6760 OS/MFr, OS/MVT, AND OS/VS ~ SET UTILITIES SUPPORT FOR ASCII: USER'S GUIDE, PROG. NO. 573q-UT2 publication is intended for use by terminal users whose insta1lation includ~ this "TSO program product. This manual has two sections: o -BOW to Use the Commands· describes the operations that can be performed by using the utility commands This publication describes the data set utilities that support the American National Standard Code for Information Interchange IASCII). and subcommands at a terminal. It describes: The capabilities and limitations of the utility programs when used to process ASCII data sets. The control statements needed to process ASCII o data sets. The possible applications of the utility programs. System/360 operating System Data Set Utility Support for ASCII is a program product that assists programmers responsible for creating and maintaining operating system data. -Coamand Oescriptions- describes the syntax of the four utility commands: COPY, FORMAT, LIST, and MERGE, and the two sub commands of the EDIT command, FORMAT and MERGE. Examples of each command and subcommand are included. prerequisites and corequisites for this publication are: IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION, COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE IGC28-6732) IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION, TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE IGC28-6763) When using this support, ASCII data sets, as well as EBCDIC data sets, can be created and maintained, a1though ManuaI, 56 pages all system/360 operations are in EBCDIC. Program produc~ user's Guide. 196 pages SC28-6767 *M OS/MVT AND OS/VS2 TSO DATA iiTILiTXES: COPY, FORMAT, LIST, MERGE SYSTEM INFORMATION PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROGRAM NUMBER 573Q-UT1 This pubIiCatIOn-is for use by ·system programmers who are installing the TSO Data utilities: COPY, FORMAT, LIST, MERGE Program Product into an IBM System/360 Operating System with tbe Time Sbaring Option. This publication describes procedures to be followed for program installation, including sample problems which ensure tbat the TSO Data Utilities program Product has been properly installed. Tbis publication also contains the storage requirements for this program Product. prerequisit.e publicatiOns are: GC28-6762 OS/MVT AND OS/VS2 TSO TERMINALS MANUAL This pub1ication describes bow to use the terminals supported by the Time Sharing Option ITSO) under the OS/MVT and OS/vS2 configurations of the operating System lOS). It is intended for all TSO terminal users. The operation and characteristics of the following terminals in a TSO environment are discussed: o IBM 2741 Communication Terminal o o o o o o IBM 1052 Printer-Keyboard Teletype. MOdel 33 Teletype. Model 35 IBM 2260 Display station IBM 2265.Display Station IBM 3270 Information Display System IBM System/360 Operating System: Storage Estimates, GC28-6551 IBM System/360 Operating System: System Generation, GC28-655Q IBM system/360 Operating System: Time Sharing Option Guide, GC28-6698. .Trademark of Teletype Corporation The publication is divided into independent seCtions; each describes one type Qf termina1. Mauual. , 24 pages An appendix describes the LOGOFF, LOGON, PROFILE, and TERMINAL commands that a user issues to control his terminal session. Manual, 60 pages GC28-6768 OS/MVT AND ~ TSO DATA UTILITIES: COPY, FORMAT, LIST, .! MERGE - PPS -. PROG. ·NO. 513Q-OT1 The PrOgram. Product Specifications (pPS) describe the warranted specifications of the subject Program Product. Program Product Specifications, 1 page GC28-6763 IBM SYS!rEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE ------- ---- -------. ------ The Time Sharing Opt:ion (TSO) of the IBM System/360 Operating system permits the user to access the facilities of a computer from a terminal. The work is defined to the system through the TSO Command Language. This publ:ication explains ·to all users of TSO how to use the TSO Command Language to perform the follOwing functions: o o start and end a terminal session Enter and manipulate data o o program at the terminal Test a program . o write and use command procedures o Control. a system with TSO SC28-6808 A PL/I PRIMER The puxpose-of.this public~tion is to provide tutorial material not only for. the person witb SOme knowledge of comPuter programming, but also for the novice who knows little or nothing about data processing. Student Text, 71 pageS 360 ~ "" PROGRAMM·ING ~ CONCEPTS AND blication describes the facilities provided by the IBM System/360· Model IIQ Programming System. The Model QQ programming System consists of a FORTRAN compiler, an assem.bl.er. a supervisor, and system support After becoming familiar with the infoJ:Dlation presented 175 GC28 , GC28 program~. Th1s publication expla1nshow to comp1le, 11nkage edit, and execute a program written in IBM System/360 Fortran IV Language. Systems Reference Library Manual, 180 pages It. provides FORTRAN and assembler language proCesS1Rq and program execution in a monitored environment, with automatic job-to-job transition, interruption handling, and input/output superyision. The system has facilities for the creation and maintenance of libraries and the manipu1ation of their contents. It also provides extensive job control and program segmentation capabilities for flexibility and versatility in the preparation of programs GC28-6818 OS FORTRAN IV LIBRARY: MATHEMATICAL. M!!! SERVICE SUBPROGRAMS, PROG. NO. 360S-LM-501 for execution. Manual, "8 pages This publication describes the mathematical and service subprograms contained in the library supplied with Basic FORTRAN IV (OS) and FORTRAN IV (OS) compilers. Information GC28-6811 IBM SYSTEM/360 ~ODEL "" PROGRAMMING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE, PROGRAM NUM8ER 360F-AS-616--~odel "" Programming System Assembler Language. This assembler language is used to write programs for the Model "". The IBM System/360 Model "" programming System Assembler program processes the language and rpovides auxiliary functions useful in the preparation and documentation of a program. systems, Reference Library Manual, 7" pages on the use of these SUbprograms in either a FORTRAN or an assembler language program is also included. Manual, 70 pages GC28-6819 ~:~MSi~~E~~:~~7~~~~~~~~~~~•.~LA~I~~~G~U~A~G~E HANDBOOK _F_O_R CONVERSION PROGRAM NUMBER 7090-PR This publication descr bes how a FORTRAN IV program written for execution Under the IBM 7090/709" IBSYS Operating system must be modified to be run under IBM Sysem/360. GC28-6812 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL "" PROGRAMMING SYSTEM GUIDE TO SYSTEM ,USE This publication contains detailed information for preparing programs to be executed under the IBM System/360 Model "" programming System. It discusses and illustrates,the .system·s reqUirements, its capabilities, and the control statements and supervisor calls that are used" with it. Systems Reference Library Manual, 180 pages Differences in both syntax and implementation are discussed. It is assumed that the reader is familiar with the IBM 7090/709" FORTRAN IV language. Systems Reference Library Manual, 32 pages GC28-6820 OS ITF: PL/I AND BASIC PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVES PROGRAM NUMBEiiS"573HC1 AND 573"-RC3 - - The Program Product DesigU-Objectives (PPDO) describe the design objectives and provide the estimated availability GC28-6813 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL "" PROGRAMMING SYSTEM GUIDE TO SYSTEM USE FOR FORTRAN PROGRAMMERs This publication"describes how to use the Model "" date of the subject Program Product. Flyer, 3 pages Programming System to compile and execute programs written in the IBM System/360 FORTRAN IV language. A discussion of program optimization and of the restrictions of the OBJECTIVES) Model "" FORTRAN IV compiler is also included. This publication is directed primarily at programmers .who are familiar with the FORTRAN IV language. (PPDO) descrites Previous knowledge of the MOdel "" Programming System is not reguired. Systems Reference Library Manual, 30 pages ;;;;;;;-;::-;:',;.=;-- "" PROGRAMMING SYSTEM SYSTEMS how to construct an IBM System/360 Model "" Programming System and how to modify and extend its capabilities. Among the SUbjects discussed in this publication are: How to construct and edit a Model "" Programming System. How to write an accounting routine and incorporate it into the system. How to define 'the input/output configuration at IPL time. How to write routines at the Execute Channe1 program (EXCP) level of the input/output facilities. HOw to expand the user communication region. How to update the module and phase libraries. How to print, punch, and update the distributed tape reel. systems Reference Library Manual, 88 pages GC28-6815 SYSTEM/360 MODEL "" PROGRAMMING SYSTEM OPERATOR'S GUIDE This publication provides operators with detailed information required for operating the IBM system/360 Model "" Programming System and the various stand-alone programs associated with it. Operating instructions are provided, for IPL procedures, genera1 operations. abnormal end procedures, operator-tosystem communications, and stand-a1one operatioDS. Manual, "56 pages GC28-6825 IBM SYST ) ITF: PL/1 AND BASIC GENBRAL --::ru:1727'3iij'-5736=RCU2 This publidat10n g ves general 1 uaticn about the external characteristics of the PL/I feature of the Interactive Terminal Facility (ITF), a Program Product that operates under the System/360 Operating system or the System/360 Disk Operating System. The book includes de~criptions of terminal commands, PL/I language elements •. and. machine requirements. This publication is intended as an aid to evaluation and planning; it is not meant for the terminal user. publications will be provided for the terminal user when ITF:PL/I becomes available. Program Product Manual, 26 pages GC28-6829 ~~:!p~AND GC28-6830 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OP NG SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY:P BASIC - PPS PROGRAM NUMBERS: 5736 736=RC2- - This Program Product Spec1 ications (PPS) describes the warranted speCifications of the subject Program Product. Program Product specifications, " pages GC28-6816 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: 1620 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SlSTEM/360 MODEL "" PROGRAM NUMBER:360C-SI-755 This'reference plblication provides information on the 1620 simulator for the IBM System/360 Model "", and is directed to the user who is replacing his IBM 1620 Model 1 or Model 2 Data processing System with an IBM,System/360 Model "". This manual describes the installation reguirements, and programming and operating considerations for the 1620 simulator. Simulation is a technique that uses System/360 instruction sequence to perform the functions of 1620 .instructions, thus permitting the user to execute object programs 'written for ,the 1620~ s¥stems Reference Library Manual. 56 pages GC28-6817 GC28-6831 Operating System Time Facility: PL/1 and BASIC. SpeCification Sheets, 2 pages are for system/,360 Interactive Terminal GC28-6832 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM CODE AND GO FORTRAN PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFlCATiOiiS- PROGRAM NUMBER 573"-FOl These program product Specifications-are for IBM System(360 Operating ,System Code and Go FORTRAN. Specification Sheet, 2 pages 176 SC28 SC28 SC28-6833 IBM SYSTEW360 OS/OOS ITF: PLI'I INTRODUCTION PROGRAM NUMBERS"5734-RC1,""""5lli=RC1 This publication is an introduction to the IBM System/360 Operating System (OS) and the IBM system/360 Disk operating System (DOS) Interactive Termina1 Faci1ity: PLI'I. It is designed to give a novice programmer the tools be needs to write e1ementary programs in ITF: PL/I and to enab1e all the capabilities ·of ITF: PL/I nor does it inc1ude a11 the detai1ed information on system and termina1 operation. These detai1s may be found in the IBM System/360 Operating System Time Sharing Option Interactive Termina1 Facility: PL/I Terminal User's Guide. order Number SC28-6839. Manual. 72 pages him to understand the more advanced material found in related publications. Because of this limited scope. therfore. this pub1ication does not cover a11 the capabi1ities of ITF: PLI'I nor does it inc1ude a11 the detailed information on system and terminal operation. These detai1s may be found in the IBM SYSTEW360 OPERATING Sl!STEM AND IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILI~Y: PLI'I TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE. form SC286834. Program Product Manua1. 62 pages SC28-6834 IBM SYSTEW360 OS/DOS ITF: PLlI TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS"5734-RC1,""""slli=acl --- --- This publication provides tutorial information and reference materia1 for users of the PL/I 1anguage component of the Interactive Termina1 Faci1ity (ITF). a Program Product that operates under the System/360 Operating system (OS) or the System/360 Disk Operating system 100S). The book te11s how to use ITF and how to write programs in ITF: PL/I; it also includes detailed descriptions of the ITF: PLI'I 1anguage elements. the ITF system commands. as well as error recognition and correction information. sample programs and examp1es of the use of ITF: PUI appear throughout the text. . . This publication is intended for the ITF: PUI termina1 user. Users with little or no programning experience should be thoroughly. familiar with the concepts presented in the pub1ication IBM SYSTEMt360 OS/DOS ITF: PL/I INTRODUCTION. SC28-6833. Program ·Product Terminal User·s Guide. 233 pages SC28-6835 IBM SYSTEW360 OS/DOS ITF: BlISIC TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS-rn6=R~57iii=RC3 This publication provides tu~oria~ --- --- information and reference materia1 for users of the BlISIC 1anguage component of the Interactive Termina1 Faci1ity (ITF). a Program Product that operates under the System/360 Operting System (OS) or the System/360 Disk Operating system (DOS). The book te11s how to use ITF. and how to write programs in BASIC1 it a1so inc1udes detai1ed descriptions of the BASIC language elements, the ITF system commands, as well as error recognition and correction. SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF INSTALL~ION REFERENCE MATERIAL NUMBERS"5734-R'C"f:' 1.i. 5736-RC1, 1 ublication describes the information required by the central computing installation to run the Interactive Terminal Faci1ity (ITF). This inc1udes machine requirements, and operator coromnads. XTF runs as a problem program under either the System/360 Operating System (OS) or the Sysetm/360 Disk Operating System (DOS). SC28-6840 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SBARING OPTION) INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY:'""BASICTERMnUiL 'iiiiER"SGUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734~RCq ---------- ----This publication provides tutorial information and reference material for users of the BASIC language component of the Interactive Termina1 Faci1ity (ITF). a Program Product that operates under the Time Sharing Option (TSO) of the System/360 Operating System (OS). The book te11s how to use ITF in the TSO environment. and how to write programs in BASIC1 it a1so includes detailed descriptions of the BASIC 1anguage elements. a subset of the TSO command 1anguage. as we11 as error recognition and correction. Sample programs and examples of the use of ITF:BASIC appear throughout the·text. This pub1ication is intended for the TSO ITF:BASIC termina1 user. No previous know1edge of programming or of the BASIC 1anguage is required. Manual. 204 pages Sample programs and examp1es of the use of ITF:BASIC appear throughout the text. This pub1ication is intended for the ITF: BASIC terminal user. No previous know1edge of programming or of the BASIC 1anguage is required. Program product Termina1 Users Guide. 165 pages SC28-6836 SC28-6839 IBM SYSTEM/3 TING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTICN) MERACTIVE FACILITY:'""PL/1 TEiiMIiiliL"USER' S GUIDE 2 -----PROGRAM NUMBER This pub1ication prov1des tutoria1 and reference information for users of the PUI language components of the Interactive Terminal Faci1ity (ITF). an IBM Program Product that operates under tbe Time Sharing Option (TSO) of the System/360 operating System (OS). This guide te11s how to use ITF: PL/I in the TSO environment. It includes detai1ed descriptions of the ITF: PL/I 1anguage e1ements. that portion of the TSO command 1anguage that app1ies to ITFL PL/I. and other reference information. inc1uding a11 of the ITF: PL/I error messages. Sample programs and exauples appear throughout the text. This publication is intended for the TSO ITF: PL/I terminal user. Users ~ith little or no programming experience should be thoroughly familiar with the concepts presented in the publication IBM System/360 OS (TSO) ITF: PL/I Introduction. Order Number SC28-6838. Users whose scope of work extends beyond ITF: PL/I should consult the TSO pub1ications 1isted in the preface. Manual. 268 pages It supports conversational problem SC28-6841 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION) iNTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACI'L'iTYINruLLATiiiiliiEFERENcEMANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 57311-RC2. 5734-RC4 . --This publication describes the informaticn required by the central computing installation to insta11 and run the Interactive Termina1 Faci1ity IITF). This inc1udes . installation procedures, storage estimates, ITF control user functions, and terminal messages. ITF runs as a command processor under· the ~ime Sharing Option (TSO) of· System/360 Operating System (OS). It supports conversationa1 prob1em solving in the ITF:PL/1 and/or ITF:BASIC languages. This pub1ication is intended for the TSO ITF control user who insta11s TSO ITF. and who adds the ITF termina1 users to the TSO system, Manual, 90. pages s01ving in the ITF:PL/I and/or ITF:BASIC languages •. Program Product ~eference Manual, 138 pages GC28-6837 BASIC LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL This publication contains a complete description of the BASIC programming 1anguage as it is defined by IBM. BASIC is a terminal-oriented language used ~ both· programmers and non-programmers for the s01ution of prob1ems requiring lengthy or repetitive computations. The syntax and semantics of BASIC are presented in this publication for readers who are .. already acquainted with the fundamenta1 techniques and termin010gy of programming. TopiCS covered inc1ude program structure. data representation, and statement descriptions. Sample BASIC programs and a formalized definition of the 1anguage are included in appendixes. Reference Manua1. 114 pages SC28-6838 OM IBM SYSTEW360 OPERATING SYSTEM .(TIME SBARING OPTION) INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY:'""PL/1 INrRoIiiiCTioii""PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-RC2 -This publication is an introduction to the IBM System/360 Operating system Time Sharing .Option Interactive Terminal Faci1ity: PUI. It is designed to give a novice programmer the t001s he needs to write e1ementary programs using ITF: PL/I and to enab1e him to understand the more advanced materia1 found in re1ated pub1ications. Because of this 1imited scope; therefore. this pub1ication does not cover SC28-6842 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION) COcE AND GO FORTRAN PROCESSciR-TEiiiiIN"AL OSER' S GOIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-F01, 5734-LM1 --- --This publication provides the information necessary to use the Code and Go FORTRAN processor .for foreground programs developed in an IBM System/360 Time Sbaring Option (TSO) environment. Code and Go is a compi1e-and-go processor that compi1es at a fast rate and produces an object program directly in main storage. For the TSO foreground. Code and Go was specifica11y deve10ped for users who p1ace a premium On qu.ick compilation and execution, and on easy and rapid debugging. This pub1ication. wbi1e primari1y directed to engineers. mathematicians~ and others who may not be fu11-time, profes~ional programmers, also provides information for experienced· production programmers who wi11 be using Code and Go to write and test components of a 1arge program for later ·execution in a batch environment. Readers must be fami1iar with the FORTRAN IV 1anguage as described in the publication IBM System/360 and system/370 FORTRAN IV Language. Order No. GC28-6515. Inc1uded are exp1anations of that portions of that portion of the TSO command 1anguage that is directly re1evant to the needs of the Code and Go foreground user. a sample terminal session, a section on programming sconsiderations, and other reference information. Also provided are a discussion of the FORTRAN syntax checker and its associated messages. and a 1isting (with explanations) 177 SC28 SC28 TSO Terminal. It is intended as a supplement to the IBM System/360 OS TSO Terminal User's Guide. This book describes the G1 compiler and its features, and methods of invoking the compiler. It contains examples of the use of the G1 compiler and the Prompter, diagnostic messages of compiler-related and load module execution diagnostic messages. Pro9r~ Product Manual, 186 pages GC28-6844 that a user receives at his terminal. and reference IBM information. This Program Product Design Objectives (PPDO) describes the design objectives and provides the estimated Guide. availability date of the subject program Product. Design Objective Sheet, 1 page of the FORTRAN G compiler, adapted for more efficient use from a time-sharing terminal. The prompter provides SYSTEMl360 OPERA~ING SY~EM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD 1 DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROG~BER 5734-LM1------- --- - It makes no attempt to cover genera1 TSO operation, which is covered in the TSO Terminal User's The FORTRAN :IV (G1) compiler is an extended version the interface between. the compiler and the user, creating a conversational environment for the G1 programmer. This publication is intended for use by FORTRAN programmers of all 1evels, but its approach is essentially GC28-6847 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING ~ FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD II) PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM3 This Program Product Design Objectives (PPDO) describes toward the inexperienced progra~mer. It is not a reference document for the system prograKmer. Co-requisite.publications for this beok are the IBM the design objectives and provides the estimated System/360 Operating System TSO Terminal user's Guide, Order No. GC28-6763,· and the IBM System/360 Operating availability date of the subject program Product. Design Objectives, 2 pages System Time Sharing Option command Language Reference, Order No. GC28-6732. Manual, 124 pages GC28-6850 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD 1 PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICffioNS - PROGRAM NUMBER"573i1-LM1 The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the SC28-6856 FORTRAN IV (G1) PROCESSOR AND TSO FORTRAN PROMPTER FOR os AND VM/370 (CMS): IN~ALLATroN"REFEREiiCi!MATERIAL, PROG. NOS.5'f3ij:"rii2,5734-CP3 This publication describes the internal 10gic of the FORTRAN IV (G1) compiler. The FORTRAN (G1) compiler, an extended version of FORTRAN IV (G), is adapted to a time sharing as well as a warranted specifications of the subject Program product. SpeCifications, 2 pages SC28-6851 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY ASCII SUPPORT: PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE SUPPLEMENT PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM1 This publication explains how to install and use the IBM system/360 Disk Operating system FORTRAN IV Library ASCII = batch environment. Support package. ASCII is an acronym used to refer to the American National standard Code for Information Exchange, a 7-bit character code. The internal code used by System/360 is based on an 8-bit character. :It is a program product that operates under the IBM System/360 Operating system. It provides·the ability.to store object programs and to produce source and object listings. storage maps. and object decks. In addition, the FORTRAN IV (G1) compiler produces a terse form of output comprised of error messages and compiler statistics. suitable for terminal display. This program logic manual is intended for use by persons involved in program maintenance. Program logic information With the DOS FORTRAN IV Library ASCII support package, DOS users may process and create magnetic tape data sets recorded in accordance with the ASCII code. is not necessary for the use and operation of the FORTRAN (G1); therefore, distribution of this publication is limited This publication assumes a knowledge of the FORTRAN IV language, and familiarity with how to compile, linkage to licensees who have the aforementioned reqUirement. Program Product Manual. 48 pages edit, and execute programs under control of the IBM system/360 Disk operating system. Program Product Manual, 16 pages SC28-6852 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FORT~N IV (8 EXTENDED) COMPILER. PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F03 5734 LM3 *M = GC28-6857 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SBARING OPTION FORTRAN PRCMPTER - PROGRAM BRODUC~!FiCAT~ ------ ------The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the warranted specifications of the subject Program Product .• Specification, 2 pages This publication describes the steps to compile, link edit, and execute a FORTRAN IV program using the FORTRAN IV (8 Extended) compiler, an IBM Program Product that operates under the control of the operating system. The methods SC28-6858 IBM SYSTEM/360 FORTRAN IV L~BRARY (MODEL 1) INsTALLATION REFERENCE MAT~PROGRAM NIlMBER 5734-LM1 This publication describes the information required by the central computing instal1ation to install and run the FORTRAN IV Library (Model 1). The information includes of inVOking each step, input to the steps, and output from the steps, are detailed. In addition, compiler options, features of the operating system used by the FORTRAN programmer. and practices for coding more efficient FORTRAN programs are discussed. This publication is directed to programmers familiar with the FORTRAN IV language. installation procedures. storage estimates. system information. and library-produced messages. The FORTRAN IV Library (Modell) operates with the FORTRAN E, G, and 8 compilers, with FORTRAN IV (G1), and with the Code and Go FORTRAN compiler. The library supports features not contained in the base FORTRAN IV library, such Previous knowledge of the operating system is not required. Information in this publication pertaining to OSlVS2 is for ~lanning purposes until that product is available. Manual, 208 pages as list-directed I/O. improved data conversion, and ASC11 support. The library also includes special interfaces for running in the TSO foreground. SC28-6853 IBM OS CODE AND GO· FORTRAN AND FORTRAN lY .1!ll!. PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE. PROG. NOS. 5734-F01. ~ -LM1 This publication is directed to programmers using either the IBM System/360 Code and Go FORTRAN or FORTRAN IV (Gll compiler. It explains how to use the IBM System/360 This publication is intended for Operating System/360 personnel responsible for installing the libary, as well as for the system programmer responsible for maintenance of the library within the system. Program Product Manual, 65 pages operating System to compile. link edit. and execute programs written in the IBM system/360 FORTRAN IV language. SC28-6859 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERA~ING SYSTEM CODE AND GO FORTRAN pa-OCESSOR INSTALLATION RE~E~ERIAL-- ------PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F01 This pubIICatIo~bes the information required by the central computing instalLation to install and run the FORTRAN IV Code and Go compiler. The information includes In addition. it contains information on-processing efficiency, extended error handling, debugging specifications. and Assembler ~anguage subroutine linkage conventions. This publication is directed primarily to programmers familiar with the FORTRAN IV 1anguage. Previous knowledge of the IBM System/360 Operating System is not required. Program Product Manual, 190 pages installation procedures, storage estimates. system information, and messages produced by the compiler. This publication is intended for Operating System/360 personnel responsible for instal1ing the FORTRAN IV Code and Co GC28-6854 OS FORTRAN IV (G1) PROCESSOR - PPS - PROG. NO. 5734~F02 The program-product Specifications (PPS) describe the compiler. as well as for the system programmer responsible for maintaining it within. the system. Manual, 60 pages warranted specifications of the subject Program Product. Program Product SpeCifications, 2 pages N IV SC28-6855 *M (8 EXTENDED) ~~I~NSTALLATION 5134-=i03, ~ T e RTRAN IV (8 Extended) compiler and the FORTRAN IV· Library '(Mod II) are re1eased as independent components that require installation under the IBM System/360 Operating System. This publication describes the procedures for installing l78 SC28 SC28 FOR7RAN IV (B Extended) compi1er and the FORrRAN IV Library (Mod II). It is intended for use by system programmers or planners wbo supervise the generation and maintenance of an inst~ation's operating system. Manua1. 611 pages GC28-6879 OS/vS1 RES WORKSTATION USHR'S GUIDE This user's Guide is intended for an RES workstation user who creates one or more jobs to be sent, using RES (Remote Entry Services), to a central computer for processing. In addition. this book can be used by one who merely operates the RES workstation. sending jobs created by others. The book describes input and output queues and how the workstation user can control them. The workstation commands available to the user are described according to their fUnction. The parameters used for various forms of the cO~Dands are explained. For each type of RES workstation. there is a separate chapter that describes its operation. This portion of the book can be tai10red to each installation's reqUirements by removing chapters that pertain to types of workstations not used by that installation. For a user's guide to be used only at one workstation. only the pertinent chapter need be retained. Manua1, 2111 pages GC2B-6862 IBM SYSTE~360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED) COMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFic~ - PROGRAM NUMBER 573ii=Fci3 The Program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the warranted specifications of the subject Program Product. Specifications, 2 pages GC28-6863 OS FORrRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD II) - PPS - PROG. NO. 5734-LM3 The ProgramProduct specification5tpPs) describe the warranted specifications of the subject Program Product. Systems Reference Library Manual, 2 pages SC28-68611 *M IBM SYST~360 C5: FORTRAN IV MATH AND SVC SUBPROGRAM SUPPLEMENT FOR MIDE I and MODEL I I LIBRARIES PROGRAM NUMBERS5734=LMi"; 573ii="LMJ This publication is a supplement to IBM System/360 Operating System: FORTRAN IV Library-Mathematica1 and service Subprograms. Order No. GC28-6818. Together. these publications describe the ma~hematical and service subprograms in the FORTRAN IV Mod I and Mod II 1ibraries. In general, the base publication documents those subprograms that handle single and double preCision quantities: this supplement documents those SUbprograms that handle extended precision quantities. Systems Reference Library Manual r 34 pages GC28-6881 FORrRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS(TSO) AND VM/310 (CMS) PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVES, PROG. NO. 5134-F05 The Program Product DeSign Objectives (PPDO) describe the design objectives and provide the estimated availability dat~ of the subject program Product. F1yer, 1 page GC28-6882 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY OPTION 1 - PROGRAM PRciiiUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-LM3- - - - - The program Product Specifications (PPS) describe the warranted specifications of the subject Program Product. Specifications. 2 pages GC28-6865 SC28-6883 IBM SYSTE~360 OS: FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED) DOS FORTRAN IV LIBRARY nPTION/PROGRAMMERS'S GUIDE COMPILER AND LIBRARY (MODEL In, MESSAGES SYSTEM REFERENCE' SiiPP~-PROGRAM PRODUCT 5746-LM3 LIBRARY MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBERS 51311 Fa3, 51311-LM3 This publication is directed to pr09ram~ers using the No abstract available. FORTRAN IV Library Option 1. a program product used with the systems Reference Library Manual. 140 pages Disk Operating System. The Option 1 Library provides DOS users with Systeml370 input/output,device support and ASCII support. ~CII is an acronym used to refer to the American SC28-6868 *M Nationa1 Standard Code for Information Interchange.) ASCII IBM SYST~360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED support allows users to process and create magnetic tape PLUS COMPILER & LIBRARY USER SUPPLEMENr =-PROGRAM NUMBER data sets recorded in ASCII code and to specify larger block 5799-AAW - --- -- --- --sizes for EBCDIC tape data sets. This publication contains information describing the use This publication is a supplement to. and should te used of the FORrRAN IV (B Extended Plus) compiler. an in conjunction withr the publication, Disk Operating System: enhancement to the FORTRAN IV (H Extended) compi1er FORTRAN IV Programmer's Guide. Order NO. GC28-6397. program product. It supp1ements the fol10wing Programmers are assumed to be familiar with its contents. publications: The supplement contains sections on using and installing the IBM Systeml360 Operating System: Option 1 1ibrary and on running the sample program. For FORTRAN IV (B Extended) Compi1er information on how to compile. linkage edit, and execute a Programmer's Guide. Order No. SC28-6852 DOS FORTRAN IV program. tbe appropriate sections of the programmer's guide shoUld be consu1ted. IBM Systeml360 Operating system: Manual. 20 pages FORTRAN IV (H Extended) Compi1er and Library (Mod In Messages. 'Order No. SC28-6865 GC28-688Q IBM FORTRAN PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR OS AND THE CMS COMPONENT OF IBM Systeml360 Operating system: VM1'370: GENERAL INFORMATION, PROG. NOS. mll::ro1,2,3,5 FORTRAN IV ~athematical and Service -LMt,3,-CP3 Subprograms Supplement for Mod I This pub1ication provides general information about the and Mod II' Libraries, Order No. SC28-68611 functions, capabilities, and system requirements of the fol1owing program products: ' The supplementary information for each publication o Code and Go FORTRAN Processor o FORTRAN IV (Gl) Processor listed above is treated a separate chapter in this publication. The chapter on the Programmer's o FORTRAN IV (H Extended) Processor Guide describes the new options, OPTIMIZE (3) and IL. o FORrRAN IV Library (Mod n availab1e to the programmer using the (H Extended FORTRAN IV Library (Mod In o Plus) compiler and FORTRAN programming considerations o TSO FORTRAN Prompter for these options and for other compiler" improvements. o FORTRAN Interactive Debug The chapter on the Mod I and Mod II Libraries describes These products. with the exception of the TSO Prompter, the cbanges made to a number of mathematica1 subprograms operate under both OS and the CMS component of VM/370. This publication is inteqded as an aid to evaluation and to make their processing more ef£icient. planning and is not meant £or the terminal user or Un1ess otherwise notedr a1l information in the base publications app1y to this supp1ement. app1ications programmer. Manua1. 32 pages Manua1. 112 pages = GC28-6872 SYSTEW360 DISK OPERATING ~ FORTRAN IV LIBRARY, OP.rION 1 _ PROGRAM PRODUCT .m!l!!§!! OBJECTIVE PROGRAM NUMBER 57116-LM3 The program Product Design Objectives CPPDO) describe the design objectives and provide the estimated avai1abi1ity date of the subject Program Product. Design Objective. 2 pages GC28-6878 OS/VS1 RES SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE This guide is required by systeuoprogrammers who p1an. insta11. and maintain' RES (Remote Entry serV1.ces) under VS1. The guide describes the facilities and operationa1 requirements for both the centra1 computer and the workstations. 1:he procedure to be followed for generating and installing RES is exp1ained. ' Manua1. 173 pages SC28-6885 *N FORrRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM PRODUCT 573ii=ros - - _ This manua1 provides the information required to use FORTRAN Interactive Debug to debug Code and Go FORTRAN or FORTRAN G1 programs from a TSO termina1. , FORTRAN Interactive Debug is a conversational. symbolic debugging 1anguage with which the FORTRAN programmer can dynamica11y contro1 the execution of his program. While using it, be can stop and start execution, examine and cbange va1ues of program variab1es, dynamica11y contr01 the Extended Error Band1ing facility, disp1ay execution frequencie~ for program statements, and trace control transfers as they occur. The intended audience is the T50 FORTRAN programmer who codes in Code and Go FORTRAN or FORrRAN G1. The first section of the book describes FORTRAN Interactive Debug, its invocation. and its use. and gives instructions fOr compiling FORTRAN programs so that they can 179 SC28 GC30 be processed under interactive debug. The second section is a reference section containing al1 the FORTRAN Interactive Debug subcommands. Cata~og, 36 pages The third section covers programming considerations. Messages issued by FORTRAN Interactive Debug are covered in the fourth section. co-requisite Publications: . OS (TSO) COde and Go FORTRAN Processor Termina~ User's Guide, Order No. SC28-6842 OS (TSO) Termina~ User's Supplement for FORTRAN IV (G1) Processor and TSO FORTRAN Prompter, Order NO. SC28-60·SS Manua~, 116 pages SC28-6886 *N FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL PROGRAMNuMBERSffi- FOS This pub~ication describes the information required by the centra~ computing instal~ation to instal~ and run FORTRAN GC28-8201 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I (F). LilNGUAGE REFERENCE .MANUAL--- - - This publication conso~idates documents outlining the status and use of the inde~dent release.of PL/I (F) Version 5,. New features ar·e noted,' and information is provided on the system generation requirements and techniques. A ~ist of a11 modUles added, de1eted or altered for this release is inCluded. System Prose informs the user of the. current maintenance status of PL/I (F). IBM provides an operating system that can be used for system generation. The procedures required to initia~ize the starter system are a~o described in this publication. Language Reference Manual, 448 pages Interactive Debug under OS (TSO). The information inc1udes installation procedures. storage estimates, system information, messages, and problem determination aids~ FORTRAN Interactive Debug provides a conversational, symbolic debugging capability for the TSO FORTRAN programmer. Using interactive debug, the Code and Go FORTRAN or FORTRAN G1 programmer can dynamically contro~ the execution of" his program, examine and change values of program variables, dynamically control the Extended Error Band1ing Faci1ity, display execution frequencies for program statements, and trace control transfers as they occur. This publication is intended for OS personnel responsible for insta~ling FORTRAN Interactive Debug, as we1l as for the system programmer responsib~e for maintaining it within the system. Manual, 60 pages GC28-6808 FORTRAN INTERAC'IIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) PPS PROGRAM NUMBER S73H05 - - - The Program Product Specifications (PPS) .describe the warranted· specifications of·the subject program Product. Specification Sheet, 2 pages *N SC28-6891 *N IBM VM/310 (CMS) TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE FOR FORTRAN IV PROGRAM ~ S13Q-F01, 573ii=F02, S13ii="""Fiij;-573ii-LM1 AND S134-LM3 This user's guide is intended for FORTRAN programmers who wi1l be using the IBM System/360 OS FORTRAN IV (G1) or Code and ·Go FORTRAN IV compiler and the FORTRAN IV Library (Mod 1) or the FORTRAN IV (8 Extended) compi~er and the IBM FORTRAN IV Library (Mod II) under the contro~ of the Conversational ~onitor System component of the Virtual Machine Faci~ity/310. It is assumed that the reader is familiar with the FORTRAN IV Language and the CMS component of VM/310. Manual, 210 pages GC28-8193 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY ASCII SUPPORT PROGRAM NUMBER S136-LM1 This Program Product Design Objectives (PPDO) describes the deSign objectives and provides the estimated . availability date of the subject program Product. Design Objective sheet, 2 pages GC28-8194 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV L'[BRARY ASCII SUPPO~ PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFlcATiiiNS"= PROGRAM NUMBER S136-LM1 The Program Product specificationS1PPSJ deSCrIbe the warr!lnted specifications of the subject Program Product .• Program Product specificatio~s, 3 pages *M GC28-8200 SYSTEM/310 PROGRAM PRODUCTS: LANGUAGE AND SORT PROCESSORS -OS, DOS, V~CMS (CATALOG-)---- - - - ThiQ cata~og is a quick reference to the IBM Program Products that provide language and sort/merage processing support for IBM System/310 and Systero/360 running: o OS (VS1, VS2, MF'r, and MVT) o DOS and DOS/VS o CMS Subsystems of VM/310 The 1anguage products described bere include comp1iers, thei associated libraries, and various related user productivity aids for: o COOL o FORTRAN o PL/I o BASIC o o o GC28-8202 DOS AND TOS PL/I SUBSET REFERENCE MANUAL This-pDbIICation provides the rule~writing PL/I Subset programs that are to be Compiled using the PL/I 0-1evel ·compi~er under the IBM Systeml360 Disk and. Tape Operating Systems. It is a reference to those features of the PL/I ~anguage implemented by the Fourth Version of the D-level compiler. Thi~ publication is divided into two parts. Part I contains discussions of the concept of the language. Part II contains deta·iled rUles and· syntactic descriptions. For information necessary to compi~e, link-edit, and execute a program, the reader shou~d be familiar with the publication DOS and TOS PL/I (D)'··Compiler, Programmer's Guide, Order No. GC24-900S. . For a lis.t of further related publications·, refer to IBM System/360 Bibliography, Order No. GA22-6822. Manua~, 2S0 pages GC3D-1001 . OS/MFT AND OS/MVT TOAM CCMPONENT LEVEL RELEASE GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360S=CO-548 ----- ------- ----This publication contains changes and additions to OS/MFT and OS/MVT systems publications as a resu~t of component re~eases 2, q, and S of OS TCAM. publications updated by this pub~ication are: o . OS Messages and Codes - GC28-6631 OS Storage Estimates - GC28-6SS1 o OS System Control Blocks - GC28-6628 o Time Sharing ~ion Guide - GC28-6698 o Time Sharing Option Command Language Reference o GC-6132 Time sharing Option ('ISO) Control Program o GY21-1199 o OS Operator's Reference - GC28-6691 System Generation - GC28-6SS4 o Manual, 160 pages GC30-2003 IBM SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY MANUAL - IBM SYSTEM/360 CiPERiTi'iiGSYSTEM QUI!UEliTiLiCcOOiiiiiiCATIONs ~ ~ MESSAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM SERVICES PROGRAM NUMBER 360S~ - - - This publication provides information on how to use the Queued Te~ecommunications Access Method (QTAM) within Option 2 lMu~tiprogramming with a Fixed Number of Tasks) or Option 4 (Multiprogramming with a Variable Number of Tasks) of the System/360 Operating System to support a telecommunications application. serviCes prov·ided by QTAM in support of a message processing program are described in detail, including the facilities provided to establish the interface to a QTAM message control program •. For detailed information on the QTAM facilities provided for the construction of a message control program, refer to the pub~ication, IBM System/360 Operating System: QTAM Message Contro~ Program (GC30-200S). Manual, S2 pages GC30-200Q APL RPG . Assembler IBM Program Products are made available under a l.icensin'; agreement; consult your IBM representative for informati,on on obtaining Program Products. A section.on how to use this catalog is inc1uded, as well as four indexes to Program Products and Program Product Descriptions. 180 Access Method (·BTAM) available with the System/360 Operating system. . BTA!! provides faci~ities that enable an assemblerlanguage programmer.to write a teleprocessing control program· that effects communications at the Read/Write level between a Systeml360 and a variety of computers and terminals connected to the System/360 over common-carrier or private-wire comm~icatiODS netlllorks.. BTAM employs both start-stop and binary synchronous (ESC) communications techniques, depending on. the type of remote station. Typica~ BTA!! applications include data acquisition, message slllitching, ,and inquiry processing~ . The pub~icatiQn explains some concepts of teleprocessing and UTAM, describes line control and message transmission techniques, and describes each of the BTAM ·macro inctructioDc and faci~itiea needed to construct a control prograDk The READ and WRITE macro instructions applicable for each type of remote s~ion and line configuration are given, along with tbe channel programs generated for each type. . Prerequisite to use of this publication is a knowledge GC30 Ge30 programmer and the central computer operator in the ~nstallation of, the operation of, and use of Conversational of System/360 assembly language and data management facilities .. Systems Reference Library Manual. 210 pages GC30-2005 IBM SYSTliMS REFERENCE LIBRARY IBM ~360 OPERATING SYSTEM QUEUED TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD MESSAGE CONTROL PROGRAM PROGRAM NUMBER360S=CQ~ - - - This publication contains specifications on the use of the Queued Telecommunications Access Method (QTAM) and the IBM System/360 Operating System to support telecommunications applications. Information in this publication will facilitate the construction of a QTAM message control program by the problem programmer. Complete descriptions of QTAH macro instructions are included. For detailed information 'on the services provided by QTAM to support a message processing program, refer to IBM System/360 Operation System: QTAM Message Processing Program Services, (Ge30-2003). Systems Reference Library - 227 pages GC30-2006 IBM SYSTEW360 OPERATING SYSTEM REMOTE i!Q!! ENTRY PROGRAM NUMBER 360S RC 536 This publication is designed to present the general concepts and facilities of Remote Job Entry (RJE). RJE allows users at remote locations to submit jobs over communications lines to an IBM system/360. It is available to users with either multiprogramming version of the IBM System/360 Operating System: multiprogramming with a variable number of tasks (MVT) or multiprogramming with a fixed number of tasks, version 2 (MFT). Information on the capabilities and uses of RJE, an the operating environments, and on work station states and activities is included for the systems programmer and operator. The Job Entry Control Language is introduced and explained. The· Job Entry Definition Statement, work station commands, messages sent to work stations, and central commands are discussed in terms of their functions, and how the user employs them in programs. A discussion of RJE generation includes the necessary macro instructions. communication Serviceability FaCilities, such as error recovery procedures, and system restart procedures, are discussed separately as well as with the work stations. A discussion of programming information for the 2780 Data Transmission Terminal and for the 1130 Computipg System is included. Systems Reference Library Manual, 126 pages GC30-2012 OS/MFT, OS/MVT AND OS/VS 1: £Mll CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES PROG. NO. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVT), 57Ql-SC1-0A (VS1) This publication contains information about Conversation Remote Job Entry (CRJE) under OS/MFT, OS/MVT, and 0s/VS1. It describes the system concepts, facilities. and points out the responsibilities of those involved in the overall operation of CRJE. An appendix of related publications and a glossary of terminology is included. Manual, 36 pages Remote Job Entry (CRJE). This publication describes CRJE and the facilities it provides users at remote keyboard terminals attached by cOlrmunications lines to an IBM System/360 or IBM System/370 that uses the MFT. MVT, or VSl options of the operating system (OS). Information about the CRJE task, its operating environment, system generation considerations, and the central operator command facility is included. Central messages are described with explanations and suggested operator responses. This publication also includes a discussion of CRJE storage estimates and offers some performance guidelines to aid the system programmer in tuning his CRJE system. Manual, 65 pages GC30-2022 OS TCAM CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES, ~ NO. 360S-CQ-5QS This publication provides a basic introduction to the concepts of and the facilities provided by the Telecommunications Access Method (TCAM) under the MFT, MVT, VS1, and VS2 options of the operating system (aS). It also briefly describes the characteristics and o~erating concepts of a computer-based telecommunications system. tele~~u!~c:t~~:~l!~~~~~;~:~~z~~~tr~~!;;~~: ailocation and use of remote station resources.. TCAM facilities control the transfer, editing, and processing of data from remote stations. Variety, flexibility, and modularity of these TCAM facilities permit selection of the necessary support or any telecorr.rrunications application. A basic knowledge of IBM System/360 and IBM System/370 machine concepts and data management techniques is required for an understanding of this publication. Manual, 56 pages GC30-2024 see page 330 GC30-2025 OS TCAM USER'S §!!!!1!! (OS/MFT, /MVT: OS/VS1, /VS2) PROG. NO. 360S-CQ:5ij8; VS COMPONENTS 57Ql(&2)-SC1-21 The TeAM User·s Guide is for systems analysts and programmers· who must.design, write, and install a TCAM program. It is both a guide for diagnosis and a problem determination handbook. Information provided includes: o An overview of -.rCAM o Functional cbecklists. for coding and diagnosing sections of a TCAM program o Coding considerations o CheckIists of possible errors o How and when to dump TeAM and its service aids o Bow to read TCAM dumps o Relationships between as and TeAM control blocks o A summary of TCAM macros and operands o A detailed description of each field in a TCAM formatted dump Prerequisites: IBM System/360 Operating System Telemcommunication Access Method (TCAM) Concepts and Facilities, GC30-2022 OS TCAM Programmer·s Guide and Reference Manual. GC30-2024. Manual, 238 pages GC30-2014 OS/MFT, OS/MVT AND OS/VS1: CRJE TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE PROG. NO. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVT), 5741-SC1-0A (VS1J This publication serves primarily as a" guide for the inexperienced CRJE (Conversational Remote Job Entry) terminal user and as a reference for the experienced CRJE user. This publication describes the functions of CRJE and the terminal commands that enable the user to perform these functions. The commands and subcommands are described in detail. and examples illustrate how they may be used~ Terminal messages are documented \iith explanations and corresponding system and user responses. Manual, 179 pages GC30-2015 IBM SYSTEW360 OPERATING SYSTEM REMOTE JOB ENTRY PLANNING FOR IBM 2770 RJE SUPPOR-T----- --- ----- This publication is a planning aid only. It is intended for use prior to the availability of Remote Job Entry (RJE) support for the IBM 2770 Data communications system with 2772 Multipurpose Control Unit and will be replaced by reference documentation when that support becomes available. It.describes the control unit r the input/output deviCes supported, and the RJE functions that will be available,. Information herein applies only to the 2772 Multipurpose Control Unit of the 2770 System;· fn11 information on RJE is contained in the publication IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING System Remote Job Entry order. number·GC30-2006. systems Reference Library Manual, 12 pages GC30-2016 OS/MFT. OS/MVT ~ OS/VS1: £Mll SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROG. NO. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVTJ, 5741-5Cl-0A (VS1J This publication contains information to aid the system 181 GC30-2026 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM CONVERSION GUIDE FROM QUEUED TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS ~ OR BASIC - TELECOMMUNICATIONS ~CCESS METHOD TO TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD SYST~ERENCE'LIBRARY PROGRAM NUMBER~Q-548 ---This publication provides a summary of the information needed to convert a QTAM or BTAM system to TCAM. It briefly describes the simi1arities and differences between QTAM and TCAM, and between BTAM and TeAM .. The first s~ction.describes QTAM macros, macro operands, service faci1ities. internals, and their TCAM replacements. 1\ ':.""!orking. !-"..nC'".:J.ledge of QTl\..Jj i~ required for underst maintenance program processing for miscellaneous, loan value, and participation value status basis. tr~sactions on a process (action) and a quote ~ program abstract, narratives, and flowcharts are GB20-0669 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION 'SYSTEM (DOS) ACCOUlII'l'INGColll'l'ROL, . SYSTEM MANUAL-PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-Nl1 ~an~crihes.the updating of the accounting control file and 'the printing of tbe accounting control register. Appropriate flowcharts; flowchart narratives, input/output formats. table descriptions, arid program modification aids are included. Program Product Manual. 13 pages included. Program Product Manual. 212 pages GB20-0661 billing processing in the file ma,in~nea,nce program. It describes 'processing for the internal transaction billing (normal billing). catch-up billing. externally generated billing (billing request transaction billing). and special frequency billing. A program GB20-0670 (DOS) abstract, narratives, and flowcharts are provided. 5736-Nl.l ~;cif~~Eh~pprocessin9 of' error register messages and the printing of the error register. ApFropriate flowcbarts. flowchart narratives. input/output formats. and table descriptions are included. Program product ,Manual. 27 pages program Product Manual. 68 pages GB20-0662 ~~~~~~rJ~~~~~~~~~~~ VERSION 2-5736-N11) ~ ~intenance program for premium due, overdue, and anniversary proceSSing activity. A program abstract, narratives, and f10wcharts are included. Program Product Manual, 39 pages GB20-0663 ADVANCEO LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE RATE FILE EXTRACT AND ANNIVERSARY ~ UPDATE TRANSACTIONs;"""SYSTEM MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-N11 This manual describes the prOCessing in the file maintenance ,program required to create the rate file extracts and to perform the anniversary extract updating. A program abstract, narratives, and f~owcharts are inc~uded. Program Product Manual. 17 pages GB20-06611 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE, MAINTENANCE COlll'l'RACTUiiLCiiiiNGES lIND NOTIFICIITIONS. SYSTEM MANUAL ---- ~RAM~ERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nll) This manual descri~ internal processing in the file GB20-0671 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) RATE' FILE, SYSTEM ~ - - - - - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360l!-IL-09X AND 5736-Nl11 This manua~ describes processiDg for rate file extracts,. the use of the rate file, and the creation of the output extract for updating the policy master record file. ApFropriate flowcharts, flowchart narratives, input/output formats. and program modification aids are included. Program product Manual, 28 pages GB20-D672 ANCED LIFE INFORMATION ICE INQUIRY PROG (P NUMBERS: VERSION This manual provides detailed info understand tbe home office ,inquiry program. A program abstract, narratives, flowcharts, core storage map, and program modification aids are provided. program Product Manual GB20-0673 CALL/360-0S ~ DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X the contractual,change activity date in the' policy This manual is intended,primarily to define the scope of information section of the policy master record. A program applicability of CALL/360-0S for customer executives, system analysts, and prog'rammers. It describes the abstract. narratives. ari~ flQWcharts are included. facilities of CALLl360-OS and includes a general discussion Program Product Manual, 66 pages of the CALL/360-OS system configuration, terminal processing, system structure and control, system support 'and maintenance faci1ities. and an introduction to the GB20-0665 language processors supported. Tbe terminal command ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) OUTPUT ANALYsIS. ~. MANUAL --" '~aDguage is summarized.for tbe user. (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11) CALL/360-OS ,is a terminal-oriented, time-sbaring system This manual descri~ processing of message output designed to operate as a. problem program under either the ,IBM System/360 Operating System, (05/360) MultiFrogramming from the file maintenance run. Appropriate flowcharts, flowchart narra~ves, inpUt/output formats, program ' with a Fixed Number of 'Tasks (MFT) or Multiprogramming modification aids, 'and. table descriptions are"included. with a Variable, Number of Taslts (MVT) control program. Tbe Modei 65 Multiprocessing System (M65MP) is not The input/output formats and descriptions are to be used supported. . , ," as an explanation of the file maintenance output in addition to ·their use in: describing the input and output from the CALL/360-OS provides a personal computing facility output analysis program. ' designed to bandle a high volume of traffic in a problemProgram Product Manuai, 1119 pages solving environment. The system is designed to satisfy the needs of the professional programmer as well as tbe individual'with,no programming ,experience. It provides GB20-0666 remote terminal services, for cALL/360-0S BASIC. CALL/360ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) OS FORTRAN. and CALL/360-.0S PL/I users. Application program Manual. 36 pages TRANSACTI~REGISTER. SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: ~. 1-360A-IL-09X ~ 2-5736-Nl1> This manual describes processing of transaction register maintenance program based OD .the annual activity date and exi:.racts and crLoL reg.ister e;a-w:'Cicts produced bi' the output SH20-0615 analysis program and also describes the creation of transaction register reports. Appropriate flowcharts,' flowchart narratives. input/output fonnats, table descriptions. and program modification aids are included. Program Product Manual. 115 pages SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLAIINING FOR THE ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY (OS) (5736-U12) System pya-nning (PSP) Program Product package is ,designed specifically, for the IBM System/360. The package uses disk storage to provide the capability of establishing a master data bank of repetitively-used ~er 214 SH20 SH20 error messaqes displayed and associated error recovery procedures, are included in the Terminal Operations Manual. Manual, 30 pages engineering data which describes an electrical network. The package further provides the convenience of automatic data retrieval from the master data bank whenever a simulation program is to be run. In order to study the steady-state and transient operational characteristics of present and projected interconnected power networks, three digital simUlation programs are included in the package -- Power Flow, Short Circuit, and Transient Stability. S820-0680 GRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL DATA (GATD) TERMINAL OPERATIONS MANUAL ---- -----This manual is written for the IBM 2250 console operator and describes how the ligbt pen is used to control the GATD system. Manual, 64 pages This manual is designed for use by those in the system planning group who are responsible for prepraing data, for initiating the PSP components. and for an~lyzin9 the resUlts of the PSP component runs. The purpose of this manual is to provide the user with an understanding of the program necessary to implement the application. Included are descriptions of the PSP components, input. output descriptions, timing information, a sample problem. program modification aids, error messages, and the information necessary to insta~l the package and to initiate a simulation study. program Product Documentation, 318 pages GH20-0689 APL/360 PRIMER - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XMl AND 5736-XMl This primer provides an introduction to thelAPL/360 system and to the APL programming language. It discusses the mechanics of using the system, and shows how to write representative programs for a variety of applications. ~he treatment is elementary, and for a discussion of advanced system features and available operations, refer to the APL/360 User'S Manual. Program product Manual, 256 pages S820-0676 SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING ~~~~~~~~~ ~ INDUsTRY (OS) (5736-012) '_ The Power System Planning (PSP) Program designed specifically for the IBM System/360. The program uses disk storage to provide the capability of establishing a master data bank of repetitively-used engineering data which describes an electrical network. The' program further provides the convenience of automatic data retrieval from the master data bank whenever a simUlation study is to be run. In order to study the steady-state and transient operational characteristics of present and projected interconnected power networks three digital simulation programs are provided. These are -- POwer Flow, Short Circuit, and Transient stability. This manual is designed for use by operations personnel responsible for setting up and executing the PSP program. The manual provides the specifications and necessary information for retrieving data from distributed machinereadable material (MRM) and cataloging the program in the user's library. Use of this manual requires an operating knowledge of the IBM SystemJ'360 Operating System (05/360) job control language and operating procedures. program product Documentation, 64 pages GB20-0690 PROJECT MANAGEMENT ,sYSTEM/360 VERSION 3 APPLICATION ~PTION MANUAL ~ PROGRAM NUMBEEI573U-XP1 PMS/360 is a highly-modular set of computer program routines, each performing one function cammon to many management applications. It is open-ended - that is, the number of functions under PMS/360 can be expanded and added to. It is versatile - that is, the user can control program logic without resorting to reprogramming. Output reports can be defined with a sing1e set of procedural statements and can 'be revised with every computer run if required. The computer code itself is written in a way that simplifies modification, if this ever becomes necessary. Program product manual, q4 pages GH20-0691 GENERAL PORPOSE S:rMllIATION SYSTEIV360 (,OS AND DOS) VERSION 2 APPLiCATION DESCRIPTION. PROG; NOS. 5734-XS1 AND 57~ This manual discusses the role of GPSS in system Simulation, briefly describes the operation of the GPSS program, and points out its application scope" A final section describes the major functions, capabilities, and system requirements of GPSS/360 Version 2. Program Product Manual, 16 pages SH20-0677 ~~~ description of the four component parts of PMSI360: the Network Processor, the Resource Allocation Processor. the Cost Processor, and the Report Processor. It provides in detail the format of input required, the methods of calculation followed, and an explanation of the output generated by each processor. It also defines OS/360 Job Control cards required to run the three processors. This manual will enable the user to perform critical path analYSis as well as PERT and PERT/COST analyses. C Program Product Manual. 592 pages GH20-0678 GRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF THREE-DEMENSIONAL D~A (GNrD) PROGRAM DESCRIPTiOii MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER"573ii=XX2 Graphic Analysis of Tiiree=oI..ensronaiData(GATD) is an application system built around the IBM 2250 Display Unit, which permits online analysis of data in three-dimensional arays. GATD operates in conjunction with OS/360, PLAN (Problem Language ANalyzer), and PGS (PLAN Graphic support). 'This manual contains a general description of the'GATo system, an example of system usage, detailed information on preparation of user data for GATD processing, and GATD file descriptions. It also contains, for each function performed 'by the GATD system, a description of the function, restrictions and range, and a description of all displays and programs used to implement the function. Manual, 120 pages SH20-0679 GRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL DATA (GATD) OPEiiATjONS MANOAL-= PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX2--Grapbic Anal.ysis of Three-DimensionaI""iiata (GATD) is an IBM 2250-oriented application program which operates under OS/360and uses facilities of the'problem Language ANalyzer (PLAN) and PLAN Graphics Support (PGS) packages. This manual 'describes the Job Control. 'LangUage and PLAN statements required to retrieve machiDereadable material from the distributed tape, perfoDII all one-time initialization functions, and execute a sample problem. It also describes modifications to Job Control Language and PLAN statements for subsequent runs involving addition of user programs to the library, ~ddition of, user panels, access to user input and outPut data files, and saving and restoring data generated by the G~D programs. IncJ.uded are all considerations necessary to display the main GATD control panel On an IBM ,2250 Display llDit. All subsequent considerations involved in using the system, including 215 SH20-0692 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEMV360,OS VERSION 2 ~OR'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 573ii=X-S-l----- This publication cOntains information that will enable the user to link-edit and incorporate the GPSS/360 program into a system for subsequent execution under the control of OS/360. Detailed examples are given for editing the GPSS/360 program into a private JOBLIB or the OS/360 JCL cards required to execute models that use various features provided by GPSS/360. It also describes a method (REALLOCATION) whereby the user can reallocate the quantity of GPSS/360 entities and effectively use all available core storage. The various data sets required by GPSS/360 are also listed and described. This manual explains in detail three extended features of GPSS/360. It also includes specifications and considerations for use of the Run Length feature and the LOAD feature, as well as examples of independently compiled user-written FORTRAN routines used in conjunction with GPSS/360. ' Program Product Manual, 60 pages SB20-0693 GENERAL PURPOSE S:rM ION SYSTEM/360 OS AND DOS VERSION 2 INTiiiiiiiicTOiiYUsER"S L PROG. NOS.5734-XSlAND5'i36-XS1 This publication prov1 es a basic Introduction ~he use of the General Purpose Sys~eml360 (GPSS/360). It is written for those individuals who have not had previous simulation experience. Examples are given tbroughout ,the manual to emphasize the basic features of the GPSSI'360 program. A complete and detailed description of all the'GPSS/360 'features may be found in the GPSSl360 User's Manual (b20-0694). Readers are advised to obtain a copy of the User's Manual when they begin to write more sophisticated models. The information presented in this manual should enable most readers to apply the program intelligently within a short period of time. ' Program Product Manual'. 811 pages S&.20-0694 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEMV360 OS AND DOS VERSION 2 USER'S ~. - --- --- ------- - PROGRAM NUMBERS 51311-XS1 M!!! 5136-XS1 This publication, an extension and amplification of the GPSS/360 Introductory User's Manual, provides a detailed description and explanation of the ~~ponent parts and operation of the GPSs/360 progr~ Examples illustrating the uses of GPSS/360 are given in appropriate sections SB20 GB20 of the manual. This manual should enable the reader to construct and simulate models using the full capabilities of GPSS/360. Program Product Manual, 250 pages SB20-0695 LAW ENFORCEMENT MANPOWER RESOURCE ALLOCATION SYSTEM (LEMRAS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-~ The System/360 Law Enforcement Manpower Resource Allocation system (LEMRAS) can assist police departments in the planning and evaluation of patrol manpower use through the application of scientific management techniques to maintain and analyze information relating to called-forservice activity. over user-defined geographic areas and time periods. ~e forecasted activity may, upon user, request, be analyzed to derive information on the number of patrol units required to answer the calls. Lemrasprepared information may also be combined with other data to help derive total manpower requirements. The purpose of this manual is to present detailed information on the operation and use of LEMRAS. The basic functions described are preparation and the user support of an operational system. Program Description manual, 422 pages SH20-0696 LAW ENFORCEMENT RESOURCE ALLOCATION SYSTEM (LEMRAS) OPERATIONS MANUAL (5736 G21) The SystemV360 Law Enforcement Manpower Allocation System (LEMRAS) is a system which can assist police departments in the planning and evaluation of, patrol manpower. Applying scientific management techniques to maintain and analyze information relating to called-for-service activity, LEMRAS forecasts average future activity over used-defined geographic areas and time periods. The fore-casted activity may, upon user request, be an~lyzed to derive information on the number of patrol units required to answer the calls. LEMRAS prepared information may, also be combiQed with other data to help derive total manpower, requirements. This manual presents program execution information, a description of all console 'and printer messages, and examples showing control card sequence for each LEMRAS phase. Manual, 100 pages GB20-0697 MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAMS (MISP) PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER36iiA=UU-08L The purpose of this manual is to describe how_to use the Medical Information system Programs and facilities. A description of each interface to the executive program, each library routine, system symbols, and paramete~s for system definition are included. In addition, there is a series of steps outlined for gUidance in construction of application programs using the MISP facilities. Manual, 140 pages SB20-0698 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 DOS VERSION 2 OPERATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 573&=XS1---- This publication contains, information that will enable the user to link-edit and incorporate the GPSS/360 program into a system -for subsequent execution under the control of ooS/360. A method (REALLOCATION) whereby the user can reallocate the quantity of GPSS/360 entities and effectively use all available core storage is described and illustrated. The various data sets required by GPSS/360 are also listed and described. Three extended features of GPSS~360 are explained in detail in this publication. Specifications and considerations for use of the 'Run Length feature, the LOAD feature, and examples of independently compiled user-written FORTRAN routines used in conjunction with GPSS/360 are also included. Manual, 68 pages GB20-0699 CALL-OS BASIC LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A=CX-~ - - - - - - - - ---- CALL-OS is a system deSigned to operate under the IBM Operating System (OS). It provides the facility (tool) of personal computing for a user at a remote terminal. CALL-OS is applicable for a wide range of users, both persons with little or no computer experience and experienced programmers. It consists of a terminal command language, plus language processors. CALL-OS emphasizes problem solution at the convenience of the terminal user. Thus, a terminal user will,be provided with rapid turnaround, ease of use, and general availability of computer resources. One of the programming 1anguages available to CALL-OS terminal users is CALL-OS BASIC. This manual provides a d~scriptio!! of the featnres available in the CALL-OS BASIC language which is an extension of the BASIC language as originally developed, providing additional capabilities for the terminal user. Manual, 96 pages GB20-0700 CALL/360-0S PL/I LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL CALL/360 OS is a system designed to operate under Operating System/360 (OS/360). It provides the facility (tool) of personal computing for a user at a remote terminal. CALL/360-0S is applicable for a wide range of users--persons with little or no computer experience as well as experienced programmers. It consists of a Terminal Command Language, plus Language processors. CALL/360-0S errphasizes prohlem solution at the convenience of the terminal user. Thus a terminal user will be provided with rapid turnaround, ease of use, and general availability of computer resources. This manual provides a description of the features available in the CALL/360-0S PL/I language. CALL/360-0S PL/I is designed to meet the needs of the terminal user. Application Program Manual, 174 pages GB20-0709 SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM (SLIS) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H12 The IBM Shared Laboratory Information System (SLIS) provides data proceSSing support for hospital clinical laboratories. operating under the Shared Hospital Accounting System (SHAS> executive, the programs handle batched input of laboratory requisit,ions and test results, producing lahoratory reports for use throughout the hospitaL The program design allows ,tailoring of formats and procedures to meet the separate needs of several hospitals sharing a common computer. Input and output of the system may optionally use the SRAS teleprocessing executive, allowing remote data entry and report prcduction. The laboratory application programs complement the SHAS accounting aFplications through the use of a common admission procedure and automatic charge generation. This publication describes the features of the IBM Shared Laboratory Information system and is designed to give the reader an overall knowledge of the system without reference to program detail. Manual, 36 pages SB20-0711 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - EDIT/360 OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Kll - -------~T/360 component of the IBM System/360 Text Processor consists of control and functional routines which retrieve input from a user-p~epared disk-resident file. Input consists of textual material, text-~ormatting commands, and output requests. After the output text has been proofread, alterations can be made to stored textual data through the use of text modification commands without reentering the original text input. Com~letely justified and corrected text ~s written as generalized disk records. The user must provide routines to retrieve this generalized information, convert it into coding acceptable to the specific composition device. If word division capabilities are required EDIT/360 uses the BYPBENATION/360 component of the System/360 Text Processor (360A-DP-07X). This, publication contains detailed preparatory systems procedures; operating instructions, error messages, and restart procedures for the component programs; and programming system and Itlachine requirements. A detailed knowledge of DOS operating procedures is a prerequisite for reading and using this manual. Manual, 140 pages SH20-0712 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - EDIT/360 PROGRAM DES~PTION MANUAL- -------PROGRAM NUMBER 5736~~ The EDIT/360 component of the IBM system/360 Text Processor consists of control and fUnctional routines which retrieve input from a user-p~epared disk-resident file. Input consists of textual material, text-formatting commands, and output requests. After the output text has been prcofread, alterations can be made to stored textual data through the use of text modification commands without reentering the original text imput. Completely justified and corrected text ~s written as generalized disk records. The user must provide routines to retrieve this generalized information, convert it into coding acc,ept.able to the specific composition device' on which final'printing will occur, and write it to'the appropriate systems output device. If word division capabilities are required, EDIT/360 uses the BYPBENATION/360 component of the System/360 Text Processor (360-DP-07X). This publication contains an explanation of the composition control languages ·supported,; processing and file descriptions, system and examples, and preinstallation requirements for use of the EDIT/360 module and its associated utility programs. A detailed knowledge of DOS operating procedures is a prerequisite for reading and using this manual. Manual, 318 pages GH20-0719 360 DOS POWER II APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER~60~05.2.006 ~ ~ral introduction to POWER II (Priority Output Writers, Execution Proces,sors, and Input Readers), an 216 GB20 GH20 automatic SPOOLing processor and priority schedu~er Program Description Manual,221 pages for normal batch processing under DOS. POWER II operates under DOS, providing significant improvement in system throughput. and many additional functions. It is a Type III Class A program. Application program Manual, 28 pages GB20-0720 COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 OPERATOR'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBEa-J6Di=OX-01X ------- This publication describes operations to be performed by the Coursewriter III System console operator. These include: o A brief section on system components with a sample machine configuration. o A detailed step-by step procedure to prepare the OOursewriter III. Version 2, system. o IBM terminal line code and EBCDIC tables. Prior knowledge of Disk Oerating system/360 and Basic Telecommunications Access Method operating procedures is assumed. Manual, 35 pages GH20-0721 SYSTEM/360 CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEM (COGS) ALLOCATION IDOS) lOS) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS I DOS) 5736-D31, lOS) 5734-032 This manual describes the techniques of service point and variable interval allocation as tbey apply to the distribution function of the consumer goods indUStry. Consumer Goods System ICOGs) - AllocatiOn handles allocation of finished products to warebouses or distribution centers on the basis of forecast usage, c~rrent stock status, shipping restrictions, and management's policy for service and inventory. COGS - Allocation a1so provides a means of simulating tbe distribution process for up to one year. The audience for this manual includes exe~utives. s~stem analysts, and programmers. The manual pro~ides an overview·of tbe application witb informatiOn for tbe prospective customer to use in determining applicability and begin planning for implementation. of the program. Included in tbe manual are a general description of tbe program, common elements of tbe push and pull policies, elements unique to a pull policy. elements uniqUe to a push policy, user responsibilities. system considerations, and input/output formats. Application Description Manual, 52 pages GH20-0722 SYSTEM/360 CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEM .!£Q§!. FORECASTING (DOS) lOS) - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER DOS 5736-032, .2l! 5734-033 ----- - ------- -----CosG-POrecasting is a general purpose forecasting system applicable to the distribution, manufacturing. and process industries. This manual provides an overview of the forecasting application and an introduction to COGS-Forecasting. Major topics i'nclude forecasting concepts. the teChniques used by COGS-Forecasting, a description of tbe operation of tbe system, and preliminary installation planning. The audience for this manual includes executives. inventory control personnel. systems analysts. programmers. and all others who require an introduction to the system. There are no prerequisites ~ this manual. However, an understanding of this manual is a prerequisite to the use of COGS-Forecasting Program Description Manual ISH20-0804), COGS-Forecasting Operations Manual IS&20-0803), COGSForecasting system Manual ILY20-0621), Licensed Material. Manual, q2 pages GH20-0723 DATA/360PLICATION DESCRIPTION ~NUAL PROGRAM 5736-XS2 --This des s DATA/360, a teleprocessing program written in Assembler Language to operate under the Disk Operating System IDOS). The purpose is to provide a method of entering data by means of 24 local 2260 Display Station Model 2 terminals to a 2314 Direct Access Storage Facility and of verifying this data to produce input to a user's program, bypassing all unit ·record operations. Program Product Manual, 24 pages SB20-0726 SYSTElV360 ORDER ALLOCATION SYSTEM DESCRiPiION MANUAL. NUMBER 5736-~ Tbe r Alloc~stem is designed to assist apparel manufacturers in allocating available inventory to open ~er~ in a manner consistent with management objectives and direction. Input to the system consists of the user's order and inventory files and tbe rules to be followed in performing the allocation function. Output from the system consists of picking documents and updated order and inventory files, as well as various listings. reports, and control totals. Tbis manual des=ibes the programs in the system and prpvides guidance for tbe inStallation and use of tbe Order Allocation System. The reader should be famiUar witb the Application Des=iption Manual for the Order Allocation System IGB20-·0604). 217 SH20-0728 ORDER ALLOCATION SYSTEM OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 57Wiiiii Tbe Order Allocation System assists apparel and sboe manufacturers in allocating and shipping stock to customers. This manual describes tbe operating procedures and job control cards required for retrieving programs from the distribution tape, preparing the system, operating tbe system, and running the sample problem. Operations Manual, 60 pages IBOUND TARIFFS) AND TARIFF ITEM PROG. NOS. 1 em is a-computer program esigned to assist tbe tariff publisbing agent in supplementing. reissuing, and distributing bound tarif.fs. The principal outputs of tbe system are magnetic tapes for distribution and camera-ready tariff material for reproduction. Tbese magnetic tape tariffs may be used by sbippers and carriers for computerized analysis. Tbe Traffic Profile Analysis System provides a computerized means of specitying and selecting pOint-topoint tariff matter based on a user's interest profile. The interest profile identifies tbe commodities a tariff user ships. the carriers via which freight may be transported, and tbe pOints wbicb are o.! interest to tbe user. Tbe Tariff publisbing System is a prerequisite for the use· of tbe Traftic Profile Analysis System. Tbe grapbics, codes, and formats for entry and display of tariff matter have been standardized to improve the operating efficiency of tbe Tariff Publisbing System and the consistencey and readability of the tariff for users. The standards meet the reqUirements publisbed in Interstate Commerce Commission circulars and, in addition, follow the best of today's tariff publisbing practices. Tbe Tariff Publ~sbing System and tbe Traffic Profile Analysis System use IBM System/360 Disk Operating System. The audience fo~ this manual includes executives. system analysts. and programmers. The manual provides the potential user with information necessary to begin planning for tbe installation of tbese programs. This manual provides a general description of the Tariff Publisbing System and tbe Traffic Profile Analysis System and describes tbe extent of coverage of tbe programs, higblights tbe advantages tbat may be realized througb their use. and provides preliminary planning information for users. Pro9r~m Product Manual. 48 pages GH20-0735 COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 lOS AND DOS) VERSION 2 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL.= PROG. NOS. 573ii=Ef2,360A-UX-01X Tbis publication describes tbe Coursewriter III System developed for Systeml360. Included are comments on tbe value. range. and capabilities of computer-assisted instruction systems in general. as well as descriptive material relating to tbe computing equipment and programming systems used by System/360. Manual, 5q pages S820-0736 SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM IBASIC) SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED IIIPORMA'l1IgN SYSJrEM PROGRAM DESCR'IPTiCiN ~ VOLUME III: PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736""CXl ~anual describes procedural language facilities for specifying file-processing tasks to be performed by tbe program product--sbort title GIS and GISIBASIC)--under the overall control of tbe System/360 Operating System. Procedural language stacements provide for interrogating, moditying, and updating data files previously defined by means of tbe GIS data description language. Input statements use Englisb keywords and extension words, and common ~ritbmetic symbols, to express the system user's procedural logic. All elements of tbe procedural language, and all task statement formats are identical for botb GIS and GIS IBasic) .• Examples and appendix entries show bow procedural language elements combine to form statements, and bow the statements appear in a task specification. program Product Manual, 288 pages GH20-0737 ~~~:l~~OU~t~p~u~t~~i • Execution Processors. and J:nput Readers) ·is an automatic SPOOLing processor and priority scbeduler.for normal batcb processing under IBM System/360 Disk aperating.System. This manual describes tbe general concepts and facilities of POWER II. It inclndes operational and functional characteristics, iJlstallaticn procedures, and maintenance and performance guidelines. GB20 GB20 of a group of integrated programs and techniques designed for the selection and implementation of order point inventory control where it applies in manufacturing organizations. The programs provide for (1) classification of inventory items for determining the type of control, (2) calculation of economic order quantities on the basis of usage information or future reqUirements, (3) computation of safety stock and onaer pOint, and (II) projection of demand on the basis of historical data. This manaul gives ,information for determining the applicability of the programs, and includes a general description of the programs, the machine configuration, g,eneral systems charts, samPle reports, and a discussion of inventory control concepts applicable to the use of the programs. The audience for this manaul includes customer executives, systems ana~ysts, and programmers. Manual, 611 .. pages Operations Manual, 120 pages GH20-01113 IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS POWER II REMOTE JOB ENTRY PROGRAM APPLICATION DESffiPTIONMANU~ - - - - - - - - PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2:Dii6"" IBM System/360 POWER II Remote Job Entry (POWER IURJE) offers the ability to submit jobs via remote IBM 2180 Data Transmdssion Terminals for normal batch processing under DOS. This document presents the general concepts and facilities of RJE. Knowledge of IBM System/360 POWER II is a prerequisite to understanding POWER II/RJE. Application Description Manual, 211 pages SH20-01114 C WRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 (OS) VERSION 2 O R ' S GuIiiii PROGRAM NUMBER 573ii-~ T blication describes operations to be performed by the Coureswriter III system console operator. These include: A brief section on system components with a sample 1. 2. 3. machine configuration. A detailed step-by-step procedure to prepare the Coursewriter III. Version 2. System. IBM terminal line code and EBCDIC tables. Prior knowledge of Operating system/360 and Basic Telecommunications Access Method operating procedures is assumed. operator·s Guide. 36 pages GH20-0145 SYSTEM/360 OS LEARN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM APPLlCATIONDESCRi""""PTION MANUAL (PROGiiiiiiNQ. ~XX8) OS LBARN Administrative Terminal System is designed to help ATS/OS installations teach their terminal operators to use the System/360 Administrative Terminal System. It consists of new and replacement macros and application programs to be incorporated into the existing ATS and eight lessons to be stored as ATS permanent storage documents. This pUblication contains a general discussion of the features of the product and the application for which it is deSigned. Manual, 12 pages GH20-0146 SYSTEM/360 DOS LEARN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM ' APPLICATIONIiESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER~XX3 DOS LEARN Administrative Terminal System is designed to , help AT5/DOS installations teach their terminal operators to use the System/360 Administrative ~rminal System. It consists of new and replacement macros and application programs to be incorporated into the existing ATS and eight lessons to be stored as ATS permanent &torage documents. This publication contains a general discussion of the features of the product and the application for which it is designed. Program Product Manual, 12 pages GB20-0153 SYSTEM/360 SHOP FLOOR CONTROL APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER5736=MJ-1--The syst~ Shop Floor Control System is designed to provide substantial information about the status of orders moving through manufacturing facilities so that proper control can be maintained throughout the production cycle. To accomplish this, System/360 Shop Floor Control performs the following: ' Determines when orders should be released Prepares exception notices when material for' an order is not availalbe Creates files containing open order information Prepares data for output to shop and management personnel provides retrieval of pertinent files for the user to update upon receipt of information from the shop floor Provides retrieval report capability pertaining to the st~us of orders in the shop Provides the praority calculation and preparation of , a work list in priority sequence. System/360 Shop Floor Control is designed to provide current information about producticn orders and facilities, therby providing management the ability to exert the proper control over shop floor activity. This control is attainable by determining the orders to be released to the shop, creating and maintaining records pertaining to these orders, and qUickly accessing report information. This manual describes System/360 Shop Floor Control and provides information to enable the reader to determine applicability and to begin planning for the program product. The audience inclUdes execuuives, systems analysts, and programmers. Program product Manual, 60 pages GB20-0154 data base records and fields that are used bY the System/360 Shop Flocr Contro'! program product. The following records are included: Item master subordinate item master Product structure Work center master Standard routing open order summary open order detail A separate section of this manual'shows the other IBM application programs and program products that use the same GH20-0151 organ~zac~on requires that all parts, both manufactured and purchased, be available to meet production schedUles demanded bY finished product due dates, and that a sufficient quanity be available to satisfy demand. Manufacturing also must be able to adjust these" ~equirements quickly to react suitable and in time to forecast any customer order changes. In addition, there is a need to following IBM pzograms are referenced: System/360 Bill of Material Processor system/360 Inventory Control System/360 Requirements Planning System/360 Capacity Planning System/360 Shop Floor Control This, publication is intended to assist the user's system perscinnel in the planning o,f data base requirements for program product System/360 Shop Floor Control. Program Product Manual, qO pages maintain inventories at an optimum level so as not to incur the costs of obsolescence, unneeded wa~ehouse space, unnecessary inventory, insurance, and purchase charges. . 05/360 Requirements Planning is deSigned to satisfy these requirements and needs. The system is capable of: ' o o o o o o Determining net finished product requirements Determining net component paEt requirements Planning economic lot. size or order'" quantities Offsetting requirements bY considering lead times Maintaining and updating the requirements plan bY processing changes to forecasts and,orders (refe~red to as -requirements a1terations·) providing for review of planned orders at the end of each level; interrupt and adjustment of these planned orders; reentry (referred to as ·planned GB20-0151 ~~~~~~!:~~~:~ (CPS) ~ information and descriptions of the 'Conversation Programming system (CPS). Internal logio and flow is described as well as individual program module description. It is assumed that the users of this publication are thoroughly familiar with'the externals of the Conversational' Programming ,System. Manual, 228 pages , order adjustment-) o Providing for ~gement review through detailed requirements reports and exception notices The audience for this manual includes cUstomer executives, systems analysts. and programmers. The manual contains information necessary for the potential user,to determine applicability and to begin planning for implementation of the system. Application Description lIanual, 112 pages GB20-0158 , CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM (CPS) TERMINAL USER'S !OL~NU~-L - PP'OGP.l'_~ Nl1!!B!:R 360~-0'"i'6 --- The Conversational Programming System (CPS) is a timesharing system which runs in a partition of, the IBM System/360 Operating System MFT II or MVT. It gives remote terminal users an interactive problem solving facility using modified subsets of either'the PL/I or BASIC languages. A GB20-0152 OS/360 INVENTORY CONTROL APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL mlii=M52) The IBM OS/360 Inventory Control program product consists 218 G020 G820 remoce job entr~ facility is also provided. This publication is a reference manual for the terminal user that contains descriptions of: o How to call the computer from a terminal o The CPS PL/I language o CPS PL/I built-in functions o Methods for ~rogram optimization o The remote job entry facility o Terminal error messages The CPS BASIC language is not describes in this manual. Manual. 216 pages S020-0166 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS LBARN ADMINI PROGRAM DESCRIPTIoNliAiiUAL This program is used to ass TS/OS installations in teaching their terminal operators to use the System/360 Administrative Terminal system. It functions under ATS by incorporating additional and modified macros and application programs into the existing system. This manual contains the instructions necessary for the installation and maintenance of LEARN ATS under ATS/OS. It contains information on the functions and commands of " the program and may be used as a reference manual. Program Product Manual. 20 pages G820-0159 CONVERSATIONAL INSTALLATION AN ThispublicatIOD pr of the procedures necessary to tailor a Conversational Programming System (CPS) as distributed for a particular computer installation. It includes descriptions of necessary OS/360 support. the SYSTEM/.360 hardware support. the CPS Generation procedure. additional data set support and general operating techniques. It also contains general information considered to be. advantageous to computer installations USing the Conversational Programming System (CPS). The read~ is assumed to be thoroughly familiar with the externals of the Conversational Programming system (CPS). as presented io the Terminal user- s Manual. SH20-0161 IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS nEARN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-XX-3----This program is used to assist A'J:S/DOS installations in teaching their terminal operators to use the system/360 Administrative Terminal System. It functions under ATS by incorporating additional and·modified macros and application programs into the ~xisting system. This manual contains the instructions necessary for the installation and maintenance of LEARN ATS under ATS/DOS. It contains information on the functions and commands of the program and may be used as a reference manual. Program PRoduct Manual. 20 pages Manual. 100 pages S820-0168 IBM SYSTEM/360 LEARN ATS WORKBOOK PROGRllM NUMBERSSffi-iXo, 5136-XX3 The workbook is intended as a complement to the LEARN ATS package. It introduces ATS and LEARN ATS to the student and guides her through the procedures required to sign on ATS and begin taking LEARN ATS. which consists of seven lessons aimed at providing the basics of ATS/360 operations from a terminal standpoint. Appendices contain illustrative material for the lessons. Special Adbesive Binding. 8-1/2 x 11, 120 pages G820-0161 POWER II/RJE: DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROG. Ncl.3'6iio06 IBM System/360 II Remote Job Entry (POWER II/RJE) offers the ability to submit jobs via remote IBM 2110 Data Communication systems and IBM 2180 Data Transmission Terminals for normal batch processing under DOS. This manual describes the general concepts and. facilities of RJE. It includes operational and functional characteristics, installation procedures, and maintenance and performance guidelines. Knowledge·of POWER II is a prerequiSite to understanding POWER II/RJE (see the DOS POWER II Program Description and OperatiOns Manual, GH20-0131). Manual. 150 pages S820-0769 SHARED LABORATORY LABORATORY MANUAL The IBM Sha~aboratory (SLIS) provides data processing support for bospital laboratories. Operating under the Shared Hospital Accounting system (SRAS) executive. the programs handle batched input of laboratory requisitions and test results, producing executive, the programs handle barched input of laboratory reqUisitions and test results, producing The program design allows tailoring fa formats and procedures to meet the separate needs of several hospitals sbaring a common computer. Input and output of the system may optionally use the SRAS teleprocessing executive. allOWing remote data entry and report production. The laboratory application programs complement the SRAS accounting application programs through the use of a'common admission procedure and automatic charge generation. This basic publication provides specific information for installation planning and operation of the Shared Laboratory Information·System. Detailed discussions cover available system options and user options, ~reparation of master file data. preparation of daily input to the system. and interpretation of output from the system. This document should be used as a reference guide by both user-hospital personnel and central operations personnel during the entire life of the system. Discussions in this manual pertain to the Shared Hospital Accounting system (SRAS) and the Automated Chemistry program (ACP). For more detail on these systems. refer to SEAS PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL. (G820-0533), SEAS OPERATIONS MANUAL (GH20-0534). ACP APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL (G820-0415). ACP PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANDAL (GH20-0525). and ACP OPERATIONS MANUAL (G820-0516). Manual. 152.pages G820-0163 FINANCIAL TERMINAL SYSTEM APPLICATION DESCRIPTION FTS/360 PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-F12 FTS is a system/36li'iiOS processing program designed to facilitate implementation of a fast response, telecommunications system. F7S acts as the controller of a BTAM partition. coordinating the DOS Multitasking supervisor with a communications network. The PTS user invokes FTS services and resources to assist his application-oriented processing through the medium of the DOS Assembler Language macro facilities. Application Description Manual. 51 pages GH20-0164 SYSTEM/360 AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL -----PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-D51 The Agribusiness Management Information System (AMIS) provides a computer-oriented cost accounting system for farmers, ranchers, and growers. A distinguishing feature is the emphasis this system places on management accounting by cost center. At the same time. the system produces financial accounting records necessary for fisca1 contro~. The system represents a significant step in organizing and presenting necessary for fiscal control. The system represents a significant step in organizing and presenting the information needed for sound management decisions. This manual contains a general description of the system and the systems approach taken. It is intended to introduce the reader to the system and to serve as a guide for early planning. Application Description Manual. 58 pages GH20-0165 zn£OrmatIOn-MMaanaW gement is an operating System/360 prQcessing program designed to facilitate the implementation of medium to large common data bases in a multiapplication environment. This environment is created to accommodate both online message processing and conventional batch processing. either separately or concurrently. The system permits the evolutionary expansion of data proces.sing applications from a batch-only to a teleprocessing environment.· ·This manual includes a general description of the system and its various facilities and programs. l.isings of typical and minimum configurations, and sample applications. Manual. 112 pages GH20-0111 SYSTEM/360 DATA BASB ORGANIZATION AND APPLlCATION""'DESciiiPTIQN ~ PROGRAM N The System/360 Data Base Organization an Processor is a programming system designed to create, maintain, and reorganize the central "data base in a multiapplication environment. It provides the framework for a computer-oriented infozmation system. Primarily batch-oriented. the system operates under DOS/360. ~his manual provides an overview of the system, specifies the functions. options. and features included in the system. and provides information necessary to begin planning for impl~ntation~ The content includes a description of the data structure facilities of the system. system flowcharts. a description of the programs in the system, machine configuration requirements, performance estimates. and user responsibilities for implementation. The manual is data processing-oriented with a variety of application examples. The primary audience is intended to he data.processing executives. systems analysts. and programmers. This program is a modified and extended version of the IBM System/360 Bill of Material Processor. Appendix A contains a discussion of this application. Appendix 219 GU20 G820 B of this manual enumerates the improvements and conversion considerations. Program Product Bulletin, 16 pages application programs through the use of a common admission procedure and automatic charge generation. This basic publication provides information on the Shared Laboratory Information System. enabling tbe user to understand the function of all SLIS programs as a guide for preparing to install SLIS. This document is written as a.reference manual and not as a st~dy text. For educational purposes this manual should be used in conjunction with the SLIS APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL (G820-0709), the SLIS OPERATIONS MANUAL, and the SLIS LABORATORY MANUAL, SH20-0769. Manual GH20-0775 SYSTEM/360 ACTIVE CERTIFICATE INFORMATION PROGRAM APPLICATIONIiF.SCRIPTION MANUAL, ~ NUMBER 5736-F32 This application program is designed to assist the securities industry by automating the active box section of the cashier's department using IBM 2260 display terminals for both inquiry and security move recording_ This manual is intended for the use of customers and IBM sales and systems engineering personnel. It gives a general description of the background, purpose, and intended market of the Active Certificate Information Program, followed by sections'on processing operations, installation planning and requirements, and modes of operation. A glossary is appended. Manual, 40 pages SH20-0776 05/360 INVENrORY CONrROL PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 573q-M52 ------The OS/360 Inventory Control program product consists of a group of integrated programs and. techniques designed for the implementation of order point inventory control where i t applies in manufacturing organizations. The programs provide for (1) analysis and classification of inventory,items, (2) calculation of economic order quantities on the basis of usage information or future requirements, (3) computation of safety stock and order point, and (4) projection of demand on the basis of historical data. This manual enables the user to understand the functions of, .prepare for, and install the program product. Inc1uded are descriptions of the programs and the processing, definitions of input, output. and files; a discussion of the program options. program macros. and program input/output; and tables and formulas utilized within the programs. The audience for this manual includes systems analysts and programmers. Program Description Manual. 191 pages SH20-0777 OS/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 573q M51 05/360 ReqUirements Planning determines planned orders by time period for finished products. assemblies. subassemblies. parts. and raw materials based upon the input of orders and forecasts. OS/360 Requirements Planning consists of three components. the requirements generation program, the print exception program. and the chained file management system. The chained file management system creates and maintains the direct'access files, consisting of the item master. product structure, work center master. and routing files. used by a central manufacturing system. The chained file management system is required by, and is provided with. the OS/360 Requirements Planning program product. This manual inc1udes (1) discussions of system definition. (2) descriptions of all input/output files. (3) a detailed description of the requirements generation program. (4) a ~etailed description of the print exception program. (5) a detailed description of the chained file management system program modules. (6) a detailed description of customizing procedures to generate various chained file management system program modules. (7) a detailed description of customizing procedures to generate the requirements generation and print exception programs, and (8) information regarding the two sample problems. Program Description Manual. 416 pages SH20-077B OS/360 INVENTORY CONTROL OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER57~ OS/360 Inventory Control consists of seven programs designed to aSSist in the implementation of order point inventory control in manufacturing organizations. This manual contains information" regarding preparatory and operating procedures for the programs. It includes a complete list of the messages that can be produced by the programs. Program Product Manual. 36 pages SH20-07BO SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM (SLIS) 5736-H12 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL ----- ----The IBM Shared Laboratory Information System (SLIs) provides data processing support for hospital clinical laboratories. Operating under the Shared Hospital Accounting system (SBAS) executive. the programs handle batched input of laboratory requisitions and test results, producing laboratory reports for use throughout the hospital. The program design al~ows tai1orir~ of forwats and procedures to meet the separate needs of several hospitals sharing a common computer. Input and output of the system may use the SHAS te1eprocessing executive. allOWing remote data entry and report production. The laboratOry application programs complement the SilAS accounting SH20-07B1 SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM (SLIS) (5736-B12) OPiRAiZONS MANUAL ------ -----The IBM Shared Laboratory Information System (SLIS) provides data processing support for hospital clinical laboratories. Operating under the Shared Hospital Accounting System (SHAS) executive, the programs handle batched input of laboratory requisitions and test results. producing laboratory reports for use throughout the hospital. The program design alloWs tailoring of formats and procedures to meet the separa~e needs of several hospitals sharing. a corr~on'computer. Input 'and-output of the system may optionally use the SHAS teleprocessing executive, allowing remote data entry and report production. The laboratory application programs coroplement the SHAS accounting application, programs through the use of a common admission procedure and automatic charge ge~eration. This basic publication ~ives the specifications and necessary information for operating the SLIS programs. It includes a descr~ption of retrieving "data from distributed machine-readable material and cataloging programs in the userls core image 1ibrary. Use of this manual requires an operating knowledge of the IBM Disk Operating'System (DOS) job control cards and operating procedures. Manual. 136 pages SH20-07B2 OS/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING PROGRAM PROLUCT 573q-M51 OPERATIONS MANUAL OS/360 Requirements Planning consists of thr~e components: The requirements generation program. the print excepti,on program. and the chained file management sys~em. OS/360 Requirements Planning offers a mechanized approach to detailed requirements planning. It uses item master and product structure files created and maintained by the chained file management system. This manual contains information regarding preparatory and operating procedures for the programs. It includes a complete list of system messages that can be generated by the programs. Operations Manual. 56 pages GH20-07B6 CALL/360-0S EXECUTIVE AND UTILITIES PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBER~OA-CX-q2X) This publication describes the facilities provided by CALL/360-oS to installation personnel who are responsible for the selection. evaluation. and implementation of the systems engineers. installation programmers. marketing representatives. and customer systems personnel. CALL/360-0S is a terminal-oriented. time-sharing system designed to function under the control of the IBM System/360 operating System with either of two options! Multiprogramming with a Fixed Number of Tasks (MFT). or MUltiprogramming with a Variable Number of Tasks (MVT). FrOm the te.rminal user standpoint. the CALL/360-0S service environment -approximates that of a dedicated, in-house, data processing installation. Subjects discussed in this manual cover system concepts. executive and utility function. data base management, system installation. rUn-time options. and diagnostic aids. Error messages available to the user system are described in a separate manual: CALL/360-0S, OPERATOR'S MANUAL (GB2007BB) • Application Program Manual, 16B pages GH20-07B7 CALL-OS TERMINAL OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A~CX-q2X This manual is addressed to the CALL-OS terminal user and discusses characteristics. qperation. and maintenance of terminals supported by the CALL-OS time-sharing system. A functional overview of the CALL-OS terminal command language is followed bu a detailed alphabetic presentation of all the commands. System messages are listed and explained. A comp1ete index aids the reader in rapidly locating areas of interest. Condensed programming information for bandy reference covering terminal command iacilities, is given in the CALL-OS Terminal Command Language Reference Card (GX20-1B30). The 220 card s~~~~rize~ pertine~t i~fc~ticn in thi& =anual fo~ bandy reference while the user is signed on to CALL-OS. Manual, 172 pages GB20 SH20 GH20-0788 ~360-OS OPERATOR'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X This publication described the online operating procedures for the CALL/360-0S time-sharing system to computer center operator personnel responsihl.e for day-to-day system operation. CALLl360-0S is a terminal orient,ed, time-shared system designed to function under the control. of the IBM System/360 Operating system using either of the two avail.able options: Mul.itprogramming with a Fixed Number of Tasks IMET) or Multiprogramming with a variable Number of Tasks IMVT). Subjects discussed in this manual. cover startup procedures and options, the Operator Command Language, shutdown and restart procedures, and runtime operating techniques. An entire section is devoted to a compl.ete l.isting and expl.anation of al.l. diagnostic messages available to the system user. Bulletin Format, 3-hol.e punch, 8-'-/2 x 11, 76 pages GH20-0789 BROKERAGE ACCOUNTING SYSTEM ELEMENTS APPLICATION DESCRIPTION - PROGRAM NUM The Brokerage Accounting-system El.eme~ts E) program provides a comprehen'sive foundation for the back office data processing appl.ications required by today's brokerage firms. The extensive series of application areas covered by BASE incl.udes Purchase and sal.e IPiS), Stock Record, Dividends, Bookkeeping. Interest. Customer Statements. and such Publishing System. It provides complete description of the system features including, formatting, editing, error correction. and maintenance controls. prerequisite information is contained in these publications: 1. Tariff Publishing System - Data Preparation Manual ISH20-0798) 2. Tariff Publishing System Program Description/operations Manual ISH20-0812) It is assumed that the reader of this manual is familiar with the information concerning formats and processing contained in these two publications4 standard Codes Manual, 140 pages SH20-0795 SYSTEM/360 CAPACITY PLANNING OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-M11, PROGRAM PRODUCT"5'736-M12 System/360 capacity Planning consists of programs designed to assist in the implementation of work center loading in manufacturing organizations. This manual illustrates the control cards for functions that are recommended at various points in the procedure. It also contains a complete list of the console messages generated by System/360 Capacity Planning, as well as iDfo~ation on restart and reentry procedures and program halts requiring operator action. Manual, 48 pages critical cashier functions as Fails and Transfers. The BASE system is general enough to permit various options and modifications to suit the individual requirements of a particular brokerage firm. However. the processing in the application areas is so extensive that most programs will require little or no modification by the typical brokerage firm. The integrity of the data as it flows through BASE is maintained by a series of balancing checks. ~i9bt control over the master files. and extensive input data editing before any transaction processing or file updating occurs. Files containing pending items and master fi1es are updated daily, producing over 75 reports encompassing the day's trade and related activity. Manual, 40 pages S820-0790 .A, SYSTEMl360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING INTERFACE 5736-M13 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL Pi«iGRiiii NUMBER 5736-~ The Systeml360 Requirements Planning Interface is a program product which, when added to System/360 Requirements Planning 1360A-MF-05X), provides the ability to generate connection records. These connection records are required as input to system/360 Capacity Planning-Finite Loading 15736-M12). This manual includes information covering the functions and use of only this program product and must be used in conjuction with SYSTEMl360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL IG820-058'). 'It is intended for use by' systems analysts, programmers, and operating personnel. The user is presumed to have studied the fol.lowing manuals: SYSTEMl360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING, APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL IGH20-0487) SYSTEMl360 REQIIIREMENTS PLANNING, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL IGH20-0584) SYSTEMl360 CAPACITY PLANNING--FINITE LOADING, APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL IGH20-0627) Program Description Manual, 426 pages SH20-0791 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING INTERFACE 15736-M13) MANUAL Requirements Planning Interface is a program product which, when added to System/360 Requirements Planning 1360A-MF-05X) provides the ability to·generate connection records._ These connection records are required as input to System/360 Capacity Planning -- Finite Loading (S736-i!12). T"nis Hanual contains information regarding preparatory and operating procedures for only this program product. It must be used in conjunction with SYSTEMl360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING. OPERATIONS MANUAL IGH20-0583) .• The information in this manual is intended for systems analysts, programmers, and operating personnel, who are presumed to have studied the following manuals: SYSTEMl360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING, APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL IGH20-0'87) . SYSTEMl360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL IG820-058")' SYSTEMl360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING. OPERATIONS MANuAL IGB20-0583) SlSTEMl360 CAPACITY PLAliNDlG -- FINITE LOADING. APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL IGH20-0627) SYSTEMl360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING INTERFACE, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL IS820-0790) Manual, 16 pages = = SH20-0796 INFINITE LOADING SYSTEM/360 CAPACITY PLANNING SYSTEM/360 CAPACITY PLANNING ~ LOADING PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736=M1T;'""5736-M12 This manual includes: Customizing procedure for generating the Systeml360 Capacity Planning programs Functional description of all programs. Description of all I/O files Explanation and operating instructions for the sample problem Program product Bulletin, 208 pages SH20-0798 TARIFF PUBLISHING S~STEM IHOUND TARIFF~ DATA PREPARATION MiiiiiiAL"5rn=T'21 This manual provides detailed ~nformation on the use of IBM 1050 TARIFF ENTRY SYSTEM. IT is intended as a reference manual for all persons concerned with preparing tariff and profile entries and implementing all the functions of the system. It contains sections On input specification format and code definitions and sample presentations for each. Program Product Manual, Data Preparation Manual, 98 pages GB20-0802 CONrROL RAM-67 I CAMBRIDGE MONITOR SYSTEM ICP-67/CMS) SYSTEM N MANUAL 'PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-05.2.005 This man provides an overview of the features available in the Control Program-67/Cambridge Monitor System ICP67/CMS), a multi-acoess system wbich'manages the resources of a systeml360 MOdel 67 so that remote users appear to have a dedicated System/360 at their disposal. Within this 'virtual machine' the user may select the operating system of his choice~ subject to certain restrictions noted in this manual. The Control Program ICP-67) component creates the time sharing environment in which many "virtual 360's· lusers) can simultaneously access the system. The Cambridge Monitor System ICMS) component is a conversational operating system, used ,from a virtual machine, which provides a comprehensive, easy-to-use set of programs Icommands) which give the CMS user a wide variety of functions, including the ability to create additional commands or subsystems.to satisfy his special reqUirements. Manual, 8 1/2 x 11. self-cover, 3 hole punch, 4' page = SH20-0803 CONSUMER 'GOODS SYSTEM ICOGS) FORECASTING IDOS) lOS) OPERATIONS MANOAL. BROGRAM NUMBERS DOS S736-D32, as S73Q-D33 This manual provides the user with the information necessary to: 0 Prepare to use the program o operate the program o Retrieve and generate the program from the distribution tape o Retrieve and run tbe sample problem This manual is intended for operating personnel, systems analysts, ana programmers. Operations Manual, .. 9 pages SH20-0804 SYSTEMl360 CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEM I COGS) !'ORECASTING PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL~~BER, 5736-D32) The system embodies a statistical forecasting technique that should be useful to firms in the food, pharmaceutical, soap, and cosmetic industries as well as other industries SH20-0792 TARIFF PUBLISHING ~ IBOUND TARIFFS) FORMAT ru!!!! STANDARD CODES MANUAL PROGRAM NDMBER 5736-T21 This manual contaIiiS"information relating to the concepts, outputs. and processing functions proVided by the Tariff 221 SH20 SB20 The principal features are described. along with a discussion of the system design. Planning information is provided to assist in determining the applicability of FASTER LCto any particular operational environment. Manual. 118 pages having seasonal selling patterns. The objective of this manual is to provide the user with the information necessary to thoroughly understand the concepts and functions of COGS-Forcasting. Major topics covered in this manua1 are forecasting model selection and system implementation. After reading this manual. the user should be ab1e to: 1. Understand.the basic concepts of statistica1 forecasting and adaptive smoothing 2. select an appropriate forecasting mode1 and its associated monitoring parameters 3. Uti1ize the forecasting system as an integra1 part SH20-0811 PROFILE ANALYSIS SYSTEM 5736-T22. PROGRAM ·DESCRIPTION AND OPERA~ION MANUAL ~ffic Profile Ana1ysis System processes the magnetic tape tariffs produced by the Tariff Pub1ishing System. Shippers and carriers may use the Traffic Profi1e Ana1ysis System for computerized. analysis o·f tariffs. Program facilities are provided. to se1ect tarift matter based on an interest·profile. . ~his manua1·provides the information necessary to ·understand the functions of the Traffic Profile Analysis system. Included is the general description of the programs. input/output description. processing description. timing information. programming systems and machine configuration. and a samp1e program. The Traffic Profi1e Ana1ysis system is written in Assembler Language and operates under the IBM Systeml360 Disk Operating System. The Tariff Pub1-ishing System is a prere.quisite. for the use of the Traffic Profi1e Analysis System. ~ of a -comprehensive inventory control system The audience for this manual includes operations research personna. systems analysts, and programmers. This manual should be used in conjunction with the COGS - FORECASTING. APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL IGB20-0722) and the COGS - FORECASTING. OPERATIONS MANUAL ISB20-0803). Program Product. program ·description manual, 52 pages SB20-0805 MEDICAL INF ION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) PROGRAM 5736-Hl1 OPEiiATIONS The Medica1 rmation systems Program·contains genera1 executive modeU1es, utilities, and user interfaces theat provide the framework for.a te1eprocessing system using the·Disk Operating System/360. This manua1 describes the procedures necessary for initial preparation and generation of the MISP programs. tab1es. and data sets; inclusion of the user app1ication processing programs; initial loading of the user data sets under MISP; operating procedures for the centra1 system; and operation of the terminal devices that are part of a teleprocessing system running under MISP. Manua1. 216 pages . GH20-0806 MEDICAL INFORMA~ION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION 2 APPLiCATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736::H11 The .Medical Information Systems Program (MISP) represents an app1icationof information processing equipment to the deve10pment of information systems. MISP is deSigned to assist in the instal1ation of a teleprocessing system with special facilities that make it particularly useful in a hospita1 and medica1 environment (hospital information system) •. linking the many different service areas in a hospital. where comp1ete and prompt patient care is a requirement. This manual describes in genera1 the purpuse and function.s of MISP and its nse in the imp1ementation of a hospita1 information system. Manual. 56 pages The audience for this manua1 inc1udes system programmers and operating Manual. 88 pages Manual ana~ys~s. p~onn.e1. SH20-0812 TARIPF PUBLISHING SYSTEM IBOUND TARIFFS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION :ANilOPERATIONS MANiiiiLPiiOGRAM NUMBER 573~ The Tariff Pub1ishing System is-a-c:ompuber.program designed to assist the tariff publishing agent in supp1ementing. reissuing. and dist%ibuting bound tariffs.· The prinCipal outputs of the system are camera-ready tariff material for reproduction and magnetic tapes for computerized analysis of the tariffs. This manual provides the information necessary to understand-the functions of the Tariff Pub1ishing System. Included are a. genera1 description of the programs. input/output· description. pDOcessing description. timing information. programming systems and machine configuration. and a samp1e problem. . The Tariff Pub1-ishing System is written in Assembler Language and operates under the IBM System/360 Disk OPerating System. The Tariff Pub1ishing System is a prerequisite for the use of the Traffic Profi1e AnalysiS System. . The audience. for this manual includes system analysts. programmers and operating personne1. Program product Manual. 72 pages SB20-0807 TION SYSTEMS PROGRAM IMISP) VERSION 2: AID MANUAL. PROG. NO. 57'36=iiil----various topics to aid the user in the installation of MISP. It is intended as a supplement to the MISP OPERATIONS MANUAL. (SB20-0805). Manual. 56 pages GH20-0813 'nc~uaes ~~~:!~~~t:Assembler Language Instruction set Trans1ator (CATALIST) is a program designed to be used as a conversion aid for the transition from· the IBM '62 CFO lqOl Autocoder programs to the IBM System/360. CATALIST attempts to great1y diminish the work associated with the most important transition process - the job of producing System/360 versions of existing lq01 programs. A single execution of the program trans1ates a lqOl Autocoder source program into its Systeml360 Assemb1er Language equivalent. This manual describes the IBM CFO Autocoder to Assemb1er Language Instruction Set Translator. Know1edge of DOS/360. 11101 Autocoder. and System/360 Assemb1er Language will assist the reader in understanding the contents. Program Product Manual. 16 ·pages SB20-0808 MEDICAL INFORMAnON SYSTEMS PROGRAM IMISP) 5736-Bl1 PROGRAM DESCRInION MANUAL - - - - - - - This manual contains---.retililed descriptions of the programs in MISP. The data sets and control b10cks used by MISP programs are also described. Manua1. 188 pages SB20~0809 MEDICAL INFORMATION ~·S MANUAL The purpose of'tiiIS Medica1 Information description of each each ~ibrary SYSTEM PROGRAM (MISP) 5736-Bl1 -------- ---manual is to describe how to use the Systems PrOgram and faci1ities. A interface to the executive program. SB20-081q CFO AUTOCODER TO ASSEMBLER· LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION SET mNSLATOR (CATALIST) PROGRIIM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGiiAii"NiiiBER 5736-XX2 --This manual"COiit.iins information re1ating to the concepts. iilputs. outputs. and processing methods used in the IBM CFO Autoooder to· Assembler Language Instruction set Translator ICATALIST). The manua1 provides the reader with (1) the information required to understand how CATALIST performs translation. (2) the information required to understand and respond to translation diagnostics. and (3) operating information r.eguired to set up and execute the CATALIST program. Know1edge of OOS/360. 11101 Autocoder. and System/360 Assembler Language ·is required for comp1ete ·understanding of the contents Of this manua1. whose audience inc1udes systems analysts.· pxogramming personne1. and operating personne1 • . Program Prodcut Manual. 611· pages routine. system symbo1s. and parameters for system definition are inc1uded. In addition. a series of steps is outlined for guidance in construction of application programs using the MISP facilities. Manual. 192 pages GB20-0810 !!!!!SYSTEM/360 ffi!!!§ ~ ~ DATA ENTRY TECHNIQUES !Q! EASIER RETRIEVAL - LOW CORE (FASTER LCJ. APPLICATION DiiiCRIPTION - PROGRiii""NliiiiiiR573fi=Gi2FASTER LC is-a te1eprocessing monitor for development and implementation of termina1-oriented systems. ~rmina1 supported are 1050. 27qO-I. 2260 Remote and 2260 Loca1. The FASTER LC system incorporates the capabi1ities to install inquiry. npdate. message routing and data entry app1ications. The system emp10ys a set. of .macroinstructions which generate the line contro1. interface a.i&d message. processing £iliictions thereby eliminating the need for detailed knowledge of terminal communications contro1 or BTAM. The FASTER LC system is adaptab1e to a wide variety of app1ications. The system is designed to operate in a minimum 321: partition of a·Mode1 2025 ED or larger Systemf360. SH20-0815 MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION TIIO APPLICATiOiiFILiIiiSClIIPTiOii ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Bll Thl.S manual describes suggested data set designs for = 222 S820 hospital application areas. GH20 In some cases, the organization of the data set may represent the fields and sequence in actual use, but the user is given the flexibility to create his own design as he chooses with the contents of this manual as guidance. Manual, 120 pages S820-0820 by the programs. The audience for this manual includes custcmer opera~in9 personnel. systems analysts, and programmers. The prerequisite for the use of this manual is a knowledge of Systeml360 Disk Operating system and the Bill of Material Processor. Manual, Q4 pages S020-0828 ALLOCATION (DOS) (OS) ~~'"~~""""'-~~~~"'''N·UMBERS DOS-5736=D3;:-QS-573q-D32 .~~Ni~e,S-th~uuser with information necessary to: §J!Q!! FLOOR CONTROL. ~ NUMBERS 5736-M31 (DOS). 573Q-M31 (OS) - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL Shop Floor Control is a group of programs designed to o Prepare to use the program provide current information about a manufacturing facility o Operate the program and to assist management in effectively controlling production. The programs provide for the release of orders o Retrieve and generate the program from the distribu- tion tape o Retrieve and run the sample problem . to the manufacturing facility, the creation and maintenance of records pertaini'ng to the orders, retrieval of orders, This manual is intended for operating personnel, system analysts, and programmers. Operations Manual., 31 pages S020-0821 CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEM (COGS) ALLOCATION (DOS) (OS) PROGRAM DESCiU~pROGRAM NUMBERS DOsSlli-ii31; OS 573q-D32 This system is designed to provide control of highly . report capability on the status of the orders. and the preparation and printing of a work list for shop supervisory personnel. This manual describes Shop Floor Control and provides information to enable the reader to install the program product. The audience includes system analysts. programmers, and certain operating personnel. This manual includes (1) customizing procedures for seasonal inventory items. The user specifies parameters and constraints and the system uses variable time interval allocation to generate recommended item order quantities. The system has the additional facility of analyzing when shipment or production is required. The main objective of the system is to provide item order quantities which are dependent upon time. item. and group constraints. They have no direct interrelationship_ generating the Shop Floor Control programs. (2) a functional description of each program. (3) a description of all input/output files, and (Q) an explanation of. and operating instructions for, the sample problem. Prcgram Product Manual S020-0829 SYSTEM/360 5736-XXQ pR The primacy advantages of the system are highly flexible allocation alternatives and variations, visual representation of stock status by specifying an allocation alternative with system simUlation. and relative ease of installation. The system can be used in conjunction with a forecasting system to give precise control information and item inventory status records which contain estimates of future demand. output from the system includes time to order analysis and order quantities. Program Description Manual. 84 pages BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR -oESCRIPTION MANUAr-- The System/3 Data Base Organization and Maintenance Processor is a programming system designed to create. maintain, and reorganize the central data base in a multiapplication environment. It provides the framework for a computer-oriented information system. Primarily batch-oriented. the system operates under DOS/360. This manual provides an overview of the system, specifies the functions, options, and f~atures included in the system, and provides information necessary for implementation. The manual is data processing-oriented with a variety of application examples. The primary audience includes systems analysts and programmers. G020-082q INTRODUCTION TO TOE REAL-TIME MONITOR The Real-Time~onitor (RTM) is an OS coresident program that provides fast interrupt response for real-time. eventdriven systems. Normal OS jobs continue to run in background mode while the monitor services real-time interrupts and schedules real-time jobs in priority mode. In addition. multiprogramming capability and OS facilities are provided for the real-time jobs. This manual presents the general design concepts of RTM and·an overview of those capabilities that enable the user to concurrently run real- time and batch jobs. It is assumed that the reader is familiar with standard OS terminology. Application Bulletin. 20 pages This manual includes (1) a brief discussion of the system. (2) an implementation checklist. (3) descriptions of all I/O files, (Q) an explanation of, and the operating instructions for, the samp~e problem. (5) descriptions of all the file organization and maintenance programs and instructions for their modification. and (6) descriptions and logic diagrams for selected user retrieval programs. This program is a modified and· extended version of the System/360 Bill of Material Processor. An appendix contains directions for conversion from System/360 Bill of Material Processor (360A-ME-06X). Manual. 584 pages . S020-0830 . SYSTEM/360 DATA BASE ORGANI.ZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR 5136-XX4 OPERATIONS:MANUAL The System/360 Data Base Organization and Maintenance G020-0825 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V (OS) APPLiCiiTI facilities and procedural Language f~cilitiaz are specified in Volumes 2 and 3, respectively .. Program Product Manual, 40 pages The purpose of this manual is to provide sufficient information to enable the User to understand the concepts~ input, output, and processing of the Consolidated Functions Ordinary II (CFO II) system. The CFO II system represents a successfully proven information systems approach to the maintenance, processing~ and servicing of individual life insurance cOntracts. This manual provides the information required to understand the functions of CFO II and considerations for its implementation. It is also designed to serve as a guide to the user of other CFO II documentation. processing Description, Volume I of the program description manual, contains a·systEm-oriented description of CFO II and serves as ·an installation guid~. Volume II, the Policy Mas~er Record Code Book, contains a detailed description of the contents·of the policy master record. Volume III, Mi·scellaneous Program Data~ contains formats and descriptions of frequently used input and output records and associated rate files. program product Description Manual~ 160 pages G820-1031 _ IBM OPERATING SYSTEM FILING AND SOURCE DATA ENTRY TEcaNIQUES FOR EAS:DERliETiUEVAL ~IiriiRiiAD (OS FASTER MT) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 573q-G21 SH20-1025 ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS PROGRAM II (ECAP II) FOR THE IBM OPERATING SYSTEM - OPERATIONS MANUAL-- ----- --- --- --- --PROGRAM NUMBER 573q-EE1 ------ 233 macros OS FASTER MT is a generaliz"ed set of and. a teleprocessing monitor which aid in and simplify the implementation of a teleprocessing system.. Terminals supported are IBM 1050, 27qO, 2260R, and 2265. The system incorporates facilities for installing inquiry, update, message routing, and data entry applications. OS FASTER MT employs a set of macro instructions that generate the line thereby eliminating the need for a detailed knowledge o~ BTAM. This macro-instruction capability makes the system adaptable to a wide variety of applications. The program is designed to operate in a minimum main storage allocation of 120K bytes on a Model qOGP or larger System/360, or on a Model 135GF or larger System/370~ The prinCipal f~atures are described, along with a discussion of the system design. Planning information is provided to assist in determining the apFlicability of G820 SB20 OS FASTER MT to any particular operational environment. Program Product Manual. liD pages Securities Order Matching. Progr... Documentation, 40 pages S820-1032 .IBM GENERAL.IZED .INFORMA'r.IOIi SYSTEM. ~ 1 ~ OPERAT.IOIIS MAIItIAL - PROGRAM IIIl1MBER 5734-XXl . This manual. addresiies operations perscmnel intending to run the Generalized .Information System. Version 2 (G.IS/2). under the Operating System with M11l.tiprograllllling with a Fixed Number of TaskS or Multiprogramming with a Variable Number of Tasks. COntents include SYSG~ procedures. execution procedures. and diagnostic .messages available to the system user. Program Product Manual. 160 pages 5820-1033 GEliIERAL.IZED .IIIFORMAT.ION SYSTEM VERS.ION 2 (G.IS/2) ~ ;!... PROCEDURAL LAHGiiAGE" PROGRAICDiiiiCRiPT.ION MlINOlIL ~ HlIMBER 573I1-XXl This manual describes the executive-information handling capabilities of statements ~itten in the procedural language of the Generalized .Information System. Version 2 Generic statement formats. examples. and detailed constraints specify·the syntax and use of the various task statements. Althongh the abbreviated title GIS/2 refers formally to version 2 of an earlier G.IS release. the expressions G.IS and GIS/2 are synonymous as they may appear herein. program Product Manual. 148 pages = S820-1034 CUSTOMER INFORMllTION COH'l'ROL SYSTEM (CICS) OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRlIM NUMBEiiSiiOS=Biiriii'S7'3iH1i6 DOS-STANDARD 5736=XX7------ ------ The .IBM Customer Information Control System (CICS) is a hig~y. responsive. transaction-oriented, mu~tiapp~ication data base/data communication interface between a. System/360 or System/370. operating sysbam and user-written application Programs. In addition to tbe functions required for inquiry and conversational data entry. this open-ended. tablecontrolled. event-driven system provides many of the facilities necessary for standard terminal applications such as message switching, broadcasting, data co11ection. and order distribution.· . C.ICS. is available in three systems--two for DOS users and one for OS users. Because the two CICS/llOS .systeDS are compatible with each other and with tbe CICS/OS system. it is possible to start with a small data·hase/data communication configuration and move up through DOS into OS. This manual provides information of interest to persons S820-1040 GENBRALIZED INFO~ON SYSTEM VERSION 2 IGIS/2) VOLUME 2: DATA DESCR.IPTION LlINGUAGE - PROGRAM DESCRIPTIOii""MlINUAL PROGRlIM NUMBER 5734-"XXl - ---------This volume specifies the format and content of computer input statements defining data files to be processed. Data description language facilities are discussed in a sequence generally corresponding to a system user's need for those facilities. Descriptive language statements are illustrated as input lines in keyword format representative of punchedcard fields.· Program Product Manual. 148 pages S820-1041 PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR I I (PSG II) OPERATIONS MlINDlIL - PROGRAMINOMBER 5734-XTl Planning Systems Gen~IX (PSG II) gives the user the plans. It offers the user a simple method for organizing planning data. establishing computational logiC to be applied to the data. and for generating data displays and reports. PSG II may be applied to the solution of planning problems for finanoial management and also for any division or department of a company with a planning function such as personnel or manpower allocations, marketing projections. short-range budgeting. etc. This operations·Guide provides the information needed to install and operate PSG II. Manual. 36 pages SB20-10112 P SYSTEMS GERERATOR II (PSG II) PROGRAM REPERENCE - PiiOGRAii NUMBER 573q::X~ - - -----n9 System Generator II (PSG ~n gives the user the means to rapidly produce and evaluate a variety of financial plans. It offers a simple method for organizing planning . data. for establishing computational logic to be applied to the data, and for generating displays and reports. PSG II may be applied to the solution of planning problems for financial management and also for any division or department of a company with planning respon~ibL1ities such as personnel or manpower allocations. marketing projections. short-term budgeting, etc. This manual describes the functions provided by PSG .II and explains their use. .It also includes information for writing planning logic programs in the PORTRAN programming language. A more detailed description of FORTRAN may be found in the IBM programmed .Instruction Texts. PORTRAN IV for .IBM System/360 (829-0080 through R29-0087). Program· Product Manual. 144 pages responsible for the definition, preparation, and execution Included is the information necessary to generate of C.ICS. and operate CICS. Manual. 80 pages G820-1035 PLI!.NN.ING SYSTEM GENERATOR I.I (PSGI!) GENERAL .INFORMlITION MlINUlIL PROGRAM NUMBER 573l1=iT-l----- -----Planning systemSG'eilerator .I.I (PSG.II) gives the user the means to rapid1y produce and eva~uate a variety o~ ~inaDcial plans. It offers the user a simple method for organizing plannning data. establishing compntational logic to be applied to the data. and for generating data ·displays and reports. PSG II may be applied to the solution of planning problems for financial management and also for any division or department of a company with a planning function (such as. persoDD.e~ SB20-1043 or manpower allocations, marketing projections. short-range hudgeting. etc.J. This manual contains an introduction to RSG II. as well as a discussion of PSG· I.I capabilities. usage. required systems. reference material. and a samplQ problem •. The PSG II OS and the PSG .I.I DOS programs have virtually the the same capabilities. The minimum partition size requirement has been reduced from 130K in the OS program to lOOK in the DOS program. ·.In order to acbieve this reduction for the DOS program. it IfilS· necessary to reduce the number of data lines that can be processed. Also. Sllllle faCilities of the OS program were deleted or modified for the DOS program. Program Pmduct Manual. 24 pages G820-1039 :~~~~~~GE;;NERAL .INP~.ION MANUAL Control System (CICS) is a transaction-oriented. mnltiapplication data base/data communication interface between a system/360 or System/370 operating system and user-written application programs. Applicable to most on-line systems. CICS provides many of the facilities necessary for standard terminal applications: message switChing. inquiry. data collection. order entry. and conversational data entry. CICS is available in tbree systems--two for DOS users and one for OS users. Because tbe two CICS/DOS systems are compatible with each other and with tbe CICS/OS system, it is possible to start witb a small data base/data communication configuration and move up through DOS into OS. This manual provides information essential for persons who have. the responsibility to define. prepare. and administer CICS in the environment it supports. Manual. 220 pages . SB20-10Qll CUSTOMBR INFORMATION COH'l'ROL SYSTEM (CI OPERATOR'S GUIDE DOS-STANDARD 573~ The IBM CUstomer In rmation Control System (CICS) is a transaction-oriented, muItiapplication data base/data communication interface between a system/360 or System/370 operating system and user-written application programs. program p~ct provides the brokerage indUStry or system/370 user with online. automatic recording and matching of most secUrity orders and executions. Xn addition, off-line processing functions generate input.to purchases and sales (PiS) accounting systems and order room. branch office, stock exchange floor. and customer reports. Securities order Matching operates with the .IBM program product~ Telecommunications Control System ('1'CS), under the fiill. Operating System (OSj in a multiprogramming environment. .Its flexi.bi1i.ty facilitates. the addition of user routines and/or programs to tailor the system to individual requirements. This manual describes the purpose and functions of 234 Applicable to most on-line systems. CICS provides many of the f~cilities necessary for standard terminal applications: message switching. inquiry. data collection., order entry. and conversational data entry. CICS is available in three systems--two·for DOS users and one for OS users. Because tbe·two CICS/DOS systems are compatible with each other and witb the CICS/OS system. it is possible to star~ with a small data base/data communications configuration and ~~e up·th~augh DOS into OS. This manual pravides infOrmation of interest to persons involved with terminal operation. Tbese persons include terminal operators. terminal supervisors. master terminal operators. application pro\lrammers. system programmers, and SH20 SH20 merchandise repo~ting. IBM Fashion Reporter consists of a group of programs for implementation on the IBM System/360 using the Disk Operating System or on a System/370 SUbject to the compatibility constraints announced for ·the System/370. This program description manual includes a general descxiption of the programs, machine configuration, general system charts. and sample reports. A general discussion of the retail environment is included. The manual is intended for use in planning for and implementing this program product. The audience includes retail merchandise management and data processing personnel. Program Description Manua~. 196 pages system administration. Manual. 52 pages SH20-1047 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM DOS - ENTRY (CIS DOS - STANDARD (CICS/~ --=--sTANiiiiiiD-VERSION2ICICS/OS) APPLI~OGRAMMER'S MANUAL------- PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-XX6. 5734-XX7 The IBM CUstomer Information Contro1 System (eIeS) is a transaction-oriented, multiapplication data base/data communication interface between a Systeml360 or Systeml370 operating system and user-written application programs. Applicable to most online systems. CICS provides many of the facilities necessary for standard terminal applications: message switching. inquiry, data collection, order entry, and conversational data entry. CICS is available in three systems--two for DOS users and one for OS users. Because the two CICS/DOS systems are compatible with each other and with the CICS/OS system. it communication configuration and move up througb DOS into as. This manual provides information of interest to persons defining, designing, and preparing application programs to execute under CICS. Program product manual, 1B4 pages SH20-1048 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) OPERATING SYSTEM STANDARD VERSION 2 OPERATIONS GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 57311 XX7 The IBM Customer Information Control System (CICS) is a transaction-oriented~ multiapplication data base/data communication interface between a System/360 or System/370 operating system and user written application programs. In addition to the fUnctions required for inquiry and conversational data entry, this open-ended, tablecontrolled, event-driven system provides many of the facilities necessary for standard terminal applications such as message switching, broadcasting, data collection, and order distribution. CICS is available in three systems - two for DOS users and one for OS users. Because the two CICS/DOS systems are compatible with each other and with the CICS/OS system, it is possible to start with a small data base/data communication configuration and move up through DOS into os. This manual provides information of interest to persons responsible for the definition, preparation, and execution of CICS. Included is the information necessary to generate and operate CICS. Manual. 52 pages SH20-1051 +M IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FILING AND SOURCE DATA ENTRY TECHNIQUES FOR EASlEii""'RETR"iEvAL MuLTiTiiREA-D--- ----(DOS FASTER MT) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION PiIDGRAMNUMBEil5736-G24 FASTER MT is a programming system for retrieving data from indexed-sequential and direct access files, and for maintaining such files by means of remote or local terminal devices. The system procedures are adaptable to a wide variety of applications. FASTER MT incorporates a macrolanguage which provides for writing message-processing programs on a functional level. Through use of the Basic Telecommunications Access Method. FASTER MT provides line control to support a communication network consisting of combinations of IBM 1050 and IBM 2740-1 or 2740-2 typewriter terminals. and the IBM 2260/2265 display terminals. FASTER MT operates as a standard multitasking job in a single partition under OOS, using a minimum of BOK bytes, on a system/360 or system/370. This manual describes the FASTER MT system environment and components. Included are detailed macro instruction descriptions and user considerations concerning backup/recovery, hardware, and documentation aids. Program Product Manual, 282 pages = SH20-1052 SH20-1054 IBM FASHION REPORTER, OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736~D11 This operations manual provides instructions and guidance for operating the pDOgrams in the IBM Fashion Reporter. The major components of the manual describe (I) preparatory information and procedures. (2) operations. and (3) retrieving the programs from the distribution tape. intializing the system. and running the sample problem. Operations Manual. 41 pages GH2o-I057 *N OS/MVT WITH RESOURCE SECURITY. SECURITY OFFICER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360A~SV-007 -------This publication describes the functions of a security officer in interfacing with the Resource Security System, a modularized extension of the IBM OS/MVT. The Resource Security System monitoxs the users of the system, terminals. programs,· volumes, and data sets to which they require access during the execution of their jobs. The manual has four sections. The first contains the general concepts of the security Officer Commands: the second describes how the security system is installed and used: the third contains command descriptions; and the fourth lists messages and completion codes for the system. Type I Extension Program Manual. 212 pages GB20-1058 *N RESOURCE SECURITY (EOR Os/MVT)-GENERAL INFORMATION AND PLANNING MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360A-SV-007 This manual describes the Resource Security feature to operating System/360-MVT, The feature has been developed to provide an improved capability for the protection of information stored in and pro~essed by computers. In addition to descriptive information of a general nature, this manual· provides an overview of the installation process to aid the planning for Resource Security. Type I Extension Program publication Manual. 36 pages GH20-1066 PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM ~ 1130-CX-25X t 360A-CX-27X This system provides users ~ith application development support in the areas of: o user-oriented language processing o Dynamic job supervision o Diagnostic control and generation o Input/output control o utility fUnctions A small subset of the PLAN system may be utilized to provide elementary development support. Subsets may be added on an incremental basis as needed until comprehensive use of the system is attained. This manual is intended to provide rules for use of the system and technical specif.ications defining the scope of applicability_ It ds intended to serve as a user's and implementer's .reference. Requirements are specified. Use of all other components is to be considered optional. Application Program Bulletin Manual. 200 pages SH20-1067 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS PLANNING PROGRAM DESCRIPTION EXTENSIONS (PROGRAMMING ~ EA6264) AND OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAY The OS Requirements Planning Extensions are a modification to the 05/360 Requirements planning program product (5734M51). The extensions add capabilities and improve the performance of the program product. This manual contains the description of the Requirements P1anning Ext~sions. :It includes: 1. A discussion of the extensions 2. A description of'tbe input/output files 3. Detailed discussions of the macros 4. Preparatory and operating procedures for the programs Tbe audience for this manual includes systems analysts and programmers. Programming RPQ (program product) Manual. 64 pages = necessary to implement FASTER NT in a test or online environment. Initialization of system files, 11nkage editing options, and system messages are discussed in addition to the maintenance transaction, which is included with the program. . Program Product Manual. 48 pages SH20-1053 IBM· FASHION REPORTER, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-011 IBM Fashion Reporter is deSigned to aSSist the retail merchant in maintaining accurate inventory records and producing basiC merchandising reports. The reports produced are (I) stock status. (2) style page. (3) class/priceline. and (II) aging. The user controls the level of detail for the stock records and the reporting criteria. This progzam product (5736-DII) is intended primarily for fashion/softgoods SH20-1069 STAT/BASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 AND INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY PROGRAM REFERENCE PROGRAM NUMBERS 5703~34-XA3 ST~/BASIC is a comprehensive set of interactive statistical programs for System/3 Model 6 and ITF. It consists of 40 235 = SH20 SB20 BASIC programs, providing the user'with procedures for data generation. elementary statistics. regression and correlation analysis, multivariate analysis, analysis of variance, non-parametric statistics,' time series analysis, and biostatistics. The 'interactive features inc~ude instructiona~ messages, f~exib~e contro~ of ca~cu~ations, extensive error 'checking, and data editing. This manua~ provides the detai~s of the STAT/BASIC programs. It covers scope and characteristics, processing descriptions, terminal operation, input/output description, program description, system requirements, and program .modification aids. In this manua~, ITF refers to OOS-ITF, OS-ITF, and TSOITF. Manu~, 220 pages generator and the interface module general source code. Bi~~ Processor Systems - IMS/360 Bridge supports migrations from System/360 Bi~~ of Material Processor 1360AME-06X), System/360 Data Base organization and Maintenance Processor (5736-XXQ), and Chained Fi~e Management System of OS/360 ReqUirements Planning (5734-M51). This manual contains the job control language arid operating instructions required to perform the fol~owing functions of the Bill Processor Systems IMS/360 Bridge: o Creation of the descriptor file, the DBDGEN uti~ity contro~ statements, and the fi~e description report • o Generation of the uuioad modu~es, load programs, and PSBGEN uti~ity contro~ statements required for conversion of the bi~~ processor system fi~es to IMS/360 data bases. o Execution of the programs to unload the bil~ processor system fi~es to IMS/360 hierarchic sequentia~ data bases. o Execution of the IMS/360 utilities and ~oad programs to create the IMS/360 hierarchic direct data bases. o Generation of the ~nterface modules required by the existing bi~~ processor system programs to access the IMS/360 data bases. o Execution of the bil~ processor systeR programs under IMS/360. Manual, 44 pages S820-1070 STAT/BASIC FOR INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY OPERATIONS GUID PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XA3 This manu~ provides the information needed to generate, run, and maintain STAT/BASIC. Program Product Manua~, 20 pages G820-1074 INTERACTIVE OUERY FACILITY (IOF) FOR IMS/360 ~ 1 PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6 - GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL The Interactive ouery Faci~ity (lQF) is provided as a feature for users of the IBM Information Management System (IMS/360) Version 2, Program product 5734-XX6. IOF offers the capabi~ity for spontaneous on~ne query capabi~ity, and retrieva~ and disp~ay of data maintained within IMS/360 te~eprocessing data bases. IOF runs as a standard IMS/360 app~cation program under IMS/360 Version 2 and uses standard IMS/360 resources for describing data, accesSing data, and communicating with the user's terminal. This manua~ provides a genera~ description of IOF and its various faci~ities and programs, describes the IOF query ~anguage and the required IOF-IMS/360 machine configurations, and inc~udes samp~e app~cations (examp~es of termin~ queries that a user might emp~oy). IOF operates with a~~ System/360 and Systeml370 computers supported by IMS/360 version 2. A~~ references to IMS/360 Version 2 in this manua~ assume Modification Leve~ 1 or higher, with the fu~~ Data Base/Data Communication sys'tem. This manua~ has been prepared for both data processing and non-data processing management and personne~. Know~edge of the information contained in the MIS/360 Version 2 Genera~ Information Manua~ (GB20-0765) wi~~ be he~pfu~ in understanding the re~ationship of IOF to IMS. Program Product Manua~, 54 pages SB20-1075 BILL PROCESSOR SYSTEMS - IMS/360 BRIDGE PROGRAM DESCRIPTIciii'MiiNUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX9 This program product generates programs·that convert bi~~ processor system fi~es to Information Management systeml360 (IMS/360) Version 2 (5734-XX6) Data Base System, and that a~low use of eXisting programs, with ~ttle or no modification, to access the converted data bases. The system provides e~ements to perform the fo~lowing functions: o Unload the bill processor system files into a format suitable for ~oading as IMS/360 data bases. o Load the un~oaded bi~~ processor system fi~es as IMS/360 hierarchic direct data bases. o Permit access to the IMS/360 data bases from existing bi~~ processor system programs. Existing programs may be reimplemented with litt~e or no SB20-1081 FARE OllOTE/TICKETING STUDENT STUDY GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11 This manual is intended to be used as a learning too~ by anyone interested in acquiring an understanding of the Fare Ouote/Ticketing Program Product. Guide, 108 pages S820-1089 AN APL TEXT EDITOR AND COMPOSER PROGRAM CESCRIPTION/ OilPiUiTiONSMANUAL -PROGRAM NUMBiR5'i96-PAC This manual~ins directions for~ of this system. It includes a general description of the procedures required, narrative description of each of the steps, summary tables for reference, and illustrations reprodUCing both the instruction that a user might employ and the resu~ts that such instructions would produce. This manual is intended for use by a wide range of users, including both the authors of papers or letters who may em~oy the system as a partia~ substitute for secretarial serVices, and secretaries Or other general users without experience in computing. It is written in nontechnical ~anguage ~equiring no fami~iarity at a~l with the APL prograKming ~anguage, and only minima~ fami~iarity ·with the APL/360 time-sharing system. Prog~am DescriptiOn/Operations Manual, 91 pages S820-1092 APL/PDTS PBO TRACKING SYSTEM (PDTS): PROGRAM DES MANUAL lOP PROG # 5196=Piiii This 64 page cument scr1 es the capabilities of the IUP and the programs of the APL/PDTS Programming Development Tracking system - PDTS. Written in APL 360 OS/DOS, this system was developed to provide data to assist the user in tracking project schedu~es, costs and in making comparative analysis with minima1" user interaction. It operates on the princi~e that the distribution of resource uti~ization or expenditure often fo~~ows an observed pattern with respect modification. to time. Bill Processor systems - IMS/360 Bridge supports migrations from Systeml360 Bi~~ of Materia~ Processor (360AME-06X), System/360 Data Base Organization and Maintenance Processor 15736-XX~), and Chained File Management System of 05/360 Requirements Planning (5734-M51), This manual contains both a gener~ and detai~ed description of the e~ements of this program product. Input and output to the programs are described in detai~. Execution of the sample prob~em is explained. The purpose of this manua~ is to provide sufficient information to enable the user to comp~etely understand the functions of the system and of the programs constituting the system, and to prepare for and insta~l the system. The reader should be fami~iar with the Bill Processor System IMS/360 Bridge Application DeSCription Manua~ (GB20-0961). Know~edge of the concepts and termino~ogy discussed in the Information Management System/360 Version 2 Genera~ Information Manua~ IGB20-0765) is a prerequisite to an understanding of this manua~. Program Product Manual, 80 pages SB20-1076 BILL PROCESSOR ~ IMS/360 BRIDGE. OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX9 The BilI PrOc;eSsor systems - IMS/360 Bridge consists of the This Program Description/Operations Manual provides the user with sufficient information to understand, instal~ and use the program. Program Description/Operations Manual, 64 pages successfu~~y S820-1094 FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM INSTALLATION GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBii!5796-'~ This manua~ provides a procedure to insta~~ the F~ight Data Display System in a PARS (Programmed Airline Reservation System) environment. Guide, 20 pilges SB20-1095 FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM OPERATORS MANOAL iRoGRiiMNiiiiBEii'5'796-'~ ~n~scribes the job contro~ and steps required to provide the non-rea~-time functions of the F~ight Data Disp~ay System. It is interided to be a supp~ement to an Airline"s operating procedures. Guide, 18 pages = SB20-1096 Droarams necessa\,:v to convert hi 11 nrnceSS01': svstem files to iMs/360·data base; and to acces; th~ ~nve~ed'data bases. The ~ements which make up the Bill Processor Systems IMS/360 Bridge are as fo~~ows: the descriptor generator, the conversion generator, the unload modu~e general source code, the load program general source code, the interface FLIGm" DA-r'A DISPL...~Y ~ ~ ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-'PAE This manual provides a guide to an agent using the F~ight Data Disp~ay System. It is intended to serve as an adjunct to an Airline's ope~ating and procedures manual. Guide, 32 pages 236 SH20 GH20 S920-1101 *N LOADFLOW PLOTTING SYSTEM, VARIBUS ~ !l. GULF STATES UTILITY COMPANY SUBSIOIARY - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796 AU - - - No abstra'Ct""avaII'aijle. Manual, 64 pages S920-1103 S/360 MCGILL UNIVERSITY S~TEM FOR INTERACTIVE COMPUTING [MUSIC) PROGRAM DESCRIPT'fiiN"'OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER ill6-MT--- --- - - --- MUSIC is a time-sharing system that offers a wide Variety of facilities in a cost effective environment. It offers many languages and features normally found in larger systems. By combining the full functions of multiple languages and interactive capabilities with demonstratable dependability, MUSIC has proved to be mUltipurpose high-performance in the Educational Area. For instance, it is currently being used by large city-wide school and university installations in addition to commercial and governmental organizatiOns. The Program Description section contains information on determining CPU and terminal configurations, installation standards and procedures, and library requirements and restrictions. The Operations section of the manual contains information to assist in generating the system, and establishing procedures concerning backup, restart, and creation and maintenance of MUSIC libraries. Manual S920-1104 *N S/360-S/370 MCGILL UNIVERSITY SYSTEM FOR INTERACTIVE COMPUTING (MUSIC) USER'S GUIDE-=-IUP NUMBER 5796-AAT MUSIC is a time-sharing system that'"""offers a wide variety of facilities in a cost effective environment. It offers many languages and features normally found in larger systems. By combining the full functions of multiple languages and interactive capabilities with demonstratable dependability, MUSIC has proved to be a multipurpose high-performance . system suitable for many types of operations, particularly in the Educational Area. For instance, it is currently being used b¥ large city-wide school and university installations in addition to commercial and governmental organizations. This manual provides a general description of MUSIC as well as information on remote terminal setup and operation, MUSIC command language, job processing. p~cessors, and a sample terminal session. Manual S920-1105 DATA DICTIONARY/DIRECTORY SYSTEM, WITH CMIS DATA ELEMENT ;~~~~;796~ DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS MANUAL IUP *N = No abstract available. Manual, 200 pages SH20-1112 *N CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS EQUITY PRODUCTS VARIABLE ANNUITIES, MUTUAL FUNDS .~~~~~ OF HORACE MANN 'EriiiCAToRsS'P PROGRAM DES PROGRAM NUMBER This man~n s a detailed description of the individual programs that make up the Consolidated Functions Equity products Installed User program. It is intended to provide the user with information on how to generate the system. Manual, 420 pages SH20-1114 *N SCRIPT/370 - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATION MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796~P~ ------ - --This manual describes an IBM internally-developed program called SCRIPT/370. This program executes as a command of the Conversational Monitor system (eMS), a component of VM/370. SCRIPT/370 is a successor to SCRIPT, a text processing TYPe III program supplied witb CP-67/CMS. Through the facilities of SCRIPT/370, text files developed using the CMS Editor may be formatted in single or multiplecolumns, justified or ragged. and ,with automatic pagination. Additional facilities of tbe SCRIPT processor permit accepting input from a terminal during processing. the inclusion of other SCRIPT £i1es, and extensive top anQ bottom title [i.e., running bead and foot) capabilities. Other formatting and control is facilitated by special symbols that may be substituted for frequently-used control work sequences or used to generate tables of contents. Manual, 141 pages SH20-1115 *N S/360-S/370 YALE ALUMNI RECORDS DATA SYSTEM [YARDS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION i5PERA~MAIIUAL - IDPNUMBER 5196-AiiF - - - YARDS is an alumni fund raising systeiDWith solicitation and donation history files. It has a command language for non data processing people to manipulate tbe files for solicitation purposes. It can be used by a wide range of fund raising organizations. Manual, 390·pages SH20-1117 *N CYCLE-TIME SIMULATOR SYSTEM - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPER~TIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER s796=PBG- ------This manuar-describes the functional capabilities of the Cycle Time Simulator System which allows management of a manufacturing facility to analyze the allocation of the resouxces of a manufacturing line. This manual is also an installation and operations reference document. Manual, 216 pages SH20-1118 , ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM [AST~P) PROGR~M REFERENCE MANUAL - IUP NUMBER ~H------- ------This program provIdes-engineers with a powerful tool for use in the design and reliability analysis of linear and nonlinear electrical networks. Although ASTAP is oriented primarily toward th~ analysis of electronic cirCUits, it can also be used to simulate any physical system which can be represented ty a network model. The program can be used for performing DC and AC steady-state as well as transient analysis. In addition. a Monte Carlo statistical simulation can be performed in conjunction with DC, AC, or transient analysis to predict the eff~ct of component variations on network performance. A common user-oriented input language is provided for describing the network to be analyzed in any of the above modes. This manual includes an introduction, general description, language (input/output) description and sample problems. Manual S920-1119 *N ADVANCED STATISTICAL AIlALYS~S PROGR~M (ASTAP) OPERATIONS GUIDE - IUP NUMBER ~H------This program provIdes-engin~ers with a powerful tool for use in the design and reliability analysis of linear and nonlinear electrical networks. Although ASTAP is oriented primarily toward the analysis of electronic cirCUits, it can also be used to simulate any physical system which can be represented by"a network mod~l. " The program can be used for performing DC and AC steadystate as well as transient analysis. In addition. a Monte Carlo statistical simUlation can be performed in conjunction with DC, AC, or transient analYSis to predict the effect of component variations on network performance. A common useroriented input language is provided for describing the network to be analyzed in any of the above modes. This Operations Guide provides the operating information including descriptions of the distribution tape. system generation, JCL descriptions and error messages." Manual, 66 pages S920-1122 *N IBM WAREBOUSE SIMULATOR PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS ~NUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796~ ThiS:manu~descrihes the functional capabilities of the Automated Storage and Retrieval System which provides the user with maximum ubilization of storage facilities and quick response to material req~ests_ The ASRS/360 program is written in FORTRAN IV and operates under OS/360. This manual describes how to use ASRS/360 in designing a storage facility. This manual is also an installation and operations reference document. Manual, 20 pages SH20-1123 *N IBM MULTIPLAN SOURCING PROGRAM DESCRIPT'ION/OPERATIONS M~NUAL IUP NUMBER 579·6-PBL ---IBM Multi-Plant sourcing is a group of computer programs designed. to assist the plants of a multi-plant company in determining the best sources of subproducts manufactured in its plants." The programS" develop alterD~tive sourcing decisions taking into consideration such factors as work load, duty and taxes, balance of trade, and export of dollars. 'i'his manual describes the syst.em as a Whole and then descr~bes the individual programs that make up the system. These descriptions include installation and . operations information. Also included in the manual is a description of a sample sourcing problem and the so~utions to this prqblem that were provided by IBM Multi-Plant Sourcing. Manual, 156 pages GH20-1128 MATH/BASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 AND INTERACTIVE· TERMINAL FACILITY [ITF) GENE~INFORMATIO~MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 57ii3-"XM2, 5734-XM8 --- - --- --MATH/BASIC provides easy to use powerful mathematics problem-solving tools to the user of BASIC. The program operates on the IBM system/3 Model 6 or under the Interactive·Terminal Facility [ITF) of the IBM 360/270 [OS, DOS, and TSO). It consists of 40 BASIC routines covering the solution of linear equations, matrix eigenproblems, polynomial equations, numerical quadrature, numerical differentiation, interpo~ation, approximation, smoothing, solution of systems of ordinary pifferential equations, fast Fourier transfo~, and special functions. The user can employ any of these programs as stand-alone or can merge one or more of them into his own programs. The 237 GH20 GH20 modules of MATH/BASIC can be applied to many problems that FIRST Message Switching provides the faci1ity of pOint- to-point and multldestination routing, group broadcasting, resend and reroute capability, conversational edit and error correction and multi-buffer message support. Modifications to CICS include implementation of a reusable transient data queue and a checkpoint/warm restart capability. This manual provides information regarding message format and terminal operating procedures. Manua1, 44 pages occur in science, engineering, and related fields. This manual provides an overall view of MATH/BASIC. It describes the program features, usage, maximum problem size, precision, timing, system requirements, and customer responsibilities. Examples are included to illustrate the use of the program. program product Manual, 28 pages GH20-1129 EPIC SOCRATES STUDENT SC~EDULING SYSTEM FOR EDUCATIONAL INSTlTiiTiONS- PROGRAM PRODUCT GENERAL INFoRMATION PROGRAM NUMBER 5735-E91------- ------- LH20-1138 FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) Fast Information Retrieval for Surface Transportation (FIRST) is an advanoed teleprocessing system operating under CICS, designed to provide the operations management of a motor freight carrier with timely and accurate information. of interrelated programs which provide for the allocation of educational resources required for the generation of the master schedule of classes, assignment of students to the master schedule classes. and the update of these records with changes required to the assigned classes. The features provided by the program cover the needs of a variety of educators, from those employing traditional scheduling patterns to those who have gave to highly flexible, modular schedules. Manual, 44 pages GH20-11311 FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) GENERAL INFORMATION MAN~ROGRAM NUMBERS 5lli=AAA (OS MESSAGE SWITCHINGl5795-AAB (OS EQuIPMENT CONTROL)·5795-AAC (DOS MESSAGE SWITCHING) 5795-AAD (DOS EQUIPMENT CONTROL)---- ---------- PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5lli=AAA-(OS MESSAGE SWITCBING)- ------- ------- The ~PIC SOCRATES program,product represents a comprehensive systems approach to the student scheduling tasks of educational institutions. The package consists of a series FIRST Message Switching provides the facility of pOint- to-point and multidestination routing, group broadcasting, resend and reroute capability, conversational edit and error correction and multi-buffer message support. Modifications to CICS include implementation of a reusable transient data queue and a checkpoint/warm restart capability. This manual provides descriptions and flowcharts for the FIRST Message Switching programs. Manual, 224 pages GH20-H39 FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) TI! er. Pocket-size Booklet GX20-1788 ~~~~~~~~~~!~~~~~ WORKSHEET 360A-UB-11X ~~it~~~ks~~~tEh spaces for keypunching service code with self-check digit, insurance bill category code, price numt>ers,. professional fee, blood replacement charge, charge description, general ledger key, card code and hospital name. GX20-1817 *N SYSTEM/360/370 DOS POWER II/RJE VERSION 4 REFERENCE SUMMARY, PROG. NO. 36iiD-05.2:006--- This reference card is intended to summarize the command codes and operator messages for IBM system/360. DOS POWER U. Folder, 4 pages GX20-1827 SYSTEM/360/370 ASP REFERENCE CARD, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A~CX-15X . This card contains excerpts from GB20-0321 and reflects the status of ASP as of Version 2.4.1. Application Progam Manual GX20-1828 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V REFERENCE SUMMARY: BLOCK ~NTFoiiiiiiTSr !!!!QJh NOs.-ffi4=XS2(OS) AND 5736-XS31iiOSl This reference card defines the block statement formats of GPSS V. Program Product Reference card Form, 8-1/2- xlI·. 1 part GX20-1829 GX20-1789 *N DOCTOR MASTER FILE - WORKSHEET PROGRAM NUMBERS ~OA-UH-l1X, 5736-B 13 A hospital worksheet with spaces for doctor number with self-check digit, doctor specialty, name and address, accounting period card code and hospital name. The form is deSigned for 80 column keypunch input. FOrm, 8-1/2" x 11", 1 part 271 the GPSS V user. Charts showing control standard numerical attributes and system included. Reference Card GX22 GX20 GX2D-1926 *N IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILI~Y/370. QUICK GUIDE !Q!! USERS REFERENCE SUMMARY - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749 ~his publication contains intOrmation for both the beginning and advanced VM/370 user. ~he first part, ·Using the VM/310 System.· is designed to belp the new VM/370 user become acquainted with the system. It includes section <>n getting started and setting up a virtual machine. and. using the CMS facilities as a fil.e creation and maintenance tool. ~he second part. ·summary of VM/370·COmmands,· presents a brief syntactiC description and explanation of each VM/310 command. The experienced user will find this section a handy reference so~ce. Summary GX20-18]0 TERMINAL COMMAND LAl!lGUAGE - REFERENCE PROGRAM NUMBER ]6'iiA-CX=ii2X CALL-OS CARD ~r~ailable. Reference Card. 10 pages GX20-18]2 CO III VERSION ] MOIIROR REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM ET11Doii1513~) -- ---- T reference card contains information to readily assist the user of coursewriter III Version 3. Monitor command notes and a keyboard summary ·cnart are included. Information is extracted from the student~Monitor user's Guide. SH20-1010. Reference Card GX20-1927 ASP VERSION 3 ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM P~iR 360A~CX-15X ------ No abstract available. H·andbook. 28 pages GX20-1833 COURSEWRlTER III VERSION 3 AUTHOR'S REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBEiiir-5736=ill COOS) 5734-E13 (OS) This reference card contains information~readily assist to user of Coursewrft.er III Version 3. Notes, author commands. and keyboardsWlllDilrY ebart are included. The information is extracted from Coursewriter III Version 3 Author's Guide, SH20-1009. Reference Card GX20-8020 FLOWCHARTING TEMPLATE This plastiC template provides cut-out shapes for drawing standard symbols used frequently in flowcharting computer systems and programs_ It is enclosed in an envelope outlining definitions of symbols and use of the template. More details are given in the Data Processing Techniques manual on FLOWCHARTING TECHNIQUES (GC20-81.52). Template. 1 unit size GX20-1834 COURSEWRITER III.· VERSION 3 STUDENT REFERENCE CARD OPERATING· HINTS =. PROGRAM iiliiBER 5736-E11 (005""5734-E13 (OS) This reference card contains information to readily assist the user of Coursewriter III Version 3. Operating hints, student canmands and keyboard summary is included. GX21-9090 RPG OUTPUT-FORMAT SPECIFlCA~IONS (FORM) This is a form for coding RPG output-format specifications for the IBM Syst~3. System/360. and 1130. It is printed in reproduceable gr.een ink. Padded Form. 50 sheets Information is extracted from ·the Student Monitor User's Guide, S82D-l0l0. Reference Card GX20-1835 COURSEWRITER III. PROGRAM NUMBERS 5 (SION ] SUPERVISOR'S REFERENCE GX21-9091 CARD 11 UIOS) ~ (OS) -This reference ca contains information to readily assist the user of coursewriter IIX, Version 3. Notes, cODDancJs RPG EXTENSIONS AND LINE COUNTER SPECIFICATIONS SHEET This form is provide.ris an aid to the progranimerwriting an RPG program for the IBM System/3, System/360,. and 1130. It is pripted in reproducible green ink. Padded Form. 50 sheets and arguments are listed. This infornation is extracted from the Supervisor's Guide, S820-1011. Reference Card GX21-9092 RPG CONTROL CARD AND FnE DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATIONS FORM This form is provided""iS"an aid to the programmer writing an RPG program for the IBM System/3. System/360, and 1130. It is printed in reproduceable green ink. Padded form. 25 she.ets GX20-1850 REFERENCE SUMMARY CARD This .referen"e card iSIiiteiided primarily for use by ~370 assembly language programmers. It contains basic machine information summarized from the Syst~370 PrinCiples of Operation (GA22-7000). frequently used information from OS/VS and DOS/VS Assembler Language (Ge33-4010), command codes for various I/O devices, and a multi-code translation table. Reference card. accordion-folded SYST~370 GX20-1878 *N IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM REFERENCE SOI!MARY This publication is iiiteiided for planning purposes only. It will ·be updated to reflect system Changes. The reader is cautioned that the authoritative source for this booklet is the IBM ]27~ ~nformation Display System Component Description Manual (GA27-2749). Reference summary. 48 pages GX2D-1920 *N 1 3330 MODEL 1 REFERENCE SUMMARY This refereDce'ilummay swamarizes device characteristics and provides a capacity table for records with and without keys. summary. 2 folds ~ SERIES DISK STORAGE 3330/3333 MODEL .N GX20-1924 IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILI'l'Y/370. BASIC LANGUAGE REFERENCE SUMMAa~RoGRAM NUMBER 5749-010 Tiielia.iic Language"RiifE!rence Summary;, Order No. GX20-1924. gives essential details of the IBM V~70 BASIC language including brief examples of VM/370 BASIC commands. program execution. corx-ect'ion statements. and lists the various elements of the language. For a complete description of VM/370 BASIC refer to the publication IBM Virtual Machine Facility/370. BASIC Language Reference· Manual, Order No. Ge2D-1803. summary, 8 cards GX20-1925 ]270 FORMAT MACRO FOR OUTPUT DATA STREAMS FDP NUiiiiEits79s='""AKL""" - - - - - ----This pocket folder all~s a £ormat macro assPmh1er language programmer to easily generate a complete output data str.eam for a 3270 from a screen layOllt form. Reference Card. 8 pages *N ~NDBOOK *N GX21-909] RPG CALCULATION SPECIFICATIONS SHEET This is a form for cod1ng RPG· calculation speCifications for the IsM System/3. System/360, and 1130. It is printed in reproduceable green ink. Padded· Form. 50 sheets GX21-9106 IBM 1288 DOCUMENT GAUGE FOR MACHINE SETUP ii1illustrated and descriptive document"= alignment and machine-setup instrUction folder. Reference Card. 2 pages GX21-9129 RPG DEBUGGING TEMPLATE ~bis template is a quick tool for programmers debugging RPG. Template GX22-6835 PHYSICAL PLANNING TBMPLA~B rBM SYST~360 BYPERTAPE Equipment templates on acetate sheets. 1/4 incb equals 1 foot scale. for planning maebine room layouts. Template. 8 1/2 x 11 ineb, 1 page GX22'-683'1 2401 =. lli!t !!!! 2415 MAGNETIC ~ UNITS This pocket-size. reference folder·is to assist in estimating tape processing times and block (record) capacity per full. reel. Reference Card. 7·-1/4 x 14, ] folds GX22-6855 IBM ·PHYSlCAL PLANNJ:ftG TEMPLA~E. SYSTEM/.360 AND SYSTBW370 iiiGNETIC 'l'APB UNITS AND COftTROLS NOW includeS']410/34111ayouts. ~-1~2· 272 x 11· acetate template~ b pages GX22 GX22 GX22-6856 PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 PROCESSOR MODEL 75 Equipment templates on acetate sheets. 1/4 inch equals 1 foot scale, for planning machine room layouts. Temp~ate, 8 1/2 x 11 inch study table, one bookcase, one card file, one microfiche viewer, One tool and test equipment cart, one BSM cart, one FE/DAU, one BSM analyzer, and two shelf cabinets, two parts cabinets, two book carts, .and three file cabinets. 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate templates, one page GX22-6981 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 195 Equipment templates on 8-1/2 x 11 inch ace~sheets, 5 pages, for planning machine room layouts. scale: 1/4 inch equa~s 1 foot. Inc~udes one composite 3195 Model J and K, one composite 3195 Model KJ and L, one 3060-1, one 3085, one 3086, three 3080s, two 2860s, two 28705, and four 2880s. Acetate Template, 5 pages GX22-6851 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 COMMUNICATION~MENT Equipment templates on 8-1/2 by 11 inch acetate sheets, two pages, for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals one foot. Includes four 2701's, two 2702's, One 2103, one 2711~ one 2115-1,2, two 7770-3'5, and one 7772-3. 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate temp~ates, 2 pages GX22-6858 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/310 DATA STORAGE DEVICES -Equip~p1ates on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheets, six pages, for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals one foot. Includes four 2301-1'5, two 2302-3,4'5, four 2303-1's, two 2305-1,2'5 (shown on two facilities), eight 2311-1'5, one 2312-Al, two 2313-Al's, one 2314~Al. one2314-B1, one 2314-1, two 2319-Al's, two 2319-A2's, one 2319-B1. two 2319-B2's, four 2321-1's (with two shown abutted), one 2820-1, two 2835-1,2-5, four 2841-1's, two 2844's, six 3330'5 (two on one facility and four on another), and two 3830'5 .. 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate templates, six pages GX22-6984 IBM SYSTEM/310 MODEL 165 OPERATORS REFERENCE CARD This reference card highlights necessary operating procedures and abbreviated step-by-step instructions for operating the System/310 Mode~ 165. The information is condensed from the IBM System/310 Mode~ 165 Operating Procedures (GA22-69691. Reference card GX22-6985 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 CiiiiNNELS: 2860, 2810, AND 2880 Equipment templates on two 8-1/2 x 11-inch acetate sheets, for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals one foot.. Includes three 2860's, three 2870's, and four 2880-1,2's. Acetate Templates, 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 2 ~ages GX22-6859 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/310 CONSOLES AND TERMINALS Equipment~mplates on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheets, two pages, for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals one foot. Includes two 2150's, two 2250-1's, two 2250-3·5, two 2260's with keyboards, two 2260·5 without keyboards, one 2285, two 2840-2's, four 2848's (two of both types), one 3210-1, one 3210-2, and one 3215-1. 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate templates, two pages GX22-7005 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/310 MODEL 145 Equipment templates on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheets, 1 page, for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1 foot. Includes one 3145, one 3145 with 3345/3346, one 3145 with 3345/3346 and native~y attached disk storage, one 30Q6-1, and one 3210-2. Positioning is also shown for 3210-1 and 3215. Acetate Template, 1 page GX22-6860 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 MAGNETIC AND OPTICAL CHARACTER READERS Equipment~plates on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheets, two pages, for planning machine room layouts. Sca1e: 1/4 inch equals one foot. Includes one 1231-N1, one 1255-1,2, one 1255-3, one 1259-2, one 1285-1, one 1287-1,2, one 1287-3,4, one 1288-1, One 1412-1 and accumulator, one 1418-1,2,3 or 1428-1,2,3, and one 1419-1 .. 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate templates, two pages GX22-1006 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 Equipment templates on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheets, 2 pages, for planning machine room layouts. scale: 1/4 inch equals 1 foot. Includes one 3155 composite of Models H-J, one 3155 composite of Mode~s JI and K, and one 32102. Positioning is a~so shown for 3210-1 and 3215. Acetate Template, 2 pages GX22-6894 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 MODELS ~ AND 40 Equipment templates on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheets, two pages, for planning machine room layouts.. Scale: 1/4 inch equals one foot.. Includes two each of: 2022, 2025, 2030, and 2040. 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate templates, two pages n.. n.. GX22-1001 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/870 MODEL 165 Equipment templates on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheets, three pages, for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals one foot. Includes one composite 3165 Models I and J with 3360' s, one composite 3165 Models JI and K with 3360.1 s, one composite 3165 Model KJ with 3360'5, one 3066-1, and one 3061. 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate templates, three pages GX22-6905 PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 67 Equipment templates on acetate sheets,17ii""""inch equals 1 foot scale, for·planning machine roam layouts. Template, 8 1/2 x 11 inch,S pages GX22-7008 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/310 MODEL 135 Equipment template on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet, 1 page, for planning machine room layouts.. Scale: 1/4 inch equals one foot. Inc~udes one 3135 with five attached disk storage drives and one 3046-1. Acetate template, 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 1 page GX22-6914 PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 PROCESSORS MODELS 44 AND 50 Equipment templates on acetate sheets, 1/4 inch equals 1 foot scaler for planning machine room layouts .. Template, 8 1/2 x 11 inch, 2 pages GX22-7018 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 Equipment temp~ates on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheets 1 page, for planning machine room layouts. scale: 1/4 inch equa~s 1 foot. Includes one composite 3211, 3212, 3275, 3211-1 and 3217-2, 3284, 3286. Temp~ate, 1 page GX22-6923 PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85 Equipment templates on acetate sheets.17ii""""inch equals 1 foot scale, for planning machine room layouts. Template, 8 1/2 x 11 inch, 4 pages GX22-6924 PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 MULTISYSTEM Equipment templates on acetate sheets,17ii""""inch equals 1 foot scale, for planning machine room layouts. Template, 8 1/2 x 11 inch. 4 pages GX22-1021 ON IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/310 MODEL 125 Equipment temp~ate on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acet~heet, 1 page for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals 1 foot. 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate temp~ate GX22-6925 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/310 FIELD ENGINEERING FURNITURE AND TEST EQUIPMENT SYSTEM/360 SYSTEM/310 TEST EQUIPMENT ANALYZER FURNITURE BASIC STORAGE MODULE DATA ADAPTER UNIT Furniture and test equipment templates on 8-1/2 x 11 inch acetate sheet, for planning FE room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals one foot. Includes one desk, one workbench. one GX22-1022 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/310 MODEL 168 Equipment temp~ate on 8-1/2 x 11 inch aceta~eet, 1 page for planning machine room layouts. Scale: 1/4 inch equals foot. Includes composite S/310 Mode~ 168, 3168 Processing Unit. Temp~ate, 1 page 273 GX22 GX28 GX22-1023 .!!!!! PHYSICAL PLARlUNG TEIIPLA'L'E. SYSTElV310 MODBL i l l EqUipment template on 8-1.1'2 x 11 inch acetate sheet. 1 page· for planning machine room layouts. Scale. 1.1'/1 incb eqnals foot. .IDcludescomposite SI'310 Model 158, 3158 Processing Unit. Acetate Template. 1 page GX26-1581 IBM REFERENCE CARD. DECIllAIJIIBXADECIMAL ~ CONVERSION CHART This chart is used to convert decimal numbers to bexadecimal and hexadecimal. numbers to decimal. Tbe chart covers the range of integers from 0000 to 4095. Additional. instructions are provided to convert decimal. and hexadecimal numbers beyond this range. Reference Card, 8 11'2 x 29, 1 folds GX2/1-3316 DIM 1052 KEY TABS. SYSTElV360 MODEL ~ 1400 CCIIPATIBlLITY These key-tabs are fastened on the front of the keys on the DIM 1052 when the Model 30 is beill!J operated in 1/100 Compatibility Mode •. Plastic Sheet, 8-11'2 x 5-11'2 GX26-1588 IBM REFERENCE CARD. DECIllAIJIIBXADEClMAL FRACTION CONVERSION CHART This chart is used to convert decimal fractions to hexadecimal and hexadecimal fractions to decimal. The chart covers the range of fractions from 0.00000000 to 0.00075586. Additional instructions are p~ovided to convert decimal and hexadecimal fractions beyond this rall!Je. Reference Card, 8 11'2 x 29, 7 folds, 2 sides GX211-31106 IBM SYSTElV360 MODEL 30 IBM 2702 WORKSHEET MUItiplexer channel multipleXiiOde loading evaluation for IBM ·SystemI'36.0 !!IOdel 30 may indicate an apparent overload for the DIM 2702 Transmission Control Unit (when attached to the multipl.exer channel.). This worksheet is then used with an al.ternate procedure for eval.uation of tbe 2102. This worksheet is designed for use with the al.ternate procedure for tbe 2102 described in IBM SYSTElV360 MODEL 30 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS AND FUNCTIONAL EVALOATION, GA211- GX26-1618 *N IBM 2730 THANSACTION VALIDATION TERMINAL - REFERENCE CARD Inexperienced operators and maintenance personnel will find easy reference to installation, operation and problem deteDBination material for the 2130 Transaction Validation Terminal. Functional cbecks are also included. Experienced operators will find the summary an easy reference source under operating conditions. Packaging and shipping information is included. Operators and maintenance personnel should be familiar with the Credit Card System Component Description. IBM 2730 Model 1 Transaction Validation Terminal, IBM 2968 Model 9 Receiver Terminal Control Unit. Order NO. GA26-1599. Reference Card, 8 pages 31111. Padded FOrm, 16-1.1'2 x 11. 25 sheets per pad GX211-31107 IBM SYSTElV360 MODEL 30 MUJ1rIPLEXER CHANNEL WORKSHEET Worksheet is used to facilitate eval.~of the channel. effects imposed upon IBM gysteml360 Model. 30 when the multipl.exer channel is operating in muJ.tipl.ex mode. The eval.uation procedure is described in IBM SYSTElV360 MODEL 30 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS AND FUNCTIONAL EVALOATION. GA21131111. Padded Form, 16-11'2 x 11. 25 sheets per pad GX26-5508 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNIfiG TEMPLATE SYSTEMI'360 PROCESS YO DEVICES This template gives a scaled representation of the physical planning specifications for the IBM Systeml'360 process 11'0 GX211-311118 IBM 111115 PRINTER SPACING CHART This chart is scaled in Don-photographic bl.ue and provides Devices. 113 printing positions at eigbt characters per inch for carriage spaCing of six l.ines per inch. Vertical. rulings are shown for eacb inch or every eigbt characters apart to assist in printing l.ayont. A carriage-control tape facilitates planning for tape punching. Space is avail.abl.e on the top of the form to indicate miscellaneous print l.ine formats. padded Form. 25 Sheets Per Pad Template, 8 11'2 x 11, 2 pages = GX27-2901 IMAGE PLANNING CHART 11§J! PUNCHING ACME No abstract available. Padded Form, 25 per pad ~ IMAGE UNIT, REGISTRATION GX24-31111 IBM 11100 COMPATIBILITY INITIALIZATION DECK SYSTEMI'360 MODEL 30 CODING SHEETS 1 AND 2 Codingsheet for 11100 Compatibility Deck for Systeml360 Model 30 through 65K. Padded Form. 8 11'2 x 11. 2 sides. 25 sheets GX21-2902 . IMAGE PLANNING CHART - 2160 OPTICAL IMAGE UNIT REGISTRATION PuNcHING OXBERR-Y-- - - - - - - - - - - - NO abstract available. Padded Form, 25 per pad GX24-3541 MULTIPLEXER CHANNEL WORKSHEET - SYSTElV360 MODEL 25 GX21-2!103 2160 LAYOUT GDIDE (REGISTRATION PUNCHING-ACME) Tbis is a transparent layout guide for 2760 - Acme. Plastic Sbeet, 111 x 11 *N GX27-29011 2160 LAYOUT GOlDE (OXBERRY) ifciiii:lStraCt avauable. Transparent Layout GUide *N CONFIGURAT.ION A AND B --- - Worksheet is usedlto-facil.itate eval.uation of the channel effects imposed upon IBM Systeml360 Model 25 when the multiplexer channel is operating in multiplex mode. The evaluation procedure is described in IBM SYSTElV360 MODEL 25 CHANNEL CHARACTERISTICS AND FDNCTIONAL EVALOATION. GA2113538. Padded form, 25 sheets per pad, 16 11'2 x 11, two sides GX27-2905 *N IBM 2160 OPTICAL IMliGE LIMIT AUXlLIARY SCREEN OVERLAY GUIDE This form is used by the 2760 operator for lIux11iary screen OVerlay. Form, 7-11'2 x 9-11'4, 1 sheet GX211-5046 IBM SYSTElV360 ASSEMBLER ~ FORM. BPSI'BOSI'rOSI'DOS DTFSR ENTRIES. ~ READ-PUNCB Coding form for recording source instructions to be key punched for input to Assembler program. Padded FOrm. 8 11'2 x 111. 1 side. 25 sheets GX27-2950 2250 DISPLAY LAYOUT SHEET Sheet used to plan lOcatIons, on 2250 Display screen, of output areas. Padded FOrm, 17 x 18 11'2, 1 side, 25 sheets GX211-50117 IBM SYSTElV360 DTFSR ENTRIES. Coding form for for keypunching into input code for assembler program. Padded Form. 8 V2 x 111. one side. 25 sheets GX27-2951 IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM No abstract available. Pad, 25 sheets per. pad GX211-5048 ~KSYS"l'EIV360 ASSEMBLER ~ FORM. ~ m!!!! *N BOSI'DOS DTFSR ENTRIES. Coding form for recording source instructions for keypunching input to Assembler program. Padded Form. 8 11'2 x 111. 1 side. 25 sheets GX24-5055 IBM SYSTElV360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM. TOSI'DOS Coding form for recording source instructions to be keypunched for Assembler program. Padded Form. 8 11'2 x 111. 2 sides. 25 sheets GX28-0634 OSI'VS SERVICE AIDS REFERENCE SUMMARY ·iiiiiJreterenCe-;;a.:d contains information extracted from the publication OSI'VS service Aids, GC28-0633. It summarizes when, why •. and how to use IBM. service aids to diagnose and fix failures in system or application programs. The card contains a symptom table, which relates various kinds of failures to the particular service aid (or subfunction within a service aid) that can best be used to diagnose and fix each failure. It also contains simple 274 SX33 GX28 itEmS in his system,~ or supplies the number, name, or address where appropriate. Summary Chart, 2 pages fUnctional descriptions of each service aid and examples of their use. Each example can be used to execute a basic function of a service aid program. For best res~ts. however, consu1t the OS/VS Service Aids publication for details before running any service aid program. Card, 3-5/8 x 8-1/2 inches GX28-0647 OS/VS2 TSO COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE SUMMARY This ca~is intended for reference us~terminal. It outlines the syntax of TSO commands and is based on the publication OS/VS2 TSO command Language Reference, GC28-0646 since the command descriptions are brief and on1y the syntax is presented, the user should have an understanding of the TSO commands and of using a terminal. Card, 12 sides GX28-0690 OS/VS DSS COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE SUMMARY CARD This reference-card summarizes Dynamic support System command syntax, the purposes of nss commands, the uses of DSS keyword operands, and the use of the RESTART key. The card is intended for maintenance personnel who are authorized to use DSS and have read OS/VS Dynamic Support System, GC28-0640. Language Reference summary card GX28-1464 COBOL CODING FORM This form is used for COBOL coding. Form, 8-1/2 x 11, one side, one sheet GX28-6384 IBM FORTRAN IV REFERENCE CARD This reference card contains FORTRAN IV information for IBM 1130 System and IBM 1800 System (1130/1800), IBM System/3, IBM System/360 Disk operating System (DOS), IBM Systeml360 Operating System (G, H, G1. H Extended, and Code and Go), IBM System/360 Time Sharing system (TSS/360), IBM Call/360-0S (CALL/360), American National Standard FORTRAN, X3.9-1966, and American National standard Basic FORTRAN, X3.10-1966. This card is intended to be used as a secondary reference. The basic program documentation is the authoritative source and wi11 be the first to reflect any changes and improvements to the FORTRAN IV language. Reference Card, 10 folds GX28-6400 TSS/360 QUICK GUIDE KQ!! USERS PROGRAM NUMBER 360G-CL-627 Small hand type, quick reference manual on TSS/360. Provides information on terminals, commands, FORTRAN, and Assembler. Manua1, 112 pages GX28-6507 IBM SYSTEMl360 BASIC ASSEMBLER LONG CODING FORM This form is designed to assist programmers in coding programs in the IBM System/360 special support basic ass~er language, as described in (GC28-6503) Padded Forms, 25 to a Pad = = = GX28-6812 SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 PROGRAMMING SYSTEM FORMATS FOR~INE~CBECK INTERR~ DIAGNOSTICS This reference card is used for System/360 Model 44 formats for machine-check interruption diagnostics. Reference Card, 7-1/2 x 3-1/4, 2 folds SX28-6813 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF: PLI REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBERS513ii=R~5736-RC1 A 12-page folder containing the keys to symbols in formats, system information and ITF:PL/I Language. Program Product Reference card SX28-6814 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF: BASIC, REFERENCE CARD, .EBQfu. .!lillh 5734-RC3 AND 5736-RC2 Reference-cird containing information on system and ITF: BASIC. Reference Card GX2B-6401 TSS/360 QUICK GUIDE FOR SYSTEM PROGRAMMERS: TSSS, ASSEMBLER, CONTROL BLOCKS REFERENCE SUMMARY, ~ NO. 3606 CL-627 This publication is designed to serve as a -quick guidefor system Programmers using TSS/360. It contains reference information about TSSS, assembler and control blocks. 3 1/2 x 8 1/2 inch booklet, 50 pages GX28-6506 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC ASSEMBLER SBORT CODING FORM Tl-..is form i~ designed to assist progr~ in coding programs in the IBM System/360 special support basic assembler language, as described in (GC28-6503) Padded Form, 25 to a Pad, 8-1/2 x 11 GX28-6781 IBM S/360 LANGUAGE REFERENCE SUMMARY 360s:cI=55 ING - 5/360 OS - TSO------OPERATING - TSO ~PROG~ING - S/360 OS - TSO OPTION - S .Q§ TSO CONTROL S/360 .Q§ -TSO -- - --REFERENCE - SOFTWARE COMMAND LANGUAGE TIME SHARINGOPTION - COMMAIiiD LANGUAGE This referenceBiiiiiiiiaq will be updated from time to time; however, the basic documentation is the authoritative source and will be first to reflect changes. Effective system level is OS Release 21. Information herein is extracted from GC28-6732-2. Requests for copies of this and other IBM publications should be made to Y0ur IBM representative or to the IBM branch office serving your locality. Please direct any comments on the contents of this publication to the address on the front cover. All comments and suggestions become the property of IBM. Reference card GX28-6783 IBM OS/360 JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE SYNTAX REFERENCE SUMMARY This reference summary supersedes X20-1746-5. Effective system level is OS Release 21. Information contained in this summary is extracted from GC2B-6704-2. Changes or additions are marked by a vertical line to the left of the change. Reference card GX28-1520 IBM REFERENCE CARD - COBOL This reference-card-is used for COBOL. Reference Card, 7-1/2 x 3-1/4, 2 folds = GX28-6749 IBM OPERATING SYSTEM/360 REFERENCE CARD: SERVICE AIDS This reference card contains information extractedfrom manual GC28-6719-0, IBM Operating System/360 service Aids and applies to Release 19. Reference card, 3 3/4 x 8 1/2 inch, 2 pages GX28-7327 FORTRAN CODLNG FORM This is a form for coding FORTRAN statements. padded Form, 8 1/2 x 14, one side, 25 sheets SX28-8193 ON IBM FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) AND VM/370 (CMS) RE:FE~RD - PROGRAM NUMBEElS734-~ --- ------ ----No abstract available. -----Reference card, 12 cards ON GX28-8195 IBM GUIDE TO AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL REFERENCE CARD ~abstrac~available. Reference card, 10 cards GX33-6000 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/1 (F) RE:FERENCE CARD: KEYWORDS ------ ---- --No abstract available. Reference card, 16 slides, fanfold GX28-6509 *N IBM SYSTEMl360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM Coding form for entry of data to be keypunched for Assemb1er programs. Padded Form, 25 sheets, 8 1/2 x 14, one side source SYSTEM/360 REFERENCE CARD PL/I OPTIMIZING RDS ---- ---ence card contains ,information to readily assist the user of the DOS PL/I Optimizing Compiler. Keywords, their use and examples are included. The information i& extracted from the IBM System/360 Disk Operating System PL/I Optimizing Compiler Language Reference Manual, Order Number SC33-0005. Reference Card GX28-6731 OPERATING SYSTEM SUMMARY CHART This wall chart can be used to document the standard and optional items in the individual System/360 or Systeml370 Operating System. The user checks the boxes beside the 275 SX33 GYBO SX33-6002 except those that are IBM proprietary. Microfiche "1iE~~l.~dciCiiineiitS to os PL/I Optimizing and Checkout compilers~ related Keywords.' termina1 collDD.ands, and compiler options are· recorded •. Reference card. foldout. 8-1/4 x 3-1/2 inches. 20 pages LYBO-0433 INFORMATION MANA ~ MANUAL, V PROGRAM NUMBER ~bis maD~ in conjunction with the in£ormation contained in Volumes GX35-5001 IBM SYSTEM/360/310 REFERENCE DATA 2401-2404.2415. 2420. AND·3420 MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS ThIs pocket-size reterence--card assists in estimating tape processing times and block capacities per full reel for all IBM tape systems currently in production. This card obsoletes X22-6837. ' ' Reference Card. 5 foldsl pocket size I and II. These listings appear in alphabetic order by module name and a cross-ref~rence index is supplied which relates the assembly ~odules to the load modules. Microfiche LISTINGS *N IBM SYSTEM/ 0 AND SYSTEM/310 (OS/TSO) MATRIX INTERPRETATIVE SYSTEM PROGRAM ~ PROGRAM PRODUCT 5134-XM1 One micr ·che listing of this licensed program is available from Mechanicsburg to eacb licensee under the licensing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche LYA2~5201 LYA2-5203 IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/310 SUBROUTINE LIBRARY MNrBEMATICS - MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-XM1 This microfiche contains program listings for IBM System/360 and system/310 SL-MATH. Program 5136-XM1. Microfiche Microfiche LYBO-0465 and DOS/OS LYBO-0480 MANPoWER RESOURCE ALLOCATION SYSTEM (LEMRAS) ---=-iiICROFICHE RAM ~ 5136-G21, ~ CODE .!!!lQ1 The System/360 Law Enforcement Manpower Resource Allocation system (LEMRAS) is a system which can assist police departments in the planning and evaluation of patrol manpower use, applying scientific management techniques to maintain and analyze information relating to calledfor-service activity. LEMBAS forecasts, future activity over user-defined geographic areas and time periods. The forecasted 'activity may. upon request. be analyzed to derive information on the number of patrol units required to answer the calls. LEMRAS-prepared information may also S73iH1MS- - - - r the IBM Vehicle Scheduling Program-Extended have been placed on microfiche. They have been rogrant cross-referenced to the flowcharts which are available in Volume II of the Program Logic Manual. Form LY19-2006. Microfiche LYA9-2008 HEDULING PROGRAM -- EXTENDED (DOS) PROGRAM VOLUME II~GI!AM"LISTINGS -~oFICiiE - - - ------ - stings for the IBM Vehicle Scheduling program be combined with other data to help derive total manpower requirements. Extended have been placed on microfiche. They have been carss-referenced to the flowcharts which are available in Volume II of the Program LogiC Manual. Form LY19-2006. Microfiche LYA9-5038 SIMULATION LANGUAGE BASED ON PL/1 (SIMPL/1) PRO MANUAL, VOL. !h FLOWCiiiiRril PROGRAM ~ 57 This set of microfiche = cards contains flowcharts ON PTF listings. Microfiche PROGRAM--EXTENDED VOLUME III PROGRAM LISTINGS - ~~ = listings of 5134-XP1). I t should be used in conjunction with the Network Processor System Manual (feature 8101). Cost Processor System Manual (feature 8102). Report Processor System Manual(feature 8103). Resource Allocation Processor System Manual (feature 8104). and Flowchart Manual (feature 8105). = I NT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360: III - ASSEMBLY"LIsTINGs MICROFICHE 6-'CX3FEATURE CODE 8003 1DS program listings which may be used This microfiche manual presents the program assembly and linkage edit listings. The program. narratives. flowcharts. and the switch and register usage lists are in Volume 1 of the LEMRAS System Manual (LY20-0419). Microfiche *N an GYBO-0492 SYSTEM/360 ~ SCHEDULING ~ (360A-ST-06X) LISTINGS - SYSTEM MANUAL ~bis microfiche manual contains the assembler listings for the Schedule Production and Distance List sections of VSP/360. Only the microfiche edition is available. Microfiche is an addition to the SIMPL/I Logic Manual. Vol. I. Narratives. LY19-5031. which is available in hardcopy. MicrofiChe GYBO-0304 ~ CONTROL SYSTEM/360 VERSION ~ MICROFICHE-LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER: 360A-CP-06X This pubIICatIOn (on microfiche) contains the DOS assembler and DOS FORTRAN Compiler output listings for PCS/360. Version 2. Microfiche GYBO-0341 SYSTEM/360 MATRIX LANGUAGE (MATLAN), LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CM-05X This Mic~e Publication contains the Assembler and Compiler listings for the System/360 Matrix Language (MATLAN) program. It should be used in conjunction with the MATLAN System Manual (GY2D-0261l •. Microfiche GYBO-0507 IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS POWER II: LISTINGS - MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 36ii1i=ii5.2.0ii6 This manual contains the source listing of the macros of POWER II (priority Output Writers, Execution p~ocessors, and Input Readers) and a sample assembly of the program. This manual is available in microfiche only. Microfiche GYBO-0508 TEM/360/310 ATTACHED SUPPO CESSOR (ASP) ~ MICROFICHE, ~ 60A-CX-1SX--manual is available in micro che only and contains the assembly listings for the Attached support Processor (ASP) Version 2. Micr.ofiche GYBO-0348 System/360 AD- , APT/AUTOSPOT (OS) NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR. They should be used in conjunction with the System Manual (GY20-0261). Microfiche GYBO-0512 HAsP MICROFICHE LIS~INGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-05.1.014 Microfiche listings for program named in the title. Microfiche GYBO-0515 2495 UTILITY FOR OS/360 - LISTINGS PROGRAM r..UMBBR 36~u:u20 ~c~tains the assembly listings for 2495 Utility GYBO-0414 LINEAR PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (LPS/360) CliiiPILATION/ASSEMBLY LISTINGS MANUAL MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-00-18X This manual-Ion microfiche) contains the compilation/assembly listings of all LPS source modules Program. It is available only in the microfiche edition. Microfiche 276 ON LYBO GYBO GYBO-0516 CONVERSATIONAL REMOTE BATCH ENTRY (CRBE) VERSION 2. MOD 0 LISTINGS PRc5GRiIM NUMBER'36iio=os:t:"O-I-6-- -This-manual con~he assembly listings for Version 2, MOdification level 7 of the Conversational Remote Batch Entry (CRBE) program. Only the microfiche edition is available. Microfiche !liI~lc~ii;;~~~~!:~~~~:t~;t~Qa~ssemblY listings for the Network Processor Program of PMS IV. Microfiche LYBO-0619 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMS IV) RESOURCE ALLCCATIONPROCiiSSOR""'iSSEiiiiLy LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 57]Q~XPQ, FEATURE CODE O(J79 Microfiche Publication contains the Assembly Listings for th Resource Allocation Processor program of PMS IV. Microfiche GYBO-0517 CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM ~ VERSION ~ LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-03.q.016 The abstract for this item may be found by referring to the abstract for the order number which appears below the title above. Microfiche LYBO-0620 GYBO-0527 SYSTEM/360 OOS ~ ll... l!!!l§!Q!! 1.. WITH REMOTE JOB ENTRY (RJE) - LISTINGS PROGRAM"NiiMBER 36iiD='ii5.2. 006 This manual contains the listings and a sample assembly of the macros for Version q of DOS Poser II/RJE (Priority output Writers, Execution Processors, and Input Readers, with Remote Job Entry). The listings should be used in conjunction with the program description and operations manual for POWER II/RJE (GH20-0760. This manual is available in Microfiche only. Microfiche GYBO-05]0 CALL-OS VERSION 2 EXECUTIVE PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X i for the Report Microfiche ~~~~~~~~ the B070assembly listings Program of PMS IV. LYBO-0625 APL/]60-OS ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, ~ NUMBER 573Q-XM6, FEATURE .£Qm! 0092, FE SERVICE NUMBER ~ This set of microfiche cards contains the assembly listings of the APL/]60-0S Program. Microfiche UTILITY LISTINGS LYBO-0626 APL/]60 DOS ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBER 57]6-iXM6, FEATURE CODE .B065, FE SERVICE NUMBER 200157 This set of-mICiOfIChe!Cards contains the assembly listings of the APL/]60 - DOS program. Microfiche - ------- = This microfiche publication contains the executive and utility listings for ]60A-CX-q2X, CALL-OS. Microfiche GYBO-05qO CALL/]60-0S (VERSION 11 BASIC ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NO. ]60A-CX-QQX (FE #0]OQ40) This microfiche manua~ cOO-tains the source listings for the BASIC compiler program of CALL/]6o-0S. Only the LYBO-06]1 ~~~~~~~ microfiche edition is available. Microfiche GYBO-0541 CALL/]60-OS (VERSION 1) FORTRAN ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROG. NO. ]60A-CX-46x-CFi:i030460) LYBo-0632 INFORMATION MANlIGEMIlNT SYSTEM/360, ~ 1.. ~ .!!... DA COMMUNICATION LISTINGS, MICROFICHE PR ~ 57]4-XX6, ~ CODE BOO] Th crofiche publication contains the Data COmmunication Assembly Listings of IMS/]60. Microfiche This microfiche manual-COnta1Ds the source listings for the FORTRAN compiler program of CALL/]60-OS. microfiche edition is available. Microfiche Only the GYBO-0542 -os (VERSION 1) PL/I ASSEMBLY LISTINGS NO. ]60A-CX-45X (FE 10]0450) T crofiche manual contains the source listings for the PL/I compiler of CALL/]60-0S. Only the microfiche edition is available. Microfiche the MPSX Assembly Listings. Microfiche GYBO-0592 CP-67/CMS CP67 LISTINGS - PROG. RO. ]600-05·.2.005 This manual contains the-version~ CP-67 Assembly Listings. Microfiche . GYBO-059] CP-67/CMS. CMS LISTINGS. PROGRAM NUMBER ]600-05.2.005 This microfiche contains listings of CP-67/CMS Microfiche LYBO-0644 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX), MIXED INTEGER PROGRAMMING (MIP), PROGRAM ~ 573Q-XM4, ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE .•M This Microfiche publication contains the MPSX (MIP) Assembly Listings. Microfiche LYBo-0720 OM CODRSEWRITER III. DOS ~ 1 LISTINGS MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 57]6-Ell This microfiCiie.. contains the Coursewriter III, DOS Version ], assembly listings. Microfiche = GYBO-0590 ~~~.~~ contains the listings of the Compatibility Operating system (COS/50). COS/50 is used with System/]60 Compatibility Feature No. 4470, modified by RPQ F2]666, to execute IBM 11110/7010 programs on an IBM System/]60 Model 50. COS/50 operates as a problem program under the IBM System/]60 operating System. Microfiche LYBO-0721 .M COORSEWRITER III; DOS ~ 1 FLOWCHARTS MICROFICHE - PROGRAN· NOMBER 57]6-Ell This microfIche contains the flowcharts for the Coursewriter III, DOS Version 4 program. Microfiche LYBO-0617 LYBO-0721! CDSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ENTRY (CIOS-DOS E) MICROFICHE LISTING, ~ NO. 57~ This microfiche contains the assembly listings for the CICS-OOS E program. Microfiche 277 LYBO LYSO LYBO-0735 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/DISK OPERATING SYSTEM STANDARD (CICS DOS Sl MICROFICHE LISTING, PROG PROD 5736-XX7 One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche LYBO-0781 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/OPERATING SYSTEM STANDARD (CICS/OS-STA~VERSION 2 PROGRAM LISTI:NGS MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX7- ------This microfiche publication contains the assembly listings for Version 2 of the CICS/OS - Standard Program. Microfiche LYBO-0867 . *N GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/21 CONTROL STATEMENT FEATURE MICROFICiiE"= PROGRAM NUMBER 573~ One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche LYBO-0784 *M COURSEWRITER III, VERSION l OS FLOWCHARTS MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-E13 This microfiche contains the flowcharts for the Coursewriter III~ Version 3 as program. Microfiche = LYBO-0785 COURSEWRITER III, VERSION l Q§ LISTINGS MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-E13 This document contains Type I as program listings and DOS/OS PTF listings .. Microfiche = GYBO-0789 CONTROL PROGRAM-67/CAMBRIDGE ~ SYSTEM (CP-67/CMXl VERSION 3.1 ·(COMPONENT RELEASE 11 3420 MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS ANDDUAL DENSITY SUPPORT =-LISTINGS (MICROFICHEl i'ii.OGRAMNUMBER 3600-05.~ - - - - This microfiche publication contains the version 3.1 (CP-67/CMSl 3420 Magnetic Tape Units and Dua1 Support Li~tings. Microfiche LYBO-0824 INTERACTIVE TRAINING SYSTEM MICROFICHE LISTINGS NUMBER 5734 XXC -----No abstract available. Microfiche =PROGRAM ON LYBO-0832 *N MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSXl GENERALIZED UPPER BOUNDING (GOBl MICROFICHE ~ - PROGRAM NUMBER 5'i34-"XM4 -- ---- - --- --- No abstract available. Microfiche LYBO-0834 INTERACTIVE QUERY FEATURE IIQFl TO IMS/360: MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6 No abstract availab~ Microfiche *N GYBO-0854 IBM S/360, 370 ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM (ASP VERSION 31: LISTINGS MICROFICHE PROGRiiMNUMiiER360A-CX-15X No abstract available. Microfiche *N GYBO-0856 *N ~T~lI1 VERSION! MICROFICHE =PROGRAM NUMBER LYBO-0866 *N GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/21 TELEPROCESSING SUPPORT FEATURE MICROFICBE-=-PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl --- --- --- --ODe microfiche listing of this licensed program is available from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche No abstract available. Microfiche LYBO-0864 ON GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/21 RASIC RETRIEVAL SYSTEM MICROFI~iiioGRiiM"NUMBER 5134::xi1 One microfiche listing of thIs licensed program is available from Mechanicsburg ,to each licensee under the licensing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche LYBO-0865 *N GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/21 ARITBMETIC STATEMENT FEATURE MICROFiCiiE"= PROGRAM liuMiiER5734-XXl One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agree~ent. This listing is a1so a~ailable to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche LYBO-0868 *N GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/21 PROCESSING STATEMENT FEATURE MICROFICiiil=" PROGRAM NUMBER 5734 XX 1 One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available fran Mechanicsburg to e,ach licensee under ·the licensing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche LYBO-0869 *N GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/21 FORMAL REPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMB~X-X-l---One microfiche listing of this licensed program 1S available fran Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agre'ement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche LYBO-0870 *N GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/21 HIERARCHICAL FILE SUPPORT FEATU~OFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX;-- ------- ------- ------One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche LYBO-0871 *N GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/21 UPDATE AND CRElITE FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBE~X-X-l---- --One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche LYBO-0872 *N GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/21 UTILITY FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-~ ------One microfiche listIng of this licensed program is available from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licenSing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis~ Microfiche LYBO-0873 *N GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/21 EDIT AND ENCODE FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMB~XX;-- --One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available fram Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche LYBO-0874 *N GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/21 FILE MODIFY FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 57jjj-~ ---- -----One microfiche listIng of ~his licensed pr09ram is available from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agreement. This listin9 is also available ,to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche LYBO-0875 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/21 DATA LANGUAGE/l QUERY SUPPORT FEATUREMICRoii'CHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-'XXl One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agr€'emente This 1. istiruj is also available t:.o IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche 278 = LYBO GYC7 LYBO-0876 .N GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/21 EXTENDED MULTI-FILh SUPPORT FEATU~R~--PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XXl --- --- --- --One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agreement. 1:his listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche SYBO-0900 IBM VM/370: CP MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 57119-010 This publication is the microfiche of the VM/370 Control Program. The table of contents and index The assembler listings of the Control program 3~ modu.les The label cross reference for CP II. GYC7-19011 ~~~B~ ~~~~:II~ IOCS MICROFICBE LISTINGS The PTFs GYC7-1905 DOS 27 ISFMS MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-1I57 Contains Type I DOS program listings as specified in the title. Microfiche deck Microfiche SYBO-090 1 IBM VM/370: CMS MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 57119-010 This publication is the VMi370 CMS microfiche. It is .N GYC7-1906 005-27 PAPER TAPE IOCS - MICROFICHE LISTINGS PROGRAMNiiMiiEii360N-Io-'ii58 divided into six sections: The The The The The The Table of Contents and Assembler Listings of Assembler Listings of Assembler Listings of Label Cross-reference PTFS =~ Contains Type I DOS program listings as specified in the title. Microfiche deck included. II. = .N For convenience, OS/vSl EREP Assembler Listings are also 5. 6. GYC7-1903 DOS 27 SEQUENTIAL DISK IOCS MICROFICHE LISTINGS ~ NUMBER 370N-Io-1I55 Contains Type I DOS program listings as specified in the title. Microfiche deck It is divided into four sections: 1. 2. 1. 2. 3. Microfiche Index the CMS Modules the System Assembler VM/370 BASIC for CMS TheSelmicrofIChe cards contain listings of program mentioned in title. Microfiche GYC7-1907 QQ2 27 SYSTEM UTILITY PROGRAMS, 370N-UT-1I91 MICROFICHE LISTING Contains Type I DOS program listings as specified in the title. Microfiche Microfiche LYB1-0ll50 S/360 DOS !!E§ II'COMPILER, LISTINGS, PROG. PROD. 5736-RGl One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche GYC7-1908 ~~~N~I~:~RAi~~~_~ ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDING AND LYC7-0901 DOS 01-0 SORT/MERGE LISTINGS - PR'GRAM PRODUCT 57Q3-SMl The microfiche cards contain program listings of all the modules of 005 SOrt/Merge, 57311-SM1. The program itself includes all functions, facilities and options of the 5736SMl Program Product and The Type 1 360N-SM-1I83 Sort/Merge program such as ASCII support and support of the COBOL Sort Verb besides the following: (al support of the 3330 DASF and the 31100-series tape devices for input, output and work data Contains Type I DOS program listings as specified in the title. Microfiche. 3 cards GYC7-1909 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM HASIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD ASSEMBLY LISTINGS. PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CQ-1I69 Contains Type I DOS program listings as specified in the title. Microfiche. 9 cards sets, (b) reduction in main storage requirements from 22K to 10K when sorting on 23111/2319 DASF. Allow sorting in 10K for all DASD and DASF supported (c). Increased security through an option to erase work data sets (except 21100series tape devices (dl a facility to specify and programmer logical unit number for input. output. and work data sets. Microfiche LYC7-1317 IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR II AUTO REPORT FEATURE - PROGRAM LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-~ ------ - ------ ------- - ------ ----Contains Type'I DOS program listings as specified in the GYC7-1910 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM QUEUED TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, PROGRAM ~ 370N-CQ-1I70 Contains· Type I DOS program 1istings as specified in the title. Microfiche ~ GYC7-1911 SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROF~CHE ASSEMBLY ~ 3735 TERMINAL SUPPORT PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CQ-1I93 Microfiche assembly listings of system/370 Disk Operating System, Release 27 3735 Terminal Support, 370N-CQ-Q93. Microfiche = title. Microfiche LYC7-1700 005/360 ASCII MAGNETIC TAPE UTILITIES PROGRAM LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-UT2-This microfiche contains the source listings of the modules that make up the 005/360 ASCII Magnetic 'rape utilities. Microfiche GYC7-1900 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER 0 ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-A'S='ii65 Contains Type I DOS program listings as specified in the title. GYC7-1913 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SYSTEM/370 EMULATOR ASSEMBLY LISTINGS:= PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-Ea-1I90 Contains Type I DOS program listings as specified in the title. Microfiche, 10 cards Microfiche GYC7-1901 SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - SYSTEM CONTROL/BASIC IOCS - PROGRAM NUMBER 37oa=cr:=4S3 -- - 70 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY COMPILER I~O MODU~PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-1I76 s Type I Do'SProgram listings as specified in the ---- Contains Type I DOS program listings as specified in the title. Microfiche 1111 cards GYC7-1915 GYC7-1902 ~I~7OPERATING, 27. 1 DIRECT ACCESS METHOD, ASSllMBLY LISTINGS, ~ ~ 370N-IO-1I5Q Contains Type I DOS program listings as specified in the ' title. DOS SYSTEM ~ CHARACTER READER IOCS Contains Type I DOS program listings as specified in the title. Microfiche 279 LYC7 GYC7 LYC7-2300 ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE ~ TSO DATA UTILITIES = PROGRAM PRODUCT 573ii=iiTi One microfiche listing of this licensed ~rogram is available from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche GYC7-1916 S/37 K OPERATING SYSTEM OPTICAL CHARACTER READER lacS ASS LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IQ-ij78------ ---Conta ns ·Type I DoS program listings as speciUed in the title. Microfiche. 1 card GYC7-1917 SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SXSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY LISTINGS MICROFICHE INDEX Microfiche Index Release-27 of DOS/370. Microfiche ·LYC7-2301 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASCII UTILITIES ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE - PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-U~-2----- No abstract-available-.------ - ------- -----Assembly Listing Microfiche GYC7-1918 DOS 27 ASSEMBLER F - MICROFICHE LISTING PROGRAM NUMBER 360N=AS-ij66 This document contains Type I OS program listings and DOs/OS PTF listings. Microfiche GYC7-1919 DOS 27 COBOL 0 - MICROFICHE LISTING PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-ij52 This do~contains Type i OS program listings and DOS/OS PTF listings. Microfiche GYC7-1920 DOS 27 ANS COBOL - MICROFICHE LISTING PROGRAM~MBER 360N-CB-ij82 This document contains Type I OS program listings and DOS/OS PTF 1istings. Microfiche LYC7-2500 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER PROGRAM LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 513ii=PL2 No abstract availa~ -----Microfiche LYC7-2501 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY - ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER5736=LM1i Microfic~Assembly Listings. Microfiche LYC7-2502 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICH~PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM5 Microfiche of Assembly List1Dg-s-.----- ------ -------Microfiche LYC7-2503 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER ASSiEMBLY LISTING MICROFICH~PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-PL1 Microfiche of Assembly Listing-s-.----- ------ -------Microfiche GYC7-1921 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM ~EMBL--v-r;ISTINGS.· PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CV-ij89 Contains Type I DOS program listings as specified in the title. Microfiche GYC7-1922 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV ASSEMaLYLISTINGS - PROGRAM NO. 360N=Fo-479 Contains Type I 005 program listings as specified in the tit Microfiche GYC7-1923 DOS 27 FORTRAN LIBRARY SUB PROGRAM MICROFICHE LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 36iii1=LM-4iiO - - This doc~contains Type I OS program listings and DOS/OS PTF listings. Microfiche GYC7-192ij S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM PL/1 ASSEMBLY LISTINGS. PROGRAM NUMBER360N PL-464 --- -- ------Contains Type I DOS program 1istings as specified in the title. Microfiche GYC7-1925 DOS 27 DISK SOR~/MERGE-MICROFICHE LISTINGS = PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-ij50 This document contains Type I OS program listings and DOS/OS PTF listings. Microfiche GYC7-1926 .', S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MODULAR SORT/MERGE ASSEMBLY LISTINGsPROGRAM NUMBER36iiN=sM-ii83 Contains Type I DOS program listings as specified in the title. . Microfiche GyC7-1927 OOS 27 UTILITIES GROUP ! = MICROFICHE LISTINGS = PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-ij61 Contains Type I DOS program listings as specified in the title. Microfiche LYC7-2504 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 573Q-LM4 ------No abstract-available-.----Microfiche LYC7-2505 OS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY - MICROFICHE, PROG. NO. 5734-LM5 No abstract availa~ Microfiche LYC7-2506 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 573ij-PL1 No abstract available. Microfiche LYC7-5006 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY = MICROFICHE LISTniGS= PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 573ij-RC3 Contains Type I OS program Listings and DOS/OS PTF listing. Microfiche LYC7-5008 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY = MICROFICHE. LIS~= PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 573ij-RC3 Contains Type I OS Program Listings and DOS/OS PTF listing. Microfiche LYC7-5009 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY = MICROFICHE LIS~= PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 573ij-RC3 coniains Type I OS prOgram Listings and DOS/OS PTF listing. Microfiche 360 OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL =-;~===M:;;I"'C:;R:::OFICBE LISTI~PROGRAM NUMBEiiS513ii=RC 1 , Contains Type I OS Program Listings and DOS/OS PTF listing. Microfiche GYC7-1928 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM GROUP 2 UTILITIES TAPE 36ciN-0T-ii62 --- --- - Contains. Type .I DOS program listings as specif·ied in the title. Microfiche LYC7-5011 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 57311-RC3 Contains Type I OS Program Listings and DOS/OS PTF listing. Microfiche 280 LYC1 LYC7 LYC7-5012 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN f LIBRARY PROGRAM PRODUCT LISTING MICROFICHE MC II - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LMl This-aocu~ntains Type I OS program listings and DOS/OS PTF listings. Microfiche LYC7-503D SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ANS COBOL COMPILER VERSION 3 PROGRAM LISTING MiCROFICHE ----PROGRAM NUMBER 573~ One m1crof1che l1sting of this licensed program is available from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche LYC7-5013 *M IBM OOS/360 ITF PUI, LISTINGS ~ PROD. 5736-RCl This microfiche contains the assembly listings of the modules that make up the OOS ITF Release II, PUI, program product .. Microfiche = LYC7-5031 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ANS COBOL LIBRARY VERSION 3 PROGRAM PRODUCT LISTING ~ICHE ----- ------- ------PROGRAM NUMBER 573~ "Oiiii'IiiICrofiche list-ing of this licensed program is available from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche LYC7-5014 DOS ITF RELEASE II - SHARED ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - MICROFICHE This microfiche contains the assembly listings-of the modules that make up the DOS ITF Release II, SHARED, program product. Microfiche LYC7-5032 ~!~~~3:gM~~E5~ OPTION FORTRAN PROMPTER VERSION 1 No abstr~ailable. Microfiche LYC7-5015 OOS ITF RELEASE II - BASIC ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - MICROFICHE PROG:-l'ROD. 5736::aC2 - - This microfiche contains the assembly listings of the modules that make up the DOS ITF Release II, BASIC, program product. Microfiche LYC7-5033 IBM M/360 TSO ITF (Pun, LISTINGS, PROG. NOS. 573Q-RC2, RC4 No abstract available. Microfiche LYC7-5016 IBM SYSTEM OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY = MICROFICHE LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734 RCl Microfiche of program product 5734-RCl assembly listings. Microfiche LYC7-5034 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY (BASIC ONLY-)--PROGRAM PRODUCT LISTING MICROF~ PROGRAM NUMBER 573Q-RC4 No abstr~ilable. - ------- -----Microfiche LYC7-5017 *M IBM OS/360 ITF SHARED - PROG. PROD. 5734-RC1/RC3 microfiche listing-of this licensed program is available Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agreement is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. one LYC7-5035 IHM W360 !!ill.!IT (SHARED), No abstract available. Microfiche ~ PROG. NOS. 5734-RC2, .!! AA Microfiche LYC7-5036 IBM SYSTEM/360/370 CODE AND GO FORTRAN COMPILER - LISTINGS, PROG. PROD. 5734-FOl One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available fram Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agreement·. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche LYC7-501 B SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY BASIC MODULES - MICROFICiiELISTINGS _ ~ NUMBER 5734-R~ Contains Type I OS program listings as specified in the title. Microfiche LYC7-5037 *M ASSEMBLER f PROMPTER MICROFICHE LISTING, PROG ~ 5734-CP2 ASSEMBLER f PROMPTER MICROFICHE LISTING, PROG. PROD. 5734-CP One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche LYC7-5019 IBM SYSTEM/360/370 FORTRAN IV H EXTENDED COMPILER PROG. PROD. 5734-FO-3------ -- Contains Type I OS program listings as specified in the title. Microfiche LYC7-5020 IBM SYSTEM/360/370 FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD II - LISTINGS PROG. PROD. 5734-LM-3------ -- ------- --- -- One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers On a need-to-know basis. Microfiche LYC7-5021 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ~!Y (Gl) COMPILER MICROFICHE LISTINGS. PROG. PROD. 5734-F02 Contains Type I as program listings as specified in the Microfiche LYC7-5038 IBM SYSTEM/360/370 OS FULL ANS COBOL VERSION 3 COMPILER AND LIBRARY =LISTINGS, PROG. PROD. 5734-CBl One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available from Mechanicsbury to each licensee under the licensing agreement. This listing is a1so available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche *l-J LYC7-5022 OS 360/370 FORTRAN !y LIBR. ~ .! LISTING, P.P. NO. 5734-LMl One microfiche listing of this licesned program is available from Mechanicsburg to each ~icensee under the licensing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche LYC7-5023 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD (ANS) COBOL VERSION 3~NGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CBl This microfiche set contains source listings for ANS COBOL version 3 on Program Number 573q~CBl for System/360 OS. Microfiche LYC7-5039 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FULL COBOL COMPILER VERSION 3/TIME SHARING OPTION COBOL PROMPTER PROGRAM ~ ~3------ ----No abstract available. Microfiche LYC7-5040 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM - TIME SHARING OPTION COBOL PROMPTER - PROGRAM NUMBERS-573ii=CP1, 5734::croNo abstract available. ------Microfiche LYC7-50Ql SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET ANS COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARy-=-iiICROFICBE - PROGRAM PRODUa-57JHBl One microfiche listing of-this licensed program is available from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-to-know basis. Microfiche 281 LYC7 LY19 LYC7-5042 SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN ~.EXTENDED PLUS MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAW tahles into a PL/I or COBOL program. This manual provides detailed information on the programming logic and includes the flowchart narrative. the programmed switch Listing. and the storage allocation. The source program cards and flowcharts are recorded on the optional tape. COmplete instructions to print or punch out this material are provided in the Operations Manual. Program Product System Manual. 50 pages No abstract-available-.----Microfiche LYC7-5044 DOS FORTRAN IV LIBRARY OPTION I - MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMB~-LM3------- ------ - - - ------- One microfiche listing of this licensed program is available from Mechanicsburg to each licensee under the licensing agreement. This listing is also available to IBMers on a need-ta-know basis .. Microfiche LYC7-5048 OS VIDEO/370 MICROFICHE NO abstract available. =PROGRAM .N ~ 5734-RC5 LY19-10D7 .N SYSTEMl360 AND SYSTEM/370 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF FILES ISTAF/OS) LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-xxil ----This manual contains instriiCtIOrisforthe preparation of data files. examples of control cards and job control statements. warning and error messages issued by the program. as well as the actions taken when these messages occur. Manual. 108 pages Microfiche .N LYC7~5049 DOS VIDEO/370 MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RC3 contains Type I DOS program Usting...--aS'Specified in the title. Microfiche LY09-0012 VANDL-l LOGIC MANUAL - PROG. NO. 5799-AEY .N A Program Logi~aI describes the intemal design or logic of the subject program. These manuals are intended for persons involved in program maintenance and system programmers who are altering the program design. program logiC information is not necessary for the operation of the program: therefore, distribution of these publications should be limited to persons with maintenance and alteration requirements. LY19-,1009 .N SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEMl370'BUDGETS AND PLANS GENERATOR LOGIC MANUAL IBUDPLAN) PROGRAM PRODUCTS'hii=ffi BUDPLAN is an application program that processes corporate models and generates budgets and medium or long-range plans in order ,to evaluate financially the consequences of management decisions. This manual provides detailed information concerning the design Of the system, by describing its various phases and subroutines; flowchart narratives are also included herein. The source listing and the flowcharts are located on the optional tape. Manual. 108 pages = LY19-2001 PROGRAM The P r o g r a m , ing Program -- Extended provides detailed information to assist the user in obtaining a more thorough knowledge of the program logic. The manual consists of three parts: Manual. 221 pages LY12-5002 .N MATRIX SYSTEM MATRIX LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XM7 This manual provides detailed information about the internal logic. the structure. and the implementation of MATSYS. Narrative, contained in the present manual. Form LY19-2001-0. Program Flowhcarts. Form L'Y19-2006-0. Program'Listings. available on microfiche. Form LYA9~2007-0 loS) and LYA9-2008-0 (DOS). Program Logic Manual. 152 pages Vol. I Vol. II Vol. III It is.subdivided into four parts. according to the major components of MATSYS: o Syntax Checker o Prompter o Compiler o Executor The manual should be used in connection with the appended LY19-2006 IBM VEHICLE PROGRAM LOGliC PRoGiiiiM NUMB XM 5 OS) The flowcharts in this manual correspond to the program listings in ~rm LYA9-2007-0 105) and LYA9-2008-0 IDOS). and are referenced in those manuals. Program LogiC Manual. 108 pages flowcharts of the MATSYS subprograms and the MATSYS program listings or the MATSYS source statements. In addition. the reader should be familiar with the IBM System/360 and System/370 Operating System. Manual. 420 pages 370 STORAGE AND INFORMATION PROG~IC-MANUAL VOL. I PRODUCT 5734-~ ------ ---- ormation Retrieval System ISTAIRS) is a terminal-oriented system that offers the user a variety of resources for data base creation and maintenance. and expecially for data-base searching'and document output. The purpose of this 'manual is to provide the user with thorough and detailed information on the logic employed. and LY19-4000 .N FORECASTING AND MODELING SYSTEM IFAMS) LOGIC MANUAL ~ NUMBER 5736-XS4 IDOS VERSIOii'i"; 5734-XS7 (OS VERSION) This manual is designed for systems programmers to understand the program logic of FANS. It is deSigned to be used with the program listings of FAMS. A thorough understanding of FORTRAN IV language is assumed. Manual. 670 pages to give him a tool for modifications and extensions of the system. This volume of the manual contains detailed descriptions of the STAIRS modules and the system macros. The associated flowcharts are contained in vO,lume II. Form LY12-5013. The reader of this manual should be familiar with data processing. the IBM System/360 or System/370. and the IBM Customer Information Control system. Manual. 504 pages LY19-5037 SIMPL/I SIMULATION LANGUAGE BASED ON LY19-0007 IBM SYSTEMl360 RESOURCE ALLOCATION IREAL/360) FOR Pa03ECT CONTROL SYSTEMl360 LISTINGS I!ANlJAL IPROGRAM NO.' 5736-iiP2," FEATURE CODE 8017) This maniiar"cOntains compilations/listings for REAL/360. Manual. _10 pages LOGIC MANUAL in the Preprocessor and Run-time Package of SIMPL/I. Manual. 630 pages .N 360/370 STAIRS: PLM VOLUME IIIFLOwCHARTS) PROGRAM 5734-XR3--- - - - -the second volume'of the program logic manual for containing flowcharts. 200 pages = .N PL~I PROGRAM PRODUCT 573'-XXB ----- -- ---- ----- -----~nual presents a detailed description of the'programs LY19-7000 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING IIROGRAM III (CSMP IUO LOGIC ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 573ii=Xii9,""FEATURE NUMBER 8143 This publication describes ,the internal logic of the Continuous System MOdeling !-,rogram III ICSMP III) system. The CSMP III system is a program that provides an application-oriented input language for solving a system of ordinary differential equations. Data input,and output ,and execution control are facilitated bY means of applicationoriented control statements. This logic manual is intended for use by persons iDVolved in program' maintenance or programmers who are altering the program design. table sizes. or adding user functional elements to the system. Its primary' purpose is to serve ,as a guide to the program listings with which is is to be used. Program Product Manual. 228 pages = LY19-i004 LY19-7001 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III .ICSMP III> GRAPHIC ~' LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 573ii=iS-9- - - ~ !!!!!!!!!! 8144 = 282 LY19 GY20 This publication describes the internal logic of the Continuous System Modeling Program III (CSMP III) Graphic Feature. The Graphic Feature extends the simulation capability of the Continuous System Modeling Program operation of the GPSS/360 program so that HELP block routines or other modifications may be more easily implemented. Program Manual, 408 pages ~II. Ap~lication via the IBM 2250 Display Unit, to an interactive environment especially conducive to the experimental process. In combination, they are referred to in this manual as Graphic CSMP III to convey this interactive capability_ This logic manual is intended for use by persons involved in program maintenance or programmers who are altering the program design. internal table sizes, or adding new fUnctional elements to the system. Its primary purpose is to serve as a guide to the .program listings with which it is to be used. Manual, 268 pages GY20-0042 SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITY III, VERSION SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-26X 1 = This manual provides detailed information to help the user gain a more thorough knowledge of the programming logic employed in the program macros. For each macro, it presents a listing and narrative. (248 pages) Application program Manual, 248 pages GY20-0062 SYSTEM/360 FLOWCHART SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A S~ ------ The IBM System/360 Flowchart program is a System/360 program designed to produce flowcharts. This documentation aid operates under DOS/360 and is intended to minimize the planning and effort required to produce and maintain documentation. It gives the user ability to: 1. Produce clear, standardized, easily reproduced computer-generated flowcharts. 2. Keep flowcharts continually up to date. 3. Standardize flowcharting techniques. This publication is used in conjunction with the System/360 Flowchart optional tape, which contains the source language input, the assembly listings, and the program logic flowcharts. The optional tape is available from the IBM Program Information Department at Hawthorne, New York. One 2400-foot reel of nine-track tape is required. This publication contains the narrative for the flowcharts, switch and register usage, miscellaneous programming notes, and the internal record formats used GY20-0080 SYSTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR VERSION 4: SYSTEM ~ FLOWCHARTS, PROG. NO. 360A-CN-10X ------- -- -----The APT PROCESSOR wil~ be imp~emented using the FORTRAN IV H Language. The Assemh~er Language wi~l be used when needed for interfacing with OS/360. = The System/360 configurations for APT must include -Mode~ GY20-0083 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 NETWORK PROCESSOR ~ MANU~ PROGRAM NUMBER 360A~CP-04X This manual presents a detailed description of subroutines and internal data formats of PMS/360 Network Processor. In conjunction with the program listings and flowcharts, it provides the user with a complete description of how this processor is implemented. Application Program Manual, 226 pages GY20-0084 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 COST PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL This manual presents a detailed description of subroutines and internal data formats of PMS/360 Cost Processor. In conjunction with the program listings and flowcharts, it provides the user with a complete description of how this processor is implemented. Application Program Manual, 186 pages GY20-0085 ~ MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ~ PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A=CP=04X b. ~ This manual presents a detailed description of subroutines and internal data formats of PMS/360 Report Processor. In conjunction with the program listings and flowcharts, it provides the. user with a complete description of how this processor is implemented. Application Program Manual, 376 pages The User1s ~anual and the operator's Manual are prerequisites to reading and using this publication. Application Program Manual, 92 pages 1 SYSTEM MANUAL -------- PROGRAM NUMBER 36ilii=CP=oqx-- by the program. GY20-0065 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 VERSION PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CO 14X H. Manual, 1,042 pages GY20-0092 SYSTEM/360 SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE ~ 3: ~ MANUAL, ~ NCi:"36oii-CM-03X This manual provides detailed information to help the user understand the implementation of MPS/360. It is designed to be used with the program listings and flowcharts of This manual provides flowchart informaticn on the logic used in each subroutine of the System/360 scientific subroutine Package. All subroutine descriptions and l·istings are contained in the User's Manual .. MPS/360. Application Program Manual, 25q pages Application Program Manual, 396 pages GY20-0067 SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITIES 11L VERSION (SEQUENTIAL, DIRECT ACCESS) SYSTEM .MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-20X 1 GY20-0096 SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR DOS/360 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER ~E~ --- ------- This publication describes the architecture and logic of the Synchronous Transmit-Receive Access Method for DOS/360. The manual describes the process for generating STR capability into a DOS system, loading the access method and logic. Included are: This manual provides detailed information to help the user gain a more thorough knowledge of the programming logic employed in the program modules, subroutines, and macros. The manual presents, for each module and subroutine, f.lowcharts, flowchart narrative, and switch and register .listings. For each macro, a listing and macro narrative are provided. Application Program Manual, 256 pages SYSGEN and STR ~oading Architecture Macro Expansions Routine Logic STR Error Recovery Contro~ B~ock Prerequisites are: 1. A basic knowledge of System/360 machine concepts. GY20-0071 SYSTEM/360 ONLINE TELLER PROGRAM WITB BACKGROUND PROCESSING CAPABILITY SYSTEM'S MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A FB-16X This manual contains detai.led flowcharts for the online programs and the file preparation programs. Program narratives and descriptions of switches are given in the programmer1s manual and are correlated to the flowcharts by cross-references indexes. Restricted distribution. Application Program Manual, 222 pages 2. 3. Understanding of the Synchronous Transmit-Receive Access Method User'· 5 Manual .. Application Program Manua~, 120 pages GY20-0097 SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR OS/360 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER ~E~ --- ------ This pub[ICation descr~he architecture and logic of the Synchronous Transmit-Rec.eive Access Method for 05/360. The manual describes the process for generating ST~ capability into an as system, loading the access method, GY20-0075 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CS 11X. 360A-CS-1~ ------ This publication contains a description of the internal structure and basic operation of the GPSS/360 program. A~~ e~even modu~es A basic know~edge of DOS/360. A knowledge of principles of STR transmission. 4. and ~ogic. Included are: SYSGEN and STR ~oading which make up the GPSS/360 program are discussed in general and, where appropriate, the oper~tion of all routines within a given module is explained in Architecture Macro Expansions Routine Logic STR Error Recovery detai1. In general, the material presented throughout this manua~ is app~icab~e to both the OS and DOS version of the GPSS/360 program. Specific differences are ~isted and Contro~ B~ock Prerequisites are: described in Appendix D. The information contained in this manual shOllld give the user a thorough understanding of the structure and 1. 2. 3. 283 A basic know~edge of System/360 machine concepts. A basic know~edge of OS/360. A know~edge of princip~es of STR transmission. GY20 GY20 4. Understanding of the Synchronous Transmit-Receive ACcess Method User's Manual. Application Program Manual, 360 pages cutter axis. The AD-APT/AUTOSPOT Processor provides for the first time a single Numerical Control Processor designed to process both pOint-to-point and contour milling operations on a small computing system. The processor provides every capability included in S/360 AUTOSPOT (360-CN-09X) plus the contouring capabilities of the AD-APT language at no sacrifice in processing speed. The processor is significantly faster than the 1620 AD-APT Processor. The processor is written in System/360 Assembly Language and operates under the Disk Operating System. Minimum System Requirements for AD-APT -- 2030 Model F. Application Program Bulletin GY20-0099 SYSTEMl360 BILL OF MATERIAL PROCESSOR VERSION 2 SYSTEM-MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-ME-06X This manual provides detaUed inf""""Oriiiation to assist the user in gaining a more thorough knowledge of the programming logic employed ·in the application. It contains detailed reference material for the file organization, maintenance, and reorganization program modules. Manual, 522 pages GY20-0119 5/360 AUTOSPOT NUMERICAL ~ PROCESSOR: SYSTEM MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360A-CN-08X This program is designed to implement cORputer preparation of input to machine tool controllers for point-to-point operations and Simple milling operations. Significant time savings can be realized when this technique is used in place of tedious manual methods. The AUTOSPOT Numerical Control Processor is an interpreter for calculating machine tool coordinates required to perform point-to-point and simple milling operations defined in a ·part program". The processor is written in System/360 Assembly Language and operates under the Disk Operating system. Application Program Bulletin. 414 pages GY20-0101 SYSTEMl360 REMdTE ACCESS COMPUTING SYSTEM (RAX) VERSION 3 SYSTEM"MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX=l1X This publication provides the systems programmer with detailed information about the RAJ{ system. It contains flowcharts and descriptions of the routines making up the system. Application Program Manual, 296 pages GY2o-0105 1400 AUTOCODER TO C L CONVERSION AID PROGRAM PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL PROGRAM 360A-SE-19X --This program is ed to aid in conversion to System/360 COBOL for all 1401, 1410, 1440, 1460 and 7010 users whose current applications are written· in Autocoder, by (1) reducing the total effort required in program canver.sion, (2) freeing manpower of much of tbe routine reprogramming GY20-0124 1400 AUTOCODER TO COBOL CONVERSION AID PROGRAM SYSTEM effort, and (3) eliminating many clerical errors associated MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-19X with reprogramming. This manual contains a general d~scription of the program, the machine configuration used, and a sample problem. . Application Program Manual, 50 pages Conversion Aid Program is designed to ease the transition to System/360 for all 1401, 1410, 1440, 1460, and 1010 users whose current applications are written predominately in Autocoder and SPS by (1) reducing the effort required in reprogramming, (2) freeing manpower from the reprogramming effort to develop new applications, (3) eliminating many clerical errors associated with reprogramming. and (4) making resystemization of the applications easier. since COBOL language is much easier to modify. ~his manual contains information necessary to understand the workings of the program. Each phase is detailed and sufficient inform~tion is provided to allow the user to modify th~ program functions or its operating environment. Application Program Manual, 89 pages --- ------- ------ ~his GY20-0106 1400 AUTO MANUAL PRO This program COBOL for all 1401, 1410, 1440, 1460 and 7010 users whose current applicati.ons are written predominately in Autocoder, by (1) redUCing the total· effort required in program conversion, (2) freeing manpower of much of the routine reprogramming effort, and (3) eliminating many clerical errors associated with reprogramming. GY20-0126 PR L SYSTEMl360 VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PR 360A~CP-06X ------- - ------ -----Th s manual scribes the routines and subroutines that make up tbe IBM Project Control System/360. It is divided into the seven logical pbases of the system and is intended primarily for the programmer who wishes to gain an understanding of the programming design of the PCSl360. It provides the necessary infozmation for maintaining and modifying the system. system Manual. 20 pages This manual contains the information necessary to run the program. It includes operating instructions, halts and message lists. and storage map. Application Program Manual. 80 pages GY20-0111 simulation of prov.idles . an application-oriented accepts problems expressed in the form of either an analog block diagram or a system of ordinary differential equations. Data input and output are facilitated by means of application-oriented control statements. This manual provides detailed information to help the user gain a thorough knowledge of the program's logic. It contains flowcharts. flowchart narratives. and tables of switcbes and data used in COMMON. It also includes a section describing the procedures for implementing several program modifications. Application Program Manual. 224 pages GY20-0143 IBM SYSTEM/360 DOCUMENT PROCESSING SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-12X ------ ------ ------ manual represents the information reqUired to maintain or modify the internal logiC of the IBM System/360 Document Processing System. Insofar as possible. all agreements, assumptions, and production aids used by the development programmers are included. Application Program Manual. 316 pages ~bis GY20-0146 *N DISBLAY DESIGN GUIDELINES FOR THE IBM 2260 DISPLAY STATION TiiISliianuaIis intended foranyoneConcemed with t~ design, installation. and programming of systems inVOlving the 2260 Display Station. The primary concern of the manual is the display itself - how it should be formatted and what it should contain. It also shows the various types of displays and, wbere applicable, discusses the programming implications. . Manual, 57 pages GY20-0112 IBM SYSTEMl360 PRODUCT STRUCTURE RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS MANUAL PROGRAM NDMBER 360A-ME-07X The program provides maiUiiCturing organizations with easyto-modify routines that retrieve xecords or a series of records which have been organized and maintained by the Bill of Material Processor Program (360-ME-06X). Six types of retrieval reports are included with this program. They are: Single Level Explosion Indented Explosion Summarized Explosion Single ~vel Implosion Indented Implosion Summarized Implosion . This program is designed to run under IBM Basic Operating SysteDV360 or IBM Disk Operating System/360. Application Program Bulletin. 60 pages GY2o-0153 GY20-0118 *M S/360 AD-APT/AUTOSPOT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR: SYSTEM MANUAL. PROG. !!Q:.. 360A-CN-09X This· program is designed to implement computer preparation of input to machine tool controllers for point-to-point operations and contour milling operations with a fixed 284 ~ INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAMS (MISP) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A~UH-0~ A bospital must have the ability to respond quickly and accurately to the demands placed upon it, The application of electronic information processing can help provide a solution to the recurring problem of improving service wi th ~imi ted resources. The Medical ·Information System Programs (MISP) represent an application of information-processing equipment to answer this need,. MISP is designed to assist in the installation of a teleprocessing system (hospital information system) linking the many different service areas in a hospital where complete and prompt patient care GY20 GY20 is a requirement. to forcing the line to end in a complete word. This hyphenation capability is provided in the form of a module that can be linked with a userls System/360 text-processing program or the COMPOSITION/360 module of the IBM System/360 Text Processor. Tbrough program linkage, BYPHENATION/360 accepts a word from the userls program and determines the division paints. The word. with the division paints indicated, is returned to the user's program. where the portion to be retained on the line can be selected on the basis of the userls graphic requirements. This manual provides detailed information to help the user gain a more thorough knowledge of the programming logic and teChniques used in each of the component programs. The information includes program narrative. switch and register listings. storage allocation data. and program modification aids. The manual is intended for use chiefly by systems analysts and programmers who may need to alter the component programs or otherwise engage in program maintenance. Application Program Manual. 37 pages These aread inc1ude the nursing station, admitting, pharmacy, clinical laboratories, X ray, electrodiagnostics, dietary, operating room, centra1 supply, and others. This manual describes in general the purpose and functions of a hospital information system using MISP. Manual, 48 pages GY20-0154 MEDICAL INFORMATION ~ PROGRAMS (MISP) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A UH 08L This manual contains detailed descriptions of the program in MISP. The data sets and control blocks used by MISP programs are also described. Manual, 152 pages GY20-0157 MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAMS (MISP) OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A=iJH-08L The medical information system programs contain general executive modules, utilities, and user interfaces that provide the framework for a teleprocessing system using tbe Disk Operating System/360. This manual describes the procedures necessary for initial preparation and generation of the MISP programs. tables and data sets. inclusion of the user application processing programs. initial loading of the user data sets under MISP. operating procedures for the central system and-operation of the terminal devices that are part of a teleprocessing system running under MISP. The generation. inclusion in the system and the terminal operations for a sample processing program under MISP are also described. This manual is distributed with the programs to those who are qualified to receive them. Manual. 309 pages GY20-0209 SYSTEM/360 1287 INPUT CONVERSION PROGRA~ SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A~ This program consists of a Transaction Specification Compiler and an Operational Processor. The Compiler processes the statements which describe the format and processing logic to be applied to documents scanned by the IBM 1287 Optical Reader. The output of the Compiler is a program module wr·itten in Ass~mbly Language. The program module is assembled and link-edited with the Operational Processor and eXisting program modules. The Operational Processor controls the execution of the various program modules and converts the data to a conversion journal. error journal. and correction turnaround documents. Provision is made for correction of the error journal and updating the conversion journal. Application Program Manual. 42 pages GY20-0168 SYSTEM/360 VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM SCHEDULING ~ION AND DIST~STING SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A ST=06X ------- ------ -----This manual provides detailed information to help the user gain a more thorough knowledge of the programming logiC employed in the Schedule Production and Distance Listing phases of the System/360 Vehicle Scheduling Program. Application Program Manual. 38 pages GY20-0213 STUDENT SCBEDULING SYSTEM/360 THE SCHEDULER PROGRAM !36OA=US-07X) SYSTEM MANUAL --------This manual provides detailed information to assist the user in gaining a more thorough knowledge of the programming logic employed in the application. It presents. for each phase. flowcharts. flowchart narrative. a list of switches, an index register list. programming notes. and program Ii/stings. Application Program Manual. 640 Pages GY20-0174 SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM DOS (ATS/DOS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMB~C~ --This manual contains information on the system design. logic flow. and coding of the ATS/360 Program. It contains narrative which describes the significant programs which make up the system. Program flowcharts and assembly listings. although logically part of this manual. are not included in it. These are available on tape as described elsewhere. Application Program Manual. 202 pages GY20-0215 SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SBAS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A~UH-l1X ------ ------ ------ -----The Shared Hospital Accounting System (SBAS) provides hospital accounting for a multiple-hospital environment. The participating hospitals utilize the application programs of a central System/360 facility. The application programs include accounts receivable. patient billing. general ledger and system executive and monitor routines. This manual contains detailed program information useful for program modification. error diagnosis situations. and maintenance performance.. The manual contains detailed descriptive information on the logical operation of each program through program flowcbarts. Most flowchart narratives are general - more detail has been included for the complicated programs. Labels and symbols. programmed switches. program indicators. register-usage. special techniques. program modification notes. and service subprogram usage are defined for each system program. A chart indicating storage allocation of core storage required by each program has been included as an appendix4 Data listings included are examples which might be used by a typical SBAS user. Data shown has been used to load tbe files and run the sample problem. Tbe data includes label books. function books. hospital profile load data. edit specifications, sample problem data, and control cards. This document is written as a reference manual. Before using this manual the reader should be thorougbly familiar with the following manua1s: SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING System Application Description manual (GH20-0302), Shared Hospital Accounting System Program Description manual (GH200533), and SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM OPERATIONS manual (GH20-053Q) Manual. 403 pages GY20-0204 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FLOWCHART SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CP-04X This manual contains the flowcharts for Project Management System/360. It sbould be used in conjunction with the System Manuals for the Network Processor (GY20-0083), Cost Processor *GY20-008~). and Report Processor (GY20-008S) Application Program Manual. 300 pages GY20-0205 MARVEL/360 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CO-15X MARVEL is a language processor for the data preparation. matrix generation. output analysis. and management report '::Jriting fu.."lctions flssocia'ted wit.h the r·la-t:.heruatical Programming System/360 (360A-Co-I4X). MARVEL was designed and implemented to provide powerful functional capabilities in this fast-growing area of mathematical programming. In providing such a comprehensive 1anguage and processor capability. trade-offs were made that reduced execution speed. MARVEL provides maximum customer utility as an input/output system for the development of new linear programming applications. This is an area where extended function is more significant than high performance. In a production environment where emphasis is On execution speed. MARVEL is less suitable. This manual gives detailed information concerning the program logic for the purpose of making modifications to or doing maintenance work on the program. It is designed to be used with the program 1istings of MARVEL/360. Application Program Manual, 226 pages GY20-0208 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - HYPHENATION/360 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DP-07X------ -----HYPBENATION/360 provides division of words for text processing applications where the addition of word syllables to a line to meet justification requirements is preferable 285 GY20-0227 SYSTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR VERSION 4 SYSTEM MANUAL -~BARTS PRoGRAM NuMBER 360A-iCN-10X This manual consists entirely of flowcharts far the subject program. Manual, 304 pages GY20 GY20 GY20-0230 SYSTEM/360 WHOLESALE IMPACT PROGRAM LIBRARY SYSTEM MANUAL PROG. ~ 360A-DW-05X (ABOVE MOD 20J;"36iiV-Dii=Ci6X (MOD 20) The System Manual provides detailed information to assist the user in gaining a more thorough knowledge of the programming logic employed in the application. This manual presents, for each run, general description, flowcharts, flowchart narrative, programming notes, and a switch and register listing. For each operating system with which the IMPACT Program can be run, there is an Input/Output Section listing. Control Systems Macro listing, core storage requirements, and storage maps. System Manual, 480 pages to RFSP. Flowcharts and flowchart narratives are given for all modules. The flowcharts are wr·itten in a descriptive fashion and are intended to provide a crossreference between the program functions and pertinent material in the RFSP PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL (H20-0580). A compr.ehensive array of tables is included to describe the PLAN (Problem Language ANalyzer) Dictionary used by RFSP. This manual presumes a knowledge of the 1130 RFSP and PLAN Program Description Manuals, the FORTRAN language and the 1130 Monitor System. volume 2 of the rigid Frame Selection Program System Manual has a separate form number (Y20-0366) and contains the Assembly Listings for the program. System Manual, Volume 1, Q25 pages GY20-0256 SYSTEM/360 INVENTORY CONTROL SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-M~ ------ -----System/360 Inventory Contrql consists of nine programs especially deSigned for implementing order pOint inventory control in manufacturing organizations. This manual provides detailed information to assist the user in obtaining a more thorough knowledge of the program logic employed in the programs. The manual includes program flowcharts and f10wchart narratives in addition to information regarding switches. labels. symbols. and register assignment. System Manual, 125 pages Tt~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~PI~~~ programs are used generate material requirements for f nished products, assemblies. subassemblies. parts. and raw materials based upon an input of a forecast and/or orders. System/360 Requirements Planning consists of two programs: Requirements Generation Program and Print Exception Program. Requirements Generation performs the generation of requirements. utilizing time series planning to determine gross requirements, determine net requirements. plan orders, determine offset. and post components gross reqUirements. Print Exception prints and notices for the exceptions discovered during the requirements generation run. This manual includes program flowcharts and flowchart narratives. in addition to information regarding switches. labels, symbols, and register assignment. Manual, Q2q pages GY20-0261 SYSTEM/360 MATRIX LANGUAGE (MATLAN) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CM-05X This manual. provides detailed information about the structure and the implementation of MAXLAN. It should be read in connection with the program listings and the flowcharts of the MATLAN subroutines. Application Program Manual, 832 pages information to assist the a more thorough knowledge of the programming logic employed in the application. The System Manual is optional information avai1able to the user and includes the f10wchart narrative. the programmed switch listing. the storage allocation. etc. Other material consists of the source program. the assembly listing. and the flowcharts. recorded on the optiona1 tape. System Manual. 23 pages GY20-0267 SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AIlTOSPOT (05) NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR (360A-CN 12X) SYSTEM MANUAL---This manual. provides detailed information to assist the user in gaining a more thorough knowledge of the programming logic employed in the application. System Manual, 596 pages GY20-029Q MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 REPORT GENERATOR (MPSRG) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER""""36iiA=CO-20X This manual. provides detailed information to help the user understand the organization and structure of MPs/360 Report Generator. It is designed to be used with the program listing of MPS/360 Report Generator. Applicaltion Program Manual, 92 pages GY20-0318 SYSTEM/360 PROCESSOR - COMPOSITION/360 VOLUME I NARRATIVES SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM-NU DP-08X ------ -----The COMPOS 0 component of the IBM System/360 Text Processor consists of control and functional routines which retrieve text from a user-prepared disk-resident file, justify and format text according to instructions supplied with the text. and produce generalized disk output records. The user must provide routines to retrieve this generalized information. convert it into coding acceptable to the specific composition device on which final printing will occur and write it to the appropriate systems output device. If word division capabilities are required, COMPOSITION/360 uses the HYPHENATION/360 component of the System/360 Text Processor (360A-DP-07X). The two-volume System Manual provides detailed information to assist the user in acquiring a thorough knowledge of the programming logiC and techniques used in each of the COMPOSITION/360 components. This manual is intended for use chiefly by systems analysts and 'programmers'who may need to alter or maintain the program. The Program D.escription Manual and Operations Manual are prerequisites to reading and using this puhlication. Volume r of the system Manual contains storage allocation data. flowchart narratives. switch and register lists, and program modification aids. The COMPOSITION/360 program logiC flowcharts are contained in Volume II. Application Program Manual, 199 pages GY20-0319 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR -- COMPOSITION/360 VOiUME II -=-FLOWCHARTS SY~ MANUAL PROGRAM~UMBER 360A-DP-OSX---- -----The COMPOSITION/360 component of the IBM Systern/360 Text Processor consists of control and functional routines which retrieve text from a user-prepared disk-resident file, justify and format text according to instructions supplied with the text, and produce generalized disk output records. The user must provide routines to retrieve this generalized information. convert it into coding acceptable to the specific composition device on. which final printing will occur. and write it to the appropriate systems output device. If word division capabilities are required. COMPOSITION/360 uses the HYPBENATION/360 component of the System/360 Text Processor (360A-DP-07X). The two-volume system Manual provides detailed information to assis~ the user in acquiring a thorough knowledge of the programming logic and techniques used in each of the COMPOSITION/360 components. This manual is intended for use chiefly by systems analysts and programmers who may need to alter or maintain the program. The program Description Manual and·Operations Manual are prerequisites to reading and using this publication. This manual contains the program logic flowcharts for COMPOSITION/360. Storage allocation data, flowchart narratives. switch and register lists. and program modification aids are contained in Volume I. Application Program Manual. iSS Pages EM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ATTACHED SUPPORT PROCESSOR (ASP) VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 15X - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The Attached Support Processor (ASP) system is an operating system that provides a compatible extension to Operating System/360 (05/360). DeSigned primarily for the commercial and scientific customer with a computer job shop enVironment, ASP provides for increased automation of the computing operation. The ASP system operates as a programmed operator of 05/360, providing an operational interface for controlling the system job stream, and thus optimiZing the use of the computer's resources. Tbis manual is intended primarily for the use of the system programmer at an installation. It contains a detailed description of each of the programs that constitute the ASP system and flowcharts of the programs (Appendix A). The material in this manual has been prepared on the assumption that the programmer is thoroughly familiar with the ASP Application Programmer's Manual (GH20-0322), the ASP System Programmer's Manual (GH20-0323), and the ASP Console Operator's Manual (GH20-0321). Manual, 336 pages GY20-0316 .N RIGID FRAME SELECTION PROGRAM (RFSP): SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 1 PROG. NOO. 1130-EC-09X~EC1, 5736-EC1 --- --- This manual is intended to serve as a programmer·s guide 286 LY20 GY20 .N GY20-0320 IBM SYSTEMl360 ADMINIS TERMINAL SYSTEM-OS (ATS/OS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM 360A CX-19X This manual contains i rmation on the system design. logic flow, and coding of the ATS/360 Program. It contains narrative which describes the significant programs which make up the system. program flowcharts and program listings, although logically part of the material discussed in this manual, are not included in it. These items are Manua~. GY20-0372 CO P T assist the user in ga1n1ng a more· thorough knowledge of the programming logic employed in the application. System generation is included together with other related in information. Flowcharts and subroutine descriptions are not in this publication (see "Optional Machine Readable Information" in the Application Directory). System Programmer's Guide, 50 pages available as optional material on tape, distributed by the Program Information Department. Application Program Manual, 196 pages GY20-0345 SYSTEMl360 VOLUME I FLOWCHART NARRATIVES PROGRAM-NUMBERS 360A-CX-26X. 36 This manual contains detailed=7i~~r~m~a~ti+'~on in the form of flowchart narratives for the DOS/360 PLAN and OS/360 PLAN systems. With this the user should gain a better understanding of the logic of the system. Application Program Manual, 120 pages GY20-0346 SYSTEMl360 PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) (DOS/OS) VOLUME ------- -------UAL ------ -------PROGRAM CX-27X This manual etailed owcharts showing the internal logic of the OS and DOS 360 Problem Language Analyzer (PLAN). It is intended to assist systems programmers and field engineers in Obtaining a fuller understanding of the logic and programming aspects of the PLAN system. System Manual, 200 pages GY20-0377 .N INTRODUCTION TO IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 MULTIPROCESSING This publication introduces the reader-to IBM System/360 Operating System Model 65 Shared Main Storage Multiprocessing. The introduction answers two fundamental questions: (1) What is multiprocessing? and (2) What are its advantages? The section entitled "Model 65 Multiprocessing--A General Description" is followed by -Model 65 Multiprocessing system Features·. in which some specific machine and programming features of the system are discussed. "Using the Model 65 Multiprocessing System" describes how to use the system efficiently. and "Model 6S Multiprocessing system performance" presents performance considerations. Classified Marketing Aids (Sales and Systems Guide), GY20-0394 ~i:~a::~i~ ~ FOR!!!! IBM 2250 ON SYSTEM/360 (OS) PROGRAM!iiiiiBER 360A-"CX-34X This manual provides detailed information to assist the user in achieving thorough knowledge of the programming logic employed hy the system. This information is intended for system programmers for program maintenance and for system analysts to alter system design. The manual includes system description, system program modu~e functions, pDOgram flowcharts, and their narratives. Application Program Manual. 162 pages GY20-0350 SYSTEMl360 PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) (DOS) VOLUME III =-ASsEMBLY LISTINGS SYSTEM MANUAL----PROGRAM~BER 360A-CX-26X ------ -----This manual provides assembly and compilation listings for the DOS PLAN system. Manual. 650 pages GY20-0353 MATIlEMATICAL PROG FLOWCHART SYSTEM PROGRAM NUMBER 360 This manual contains the flowcharts for the Mathematical Programming System/360. It should be used in conjunction with the system manual (GY20-0065) and the assembly listings. Application Program Manual. 330 pages GY20-0357 SYSTEMl360 VERSION 4 PROGRAM NUMBER This manuar-contains the listings for the subject program. Microfiche, 126 cards GY20-0364 FOR OPTICAL SYSTEM DESIGN/II (POSO/II) SYSTEMl360 (OS) SYSTEM -"iiSSEiiiiLY'LIsT"IiiGil PiiOOR1iiiNiiMBER A- EO-I 5X This manual contains the compile listings for OS/360 POSD/II. Refer to GY20-0312 for the flowcharts and narratives. system Manual Assembly Listings, 200 pages GY20-0365 SYSTEM/360 ~ !QS ~ SYSTEM DESIGN/II (POSD/Ill (DOS) SYSTEM MANUAL-ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM~ER 360A-EO-16X This manual contains the compile listings for DOS/360 POSD/II. Refer to GY20-0312 for the flowcharts and narratives. System Manual Assembly Listingss. 200 pages LY20-0369 CUSTOMER INFORMATION ~ SYSTEM OS-STANDARD (CICS/OS), (5736-U11). SYSTEM MANUAL. FEATURE CODE 8805 . The IBM Customer Information Control System OS-STANDARD (CICS/OS) is designed to assist customers in the installation of an on-line information system. CICS/OS is a modularly designed program·to be used as an interface between the user-written appLication program and IBM System/360 Operating System (05/360). The facilities of CICS/OS are obtained through the use of the cODtrol system macros in a user-written application program. ~e purpose of this manual is· to give the user a thorough understanding of the .Iogic employed in each module. This manual contains detailed program flowcharts. flowchart narrative. con~ol area and control table formats and functions. storage requirements, :register considerations, speCial programming techniques and information concerning program modification. 320 pages GY20-0405 LINEAR PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (LPS/360) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A~CO-18X ------ -----This sys~nual describes the Linear Programming System/360 for use on the IBM system/360 running under DOS. Chapter 1 gives a general introduction to the manual, Chapters 2-5 provide details on the system structure, Chapters 6-8 describe programming conventions, and Chapters 9-14 give pertinent reference material. Application Program Manual. 538 pages LY20-0406 SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE - OS SYSTEM MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5736-P72, FEATURE NO. 8 fa; The Array ProceSSing Subroutine package is a set of subroutines designed to enhance and simplify the use of the IBM 2938 Array Processor and to provide a series of analytical methods for use in digital signal analysis. The manual provides detailed information to assist the user in gaining a more thorough knowledge of the programming Iogic employed in the subroutines. The manual contains flowcharts, flowchart narrative. and program listings. Program product Manual. 84 pages LY20":0407 SYSTEMl360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE PS SYSTEM MANUAL ------- PROGRAM NUiiiiEif5736-P71 FEATURE CODE 8Hll The Array ProceSSing Subroutine PaCkage is a set of subroutines designed to enhance and simplify the use of the IBM 2938 Array Processor and to provide a series of analytical methods for use in digital signal analysis. The manual provides detailed information to assist the user in gaining a more thorough knowledge of the programming logic employed in the subroutines. The manual contains flowcharts, flowchart narrative, and program listings. Manual, lq8 pages LY20-0415 ADVANCED LIFE INFORI!il.TION SYSTEM (DOS) VERSION 2 POLICY ExiiffiT UPDA".rE PROGiiiiiiSiSTEM MMlUAL PROGRAMNuiiiiEii 5736=iil-l--- - - - - - ThISlManual provides detailed information to help the user understand program logiC. It describes the processing of policy exhibit/Valuation.extracts that are output from the output analysis· run and the updating of the policy exhibit disk file. Appropriate flowcharts. flowchart narratives, input/output formats and descriptions, program modification aids, and considerations in creating the policy exhibit file are included. Manual, 102 pages 287 LY20 LY20 LY20-01116 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) VERSION 2 VALUATION UPDATE PROGRAM SYSTEM MANUAL ------- PROGRAM NuiiBERS7"36-ii"il - - - - - This manual provides detailed information· to help the user understand program logic. LY2G-Oll23 SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMA~ION SYSTEM (EASIC) SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYS~EM SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX 1 FEATURE CODE 8~ ----- This three-volume manual outlines:and details the internal logic of the System/360 Generalized Information System (Basic) and the System/360 Generalized Information System It describes the processing of the policy exhibit/valuation extracts that are output from the policy exhibit update run and the updating of the valuation summary disk file. Appropriate flowcharts. for the benefit of programmers attempting to revise and/or maintain the system. ·The organization of the manual reflects the system's design structure of interfacing program units. As applicable. the manual includes diagnostic comments to assist in isolating faulty operation. and contains modification aids to assist in making minor changes to flowchart narratives. input/output formats and aescriptioDs, and program modification aids are included. Manual. 511 pages the system. Manual. 550 pages LY20-01117 ADITANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) VERSION 2 POLICY MASTER RECORD FILE IiiiiEtiTORY PROGRAM SysTEM MANUAL 'i"PRciG"RAM NUMBE'R:5'f36=iiiT) (FEATURE CODE: 88~ - - This manual provides detailed information to help the user understand program logic. It describes the processing of pOlicy master records that are output from the policy master record merge program. Appropriate flowcharts. flowchart narratives, input/output fonmats. program modification aids, and tables and descriptions are included. LY20-01124 SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUMB III PROGRAM NUMBER-s'i36-C'Xl ~ This manual outlines and details internal logic for the benefit of programmers attempting to revise and/or maintain the system. The organization of the manual reflects the system's deSign structure oH interfacing program units. As applicable. the manual includes diagnostic comments to assist in isolating faulty operation. and contains modification aids to assist in making minor changes to the Manual. 96 pages LY20-01118 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) VERSION 2 FINANCIAL VALUE PROGRAM SYSTEM MANiiAL ------- (PROGRAM NUMBER:~fi)"i'FEATuRifCoDE 8812) This manual provides detailed information to help the user understand program logic. It describes the processing of system. Program Product Manual. 530 pages LY20-0425 SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL. VOLUME 1 PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-cXl FEATURE CODE 8802 financial value extracts that are output from the policy master record file inventory program. appropriate flowcharts. flowchart narratives. input/output formats and descriptions. and program modification aids. Manual. 40 pages This three=Voi~loutiIiiesand details the internal logic of the System/360 Generalized Information System for the benefit of programmers attempting to revise and/or maintain the system.. The organization of the manual reflects the system's design structure of interfacing program units. As applicable. the manual includes diagnostic comments to assist in isolating faulty operation, and contains modification aids to assist in making minor LY20-01119 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) VERSION 2 VALUATION SUMMARY PROGRAM -S----- MANliAL------- (PROGRAM NUMBER 5736=Ni'i1 ( E CODE 8813) This manual provides detail ormation to help the user understand the program logic. It describes the processing of valuation summary extracts that are output from the policy master record file inventory program and the update and printing of the valuation summary file. changes to the system. Program Product Manual. 236 pages Appropriate LY20-0431 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360 SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME I - PROGRAM LOGIC--- --PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-cX3-FiiATiiREc0iiE8801 flowcharts. flowchart narratives. input/output formats and descriptions. ·program modification aids. and considerations in creating the valuation summary file are included. Manual. 66 pages The Information Management System/360 is an Operating System/360 processing designed to facilitate the LY20-01120 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) VERSION 2 POLICY EXHIBIT PROGRAMSYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER -N 1 ------ ----TbISlmanual pro detailed information to help the user understand program logic. It describes the processing of policy exhibit extracts that are output from the policy implementation of medium to large common data tases in multia~plication environment. This environment is created to -accommodate both online message processing and conventional batch processing. either separately or concurrently. The system permits the evolutionary expansion a of data processing applications from a batch-only to a master record file inventory program and the updating of teleprocessing environment. This manual includes a description of each module the policy exhibit disk file. comprising the IMS/360 program. Appropriate flowcharts. It also contains information on macrOs used. interfaces and module sizes. record and message formats. error codes and handling. and flowchart narratives. input/output formats and descriptions. program modification aids. and considerations in creating abends. Flowcharts are contained in Volume II. Volume III contains the listings of the IMS/360 programs. furnished the policy exhibit file are included. Manual. 110 pages as microfiche. Licensed Program Product Manual. 484 pages LY20-01121 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM POLICY EXHIBIT AND RoiiTINES SYSTEM PROGRAM NUMBER 5 This manua1 prov understand program logic. (DOS) VERSION 2 user It includes a general description of the policy exhibit and valuation include (R) and call (S) routines except those call (S) routines that are file maintenance. Refer to the FILE MAINTENANCE CALL (S) ROUTINE (NARRATIVES) SYSTEM MANUAL and the FILE MAINTENANCE CALL (S) ROUTINES (FLOWCHARTS) SYSTEM MANUAL for a detailed LY20-01132 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360 SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II - FLOWCBAR~ --- --PROGRAM NUMBER5736-cX3 FEATURE CODE 8802 This manual contains f10wcharts ~the subject program. Licensed Progr~ Product Manual. 180 pages LY20-01155 GRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL DATA (GATD) description of the latter routines. SYSTEM MANUAL - VOLUME I Manual. 296 pages PROGRAM NUMBER-5~2-FEATURE ---- ------ CODE 81>01 ~nual contains the program flowcharts and narratives. core storage requirements. panel listings. and phrase LY20-01122 SYSTEMV360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 1 PROGRAMNoiiiIER"5'i3'6-'cx 1 FEATURE CODE 8801 listings for the GATD program. The program listings for GATD will be found in Volume 20f the GATD System Manual (GY20-0465) on microfiche cards. Manual. 152 pages ~ This three-volume manual outlines and details the internal logic of the System/360 Generalized Information system (Basic) for the benefit of programmers attempting to revise • Lv?n-nll'''' and/or maintain the system. ~e organization of the manual ~]~=~ reflects the system's design structure of interfacing program units. As applicable. the manual includes diagnostic comments to assist in isolating faulty operation. and contains modification aids to assist in making minor ~'-~~~~~~~'~~~~'d~~~~ d£~;ri~loln of subroutines and of PMS/360 Resource Allocation changes to the system. Program Product Manual. Processor. In conjunction with the program lisi::.illgs and 2~O pages flowcharts. it provides the user with a complete description of how this processor is implemented. Systems Reference Library Manual. 90 pages 288 LY20 LY20 LY20-0457 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3 NETWORK PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER: 573ii=XPl - - - FEATURE CODE: 8101 This manual presents a detailed description of· subroutines and internal data formats of PMS/360 Network Processor. In conjunction with the program listings and flowcharts. it provides the user with a complete descirption of how this processor is implemented. Licensed program Product manual, 148 pages the Rigid Frame se~ection program. The flowcharts and· narratives for this program will be found in the RIGID. FRAME SELECTION PROGRAM (RFSP). SYSTEM MANUAL - VOLUME 1 (GY20-0316). System Manual. 312 pages LY20-0475 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 os: VERSION 2 SXSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XSl FEATURE CODE-8151 This publicati~ains a description of the internal structure and basic operation of the GPSS/360 program. All eleven modules which make up the GPS5/360 program are discussed in general and. wbere appropriate, the operation of all routines within a given module is explained in detail. LY20-0459 ·PROJEcr MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360: VERSION 1.. COST PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XPl FEATURE CODE 8102 This manual presents a detailed description of subroutines and internal data formats of PMS/360 Cost Processor. In = The information contained processor is implemented. Systems Reference Library Manual. 88 pages LY20-0460 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3 FLOWCHART SYSTEM ~PROGRAM NUMBER: 5734-XPl FEATURE CODE: 8105--This manual contains the flowcharts for project Management System/360. It should be used in conjunction with the System Manuals for the Network Processor, Cost Processor, Report Processor, and Resource A11ocation Processor. Licensed Program Product Manual. 428 pages LY20-0461 SYSTEM (PALlS) ~~~~~~r1~~~~~~I~N~FO~RMA~~T~I~O~N -omciUPTii5N FEATURE NO. 8001 ti\"ef'iiiictions and of the Property and Liability Information System (PALlS). Homeowner logiC logic of the homeowners will rate and/or process new business, renewals and endorsements. The conten.ts of this manual include: a description of the bomeowners master cecocd and its format; a process exec~tive catalog showing the interrelationship of individual modular programs in the processing of a given insurance function; and a module catalog containing abstracts. format requirements. process executive information. programming notes. communication information. and codes for each individual modular program. Program Product Documentation. 172 pages in this manual should give the user a thorough understanding of the structure and operation of the GPSS/360 program so that modification may be more easily designed and implemented. Systems Reference Library Manual. 646 pages conjunction with the program listings and flowcharts, it provides the user with a complete description of how this LY20-0479 LAW ENFORCEMENT MANPOWER RESOURCE ALLOCATION SYSTEM (LEMRAS) SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME I 'iPROGRAM NUMBEi'5'i3'6-G21 FEATURE £Qm; 8400) No abstract available. System Manual. 228 pages LY20-0480 SRAS COMPATIBLE TELEPROCESSING SUPPORT fQg 2780, 2740, AND 1050 TERMINALS STEM REPERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM PRODUcr 73'6-H13 PEATURE CODE 8000 The IBM SHAS:CO "ble Tel~processing Support for 2780. 2740. and 1050 Terminals under DOS QTAM extends the device support available under the SRAS(Shared Hospital Accounting Systems) teleprocessing executive to include IBM 2780. IBM 2740. and IBM 1050 Terminals. singly or in combination. Prerequisite programs include SRAS (360A-UH-llX) (at Version 2. Modification Level 0 or higher) and DOS QTAM (360N-CQ470). Prerequisite publications include: SRAS Application Description Manual (H20-0302) SHAS Program Description Manual (H20-0533) SHAS Operations Manual (H20-0534) SRAS Teleprocessing Operations Manual (H20-0550) SRAS Application System Manual (Y20-0215) ·SRAS Teleprocessing system Manual (Y20-0251) This manual is written for individuals with a thorough understanding of DOS. System/360 Assembler Language. DOS QTAM. and SHAS. It contains operations. program description, and systems material. Manual. 80 pages LY20-0462 PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALIS) HOMEOWNERS:CLAIMS PROCESSING PROGRAM~R~AND SYSTEM MANU~ -------PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N21 FEATURE CODE 8002 The purpose of this manual is to describe the Property LY20-0483 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 DOS VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL --- ------ - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XSl FEATURE CODE 81~1 This publication contains a description-of the internal and Liability Information System insurance logic programs designed to maintain claim information on the homeowners structure and basic operation of the GPSS/360 program. All eleven modules which make up· the GPSS/360 program are policies supported by the Multi-Line Insurance Rating discussed in general and. where appropriate. the operation of all routines within a given module is explained in Bureau plan. The contents of·this manual include: a description of the homewoners master record and its format, a process executive catalog showing the interrelatioqship of individual modular programs in the processing of a given insurance function; and a module catalog ~ontaining abstracts. format reqUirements. process executive information. programming notes.· communication information. and codes for each individual modular program. Manual. 40 pages detail. The information contained in this manual should give the user a thorough understanding of the structure and operation of the GPSS/360 program so that modifications may be more easily designed and implemented. system Manual LY20-0489 LY20-0467 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3: REPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRiU.I--mn:iiiER 5734-XPl FEATURE CODE 8101 provides detailed information to assist the user in acquiring a thorOugh knowledge of the programming logiC and techniques used in each of the This is a det.ai1ed description of subroutines and internal EDIT/360 components. This manual is intended for use chiefly by systems data formats of PMS/360. Version 3. Report Processor. In conjunction with the program listings and flow charts. i t provides the user with a complete description of how this processor is implemented. analysts and programmers who may need to alter or maintain the program. Licensed program Product Manual. 376 pages The program D.escription Manual and Operations Manual are prerequisites to reading and using this publication. volume I of the System Manual contains storage allocation data. flowchart narratives. switch and register lists. and program modification aids. The EDXT/360 program LY20-0473 FRAME SELECTION ~ (RFSP) VOLUME.1:: COMPILATION LISTINGS SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-ECl FEATURE CODE· 8501 This manual provides the OS/360 compilation listings for the Rigid Frame Selection Program. The flowcharts and narratives for this program will be found in the RIGID FRAME SELECTION PROGRAM (RFSP). SYSTEM MANUAL - VOLUME 1 (GY20-0316). System Manual. 308 pages ~ LY20-0474 RIGID FRAME SELEcrION PROGRAM (RFSP) VOLUME 4 COiiP"ILATiOii LISTINGS SYSTEM MANUAL --- - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-ECl PEATURE CODE 8501 This manual provides. the 005/360 compilation listings for logiC flowcharts are contained in Volume II. program product publication. 272 pages LY20-0490 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR -- EDIT/360 (DOS) SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II - FLOWCHARTS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Kll The two-=vciIiiiiie SystemManual provides detailed information to assist the user in acquiring a thorough knowledge of the programming log~c and techniques used in each of the EDIT/360 ccmponents. This manual is intended for use chiefly by systems . analysts and· programmers who may need to alter or maintain the program. The Program Description Manual and Operations Manual are prerequisites to reading and using this 289 LY20 LYlO GY20-0531 publication. C~360-0S FORTRAN SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X Tbis publica'tIOii'Cies'CrIbeii tii'eIiiternal logic of the CALL~360-0S FORTRAN Compiler whicb transforms source statements written in the CALLl360-0S FORTRAN language inte object programs for immediate execution. The manual is intended primarily for use by IBM personnel involved in program design and maintenance; it is not required for normal use or operation of the program described. The systems manual begins with a comprehensive survey .of the ~360-OS FORTRAN Compiler Which defines the compiler and its relationship to the CA~360-0S timesharing system. The overall method of compiler operation is then treated. followed by a detailed discussion of the segmentation of the compiler into a translation and code generation phase (Phase I). a linking loader phase (Phase II). and an execution phase (Phase III). For convenience, logical flowcharts of most complex compiler operations are in a.separate sectien. Additional material covering the POP macro programming language, routine direcotry, lists arid tables. intermediate code. SVC and register usage. and diagnostiC messages is provided in an appendix. System Manual. 3411 pages This manual contains the program logic floWCharts for Storage allocation data, flowcharts for EOIT~360. EDIT~360. Storage allocation data w f~owchart narratives, switch and register Lists, and program modification aids are contained in volume I. Program product Publication, 540 pages ===~~=~~ I~~D~R SYSTElV360 _(OS_) _VER_S_I_O_N ~ 5734-E12 FEATURE CODE 8000 tion pravide~led information to assist in gaining a more thorough knowledge of the programming logic used in the application. Flowcharts and. subroutine descriptions are not in this publicatioD (see Application Directory). Programmer's Guide, 68 pages LY20-0496 SYSTElV360 ORDER ALLOCATION SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUlIL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-041 ------ ------ ------ LY2D-0535 ThISlmanual will assist the user in understanding the SYSTEM~360 CAPACITY PLANNING - INFINITE LOACING SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-M11 FEATURE CODE ~ - - Syst~360 capacity Planning consists of programs deSigned to plan the capacity required for a production plan, and to schedule orders ·based on available production facilities. Its main application area is in job shops· where production facilities are used intermittently to perform production or assembly operations on different items. system and act as an aid in modifying the system components. It consists of the program flowchart and the program source listing for each of the Order Allocation System modules. The flowcharts provide a semidetailed, visual tool that shows the logical sequence of operations performed by the program. Flowchart narratives are provided for the allocation and shipping programs. as these programs are the heart of the Order Allocation System and use the most complex coding techniques. This manual provides detailed information to assist The appendix to this manual contains cross-reference charts. These charts aid in understanding the Order . Allocation System and its information flow. Program Product. System Manual. 265 pages the user in obtaining a more thorough knowledge of the logiC employed in the programs. It contains information on the system design. logic flow, and coding of the programs. It is intended cbiefly for system programmers and system engineers. Program Product Manual, 92 pages GY20-0504 IBM SYSTEW360 CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM (CPS). PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL ------ ------ PROGRAM NUMBER~03.4.016 This publication describes the internal logic of the Conversational Programming System (CPS). Bulletin. type 3. class A. 254 pages LY20-0509 IBM SYSTElV360 OS LEARN ADMI SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER Th1S manual contains inf'ormat on on LY20-0536 SYSTEM~360 CAPACITY -FINITE LOADING SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736.. RE CODE--aiii22" - - - - - system~360 Capacity ng consists-oi'programs designed to plan the capacity required for a production plan, and to schedule orders on the basis of available production facilities. Its main application area is in job shops where production facilities are used intermittently to perform E TERMINAL SYSTEM FEATURE CODE 8053 production or assembly operations on different items. he deSl.gD, logic flow, and coding of the os LEARN ATS program. It describes the macros and programs that make up the system and includes program flowcharts of the new application programs to be This manual provides detailed information to assist the user in obtaining a more thorough knowledge of the logiC employed in the programs. It contains information on the system design. logic flow, and coding of the programs and is intended chiefly for system programmers and system engineers. . Program Product Manual, 236 pages incorporated into the existing Administrative Termina1 system. Program Product Manual. 32 pages LY20-0510 IBM SYSTEW360 DOS LEARN SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM This manua1 contains in ISTRATIVE T·ERMINAL SYSTEM 5736-XX3 FEATURE CODE 8054 LY20-0537 SYSTEM~360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING INTERFACE SYSTEM ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 5736"'M13 Requirements Planning Interface is a program product which. when added to Syste~360 Requirements Planning (360A-MF-05X). provides the ability to generate connection records. The connection file is required by System~360 Capacity Planning--Finite Loading (5736-M12). This manual includes flowcharts. flowchart narratives. and listings of the macros that constitute the program product. The information in this manual is intended for use by system programmers in conjunction with SYSTEM~360 REQUINEMENTS PLANNING. SYSTEM MANUAL (GY20-0317). Manual. 20 pages ion on the deSign, logic flow, and coding of the DOS LEARN ATS program. It describes the macros and programs that make up the system and includes program flowcharts of the new application programs to be incorporated into the existing Administrative Terminal System. program Product Manual. 32 pages Syst~360 LY20-0528 Inventory programs specially designed for implementing order point inventory control in manufacturing organizations. This manual provides detailed information to assist the user in obtaining a more thorough knowledge of the program logiC employed in the programs. The manual includes program flowcharts and floWchart LY20-05113 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-M51 Requirements Planning programs are used to generate material requirements for £inished products, 0~360 ~360 narrati?es, in addition to information regarding switches, labe1s, symbols, and register assignment. assemblies, subassemblies, parts, and raw materials based Program Product Manual, 108 pages upon an input of a forecast· an~or orders. OS~360 Requirements .Planning consists of three components: requirements generation program, GY20-0530 prin~ exception program, and chained file management system. The .requirements generation program performs the generation of requirements, utilizing time series planning to determine net requirements. plan orders. determine offset. and post component gross requirements. The print exception program prints the notices for the exceptions discovered during the requirements generation run. The chained file - OS SYSTEM MANUlIL ~ NUMBER Cx=ii2x - - This manual pro detailed information on the routines Which make up the BASIC compiler for ~360-OS. These ~360 routines are used to compile and execute a BASXC source program. This manual can be used to locate specific areas of the program. and it enables the corresponding program management system creates and maintains a centralized manufacturing information system. This manual includes program flowcharts and flowchart l.istings. Application Program Bulletin. 552 pages narratives. io addition to information regarding switches, labels, symbols. and register assignment. The manual is intended to aid syscems analysts and programmers install and maintian OS~360 Requirements Planning. Manual. 545 pages 290 LY20 GY20 (EDMS) component. EDMS files and variables are described. In addition. a description of each procedure in the engineering data management service (EDMS) component is g:i.ven. program product Manual. 128 pages LY20-05116 5736-U12 FEATURE CODE 8172 ~~~~-~~~'-=~p~l~a=nn~i'ng (PSP) Program Product package specifically for System/360. The package uses disk storage to provide the capability of establishing a master data bank of repeatedly used engineering data that describes an electrical network. The package further provides the convenience of automatic data retrieval from the master data bank whenever a simulation program is to be run. In order to stUdy the steady-state and transient operational characteristics of present and projected interconnected power networks. three digital simulation components are jncluded in the package -- Power Flow. Short Circuit. and Transient Stability. , This maRual is designed for,use by the system a~lyst and system programmer. LY20-0559 TARIFF PUBLISHING S~STEM (BOUND TARIFFS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM ~ 573~ FEATURE £Q!l! 800~ -----This manual provides detailed information to assist system analysts and programmers in gaining a more thorough knowledge of the programming logic employed in this application. Included fOr each unit process subroutine. general purpose subroutine, and mainline components are the flowchart narrative and the flowcharts. System Manual. 402 pages Xt describes the basic solution LY20-0560 TRAFFIC PROFILE technique and its implementation in the Power Flow simulation component. Power Flow files and variables are described. The format of the results file. which may be saved upon completion of a Power Flow simulation. is described. In addition. a description of each procedure in the Power Flow 'component is given. Program Product Manual. 128 pages AN~YSIS PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-If22 SYSTEM S~STEM MANUAL ------ ------ ------ This manual provides detailed information to user in gaining a more thorough knOWledge of logic employed in the application. Included program are the switches and registers used. narrative and the flowcharts. assist the the programming for each the flowchart Manual, 64 pages LY20-0553 SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR ELECTRIC UTnm IiiiiUsTRY - SHORT CIRCOFSYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II PROG. NO. 5736-U12-- - , - - - - - - - The Power SystemPlanning (PSP) Program Product package is designed specifically for the IBM ~stem/360. The package uses disk storage to establish a master data hank of repeatedly used engineering data that describes an electrical network. The package further provides the LY20-0561 MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736=ii11'FEATURE CODE 8500 This manuarcontains the--general and detailed flowcha~ with narratives as necessary for the Medical Information Systems Program. convenience of automatic data retrieval from the master data bank whenever a simulation program is to be run. Manual, 384 pages In ,order to study the steady-state and transient operational characteristics of present and projected interconnected power networks. three digital simulation components are included in the package -- power flow. short circuit. and transient stability. This manual is designed for use by the system analyst and system programmer. It describes the basic solution LY20-0565 S~STEM/360 SHOP FLOOR CONTROL 5736-M31 SYSTEM ~ System/360 Shop, Floor Control is a group of programs designed to provide current information about the manufacturing facility and to assist management in effectively controlling production. The programs provide for the release of orders to the manufacturing facility. technique and its implementation in the short circuit component. Files and variables are described., The format of the results file. which may be saved upon completion of the input phase of a short circuit simulation study. the creation and maintenance of records pertaining to the orders, retrieval of orders, report capability on the status of the orders. and the preparation and printing of a work list for shop supervisory personnel. This manual' includes (1) flowcharts. (2) flowchart narratives. and (3) a list of" the program switches used by System/360 Shop Floor Control. The audience for this is described. A description of each procedure in the short circuit component is given. Program Product Manual. 332 pages LY20-0554 SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR THE ELECTRIC UTILITY IiiiiUsTRY TRANSIENT STABILITY" SYSTEM MANUAL - VOLUME IV PROGRAM NUMBER 'S'f3ii=ih2FEATURE CODE 8173 - - - - - The Power System Planning (PSP) program Product paCkage is designed specifically for the IBM ~stem/360, The package uses disk storage to make it possih~e manual includes customer operating personnel. systems analysts. and programmers. The prerequisite for the use of this manual is a knowledge of System/360 PL/I Language. System/360 Disk operating System. and the Bill of Material Processor. Manual, 148 pages to establish LY20-0566 IBM SYSTEM/360 DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROcESSOR S~STEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER-s736-XXQ This manual provides detailed information to assist the user in gaining a more thorough knowledge of the programming logiC employed in the application. It contains detailed reference materia1 for the file a master data bank of repetitively used engineering data that describes an electrical network. The package provides the further convenience of automatic data retrieval from the. master data bank whenever a simulation program is to be run. In order to study the steady-state and transient operational characteristics of present and projected interconnected power networks, three digital simulation components are included in the package: power flow. short organization, maintenance, and reorg~nization program modules. The audience fOr this manual is the systems circuit, "and transient stability. This manual is designed for use by the system analyst and system programmer. It describes the basic solution technique and its implementation in the transient stability simulation component. programmer. Core storage allocation for eaCh module is dependent upon the options chosen by the user. These allocations may be found in the SYSTEMl360 DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR. PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL (SB200829) in section 3,30 entitled "Core 'Storage Requirements", Program modification is achieved through the Files and variables are described. The format of the results file generated during a transient stability simulation study is described. In addiition. a description of each procedure in the transient stability customizatioD of the supplied source code by means of user sUFplied parameters. Customizing is discussed in the component is given. program Product Manual. 128 pages S~STEM/360 DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR. PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL in the section 5 entitled ·Customizing the Data Base Organization and Maintenance Processor- and the Appendix entitled ·CUstomizing the LY20-0555 ~"-~~~ The flowcharts are preceded bY diagrams of both the interaction among executive ~rogram modules and techniques for construction of the a~p~ication pxograms. SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR THE INDUSTRY ----- --- --- MAINLINE Module of Creation and Maintenance of the Four Basic Manufacturing Files-. MANA -==-'== NUMBER Program listings axe not included in this manua~. as customization and assembl~ will provide the listings which correctly reflect the parameters chosen. Licensed Program Product Manual Planning SP) Program Product package ~e,s1gn,ea specifically for the IBM Systeml360. The packages uses disk storage to provide the capability of establishing a master data bank of repeatedly used engineering data that describes an electrical network. The package further provides the convenience of automatic data retrieval from the master data bank whenever a simulation program is t'o be run. 4n order to study the steady-s~ate and transient operational characteristics GY20-0567 CALL-OS PL/I' SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME I The =/360-05 PL/I compiler (to be used with the CALL/360OS System on an IBM System/360 MODEL ~) OR BIGBER) is described in the four volumes of this publication. The of present and projected intercoDnected power networks, three digital simulation components are included in the package -power flow. short circuit. and transient stability. This manual is designed for use by the system analyst and system programmer. It describes the methods used in validating. and retrieving data from the master data bank maintained bY the engineering data management service 291 publication is addressed to system programmers and customer engineers who require a detailer knowledge of the compiler. It contains a general overview of the compiler and detailed information on the compiler and runtime routines and macros that perform required functions. Additional information required to understand CALL/360-0S PL/I compiler operations GY20 GY20 financial, tax, and management information to the agribusiness Management Information System (AMIS) programs. The reader will be 'oharged with maintenance of· the system and should be familiar with IBM System/360 Disk Operating System (Systeml360 DOS) and with the AMIS programs. System Manual. 386 pages is provided in several appendices. Volume I contains a general description of the compiler, a section on compiler operations, and.a directory compiler routines. Application Programming Bulletin-Type II to GY20-0568 CALLJ360-OS PLII SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II The CALLJ360-0S pi:/ICompller (to be used with the CALL/360OS System on an IBM System/360 Model 50 or higher) is described in the four volumes of this publication. The publication is addressed to system programmers and customer engineers who require a detailed knowledge of the compiler. It contains a general overview of the compiler and detailed LY20-0587 R~_"'i:~=and logiC of. the new modules and changes to the PALlS Basic program (360A-IP-l0X) that make. up the PALlS Additional File Facility (2314) (5736-N22). Changes to the logic. preparation for use, and operation of rateload, 'file support, transaction edit, file maintenance run, and inquiry are included. This manual must be used in conjunction with the PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALlS). BASIC PROGRAM. PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND SYSTEM MANUAL (GB20-0497) and the PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALlS). BASIC PROGRAM. OPERATIONS MANUAL (GB20-0498). Program Product Manual. 88 pages information on the compiler and runtime routines and macros that perform required fu~ctions. Additional information required to understand CALL/360-0S PL/I compiler operations is provided in several appendices. . Volume II CONTAINS INFOR!oATION ON RUNTIME SUPPORT MODULES AND THE FIRST part of a directory to runtime routines. Application Program Manual GY20-0569 CALLJ360-OS PLll SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME III PROGRAM NUMBER 360A=CX=4~ ------ --The CALLJ360-OS PL/I compiler (to be used with the GALL/360OS System on an IBM System/360 Model 50 or higher) is described in the four volumes of this publication. The publication is addressed to system programmers and customer engineers who require a detailed knowledge of the compiler. It contains a general overview of the compiler and detailed information on the compiler and runtime routines and macros that perform required functions. Additional information required to understand CALL/360-oS PL/I compiler operations is provided in several appendices. Volume III contains the remainder of the directory to runtime routines, conSisting of the mathematical function package and aggregate manipulation package. Application Program Manual. 136 pages GY20-0570 CALLl360 OS PLII SYS'l'EM MANUAL VOLUME 4 The CALLl360-OS PL/I compiler (to be uSed with the =/360OS System on an IBM System/360 Model 50 or higher) is described in the four volumes of this publication. The publication is addressed to system programmers and customer engineers who reqUire a detailed knowledge of the compiler. It contains a general overview of the compiler and detailed information on the compiler and runtime routines and macros that perform required functions. Additional information required to understand CALL/360-0S PL/I compiler operations is provided in several appendices. volume IV contains appendices covering the following subjects: compiler conventions and data layout Compiler tables and lists Compiler support macros Runtime support macros Object code storage layout support services for language processors CALL/360-0S PL/I Compiler maintenance Diagnostic messages Maximum size of source program Reference listings Manual. 252 pages GY20-0575 IBM SYSTEM/360 QQ2 ~ ! h SYSTEM ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-05.2.006 POWER II (priority OUtput Writers, Execution processors, and input Readers) is an automatic SPOOLing processor and priority scheduler for normal batch processing under IBM System/360 Disk Operating System. This manual describes the internal logic of POWER II. It inCludes descriptive text, £lowcharts, detailed breakdown of subroutines and macros, plus additional aids to debugging_ This manual is intended for use in maintenance or modification of POWER II. Manual. 356 pages GY20-0576 DOS ~ II/RJE SYSTEM MANUAL. PROG. NO. 3600-05.2.006 POWER II/RJE offers the ability to.submit jobs via remote IBM 2180 data transmission terminals for normal batch processing under Disk Operating system. The manual describes the internal logic of Remote Job Entry operating in the POWER II environment. It' includes descriptive text, floWcharts, detailed breakdown o£'subzoutines and macros, plus additional aids to debugging. This manual is intended for use in maintenance or modification of POWER rI/BJE. Manual. 224 pages· GY20-0590 CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: ~ ~ LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. llih 3600-05.2.005 This publication desCribes the internal logiC of the CP67 (Control Program-67).system. The system consists of a Control Program that creates a multiprogramming. timesharing environment by providing virtual machines for users to run their own operating systems concurrently with other users. This manual is directed to personnel who will be responsible for the maintenance and modification of CP67. Ty~e III Program Manual. Cla~s A. 300 pages GY20-0591 CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: CMS PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, .PROG. 1!Q:. 3600-05.2.005 The Cambridge Monitor System (CMS) is a conversational mo~itor system that provides a comprehensive, easy-to-use set of programs (commands) giving the CMS user a wide variety of functions. including the ability to create additional commands or subsystems to satisfy his special reqUirements. This manual provides a detailed description of the internals of CMS. Ty~e III program. Class A. Program LogiC Manual. 520 pages LY20-0595 IBM SYSTEM/360 ~ AND SOURCE DATA ENTRY TECBNIQUES FOR EASIER RETRIEVAL-LOW CORE (FASTER LC) 5136~YSTEM MANUAL ---- ------- --This manual detail~ the program logic of FASTER Le. discussing each sys~em routine and its function within the basic components identified as Line Control, Interface, and Message Processor. Internal controls are described and modification guidelines are provided. for the benefit of installation programmers or systems engineers. The information in this manual is not needed,' ordinarily, by operations or applications personnel. Data-control flowcharts, line-control flowcharts, and program listings are logical parts of this manual and are made available in machine-readable form. See the Application Director for a description of the distribution medium. Manual. 92 pages LY20-0596 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V-OS (GPSS V-OS) SYSTEM MANUAL, PROG; NO. 573ii=XS2, FEA'NJRE NO. 8046 This publication contains a description of the internal structure and the basic operation of the. GPSS program. All the modules which make up the GPSS program are discussed in general and, where appropriate, the operation of all routines within a given module is explained in detail. The information contained in this manual should give the user a thorough understanding of the structure and operation of the GPSS program so that modifications may be more easi1y designed and implemented. Program Product Manual. 570 pages GY20-0597 ~~M~~I~~~;o~~~iiN~R~NGFO:~~~~~~ OPERATING ON IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL (COS/50) (3600:11.1.025) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL This publication describe~nternal logic of the Compatibility Operating System (COs/50). COS/50 is used with System/360 Compatibility Feature No. 4478. modified by RPQ F23666. to execute IE-I! 1'!10/70"!O program:: On at; LY20-0579 SYSTEM/360 AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM SYSTEM MANOAL FEATURE CODE 8012 PROGRAM NOMBER 5"136-D51 The IBM AgribuSiness Management IiifOiiiiation System is a set of program and procedures which make available IBM system/360 Model 50. COS/50 operates as a problem program under the IBM System/360 Operating System. This manual is intended for persons involved in program maintenance, or system programmers who are alterlng"the program design: it is not .needed for normal use or operation 292 GY20 LY20 LY20-0607 of the program described. Type III. Glass A. 60 pages GY20-0599 TI!§ REAL-TIME ~ [RTM) ~ MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-00l ~1~Monitor [RTM) is co-resident with OS. It provides fast interrupt response for real-time, event- system logic modules and supplements Manual. Program Product Manual, 272 pages driven systems. Normal OS jobs continue to run in background mode while the Monitor services real-time LY20-0608 interrupts and schedules real-time jobs in priority mode. In addition, multiprogramming capability and OS facilities are provided for the real-time jobs. This manual presents the general logic specifications of RTM, which enable the user to run real-time and batch jobs concurrently. It is assumed that the reader is familiar with standard OS terminology. Application Program Manual. Type II, 56 pages CONVERSION /lID ~ [SYSTEM MANUAL, 5799-AAJ, ~ £.Qm! 8.001. REFERENCE NUMBER FA1287 The FDRTRANICODVersion Aid Programming RPQ assists in converting programs.written in certain non-System/360 FORTRAN dialects to System/360 executable code. Conversion is accomplished through translation, hand modification, compilation, and object-time library simulation. This programming RPQ is available on special quotation only. Programming RPQ, 190 pages ~ ~ ~ LY20-0601 DATAl360 - DOS SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NuMBER ill6=Xs2. FEATIIRE CODE 8018 This manual contains detailed descriptions and procedures for system generation. LY20-0609 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV [PMS IV) PRCGRAM ~ 5734-XP4, ~ ~ .!!!!l!! COST PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL This manual presents a detailed description of subroutines and internal data formats of PMS IV Cost Processor. In conjunction with the program listings and flowcharts, it provides the user with a complete description of how this processor is implemented. Program Product Manual, 92 pages This publication also contains abstract descriptions and functional flowcharts for all key modules. Terminal the System To further assist the system programmer, console operator, and terminal operator, a set of sample problems and runn~ng instructions with sample outputs are included. Program Product System Manual, 210 pages LY20-0602 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM Y ~ !!Q..,. 5736-XS3, FEATURE !!Q..,. 8049 =!!2§. SYSTEM MANUAL, LY20-0610 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMS IV) PROGRAM NUMBER 5734~ FEATURE NUMBER 8071 NETWORE PROCESSOR SYSTEM-~ ------ ---This manual presents a detarred description of subroutines and internal data formats of PMS IV Network Processor. In conjunction with the program listings and flowcharts. it provides the user with a complete description of how this processor is implemented. Program Product Manual, 156 pages This publication contains a description of the internal structure and the basic operation of the GPSS program. All the modules which make up the GPSS program are discussed in general and, where appropriate, the operation of all routines within a given modu1e is explained in detail. The information contained in this manual should give the user a thorough understanding of the structure and operation of the GPSS program so that modifications may be more easily designed and implemented. Program Product Manual, 568 pages LY20-0611 ~t.::~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ LY20-0604 CUSTOMER INFORMATION ~ SYSTEM, OS-STANDARD [CICS/OS) [5736-U11), LANGUAGE AND TERMINAL ~ FEATURE ~ MANUAL, ~ CODE 8060 The purpose of this manual is to give the user a thorough Understanding of the logic of the IBM Language and Terminal [LIT) Feature, an extension to the CUstomer Information Controi System OS-STANDARD [CICS/OS) [5736-Ull). The manual is intended for use by the system programmer responsible for program maintenance and program design alteration. The manual contains· module flowcharts. flowchart narratives, and control area and control table formats. The Language and Terminal Peature gives the user tbe ability to write'his processing programs in PL/I or COBOL. The feature extends ·the terminal support to the 1030 Data Collection System, 2741 Communication Terminal. Binary Synchronous Communication Terminal with support for System/360' on non-Switched lines, System/360 Model 20 on non-switched lines, 1130 computing System on non-switched lines, 2180 Data ~ransmission Terminal on non-switched lines. and switched line support f.or 2740 COIIDDUDication of subroutines and internal data formats of PMSIV Resource Allocation Processor. In conjunction with the program listings and flowcbarts. it provides the user with a complete description of how this processor is implemented .• Program Product Manual, 92 pages LY20-0612 PROJECT PROORiiM REPORT~~~~~i:~~~d~~~~ This ~ description of subroutines and internal data formats of PHS IV Report Processor. In conjunction with the program listings and flowcharts, it provides the User with a complete description of how this processor is implemented. Program Product Manual, 168 pages Te.rmina.l., 2741 COmmunications Terminal, and 1050 COIIDDUDication System. OS-STANDARD (CICS/OS~ has been added to the name of this system to distinguish it from the recently announced DOS systems CICS/DOSE and CICS/DOSS. Functional changes have not been made. Program Product Manual, 104 pages GEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMSIV) FLOwCiiAiiTMAiiu~ 5734-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8075 manual contains tbe flowcharts for the Cost Processor of Project Management System IV. It should be used in conjunction with the system manual for the Cost Processor. Program Product Manual, 88 pages 1S LY20-0606 SYSTEM/360 FINANCIAL TERMINAL SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL, YQ!,!!!!! !.:. FLOWC~TIVES ~ ~ 5736-F12. FEATIIRE CODE 8026 This manual describes the internal logic and flow of the Financial Terminal System (PTS), This system. operating as the controller of a DOS teleprocessing and multitasking partition. provides control of network operations and an efficient environment in whiCh up to eight user-written LY20-0614 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMSIV) NETilORE PROCESSOR FLOiiCiiiiRT~ PROGRAM ~ 5734-XP4, PEATURE CODE' !!!ll This manual contains the flowcharts for the Network Processor of ProjeCt Management System IV. It should be used in conjunction with the system manual for the Network Processor. Program Product Manual. 120 pages application programs may CODcurrent1y process termina1 transactions. The contents'of this manual include data specifications, internal macro lisage, and detailed descriptions of all FTS modules. The purpose of the manual is to provide the user with a level of understanding sufficient to enable him to maintain the system. diagnose errors, or modify its design, . volume II of the System Manual [LY20-0607) contains flowcharts of all FTS logic modules. Program Product Documentation. 512 page" 293 LY2o-0615 Resource Allocation processoc of projeCt Management System IV. It should be used in conjunction with the system manual for tbe Resource Allocation Processor. Program Product Manual, 136 pages LY20 LY20 large common data bases in a multi-a~plication environment. This environment is created to accommodate both on-line . message processing and conventional batCh processing. either separately or concurrently. This manual includes a f~owchart of each module in the 1MS/360 program. MOduLe descriptions are contained in Volume I. Vo~ume III contains ~istings of the data base (batch) portion of the IMS/360 program. furnished as microfiche. Volume IV contains· listings of the data communications portion of the program. also furnished as microfiche. program Product Manual. 324 pages LY20-0616 PROJEC'l' MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMSIV) ~PROCEsSOR F~IiANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4. FEATURE roDE 8069 This manual contains the f~owcharts for the Report Processor of Project Management System IV. It shou~d be used in conjunction with the system manua~ for the Report Processor. Program Product Manua~. 120 pages LY20-0621 (COGS). FOREClISTING (OS). NUMBER 5734-D33 ns soUrCe'Code"'IIStings and f~owcharts to aid the user in program product implementation and modification. Program Product System Manua~. MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, SYSTEM MANUAL 1!l!!!!!l!!! 5734-.XC1, FEATURE CODE ~ IBM Disp~ay Management System (DMS) is a series of application modules. operating under a supervisor. which greatly simplify. to the user. the complexities of implementing interactive data processing operations which feature the 2260/65 Disp~ay Station. By use of three forms provided by DMS the user implements his own app~ications on a customized basis by describing his data files. designing 2260/65 Disp~ay Station images (panels) in the ~anguage of his own app~ication, and describing the utility fUnctions that are required. The purpose of this manual is to give the user a thorough understanding of the logic employed in each module. This manua~ contains.detai~ed program flowcharts, flowchart narratives. control area and centrol table formats, register considerations. special ~ro9ramming techniques and information concerning program modification. Licensed Program Product ManuaL 132 pages LY20-0622 CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEM (COGS) ALLOCATION (OS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734=53-2-------- ------ -----This manual contains source code listings and flowcharts to aid the user in program product imp~ementation and modification. Manual. 116 pages LY20-0623 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR PAGINATION/360, SYSTEM MANUAL, VOLUME ]; FLOWCHART NARRATIVES PROGRAM NUMBEII 5736-K12, FEATURE CODE 8010 The two-vo~ume System Manua~ provides detai~ed information to assist the user in acquiring a thorough know~edge of the programming ~ogic and techniques used in PAGINATION/360. The manua~ is intended primari~y for the use of systems analysis and programmers who may need to alter or'maintain = the program. Manua~ = The Program Description Manual and Operations are prerequisites to reading and using the System Manual. This volume of the System Manual contains narratives, and switch and register ~ists. v~ume II contains the program logic f~owcharts. Program product System Manua~, 370 pages LY20-0624 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR PAGlNATION/360, SYSTEM MANUAL, VOLUME I I FLOWCHARTS ~ ~ 5736-K12. FEATURE CODE 8011 The two-vo~ume system Manual provides detai~ed information = = to assist the user in acquiring a thorough knowledge of the programming ~ogic and techniques used in PAGlNATION/360. The manua~ is intended primari~y for the use of systems ~lysts and programmers who may need to alter or maintain the program. The Program Description Manual and Operations Manua~ are prerequisites to reading and using the System Manual. This vo~ume of the System Manua~ contains the program logic flowcbarts. Volume X contains narratives. and switch and register ~ists. Program Product system Manua~, 822 pages LY20-0635 CONTROL PROGRAM-67 ONLINE cgHOL SYMHOLIC DEBUG PROGRAMMING RPO: ~ MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5799-AIlE FEATURE .!!Q:. 8006 This pub~ication describes. the system design and actua~ coding of the Symbo~ic Debug system. It is intended primar~y for the systems programmers. Thisprogramming RPQ is available on specia~ quotation only (see inside front cover). . Programming RPO. 54 pages LY20-0638 DATA/360-0S SYSTEM MANUAL ~ NUMBER5'734=xs3:-FEATURE CODE 8087 This manual contains detai~ed descriptions of the DATA/360OS files, modules. and macros. It is intended for systems programmers or equivalent wbo wish to become fam~liar with the internal workings of DATA/360-0S. Topics pertaining to generating and operating DATA/360-0S are found in the DATA/360-0S Conso~e operator's Guide (SH20-0926). Topics pertaining to termin~ operations and training are located in the DATA/360-0S Termina~ Operator's Guide (SH20-0925). Program Product Manua~. 302 pages LY20-0640 l!!I!!~a!n!!!!~!!!!!!!!l;!!!I!!!j:lI!!!~!!j: modu~e Mathematica~ LY20-0628 !he ~L.lp~~~ticm~~~,ei"~~s:~~~p:rogrammer system. It contains f~owcharts and descriptions of each ACIP routine. In addition. there is a section on system modification considerations. Manua~~ 180 pages LY20-0629 CODE 8080 Ii~Q;~t!C~~,n.,~~mt;-S~~~~EiQlIS~a-:proceSSing program of medium to 1arge common data bases in a multiapp.lication environment. This environment is created to accommodate both o~ine message processing and conventional batch processing. either separate~y or concurrently. The syst~ permits the evo~utionary expansion of data processing app~ications from a batch-only to a te~eprocessing environment. This manual includes a description ·of each modu~e of the IMS/360 program. It a~so contains information on macros used. interfaces and uiodul.e ~izes. error cocles and handling. and ABERDs. F~owcharts are contained in Volume II.. vo~ume III contains ~istings of the data base (batch) portion of the IMS/360 program, furnished as microfiche. Vo~ume IV contains ~istings of the data communications portion of the program. also furnished as microfiche. Program Product Manua1. 728 pages imp~ementation LY20-0630 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT"SY~J360 - ~.£a.~ Programming System (MPSX). ofIt a~~ows the processing of mixed integer ~inear programming prob~ems, that is, ~inear programming problems in which some of the variab~es must take integer va~ues. This manu~ describes the "branch and bound" method used and the MIP routines. Program Product Manual. 84.pages LY20-0641 MATHEMATICAL PROG NG SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX), MIXED ~ ~ FLOWCHART MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER -XM4 FEATURE CODE 1Ul57 ThlS"iiia.iiiilI"Ciinta ns the f~owcharts for the Mixed Integer Programming (MIP) Feature of MPSX. It shou~d be used in conjunction with the MIP system Manua~ and the source or assemb~y. ~istings. Program Product Manua~. 36 pages EXTENDED (Mi>SX) FLOWCHART .MANUAL ~~~~~~~~~~FEA~ TURE CODE 8055 ----iii f1owchartiiforthe Mathematical Programming System Extended (MPSX). It should be used in conjunction with the MPSX System Manual and the source or assemb1y ~istings. Program.Product. 296 pages SYSTEM EXTENDED CODE 8056 NUMBER 573ii=Xii4,"" manual p~ov etaiiea information elp the""'iiSer understand the imp~ementation of MPSX. It is designed to be used with the program ~istings and f~owcharts of MPSX. Program Product Manua~. 5.28 pages 1L u~s SYSTEM MANUAL (FLOWCHARTS) FICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6. FEAT CODE §..!!ll Information Management System/ is a processing program designed to fac~itate the imp~ementation of medium to .294 LY20 LY20 LY20-0655 SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM (SLIS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-H12 This man~tains detai~ed program information useful for program modification. error diagnosis and maintenance. The manual contains detailed descriptive information on the ~ogica~ operation of each program, through program flowcharts. Most flowchart narratives are general. but more detai~ has been inc~uded for the comp~icated programs. LY20-0671 (PL-MATH) S!STEM MANUAL NUMBER 805-1----- -----ThIS:mannaY-co;ntarns~he~soouurrccee code Listings for the procedures and sample programs of the PL-MATH Library. Program Product, 224 pages ~~.J4 Labels and symbols, programmed switches. program indicators, register usage, speCial techniques, program modification notes, and service subprogram usage are defined far each system program. This document is written as a reference manual. Before using this manual the reader should be thorough~y fami~iar with the fo~~owing manuals: SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL (GH2o-0709), SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM LABORATORY MANUAL (SH200769), SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL (SH20-0780), SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM OPERATIONS MANUAL (SH20-0781). Manual, 284 pages LY20-0674 MINIPERT ~ MANUAL. FEATURE ~ 8086 PROGRAM NUMBER 5734~XP3 This manual contains a deta~ed description and listing for every MINIPERT function in each of the five workspaces. Program Product Manual, 144 pages LY20-0678 APL/360-0S AND APL/360-DOS SYSTEM MANUAL FE1sTURE NUMBERS 8091, 8034 ------ ------ LY20-0656 IBM SYSTEW360 .!lru!!£ £Q!!S!§ SYSTEM, SETEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-G26 This manua~ details the logiC of the batch and online programs within the Basic Courts System. Internal buffers and switches are described, and modification guidelines are provided, for the benefit of installation programmers or systems engineers. The information in this manuaL is not needed, ordinariLy, by operations or applications personnel. The batch programs are written in ANS COBOL. The online programs are written in the macro language of FASTER LC (Fi~ing And Source Data.Entry Techniques for Easier RetrievaL--Low Core). The online programs run under controL of the FASTER LC system. The System Manuu for FASTER LC (feature 8056, order number LY20-0595) shou~d be referenced for FASTER LC program logic. Manual. 96 pages PROGRAM ~ 5734-XM6. ~ This publication provides general information relating to the design and program ~ogic of the program products. When used as a debugging tool, this manual serves as a guide to the program ~istings. Program Product Manual, 232 pages LY20-0679 COURSEWRITER IU, VERSION 1 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Ell This publication provides detai~ed information of programming logic employed in the app~ication. It is assumed that the reader has prior knowledge of Coursewriter III, the Disk Operating System, and Basic Telecommunications Access Method. Flowcharts and assemb1y listings are not in this publication (see -Optional Machine Readable Information- in the Application Directory). Program product DUL~ual, 100 pages LY20-0681 CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY SYSTEM II ICFOU) SYSTEM MANUAL - VOLUME I - I!ROGRAM NUMBER m6=ii13 This manua~ provides detaI~ed information to help the user understand the special CFO II macros that provide system compatibi~ity. The s~hroutines used by many of the CFO II programs are also described in this manual. A program abstract and flowchart, a st~rage allocation table, and a listing of program switches and their descriptions are included for each of the subroutines. This manual also describes (1) the processing of· card image input fOr file maintenance, accounting and status request transactions, and the creation of the transaction file; (2) the editing of transactions; (3) the selection, LY20-0663 addition, rep~acement, deletion, and updating of policy FARE UOTE/ master records on the policy master file. Appropriate PROGRAM NU f~owcharts, storage al~ocation tables, program modification, This manuu and a ~isting of program switches and their descriptions are capabi~ities offered by the Fare QuoteITicketing package and the relationship to the PARS environment. It exp~ains included. system ph~osophy. broad programming guidelines and data Manual, 148 pages record characteristics. program Product Manua~, 34 pages LY20-0682 CONSOLIDATED F ONS ORDINARY SYSTEM II (CFOU), SYSTEM MANUAL 11 PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N13 LY20-06611 ~nua~ prOv etai~ed information to help the user FARE QUOTE/ISSUE TICKET PROGRAM AND ~ SPECIFICATIONS understand file maintenance processing. It describes PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Tll (SEE·ALSO "TARIFF MAINTENANCE" PROG. NO. 5736-Tl1) external file maintenance transactions that add, delete, or replace individuu policy master record fields and/or ThIS manual describes the planS, contro~s, methods and trai1ers. It also describes the automatic trailer techniques used for communications between the PARS system proceSSing re~ated to po~iCY status coding and the policy and the Fare QuotelTicketing system in order to calculate exhibit adjustment. Approp~iate flowcharts, storage fares and issue tickets. a~location tab~es, program modification aids, and a listing Program Product Manual, 392 pages of p~gram switches ·and their descriptions are included. Manual, 117 pages LY20-0665 PROGRAII AND PACKAGE SPECIFICATIONS TARIFF MAINTENA PROGRAM NUMBER ~ --- ------LY20-0683 (SEE ALs()iiiAR E/TICKETING" PROG. ~ 5736-Tl1) CONSOLIDATED· FUNCT 2XlITllM g (CFOU), SYSTEM MANUAL - VO GRAM ~ 5736-N13 This iiiaiiiia~ conta ns the specifications which describe the This manual provides ail fOrmation to help the user p~ans, methods, controls and techniques of editing. understand the cash updating and anniversary processing constructing and updating the tariff and ticketing fi~e programs. It describes 1) the editing functions performed required by the Fare QuotelTicketing pac~ge to perform its function. . by update processing and the automatic entries which are generated as part of that processing, and 2) the sequence of Program Product Manual. 892 pages anniversary processing. Appropriate flowcharts, storage a~location tables, program modification aids, and a listing of program switches and tbeir description are inCluded. LY20-0666 Manual, 136 pages FARE QUOTE/TICKETING DATlVMACRO SPECIFICATION PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Tll This man"iiaIdescribes the purpose and format of a~~ data records used in the Fare QUotelTicketing program Product and LY20-0684 (CFOII) , i~lustrates how .the data is created. maintained and used to 5736-N13 produce a fare quotation and a printed ticket. This ~~~~~~pI~,ta~Fdi~iiIE~~~~~~~'~~h~e~ltp~the user document uso describes all executab~e macros written for the Fare Quote/Ticketing program product detai~ing their generation of billing notification. In· generation of status requests for schedu~ed purpose and functions inc~uding a~l programming 1S described. Appropriate flowcharts, storage considerations and requirements. tab~es, program modification aids. and a listing Program Product Manua~, 200 pages switches and their description are included. pages LY20-0661 COMPUTER 2XlITllM SIMULATOR II .!£§§ II). SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XS5. FEATURE CODE 8035 This manua~ provides a detai~ed description of the structure and internu operation of the routines within the CSS II program. It is primarily intended to be used as a guide with the program list1ng for users intending either to modify the program or to write an assemb~y language HELP routine to be associated with the program. Program Product Manua~, 604 pages = 295 LY20 LY20 transient operational characteristics of present and projected interconnected power networks, three digital simulation components are included in the package: Power Flow. Short Circuit. and Transient Stability. Tbis manual is designed for use bY the system analyst and system programmer. It describes the basic solution technique and its implementation in the Power Flow Output and Capacity Feature. Power Flow files and variables are described. Tbe format of the results file. which may be saved upon completion of a Power Flow simulation, is described. Xn addition, a description of each procedure in tbe Power Flow Output and Capacity Feature is given. Manual, 130 pages LY20-0685 CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY SYSTEM II ICFOII). SYSTEM MANUAL - VOLUME V - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N13 This manual. provides information to hel.p t~understand the program logic of the status series. It describes. (1) the creation of the status temporary data record. (2) the calculations involving the mortality table and the policy master record, (3) the generation of accounting and policy exhibit transactions. (q) the updating of the policy master record and the "generation of image status requests, and (5) the printing of the status report. Approprfate flowcharts, storage allocation tabLes, program modification aids, and a listing of program switches and their descriptions ·are included. Manual. 162 pages LY20-069q BROKERAGE ACCOUNTING SYSTEM ELEMENTS (BASE) VERSION 2 ~ ~ :: PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-F31, FEATURE 8005 This system manual consists principally of the flowcharts for each program in the Brokerage Accounting System Elements (B~SE) system, together with such supplementary material as will aid tbe programmer in modifying the system to adapt it to a particular application requirement. The RASE system is composed of a number of closely interrelated programs that provide a comprehensive foundation for back office data processing applications in today's brokerage firm. Application areas covered include Purchase and sale (PiS), Stock Record, Dividends, Bookkeeping, Interest, Customer Statements. and such critical Cashier functions as Fails and Transfers~ The BASE system is general enough to permit various options and modifications to suit the individual requirements. of a particular brokerage firm. However, the processing in the application areas is extensive so that most programs will require little or no modification by ·the typical brokerage firm. Program product manual, 592 pages LY20-0686 CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY SYSTEM II (CFOII). SYSTEM MANUAL - VOLUME VI - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N13 This manual. provides detailed information to help the user understand the program logic concerned with (1) the merging of the status and nonstatus activity files, the creation of the life transaction file, and the processed master file: (2) the processing of generaL accounting entries, preparation of the policy accounting journal. and the premium distribution by state file, (3) the processing of sorted billing, commission, and accounting transactions and the printing of the general accounting journa.l and summary totals by account number, (q) the scheduling of the next automatic activity date in the policy master record and the creation of the policy exhibit transaction file. Appropriate flowcharts, storage allocation tables, program modification aids, and a listing of program switches and their descriptions are included. Manual. 108 pages LY20-0687 LY20-0696 CONSOLlDAftil FUNCTIONS ORDINARY ~ II (CFOIx). GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 IGIS/2) SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL - VOLUME VII - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N13 This manual provides information to heJ.p the user understand MANUAL VOLUME 1 - PROGRAM NUMBEii"573ii=xii 1 FEATURE"NiiiiBiiR ~ - the program logiC for the periodic update programs. It describes (1) the creation of extracts for dividend and ThIS three-volume manual outlines and details the internal other participation updating of the policy master record, logic of the Generalized Information System. Version 2, for the benefit of pxogrammers attempting to revise and/or (2) the updating of the extracts with temporary values and other data from the dividend rate file, (3) the updating of maintain the system~ The o~9anization of the manual the policy master record by adding temporary value records reflects the system's design structure of interfacing or by changing the participation option codes, (q) the program units. As applicable. the manual includes replacement of old premium rates on the renewable term diagnostiC comments to assist in isolating faulty operation, policy master records, (5) tbe creation· of extracts for cash and contains modification aids to assist in making minor value updating mastnent wheneVer a simulatiQn component is run. In order to study the steady state and - - - --- ---- --- iiTi6 - - - - - - - - - - - ---- --- Tbis three-volume manual outlines and details the internal logic of the Generalized Intormation System, Version 2, for the benefit of p%Ogrammers attempting to revise and/or maintain the system. The organization of the manual reflects the system's design structure of interfaCing program units. As applicable, the manual includes diagnostiC comments. to assist in isolating faulty operation, and contains modification aids to assist in making minor changes to the system. Program Product Manual, 52q pages LY20-0698 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 IGIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 3 - PROGRAMNOOER5'ilii=XX1FEATiiRE NUMBER ~ --- - - --- --- ---- --- This three-volume manual outlines and details the internal logic of the Generalized Information System. version 2, for the benefit of programmers attempting to revise and/or maintain the system. The organization of the manual reflects the system's design structure of interfacing program units. As applicable. the manual includes diagnostic comments to assist in isolating faulty operation, and contains madifi'cation aids to assist in making minor cbanges to the system. Program Product Manual, qOO pages LY20-0699 IBM GENERALIZED INF MANUAL SUPPLEMENT PROGRAM NUMBER 573q ~nual provide ogie documentation for the above-named feature. These pages replace correspondingly numbered wreserve w pages in the System Manual provided with. the Basic Retrieval System package. Program product Manual.. 2q pages LY20-070D 296 I.Y20 LY20 correspondingly numbered -reserve- pages in the System or department of a company with a planning function such as personnel or manpower planning. marketing projections, short-range budgeting. etc. This manual is to be used in conjunction with the PSG II source code listings4 Users of this manual should be familiar with the following publications: Manual provided with the Basic Retrieval system package. Program Product Manual, 12 pages I.Y20-0101 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEME TRE CONTROL S~- FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 513q-XXI RE:NUMBER 812q ------- ------This manual pro design and internal logic documentation for the above-named feature. These pages replace correspondingly numbered -reserve- pages in the System Manual provided with the Basic Retrieval System package. Program Product Manual, 48 pages LY20-0T02 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANuAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE PROCESS ------- - ------- -----PROGRAM NUMBER 513HXTFEATUO This manual provides design an ernal logic documentation for the above-named feature. These pages replace correspondingly numbered -reserve- pages in the system Manual provided with the Basic Retrieval system package. Program Product Manual, 68 pages LY20-0l03 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE FORMAL REPORT FEATURE PROG~ NUMBIR 513q-XXI FEATURE:NUMBER 81-1-9---- ------- ------This manual provides design and internal logic documentation for the above-named feature. These pages replace correspondingly numbered -reserved'" pages in the System Manual provided with the Basic Retrieval System package. Program Product Manual. 128 pages LY20-010q IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VOLUME 2 (GIS/2l SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT HIERACiiIc FILE SUPP FEATURE NUMBER 8031 The IBM Customer Information Control System (CICS) is -a--transaction-oriented, multiapplication data base/data communication interface between a system/360 or System/370 operating system and user-written application programs. Applicable to most on-line systems, CICS provides many of the facilities necessary for standard terminal applications: message switching. inquiry. data collection. order entry, and conversational data entry. eICS is available in three systems--twc for DOS users and orie for as users. Because the two CICS/OOS systems are compatible with each other and with the CICS/OS system, it is possible to start with a small data base/data communication configuration and move up through DOS into as. The information contained in this manual is of interest to persons maintaining and modifying the operation of the CICS/DOS-STANDARD system. Manual, 292 pages LY20-011Q CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) OPERATING SYSTEM STANDARD VERSION 2 - FEATURE NUMBER 8142 - LOGIC MANUAL ~NUMBER 513Q~~ ------ ---- - ----- -----The IBM Customer Information Control System (eleS) is a transaction-oriented. multiapplication data base/data communication interface between a system/360 or System/370 operating system and user-written application programs. Applicable to most on1ine systems. CICS provides many of the facilities necessary for standard terminal applications: message switching. inquiry. data collection, order entry. and conversational data entry. CICS is available in three systems - two for DOS users and one for OS users. Because the two CICS/OOS systems are compatible with each other and with the CICS/OS system, it is possible to start with a small Qata base/data communication configuration and move up through DOS into as. The information contained in this manual is of interest to persons maintaining and modifying the operation of the CICS/OS-STAtIDATID V2 "y"tel:!. Program Product Logic ~anual. 200 pages LY20-0116 IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FILING AND SOURCE DATA ENTRY TilcHNrQUES FOR EASIiiiRETRIEVAL MuLTiTiiREA-D--- ----(DOS FASTER MT) ~ MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-G2Q discussing each system routine and its function within the basic components identified as Line Control. Interface, and Message Processor. Interna1 controls are described for the benefit of installation'programmers or systems engineers. The information in this manual is not needed ordinarily by operators or app1ications personnel. Data-control flowcharts. line control flowcharts, and program listings ~~e logical parts of this manual and are made available in machine-readable form. See the program Directory for a description of the distribution medium. Program product manual, 88 pages = = = LY20-0117 IBM FASHION REPORTER PROGRAM PRODUCT ~ MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5136~Dll ~n~c1udes program flowcharts, flowchart 291 LY20 LY20 narratives, and other information necessary to understand LY20-0743 AN APL (OS OR DOS) the programming logiC used in the IBM Fashion Reporter system. This information will be useful when implementing or modifying this system. ~EXT EDITOR AND COMPOSER: SYSTEM GUIDE PROG. NO. 5796=PAC, FEATURE NO. 8009 --- --This manual contains information on the design and coding of The programs that operate on user data or the inventory file are written in IBM PL/I programming language. Programs which print reports are written in IBM System/360 RPG programming language. Additional information regarding the system may be found in the following manuals: o IBM Fashion Reporter, Program Description Manual (S820-2053) this system. It inoludes annotated listings of all functions. tables of their usage, and lists of variables~ It is intended to aid in modifying and maintaining'the system and in diagnosing error situations. System Guide. 44 pages LY20-0746 o IBM Fashion Reporter, Operations Manual (SH20-2054) Manual, 134 pages ~~~~~u~~~G~~!N~O~E~~~~~~~T TRACKING SYSTEM This manual contains information on the design and coding of this system and has incorporated the contents of Technical Newsletter LN20-6086. LY20-0726 SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR THE ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUsTRY SHORT CIRCUIT ROFEATuRE--sYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME y!... FEATURE 8103 PROGRAM NUMBER 5736=ii"i2 - - In order to study the steady state and transient operational = characteristics of present and projected interconnected power networks~ three digital simulation components are included in the Power System Planning program product: Power Flow~ Short Circuit~ and Transient Stabilityw The Short Circuit RO Feature extends the capabilities of the Short Circuit component. This manual is deSigned for use by the system analyst and system programmer. It describes the basic solution technique and its implementation in the Short Circuit RO Feature. Files and variables are described. A description of each procedure in the Short Circuit RO Feature is given. Program product manual, 61 pages LY20-0749 FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS. IUP PROG. NO. 57~ - - - This manual describes in some detail. the functional ca{:abilities offered by the Flight Data Display system. LY20-0750 FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM PACKAGE/PROGRAM SPECIFICATIONS IUP PROGRAM NO. 579'6=PAE STAT/BASIC is a comprehensive set of interactive statistical programs for ITF. It consists of q.0 BASIC programs. providing the user with procedures for data generation. elementary statistics. regression and correlation analysis. mu~tivariate analysis, analysis of variance. nonparametric statistics, time series analysis. and biostatistics~ The interactive features include instructional messages. flexible control of calculations. extensive error checking. and data editing. This manual provides program flowcharts. flowchart narrative. and program listings. Program Product Manual, 208 pages .!!!!2 ON This' manual describes in some detail the programming that comprises this system. The code is described at flowchart level. Input/Output requirements are provided for each program. Manual. 288 pages LY20-0751 FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM DATA/MACRO/FILE SPECIFICATIONS IUP PROGRAM NO. 5796~ This manual describes in some detail. the data records, the unique macros and the file descriptions used in this system. Manual, q.6 Pages LY20-0755 ON LOADFLOW PLOTTING SYSTEM, VARIHUS CORPORATION, ~ GULF STATES UTILITIES COMPANY SYSTEMS GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-AAF No abstract availa~ ----- - --- -----Systems Guide, 14 pages The OS Requirements Planning Extensions (Programming RPQ) is a modification of the OS/360 ReqUirements Planning program product (5734-M51). It explains system philosophy. broad programming 9uidelines, data record characteristics and general, agent facilities .. Manual, 26 pages LY20-0728 STAT/BASIC FOR INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY LOGIC MANUAL FEATURE NUMBER 8100 - PROGRAM NUMHER 5734-XA3----- ------ LY20-0729 OS REQUIREMENTS PLANNING EXTENSIONS (PROGRAMMING EA6264) - SYSTEM MANUAL - PROG. NO. 5799-AAY This manual includes annotated listings of all fUnctions and variables and their uses. It is intended to aid in modifying and maintaining the system and in identifying error conditions~ Manual. 124 pages The extensions add capability and increase the performance of the program product. This manual includes program flowcharts and flowchart narratives. in addition to information regarding switches, labels, symbols, and register assignment. The manual is "intended to aid systems analysts and programmers to install and maintain the as Requirements Planning Extensions. The programming RPQ describes in this manual and all licensed materials available for it. are provided by IBM on a special quotation basis only, under the terms of the License Agreement for IBM program products. Your local IBM branch office can advise you regarding the special quotation and ordering procedures. Manual, 178 pages LY20-0757 SYSTEM GUIDE FOR S/.360/370 MCGILL UNIVERSITY SYSTEM FOR INTERAcTIVE:COMPUTING (MUSIC) - PROGRAM NUMBE~-AAT MUSIC is a time-sharing system-that offers-a-wide variety of facilities in a cost effective environment.. It offers many languages and features normally found in larger systems. By combining the full functions of multiple languages and interactive capabilities with demonstratable dependability, MUSIC has proved to be a multipurpose high-performance system suitable for many types of operations, particularly in the Educational Area. For instance. it is currently being used by large city-wide school and university installations in addition to commerical and governmental organizations .• This manual provides the information needed by those persons involved in MUSIC system maintenance and modification. = LY20-0733 BILL PROCESSOR SYSTEMS IMS/360 BRIDGE. SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX9 The Bill Processor Systems - IMS/360 Bridge consists of the Guide. 72 pages programs necessary ~o convert bill processor system files to IMS/360 data bases and to access the converted data bases. The elements which make up the Bill Processor Systems IMS/360 Bridge are as follows: the descriptor generator ON LY20-0758 ON DATA DICTIONARY/DIRECTORY SYSTEM WITH DATA ELEMENT GLOSSARY SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PA-G--- ---- ------- No abstract availab~ - - - - (GEN1), the conversion generator (GEN2). the unload module genera1 source. code (UNLS). the load program general ,source Manual. 146 pages code (LOADS). the interface generator WEN3). and the interface module general source code (INTFS). This manual includes program flowcharts and flowchart narratives, as well as record layouts for the descriptor file entries. The manual is int~Dded to aid systems analysts and programmers in installing and maintaining the ON Bill Processor systems - IMS/360 Bridge programs_ ~~~~n~~~~~~~~~'description of the system flow of Manual, 64 pages the Consolidated Functions Equity Products system. It is intended to provide the rea"der with an understanding GY20-0738 OS/MVT WITH RESOURCE SECURITY - LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV 001 TYPE TEXTENiiION"" This manuai describes the internal logic of the resource security system.. Its use is intended for- system programmers and for those persons having programming maintenance support responsibi1ity. Manual,. 428 pages *N of the capabilities of the system. Manual. 144 pages LY20-0762 ON SCRLPT/370 SYSTEM GUIDE IUP NUMBER 5796-PAF SCRIPT/380 is an IBM Installed User Program designed for use with Virtual Machine. Facility/370. It provides text- = processing facilities. It executes as a command of the Conversational Monitor System (CMS). a component of VM/370. This document descr.ibes the interface between the SCRIPT 298 LY20 LY20 program and CMS, the program organization and structure of SCRIPT/370, and the algorithms for text-processing used by it. It is intended for use by programmers who will maintain or modify the system. Manual, 50 pages LY20-0163 *N CYCLE-TIME SIMULATOR SYSTEM SYSTEMS GUIDE IUP NUMBER 5796-PBG This manual contains information on the design and ceding of this system. It includes annotated listings of all functions and variables and their uses. It is intended to aid in modifying and maintaining the system and in identifying error conditions. Manual, 116 pages LY20-076Q *N ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM (ASTAP) REFERENCE GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-POH This program provides engineers with a powerful tool for use in the design and reliability analysis of linear and nonlinear electrical networks. Although ASTAP is oriented Trust Company for distribution to their Branch Offices. It was designed to ans~er many of the normal user·questions concerning data which is either required as input to or received as output from the system. Guide LY20-07l1 *N DATA BASE DESIGN EVALUATION (DBPROTOTYPE) PROGRAM SYSTEM GUlDB-=--IUP NUMBER 5796-PBB ------- -----This manual ~ns information about the internal logiC and organization of the DBPROTOTYPE programs, It is intended to help people involved in program maintenance and alteration. Manual, 180 pages LY20-0712 =:::~~:~_~~GUAGE l2!! IMS-PLIMS SYSTEM GOIDB The program can be used for performing DC and AC steady- LY20-0773 - DATA BASE MAPPING PROGRAMS SY~EM GUIDE - IUP NU 5796=POC"""" - - --- --- - The SMP - Data Base Mapping Programs, DBMAP and PSEMAP, build and print maps of IMS physical and logical data bases from information contained in the data base description (DOD) and program specification block (PSB), respectively. This manual describes the internal logiC of the DBMAP and PSBMAP programs. Guide, 16 pages state as well as transient analysis. In addition. a Monte carlo statistical simulation can be performed in conjunction with DC, AC, or transient analysis to predict the effect of component variations on network performance. A common user- oriented input language is provided for describing the network to be analyzed in any of the above modes. -. This Reference Guide describes the network theory and numerical algorithm used by ASTAP. It also relates the algorithms to the code at the functional level. Guide, 188 pages LY20-0765 *N ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS ~ (ASTAP) LOGIC ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-POH The ASTAP Logic Manual describes the programming details and structuring of ASTAP. It is designed to aid those persons = responsible for maintaining. updating. modifying. and expanding the ASTAP network analysis program. This manual includes descriptions of the general organization of the program as well as the functions performed by each program *N This document is intended as an aid to systems programmers in making modifications, diagnosing error situations, and performing maintenance work. It describes the components of PLIMS, and it discusses tbe PLIMS utility program. Manual, 44 pages primarily toward the analysis of electronic circuits. it can also be used to simulate any physical system wbich can be represented ,by a network model. = 1!!f LY2o-0774 *N BTS (BATCH TERMINAL SIMULATOR) SYSTEMS GUIDE IUP NUMEER 5796-PBD "This publication describes in detail the Batch Terminal Simulator (BTS), its mode o~ execution and its component modules. The publication also includes a description of, for example: how to change BTS default values, how to add user-written edit modules, and BTS queues and tables. Manual, 122 pages = phase and subroutine. The ASTAP Logic Manual is complemented by the ASTAP Reference Guide ILY20-0l6Q) which provides an explanation of the algorithms and mathematical techinques used by the program. Manual, 142 pages LY20-0766 *N IBM WAREHOUSE SIMULATOR SYSTEMS GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBK This manual contains informatIOn on the design and ceding of Automatic Storage and Retrieval System Program. It describes the algorithm and program logic used in the ASRS/360 program. It includes program ~istings and is intended to be used in modifying and maintaining the program. Manual, 22 pages = LY20-0767 *N IBM MULTIPLANT SOURCING SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP NDMBER 5796-PBL IBM Multi-Plant sourcing is a group of computer programs designed to assist the plants of a LY20-0775 *N TEST IMS UTILITIES BROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE - lUP NUMBER 5796-PBE - - - - - - - - - -- --TiiE!teSt 1MB util·ities include programs to create a test data base, compare an old and anew ver·sion of the same data base, list and/or unload all or part of a data base, and format the fields in a data base segment for printing. This manual describes the internal logiC of these programs as well as the program used to create and print the segment ·deScription module, which contains a physical description of every segment·and field in a data base. Manual mu~ti-plaDt company in LY20-07l8 *N MULTICOLOMN DISTILLATION ~ SYSTEMS GUIDE IUP NUMBER 5l96-PAB The Multicolumn Distillati~ Program is a fast, efficient, and versatile program that solves the steady-state distillation problem for one column or for a battery of columns with or without recycle. This manual is directed toward determining the best sources for subproducts manufactured in its plants. The programs develop alternative sourCing decisions taking into consideration such factors as work load, duty and taxes, balance of trade, and export of dollars. This manual contains logiC flowcharts ·and descriptive narratives for the programs. The information in this manual is intended to be used as an aid in making modifications, diagnosing error situations, and per£orming maintenance work. Manual, 8Q pages syst~ ana1ysts and programmers with responsibi1ity for the solution of distillation problems. This manual includes (1) descriptiOns of the algorithms used in the prOgram, (2) brief descriptiOns for modifying the input, output, and thermodynamic routines, (3) description of the secondary storage, and (q) definitions of all of the variables used in the program. Manual, 20q pages LY20-0787 ~~-1~ LY20-0770 DEPOSIT ACCOUNTING WITB OVERDRAFT BANKING SYSTEM/360-370 DOS - THE· AND TRUST COMPAF~ USER'S GUIDB - PROG. NO. ABL This manual was prepared by The Planters National Bank and TECI!lIIIQOES - LOGIC iosr- LY20-0769 *N DEMAND DEPOSIT ACCOUNTING WITH OVERDRAFT BANKING ·SiSTEiV'36'ii=3'iii" DOS - TBE PLiiiiTERS NATIONAL--wiiiK AND ~ COMPANY aOcxY MOUNT. NORTH CAROLI~ SYSTEM GUIDE - PROG. NO. 5796-ABL This manual provides IiiformatIOilfor use in maintaining and making modifications to the system. A detailed description of the" DDA Master Recerd, daily transaction and report records is included. Transaction codes, accoUDt types, exception codes and printer layout requirements for special forms are all discussed in detail. . Guide, 122 pages MT, . functions within the . as Line Control, Interface and Message Processor. Internal controls are described for the benefit of installation programmers or systems engineers. The information in this manual is not needed, ordinarily, by operatiqns or applications personnel. Data-c·ontrol flowcharts, line-control flowcharts, and program·listings are logical parts of this manual and are made available in machine-readable form. See . the Application Directory for a description of the distribution JIIedium. . Manual, 92 pages *N ~ LY20-07aa 299 LY20 LY20 The purpose of this manua1 is to describe the PALlS Automobi1e Enhancements program 10gic and a11 modifications made to the PALIS Automobi1e Program (360A-IF-llX), the PALIS Basic Program (360A-IF-10X), and the PALlS Additiona1 FUnctions program product (5736-N21) to coincide with the enhancements functions. This manua1 is to be used in conjunction with the PALIS Automohi1e Premium Processing program Description and System Manual (GB20-0499), the PALIS Autcmobi1e C1aims Processing Program Description and System Manua1 (GB20-0500), the PALIS Basic Program Description and system Manua1 . (GB20-0497), and the PALIS Basic Pegram operations Manua1 (GB20-0498). Manua1, 110 pages order according to the symbo1ic name of the module or subroutine • Note: The CALL/360-0S system bas been renamed the CALLOS system. Thus, documentation of Versicn 2 of the CALL/360-0S system refers to the system as CALL-OS. Manua1, 636 pages LY20-0BOO provides for the PALIS user. Annua1ization enbancement permits the user to use annual rates in conformity with the MLIRB Annualizaticn program edition 2-70. The Factored Rating enhancement allows the LY20-0792 BUDGET ACCOUNTING 'iiiiiffiUTIONS - LI PROGRAII NUMBER 57 BACIS is a budget preparation and appropriation accounting system for cities, counties. states, school distriCts, hospita1s, co11eges, universities and other pub1ic institutions. This manua1 contains the f10wcharts and supporting narrative for the operationa1 10gic inc1uded within this information system. Manua1. 169 pages utilization of factors in connection with the rating of hasic premium for forms BO-1, BQ-2, BO-3, and 80-5. The continuous policy renewa1 option provides for the maintenance of one physica1 master record and one policy number for the entire 1ife of a po1icy by the use of the continuous pclicy history record. Program logic bas been inc1uded to provide for c1aims coverage verification and the creation of a 10ss face sbeet extract Which inc1udes sufficient information for tbe generation of 10ss statistics. LY20-0793 Inventory system makes it possib1e to automate the handling of an investment securities portf01io. This programming RPQ is avai1ab1e on specia1 quotation on1y (see inside front cover). It inc1udes faci1ities for edit, update, and audit contr01 of a11 input data re1ating to the portfolio. Input to the system includes interest income, security market values, trades, and tax adjustments. The system produces reports summarizing activity, portf01io status and performance, and various income 'and tax accounting information. This manua1 contains detai1ed information on tbe logic f10w and coding of programs usefu1 in modifying the program, diagnosing error situatioDS~ and maintaining .the program. program Product Manua1 *N EXECUTIVE AND UTILITIES SYSTEM MANUAL ~ .1 PROGRAII NUMBER 360A-CX-42X This pub1ication describes the internal 10gic of the executive and uti1ity programs for the CALL-OS system. This system is a persona1 time-sharing computing system, which can be run in either an !1FT or MVT enviromnent. This volume contains introductory information, programming conventions, the executive overview, and descriptions of the modu1es Which comprise the executive program. Note: The CALL/360-0S system has been renamed the CALLos system. Thus, documentation of Version 2 of the CALL/360-OS system refers to the system as CALL-05. Manua1, 200 pages The dec1arations extract has been enlarged to provide additiona1 premium statistical information. Tbe purpose of this manua1 is to describe the PALlS Homeowners Enhancements program 10gic and a1l modifications made to the PALIS Additiona1 Functions program (5736-N21) and the PALIS Basic Program (360A-IF-10X) to coincide with the enhancement functions. Tbis manua1 is to be used in conjunction with the PALIS Homeowners Premium Processing 'program Description and System Manua1 (LY20-0461), the PALIS Homeowners Cl"aims Processing. Program Description and system Manua1 (LY20-0462), tbe PALIS Basic Program, Program Description and System Manua1 (GH20-0497), and tbe PALIS Basic Program, Operations Manua1 (GB20-049B). Manua1, 108 pages LY20-GB04 MODEL 6 AND ITF LOGIC MANUAL ~~~~~].~~~~~~ 5734=xMB, FEATURE NOS. 8017 AND B153 T source code 1istings and the description of tbe computationa1 b10cks which are the basis of the MATB/BASIC routines. Manual, 268 pages GY20-0795 ~ LY20-0808 PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR II (PSG II) DOS LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XTl -- ---- --- --- ----- ------ PIaDDIDg Systems Generator II (PSG II) DOS permits tbe user to rapid1y produce and eva1uate a variety of financial p1ans. It offers a simp1e method for speCifying planning data, for estab1ishing computationa1 10gic to be applied to the data, and for generating data disp1ays and reports. PSG II may be app1ied to the s01ution of planning prob1ems for financia1 management and also for any division or department of a company with a planning function such as personnel or manpower planning, marketing projections, GY20.-0796 *N EXECUTIVE M!!! UTILITIES SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 1 PROGRAII NUMBER 360A-CX-42X This pub1ication describes tbe internal 10gic of the executive and utility programs for the CALL-OS system. This system is a persona1 time-sharing computing system, which budget p1anning, etc. Users of this manua1 shou1d be fami1iar with the f0110wing pub1ications: P1anning Systems Generator II (PSG II) DOS: Operations Guide (5820-1164) P1anning Systems Generator II (PSG II) DOS: Program Reference Manua1 (SH20-1174) = ~ can be run in either an MFT or MVT environment. This vo1ume contains a description of the moa~es which comprise the uti1ity programs. Note: The CALL/360-0S system has been renamed the CALLos system. Thus, documentation of Version 2 of the CALL/360-0S system refers to the system as CALL-OS. Manua1, 76 pages The purpose of this manual is to assist the systems ana1yst in maintaining and/or modifying PSG II. Manua1, 168 pages LY2D-0809 -;;;,,.;-=~ GY20-0797 CALL-OS EXECUTIVE AND UTILITIES SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 3 PROGRAM NUMBER 360i=CX-42X *N Tb~fC~l~~~ pages provide design and internal 10gic documentation for the above-named feature. These pages rep1ace corresponding1y numbered wreserved w pages in tbe System Manua1 provided with tbe Basic Retrieval System package. Manu;ol. ------ ------ ------ - This pub1ication describes the interna1 10gic of the executive and uti1ity programs for the CALL-OS system. This system is a pe~sona1 time-sharing computing system, which can be run in either an MI'T or MVT environment. This vo1ume contains appendixes which provide a modu1e reference index, contr01 b10ck and data set formats, equiva1ency codes, character set comparisons, and macro VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM QUERY SUPPORT FEAT~ LY20-0819 instructions. Note: The CALL/360-05 system has been renamed the OS system. Thus, documentation of Version 2 of the CALL/360-OS system refers to the system as CALL-OS. Manua1, 220 pages CALL- Manua1, 136 pages GY20-0798 ~n~~.~!!i~~~~~ ~ VOLUME! ~~~iI~~ the internal 10gic of the executive and uti1ity programs .for the CALL-OS system. This system is a persona1 time-sharing computing system, which can be run in either an IU'T or MVT environment. This vo1ume contains a11 the f10wcharts in a1phabetica1 LY2D-0820 INTERACTIVE TRAINING SYSTEM LOGIC MANUAL VOLUME 2 (FLOIICBARrS) - PROGRAM NUMBER---s734=XXC - - - Ne abstract ava~ ----Manua1, .4. pages 300 *N LY20 SY20 LY20-0821 ON :INTERACTIVE TRA:INING SYSTEM LOGIC MANUAL COURSE STRUCTURING FEATURE - PROGRAM NIIMBER 573ii=XXC - - - - - No abstract availa~ Manual . LY20-0823 DNrAf360 - II LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 573ij-XS8 No abstract-aviIIabl-e-.---- - ------- -----Manual, 116 pages ON LY20-0825 ON SECURITIES ORDER MATCHING LOGIC MANUAL FEATURE NUMBER 8113 PROGRAM NUMBER 573ij-F32 This logic manual contains the detailed descriptions and program flowcharts of the Securities Order Matching (SOM) internal program modu1es. Basic Assembler Language and PL/I. This publication contains flowcharts for all program routines, layouts of common area variables, and storage allocations for all routines. It is intended for use by programmers wishing to learn more about the program operation and for those engaged in program modification. Manual, 124 pages LY20-0848 ON EPIC:FAST STUDENT TESTING SYSTEM F INSTITUTIONS LOGIC MANUAL =-PiiO" EPIC: FAST consists"""OT"ii""series that address the scoring, analysis and reporting tasks of standardized test results. The program product is designed to operate under OS or DOS, on a System/360 or System/370, to operate on an IBM 1130 or to operate on a System/3. This manual presents the internal logic of the FAST programs through flowcharts and narrative. Its primary purpose is for those users who are modifying the system for their installations and for those engaged in maintaining the program. securities Order Matching operates in a multiprogramming environment under the Telecommunications Control system (TCS) and the Operating system (OS). It permits users in tbe secruities industry to record and match orders and executions automatically through an online system during the trading day. The use of 2260 Display Stations provides LY20-0859 ~ ~ LY20-0826 *N MPSX AND GENERALIZED UPPER BOUNDING LOGIC MANUAL .:: PROGRAM NUMBER573ij-XMij No abstract available. Manual, 62 pages ON INTERACTIVE QUERY FAC:ILITY UOF) TO IMS/360 SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME V - PROGRAM Rl/MBER 5736-XX6 iiO""abStract availabre:-Manual, ij9ij pages LY20-0835 EPIC: SOCRATES LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5735-E91 No abstract avaIiiible-.----- - ------- -----Manual ON ON LY20-0837 EPIC: BUDGET/FIN&RCE LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5735-E93 No abstract available-.---- ------ - ------- ------ -------Manual, 188 pages LY20-0840 ON BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NOS. 5703-XM3 (S73iiODi'L6>AND 5734-XMB (ITF-oS. DOS AND TSO) - - - - - -- BusiiieSs Analysis/BASIC contains 30 routines which permit the user to interact with the computer. All routines are written in the BASIC language for implementation on the system/3 MOdel 6, and ITF (OS, DOS, TOO). The routines are designed to ask the user to enter his problem parameters and SY20-0880 *N IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 CONTROL PROGRAM (CP) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NuiiiiER514g::(j"i'()" - This pubIICiition describes the internal logic of the VM/370 contxo1 program. Major sections discuss: o The functions of the control program o The control program's modules o The control program's data areas Diagnostic information is also included. This publication is intended for IBM personnel responsible for program maintenance. PrerequiSites for a thorough understanding and for the effective use of this publication are: IBM System/360 Principles of Operation, GA22-6821· IBM System/370 Principles of Operation, GA22-7000 OS Assembler Language, GC28-6514 For titles and abstracts of other associated publications, see the IBM System/360 and System/370 Bibliography, GA22-6822. Manual, 572 pages SY20-0881 IBM.VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 CONVERSATIONAL MONITOR SYSTEM (CMS) PROGRAM LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749::0;0This pubIIiiitIOii"iieScribes theiiitiirnal logic of the Conversational Monitor System (eMS). LY20-0842 *N TELECOMMUNICATIONS· £Q!!!'!!!Q!, SYSTEM (TCS) LOGIC MANUAL FEATURE NUMBER 8112 - PROGRAM NUMRER 5734-F31 This manual iieSCrIiie.i tiie"Iiiternal program logic and operation fo the TelecOlDlllUDications Control System (TCS). The g""eral description sec::tion contains the functional and logical concepts of res and places the program in . perspective relative to the operating System (OS) and the Telecommunications Access Method (TCAM). This section also defines the audience for which this manUal _s intended and the. background knowledge required. Additional sections are included on method of operation, program organization, and the edit application program. The last section contains program flowcharts. ' Manual, 590 pages BElWrB CARE SUPPORT/ELECTROCARDIOGRAM ~ ANALYsIS 5734-H11 (OS. ~. ~!.Q!!!S ~.:: ~.ROS. 5736-H15 (OOS. ~ The Health care support/Electrocardiogram (EC:G) Analysis Program provides batch processing for the computerized analysis of electrocardiograms. The program is written in ON *N Major sections discussed: o· The functions of CMS o CMS method of operation o CMS data areas Prerequisites for a thorough understanding and for the effective use of this publication are: IBM System/360 Principles of Operation, GA22-6821 IBM System/370 Principles of Operation, GA22-7000 OS Assembler·Language, GC28-6514 For titles and abstracts of other associated puhlications, see the IBM System/360 and System/370 Bibliography, GA22-6822. Manual, 604 pages data and to make decisions at key pOint:s in the anal.ysis. OptiOns are provided for enhanced operating convenience and flexibility. This manual provides the logiC description, functional flowchart, and program listings for ·each routine included in the package. Manual, 208 pages LY2D-0845 ON INQUIRY ~ LOGIC MANUAL .:: ~ PRODUCT 5736-N14 This manual provides detailed flowcharts of each of the programs and subroutines which comprise the Alpha Search Inquiry System. Register usage, core allocation, and program switches are also defined. Manual, 160 pages exceptions c1erks with the abi1ity to communicate with the SOM online system and its files to resolve problems as they occur. SOM also provides the user with daily trading reports for wire and order rooms, produces input to the back office processing, and provides additional input for optional user-written programs and reports. Manual, 5ij9 pages LY20-0~29 The content is intended specifically for systems engineers, analysts, and installaticn programmers who may be modifying the system or converting from an earlier FAST development. The manual is not required for operating. Manual, 216 pages SY20-0882 , ON IHM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILITY/370 ~ ROUTINES PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAD - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010 Tbis pubTI:CatiCiii""describeiitiie program logic for the nine VM/370 service routines. Each service routine is described in its own chapter and each chapter contains an introduction, a method of operation section, a program organization section, a dir~ctory, a data areas. section, and a diagnostic aids section. The nine service aids that are described in this publication are: EREP (the ENV:IRONMENTAL Recording, Editing and Printing program), the 2780 Spool Remote Program, the Minidisk Initialization Progr_, the VDUMP (Virtual Dump) pr modules for the queued sequential access method (QSAM), the basic sequential method (8SAM), and the basic partitioned access method (MPAM) of IBM System/360 Operating System. Sequential access method (SAM) executors and appendages are also described. The manual is intended for use by persons involved in programming maintenance, and system programmers who are altering the program design. The SAM routines used for optional character readers, magnetic character readers, and optica1 reader sorters are discussed in seperate pub1ications. They are indexed in the IBM System/360 and System/370 Bibliography, Order Number GA22-6622. Prerequisite publications Before reading this publication. the reader should be familiar with the contents of: OS MVT Guide, Order Number GC28-6720 OS MFT Guide, Order Number GC27-6939 Man~al, 276 pages 316 GY28 GY28 GY28-6605 IBM S ERATING SYSTEM: INTRODUCTION TO CONTROL PRO NUMBERS 360S-CI-505 360S=nM~ This cribes the components of the primary control program (PCP) configuration of IBM System/360 Operating system and indicates the program logic manuals that describe these components. It contains general' descriptions of the organization of the control program in both main and auxiliary storage. the flow of program control during a job step. the flow of control for supervisor operation. and the processing for input/output operations. Appendix A contains the names, numbers. and macro instructions associated with the IBM-supp1ied SVC routines. This manual is intended for persons inVOlved in program maintenance, and system programmers who are altering: the program ~esign. Program logic information is not necessary for use and operation of the program. Program LogiC Manual. "0 pages GY28-6606 IBM SYSTEW360 OPERATING ~ CATALOG MANAGEMENT PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL This manual prov1des detailed information on catalog management routines. These routines %eoord identification of volumes used by data sets by maintaining information in logical records called indexes. The functions and structures of the routines are described, as are their relationships to other portions of IBM Systeml360 Operating System. This manual also describes the structure of catalog data sets that contain the indexes processed by catalog management routines. program Logic Manual. 6" pages GY28-6601 SYSTEW360 OPERATING ~ DIRECT ACCESS DEVICE SPACE MANAGEMENT ROUTINES - LOGIC MANDAL Provides detailed inforamtion-aEOUt the direct-access device space management (DADSM) routines. The DADSM routines allocate and release space on a dire~-access storage volume by altering the volume table of ,contents. This publication describes, how these routines operate and how they relate to = each other and to the control program (as); it GY28-6612 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FIXED TASK SUPERVISOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANDAD ;: ,PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-505 This publication describes the internal logic of the Primary Control,Program (PCP) SUpervisor. The PCP Supervisor is a part of the IBM Systeill/360 Operating System control program. The PCP supervisor performs the following task management functions: Znterrruption Supervision Task Supervision" Main Storage Supervision Contents Supervision Program Fetch OVerlay Supervision Time Supervision System Environment Recording Checkpoint/Restart This manual is intended for use by persons involved in program maintenance, or system programmer who are altering the program design~ it is" not needed for normal use or for operation of the program described. Program Logic Manual. 120 pages GY28-6613 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: JOB MANAGEMENT PROGRAM WGIC MANDAL PROGRAM NUMB'iiii""'3"60s-CI-S05 This publication describes the internal logic wi thin the job management portion of the IBM System/360 Operating system Primary control Program. Job management prepares jobs for execution, and dir~s the disposition of data sets created during job execution. It also handles all communication between the operator and the primary control program. Included, in, the publication are descriptions of tables and work' areas used by the job management routines and a directory of names and purposes of "control sections assembly modules, and load modules. The information contained in this publication applies only to the primary control program. . This manua~ is intended for persons involved in program maintenance. and system programmers who are altering the program design. Program logic information is, not necessary for use and operation of the program. Program, Logic Manual. 110 pages ~so describes data set control blocks. which make up the volume table of contents. The intended audience is persons who maintain the DADSM routines and system programmers who wish to alter the design of these routines. Cross-references to module names and to labels within each module of the, DADSM routines are provided, as are descriptions of data areas, and methods of diagnosing DADSM problems. Manual. 1"" pages GY28-661" GY28-6609 2!!. OPEN/CLOSE/EOV LOGIC, PROG. NO. 3605-DM-508 This program LogiC Manual describes the internal logic of the routines of the queued sequential access method. the basic sequential access method. and the basic partitioned access method of the IBM Systeill/360 Operating System. The sequential access method routines used for optical character readers, magnetic character readers, and optica1 reader sorters are discussed in separate publicatiOns relating to these devices. They are indexed in the IBM SYSTEW360 BIBL.IOGRAPBY. Order No. GA22-6622. Program Logic Manuals are intended for'use by persons involved in program maintenance. and by system programmers who are altering the program design. Program 10gic information is not necessary for program operation and "use. Manual. 211 pages GY28-6610 IBM SYSTEW360 OPERATING SYSTEM ~ !!!!'!Q! ~ LOGIC ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-ED-510 (LEVEL E) A Program Logic Manual describes the internal design or ~~U~S~:~~ UTILITIES, ~ ~ This publication logic of the utility programs 'provided for the IBM System/360 Operating System: System utilities. wbich are executed under the OPerating' system to manipulate system data s~ts such as catalogs. Data set utilities.wbich are executed under t-.be operating system to work with data sets at the logical~record level. Independent utilities. which are executed outside of the operating system to dump, restore. and recover data. and to initialize and assign" alternate tracks on direct access devices. In addition to descriptive text. this publication contains flowcharts of the programs. figures ,showing the formats of the major tables and records, and an appendix that lists the ,modules of the utility programs. Tbis manual is intend for persons involved in program maintenance. and system programmers who are altering the program design. Program 10gic information is not necessary for use and operation of the program. ' Information concerning Model 195 support is for planning purposes only. systems Reference Library lIanual. "02 pages GY28-6616 SYSTEW360 OPERATING SYSTEMlCS,INPUT/OUTPDT (I/O) SUPERVISOR LOGIC'~ PROGRAM .!!!!!!m!! 360S-Cl-505 This publicatio~ describes the input/output supervisor. programmers who are, altering the program design. PrOgram which consists of the control program routines that carryon logic information is not necessary for the operation of input/output activity for the Operating Systen. the program; therefore. distribution of these publicatiOns Input/output supervisor routines start. monitor. and wbere is limited to persons with maintenance and alteration necessary. restart activity on input/output devices. requirements • Following an introduction. tbere is a method of operation section in tbis publication which is 'Organized to reflect System Reference Librar~ Manual. '"8 pages the sequence of events t:bat takes place wben the input/~tput suervisor receives a request for input/output GY28-6611 (I/O) actiVity: IBM 'SYSTEW360 OPERATING SYSTBM TESTRAN PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL o Validating Input Data PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-PT-5'-6-- - - - - - - - - - - o Scheduling I/O operations A Program Logic Manual describes the internal design or o starting I/O Operations logic of the subject program. These manuals are intended o Terminating I/O Operations for persons involved in program maintenance and system o Restarting I/O OperatiOns programmers who are altering the program design. Program o Recording ErrorDTA logic information is not necessary for the operation of The remaining sections of this publication support the the program; tberefore. distribution of these pUblications method of operation, section. and include descriptions of should he limited to persons witb maintenance and alteration program organization. directories for PLM-to-listing and r.,q,urements • listing-to-PLM transitions. descriptions of data areas. Manual. 128 pages diagnostic ~ids. and appendixes. This manual is iutended for persons involved in program maintenance. and systeni programmers who are altering the program design. program lcigic information is not necessary for the use" and operation of the program. = logic of the subject prograca. '.rhes~ I:anuals .arc int.ended £or persons involved in program maintenance and system 317 GY28 GY28 The information in this publication applies only to Manual. 316 pages systems capable of multiprogramming with a variable number of tasks (MVT). Information concerning Model 195 support is for planning purposes only. program LogiC Manual, 600 pages GY28-6617 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM BDAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUM8ER 360S-D~ ---- ----- ------ This book describes the internal logic of the basic direct access method (EDAM). It is intended as a reference book GY28-6660 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: MVT JOB MANAGEMENT, ~ ~ MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 360S CI-535 This publication describes the internal logic of·the Job for programmQDg support representatives and system programmers maintaining BDAM routines and for customer programmers modifying BDAM routines. A general understanding of data management is prerequisite knowledge for.understanding the information in this book. Management routines for the MVT control program of the IBM System/360 Operating System. for background information on data management. Manual. 112 pages GY28-6618 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ISAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-I~ ---- ----- ------ of the program. program Logic Manual. 370 pages Describes the program logic of the queued indexed sequential access method and the basic indexed sequential access method (BISAM). Included are discussions of input stream processing, work queue management. job initiation and termination, I/O device allocation. system output processing, and the scheduling and execution of operator commands. This manual is intended for persons involved in program maintenance. or system programmers who are a1tering the program design; it-is not necessary for use and operation See Data Management Services Guide, GC26-3746. Discusses the relationship of indexed sequential access method routines with other parts of the control program. Manual, 290 pages GY28-6638 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (G) COMPILER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - - - -- --PROGRAM NUMBER 36iiS=Fo-~ GY28-6661 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INITIAL PROGRAM LOADER AND NUcLEUS INITIALIZATllON PROGRAM PROGRAM LOGICMliNWU:- --PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI~~ ------- ----- -----This publication presents the internal logic of the IBM system/360 Operating System Initial Program Loader and Nucleus Initialization Program and is to be used as to the program listings. A Program Logic Manual describes the internal design or logic of the subject program. These manuals are intended for persons involved in program maintenance and system programmers who are altering the program design. Program logiC information is not necessary for the operation of the program; therefore. distribution of these publications is limited to persons with maintenance and alteration requirements. Systems Reference Library Manual. 252 pages and the Nucleus Initialization Program. This publication is intended for personnel involved in program maintenance and system programmers who are latering the system design. Program logic information is not necessary for the use and operation of the control program. Program LogiC Manual. 92 pages GY28-6667 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING S PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PRO LINRAGE EDITOR (F) NiiiiBER36os=Eil-521 A Program Logic Manual descr s the internal design or logic of the SUbject program. These manuals are intended for persons involved in program maintenance and system programmers who are altering the program design. Program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the program; therefore. distribution of these publications is limited to persons with maintenance and alteration requirements .. Systems Reference Library Manual, 180 pages Systems Reference Library Manual. 260 pages GY28-6645 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM TAPE AND DISK SO>RT/MERGE PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMB~ON-SM-483 A Program LogiC Manual describes the internal deSign or logiC of the subject program. These manua1s are intended for persons involved in program maintenance and system programmers who are altering the program design. Program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the program; therefore. distribution of these publicatiOns is limited to persons with maintenance and alteration requirements. guide illustrating the logic flow of the Initial Program Loader GY28-6642 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (H) COMPILER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S=Fo=SOO-------- A Program LogiCMaiiUal describes the internal deSign or logic of the subject program. These manuals are intended for persons involved in program maintenance and system programmers who are altering the program design. Program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the program; therefore. distribution of these publications is limited to persons with maintenance and alteration requirements. a The operation of the Nucleus Initialization Program in each of. the three control program environments (PCP. MFT. MVT) is described in the section dealing with the Nucleus Initialization P~ogram. Additional initialization procedures for multiprocessing systems are included. The table. work areas. and control blocks are illustrated in the publication. as well as flowcharts GY28-6688 INTERNAL LOGIC MANUAL FOR THE IBM 2947-4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLL~ ------L ACCESS-METHOD - PROGRAM SUPPORT ~ 888264 ::. NUMBERS S199=WAF ~G--This publica cribes the internal logic of the Check Collection Sequential Access Method (CSAM) program. which contains the data-management macro instructions and s.ervices Systems Reference Library Manual. 128 pages for the IBM 2947 Model 4 Check Collection Controller. CSAM can be used with either the IBM operating System/360 or the Disk Operating System/360. To explain their differences and similarities. this publication has text introudctions, method of operation diagrams, flowcharts, data-area formats, program organization and descriptions. GY28-6651 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE 20 ON- LINE TEST EXECUTIVE PROGRAM PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 3605-DN 533 ------- ----- ------ No abstriiCt'"avai1able. Program Logic Manual. 66 pages Manual. 125 pages GY28-6659 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM MVT SUPERVISOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S CI 535 This publication descriiie"S'"tiie internal logiC of the MVT supervisor. The MVT supervisor is one part of the control program of the IBM System/360 Operating System. LY28-6696 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: TAPE AND DISR SORT/MERGE PROGRAM - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736=SM-l-- ---This publication desc~he internal logiC of the IBM System/360 Disk Operating System Tape and Disk Sort/Merge program. It describes the functions performed by specific areas of the program and is intended for persons involved in program maintenance. and system programmers who are altering the program design. program logiC information is not necessary for use and operation of the program. In addition to the functional d~scriptions. this publication contains flowcharts. a microfiche directory. table-layouts, and diagnostiC aids. The supervisor controls the basic computing system and programming resources needed to perform several data processing tasks concurrently. Specifically. it was designed to: 1) Handle interruptions 2) supervise tasks 3) Control programs in main storage 4) Control main storage itself program Logic Manual. 135 pages 5) Supervise the timer 6) supervise, console communications and the system log GY28-6714 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM LOADER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUM; - PROGRAiINUiiBER360C-LD-547 " Program Logi~aI aesc:rIiies the internal design or 7) Handle checkpoint restarts 8) Supervise exiting procedures 9) Supe~?ise terminatic~ procedures Program LogiC Manua1s are intended for use by IBM customer engineers involved in program maintenance, and by system programmers involved in altering the program design. Program logic information is not necessary for program operation and use. lo.gic of the subject program. These' manuals are intended for persons involved in program maintenance and system programmers who are altering the program desig~ Program logic info.:r:mation is not necessary for the operation of the program; therefore, distribution of these publications 318 GY28 GY28 should be limited to persons with maintenance and ~teration requirements. The Loader functions a processing program to combine and link input sUbject and load modules in ma~ storage and to pass control directly to the loaded program for its execution. 7his publication identifies areas of the program that perform specific functions and relates those areas to the program listing. Systems Reference Library Manual, 140 pages GY28-6717 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL MASTER INDEX This publication consolidates the indexes of program logic manuals for the IBM Systeml360 Operating System. It also provides a reading plan for program logic manuals. The master index lists topiCS alphabetically. and refers to manuals where these topics are discussed. The indexes of these manuals list the same topics and refer to specific pages. Manual, 506 pages GY28-6121 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM: SERVICE AIDS PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-55Q A program Logic Manual describes the internal deSign or logic of the subject program. These manuals are intended for persons involved in program maintenance and system programmers who are altering the program design. Program logiC information is not necessary for the operation of the program; therefore. distribution of these publications should be limited to persons with maintenance and alteration requirements. Manual. 392 pages SY28-6746 IBM 2969 PROGRA~~ABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1 CONTROL PROGRAM DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS SUPPORTING - GY28-6771 ~_~~~~~..~~~~•.,.~~~ SHARING OPTION VOLUME 1L ACCOUNT the internal logic of the programs that hand1~ tbe ACCOUNT command and its ADD, CHANGE, DELETE, and LIST subcommands. It also describes the internal logic of the ACCOUNT SUBROUTINES AND THE ACCOUNT BROADCAST interface. The command processors are described wit~ method of operation diagrams. flowcharts •. and supporting text. Major data areas are shown. and directories for routines and principal data areas are provided. This manual is intended for persons involved in program maintenance. or systems programmers who are altering the program design; it is not intended for normal use or operation of the program described. Manual, 415 pages GY28-6772 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION COMMAND PROCESSOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME ~ ALLOCATE, CALL, CANCEL/STATUS, DELETE, ~ NUMBERS 360S-CI-5S5, 360S-OT-506 This publication describes the internal logic of the programs that hand1e the ALLOCATE, CALL, CANCEL/STATUS, and DELBTE commands. The command processors are described with method of operation diagrams. flowcharts, and supporting text. Major data areas are shown. and directories for routines and principal data areas are provided. This manual is intended for persons involved in program maintenance. or systems programmers who are altering the program design: i~ is not intended for normal use or operation of the program described. Manual, 210 pages GY28-6T13 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIMESHARING OPTION COMMAND PROCESSOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLIlME 1.£ EDIT PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-UL-S06 This publication describes the internal logic of the EDIT Command Processor program (Program Number 360S-UL-506). Included in this manual are discussions of the organization and metbod of operation of the program. a microfiche directory. tab1es of data. layouts. flowcharts l and a glossary. program Logic Manual (GY28-6770) contains prerequisite information. Corequisite publications are: IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION: ~ 8881~--- This publication contains the design specifications for the IBM 2969 Programmable Terminal Interchange Modell. Control Program (APTIOS). The specifications are arranged by area according to a cross-reference number. Thus. the specifications dealing with a particular system area (e.g .• ILP/Restate/Initialization) are found in one section of the manual. Within each section. the specifications are arranged in sequence by document number. Manual, 2,925 pages COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE (GC28-6732) COMMAND PROCESSOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME 4 (GY28-6114) COMMAND PROCESSOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL VOLUME 6 (GY28-6114) TSO DATA UTILITIES COPY, FORMAT, LIST, MERGE USER'S GUIDE AND REFERENCE MANUAL (LY28-6766) Manual, 475 pages LY28-6161 OS/I1FT, OS/MVT, ~ OS/VS DATA SET UTILITIES SUPPORT !!lli ASCII: LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5734 UT2 This publication describes the internal logic of the System/360 Operating System data set utilities that support the American National Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII). This support is a program product that permits users to create and maintain both ASCII and EBCDIC data sets even through all System/360 internal operations are in EBCDIC mode. This publication is intended for persons involved in program maintenpDce. and for system programmers who are altering the program design. The information in this manual is not necessary for the use and operation of the utility programs. Program Product Logic Manual. 252 pages GY28-6774 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION COMMAND PROCESSOR PROGRAM .LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME ~ EXEC, FREE, HELP, LliNK, LISTALC, LISTBC PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-CI-S55,360S-UT-5OC This publication describes the internal logic of the programs that handle the EXEC,. FREE, HELP, LINK, LISTALC, and LISTBC commands. The co~mand processors are described with method of operation diagrams, flowcharts. and supporting text. Major data areas are shown. and directories for routines and prinCipal data areas are provided. This manual is intended for persons involved in program maintenance, or systems programmers who are altering the program design; it is not intended for normal use or operation of the program described. Manual, 325 pages = LY28-6766 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION DATA UTILITIES: COpy, PORMAT. LIST, MERGE - - - - - - - - - - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-UT1 The Program Logic ManUal d~scribes the internal design or logic of the subject program. This manual is intended for persons involved in program maintenance and for system progr~~er~ uho are altering the program design. Program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the program; therefore. distribution of this publication is limited to persons with maintenance and alteration requirements.. . Manual, 394 pages GY28-6770 OS TSO TERMINAL MONITOR PROGRAM AND SERVICE ROUTINES PLM. PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-555 This publication consists of self-contained chapters. each of which provides information on how to modify. extend. or implment the data management capabilities of the IBM System/360 Operating System control program. It is designed primarily for system programmers responsible for maintaining. updating. and extending the operating system features. TOpics: Catalog and VTOC Maintenance IECDSECT, IEFJFCBN, AND IEFUCBQB Macro Instructions The EXCP Macro Instruction The XDAP Macro Instruction Implementing Data Set Protection Adding a UCS Image to the System Library Program LogiC Manual. 546 pages 319 GY28-6775 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION COMMAND PROCESSOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME ~TCAT, LISTDS, LOADGO, OUTPUT :: PROGRAM NUMBERS 55 360S-UT-S06 This publication ribes the internal logic of the programs that handl~ the LISTCAT, LISTDS, LOADGO, OPERATOR, and OUTPUT commands. The command proces·sors are described with method of ope.ration diagrams. flowcharts. and supporting text. Major data areas are shown. and directories for routines and ·principal data areas are provided .• This manual is intended for persons involved in program maintenance. or syst:.ems programmers who are al.tering the program design; it is not intended for normal use or operation of the program described. Manual, 375 pages GY28 GY28 GY28-6776 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING l!!l!TI!!!.:. TIME SHARING OPTION COMMAND PROCESSOR ~ LOGIC MANUAL, ~ !.. PROFILE, PROTECT. RENAME, RUN, SEND. SUBMIT, TERMINAL. TD!E. WHENIEND PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-CI-S5S, 36OS-UC-S06 This publication describes·the internal ~ogic of the programs that han~e the PROFILE, PROTECT, RENAME, RUN, SEND, SUBMrr, TERMINAL, TD!E, and WHEN/END commands. The command processors are described with method of for persons involved in program maintenance and system programmers who are altering the program design. program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the program: therefore, distribution of these publications = operation diagrams, flowcharts, and supporting text. is limited to persons with maintenance and alteration requirements. Systems Reference Library Manual, 2qO pages GY28-6813 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL qq PROGRAMMING SYSTEM LINRAGE EDITOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL =-PROGRAM NUMEI!if"361iF-'ED-615 - - A Program Logic ManuaI describes the internal design or ~ogic of the subject program. These manuals are intended Major data areas are shown, and directories for routines and princip~ data areas are provided. This manua~ is intended for persons involved in program maintenance, or systems programmers who are altering the program. design~ it is Dot intended for normal use or operation of the programs described. Manua~, q7q pages for persons involved in program maintenance and system programmers who are program organization descriptions, and a modue directory. The Test Command Processor a~lows a termina~ nser to test an assemb~y language prob~em program. The problem may be running norma~ly in main storage. may have begun to ABEND, or may not yet have been ~oaded. The Test Command Processor perfOl:ms the fo~lowing main functions: o Loads the program to be tested, if it is not A Program LogiC Manual selected areas of the program in main storage or the contents of specified registers Systems manua~s are intended ~eference Library Manual, 17q pages GY28-6815 the contents of specified program locations logic of the subject program. Starts the program under test from its starting . location, from its ABEND address, or from any other specified address programmers who are altering the program design. ~ogic info~ation ;:-;-_••="," :;:~=~-;;;=....",,-:;".-.;~ • •:;- COMPILER PROGRAM logic of the subject program. design or These manuals are intended requirements. Systems Reference Library Manual, 236 pages GY28-6816 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS 1620 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL qq PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL 360C-SI-75S-- - - - - - - - - - A program LogiC Manua~ describes the internal design or logic of the subject program. Tbese manuals are intended for persons involved in program maintenance and system programmers who are altering the program design. for persons involved in p~ogram maintenance and system programmers who are altering the program design~ Program logic information is not necessary for the operati~n of the program; therefore, distribution of these publications is limited to persons with maintenance and alteration requirements. Systems Reference Library Program logiC information is not necessary for the operation of the program; therefore, distribution of these publications is limited to persoqs with maintenance and alteration requirements. systems Reference Library Manua~, Program is not necessary for the operation of the program: therefore, distribution of these publications is limited to persons with maintenance and alteration modify TSO and is not required by persons who use ~so to process programs or who write programs that are processed by TSO. Program LogiC Manual, 300 pages GY28-6800 ~Git:~iii1F 360F-FO-618 e design or manuals are intended ~hese for persons involved in program maintenance and system This publication is written for persons who maintain or Manua~, 112 pages qS2 pages GY28-6801 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM, PLI'I SUBROUTINE LIBRARY, MANUAL, PROGRAM ~ 36OS-LM-512' A program LogiC Manual describes the internal design or ~ogic of the subject program. These manuals are intended ~ ~ for persons involved in program maintenance and system programmers who are a~tering the program design. Program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the program: therefore, distribution Of these publlcations is ~imited to persons with maintenance and alteration requirements. Systems Reference Library Manua~, 2~q pages IBM These the program# therefore, distribution of these publications is limited to persons with maintenance and alteration requirements. 10 ma1D storage or the contents of specified registers GY28-68.11 es programmers who are altering tbe program design. Program logic information is not necessary for the operation of or patch parts of the program o Scr1 for persons involved in program maintenance and system Interrupts the program under test at a specified ~hang~s 13q pages NG SYSTEM UTILITIES AND C MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 083"6OF.=UT-609 360F=uT-6iO -617 360F-UT-620 logic of the subject program. location or locations, so that the user can display o Manua~, GY28-681q IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL qq STAND ALONE PROGiiiiiiS PR 36iiF-uT=606 360F-UT-607 360F-UT-611 360F-UT-61 already in main storage Disp~ays Program is limited to persons with maintenance and alteration requirements. systems Reference Library Test Coonand Processor. It contains text introductions, metbod-of-operation diagrams. flowcharts, data area formats, o the program design. the program: therefore, distribution of these publications GY28-6777 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING Sr.sTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION COMMAND PROCESSOR PROGRAM LOGIC MlINUAL, VOLUME L. TEST This publication describes the intern~ ~ogic of the TSO o a~tering logiC information is not necessary for the operation of Sr.sTEMl360 MODEL qq PROGRAMMING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER 'PiiOGRAM LOGIC MANiiiL ::--PROGRAM NDMBER36iiF-AS-616 GY28-6831 IBM SYSTEM/360 SYSTEM FORTRAN IV SYNTAX CHECKER PROGRAM NUMBER 36 S-O----- ------- -- ------ ------This publICatIon ibes the internal ~ogic of the FORTRAN IV Syntax Checker, which is a component of the IBM System/360 Operating System Conversational Remote Job Entry (CRJE). Thus, the~eader is required to have a knowledge of FORTRAN IV and an understanding of the concepts and facilities of CRJE. The publication identifies areas of the syntax checker that perform specific functions and relates those areas to the program listings. The FORTRAN IV Syntax Checker, a processing program called via the terminal command language of CRJE, scans input written for the E, G, or B levels of the FORTRAN IV language for sym:actical errors. The input is checked on a single-statement basis, i.e., no cross-checking between statements is performed. The syntax checker: A Program LogiC1iaiiiiaI deSCrIbes the interna~ design or logic of the subject program. These manuals are intended for persons invo~ved in program maintenance and system programmers who are altering the program design. Program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the program: therefore, distribution of these publications is llmited to persons with maintenance and a~teration requirements. Systems Reference Library Manua~, 142 pages receives FORTRAN source statements in a chain of buffers from CRJE. scans these statements for errors: multiple errors in one statement are diagnosed whenever possible. sends appropriate error messages to CRJE for printing at the user's terminal. This program ~ogic manua~ is directed to the IBM customer engineer who is responsibl.e for program G~2:-6a12 IIIII 60 MODEL 4q PROGRAMMING SYSTEM SUPERVISOR AND JOB PROGRAM LOGIC ~ .-.- - -PROGRAM 360F-IC-611 360F-CL-61q A Program Logic Manual describes the internal design or ~~ic of the sUbject program. Tbese manuals are intended maintenance. Because program logic information is not necessary for program operation and use, distribution of this manual is restricted to persons with program maintenance responsibi~ities. Program Logic Manu~, 128 ·pages. 320 LY2B SY28 LY28-6832 invo1ved in p~ram maintenance. Program logic information is not necessary for the use and operation of the ZTF; therefore, distribution of this publication is limited to licensees who have the atorementioned requirement. This publication is one section of the ZTF program logiC manual. Please refer to the Preface for a list of other sections that, together with this one, form the ZTF program logic manual. Program Product Log·ic Manual, 138 pages ZRrRODOCTZON· AND ~fil?~~~~n~~~~;.;,:5t7~3~q~-IR~C~3. 5736-RC1. 5736-RC2 the internal. logic of the Znteractive Terminal Facility (ZTF) that operates under systeml360 Operating system (OS) or systeml360 Disk Operating System (DOS). Zt is intended for use by persons :I.. involved in program maintenance. Program logic information is not necessary for the use and operation of the ZTFi therefore, distribution of this publication is limited to licensees who have the aforementioned requirement. This publication is one section of the ZTF program logic manual.. Please refer to the Preface for a list of other sections that, together with this one, form the ZTF program logiC manual.. Program Product LogiC Manual, 66 pages LY28-681!0 FOR THE ~ ZTF PLM, PROG. NOS. 573Q-RC1 AND 1.£ RC1 AND 2 Thi publicatIon is the last section of the OS/DOS ITF .program logiC manual. Zts preface lists the other sections that will complete the form of PLM required. Zndex, 16 pages LY2B-6B33 1~~~~~iti;~0~P~EIRA~TIZIN~G~S~YiSiTiEM!lI(!T~ZM~E~~SBARING *M ------ ----- LOGZC INITIALIZATZON, OPTZON) ~~~~i:~~~~::~f!~~::internal. logic of the Znteractive Terminal. Facility (ZTF) that operates under logic of ZTF . Unteracti ve Terminal Facil·ity) that operates under System/360 Operating system with TSO (Tine Sharing Option). It is intended for use by persons involved in ~rogram maintenance. Program logic information is not necessary for the use and operation of ZTF; therefore, distribution of this publication is limited to licensees who have the aforementioned requirement. This publication is one section of the ITF program logic manual. Please ref~r to the preface for a list of other sections that, together with this one, form the ZTF program logiC manual.. Manual, 98 pages Systeml360 Operating System (OS) or Systeml360 Disk Operating System (DOS) •. Zt is intended for use by persons involved in program maintenance. Program logiC information is not necessary for the use and operation of the ITF; therefore, distribution of this publication is limited to licensees who have the aforementioned re.quirement. This publication is one section of the ZTF program logic manual. Please refer to the Preface for a list of other sections that, together with this one, form the ZTF program logiC manual.. Program Product LogiC Manual., 270 pages LY28-683q LY28-681!5 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATZNG SYSTEM (TZME SHARZNG OPTZON) INTERlI TERMZNAL FAc:J:LiTYPROGiiiiM LOGIC m~ PROGRAM 57311-RC2, 573Q~ - - - - . This publ on describes the internal logic of ZTF (Znteractive Terminal Facility) that operates under System/360 Operating System with TSO (Tine Sharing Option). Zt is intended for use by persons involved in program maintenance. Program logic information is not necessary for the use and operation of ZTF; therefore, distribution of this publication is limited to licensees who have the aforementioned requirement. This publication is one section of the ZTF program logiC manual. Please ref~ to the Preface for a list of other sections that, together with this one, form the ZTF program logiC manaul. Program Product, 26 pages 573q-RC1. 573Q-RC3. the internal. logic of the ZTF under os or DOS for persons involved in program maintenance. Zt is only one section of the PLM. This third section of the PLM for DOS or OS ZTF users should be preceded by LY28-6832 Zntroduction and Method of Operation, and LY28-6833 Znitialization, System Control and System support Components. For PLlZ-only users it should be followed by LY28-6835 and LY2B-6B37 Language Component and LY28-6840 Zndex.. For BASZC users only substitute LY28-6836 for LY28-6835. Users of both.· PL/Z and BASZC should refer to all four. Program Product Logic Manual, 10 pages LY28-6835 ZBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ZTF PL/Z PROGRAM LoGZC LANGUAGE COMPONEiiT."PLnROoTIN~ - - PROGRAM NUMBERS 573Q=RCi. 5736-RC1 LY28-68Q6 This publication describes the internal logic of the Znteractive Terminal Facility (ZTF) that operates under Systeml360 Operating System (OS) or Systeml360 Disk Operating System (DOS). Zt is intended for use by persons involved in program maintenance. program 10gic information is not necessary for the use and operation of the ITF; therefore, distribution of this publication is limited to licensees who have the aforementioned requirement. This publication is one section of the ZTF program ~ogic manual. Please refer to the Preface for a 1ist of other sections that, tog~ther with this one, fODD the ITF program logic manual. Program Product Logic Manual, 102 pages the internal logic qf the Code and Go FORTRAN ZV compiler. Program Logic Manuals are intended jor use by ZBM . customer engineers ~nvolv~d in program ma~ntenance. and by systems ·programmers involved in altering the program design. Program logic information is not necessary for program operation and use; therefo~e, distribution of this ~anua~ is ~imited to persons with program maintenance or modification responsibilities. The Code and Go FORTRAN ZV compiler is a processing program of the IBM Systeml360 Operating System. It translates one or more source programs written in the FORTRAN language into.Systeml360 executable machine code and then initiates execution of that code under the Time Sharing Option of the operatiDg system. program Product, 36Q pages LY28:"6836 PROGRAM LoGIC iWiiTiNEs--57311-RC3 pUlu..~C'd~,~o'n ~~ciIE~s,=tth~e~i~n~ternal.·logiC of the Znteractive Terminal Facility (ZTF) that operates under System/360 operating Systm (OS) or System/360 Disk Operating System (DOS). zt is intended for use·bY persons involved in program maintenance. Program logiC information is not necessary for the use and ~peration of the ITF; therefore. distribution of this publication is limited to licensees who have the aforementioned requirement. This publication is one section of. the ZTF program logic manual. Please refer to the Preface for a list of other sections that, together with this one, form the ZTF program logiC manual. Program Product Logic Manual, 170 pages SY28-68Q9 OS/vS1 RES RTAM AND LY28-6837 DATA il~I~I~~ CieSoCillies-the ~~:""l~~~~~ of the Znteractive Terminal Facility (ZTF) that operates under System/360 operating System (OS) or· Systeml360 Disk Operating System (DOS). Zt is intended for use by persons 321 NUMBER 57i1=sc1-~ WORKS~ZON SUPPORT LOGZC - PROGRAM ------- ----- - ------- ~ogic manual is written for customer engineers and others who require information regarding the internal operation of RTAM (Remote Terminal Access Method), which is the acc~ss method used by RES (Remote Entry Services); RTAM is the major component of RES. Other components of RES are described when such information is needed for understanding RES. The functions ~e presented in diagram form (HZPO . diagrams) at a relatively higb level. The diagrams include reference to labels in the program listing, which is to be used in conjunction with this logic manual. The manual includes description of da~a areas used by more than one module. Also incluued are such diagnostic aids as cross· references of messages and modules. contents of control bytes for record compression and/or interleaving, and the storage layout of RES compqnents. Manual, 16Q pates BY30 LY28 LY28-6856 XBM SYSTE!V360 .M (GX) COMPXLER PLM OPERA~XNG SYSTEM FORTRAN XV PaoGRAM.~ 5734-F02 --- ~ -- publication describes the internal logic of the FORTRAN (G1) compiler. The FORTRAN XV (G1) compiler. an extended version of FORTRAN XV (G). is adapted to a time sharing as. _11 as a batch environment. Xt is a program product that operates under the DJM Systeml'360 Operating System. Xt provides tbe ability to store object programs and to produce source and object listings storage maps and Object decks. Xn addition. the FOR~RAN XV (G 1) compiler produces a tense form of output comprised of error messages and caapUer statistics. suitable for terminal display. Tbis program logic manual is intended for use by persons involved in program maintenance. Program logic information is not necessary for the use and operation of tbe FOR~ (G1) compiler; therefore. distribution of this publication ~bis XV is limited to licensees wbo have the aforementioned require- ment. Program Logic Manual. 248 pages 360 OPERATl:NG-~ ~ ANALysm ~ xc MANUAL ER36iiS=OT-S06 tion describes the internal logic of the update Analysis Program. a. component of the DJM System/360 Operating system.· The publication in intended for use by persons involved in program maintenance. and system programmers who are altering tbe program design. Program logic information in not necessary f~r use and operation of the program; tberefore. distribution of this publication is limited to those with the aforementioned requirements. Program Logic Manual. 21 pages GY30-2001 XBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATXNG SYSTEM BASXC TELECOMMUNXCA~XONS ACCESS METHOD PROGRAM LOGIcMAiiuru;-PROGRAM NUMBER~Q=513 - - A Program LogiC Manual describes the internal design or logic of the subject program. Tbese manuals are intended for persons involved in program maintenance and system programmers wbo are altering tbe program design. Program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the program; tberefore. distribution of these publications is limited to persons wit~ maintenance and alteration requirements. Systems Reference Library Manual. 184 pages GY30-2002 XBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATXNG SYSTEM QUEUED TELECOMMUNXCATXONS ACCESS METHOD PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER~Q".:519 - - A Program Logic Manual describes the internal design or logic of the subject program. These manuals are intended for persons involved in program maintenance and system programmers wbo are alterjng the program design. Program .logic information is not necessary for the operation of the program; therefore. distribution of these publications is limited to persons with maintenance and alteration requirements. Systems Reference Library Manual. 314 pages GY30..,2005 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-536 XBM SYSTOO36O OPERA~XNG SYSTEM BASXC TELECOMMUN:ICATXONS ACCESS METHOD A Program Logic Manual describes the internal design or logic of the subject program. These manuals· are intended for persons involved in program maintenance and system programmers wbo are altering tbe-program design. Program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the program; therefore. distributiOn of these publications is limited to persons with maintenance and alteration requirements. Systems Reference Library Manual. 256 pages GY30-2006 describes the internal design or logic of the SUbject program. Tbese manuals are intended for persons involved in program maintenance and. system programmers who are altering the program design. program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the program; therefore. distribution of these publications is limited to persons witb maintenance and alteration requirements. Systems Reference Library Manual. 50 pages GY30-2011 os/MFT. _os/MVT. ~ OS/VS1: CRJE !!Q§!£ PRDG. NO. 360S-RC-551 (MFTIMVT). 5741-SC1-0A 1!§!l This publication describes tbe internal logic of the COnversational Remote Job Entry (CRJE) facility of OSIIIrl". OSI'IIVT. and OSI'VS1. CRJE provides Remote Jot Entry capability for users at remote keybuard terminals that are connected to an XBM System/360 or IBM Systeml370 via communications lines. Tbis manual is intended for use by personnel involved in program maintenance and by system programmers who are altering the program design. Program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the programs described. Program Logic Manual. 350 pages GY30-2027 ~~~~ AIDS: the Telecommunications Access Metbod Aids. Xt is intended for use by l:BM Program SUpport: representatives and system programmers who are altering tbe program design. Program LogiC Manual. 208 pages ~e,rv1c'eaD1L1~Y GY30-2029 OS ~ ~ LOGXC. PROG. NO. 3605-CO-548 Tbe XBM System/360 Telecommunications Access Method (TeAM) allows higb-level. device-independent communication with telecommunications equipment:. This program provides a flexible message control language tbat can be used to achieve installation-oriented message control. This publication describes tbe internal logic of TCAM. Xt identifies and discusses tbe parts of the program that perform specific functions and relates tbese parts to the program listing. xt is directed to the IBM customer engineers and system engineers wbo need information on the internal organization and logic of TCAM in order to provide program maintenance. . In order to understand tbe logic of TCAM. the reader must have a general understanding of XBM Syst:em/360 Operating System. Xn addition. tbe follOWing are prerequisite publications: o XBM SYSTEM/360 OS ~CAM CONCEPTS AND FACXLXTXES. Order NO. GC30-2022, to gain familiarity with the overall concepts and structure of TCAM. o XEM BYSTEMl360 oS TCAM PROGRAMMER'S GUXDE. Order No. GC30-2024. to learn how to construct and modify a TCAM message control program and a TeAM-compatible application program. Xn addition. the XBM SYSTEMI'360 OS SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCKS publication. Order No. GC28-6628, provides co-requisite information on system control blocks used by TCAM. Manual. 500 pages SY30-2039 OS/VS TCAM LOGXC - UROGRAM NUMBER 5741-SC1-21 This publicatriiii CieSCrIEeii tiieTnternal logic of tbe OS/VS ~elecommunications Access Method (TeAM). The book is intended for IBM programming systems representatives and system engineers who provide program maintenance and who need information on the internal organization and logiC of ~Cl\M. Xn order to understand the logic of TeAM. the reader must have a general knowledge of OS/VS. In addition, the following prerequisite publications are applicable: o OS TCAM Concepts and Facilities. GC30-2022. to gain familiarity with the overall concepts and structure of TCAM. o OSI'VS TCAM Programmer's Guide. GC30-2034, to learn how to construct and modify a TCAM MCP and a TCAM-compatibile application program. The OSI'VSI System Data Areas publication, SY28-0605, and the OSIVS2 System Data Areas publication, SY28-0606, provide corequisite info~ation on system data areas that are used by TCAM. Manual. 470 pages GY30-3000 *N IBM 3735 PROGRAMMABnE BUFFERED TERMXNAL FORM DESCRIPTION MACRO"iNSTRUCTXONS AND FORM DESCXPTXON UTILrrY PROGRAM LOGXC MANUAL (OS. DOS. AND VS S~ ~his publication describes the internal logic of the OS and DOS programming support: for the XEM 3735 Pxogrammable Buffered Terminal. The 3735 programming support: includes both Form Description (ID) macro instructions and Form Description ut.ility programs to provide the operating environment for applications using preprinted (fixed-format) forms and batch processing. This publication is intended for XBM programming systems representatives who maintain the 3735 programming support: and for customer system programmers wbo modify that support. To understand the logic of the 3735 programming support, the reader must bave a general understanding of OS or DOS and of the macro language facility of the assembler. Program Logic Manual. 180 pages SY30-3001 *N XBM 3705 COMMUNXCATXONS CONTROLLER EMULATXON PROGRAM PROGRAM"LOGl:C MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360B-~X~ ~his publicat;i.on is designed to supplement the program listings for the Emulation Program and to make access to the SY30 LY33 information in the listings. easier. New techniques are used to help in understanding the program and in referring quickly to listings for details on the implementation. The publication relies on meehod of operation diagrams that show how the· Emulation P~gram routines operate and that provide functional "maps" (by cross-reference) through the listings. Manual, 18q pages !: ll.!!i COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER SY30-3003 .GY33-6003 IBM SYSTEM/360 PLII LANGUAGE SPECIFlCA'lIIONS ThIs publication-li the IBM description of the PL/I language. It does not describe any implementation; nor does it imply that any of the language described has teen implemented or will be implemented by IBM. The publication is intended for the use of implementers and programming language designers. Language SpeCifications Manual, 2q3 pages .N ~ CORrROL PROGRAM This publication covers the internal logiC of the IBM 3705 Communications Controller, Network Control Program (NCP). It is designed to supplement the program listings for the NCP and to make access to the inforation in the listings easier. The Network Control P~gram PLM is directed to the IBM program support representatives and system engineers who provide program maintenaance and who need information on the internal organization and logic of the NCP. Manual, qOO pages LY33-6001 ~~~ ~~~:~Z~~q~~~ILI!R: ~ LOGIC MANUAL The internal design of the OS PL/I Optimizing Compiler is described in this manual, which is written for use by programmers responsible for maintenance of the compiler. The manual is intended primarily as a guide to analysis of the program listings by people who are generally familiar with the compiler. However, overall and component descriptiOns are provided for use by readers who have no prior knowledge of the compiler design. Program Logic Manual, 752 pages LY30-300q LY33-6008 GENERATION AND LOGIC MANUAL POR PROGRAMMING ~ P85007 .I1~.~~~~ru~ SYSTEM PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY: ~ - PROGRAM Nuiiiiiii""ffiq-LMq SPECIAL START-STOP LINE CORrROL FOR IBM 3705 EMlILATION PROGRAM - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AGK - - - - -PL/j;ReSI~ntLibrary consists of standard This docUment contains information reflection changes to the subroutines that are link-edited with object programs current version of the Emulation Program, V1M2. required for generated by the OS Optimizing Compiler. The library is support of special start-stop devices. used in program management, input/outpul1, conversion, and Documentation is divided into three sections: interlanguage communication, and also includes many computational subroutines. Section 1 - General description of the Special This publication is intended primarily for use by Stop Line Control PRPg (P85007). programmers concerned with the maintenance of the resident library. It summarizes, under functional headings, the Section 2 - InfocmatioD relating to areas of the internal logiC of the library subroutines, and gives brief Emulation Program Generation Manual, GC30-3002-1, that details of the relationships between them. are affected by Special Start-Stop Line Control support. Manual, 388 pages section 3 - Information relating to areas of the Emulation Program PLM, SY30-3001-0, that are affected by Special Start-Stop Line Control Support. LY33-6009 ~:~~~ ~a:;~E~3~~~RY: PROGRAM ~ ~ The OS PL/I Transient Library consists of standard subroutines tbat are loaded during exe~ution of programs compiled by the OS PL/I Optimizing Compiler or the OS PL.lI Checkout compiler. These subroutines are used in error handling, program management, and input/output to provide storage dumps. This publication is intended primarily· for use by programmers concerned with maintenance of the transient library. zt summarizes, under fUnctional headings, the internal logiC of the library subroutines and gives brief details of the relationships between them. Manual, 328 pages Manua1. 30 pages LY30-3005 *N GENERATION M!!! LOGIC MANUAL !Q! PROGRAMMING ~ P8500q, SIX BIT TRANSCODE FOR IBM 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM PROGRAM NO. 5799-A~ - - - - ---This document contains information reflecting changes to the current version of the Emulation program. V1M2. required for support of Six Bit Transcode, PRPg P8500q. The document is intended for analysts and programmers responsible for the generation and maintenance of the Emulation Program. and for IBM system engineers and field engineers. These changes affect only the method employed in converting transmitted or received data, rather than the actual functions performed by the Emulation program. Consequently, only a few changes to the EP PLM, SY30-3001, and EP Generation Manual, GC30-3002, are necessitated by this PRPg. only the areas affected by the changes are included in this document. Documentation is divided into three section: section 1. General description of the Six Bit Transoode PRPQ (P5800q) section 2. Information relating to areas of the Emulation Program Generation Manual, GC30-3002, that are affected by Six Bit Transcode support. section 3. Information relating to areas of the Emulation Program PLM, SY3O-3001, that are affected by Six Bit Transcode support. Manual, 20 pages LY33-6010 ~~~6:~~ LY33-6011 Aijrr9r.is~r.r.~r1:II)ri.r~ consists of standard ~1.nK.-e'Q1ceQwitb object programs generated by the DOS optimizing compiler. The library is used in program management, input/output, conversion. and interlanguage communication, and also includes many computational subroutines. This publication is intended primarily for use by programmers concerned with the maintenance of the resident library. It summarizes, under functional headings, the internal logic of the library subroutines, and gives brief details of the relationships between them. Manual, 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 310 pages GY30-5001 ~!oQ§!£~ the internal logic of the Disk Operating system's Basic Telecommunications Access Method (DOS.ISTAH). It is intended for use by persons involved in program maintenance and for systems programmers who are altering the program design. program logic information is not necessary for the use and operation of the program; therefore, distribution of this publication is limited to those with the aforementioned requirements. Program· Logic Manual, 31q pages GY30-5002 or logic of the subject program. These manuals are intended for per:!fODS involved in program maintenance and system programmers who are altering the program design. Program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the program; therefore, distrihution of these publications is limited to persons with maintenance and alteration requirements. Systems Reference Library Manual, 382 pages OPTIMIZING COMPILER: PROGRAM!oQ§!£ ~ PRODUCT The internal design of the DOS PL/1 Optimizing Compiler is described in this manual, which is written for use by programmers responsible for maintenance of the compiler. The manual is intended primarily as a guide to analysis of the program listings by people who are generally familiar with the compiler. However, overall and co~ponent descriptions are provided for use by readers who have no prior knowledge of the compiler design. Manual, 736 pages LY33-6012 DOS PL.II TRANSIENT LIBRARY - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736~ - - - - - - - - The DOS ~ransient Library consists of standard subroutines that are loaded during execution of programs compiled bY the DOS PL/1 Optimizing Compiler. These subroutines are used in error handling, program management, and input/output, and to provide storage dumps. This pUblication is intended primarily for use by programmers concerned with the maintenance of the transient lillrary. It summarizes, under functional headings, the internal 10gic of the library subroutines, and gives brief details of the relationships between them. Manual, 8-1/2 x 11 inches, 152 pages 323 LY33 LY33 This publication is intended to be a reference manual for those responsible for emulator program maintenance. Assumed is familiarity with the Systeml360 Model 20 and DOS. Manual, 190 pages LY33-6013 os PIJI CHECKOUT COMPILER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2 ------- ----- ------ This two-volume manual describes the internal logic of the OS PL/I Checkout compiler. The checkout compiler consists of a translator program and an interpreter program. The translator converts PLiI source programs into instructions in an intermediate code. The interpreter achieves the effect of object-time execution of the coded instructions. This volume contains a functional description of translation and the logic of the interpretation process. It does not describe the dynamic aspects of interpretation (which are discussed in os PL/I Checkout Compiler: Execution Logic, Order 'No. SC33-0032), or the internal logiC of the library subroutines Iwhich are discussed in Volume 2 of this manual, Order No. LY33-6014). It is primarily intended for use by programmers who,are responsib~e for mai~eDance GY33-7011 , 1401/1QllO/1460 OS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5744-AS'-AND 36OC-ED=735 ~nual of the compiler. or who wish to understand program design. SaL Manual, 764 pages LY33-6014 SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER PROGRAM LOGIC, VOLUME 1 OF 1 ::: PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2 This volume summarizes, under functional headings, the iDter~ ----- - ------- describes the internal logic of the IBM 1401/1440/1460 Emulator Program for the IBM System/370 Models 135/1115/155. The emulator program runs as a problem program under the OS/MI!'T, OS/MVT, OS/VS1, and OSIVS2 control programs, and executes object programs written for the IBM 1401, 1440, and 1460 Data Processing Systems Ithe Model 135 must be equipped with IBM Compatibility Feature B4Q57; the Model 145 with IBM Compatibility Feature'84Q57 or 84458; the Model 155 with IBM Compatibility Feature 83950). Note that OSIMVT and OSIVS2 do not run on the Mode~ 135, and that OSIVS1 and OSIVS2 are not yet avaiiable on the Model 155. Described in this manual are the logic of the emulator program; the inter-relaticnships of tbe emulator program, the compatibility f~ature, and the operating system; and the logic of the tape and disk formatting programs used in conjunction witb the emulator. This manual is intended to be a reference manual for those responsible for emulator program maintenance. Assumed is familiarity with the IBM 1401/1440/1460 Data ProceSSing systems and with the appropriate OS control program. Manual, 260 pages logic of the library subroutines, and gives brief details of the relationships between them. The library is used in program management, input/output, conversion, and interlanQuage communications, and also includes many computational subroutines. , GY33-7012 Manual, 380 pages 1410/7010 OS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBERS 57q4-AG1 AND 360C-EU-736 ----- - ------- ------- This manuar-describes the internal logiC of the IBM 1410/7010 Emulator Program for the IBM System/370 Models 145/155. The emulator program runs as a problem program under the OSIMI!'T, OS/MVT, OS/VS., and OSIVS2 control programs, and executes object programs written for the IBM 11110 and 7010 Data Processing Systems (the Model 145 must be equipped with IBM Compatibility Feature 84457 or 84458; the Model 155 with IBM Compatiblity Feature 83950). Note that OSIVSl and OS/VS2 are not yet available on the Model 155. Described in this manual are the logic of the emulator program; the inter-relationships of the emulator program, the compatibility feature, and the operating system; and the logic of the tape and disk formatting programs used in conjunction with the emulator. This manu~l is intended to be a reference manual for those responsible for emulator program maintenance. Assumed is familiarity with the IBM 1410/7010 Data Processing Systems and with the appropriate OS control program. Manual, 276 pages GY33-7006 A logic of the subject program. These manuals are intended for persons involved in program maintenance and system programmers who are altering the program design. , Program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the program; therefore, distribution of these publicatiOns is limited to persons with maintenance and alteration requirements. Program Logic Manual, 90 pages GY33-7007 A Program logic of the subject program. These manuals are intended for persons involved in program maintenance and system programmers who are altering the program design. Program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the program; therefore, distribution of these publications is limited to persons with maintenance and alteration requirements. Program Logic Manual, 144 pages GY33-8000 OS ALGOL IF) COMPILER LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-AL-531 360s=LH=5~ ----- - ------- ------- This manual describes the internal logic of the ALGOL IF) Compiler. It is intended for the use of IBM field engineers, systems analysts and programmers. The ALGOL IF) Compiler is a processing program of the IBM Systeml360 Operating System. It translates a source modUle written in the ALGOL language into an object module that can be processed into an executable load module by the Linkage Editor. Manual, 315 pages GY33-7008 PROGRAM TO EMULATE TIlE 1401, 1440, AND 1460 ON THE SYSTEMl370 MODEIS 145 AND 155 USING DlSK OPERATING SYSTEMl360 - PROGRiiilNUMBEif360N=iii-ii9il PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - - No abstractavailable. Manual., 342 pages GY33-8009 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM, PL/I ~ CBECKER, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 3~OS-PL-552 A Program Logic Manual describes the internal design or logiC of the subject program. These manuals are intended for persons involved in program maintenance and system programmers who are altering the program design. Program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the program; therefore, distribution of these publications should be limited to persons with maintenance and alteration requirements. Program logiC Manual, 2110 pages GY33-7009 PROGRAM TO EMULNrE THE 1410 AND 7010 ON THE SYSTEM/370 iiODiiLil145 AND 155 USING oos7360 PROGRAMWMBER 360N-EU-490 PROGRAM LOG~MANUAL----- ------- ------- -----This publication describes the internal. logic of the 1410/7010 EmUlator Program for the systeml370 Models 145 and 155, using the System/360 Disk Operating, system. The emulator program is a problem program executed under control of the System/360 Disk Operating System. The emulator program and the appropriate compatibility feature 1114458 for Model 145, 113950 for Model 155) execute 11110/7010 programs LY33-8027 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERlITING SYSTEM, SORT/MERGE, ~ LOGIC on these Systeml370 models. MANUAL - PROGRAM NO~ 5734-SM1 Major topics in this publication are the logic of the emulator program, the functions of the, compatibility This publication describes the internal logic of the IBM System/360 Operating System Sort/Merge Program. It features, and the logic of the tape formatting programs used describes the functions performed by sp~cific areas of With the emUlator. the program and is intended to be used by persons involved The publication is written to meet the needs of the IBM in program maintenance or by systems programmers who are customer engineer who must maintain the program. altering the program design. It is not needed for normal Manual, 292 pages use or for operation of tbe program. Included in this publication are flowcharts, storage layouts r a module di~ctory, and diagnostic aids and messages. SY33-7010 Licensed Program Logic Manual, 122 pages MODEL 20 EMULATOR ON SYSTEMl370 USING DOS LOG.IC =-PROG. NO. 370N-IC-002 -------'1'hi~ ma..'1.ual. dc~cribcs the internal logiC of the System/360 Model 20 Emulator Program on the IBM reM systeml370 125 and 135. The emulator is a problem program that operates under the control of the IBM System/360 Disk Operating system. IBM Compatibility Feature #7520 must be installed on the System/370. Mode~s 324 LY33-8039 DOS SORTIMERGE PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER ~1-- - - ~nual is a guide to the internal organization and ~ogic of program no. 57113-SM1, intended for customer GY33 LY33 GY33-8537 DOS VERSION Q SYSTEM SERVICE PROGRAMS PROGRAM NUMSER3'11iN-CI.-""1i53 - - - This reference publication describes the internal logic of supervisor-interrelated service programs of the IBM Disk Operating System. This manual is intended for persons involved in program maintenance and for system programmers altering the program design. Program logic infocmation is not needed for normal use or operation of the system control program. It is deSigned as a supplement to the program listing_ Its effective use requires an understanding of the IBM System/370 operation and of the IBM Disk operating System control and service programs. macro instructions, and operating procedures. Reference publications for this information are listed in the preface of this manual. Manual, 208 pages engineers. Describes program capabilities and system environment, techniques used by the program, and specific = program components (using flowcharts). Also includes such aids as: o Microfiche directory o Table Layouts o Register contents at entry to modules o o o Error-message module cross-reference tables Control statement formats Summary of program exits The user should be familiar with the Disk Operating System service programs, assembler language, macro instructions, and sort/merge program specifications. Manual, 316 pages SY33-80q1 OS/VS ASSEMBLER LOGIC This program logic manual is written for customer engineers and programmers maintaining the OS/VS assembler. The manual describes the structure, logic, and operation of the assembler. Method of operation diagrams highlight the inputs, processing, and outputs of the assembler functions. The diagrams are accompanied by text describing the functions in more detail and cross-references to the program elements that perform the functions. Detailed charts show how the assembler phases use main storage and the flow of control and data between the assembler phases. The manual also contains layouts of data areas, information designed to be helpful in debugging, and information about error message origin. macro and copy code usage, meta text flags. internal operation codes, entry points and EXTRN symbols. record formats, and the internal character set. Prerequisite Publications: OS/VS and DOS/VS Assembler Language, Order Number GC33-q010 IBM System/370 Principles of Operation, Order Number GA22-7000 IBM System/360 Principles of Operation, Order Number GA22-6821 OS/VS Assembler programmer1s Guide, order Number GC33-q021 Manual, 268 pages GY33-8538 DOS VERSION Q LINKAGE EDITOR MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBiR37iiN-C~ - - - - - - - - - This publication describes the internal logic of the IBM Disk Operating System linkage editor program. It is intended for use by persons involved in program maintenance and by system programmers who are altering the program design. program logic information is not needed for normal operation of the linkage editor program. It is a supplement to the program listing. Effective use of this manual requires an understanding of IBM System/370 operation and of IBM Disk Operating System control and service programs. macro instructions. and operating procedures. FOr titles and abstracts of other associates publications, see the IBM System/360 and System/370 Bibliography, GA22-6822. Manual, 96 pages GY33-8539 SYSTEM/370 DOS GY33-8532 DOS VERSION q LOGICAL TRANSIENTS - PROGRAM NUMBER31iiN-CL~ - ---- This reference publication describes the internal logiC of the IBM Disk Operating System, Logical Transient Programs. It is for persons involved in program maintenance and for system programmers who are altering the program design. Program logic information is not needed for normal operation of these programs. This publication is a supplement to the program listing. Effective use of this manual requires an understanding of IBM System/370 operation and of IBM Disk operating System Version 4 control and servi~e programs, macro instructions, and operating procedures. Reference publications for this information are listed in the preface. Manual, 260 pages ION TO DOS VERSION q LOGIC - PROGRAM ON-CL=q~ - - - - - - - - - - - - ence publication gives an overall view of the Disk Operating System {DOS), and it briefLy describes the associated control and service programs. It is intended for persons who are involved in program maintenance and for system programmers who are ~tering the program design. Program 10qic information is not needed for normal use or operation of the system control program. This manual is designed to introduce and to crossreference the six companion PLMs of the Disk Operating System. These associated PLMs are listed in the Preface of this manual. For titles and abstracts of other associated publications, see the IBM System/360 and System/370 Bibliography" GA22-6822. Manual, 52 pages VERS~ON Q LIBRARIAN-PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 3""7O'N-CL-"ii53 --- ---- - This reference publication describes the internal logic of the IBM Disk Operating System. Librarian Maintenance and service Programs. Persons involved in program maintenance and system programmers should use this manual when altering the program design. Program logiC information is not needed for normal operation of the librarian programs, but is to be used as a supplement to the program listing. Effective use of this manual requires an understanding of IBM System/370 operation and of IBM Disk Operating System control and service programs. macro instructions, and operating procedures. Reference publications for this information are listed in the Preface of this manual. Titles and abstrancts of other related publications are listed in the IBM System/360 and System/370 Bibliography, GA22-6822. Manual, 316 pages LY33-85QO IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ASCII MAGNETIC TAPE u'TIL"ITIES PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-UT2 ------- ----- -----This publication describes the internal logic of the IBM system/360 Disk Operating System (DOS) utility programs that can process American National Standard COde for Information Interchange (ASCII) magnetic tape files. The DOS utility programs that utilize direct access storage devices (DASD), but cannot process ASCII files, are described in IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM UTILITIES, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, Order No. Gy2Q-5023. The DOS utility prcgrams not using DASD and unable to process ASCII files are similar to the Tape Operating System (TOS) utility programs. These are described in the IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM UTILITY PROGRAMS, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, Order No. GY2Q-5019. Program logic information is not necessary for the use and operation of the program. This manual, is therefore, intended primarily for use by persons involved in program maintenance and by system programmers who are altering the program design. program Logic Manual, 216 pages GY33-853Q GY33-85Q2 DOS VERSION Q SUPERVISOR AND DOS V " IPL AND JOB CONTROL MANUM. - PROGRAM NUMBER N-cr.:::qs3- --- --- - --LOGICMAiWAr.--PROGRAM NUMBER 3 This reference publication des·=~=s:":;:tht::e"'internal logic of This r ence publication d~cribes the internal logiC of the IBM Disk Operating System, Supervisor and Physical and the IBM Operating System, Initial Program Load (IPL) and Job Conrol Programs. It is intended for use by persons involved Recovery Transients Programs. It is for persons involved in program maintenance.and for system programmers altering the in program maintenance and ~ system programmers who are program design. Program logic information is not needed for altering the program design. Program logic information is not needed for normal operation of the IPL and Job Control normal operation of these programs. This publication is a supplement to the program listing. Programs. It is designed to be used as a supplement to the Effective use of this manual requires an understanding program listing. Effective use of this manual requires an understanding of IBM System/370 operation and of IBM Disk operating System Version 4 control and service programs~ "macro instructions. of IBM System/370 operation and of the IBM Disk Operating and operating procedures. Reference publications for this system control and service programs. macro instructions, and operating procedures. Reference publications for this information are ~isted ill the Preface of this manua1. Manual, Q72 pages information are listed in the Preface of this manual. FOr titles and abstracts of other associated publications, see the IBM System/360 and System/370 BibliographY, GA22-6822. Manual, 268 pages 325 GY33 GY33 GY33-85113 DOS VERSION 4 LIOCS IN'rROOOC'l'ION VOID ME 1 - PROGRlIII LOGIC MANUAL ::. PRoGRAM NUMBERS 3701l-CL-ii53,3iiiN=Iii=ii5ii;""37iiN-I0457, 3701l-I0-477, 370N-IO-456, 3701l-I0-478, 370Il-IO-458, 3701l-IO-455 This reference publication is one of fonr program Logic Manuals that describe the internal logic of the Logical IOCS (Input-Output Control System) programs for the IBM Disk Operating system. The four related Program Logic Manuals Volume 3: SAM and DAM for DASD, GY33-85115. volume II: ISAM, GY33-85"6. This manual is intended for use by persons involved in program maintenance and by system programmers who are altering the program design. Program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the programs described. Effective use of this publication requires an understanding of system operation, asse~bler language, and its are: associated macros. Volume 1: Introduction. GY33-8543. Volume 2: SAM .for Unit Record. Magnetic Tape. and Device Independent Piles, GY33-B544. Volume 3: SAM and DlIN for DASD, GY33-8545. volume 4: ISAM, GY33-8546. This manual is intended for persons involved in program maintenance and for system programmers who are altering the program design. program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the. programs described. Effective use of this publication requires an understanding of iBM System/370 operation and the Disk Operating System Assembler language and its associated macro definition language. R . definition language. Reference. publications for this information are listed in the Preface. FOr a list of associated publications and. their abstrancts, see IBM Systeml360 and Systeml370 Bibliography, GA22-6822. Manual, 360 pages Reference publications fOr this inforamtion are listed in the Preface. Por the titles and abstracts of other related publications, refer to the IBM System/360 and System/370 Bibliography, GA22-6822. Program LogiC Manual, 1100 pages GY33-85117 D05 VERSION" SYSTEM UTILITIES - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-UT-491 This publication describes the Internal logic of the IBM DOS System Version " Utility programs. It is intended for use by persons involved in program maintenance and by system programmers who are altering the program design. Program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the program. Manual, 170 pages GY33-851111 DOS VERSION 4 LIOCS VOLUME 2 - PROGRlIII 31ii~, -37iiN-IO~370N-IO=ii"iB; :;3::=;;;:::==". This reference publication is one of fou Manuals that describe the internal logic of the Logical IOCS (Input/Output Control System) programs for the IBM Disk operating system. The four related Program LogiC Manuals are: Volume 1: Introduction, GY33-85113. Volume 2: SAM for Unit Record, Magnetic Tape, Device Independent Piles, GY33-851111. . Volume 3: SAM and DlIN for DASD, GY33-8545. volume II: ISAM, GY33-8546. This manual is intended for persons involved in program maintenance and for system programmers who are altering the program design. Program logic information is not necessary for the operation of the Programs described. Therefore, distribution is limited to those with maintenance and alteration responsibilities. Effective use of this publication requires an understanding of IBM System/370 operation and the Disk Operating System Assembler language and its associate macro definition language. Reference publication for this information are listed in the preface. FOr the titles and abstracts. of other related publications, refer to the IBM Systeml360 and System/370 Bibliography, GA22-6822. Manual, 380 pages SY33-85"8 OS/VS2 TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR LOGIC VOLUME n - EDIT PROGRAM~M~2-SC1-TO ----- ------ -- - ---This publication describes the internal logiC of the OS/VS2 TSO EDIT canmand processor. Included in this manual are discussions of the organization and method of operation of the program, a microfiche directory, tables of data area layouts, flowcharts, and a glossary. This publication is intended for IBM programming systems representatives who maintain the program and system. programmers who modify the program. Prerequisite information is contained in OS/VS2 TSO Terminal Monitor Program and service Routines Logic, SY280650. Corequisite information is contained in: o OS/vS2 TSO Command Language Reference, GC28-0646. o OS/VS2 TSO Command Processor Logic Volume IV, SY28-0652. Manual GY33-9010 GY33-8545 DOS VERSION 4 LIOCS VOLUME 3-SlIN AND DAM FOR DASDPROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL ::. PROGRlIII NUMBERS 37ON-Io::m, 370N-IO-II511 This reference publication is one of four Program Logic Manuals that describe the internal logic of the Logical IOCS (Input/Output Control system) programs for the IBM Disk operating System. The foUr related Program LogiC Manuals are: Volume 1: Introduction, GY33-8S113. Volume 2: SAM for Unit Record, Magnetic Tape, and Device Independent piles, GY33-851111.· Volume 3: SAM and DAM for DASD, GY33-85115. Volume II: ISAM, GY33-8546. This manual is intended for use by persons involved in program maintenance and by system programmers who are altering the program design. Program logiC information is not necessary for the operation of the programs described. Effective use of this publication requires an understanding of IBM Systeml370 operation and the Disk Operating System Assembler language and its associated macro definition language. Reference publications for this information are listed in the Preface. . Por the titles and abstracts of other related publications, refer to the IBM System/360 and Systeml370 Bibliography, GA22-6822. Program Logic Manual, 1120 pages GY33-85116. DOS VERSION II LIOCS VOLUME II - ISAM - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL=PR N28-25_5 36 "GC28-6670-6# 33 **GC28-6676-5 33 GC28-6679-1 30 1_ ··GC28-668D-5 GC28-6687-1 30 SC28-6689-1 _0 39 33 ··GC28-6691-3 GC28-6692-2# SC28-6695-1 39 "GC28-6698-6 36 ··GC28-670_-3 36 GC2B-670B-_ GC28-6709-0 GN28-2528 1_ GC28-6711-0 GN28-2529 3_ ··GC28-6712-7 3_ 37 GC28-6716-0 GC28-6719-2 GN28-24_9 uGN28-2552 3_ 3_ 39 GC28-6720-_ **GC28-6730-5 * * GC28-67 32-4 ··GN28-2553 34 GC28-6733-1 GN28-2432 GN28-2_53 GN28-2434 GN28-2466 37 **GC28-6747-3 33 GC28-6753-1 33 SC28-6755-0 SN28-2431 SN33-8105 n 32 GC28-6758-0 32 **GC28-6759-2 "GN28-25 __ SN33-8108 32 SC28-6760-0 ··SN33-8707 39 39 .·GC28-6762-1 GC28-6763-2# ··GN28-2555 39 ··GC28-6764-2 32 ** SC28-6765-3 ··SN33-8719 32 SC28-6767-1 SN28-2505 "SN33-8718 ··SN33-8710 32 nGC28-6768-2 GN33-8543 GN33-8663 85 20 SC28-6808-1# GC28-6810-2 21 GC28-6811-1 36 nGC28-6812-3# 25 GC28-6813-2 GN33-8602 GN33-8665 36 GC28-6814-1 GN33-8547 GN33-8666 40 35 GC28-6815-3 GC28-6816-0 GN33-8598 GN33-8667 25 ··GC28-6817-3# 25 nGC28-681,8-1. GN28-0451 •• GN28-1010 25 GC28-6819-0 29 GC28-6820-2 29 GC28-6821-2 29 GC28-6825-2 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERA~ING SlSTEM: PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE TO DEBUGGING IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM TAPE AND DISK SORT/MERGE SRL MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360N-SM-483 IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM TAPE AND DISK SORT/MERGE TIMING ESTI~ATES PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-483 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TAPE LABELS USER"S GUIDE FOR THE IBM 2947-_ CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER SEQUENTIAL ftCCESS METBOD PROGRAM SUPPORTING RPQ 888264 PROGRAM NUMBERS 5799-WAF, 5799-WAG USER'S GUIDE FOR THE :IBM 29_7 MODEL _ CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER ASSEMBLY FACILITIES, PROGRAMMING - PRPQ P88003 PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAH IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATOR'S REFERENCE IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: OPERATOR'S PROCEDURES IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: TAPE AND DISK SORT/MERGE PROGRAM, REFERENCE MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5736-SM1 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION PLANNING FOR 'ISO' IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE REFERENCE ' OS ADVANCED CBECKPOINT/RESTART IBM 2969 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1 CONTROL PROGRAM OPERATOR'S GUIDE SUPPORTING, RPQ 888117 IBM 2969 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1 CONTROL PROGRAM USER'S GUIDE SUPPORTING RPQ 888117 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM SYSTEM MANAGEMENT FACILITIES REFERENCE MANUAL - ,PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-CI-505, 360S-CI-535 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEMS FEATURE GUIDE IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SlSTEM: SERVICE AIDS SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM MVT GUIDE IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM: RELEASE 20 GUIDE IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION: COMMAND LANGUAGE IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: RELEASE 19 GUIDE IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: RELIABILITY DATA EXTRACTOR USER'S GUIDE IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: TAPE AND DISK SORT/MERGE PROGRAM, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-SM1 PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: TAPE AND DISK SORT/MERGE PROGRAM. SYSTEM INFORMATION - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-SM1 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM DATA SET UTILITIES SUPPORT FOR ASCII - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-UT2 OS/MFT, Os/MVT, AND OS/VS DATA SET UTILITIES SUPPORT FOR ASCII - PPS - PROG. NO. 5734-UT2 OS/MFT, OS/MVT, AND OS/VS DATA SET UTILITIES SUPPORT FOR ASCII: USER'S GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5734-UT2 OS/MVT AND OS/VS2 'ISO TERMINALS MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERA~ING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION GUIDE TO WRITING A TERMINAL MONITOR PROGRAM OR A COMMAND PROCESSOR OS/MVT AND OS/VS2 'ISO DATA UTILITIES: COPY, FORMAT, LIST' MERGE: USER'S GUIDE AND REfERENCE, BROG. NO. 5734-UT1 OS/MVT AND OS/VS2 'ISO DATA UTILITIES: COPY, FORMAT, LIST, MERGE SYSTEM INFORMATION PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROGRAM NUMBER 573_-UT1 OS/MVT AND 0s/VS2 'ISO DATA UTILITIES: COPY, FORMAT, LIST, , MERGE - PPS - PROG. NO. 573_-UT1 A PL/I PRIMER IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 PROGRAMMING SYSTEMS CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES IBM SYSTEMl360' MODEL 44 PROGRAMMING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE, PROGRAM NUMBER 360F-AS-616 IBM SYSTEMl360 MODEL 4_ PROGRAMMING SYSTEM GUIDE TO SYSTEM USE IBM SYSTEMl360 MODEL 4_ PROGRAMMING SYSTEM GUIDE TO SYSTEM USE FOR FORTRAN PROGRAMMERS IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 4_ PROGRAMMING SYSTEM SYSTEMS PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE SYSTEMl360 MODEL 4_ PROGRAMMING SYSTEM OPERATOR'S GUIDE 1620 SIMULATOR FOR IBM IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: SYSTEMl360 MODEL 4_ PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-755 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (G AND H) PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-FO-500 360S-FO-520 OS FORTRAN IV LIBRARY: MATHEMATICAL AND SERVICE SUBBROGRAMS, PROG. NO. 360S-LM-501 IBM SYSTEMl360 FORTRAN IV LANGUAGE HANDBOOK FOR CONVERSION FROM IBM 7090/709_ FORTRAN IV PROGRAM NUMBER 7090-PR-130 OS ITF: PL/I AND BASIC PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVES PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1 AND 5734.,-RC3 IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL 'FACILITY FIJi AND BASiC ,PROGRAM PRODUCT DES:IGr; OnJECTIVES) PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-RC1, 5736-RC2, IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS AND OS ('ISO) ITF.: PL/1 AND BASIC GENERAL INFORMATION, PROG. NCS. 5734-RC1/2/3/4, 5736-RC1/2 348 29 ** GC28-6829-4 29 GC28-6830-2 39 GC28-6831-0 25 HGC28-6832-2 29 SC28-6833-1 29 SC28-6834-1 **SN28-1020 23 SC28-6835-111 **SN28-1019 SN28-0453 34 HSC28-6836-2 23 39 GC28-6837-0 SC28-6838-0 39 SC28-6839-0 SN28-0448 **SN28-1034 39 SC28-6840-0 SN28-0449 **SN28-1035 39 '-SC28-6841-1 25 SC28-6842-1 25 GC28-6844-111 25 GC28-6847-0 25 **GC28-6850-2 25 SC28-6851-0 SN28-0601 25 ** SC28-6852-1 25 **SC28-6853-1 25 25 **GC28-6854-2 SC28-6855-1 25 **SC28-6856-1 25 GC28-6857-1 25 SC28-6858-0 25 ** SC28-6859-1 25 **SC28-6861-1 25 ** GC28-6862-2 25 25 ** GC2:J-6363-2 25 GC28-6865-0 25 SC28-6868-0 25 GC28-6872-0 38 38 25 **GC28-6878-0 **GC28-6879-0 GC28-6881-1 25 GC28-6882-0 25 SC28-6883-0 24 **GC28-6884-0 SN28-0600 **SN28-0607 SC28-6864-0 **GN24-5466 **GN24-5467 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY: PL/I (5734-RC1) AND BASIC (5734-RC3) SPECIFICATION SHEET IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY: PL/I AND BASIC - PPS PROGRAM NUMBERS: 5736-RC1 5736-RC2 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION) INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY: PL/1 AND BASIC PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC2, 5734-RC4 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM CODE AND GO FORTRAN PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F01 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF: PL/I INTRODUCTION PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5736-RC1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF: PL/I TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5736-RC1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF: BASIC TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-RC2, 5734-RC3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 3; 5736-RC1, 2 BASIC LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION) INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY: PL/1 INTRODUCTION PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-RC2 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SBARING OPTION) INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY: PL/1 TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-RC2 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION) INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY: BASIC TERMINAL USER'S GUICE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-RC4 iBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION) INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY INSTALLATION REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC2, 5734-RC4 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION) CODE AND GO FORTRAN PROCESSOR-TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-F01, 5734-LM1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD II) PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM3 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD 1 PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM1 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM - FORTRAN IV LIBRARY ASCII SUPPORT: PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE SUPPLEMENT PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED) COMPILER, PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F03 5734-LM3 IBM OS CODE AND GO FORTRAN AND FORTRAN IV (G1) PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE, PROG. NOS. 5734-F01, 2, -LM1 OS FORTRAN IV (G1) PROCESSOR - PPS - PROG. NO. 5734-F02 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION) TERMINAL USER'S SUFPLEMENT FOR FORTRAN IV (G1) PROCESSOR AND TSO FORTRAN - PROGRAM PRODUCT MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-F02, 5734-CP3, 5734-LM1 FORTRAN IV (G1) PROCESSOR AND TSO FORTRAN PROMPTER FOR OS AND VM/370 (CMS): INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL, PROG. NOS. 5734-F02, 5734-CP3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION FORTRAN PROMPTER - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATION IBM SYSTEM/360 FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MODEL 1) INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM CODE AND GO FORTRAN PROCESSOR INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F01 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (B EXTENDED) COMPILER AND LIBRARY (MOD II) IRM MODULE II INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-F03, 5734-LM3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED) COMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F03 OS FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MOD II) - PPS - PROG. NO. 5734-LM3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS: FORTRAN IV MATB AND SVC SUBPROGRAM SUPPLEMENT FOR MODE I and MODEL II LIBRARIES PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-LM1, 5734-LM3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS: FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED) COMPILER AND LIBRARY (MODEL II), MESSAGES - SYSTEM REFERENCE LIBRARY MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-F03, 5734-LM3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (H EXTENDED PLUS COMPILER & LIBRARY USER SUPPLEMENT - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAW SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY, OPTION 1 - PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVE PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-LM3 OS/VS1 RES SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE OS/VS1 RES WORKSTATION USER'S GUIDE FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS(TSO) AND VM/370(CMS)' PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVES, PROG. NO. 5734-F05 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY OPTION 1 - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-LM3 DOS FORTRAN IV LIBRARY OPTION/PROGRAMMERS'S GUIDE SUPPLEMENT - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5746-LM3 IBM FORTRAN PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR OS AND THE CMS COMPONENT OF VM/370: GENERAL INFORMATION, PROG. NOS. 5734-F01.2.3.5 -LM1.3.-CP3 349 25 **SC28-6885-1 25 **5C28-6886-1 25 **GC28-6888-1 25 **SC28-6891-0 25 GC28-8193-0 25 GC28-8194-0 20 **GC28-8200-0 **SN28-0609 29 **GC28-8201-411 29 30 GC28-8202-311 **GC30-1007-1 30 GC30-2003-4 30 GC30-2004-7 30 GC30-2005-3 38 GC30-2006-5 **GN28-0602 38 GC30- 2012-1 **GN28-0596 38 GC30-2014-1 **GN28-0597 **GN28-0612 *"GN28-0613 **GN27-1420 38 GC30-2015-0 38 GC30-2016-1 **GN28-0598 30 30 30 **GC30-2022-2# HGC30-2024-3 **GC30-2025-1 GN30-2575 **GN30-2578 30 .... GC30-2026-211 GC30-2026-1# **GN30-3008 30 "*GC30-2028-1 30 30 30 30 *"GC30-2034-2 **GC30-2035-0 **GC30-2036-0 **GC30-3000-1 30 35 **GC30-3001-3# ** GC30-3002-2 21 *"GC30-3003-0 GN30-3002 09 GC30-3004-0 **GN30-3010 35 **GC30-3005-2 30 **GC30-3006-0 30 ** GC30-500 1-10 30 30 GC30-5003-4 GC30-5004-3 29 GC33-0001-1 29 GC33-0003-1 29 **GC33-0004- 3 GN33-6024 GN33-6044 GN33-6069 GN33-6048 29 SC33-0005-2# **SN33-6076 29 ** 5C33-0006-1II **SN33-6081 29 ** SC33-0007-0 29 *"SC33-0008-1 SN33-6046 SN33-6070 **SN33-6075 29 **SC33-0009-2# **SN33-6082 **GN28-0611 **GN30-3009 GN33-6034 GN33-6057 **GN33-6085 GN33-6063 SN33-6056 **SN33-6083 FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR os (TSO) TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-F05 FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F05 FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR OS (TSO) PPS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F05 IBM VM/370 (CMS) TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE FOR FORTRAN IV PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-F01, 5734-F02, 5734-F03, 5734-LM1 AND 5734-LM3 IBMSYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM EORTRAN IV LIBRARY ASCII SUPPORT PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM1 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY ASCII SUPPORT PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM1 SYSTEM/370 PROGRAM PRODUCTS: LANGUAGE AND SORT PROCESSORS -OS, DOS, VM/370-CMS (CATALOG) IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I (F) LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL DOS AND TOS PL/I SUBSET REFERENCE MANUAL OS/MFT AND OS/MVT TCAM COMPONENT LEVEL RELEASE GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-548 IBM SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY MANUAL - IEM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM QUEUED TELECOMMUNICATIONS ~CCESS METHOD MESSAGE PROCESSING PROGRAM SERVICES PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-519 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM BASIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-513 IBM SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM QUEUED TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD MESSAGE CONTROL PROGRAM PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-519 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM REMOTE JOB ENTRY PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-536 OS/MFT, OS/MVT AND OS/VS1: CRJE CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES PROG. NO. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVT), 5741-SC1-0A (VS1) OS/MFT, OS/MVT AND OS/VS1: CRJE TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE PROG. NO. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVT), 5741-SC1-0A (VS1) IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM REMOTE JOB ENTRY PLANNING FOR IBM 2770 RJE SUPPORT OS/MFT, OS/MVT AND OS/VS1: CRJE SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROG. NO. 360s-RC-551 (MFT/MVT), 5741-SC1-0A (VS1) OS TCAM CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES, PROG. NO. 360S-CQ-548 OS/MFT AND OS/MVT TCAM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE OS TCAM USER'S GUIDE (OS/MFT, /MVT: OS/VS1, /VS2) PROG. NO. 360S-CQ-548; VS COMPONENTS 5741('2)-SCl-21 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM CONVERSION GUIDE FROM QUEUED TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD OR BASIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD TO TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD SYSTEM REFERENCE LIBRARY PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-548 PLANNING FOR TCAM WITH THE IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-548 OS/VSTCAM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5744-AW1 OS/VS1 TCAM LEVEL 2 COMPONENT RELEASE GUIDE OS/VS TCAM LEVEL 4 COMPONENT RELEASE GUIDE IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER NETWORK PROGRAM GENERATION AND UTILITIES GUIDE AND REFERENCE MANUAL IBM 3735 .PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE (OS, DOS, AND VS SYSTEMS) IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLED EMULATION PROGRAM GENERATION AND UTILITIES, GUIDE AND REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360H-TX-033, 035, 036; 5735-SC1; 5744-AN1 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360H-TX-035 (OS), 360H-TX-036 (DOS) IBM 3704 AND 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLERS PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER EMULATION PROGRAM STORAGE AND PERFORMANCE REFERENCE MANUAL IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER NETWORK CONTROL PROGRAM STORAGE AND PERFOR~~NCE ESTIMATES -PROG. NO. 360H-TX-034 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM BASIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-469 DOS QTAM MESSAGE PROCESSING SERVICES, PROG. NO. 360N-CQ-470 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK CEPRATING SYSTEM QTAM MESSAGE CONTROL PROGRAM PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-470 OS PL/I OPTIMIZING CCMPILER: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL1 OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER: GENERAL INFORMATION PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL2, 5734-LM4 DOS PLII OPTIMIZING COMPILER: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROG. PROD" 5736-PL1 DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: LANGUAGB REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NOS. 5736-PL1, AND 5736-PL3 OS PLII OPTIMIZING COMPILER - PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL1, 5734-LM4, 5734-LM5 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL2, 5734-LM5 DOSPL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROG. PROD. 5736-PL1 OS PLII OPTIMIZING AND CHECKOUT COMPILER LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL1, 5734-PL2, 5734-PL3 350 29 GC33-0010-1 29 GC33-00 13-1 29 ** GC33-00 16-3 29 **GC33-0017-3 29 ** GC33-00 18-3 29 SC33-0019-0 29 **SC33-0020-2 29 **SC33-0021-1 29 ** GC33-0022-3 29 HGC33-0023-3 29 ** GC33-0024-3 29 H SC33-0025- a 29 ** SC33-0026-2# 29 nSC33-0021-1 29 SC33-0029-1 29 **GC33-0030-1 29 **SC33-0031-1 29 SC33-0032-0 29 29 **SC33-0033-1 SC33-0034-0 29 **SC33-0035-0 29 **GC33-0036-0 29 **SC33-0031-0 26 GC33-2000-2# 25 **GC33-2002-2# 35 GC33-2003-0 35 **GC33-2004-3 35 SN33-6029 **SN33-6018 **SN33-6011 **SN33-6086 SN33-6054 GC33-2005-2# 35 01 **GC33-2006-3 **GC33-2001-0 35 **GC33-2008-2 35 **GC33-2009-2 35 ** C-<: 33- 20 1 0- 0 26 GC33-4000-3 33 ** SC33-4004-3 33 GC33-4006-2 33 ** SC33-4001-3 21 21 **GC33-4010-l# GC33-4014-0 33 GC33-4015-0 33 GC33-4011-1 33 33 33 SC33-4018-0 **GC33-4019-1 GC33-4020-2 **SN33-6050 GN33-1040 **GN12-5900 **SN33-6011 DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-PL1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRA~ NUMBER 5134-PL1 DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-PL1 DOS PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-LM4 DOS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-LM5 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: EXECUTION LOGIC PROGRAM NUMBERS 513'6-PL1. 5136-LM4. 5136-LM5 DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: INSTALLATION PROGRAM NOS. 5136-PL1.LM4.LM5 NOTE: THESE PRODUCTS ARE ALSO DISTRIBUTED AS COMPOSITE PACKAGE 5136-PL3 DOS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: MESSAGES MANUAL. PROG. PROD. 5136-PL1, 5136-LM5 SYSTEM/360 OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-PL1 OS PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-LM4 OS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-LM5 OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: EXECUTION LOGIC PROGRAM NOS. 5134-PL1, 5734-LM4 AND 5734-LM5 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: SYSTEM INFORMATION - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL1. 5134-LM4. 5734-LM5 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: MESSAGES PROG. NOS. 5734-PL1, 5734-LM5 OS TIME SHARING OPTION: PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER. PROG. NOS. 5734-PL1, -LMA, AND -LM5 OR (COMPOSITE PACKAGE) 5734-PL3 OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2 OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER: INSTALLATION - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5134-PL2 AND 5134-LM5 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER EXECUTION LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5134-PL2 5734-LM5 OS TIME SHARING OPTION: PL/1 CBECKOUT COMPILER SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER: MESSAGES MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL2, 5734-LM5 DOS PL/1 TRANSIENT LIBRARY: MESSAGES SYSTEM LIBRARY MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM5 PL/I UNDER CMS - PROGRAM PRODUCT DESIGN OBJECTIVES: PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER, PROG. NO. 5734-PL1 PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY, PROG. NO.· 5134-LM4 PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY, PROG. NO. 5734-LM5 OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: CMS USERS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-PL1 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: ALGOL-TO-PL/I LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM, PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-CV-111 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: FORTRAN IV-TO-PL/I LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM - SRL MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-CV-710 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 1410/1010 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360, PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-154 1401/1440/1460/DOS EMULATOR ON MODELS 135/145/155 REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-EU-490 1410/7010 DOS EMULATOR ON MODELS 145/155 REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-EU-490 MODEL 20 DOS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/360 REFERENCE MANUAL SYSTEM/360 MODEL 20 TO SYSTEM/370 MODEL 125 TRANSITION GUIDE 1401/1440/1460 OS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 REFERENCE - PROGRAM NO. 360C-EU-735 (MFT/MVT); 5744-AH1 (VS) 1410/7010 EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/310 145/155 - REFERENCE, PROG. NOS. 360C-EU-736 AND 5744-AG1 MODEL 20 EMUL1\TOR ON SYSTUI/370 Usn~G DOS :.rlD DOS/VS PLANNING - PROGRAM NUMBER 310N-IC-002 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ALGOL PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-AL-531, 360S-LM-532 OS SORT/MERGE SYSTEM INFORMATION: SY~EM GENERATION/INSTALLATION, STORAGE REQUIREMENTS, MESSAGES - PROG. NO. 5734-SM1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM, SORT/MERGE PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-SM1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM, SORT/MERGE PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-SM1 OS/VS AND DOS/VS ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER (E) INSTALLATION GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-AS-036 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 SORT/MERGE TIMING ESTIMATES PLANNING GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-SM-023 IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS SORT MERGE DESIGN OBJECTIVES PROG. NO. 5143-SM1 DOS SORT/MERGE PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5743-SM1 DOS SORT/MERGE SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5143-SM1 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SORT/MERGE GENERAL INFORMATION, PROGRAM NUMBER 5743-SM1 351 "GC33-4021-1 i GC33-4022-0 21 33 33 SC33-4023-0 33 **GC33- 40 27-1 21 **SC33-4029-0 33 **GC33-4030-0 32 GC33-5000-0 32 SC33-5001-0 32 GC33-5002-0 30 GC33-5004-0 20 34 40 20 34 30 36 01 GC33-5007-0 GC33-5008-0 *.GC33-5009-1i ·GC33-5009-0# **GC33-5370-1 GC33-5371-0 GC33-5372-0 GC33-5373-0 **GC33-5386-0 34 **GC33-5400-0 34 34 GC33-5401-0 **GC33-5402-1 34 32 01 01 01 01 40 40 40 39 30 30 30 38 38 40 40 40 40 32 37 31 40 39 30 14 "SN33-8163 •• GN33-8722 *.GN33-8723 **GN33-8724 ··GN33-8752 •• GN33-9139 ·*GC35-0004-3 GC35-0005-111 ** GC38-0005-2 **GC38-0015-3 **GC38-0025-0 **GC38-0030-0 GC38-0110-2 **GC38-0120-2 **GC38-0210-0 **GC38-0220-0 .*GC38-0255-1 **GC38-0260-0 **GC38-0305-0 **GC38-0330-0 **GC38-0335-0 **GC38-1001-1 **GC38-1002-0 **GC38-1003-1 **GC38-1004-2 *·GC38-1005-2 **GC38-1006-2 **GC38-1007-211 **GC38-1008-0 GC38-1009-0 "GC38-10 10-0 GC50-0001-211 76 GE20-0022-111 63 GE20-0188-5# 67 GE20-0228-111 67 GE20-0246-1# 73 GE20-0256-2 73 GE20-0257-2 63 GE20-0306-1 85 73 **GE20-0312-2# GE20-0324-1 82 85 85 85 GE20-0350-0 **GF20-0012-0 **GP20-0015-211 *.GF20-00 19-0 85 85 00 82 **GF20-0020-0 **GF20-0385-0 ** GF20-8112-8 "+Giii2-5i02-u 82 GH12-5103-0 ·*GN27-1431 ·*GN24-5465 •• GN28-2557 **GN28-2558 **GN28-2559 .*GN24-5462 Os/VS ASSEMBLER PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - SYSTEM LIBRARY SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM SORT/MERGE GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-SM1 DOS SORT/MERGE INSTALL~ION REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5743-SM1 DOs/VS SORT/MERGE DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5746-SM1 OS TSO ASSEMBLER PROMPTER INSTALLATION REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CP2 DOS/VS SORT/MERGE GENERAL INFORMATION - PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-SM1 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ASCII MAGNETIC TAPE UTILITIES . PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-UT2 IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS ASCII MAGNETIC TAPE UTILITIES PROGRAM GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-UT2 SYSTEM/360 DOS ASCII MAGNETIC TAPE UTILITIES PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-UT2 SYSTEM/360 DOS PLANNING GUIDE FOR PROGRAMMING TBE 3330 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE FACILITY SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM VERSION 4 - MANUAL DOS VERSION 4 SYSTEM GENERATION DOS VERSION 4 MESSAGES - SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CL-453 INTRODUCTION TO DOS/VS - MANUAL DOs/VS SYSTEM MANAGEMBNT GUIDE DOS/VS DATA MANAGBMENT GUIDE DOs/VS SUPERVISOR AND I/O MACROS SRL MANUAL SYSTEM/360 MODEL 20 TO SYSTEM/370 MODEL 115 TRANSITION GUIDE DOS/VS DOS/VS PROGRAMMING GUIDE FOR IBM 3340 DASD, ROTATIONAL POSITION SENSING (RPS) AND BLOCK MULTIPLEX CHANNEL SUPPORT PLANNING GUIDE FOR DCS/vS SYSTEM ENHANCEMENTS DOS/VS PLANNING GUIDE FOR PROGRAMMING THE SYSTEM/370 MODEL 115 AND THE IBM 5203 AND 3203 PRINTERS OS/VS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT FACILITIES (SMF) OS/VS UTILITIES IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 135 OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 OPERATING PROCEDURES IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 158 OPERATING PROCEDURES SYSTEM/370 MODEL· 168 OPERATING PROCEDURES OPERATOR'S LIHRARY: OS/vS1 REFERENCE OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: CS/VS CONSOLE CONFIGURATIONS OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/vS2 REFERENCE OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/vS2 TSO OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: ·OS/vS1 DISPLAY CONSOLES OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/vS2 DISPLAY CONSOLES OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: CS/VS TCAM - PROGRAM NUMBER 5741-SC1-21 OPERATOR'S LIBRARY OS/VS1 RES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5741-SC1-BB OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: CS/vS1 CRJE OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS1 SYSTEM MESSAGES OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS2 SYSTEM MESSAGES OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: SYSTEM CODES OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: ROUTING AND DESCRIPTOR CODES OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: UTILITIES MESSAGES OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: SERVICE AIDS AND OLTEP MESSAGES OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: LINKAGE EDITOR AND LOADER MESSAGES OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS2 SYSTEM CODES OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS2 TSO MESSAGES OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS1 RES RTAM AND ACCOUNT MESSAGES IBM 2701 DATA ADAPTER UNIT AND ASCII AUTODIN ADAPTER (RPQ F16124): PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION PUBLIC UTILITY CUSTOMER ACCOUNTING WITH THE IBM SYSTEM/360 ONLINE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ~IL IMPACT (INVENTORY MANAGEMENT PROGRAM AND CONTROL TECHNIQUES): APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROG. NOS. 360A-DR-04X,05X,08X,09X OPTIMUM BOND BIDDING - USER·' S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-FI-06X SYSTEM/360 DEMAND DEPOSIT ACCOUNTING APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-FB-15X SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR -- COMPOSlTION/360, APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DP-08X SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - HYPHENATION/360 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DP-07X 1287 INPUT CONVERSION PROGRAM, APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DR-07X PREFACE TO PLII PROGRAMMING IN SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR -- EDIT/360, APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-K11 A PREFACE TO LINEAR PROGRAMMING AND ITS APPLICATIONS PREPARING BRAILLE USING SYSTEM/360 INTRODUCTION TO THE LIST PROCESSING ~CILITIES OF PL/I TECHNIQUES FOR PROCESSING POINTER LISTS AND LISTS OF LISTS IN PLII TECHNIQUES FOR PROCESSING RELOCATABLE LISTS IN PL/I AN INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROGRAMMING BIBLIOGRAPHY OF DATA PROCESSING TECBRIQUES Si:ST&U36G ruin SYSTEr;/370 MATRIX SYSTEl-1 (1r:1s7SYS). (OS Ai.;n TSO) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XM7 XBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/37·0, IBM ".30 AND ·11100 SDBROUTXNE LXBRARY-MATBEMATXCS (SI-MATH) GENERAL XNFORMATION MANUAL PROG. NOS. 5736-XM7, 5711-XM2 I I 352 82 ··5812-5403-0· 79 SH12-5407-0 79 5812-5509-1 81 G819-0014-1 81 SH19-0026-0 79 ··G819-0044-0· 79 "5819-0045-0. 79 ··5819-0046-0· 79 ·.5819-0047-0· 79 ··5819-0048-0. 79 ··5819-0049-0· 79 "5819-0050-0· 79 ••5819-0051-0· 79 ••5819-0052-0· 79 •• G819-0057-0. 79 ··G819-0058-0· "SN12-5007 ··GN19-0085 79 ··GH19-1008-2· ··GN19-6131 79 "5819-1009-2· **SN19-6132 79 ··5819-1010-1· **SN19-6133 79 ··G819-1028-1· 79 ••S819-1 0 30-1. 79 ··5819-1031-0· **SN19-6094 67 "G819-1038-0 ··GN19-6097 67 "S819-1040-1 67 **5819-1041-0 67 , •• G819-1042-1. **SN19-6099 78 G819-2000-0 78 5819-2304-0 SN12-5000 78 5819-2607-0 SN12-5001 78 5819-2608-0 78 G819-2903-0 81 •• G819-4000-0 **GN19-6123 **GN19-6120 **GN19-6116 **GN19-6103 81 ··S819-4001-0 **SN19-6119 **SN19-611S "SN19-6124 81 82 **S819-4002-1 G819-5012-1# "SN19-6125 83 •• G819-5035-0 83 ··5819-5038-0+ 83 "G819-5039-0 "SN19-5076 MATRIX SYSTEM (MATSYS) (CS AND TSO) - PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM7 IBM SYSTEMl360 AND SYSTEM/370, STORAGB AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (STAIRS), PROGRAM PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUM8ER 5734-XR3 IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370, STORAGE AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (STAIRS), OPERATION GUIDE PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XR3 IBM SYSTEM/360 RESOURCE ALLOCATION (RBAL/360) FOR PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM/360 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XP2 IBM SYSTEM/360 RESOURCE ALLOCATION (REAL/360) FOR PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER: 5736-XP2 AUTOFLOW, IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370, GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DC1 (OS) AND 5736-DC1 (DOS) AUTOFLOW, IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 INSTALLATION GUIDE DOS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-DC1' AUTOFLOW, IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEMl370 INSTRUCTOR'S GUIDE PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DC1 (OS) AND 5736-DC1 (OOS) AUTOFLOW, IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 OPERATIONS GUIDE PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DC1 (OS) AND 5736-DC1 (DOS) AUTOFLOW IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 COBOL SERIES REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DC1 (OS) AND 5736-DC1 (DOS) AUTOFLOW IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 FORTRAN SERIES REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DC1 (OS) AND 5736-DC1 (DOS) AUTOFLOW IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ASSEMBLY SERIES REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DC1 (OS) AND 5736-DC1 (DOS) AUTOFLOW IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 PL/I SERIES REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DC1 (OS) AND 5736-DC1 (DOS) AUTOFLOW, IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 INSTALLATION GUIDE OS - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-DC1 AUTOFLOW FOR PL/I, COBOL, FORTRAN AND ASSEMBLHR PROGRAM SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-D01 AND 5736-D01 AUTOFLOW OOMPUTER DOCUMENTATION SYSTEM PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-DC1 SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 DECISION TA8LE TRANSLATOR (DECTAT) FOR COBOL AND PL/1 5734-XR2 SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 DECISION TABLE TRANSLATOR (DECTAT) FOR COBOL AND PL/I PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XR2 SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 DEOISION TABLE TRANSLATOR (DECTAT) FOR COBOL AND PL/I OPERATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUM8ER 5734-XR2 SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF FILES STAF/OS - GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XA2 STAF/OS PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XA2 IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF FILES (STAF/OS) OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XA2 SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 BUDGETS AND PLANS GENERATOR BUDPLAN GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-F51 S/360 AND S/370 BUDGETS AND PLANS GENERATOR (BUDPLAN) PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-1'51 SYSTEMl360 AND SYSTEM/370 BUDGETS AND PLANS GENERATOR BUDPLAN OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-1'51 BUDGETS AND PLANS GENERATOR (BUDPLAN) SPECIFICATIONS S/360/370 OS AND OS/VS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-F51 IBM VE8ICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM--EXTENDED GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XM5 (OS), 5736-XM3 (DOS) IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM--EXTENDED (oS AND DOS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XM5 (OS), 5736-XM3 (DOS) IBM VE8ICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM - EXTENDED (OS) OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM5 IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM - EXTENDED (DOS) OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM3 IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM - EXTENDED (DOS) SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 573'6-XM3 FORECASTING AND MODELING SYSTEM (FAMS) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5736-XS4 (DOS VERSION), 5734-XS7 (OS VERSION) FORECASTING AND MODELING SYSTEM (FAMS) PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5736-XS4 (DOS VERSION), 5734-XS7 (OS VERSION) FORECASTING AND MODELING SYSTEM (FAMS) OPERATIONS GUIDE MATRIX GENERATOR AND REPORT WRITER GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XMC SIMPL/I (SIMULATION LANGUAGE BASED ON PL/I) - PROGRAM PRODUCT GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NO. 5734-XXB SIMPL/I (SIMULATION LANGUAGE BASED ON PL/I) OPERATIONS GUI~E PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XXB SIMPL/I (SIMULATION LANGUAGE BASED ON PL/I) - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XXB 353 82 82 ••GB19-50~1-0 GB19-50~2-1II. 83 ••SB19-5060-0 "SN19-5017 83 **GB19-1000-1 "GN19-0117 ·*GN19-0151 83 ** SB19-1001-2 83 ** SB19-1002-1 83 ** SB19-1003-1 83 ** SB19-100~-1 83 GB19-1010-0 11 GB20-0126-~ GB2Q-0136-~ft GN2Q-2100 GN20-2516 GN20-1019 GN20-2176 82 61 GB20-01~9-3 .16 GB20-0165-1 82 GH20-0166-5 63 GH20-0113-3 12 GB20-0181-2 83 GB2Q-0186-3# 32 GB20-019~-1 12 GH20-0191-3# 19 GB20-0199-2# 6~ GB20-0202-1 82 GB20-0205-~# 81 GH20-0210-1 2~ GB20-0211-0 6~ GB20-0220-0 81 GB20-0222-2 32 GH20-0232-1 IBM &1360 AND &1310 MATRIX GENERATOR AND REPORT WRITER (MGRW) PPS - PROGRAM NUMBER 513~-XMC MATRIX GENERATOR AND REPORT WRITER (MGRW) PRIMER PROGRAM· PRODUCT 513~-XMC SIMPLII (SIMULATION LANGUAGE BASED ON PL/I) PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 513~-XXB CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP -III) AND GRAPBIC FEATURE (CSMP III GRAPBIC FEATURE) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 513~-XS9 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP III) PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - UROGRAM NUMBER 513~-XS9 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP III) OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 573~-XS9 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP III) GRAPBIC FEATURE - PROGRAM REFERENCE .MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 513~-XS9 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP III) GRAPHIC FEATURE OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 513~-XS9 GRAPBIC FEATURE FOR THE CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP III) - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 513~-XS9 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS): APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL. PROG. NOS. 360A-IL-09X, 5136-1'111 MATBEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION. PROG. NOS. 360A-CO-1~X (MPS/360). -15X (MARVEL), AND -20X (MPSRG) SYSTBM/360 ONLINE TELLER PROGRAM WITB BACKGROUND PROCESSING CAPABILITY (360A-FB-16X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPLICATION·PROGRAM (360A-SC-01X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYSTBM/360 SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE (360A-cM-03X) VERSION'III APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYSTBM/360 WHOLESALE IMPACT PROGRAM LIBRARY (360A-DW-05X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYSTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR VERSIONS 3 AND ~ (360-CN-10X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATIONSYSTEM/360 - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CS-11X. 360A-Cs-19X SYSTBM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITIES - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBERS. 360A-SB-15X. 360A-SE-20X. 360A-SE-26X S/360 BILL OF MATERIAL PROCESSOR (360A-ME-06X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION FLOWCHART - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-SE-22X STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM/360 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-US-06X. 360A-US-01X SYSTEM/360 SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE (360A-CM-03X) VERSION III PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (360A-CP-0~X) VERSION 2 FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYSTEM/360 COBOL EDIT ON TBE 1~01 PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL (1~01-SE-13X) 32 GB20-0233-1 6~ GB20-0239-1 83 GB20-02~0-3 30 GH20-0242-1 30 GB20-0243-1 76 GH20-0244-1 76 GB20-0245-0 12 GH20-0246~2 12 GB20-0254-2# 63 GB20-0255-2 63 GB20-0256-3# 61 GH20-0262-0 GN20-2011 GN20-2213 GN20-1810 GN20-2201 GN20-2262 61 GB20-0263-2 11 GB20-0283-4 **GN20-2900 32 GB20-0285-0 GN20-!006 32 GB20-0286-0 STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM/360 TBE TALLY AND CONFLICT MATRIX PROGRAMS (360A-US-06X) USER'S MANUAL SYSTEMl360 PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM (360A-CP-06X) VERSION 2 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYSTEM/360 DATA·CONVERSION UTILITY I ~ROGRAMMER'S MANUAL (360A-SE-15X) SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITY I OPERATOR'S MANUAL (360A-SE-15X) STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM/360 TBE SCBBDULER PROGRAM (360A-US-01X) USER'S MANUAL SYSTBM/360 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODEL-ING PROGRAM (360A-CX-16X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR 05/360 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER 360~-SE-33X SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR OOS/360 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION COMMUNICATIONS CONTRCL APPLICATION PROGRAM (360A-SC-01X) PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL COMMUNICATIONS CONTRct APPLICATION PROGRAM (360A-SC-01X) (CCAP) OPERATOR"S MANUAL 5/360 BILL OF MATERI~L PROCESSOR (360-ME-06X) VERSION 2 PROGRAMMER'S MANU~L S/360· BILL OF MATERIAL PROCESSOR (360A-ME-06X) VERSION 2 OPERATOR'S MANUAL SYSTEMl360 WHOLESALE IMPACT PROGRAM LIBRARY (360A-DW-05X) USER'S MANUAL SYSTEMl360 WHOLESALE IMPACT PROGRAM LIBRARY (360A-DW-05x) OPERATOR'S MANUAL SYSTEMl360 DEMAND DEPOSIT ACCOUNTING (360A-FB-15X) --OPERATOR'S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 DEMAND DEPOSIT ACCOUNTING (360A-FB-15X) PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALlS): APPLICATION DESCRIPTION. PROG. NOS. 5136-1'121/22/24/25 AND 360A-IF-10X/11X/13X SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITY IU. VEP.5ION t PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL (360A-SE-26X) SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITY 11'1. VERSION 2 OPERATOR'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-26X 354 82 GB2G-0290-3 GN20.,.1999 79 79 GB20-0293-2 GB20-029"-1 GN20-19Q3 79 GB20-0297-3 83 GB20-030q-q 67 GB20-0305-1 GN20-1078 GB2G-0302-3 72 GB20-0309-511 83 GB20-0311-3 32 GB2G-031/J-1 79 GB20-0315-0 81 GB20-0318-7 30 GB2G-0319-211 36 GB2G-0321-8 36 GB20-0322-7 36 GB20-0323-8 67 GB20-0325-1 83 83 GB20-0326-q GB20-0327-3 72 GB2G-0329-211 72 GB20-0331-6 81 GB20-03qq-2 30 GB20-03q6-0 30 GB20-03q7-1# GN2G-2205 GN20-1091 GN2G-220" GN20-1903 30 GB20-03Q9-1II 30 GB20-0350-1 79 GB20-0352-2 38 GB20-035Q-2 GN20-2365 38 GB20-0355-1 GN20-1930 83 GB20-0367-Q 83 GB20-0368-3 72 GB20-0369-0 72 GB20-0370-0 82 GB20-0372-3 72 GB20-0373-2 72 GB2G-037"-2 72 GB20-0375-211 81 GB20-0376-311 72 GB20-0Q62-0 GN20-106Q 72 GB20-0Q63-0 GN20-1065 78 GB20-0Q6Q-1 GN20-1917 72 82 GB2G-OQ71-2 GB20-0Q76-211 GN20-1077 79 GB20-0Q 77- 211 GN20-195Q MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (360A-CO-1"X) VERSION 2 CONTROL LANGUAGE USER'S MANUAL SYSTBM/360 FLOWCHART USER"S MANUAL (360A-SE-22X) SYSTEM/360 FLOWCHART OPERATOR'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-22X SYSTBM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM-OS (ATS/OS) (360A-CX-19X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL SHARED BOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SHAS) VERSION 2 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION. PROG. NO. 360A-OB-11X GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 INTRODUCTORY USER'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CS-17X. 360A-CS-19X SYSTEM/360 ON LINE TELLER PROGRAM WITB BACKGROUND PROCESSING , CAPABILITY (PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-FB-16X) PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR VERSION " PART PROGRAMMING MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CN-10X GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION (360A-CS-17X) SYSTEM/360-0S OPERATOR'S MANUAL SYSTBM/360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITY II. VERSION 3 (DIRECT ACCESS INDEXED SEQUENTIAL) - OPERATOR'S MANUAL (360A-SE-20X) IBM SYSTEM/360 DOCUMENT PROCESSING SYSTEM (360A-CX-12X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION CUSTOMER INFORMATION, CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) OS-STANDARD V1 WITH LANGUAGE/TERMINAL (L/T) PEATURE: APPLICATION DESCRIPTION. PROG. NO. 5736-U11 SYSTEM/360 DATA CONVERSION AND LABEL PROCESSING SUEROUTINES. VERSION 2 PROGRAM REPERENCE MANUAL (360A-SE-23X) IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ATTACBED SUPPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM (ASP) VERSION 2 CONSOLE OPERATOR'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ATTACBED SUPPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM (ASP) VERSION 2, APPLICATION PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X ' IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ATTACBED SUPPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM (ASP) VERSION 2, SYSTEM PBOGRAMMER' S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X SYSTEM/360 ONLINE TELLEB PROGRAM WITB BACKGROUND PROCESSING CAPABILITY (PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-FB-16X) OPERATOB'S MANUAL GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 USEB'S MANUAL GENERAL PUBPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360, DISK OPERATING SYSTEM (360A-Cs-19X) OPERATOR'S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 PRODUCT STBUCTUBE RETRIEVAL PBOGRAM APPLICATION DESCBIPTION PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-ME-07X SYSTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONTBOL PBOCESSOR (360A-CN-10X) VERSION Q OPERATIONS MANUAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 (360A-CP-OQX) VERSION 2 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL SYNCBBONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METBOD FOR DOS/360 USEB"S MANUAL (360A-SE-32X) SYNCBRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METBOD FOR DOS/360 OPERATOB"S MANUAL (360A-SE-32X) SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-BECEIVE ACCESS METBOD FOR OS/360 USEB'S MANUAL (360A-SE-33X) SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-BECEIVE ACCESS METBOD POR OS/360 OPERATOR'S MANUAL (360A-SE-33X) 1400 AUTOCODER TO COBOL CONVERSION AID PROGRAM - APPLICATION DESCBlPTION (360A-SE-19X) SYSTEM/360 REMOTE ACCESS COMPUTING SYSTEM (RAX) (360A-CX-17X) VERSION Q PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 REMOTE ACCESS COMPUTING SYSTEM (RAX) (360A-CX-17X) VERSION 3 OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PRCGRAM (360A-CX-16X) USER'S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PRCGRAM (360A-CX-16X) OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 PRODUCT STBUCTUBE RETBIEVAL PBCGRAM (360A-ME-07X) PROGRAMMER" S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 PBODUCT STBUCrURE RETRIEVAL PROGRAM (360A-ME-07X) OPEKATOR'S MANUAL MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTBM/360 (360A-CO-1QX) VERSION 2 READ COMMUNICATIONS FOBMAT (READCOMM) PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL 51360 AOTOSPOT NUMERICAL CCNTBCL PBOCESSOR VERSION 2: -PART- PROGRAMMING MANUAL - PROG. NO. 360A-CN-08X S/360 AUTOSPOT (360A-CN-08X) AND AD-APT/AUTOSPOT (360A-CN-09X) NUMERICAL CONTBOL PROCESSOBS-VEBSION 2 OPERATOR"S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOSPOT NUMERICAL CONTROL ~ROCESSOB (360A-CN-09X) VERSION 2 PART PBOGRAMMING MANUAL PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM/360 (360A-CP-06X) VERSION 2 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL S/360 AUTOSPOT NUMERICAL CONTBOL PROCBSSOR: APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PBOG. NO. 360A-CN-08X SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOSPOT NUMERICAL CONTROL PBOCESSOB (360A-CN-09X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION IBM SYSTEM/360 VEBICLE SCBEDULING PBOGRAM (360A-ST-06X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYSTEM/360 INVENTORY CONTBOL APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MATBEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (360A-CO-14X) LINEAR AND SEPARABLE PBOGRAMMING - USEB'S MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 DOCUMENT PROCESSING SYSTEM (360A-CX-12X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL 355 82 GB20-0479-1 GN20-2069 63 GB20-0480-11 GN20-2586 63 GB20-0481-1 71 GH20-0483-1 72 GH20-0487-3 65 GH20-0489-1 31 GH20-0490-1 25 GH20-0492-1 82 71 GN20-2108 GN20-2517 GN20-2177 GN20-2582 **GB20-0496-11 GB20-0497-2 71 GB2o-0498-2 71 GB20-0499-1 71 GH20-0500-1 71 GB20-0501-0 71 GH20-0503-1 GN20-2174 71 GB20-0504-1 GN20-2173 82 78 GB20-0506-11 GB20-0505~1 60 79 •• GB20-0507-4 GB20-0508-1 79. GH20-0509-1 79 GB20-0510-2 79 GB20-0511-1 82 82 GB20-0512-1 GH20-0513-1 GN20-1956 71 GH20-0517-2 GN20-2518 71 GB20-0518-2 GN20-2519 71 GB20-0519-1 GN20-2062 GN20-2520 80 GB20-0521-2 60 GB20-0522-3 72 GB20-0523-0 80 GH20-0524-21 73 GB20-0525-0 73 GH20-0526-1 63 GH20-0527-0 GN20-2021 63 GB20-0528-0 GN20-2022 60 **GB20-0530-4 60 76 GB20-0531-3 GB20-0532-4 74 GB20-0533-21 "GN20-3003 74 GH20-0534-2 ··GN20-1002 GN20-2135 GN20-2789 GN20-2814 GN20-2567 GN20-2179 SYSTEM/160 MATRIX LANGUAGE (MATLAN) (360A-CM-05X)' APPLICATION DESCRIPTION IBM RETAIL IMPACT FASHION SYSTEM UNDER OPERA~NG SYSTEM/360 (360A-DR-04X) - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL RETAIL IMPACT FASHION SYSTEM UNDER OPERATING SYSTEM/360 (360A-DR-04X) - OPERATIONS MANUAL ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS): POLICY MASTER RECORD CODE BOOK, PROG .• NOS. 360A-IL-09X, 5736-N11 SYSTEM/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-MF-05X PROGRAM FOR OPTICAL 'SYSTEM DESIGN/II (POSD/II) - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROG. NOS. 1130~Eo-14X AND 360A-EO-15X,16X PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBERS 1130-CX-25X 360A~CX-26X 360A-CX-27X SYSTEM/360 DECISION LOGIC TRANSLATOR APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-32X MARVEL/360 (360A-CO-15X) PRIMER 'PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALlS) BASIC PROGRAM (360A-IF-10X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND SYSTEM MANUAL PROPERTY AND LIABILTIY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALlS) BASIC PROGRAM (360A-IF-10X) OPERATIONS MANUAL PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALIS) AUTOMOBILE PREMIUM PROCESSING PROGRAM DESCREPTION AND SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS: 360A-IF-11X, 5736-N21 PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALIS) AUTOMOBILE CLAIMS PROCESSING (360A-IF-11X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND SYSTEM MANUAL PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALIS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IF-10X, 160A-IF-11X, 360A-IF-13X, 5736-N21 PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATICN SYSTEM (PALIS) OTHER LINES PREMIUM PROCESSING (360A-IF-13X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND SYSTEM MANUAL PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALIS) OTHER LINES CLAIMS PROCESSING (360A-IF-13X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND SYSTEM MANUAL MARVEL/360 (360A-CO-15X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/160 VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM (360A-ST-06X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL APPLICATION BIBLIOGRAPHY FINANCE AND SECURITIES INDUSTRIES SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM DOS (ATS/DOS) (360A~CX-18X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM DOS (ATS/DOS) (360A-CX-18X) TERMINAL OPERATOR'S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM DOS (ATS/DOS) (360A-CX-18X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM DOS (ATSI'DOS) (360A-CX-18X) COMPUTER CENTER OPERATOR"S MANUAL MARVEL/360 (360A-CO-15X) OPERATIONS MANUAL LINEAR PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (LPS/360) (160A-CO-18X) APPLICATION DBSCRIPTION ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) OPERATIONS MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) UTILITY PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11) SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX1 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF APPLICWTION PUBLICATIONS DISTRIBUTION INDUSTRIES SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOSPOT (OS) NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CN-12X INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360 (SYSTEM DESCRIPTION) APPLICATION 'DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX3 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - HYPHENATION/360 (360A-DP-07X), PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - BYPHENATION/360 (360A-DP-07X), OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 1287 INPUT CONVERSION PROGRAM (360A-DR-07X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 1287 INPUT CONVERSION PROGRAM (160A-DR-07X) OPERATIONS MANUAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF APPLICATION PUBLICATIONS, PUBLIC UTILITY INDUSTRIES BIBLIOGRAPHY OF APPLICATION PUBLICATIONS - MEDIA INDUSTRIES SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTBM PLANNING (PSP) FOR ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY WITH POWER FLOW OUTPUT , CAPACITY FEATURE , SHORT CIRCUIT Rc FEATURE: APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROGF~_~ NUMBER 5736-U12 SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SBAS) (160A-UH-11X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SHAS) (360A-UB-11X) VERSION 2: OPERATIONS MANUAL 156 30 GH20-0535-2 60 30 G020-0536-3 GH20-0539-1 63 G020-0540-0 63 G020-0541-0 82 GH20-0544-1 38 G020-0545-1 72 GH20-0549-1 72 G021r,0555-1 72 GH20-0556-1# 72 G020-0557-2 82 G020-0558-1 82 GH20-0559-1 82 G020-0560-1# 82 G020-0561-0 82 GH20-0564-1# 25 G020-0572-0 GN20-2017 GN20-2588 GN20-1910 GN20-1909 GN20-2545 GN20-24311 GN20-1949 25 G020-0573-0 80 G020-05711-1# 65 G020-0577-1 GN20-2583 65 G020-0578-1 GN20-2584 73 G020-0579-0 GN20-2246 79 GH20-0582-1# 72 G020-0583-0 GN20-30111 72 G020-05811-0 GN20-2513 **GN20-2982 73 G820-0585-0 GN20-2245 GN20-2559 82 GB20-0586-0 GN20-20311 6111 G820-0587-1 71 G820-0588-1 79 G820-0589-2# 79 G820-0590-1# 63 GB20-0591-2# GN20-2554 63 G820-0592-1 GN20-25117 63 G020-0593-1# 31 GB20-05911-1 31 GB20-0596-1# 31 G020-0597-0 65 .*GII20-0598-0 63 GB20-0599-1I# 82 G820-0602-0 82 GB20-0603-0 63 GB20-06011-1 81 5020-0605-2 81 5020-0606-1 82 GB20-0607-0 GN20-2223 GN20-2098 **GN20-2127 GN20-2560 PLAN GRAPHICS SUPPORT FOR THE IBM 2250 ON SYSTEM/360 (OS) OR IBM 1130 - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 1130-CX-33X AND 360A-CX-3I1X BIBLIOGRAPHY OF APPLICATION PUBLICATIONS INSURANCE INDUSTRY GRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF THREE-DI~ENSIONAL DATA (GATD) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL (57311-XX2) RETAIL IMPACT FASHION SYSTEM UNDER DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 (360A-DR-08X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL RETAIL IMPACT FASHION SYSTEM UNDER DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 (360A-DR-08X), OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE (PL/I) (360A-CM-07X) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 REMOTE ACCESS COMPUTING SYSTEM (RAX) (360A-CX-17X) VERSION II APPLICATION DESCRIPTION SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOSPOT (OS) NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR (360A-CN-12X) PART PROGRAMMING MANUAL SYSTEM/360 INVENTORY CONTROL (360A-MF-OIIX) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 INVENTORY CONTROL (360A-MF-04X) OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOSPCT (OS) NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR (360A-CN-12X) OPERATION'S MANUAL SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-P71, 5736-P72 SYSTEM/360 MATRIX LANGUAGE (MATLAN) (360A-CM-05X) OPERATIONS MANUAL MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 REPORT GENERATOR (MPSRG) (360A-Co-20X) PROGRAM DESCR~PTION MANUAL MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 REPORT GENERATOR (MPSRG) (360A-CO-20X) OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 MATRIX LANGUAGE (MATLAN) (360A-CM-05X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 DECISION LOGIC TRANSLATOR (360A-CX-32X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 DECISION LOGIC TRANSLATOR (360A-CX-32X) OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL (5736-CX1) PROGRAM FOR OPTICAL SYSTEM DESIGN/II (POSD/II) (1130-EO-1I1X, 360A-EO-15X, 360A-EO-16X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM FOR OPTICAL SYSTEM DESIGN/II (POSD/II) (1130-EO-lI1X, 360A-EO-15X, 360A-EO-16X) OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - COMPOSITION/360 (360A-DP-08X), OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM-OS (ATS/OS) (360A-CX-19X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING (360A-MF-05X) OPERATIONS MANUAL ' SYSTEM/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING (360A-MF-05X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - COMPOSITION/360 (360A-DP-08X), PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE (PL/I) (360A-CM-07X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UX-01X ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (OOS): BOME OFFICE INQUIRY PROGRAM, TERMINAL OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 360A-IL-09X, 5736-Nll SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM-OS (ATS/OS) (360A-CX-19X) TERMINAL OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM - OS (ATS/OS) CONSOLE OPERATIONS MANUAL,' PROG. NO. 360A-CX-19X SYSTEM/360 RETAIL IMPACT STAPLE SYSTEM (OS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UR-05X SYSTEM/360 RETAIL IMPACT STAPLE SYSTEM (DOS) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DR-09x SYSTEM/360 RETAIL IMPACT STAPLE SYSTEM (OS) OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360A-DR-05X PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN): PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROG. NOS. 1130-CX-25X AND 360A-CX-36X, -27X SYSTEM/360 PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) (OS) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-27x SYSTEM/360 PROGLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) (005) (360A-CX-26X) OPERATIONS MANUAL RIGID FRAME SELECTION PROGRAM (RFSP): APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROG. NOS. 1130-EC-09X, 57311-EC1, 5736-EC1 SYSTEM/360 RETAIL IMBACT STAPLE SYSTEM (DOS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DR-09X MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (360A-CO-1I1X) OPERATIONS MANUAL MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (360A-CO-14X) MESSAGE MANUAL SYSTEM/360 ORDER ALLOCATION SYSTEM APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL - 5736-041 CUSTOMER'INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM, OS-STANDARD (CICS/OS) (5736-U11), PROGRAM DESCRIPTION CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM, OS-STANDARD (CICS/OS), (5736-U11) OPERATION MANUAL LINEAR PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (LPS/360) (360A-CO-18X) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL 357 64 G820-0608-1 64 G820-0609-111 GN20-2232 64 G820-0610-1 GN20-2207 GN20-2377 82 G820-0611-0 65 S820-0612-0 65 S820-0613-0 30 G820-0614-0 30 G820-0615-0 65 G820-0617-0 65 G820-0618-0 82 S820-0619-0 82 S820-0620-0 GN20-23115 82 G820-0621-0 80 S820-0622-211 80 S820-0623-1 80 S820-0625-111 31 G820-0626-0 72 G820-0627-2 70 G820-0629-0 80 S820-0630-1 80 S820-0632-111 80 S820-06311:"1 SN20-2339 80 S820-0635-1 SN20-2340 80 S820-0636-1 SN20-2341 71 G820-0645-0 GN20-2137 GN20-2158 GN20-2097 GN20-2521 71 G820-0646-0 GN20-2109 GN20-2522 GN20-2159 71 G820-0647-0 GN20-2160 GN20-2523 71 G820-0648-0 GN20-2105 GN20-2524 GN20-2161 71 G820-06119-1 GN20-2525 71 G820-0650-1 GN20-2526 71 G820-0651-1 GN20-2287 71 G820-0652-1 71 G820-0653-1 SN20-2216 GN20-2230 ··GN20-2528 COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 (360A-UX-01X) STUDENT/MONITOR USER"S GUIDE VERSICN 2 COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 (360A-UX-01X) VERSION 2 AUT80R'S GUIDE COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 (360A-UX-01X) VERSION 2 SUPERVISOR'S GUIDE LINEAR PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (LPS/360) (360A-CO-18X) OPERATIONS MANUAL RIGID FRAME SELECTICN PROGRAM (RFSP) OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 1130-EC-09x 5734-EC1 5736-EC1 RIGID FRAME SELECTION PROGRAM RFSP PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-EC1 5736-EC1 PLAN GRAP8ICS SUPPORT FOR THE IBM 2250 ON SYSTEM/360 (OS) OR IBM 1130 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION I'ANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CX-311X AND 1130-CX-33X PLAN GRAP8ICS SUPPORT FOR T8E IBM 2250 ON SYSTEM/360 (OS) OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-311X MECHANISM DESIGN SYSTEM-RINEMATICS PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NOS. 1130-EM-03X. 360A-EM-04X AND 360A-EM-05X MECHANISM DESIGN SYSTEM-RINEMATICS OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NOS. 1130-EM-03X. 360A-EM-04X AND 360A-EM-05X SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE: PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL. PROG. NOS. 5736-P71. -P72 SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE - PS: OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-P71 SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE - OS: OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-p72 SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL VOLUME 1: SYS~EM OVERVIEW AND CONTROL (5736-CX1) SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORI'ATION SYSTEM (BASIC) AND SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL VOLUME II: DATA DESCRIPTION LANGUAGE (5736-CX1) SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) OPERATIONS MANUAL (5736-CX1) PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) USERS' INTRODUCTION PROGRAM NUMBERS 1130-CX-25X. 360A-CX-26X AND 360A-CX-27X SYSTEM/360 CAPACITY PLANNING - INFINITE LOADING SYSTEM/360 CAPACITY PLANNING - FINITE LOADING APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS: 5736-M11 5736-M12 LAW ENFORCEMENT MANPOWER RESOURCE ALLOCATION SYSTEM (LEMRAS): APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-G21 SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL VOLUME 1: SYSTEM OVERVIEW AND CONTROL (5736-CX1) SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION'SYSTEM OPERATIONS MANUAL (5736-CX1) INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX3 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360: OPERATIONS MANUAL. VOLUME I - SYSTEMS OPERATION PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX3 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATIONS MANUAL VOLUME II - MACHINE OPERATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX3 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) BATCR EDIT. SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) , ALIS -- INPUT EDIT. SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FREQUENTLY USED RECORD FORMATS. SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION ,2-5736-N11) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) MISCELLANEOUS VOLUME. SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE RUN EXECUTIVE. SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nll) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) DATA CELL REORGANIZATION PROGRAM. POLICY MASTER RECORD MERGE PROGRAM. DATA CELL RECONSTRUCTION PROGRAM. AND DATA CELL RESTORE PROGRAM. SYSTEMS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-Nll ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) ALIS -- FILE MAINTENANCE INCLUDE (R) ROUTINES (NARRATIVES). SYSTEM MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-Nll ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE INCLUDE (R) ROUTINES (FLCWCHARTS). SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nll) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE CALL (S) ROUTINES (NARRATIVES). SYSTEM ~~N~L 71 G820-06511-1 > PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X. 5736-N11 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE CALL ROUTINES (S) (FLOWCHARTS). SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nl1) 358 71 G820-0655-0 71 **G820-0656-1 71 GN20-2094 GN20-2529 GN20-2167 G820-0657-0 GN20-2093 GN20-2530 GN20-2181 71 G820-0658-0 GN20-2092 GN20-2565 GN20-2182 71 G820-0659-0 GN20-2091 GN20-2531 GN20-2169 71 G820-0660-0 GN20-2090 GN20-2532 GN20-2170 71 G820-0661-0 GN20-2171 GN20-2566 71 G820-0662-0 GN20-2104 GN20-2533 9N20-2183 71 G820-0663-0 GN20-2089 71 G820-0664-0 GN20-2088 GN20-2534 GN20-2184 71 G820-0665-0 GN20-2138 GN20-2185 GN20-2087 GN20-2535 71 G820-0666-0 GN20-2186 71 **G820-0667-1# 71 G820-0668-1# 71 G820-0669-0 71 G820-0670-1# 71 G820-0671-0 GN20-2136 GN20-20B3 71 G820-0672-0 GN20-2082 GN20-2187 20 G820-0673-4 ··GN20-2779 76 S820-0675-2 ·.SN20-2843 **SN20-2999 76 S820-0676-4 SN20-2813 ··SN20-2997 81 S820-0677-0 SN20-2199 30 GH20-0678-0 30 S820-0679-0 30 S820-0680-0 22 81 G820-0689-2# G820-0690-0 83 G820-0691-0 83 S820-0692-0 SN20-2403 83 S820-0693-0 SN20-2119 SN20-2435 83 S820-0694-1 70 S820-0695-0 SN20-2574 70 S820-0696-0 SN20-2231 GN20-2085 SN20-2243 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE ISSUES, ADDITIONS, COMPLEX CBANGES, AND TERMINATIONS TRANSACTIONS, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 573~-Nll ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE SIMPLE CHANGES TRANSACTIONS, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-Nll AND 360A-IL-09X ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE 36XX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS - PAYMENTS, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nl1) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ACCOUNTING ENTRIES, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nll) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE STATUS TRANSACTIONS - PROCESS AND QUOTE TERMINATIONS, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nll) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE STATUS TRANSACTIONS - PROCESS AND QUOTE MISCELLANEOUS, LOAN VALUES, AND PARTICIPATION VALUES, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nll) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE BILLING TRANSACTIONS SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBER: VERSION 1-360A-IL-c09X VERSION 2 - 5736-Nl1) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE PREMIUM DUE, OVERDUE, AND ANNIVERSARY PROCESSING TRANSACTIONS, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nll) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE RATE FILE EXTRACT AND ANNIVERSARY EXTRACT UPDATE TRANSACTIONS, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-Nll ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) FILE MAINTENANCE CONTRACTUAL CHANGES AND NOTIFICATIONS, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nl1) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) OUTPUT ANALYSIS, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-N11) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) TRANSACTION REGISTER, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nll) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM STATUS PRINT, SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBER: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2 - 5736-Nll) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) POLICY ACCOUNTING JOURNAL, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 573u-N11 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) ACCOUNTING CONTROL, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-N11 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) ERROR REGISTER, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09X AND 5736-N11 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) RATE FILE, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-IL-09XAND 5736-N11 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) HOME OFFICE INQUIRY PROGRAM SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBERS: VERSION 1-360A-IL-09X VERSION 2-5736-Nl1) CALL/360-OS SYSTEM DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING FOR THE ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY (OS) (5736-U12) SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING FOR THE ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY (OS) (5736-U12), OPERATIONS MANUAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP1 GRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF THREE-DEMENSIONAL DATA (GATD) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX2 GRAPBIC ANALYSIS OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL DATA (GATD) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX2 GRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL DATA (GATD) TERMINAL OPERATIONS MANUAL APL/360 PRIMER - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XM1 AND 5736-XM1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP1 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 (OS AND DOS) VERSION 2 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROG. NOS. 5734-XS1 AND 5736-XS1 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 OS VERSION 2 OPERATOR'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XS1 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 OS AND DOS VERSION 2 INTRODUCTORY USER'S MANUAL, PROG. NOS~ 5734-XS1 AND 5736-XS1 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 OS AND DOS VERSION 2 USER'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XS1 AND 5736-XS1 LAW ENFORCEMENT MANPOWER RESOURCE ALLOCATION SYSTEM (LEMRAS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-G21 LAW ENFORCEMENT RESOORCE ALLOCATION SYSTEM (LEMRAS) OPERATIONS MANUAL (5736-G21) 359 74 GB20-0697-0 83 SB20-0698-0 23 •• GB20-0699-3 29 74 GB20-0700-2 GB20-0709-0 73 SB20-0711-0 73 SB20-0712-0 31 **GB20-0719-2 64 GB20-0720-0 63 GB20-0721-2 63 GB20-0722-4 30 GB20-0723-0 63 SB20-0726-0 63 SB20-0728-0 78 GB20-0730-0 64 GB20-0735-0 80 SB20-0736-0 31 **GB20-0737-3 38 GB20-0743-1 SN20-2414 •• GN20-27B5 GN20-2255 GN20-2198 SN20-2247 SN20-2217 64 SB20-0744-1 79 GB20-0745-1# GN20-2234 79 GH20-0746-1# GN20-2237 72 GB20-0751-1 72 GH20-0152-1 72 GH20-0153-2# 72 GB20-0754-1 31 GH20-0757-0 31 GH20-0158-1 31 GB20-0759-1 GN20-2410 SN20-2423 •• GN20-3017 GN20-2191 GN20-2369 38 GH20-0761-1# 67 GH20-0763-,l 63 GH20-0764-1 80 ** GH20-0765-3 •• GN20-2981 79 SH20-0766-0 SN20-2235 SN20-2236 GN20-2549 •• GN33-9135 79 SH20-0767-0 19 SH20-0768-2# 74 SH20-0769-0 SN20-2572 80 GH20-0171-1 •• GN20-2912 61 GH20-0775-0 GN20-2442 72 SH20-0776-0 SN20-2480 72 ••SB20-0717-2 ··GN20-9002 MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAMS (MISP) PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UH-OBL GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM/360 DOS VERSION 2 OPERATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-XS1 CALL-OS BASIC LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-44X CALL/360-0S PL/I LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM (SLIS) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-812 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - EDIT/360 OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-K11 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - EDIT/360 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-K11 360 DOS POWER II APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.006 COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 OPERATOR'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UX-01X SYSTEM/360 CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEM (COGS) ALLOCATION (DOS) (OS) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS (DOS) 5736-031, (OS) 5734-032 SYSTEM/360 CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEM (COGS) FORECASTING (DOS) (OS) - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER DOS 5736-D32, OS 5134-D33 DATW360-DOS APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XS2 SYSTEM/360 ORDER ALLOCATION SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-D41' ORDER ALLOCATION SYSTEM OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-041 TARIFF PUBLISHING SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS) AND TRAFFIC PROFILE ANALYSIS SYSTEM (POINT-TO-POINT TARIFF ITEM SELECTION): APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROG,. NOS. 5136-T21, -T22 COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 (OS AND DOS) VERSION 2 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROG. NOS. 5134-E12, 360A-UX-OlX SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL VOLUME III: PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX1 IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS POWER II PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.006 IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS POWER II REMOTE JOB ENTRY PROGRAM APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-05.2.006 COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 (OS) VERSION 2 OPERATOR'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-E12 SYSTEM/360 OS LEARN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL (PROGRAM NO. 5734-XX8) SYSTEM/360 DOS LEARN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX3 OS/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-M51 OS/360 INVENTORY CONTROL APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL (5734-M52) SYSTEM/360 SHOP FLOOR CONTROL APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-M31 SYSTEM/360 SHOP FLOOR CONTROL DATA BASE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-M31 CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM (CPS) SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING S'YSTEM (CPS) TERMINAL USER'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-03.4-016 CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM (CPS) INSTALLATION AND ADMINISTRATION MANUAL POWER II/RJE: PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360D-05-2.006 FINANCIAL TERMINAL SYSTEM APPLICATION DESCRIPTION FTS/360 PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-F12 SYSTEM/360 AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-D51 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360 (SYSTEM DESCRIPTION) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL (VERSION 2) PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS LEARN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL'PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXB IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS LEARN ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX3 IBM SYSTEM/360 LEARN ATS WORKBOOK PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-XX8, 5736-XX3 SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM (SLIS) LABORATORY MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-B12 SYSTEM/360 DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX4 SYSTEM/360 ACTIVE CERTIFICATE INFORMATION PROGRAM APPLICATION DESCRIP£ION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-F32 OS/360 INVENTORY CONTROL PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-M52 OS/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-M51 360 72 S820-0778-1 711 S820-0780-0 711 S820-0781-0 72 **SB20-0782-2 311 G820-0786-3 110 G820-.0787-2 110 67 G820-0788-2 G820-0789-211 72 S820-0790-0 72 S820-0791-0 78 ** SB20-0792-1 72 ** SB20-0795-1 72 S820-0796-1 78 **SB20-0798-2 36 **G820-0802-3 63 S820-0803-3 63 **SB20-0804-3 711 SB20-0805-0 711 GB20-0806-0 74 S820-0807-0 711 SB20-0808-0 74 SB20-0809-0 30 G820-0810-0 78 5820-0811-0 78 SB20-0812-1 71 GB20-0813-0 71 5B20-0814-1 711 5820-0815-0 63 5B20-0820-2# 63 5B20-0821-2 36 83 GB20-0824-0 G820-0825-0 83 G820-0826-0 72 72 S820-0827-1 S820-0828-1 80 80 **S820-0829-2# SB20-0829-1I SB20-0830-2 **SN20-3043 SN20-2283 GN20-2299 GN20-2482 **SN20-2852 GN20-2315 **GN20-3044 SN20-2152 **SN20-2799 38 G820-0832-0 73 SB20-0833-1 SN20-2372 **SN20-2853 73 5B20-0834-1# SN20-2313 **SN20-2911 SB20-0835-1# SN20-2374 **SN20-2985 73 73 **S820-0836-3 38 SB20-0837-0 OS/360 INVENTORY CONTROL OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-M52 SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM (SLIS) 5736-B12 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM (5LIS) (5736-B12). OPERATIONS MANUAL 05/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-M51 OPERATIONS MANUAL CALL/360-0S EXECUTIVE AND UTILXTIES PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X) CALL-OS TERMINAL OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X CALL/360-0S OPERATOR'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X BROKERAGE ACCOUNTING SYSTEM ELEMENTS (BASE) VERSION 2 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-F31 SYSTEM/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING INTERFACE 5736-M13 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-M13 SYSTEM/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING INTERFACE (5736-M13) OPERATIONS MANUAL TARIFF PUBLISBING Sl!STEM (BOUND TARIFFS) FORMAT AND STANDARD CODES MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T21 SYSTEM/360 CAPACITY PLANNING OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-M11, PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-M12 SYSTEM/360 CAPACITY PLANNING - INFINITE LOADING SYSTEM/360 CAPACITY PLANNING - FINXTE LOADING PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-M11, 5736-M12 TARIFF PUBLISBING SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS) DATA PREPARATION MANUAL 5736-T21 CONTROL PROGRAM-67 / CAMBRIDGE MONXTOR SYSTEM (CP-67/CMS) SYSTEM DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.005 CONSUMER GOODS ·SYSTEM (COGS) FORECASTING (DOS) (OS) OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBERS DOS 5736-D32, OS 5734-D33 SYSTEM/360 CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEM (COGS) FORECASTING PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-D32) MEDICAL INFORMATION Sl!STEMS PROGRAM (MISP) PROGRAM 5736-B11 OPERATIONS MANUAL MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION 2 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-811 MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION 2. INSTALLATION AID MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5736-811 MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) 5736-811 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAM (MISP) 5736-811 PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 FILING AND SOURCE DATA ENTRY TECBNIQUES FOR EASIER RETRIEVAL - LOW CORE (FASTER LC) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-G22 TRAFFIC PROFILE ANALl!SIS SYSTEM 5736-T22, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION MANUAL TARIFF PUBLISHING Sl!STEM (BOUND TARIFFS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T21 CFO AUTOCODER TO ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION SET TRANSLATOR (CATALIST) APPLICATION DHSCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX2 CFO AUTOCODER TO ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION SET TRANSLATOR (CATALIST) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX2 MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION TWO - APPLICATION FILE DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-B11 CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEM (COGS) ALLOCATION (DOS) COS) OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBERS DOS-5736-D31, OS-5734-D32 CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEM (COGS) ALLOCATION (DOS) (OS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION, PROGRAM NUMBERS DOS 5736-D31, OS 5734-D32 INTRODUCTION TO THE REAL-TIME MONXTOR GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V (OS) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-"-XS2 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V (DOS) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XS3 SYSTEM/360 S80P FLOOR CONTROL 5736-M31 OPERATOR'S MANUAL SHOP FLOOR CONTROL, PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-M31 (DOS), 5734-M31 (OS) - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR 5736-XX4 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR 5736-XX4 OPERATIONS MANUAL SYSTEM/360 REMOTE ACCESS COMPUTING SYSTEM WXTB DOS (RAX-DOS) PROGRAMMING RPQ' APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROG. NO. 5799-AAA SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - PAGlNATION/360 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION VOLUME 1 PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-K12 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - PAGINATION/360 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION VOLUME 2 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-K12 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR-PAGINATION/360. PROGRAM DESCRIPTION VOLUME 3, PROG. NO. 5736-K12 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - PAGINATION/360 OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-K12 SYSTEM/360 REMOTE ACCESS COMPUTING SYSTEM WITH DISK OPERATING SYSTEM (RAX-DOS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAA 361 30 G820-0838-0 81 G820-0841-211 38 5820-0843-0 76 G820-0844-0 63 **5820-0846-1 63 * * 5820-0847-1 82 ** G820-0849-3 22 GB20-0850-111 83 S820-0851-1 81 GB20-0852-2 30 82 GB20-0853-0 GB20-0854-1 81 GB20-0855-1 36 **GB20-0856-2 36 **GB20-0857-2, GN20-2479 **GN20-3076 "GN20-3014 SN20-2471 **5N20-3046 **GN20-2620 36 GB20-0858-1 GN20-2497 36 36 **GB20-0859-2 GB20-0860-0 **GN20-2618 30 5B20-0863-0 SN20-2265 5N20-2466 SN20-2298 5N20-2481 30 5B20-0864-0 SN20-2297 SN20-2483 5N20-2465 83 SH20-0866-1 SN20-2473 "SN20-3045 83 ** 5B20-0867-3 83 S820-0868-1 61 SB20-0870-0 67 5820-0871-0 67 S820-0872-0 78 83 G820-0873-3 GB20-0814-111 83 5820-0815-1 36 G820-0876-0 36 G820:-0817-0 30 S820-0879-0 71 G820-0883-1 30 5B20-0885-1 10 G820-0888-0 22 S820-0890-0 **SN20-3048 SN20-2413 '" SN20-2399 GN20-2392 80 G820-0892-0 67 5H20-0893-111 67 5820-0894-0 5N20-2441 67 S820-0895-0 SN20-2447 25 G820-0896-0 25 5B20-0897-0 81 5820-0898-0 ,81 SB20-0899-1 81 SB20-0900-0 SN20-2478 GN20-2393 **GN20-2895 SN20-2760 GN20-2397 "GN20-9023 INTRODUCTION TO DATA/360 - DOS PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-XS2 DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM APPLICATION DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XC1 SYSTEM/360 REMOTE ACCESS COMPUTING WITH DISK OPERATING SYSTEM (RAX-DOS) OPERAT1CNS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAA MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM FOR PUBLICUTXLITIE5 WITB THE IBM 5YSTEM/310 SYSTEM7360 AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-D51 SYSTEM/360 AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-D51 INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL PRCGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) - PROGRAM PRODUCT MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4 APL/360 - OS (5734-XM6) AND APL/360 - DOS (5136-XM6) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL ' GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V USER'S MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5734-XS2 (05) AND 5736-XS3 {DOS) INTRODUCTION TO MINIPERT PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP3 DATA/360-0S: GENERAL INFOR~ATION MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5734-XS3 PROCEDURE LIBRARY-MATHEMATICS (PL-MATB) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM3 INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PM5IV), PROGRAM PRODUCT MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4 CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: CP-61 OPERATOR'S GUIDE, PROG. NO. 360D-05.2.005 CP-61/CMS VERSION 3.1: INSTALLATION GUIDE, PROG. NO. 360D-05.2.005 CONTROL PROGRAM - 61/CAMBRIDGE MONITOR SYSTEM (CP-67/CMS) HARDWARE MAINTAINABILITY GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.005 CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: USER'S GUIDE, PROG. NO. 360D-05.2.005 CONTROL PROGRAM - 67/CAMBRIDGE MONITOR SYSTEM (CP-61/CMS) VERSION 3 CMS SCRIPT USER'S MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 FILING AND SOURCE DATA ENTRY TECBNIQUES FOR EASIER RETRIEVAL-LOW CORE (FASTER LC) 5736-622 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL SYSTEM/360 FILING AND SOURCE DATA ENTRY TECHNIQUES FOR EASIER RETRIEVAL-LOW CORE (FASTER LC) 5736-G22 OPERATIONS MANUAL GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V INTRODUCTORY USER'S MANUAL. PROG. NOS. 5734-XS2 (OS) AND 5736-XS3 (DOS) GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATING SYSTEM V-OS (GPSS V-OS) OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XS2 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V - DOS (GPSS V - DOS) OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XS3 SYSTEM/360 FINANCIAL 'TERMINAL SYSTEM. PROGRAM DESCRIPTIONMANUAL~ PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-F12 SYSTEM/360 FINANCIAL TERMINAL SYSTEM. OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-F12 SYSTEM/360 FINANCIAL TERMINAL SYSTEM. PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-F12 FARE QUOTE/TICKETING APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL COMPUTER SYSTEM SIMULATOq II (CSS II) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XS5 COMPUTER SYSTEM SIMULATOR II (CSS II) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XS5. TBE REAL-TIME MONITOR (RTM) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-001 The REAL-TIME MONITOR (RTM). PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-001 OPERATIONS AND PROGAMMER'S GUIDE DATA/360 - DOS CONSOLE OPERATOR'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XS2 CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY II (C¥.O II) SYSTEM, APPLlCATION'DESCRIPTION. PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N13 DATA/360 - DOS TERMINAL OPERATOR'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XS2 BASIC COURTS SYSTEM (BCS) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-G26 APL/360 - OS OPERATICNS AND INSTALLATION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM6 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROG. NO. 5134-XX1 SYSTEM/360 ACTIVE CERTIFICATE INFORMATION PROGRAM OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-F32 SYSTEMl360 ACTIVE CERTIFICATE INFORMATION PROGRAM TERMINAL OPERATOR'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-F32 SYSTEMl360 ACTIVE CERTIFICATE INFORMATION PROGRAM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-F32 FORTRAN CONVERSION AID PROGRAM. GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAJ, REFERENCE ,NUMBER FA1287 FORTRAN CONVERSION AID PROGRAM, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5199-AAJ, REFERENCE NUMBER FA1287 PMS IV, COST PROCESSOR, PROGRAM DESCHPTION AND OPERATIONS PROGRAM PRODUCT MANUAL - PROG~~M NUMBHR 573q~XP4 PMS IV, NETWORK PROCESSOR, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM XV (PMSIV) RESOURCE ALLOCATION PROCESSOR, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/ OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4 362 81 S620-0901-1 30 G620-0903-1 22 G620-0906-0 82 S620-0908-0 81 SH20-0909-0 80 **SH20-0910-3 ··SN20-2913 ··SN20-9003 80 SH20-0911-3 •• SN20-291II **SN20-90011 80 SH20-0912-3 ··SN20-2915 ··SN20-9005 80 SH20-0913-3 **SN20-2916 **SN20-9006 80 SH20-09111-3 ··SN20-2917 ··SN20-9007 80 S620-0915-2 **SN20- 2918 ··SN20-9008 81 S620-0919-0 211 G620-0920-0 211 5620-0921-0 211 5620-0922-0 211 5620-0923-0 82 **SH20-09211-1 30 S620-0925-0 30 S620-0926-1 82 5620-0932-0 63 G620-0935-1 71 5620-0936-1 **SN20-2902 71 5620-0937-1 **SN20-2901 22 5620-0938-0 82 **5620-0959-1 82 S620-0960-0 SN20-2778 80 GH20-0961-1#1 70 5620-0963-0 SN20-2437 70 S620-0964-0 SN20-2436 82 * * SH20-0968-1 60 72 G620-0970-1 SH20-0978-0 78 SH20-0979-3 78 SH20-0980-2 78 ··SH20-0981-3 78 *"SB20-0982-3 65 GB20-0983-1 82 SH20-0985-0 72 SB20-0986-0 64 ** GH20-0987-2 GN20-2459 SN20-24113 SN20-2792 PROJECT MANAGBMENT SlSTBM IV (PMS IV) REPCRT PROCESSOR PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4 IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FILING AND SOURCE DATA ENTRY TECBNIQUES FOR EASIER RETRIEVAL - MULTITHREAD (DOS FASTER MT) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-G211 APL/360-0S (5734-XM6), APL/360-DOS (5736-XM6), USER"S MANUAL MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) MIXED INTEGER PROGRAMMING(MIP) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PRCGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMHER 57311-XC1 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360, VERSION 2 SYSTEM/APPLICATION DESIGN GUIDE PROGRAM NUMHER 5734-XX6 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360. VERSION 2 SYSTEM PROGRAMMING REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360, VERSION 2 APPLICATION PROGRAMMING REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360, VERSION 2. OPERATOR'S REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360, VERSION 2, MESSAGES AND CODES REFERENCE MANUAL, PROGRAM NUM6ER 5734-XX6 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 UTILITIES REFERENCE MANUAL, PROG. NO. 57311-XX6 DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM OPERATOR'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XC1 CONTROL PROGRAM-67 ONLINE COBOL SYMBOLIC DEBUG PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAE - APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL CONTROL PROGRAM - 67 ONLINE COBOL SYMBOLIC DEBUG USER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAE CONTROL PROGRAM - 67 ONLINE COBOL SYMBOLIC DEBUG INSTALLATION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAE CONTROL PROGRAM - 67 ONLINE COBOL SYMBOLIC DEBUG OPERATING SYSTEM/360 IN A VIRTUAL MACBINE, PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAE MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX), OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4 DATA/360-0S TERMINAL OPERATOR'S GUIDE, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XS3 DATA/360-0S CONSOLE OPERATOR"S GUIDE, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XS3 MAT6EMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) CONTROL LANGUAGE USER's MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4 IBM FAS6ION REPORTER: APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROG~ NO. 5736-D11 CONSOLIDATED FUNCTION ORDINARY SYSTEM II (CFO II) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION VOLUME II: POLICY MASTER RECORD CODE BOOK, PROG. NO. 5736-N13 CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY SYSTEM II (CFOII) MISCELLANEOUS PROGRAM DATA, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL VOLUME III - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N13 APL/360 - DOS OPERATIONS AND INSTALLATION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM6 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) MESSAGE MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4 MAT6EMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDBD (MPSX) READ COMMUNICATIONS FORMAT (READCOMM) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XM4 HILL PROCESSOR SYSTEMS - IMS/360 BRIDGE, APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX9 BASIC COURTS SYSTEM - PROGRAM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-626 BASIC COURTS SYSTEM PROGRAM PRODUCT OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-G26 MPSX LINEAR AND SEPARABLE PROGRAMMING, PROGR&. DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF APPLICATION PUBLICATIONS MEDICAL INDUSTRIES OS CAPACITY PLANNING - INFINITE LOADING, OS CAPACITY PLANNING - FINITE LOADING, OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-M53 AND 5734-M54 FARE QUOTE/ISSUE TICKET USER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11 TARIFF MAINTENANCE USER'S GUIDE. PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11 FARE QUOTE/TICKETING SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE. PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11 TARIFF MAINTENANCE OPERATOR'S GUIDE, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11 ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS PROGRAM II (ECAP II) FOR TBE IBM OPERATING SYSTEM AND 1130 COMPUTING SYSTEM: APPLICATION DESCRIPTION, PROG. NOS. 5734-EE1, 5711-EE1 PROCEDURE LIBRARY - MAT6EMATICS (PL-MAT6) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM3 OS S60P FLOOR CONTROL OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-M31 COURSE~RITER III, VERSION 3 APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-E13, 5736-E11 363 82 SB20-0988-0 81 SB20-0995-0 67 SB20-0997-1 67 SB20-0998-1 SN20-211116 67 ** SB20-0999-1 70 **GB20-1002-1 80 ** SB20-1007-2 67 GB20-1008-0 611 SB20-1009-0 611 **SB20-1010-2 611 SB20-1011-1 **5N20-28116 611 **SB20-1012-1 **5N20-2876 65 SB20-1015-0 71 5B20-1016-0 **5N20-2905 71 5B20-1017-1 **SN20-2815 36 ... GB20-1021-0+ **SN20-9017 SN20-2561 **SN20-28115 611 **5B20-1022-2 **SN20-2877 71 5B20-10 211-0 **5N20-2904 65 SB20-1025-0 79 **GB20-1027-3 81 **GB20-1028-3 **GN20-29811 36 GB20-1029-0 **GN20-2616 80 ** SB20-1030-1 **SN20-9000 30 GB20-1031-0 GN20-2485 80 5820-1032-0 5N20-2750 80 **SB20-1033-1 **5N20-900 1 81 81 67 80 SB20-1034-11 SN20-2577 **SN20-9022 **SN20-2893 **SN20-2839 GB20-1035-1 ** GB20-1039-2+ SB20-10ll0-0 81 5B20-1041-0 81 SB20-1042-0 81 ** SB20-1043-4 81 ** SB20-1044-3 81 ... S820-1047-11 SN20-21160 **SN20-2986 **SN20-2983 SN20-2592 PROCEDURE LIBRARY - MATBEMATICS (PIt-MATB) OPERATIONS MANuAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XM3 MINIPERT PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XP3 BROKERAGE ACCOUNTING SYSTEM ELEMENTS (BASE) VERSION 2 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL VOLUME 1: NARRATIVE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-F31 BROKERAGE ACCOUNTING SYSTEM ELEMENTS (BASE) VERSION 2 PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL VOLUME 2: RECORD LAYOUTS, PROG. NO. 5736-F31 BROKERAGE ACCOUNTING SYSTEM ELEMENTS (BASE) VERSION 2 OPERATIONS MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5736-F31 BUDGET ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEM (BACIS) FOR PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS - GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-G25 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 MASTER INDEX PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XX6 CHECK PROCESSING CONTROL SYSTEM (CPCS) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 57311-F11 COURSEWRITER III, VERSION 3 AUTHOR'S GUIDE - OPERATING SYSTEM AND DISK OPERATING SYSTEM PROGRAM NUMBERS 57311-E13, 5736-E11 COURSEWRITER III, VERSION 3 STUDENT/MONITOR USER'S GUIDE OPERATING SYSTEM AND DISK OPERATING SYSTEM PROGRAM NUMBERS 57311-E13, 5736-E11 COURSEWRITER III, VERSION 3 SUPERVISOR'S GUIDE OPERATING SYSTEM AND DISK OPERATING SYSTEM PROGRAM NUMBERS 57311-E13, 5736-E11 COURSEWRITER III, VERSION 3 OPERATOR'S GUIDE DISK OPERATING SYSTEM - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-E11 ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS PROGRAM II (ECAP II) FOR THE IBM OPERATING SYSTEM AND 1130 COMPUTING SYSTEM PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 5734-EE1, 5711-EE1 CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY II SYSTEM (CFOII) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N13 CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY SYSTEM II (CFOII) UTILITY PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N13 OS/MVT WITH RESOURCE SECURITY INSTALLATION AND SYSTEM PROGRAMMERS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-007 COURSEWRITER III/OS VERSION 3 - OPERATOR'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-E13 CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY II (CFO II) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL - VOLUME I PROCESSING DESCRIPTION - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N13 ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS PROGRAM II (ECAP II) FOR THE IBM OPERATING SYSTEM - OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-EE1 STAT/BASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 AND ITF - GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5703-XA1, 5734-XA3 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) DOS-ENTRY (CICS/DOSE) DOS-STANDARD (CICS/DOSS) OS-STANDARD V2 (CICS/OS) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 57311-XX7, 5736-XX6, 5736-XX7 CP-67/CMS' VERSION 3.1: OPERATING SYSTEMS IN A VIRTUAL MACBINE, PROG. NO. 3600-05.2.005 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL, VOLUME 1: SYSTEM OVERVIEW AND CONTROL - PROGRAM PRODUCT MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XX1 IBM OPERATING SYSTEM FILING AND SOURCE DATA ENTRY TECHNIQUES FOR EASIER RETRIEVAL - MULTITBREAD (OS FASTER MT) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-G21 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM, VERSION 2 (GIS/2) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 573 II-XX 1 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) VOLUME 3, PROCEDURAL LANGUAGE - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XX1 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBBRS DOS-ENTRY 5736-XX6 DOS-STANDARD 5736-XX7 " PLANNING SYSTEM GENERATOR II (PSGII) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XT1 SECURITIES ORDER MATCHING GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F32 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) VOLUME 2. DATA DESCHIPTION LANGUAGE - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XX1 PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR II (PSG I I ) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XT1 PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR II ,(PSG II) PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XT1 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) SYSTEM 'PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS DOS-ENTRY 5736-XX6, DOS-STANDARD 5736-XX7, OS-STANDARD V2 5734-XX7 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) TERMINAL OPERATOR'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBERS DOS-ENTRY 5736-XX6, DOS-STANDARD 5736-XX7, OS-STANDARD V2 57311-XX7 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM DOS - ENTRY (CIS DOS - STANDARD (CICS/DOSS) OS - STANDARD VERSION 2 (CICS/OS) APPLICATION PROG~~ER'S REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-XX6, 5736-XX7, 57311-XX7 364 81 **SH20-1048-2 30 S820-1051-111 .·SN20-3062 30 S820-1052-1 **SN20-3061 63 ** SH20-1053-1 63 S820-1054-0 36 SN20-2506 ** G820-1057-0+ 36 ** G820-1058-0+ 31 G820-1066-0 72 S820-1067-0 79 ** S820-1069-2 79 **S820-1070-2 80 GH20-1074-1 80 5820-1075-0 80 S820-1076-0 78 **GN20-2823 S820-1081-0 73 **SH20-1089-1# 81 **S820-1092-111 78 **GN20-3056 S820-1094-0 78 S820-1095-0 78 5820-1096-0 76 **S820-1101-0 39 ··5820-1103-0 39 **S820-1104-0 80 ··5H20-1105-ljI. 5820-1105-0# 71 ··5820-1112-0 73 ··5820-1114-0 81 "5H20-1115-0 72 ••5H20-1117- 0 82 ··S820-1118-0 82 ··SH20-1119-0 "SN20-3058 63 "SH20- 1122- 0 72 ••SH20- 1123- 0 82 **G820-1128-3 64 **G820-1129-1 78 G820-1134-0 78 GH20-1135-0 ··GN20-2830 78 SH20-1136- 0 "SN20-2831 78 SH20-1137-0 **GN20-2873 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) OPERATING SYSTEM STANDARD VERSION 2 OPERATIONS GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX7 IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FILING AND SOURCE DATA ENTRY TEC8NIQUES FOR EASIER RETRIEVAL - MULTIT8READ (DOS FASTER MT) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-G24 IBM DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FILING AND SOURCE DATA ENTRY TECBNIQUES FOR EASIER RETRIEVAL - MULTIT8READ (DOS FASTER MT) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-G24 IBM FAS8ION REPORTER, PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-D11 IBM FAS8ION REPORTER, OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-D11 OS/MVT WIT8 RESOURCE SECURITY, SECURITY OFFICER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-007 RESOURCE SECURITY (FOR OS/MVT)-GENERAL INFORMATION AND PLANNING MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360A-SV-007 PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 1130-CX-25X, 360A-CX-27X SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS PLANNING EXTENSIONS (PROGRAMMING RPQ EA6264) - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAY STAT/BASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 AND INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY PROGRAM REFERENCE - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5703-XA1, 5734-XA3 STAT/BASIC FOR INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY OPERATIONS GUID PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XA3 INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY (IQF) FOR IMS/360 VERSION 2 PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6 - GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL BILL PROCESSOR SYSTEMS - IMS/360 BRIDGE PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX9 BILL PROCESSOR SYSTEMS - IMS/360 BRIDGE, OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX9 FARE QUOTE/TICKETING STUDENT STUDY GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T11 AN APL TEXT EDITOR AND COMPOSER PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/ OEPRATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAC APL/PDTS PROGRAMMING DEVELOPMENT TRACKING SYSTEM (PDTS): PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL IUP PROG 115796-PAD FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM INSTALLATION GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAE FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM OPERATORS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAE FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM USERS GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAE LOADFLOW PLOTTING SYSTEM, VARIBUS CORP. A GULF STATES UTILITY COMPANY SUBSIDIARY - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-AAF S/360 MCGILL UNIVERSITY SYSTEM FOR INTERACTIVE COMPUTING (MUSIC) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-AAT S/360-S/370 MCGILL UNIVERSITY SYSTEM F.OR INTERACTIVE COMPUTING (MUSIC) USER'S GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-AAT DATA DICTIONARY/DIRECTORY SYSTEM, WITH CMIS DATA ELEMENT GLOSSARY - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PAG CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS EQUITY PRODUCTS VARIABLE ANNUITIES, MUTUAL FUNDS DATAMANN, INC. - SUBSIDIARY OF HORACE MANN EDUCATORS SPRINGFIELD, ILLINCIS PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-AAP SCRIPT/370 - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATION MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PAF S/360-S/370 YALE ALUMNI RECORDS DATA SYSTEM (YARDS) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-AEF CYCLE-TIME SIMULATOR SYSTEM - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - lOP NUMBER 5796-PBG ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM (ASTAP) PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBB ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM (ASTAP) OPERATIONS GUIDE -IUP NUMBER 5796-PBB IBM WAREHOUSE SIMULATOR PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - lOP NUMBER 5796-PBK IBM MULTIPLAN SOURCING PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL IUP NUMBER 5796-PBL MATH/BASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 AND INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY (ITF) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - ~ROGRAM NUMBERS 5703-XM2, 5734-XM8 EPIC SOCRATES STUDENT SC8EDULING SYSTEM FOR EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT GENERAL INFORMATION PROGRAM NUMBER 5735-E91 FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMEERS 5795-AAA (OS MESSAGB SWITC8ING) 5795-AAB (OS EQUIPMENT CONTROL) 5795-AAC (DOS MESSAGE SWITC8ING) 5795-AAD (DOS EQUIPMENT CONTROL) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5795-AAA (OS MESSAGE SWITCHING) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFAOE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST), SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'5 - REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5795-AAA (OS MESSAGE SWITCHING) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) - TERMINAL OPERATOR'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5795-AAA (OS MESSAGE SWITC8ING) 5795-AAC (DOS MESSAGE SWITCHING) 365 18 LH20-1138-0 ··LN20-2832 18 GH20-1139-0 ··GN20-2833 30 SB20-1146-1 ··SN20-3059 30 SH20-1141-1n "SN20-3060 11 GB20-1148-0 10 ** SB20- 1150- 1 10 **SB20-1151-1 35 ** GB20-1152-1 ··GN33-1021 35 **GB20-1153-1 ··GN33-1028 61 SB20-1154-0 SN20-2190 61 ** SB20-1155-0 82 **SB20-1151-2 82 **SB20-1158-2 61 SB20-1159-0 61 •• GH20-1160-0 31 GB20-1163-0 81 SB20-1164-0 18 ** SB20-1166-1 18 SB20-1161-0 ··SN20-2835 18 LB20-1168-0 ··LN20-2836 18 SB20-1169-0 •• SN20-2831 64 **GB20-1110-1 ··GN20-3064 36 **GB20-1111-0 36 **GH20-1113-1 81 SB20-1114-0 82 **GH20-1115-2n 80 **SH20-1111-1 ··SN20-3052 "SN20-3053 14 GB20-1119-0 18 •• LB20-1182~0 18 ••SB20-1183-1 18 ••SH20-1184-0 "SN20-2880 18 ••SB20-1185-0 "SN20-2881 18 ••SB20-1186-0 ··SN20-2882 ··SN20-30511 "SN20-3001 18 ••SB20-1181-0 ··SN20-2883 ··SN20-3008 11 •• GB20-1188-2 14 GB20-1190-0 •• LN20-2818 "SN20-3006 FAST INFORMAT:tON RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5195-AAA (OS MESSAGB SWETCBING) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) - FILE DESCRIPTION ~ANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5195-AAA (OS MESSAGE SWETCBING) SWITCBING) IBM OPERATING SYSTEM FILING AND SOURCE DATA ENTRY TECBNIQUES FOR EASIER RETRIEVAL MULTITHREAD (OS FASTER MT) OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-G21 IBM OPERATING SYSTEM FILING AND SOURCB DATA ENTRY TECHNIQUES FOR EASIER RETRIEVAL MULTITBREAD (OS FASTER MT) PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-G21 PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM ENHANCEMENTS PLANNING MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5136-N24 AND 5136-N25 BUDGET ACCOUNTING INFOlU'JATION SYSTEM (BACIS) PROGRAM PRODUCT - OPERATOR'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-G25 BUDGET ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEM (BACIS) FOR PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS; PROGRAM PRODUCT REFERBNCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-G25 RCA 301 EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/310 USING DOS AND DOS/VS (PRPQ) TRANSITION GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5199-ADR BONEYWELL SERIES 200 EMULATOR ON SYSTEMl310 USING DOS AND DOS/VS (PRPQ) - TRANSITION GUIDE, PROG. NO. 5199-ADT MARKETABLE SECURITIES INVENTORY SYSTEM, PROGRAMMING RPQ MB4259, PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROG. NO. 5199-ABY MARKETABLE SECURITIES INVENTORY SYSTEM PROGRAMMING RPQ MB4259 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5199-ABY OPERATIONS GUIDE MATH/BASIC PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR ITF - OPERATOR'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XM8 MATH/BASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 MODEL 6 AND INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY (ITF) - PROGRAM PRODUCT REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5103-XM2 (S/3 MODEL 6) 5134-XM8 (ITF-OS, DOS AND TOS) REGISTERED REPRESENT~IVE SYSTEM PROGRAMMING OVERVIEW PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-F34 REGISTERED REPRESENT~IVE SYSTEM GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-F34 (CPS) CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM BASIC TERMINAL USER'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-03.4-016 PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR II (PSG II) DCS OPERATOR'S GUIDE PROGRAM PRODUCT 5136-XT1 FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5195-AAC (DOS MESSAGE SWITCHING) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5195-AAC (DOS MESSAGE SWITCHING) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5191-AAC (DOS MESSAGE SWITCHING) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) FILE DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PKOGRAM PRODUCT 5195-AAC (DOS MESSAGE SWITCBING) INTERACTIVE TRAINING SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XXC SYSTEM/310 DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM PROGRAM (S/310 DSP) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360A-TX-032 IBM SYSTEMl360 AND SYSTEM/310 ASP VERSION 3 ASYMMETRIC MULTI PROCESSING SYSTEM: GENERAL INFORMAT·ION MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360A-CX-15X PLANNING SYSTEMS GENER~OR II (PSG II) DOS - PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5136-XT1 BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC FOR SYSTEMl3 BASIC AND SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEMl310 INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5103-XM3, 5134-XMB PLANNING GUIDE FOR THE PL/1 QUERY SUPPORT FEATURE OF GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX1 HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/ACCOUNTING SYSTEM & DATA COMMUNICATIONS: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5146-H14 (DOS/VS) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5195-AAB, AND 5195-AAD (OS AND DOS EQUIPMENT CONTROL) FAST INFORMAT:tON RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) SYSTEM PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5195-AAD - (DOS EQUIPMENT CONTROL) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) SYSTEM PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5795-AAB (OS EQUIPMENT CONTROL) FAST INFORMAT:tON RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5195-AAB (OS EQUIPMENT CONTROL) FAST INFORMATION RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) FILE DESCRIPTION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5195-AAB AND 5195-AAD (OS AND DOS EQUIPMENT CONTROL) FAST INFORMAT:tON RETRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPORTATION (FIRST) TERMINAL OPERATOR'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5195-AAB, AND 5195-AAD (OS AND DOS EQUIPMENT CONTROL) ALPHA SEARCH INQUIRY SYSTEM, GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-N14) HEALTH CARE SUPPORT/LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM: GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5146-H12 (DOS/VS) 366 78 "SB20-1195-0 39 "SB20-1197-0 39 ••S820-1198-0 39 "SB20-1199-0 30 "GB20-1207-1I "SN20-2884 "SN20-3055 ··SN20-3009 ··SN20-3091 "SN20-2850 30 "S820-1208-0 "SN20-3012 30 "S820-1209-0 ··SN20-3011 64 "S820-1213-0 "SN20-2885 •• SN20-3067 64 "S820-1214-0 ••SN20-2886 •• SN20-3066 64 "S820-1215-0 ••SN20-2887 64 "S820-1216-0 •• SN20-3065 64 "SB20-1217-0 ·.SN20-2888 30 "S820-1219-0 ·.SN20-2990 30 ••G820-1220-0 "GN20-2988 30 .·S820-1221-0 ··SN20-2989 80 "G820-1222-0 80 •• GB20-1223-0 67 ··S820-1224-0 67 ··5820-1225-0 67 ··G820-1226-1 72 G820-1233-0 72 "G82O-1234-0 63 64 ••G820-1241-0 ··5820-1242-0 64 80 ··S820-1245-0 ··GB20-1246-1 74 ··GB20-1249-0 •• GN20-2872 "SN20-3042 64 ··SB20-1252-0 ··SN20-3070 64 80 ·.5B20-1253-0 "GB20-1260-0 "SN20-3071 82 "5B20-1262-1 82 74 ··5820-1264-2 •• G820-1265-0 81 ··5B20-1268-0 74 ··S820-1270-0 82 "G820-1271-0 80 "G820-1272-0 80 ··G820-1273-0 74 "5B20-1276-0 81 .·G820-1280-0 64 ··5B20-1281-0 64 ··SB20-1282-0 64 ··S820-1283-0 64 ··5820-1284-0 36 ··GB20-1289-0 FAST INFORMATIDN RE'lRIEVAL FOR SURFACE TRANSPOR'lATION (FIRST) OPERATIONS MANUAL - PRCGRAM NUMBER 5795-AAC (DOS EQUIPMENT CONTROL) CPS UNDER TSO TERMINAL USERS MANUAL (PRPC) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-ADY CPS UNDER TSO BASIC TERMINAL USBRS MANUAL (PRPQ) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-ADY CPS UNDER TSO OPERATOR'S GUIDE (PRPQ) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-ADY . TELECOMMUNICATIONS CCNTROL SYSTEM (TCS) CCNCEPTS AND FACILITIES MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-1'31 TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS) PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE AND REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-1'31 TELECOMMUNICATIONS CCNTROL SYSTEM (TCS) OPERATIONS GUIDE, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-1'31 INTERACTIVE TRAINING SYSTEM COURSE AUTBOR:ENG GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXC INTERACTIVE TRAIN:ENG SYSTEM OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXC INTERACTIVE TRAINING SYSTEM TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXC INTERACTIVE TRAINING SYSTEM PROGRAM ~EFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXC INTERACTIVE TRAINING SYSTEM SUPERVISOR'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXC DATA/360 - II CONSOLE OPERATOR'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XSO DATA/360 - II GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XS8 DATA/360 - II TERMINAL OPERATOR'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XS8 INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY (IQF) INTRODUCTION LANGUAGE GUICE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6 IQF TERMINAL USERS REFERENCE GUIDE (INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY) (IMS/360) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6 SECURITIES ORDER MATC8ING PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-1'32 SECURITIES ORDER MATCHING OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-1'32 SECURITIES ORDER MATC8ING SCOPE OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-1'32 SYSTEM/370 APT-BP NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PRCGRAM NUMBER 5740-M51 SYSTEM/370 APT-1C AND APT-AC NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSORS GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5740-M52 (IC) AND 5740-M53 (AC) IBM FASHION REPORTER, USER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-C11 EPIC: SOCRATES (STUDENT SC8EDULING SYSTEM FOR EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS) USER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5735-E91 EPIC: SOCRATES OPERAT:EON'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5735-E91 DATA LANGUAGE/I DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL SiORAGE (DL/I DOS/VS) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-XX1 HEALTB CARE SUPPORT/ELECTROCARDIOGRAM (ECG) ANALYSIS GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-811 AND 5736-815 EPIC: BUDGET/FINANCE OPERATIONS FumE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5735-E93 EPIC: BUDGET/FINANCE USER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5735-E93 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/VS) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 574o-XX2 BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC FOR ITF MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XMB BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC (CALL-OS) MANUAL HEALT8 CARE SUPPORT/ELECTROCARDIOGRAM (ECG) ANALYSIS PROGRAM PHYSICIANS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-B15 AND 5734-811 THE CICS FEATURE (6024-6020) OF TBE DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR, PROGRAM AND OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-XX4 HEALT8 CARE SUPPORT/ELECTROCARDIOGRAM (ECG) ANALYSIS PROGRAM PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL AND OPERATIONS GUIDE PROG. NOS. 5734-B11 (OS, OS/vS) AND 5736-H~5 (DOS, DOS/vS) ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM (ASTAP) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROG. NO. 5796-PBH DATA BASE DESIGN EVALUATION (DBPROTOTYPE) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBB PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE FOR INS-PLIMS GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - lOP NUMBER 5796-PBF SELF-STUDY IMPLEMENTATION COURSE FOR BEALTH CARE SUPPORT BeG PROGRAM PRODUCT - PROG. NOS. 5734-811 AND 5736-815 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS/VS) GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS CICS/OS/vS 5740-XX1 AND CIeS/DOS/VS 5746-XX3 EPIC: STUDENT RECORD SYS:rEM FOR EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS OPERATIONS GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5735-E94 EPIC: FAST STUDENT TESTING SYSTEM FOR EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS OPERATIONS GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5735-E92 EPIC: FAST STUDENT TESTING SYSTEM FOR EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS USER'S MANUAL - PROG. NO. 5735-E92 EPIC: STUDENT - STUDENT RECORD SYSTEM FOR EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS USER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5735-E94 ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM - OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X 367 36 ··GH20-1290-0 36 "GH20-1291-0 36 ··GH20-1292-0 67 "5H20-1300-0 80 •• 5B20-1303"':O 80 ··5H20-1304-1 80 ··5H20-1305-0 80 ".SH20-1306- 0 80 75 ••SH20-1307-1# SH20-1307-0# ••SH20-1314-0 63 ··5H20-1321-0 80 "SH20-1328-0 71 71 74 ··5H20-1405-0 ··5H20-1406-0 GH20-4001-1 72 GH20-4005-1 79 GH20-4006-0 79 GH20-4007-0 72 . GH20-4008-0 72 GH20-4012-0 72 •• GH20-4013-0 72 GH20-4014-0 71 GB20-4015-0 78 ** GH20-4016-2 76 GH20-4017-1 74 GB20-4019-0 74 GH20-4021-0 63 GH20-4022-0 63 GB20-4023-0 38 GH20-4026-0 80 ** GB20-4028-2 71 ··GH20-4031-1 30 GB20-4032-0 83 ** GH20-4035-2 73 GH20-4037-1 30 GH20-4039-0 83 GH20-4040-0 78 GH20-4041-0 78 GH20-4042-0 81 GH20-4043-0 67 GH20-4044-1 22 22 63 ··GH20-4046-1 ··GH20-4047-2 GH20-4048-0 63 GH20-4049-0 **SN20-2703 SYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING 5YSTEM - MESSAGES AND CODES MANUAL PROGRAM NUMHER 360A-CX-15X ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM - APPLICATION PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X IBM 5YSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ASP VERSION 3 ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM - SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL PROG. NO. 360A-CX-15X DEMAND DEPOSIT ACCOUNTING WITH OVERDRAFT BANKING SYSTEMl360-370 DOS - THE PLANTERS NATIONAL BANK AND TRUST COMPANY ROCKY MOUNT. NORTH CAROLINA PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - PROG. NO. 5796-AHL DBPROTOTYPE PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBB PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE FOR IMS - PLIMS PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBF IMSMAP - DATA BASE MAPPING PROGRAMS - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/ OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBC BTS (BATCH TERMINAL SIMULATOR) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL - lOP NUMBER 5796-PBB TEST IMS UTILITIES PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERAT~ONS MANUAL IUP NUMBER 5796-PBE MULTI COLUMN DISTILLATION PROGRAM - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION OPERATIONS MANUAL - IUP NUMBER 5796-PAH DISTRIBUTION ORDER ENTRY SYSTEM LAG DRUG COMPANY CHICAGO. ILLINOIS - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL PROG. NO. 5796-ABT RESPONSIBILITY ACCOUNTING SYSTEM - THE PHILADELPHIA NATIONAL BANK - PROGRAM DESCRIPTION/OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NO. 5796-ACA ALPHA SEARCH INQUIRY SYSTEM PROGRAM REFERENCE MANUAL ALPHA SEARCH INQUIRY SYSTEM OPERATIONS GUIDE SBAS COMPATIBLE TELEPROCESSING SPECIFICATION SHEET PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H13 OS/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING PROGRAM aROCUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-M51 LEARN ATS-DOS: PROGRAM PRODUCT SPEC •• PROG. NO. 5736-XX3 PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX3 LEARN ATS-OS: PROGRAM PRODUCT SPEC •• PROG. NO. 5734-XX8 PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX8 OS/360 INVENTORY CONTROL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-M52 SPECIFICATION SHEETS SYSTEM/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING INTERFACE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-M13 SYSTEM/360 CAPACITY FLANNING--FINITE LOADING: PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. PROG. NO. 5736-M12 SYSTEM/360 CAPACITY FLANNING - INFINITE LOADING PROGRAM PRODUCT SPEC'S PROG. NO. 5736-M11 CFO AUTOCODER TO ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION SET TRANSLATOR (CATALIST) PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX2 TARIFF PUBLISHING SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS) PROGRAM PRODUCT SPEC'S. PBOG. NO. 5736-T21 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING PROGRAM SPECIFICATIONS SHEETS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-U12 MEDICAL .INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION 2 SPECIFICATIONS SHEET - PROGRAM NUMHER 5736-H11 SHARED LABRATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM (SLIS) PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H12 CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEMS (COGS) - ALLOCATION PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. PROG. NO. 5736-D31 THE CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEMS (COGS) - FORECASTING PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-D32 SYSTEM/360 REMOTE ACCESS COMPUTING SYSTEM WITH DISK OS (RAX-DOS) PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAA SPECIFICATION SBEET DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. PROG. NO. 5736-XX4 PALlS ADDITIONAL FILE FACILITY VERSION 1 MODIFICATION LEVEL 1 SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-N22 FILING AND SOURCE DATA ENTRY TECHNIQUES FOR EASIER BETRIEVAL - LOW CORE (FASTER LC) SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-G22 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V-OS (GPSS V-OS) PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XS2 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR PAGlNATION/360 PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-K12 DIRECT ACCESS TERMINAL APPLICATION (DATA/360-DOS) PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XS2 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V-DOS (GPSS V-DOS) PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XS3 IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULEING PROGRAM - EXTENDED (OS) PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM5 IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM - EXTENDED (DOS) PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM3 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM OS - STANDARD (CICS/OS) AND LANGUAGE AND TERMINAL FEATURE (L/T) NO. 6004. 6005. OR 6006. PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. PROG. NO. 5736-U11 SYSTEMl360 ACTIVE CERTIFICATE INFORMATION PROGRAM (ACIP) PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-F32 PAL/360-DOS SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-XM6 APL/360 OS SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XM6 SYSTEM/360 CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEM (COGS) FORECASTING (OS) PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-D33 SYSTEM/360 CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEM (COGS) ALLOCATION (OS) PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-D32 368 30 GH20-4016-0 82 GH20-4019-0 82 GH20-4080-1 81 GH20-4081-0 10 GH20-4085-0 61 **GH20-4081-0 81 **GH20-4089-0 83 "GH20-4090-0 24 GH20-4101-0 82 ** GH20-4102-3 81 GH20-41 03-0 81 GH20-4104-0 30 GH20-4105-0 80 **GH20-4106-4 82 GH20-4109-0 12 GH20-4110-0 12 GH20-4111-0 12 GH20-4112-0 12 GH20-4113-0 10 GH20-4118-1 61 **GH20-4121-2 81 18 GH20-4122-0 GB20-4123-0 80 ** GH20-4124-3 11 GH20-4121-0 64 **GH20-4128-1 30 ** GH20-4130-1 81 ** GB20-4131-3 12 GH20-4133-1 81 **GH20-4134-3 12 GH20-4135-0 81 GH20-4136-1 65 GB20-4131-0 19 GH20- 4139-1 81 **GB20-4140-4 80 GH20-4141-0 63 GH20-4142-0 16 GH20-4144-0 82 GH20-4146-0 10 GB20-4148-0 30 ** GH20-4149-1 80 GB20-4110-1 GRAPHIC ANALYSIS CF THREE-DIMENSIONAL DATA (OS) PROGRAM PRODUCT FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SHEET PROGRAM PRODUCT 5134-XX2. S~STEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE - PS (M44) PROGRAM PRODUCT FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SHEET PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-P11 S~STEM/360 ARRA~ PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE - OS PROGRAM PRODUCi FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION, PROG. NO. 5136-P12 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SHEET - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XP1 LA~ ENFORCEMENT MANP~ER RESOURCE ALLOCATION SYSTEM (LEMRAS) FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5136-G21 FINANCIAL TERMINAL S~STEM (FTSI FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION SBEET PROGRAM PRODUCT 5136-F12 IBM SYSTEM/360 RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR PROJECT CONTROL . SYSTEM/360 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5136-XP2 COMPUTER SYSTEMS SIMULATOR II (CSS II) FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5134-XS5 ONLINE COBOL SYMBOLIC DEBUG FOR IBM CP-61 SYSTEMS (RPQ) PROGRAM NUMBER 5199-AAE - REFERENCE PRPQ AA0416 PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SHEET MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) SPECIFICATION SHEET - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XM4 DISPLA~ MANAGEMENT S~TEM (DMS): PROGRAM PRODUCT SPEC'S PROG. NO. 5134-XC1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT S~TEM IV, PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XP4 DIRECT ACCESS TERMINAL APPLICATION (DATA/360-oS) PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XS3 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 (IMS/360) VERSION 2 SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5134-XX6 PROCEDURE LIBRARY-MATHEMATICS (PL-MATB) PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XM3 05/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING SPECIAL FEATURE #6015 PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-M51 OS CAPACITY PLANNING - INFINITE LOADING PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICBrIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-M53 OS CAPACITY PLANNING - FINITE LOADING PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-M54 OS SHOP FLOOR CONTROL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-M31 PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SHEET IBM BASIC COURTS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS SHEETS PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-G26 BROKERAGE ACCOUNTING S~TEM ELEMENTS (BASE) SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM PRODUCT 5136-F31 . MINI PERT - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XP3 FARE QUQTE/TICKETING SPECIFICATION SBEET PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-T11 GENERALIZED INFORMATION S~STEM. VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SPECIFICATIONS SHEET PROGRAM NUMHER 5134-XX1 CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY II - CFO-II SPECIFICATIONS SHEETS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-1'113 COURSEWRITER III/DOS VERSICN 3 - SPECIFICATION SBEET PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-E11 THE DISK OPERATING S~TEM FILING AND SOURCE DATA ENTR~ TECHNIQUES FOR EASIER RETRIEVAL - MULTITHREAD (DOS FAsTER MT) PRCGRAM NUMBER 5736-G24 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CCNTROL SYSTEM/DOS-STANDARD (CICS/DOSSTANDARD). PROG. NO. 5736-XX1, 3330 SUPPORT FEATURE 5003. 5004. 5005: PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS OS REQUIREMENTS PLANNING EXTENSIONS - SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAMMING RPQ EA6264 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5199-AAY CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTRCL SYSTEM/DOS ENTRY (CICS/DOSENTRY). ·PROG. NO. 5136-XX6. 3330 SUPPORT FEATURE 5000, 5001. 5002: PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS 3330/2305 APT SUPPORT PROGRAMMING RPQ ~B5113 PROGRAM NUMBER 5199-ACZ (PRPQ SPECIFICATIONS) PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR II (PSG Ill: PROGRAM PRODUCT SPEC'S. PROG. NO. 5134-XT1 ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS PROGRAM I I (ECAP-II) FOR TBE OPERATING SYSTEM AND 1130 SYSTEM - SPECIFICATIONS SHEET PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-EE1 AND 5111-E81 STAT/BASIC FOR ITF - SPECIFICATION SHEET PROGRAM 5134-XA3 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/OS - STANDARD V2 (CICS/OS - STANDARD V2) SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5134-XX1 BILL PROCESSOR SYSTEMS - IMS/360 BRIDGE PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-XX9 FASHION REPORTER PROGRAM PRO~UCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-D11 SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR THE ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY SHORT CIRCUIT Ro FEATURE SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-U12 IBM SYSTEM/360 AND S~TEM/310 SUBROUTINE LIBRARY MATBEMATICS (SL-MATH) SPECIFICBrIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-XM7 BACIS (BUDGET ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEM) FOR PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-G25 THE OPERATING SYSTEM FILING AND SOURCE DATA ENTRY TECHNIQUES FOR EASIER RETRIEVAL-MULTITHREAD (OS FASTER MT) PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-G21 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM, VERSION 2 (GIS/2) DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER o134-XX1 S~STEM/360 369 67 ··GH20-q179-1 71 GH20-q199-1# 30 GH20-q203-0 72 ··GH20-q228-0 80 ··GH20-q230-1 71 7q "GH20-q231-0 ··GH20-q233-0 7q ··GH20-q23q-0 7q ··GH20-Q235-0 81 81 "GH20-4236-1 ·.GH20-Q237-0 80 ··GH20-4238-0 81 ··GH20-Q2Q1-0 81 "GH20-42Q2-0 22 •• GH20-Q2Q3-0 64 ** GH20-4301-1 71 GH20-Q302-0 83 "GH20-4303-2 67 GH20-4304-1 71 GH20-4307-0 82 GH20-Q308-1 81 79 GH20-Q309-0 GH20-4312-0 6Q "GH20-4314-1 39 uGB20-4315-0 80 "GB20- 4316-1 6Q "GB20-4317-1 30 ··GB20-4318-0 80 ··GB20-4320-0 67 ··GB20-4321:"'1 6Q "GB20-4322-2 67 "GB20-4323-0 30 ··GB20-432Q-0 81 .·GB20-4325-0 82 GB20-4326-1 82 "GB20-4327-0 81 "GB20-4328-0 6Q "GB20-4331-0 6Q ··GB20-4332-0 7Q ··GB20-4333-0 71 "GB20-4337-0 71 "GB20-4407-0 63 "GB20-QQ08-0 63 "GB20-4409-0 63 "GB20-441 0-0 CHECKPROCESSING CONTROL SYSTEM (CPCS) DESIGN OBJEcrIVES PROGRAM PRODUcr 573Q-F11 PALlS ADDITIONAL FILE FACILITY - PROGRAM NUMBBR 5736-N22 PROGRAM PRODUcr DESIGN OBJEcrIVES THE DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FILING AND SOURCE DATA ENTRY TECBNIQUES FOR EASIER RETRIEVAL MULTITHREAD (Dos FASTER MT) DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-G24 SYSTEM/370 AUTOMATIC~LLY PROGRAMMED TOOL - PPDO: BASIC POSIT10NING (APT-BP) PROG. NO. 5740-M51 INTERMEDIATE CONTOURING (APT-IC), PROG. NO. 57QO-M52 ADVANCED CONTOURING (APT-AC), PROG' NO. 5740-M53 DATA LANGUAGE/I DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (DLII DOs/VS) - PPDO -' PROG. NO. 5746-XX1 ALPH~ SEARCB INQUIRY/SYSTEM-PPDO - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N14 HEALTH ~RE SUPPORT/DATA COMMUNI~TIONS PROGRAM DESIGN OBJECTIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5746-B13 BEALTH ~RE SUPPORT/~CCOUNTING SYSTEM DESIGN OBJECTIVES PROGRAM NUMBER 57Q6-81Q - FEATURE 6001 OR 6002 HE~LTH CARE SUPPORT/L~BORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM DESIGN OBJEcrIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5746-B12 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/DOS/VS (CICS/DOS/VS) CUSTOMER INFORMATION SYSTEM/CS/vS (CICs/Os/VS) DESIGN OBJECTIVES, - PRCG. PROD. 5740-XX1 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/VIRTUAL STORAGE (IMS/VS) DESIGN CBJEcrIVES - PROG. PROD. 57QO-XX2 DISPLAY MA~GEMENT SYSTEM II (DMS II OS/VS) DESIGN OBJEcrIVES - PROGRAM PRODUcr 5734-XC4 DISPLAY MA~GEMENT SYSTEM I I (DMS I I DCS/vS) DESIGN OBJEcrIVES - PROGR~M PRODUcr 5736-XCQ PROGRAMMING RPQ #WE1191 ~PL SHARED VARIABLES (APLSV) DESIGN OBJEcrIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5799-AJF COURSEWRITER III/OS VERSION 3 - SPECIFICATION SHEET PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-E13 PALlS AUTOMOBILE ENHANCEMENT - SPECIF1CATION SHEET PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N24 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM (CSMP III) PPS - PROGR~M NUMBER 5734-XS9 MARKETABLE SECURITIES INVENTORY SYSTEM PROGRAMMING RPQ MB4259 - SPECIFICATION SHEET - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AEY PALlS HOMEOWNERS ENH~NCEMENTS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N25 PROGRAM PRODUcr SPECIFICATIONS MATH/BASIC FOR SYSTEf'./3 AND ITF (OS, DOS AND TOO) SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUcr 5703-XM2, 5734-XM8 PSG II DOS - SPECIFICATIONS, PROG. NO. 5736-XT1 STORAGE AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSlrEM SPECIFICATION SHEET (STAIRS) - PROGRAM NUMEER 5734-XR3 INTERAcrIVE TRAINING SYSTEM - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXC COURSE STRUCTURING FEATURE 573Q-XXC CPS UNDER TSO PRPQ SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-ADY INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY (IQF) FEATURE FOR INFORMATION MA~GEMENT SYSTEM CIMS/360) V2 - SP'ECIFI~TION SHEET PROG. PROD. 5734-XX6 EPIC SOCRATES STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM SPECIFI~TION SHEET - PROG. NO. 5735-E91 DIRECT ACCESS TERMINAL APPLICATION (DATA/360-11) PPS, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XSB VANCOUVER DATA LANGUAGE-CNE (VANDL-1) SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NO. 5799-AEY IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 CS EUDGETS AND PLANS GENERATOR BUDPLAN SPECIFI~TIONS EPIC: BUDGET/FI~NCE SPECIFICATICNS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5735-E93 IBM SECURITIES ORDER MATCHING (SOM) SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUcr 5734-F32 IBM TELECOMMUNI~TICNS CCNTROL SYSTEM (TCS) SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM PRODUcr 573Q-F31 SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 FORECASTING AND MODELING SYSTEMS SPECIFICATIONS -'PROGRAM PRODUcrS 5736-XSQ (DOS VERSION) AND 5734-XS7 (OS VERSION) BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC FOR SYSTEM/3 MCDEL 6 AND ITF (OS, DOS, TSO) SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM PRODUcrS 5703-XM3 AND 5734-XMB IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 MATRIX GENERATOR AND REPORT WRITER (MGRW) SPECIFI~TIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XMC CICS FEATURE OF DATA EASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR SPECIFIC~TIONS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-XX4 EPIC: STUDENT PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFI~TION - PROGRAM NUMBER 5735-E94 EPIC: FAST TEST SCORING SYSTEM PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROGRAM NUMEER 5735-E92 IBM BEALTH CARE SUPPORT/ELECTROCARDIOGRAM (ECG) ANALYSIS PROGRAM PPS - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 5734-B11 AND 5736-H15 ALPHA SEARCB (INQUIRY SYSTEM SPECIFI~TICNS) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N14 CFO AUTOCODER TO ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE INSTRUcrION SET TRANSLATOR (~TALIST) - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-XX2 SYSTEM/360 CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEM (COGS) - ALLOCATION (OS) FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PROGRAM NUMEER 5734-D32 SYSTEM/360 CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEM (COGS) FOR~STING (OS) FUNCTIO~L DESCRIPTION - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-D33 CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEM (COGS) ALLOCATION FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-D31 370 78 •• GH20-qq11-0 7q •• G~20-qq12-0 76 •• GH20-4q13-0 67 •• GH20-qq14-0 63 •• GH20-qq18-0 99 •• GJD1-0001-0 99 •• GJD1-0010-0 99 GJD1-0015-0 **GSCO-3001 00 **GJD1-1010-3t1 99 GJD1-10tl-2# 99 99 GJDt-t012-3t1 GJD1-10t3-3t1 99 GJD1-t01Q-3t1 **GSCO-0106 **GSCO-OQ05 99 GJDt-l015-3t1 99 GJD1-10t6-3t1 99 GJD1-tOt7-3t1 99 GJD1-1018-3t1 99 GJDt-10t9-3t1 99 GJD1-t020-3t1 99 GJDt-t02t-3t1 99 GJD1-1022-2t1 99 GJ01-t023-3t1 99 GJD1-1025-0 99 GJD1-1026-0tl 99 GJD1-t030-0 99 GJD1-t035-3t1 99 GJD1-tOQO-2t1 99 GJD1-10Q2-3t1 99 GJD1-tOQ3-3t1 99 GJD1-10QQ-2 99 GJD1-10Q5-2 99 GJD1-10Q8-2 99 GJD1-1050-0 99 GJD1-1052-3t1 99 GJD1-105Q-2 99 GJD1-1055-3t1 99 GJD1-1058-3t1 99 GJD1-1060-3# 99 GJDl-1062-3# 99 GJD1-1065-3# 99 GJD1-1068-3t1 99 GJD1-1070-0 99 GJD1-.1072-3# 99 GJD1-1075-3t1 **GSCO-0505 .·GSCO-0256 .·GSCO-2055 ··GSCO-1305 ··GSCO-1456 TARIFF PIlJILJ:SHIlIIG SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS) FUncTIONAL DESCRIPT~ON - PROG. PROD. 5736-T21 MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION 2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PROG. PROD. 5736-H11 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING PROGRAM - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-U12 SYSTEM/360 ACTIVE CERTIFICATE INFORMATION PROGRAM (ACIP) FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PROG. PROD. 5736-F32 SHOP FLOOR CONTROL FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-M31 SYSTEM/360 ACTIVE CERTIFICATE INFORMATION PROGRAM (ACIP) FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPT~ON - PROG. PROD. 5736-F32 SYSTEM/360 ACTIVE CERTIFICATE INFORMATION PROGRAM (ACIP) FUncTIONAL DESCRIPTION - PROG. PROD. 5736-F32 THE CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEM (COGS - FORBCASTING FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION) - PROGRAM PRODUCT - 5736-D32 SYSTEM/370 MODELS 158/168 SYSGEN ICR OS RELEASE 21.6 PROGRAM NO. 360S-0S-609 IBM 3735 MACROS AND UTILITY PROGRAMS - MICROFICHE LISTING PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-563 3830 Q-CBANNEL SWITCH SUPPORT (CALTRO~) ICR - PROGRAM NUMBER 360-0S-587 SYSTEM/360 OS PRIMARY CONTROL PROGRAMS - MICROFICHE LISTING PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-CI-505/535/555/566 OPERATING SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING OPTION PROGRAM LISTING (TSO) PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-555 SYSTEM/360 OS MVT SYSTEM/360 OS DATA MANAGEMENT MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DM-508 SYSTEM/360 OS BASIC DIRECT ACCESS METBOD MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DM-509 SYSTEM/360 OS REMOTE JOB ENTRY MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMHER 360S-RC-536 SYSTEM/360 OS BTAM MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-513 SYSTEM/360 OS QTAM MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-519 SYSTEM/360 OS OLTEP MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-533 OPERATING SYSTEM/360 CONVERSATIONAL REMOTE JOB ENTRY MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-551 SYSTEM/360 OS ISAM MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROG. NO. 360S-IO-526 SYSTEM/360 OS UTILITIES MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-~-506 OPERATING SYSTEM/360 INDEPENDENT UTILITIES MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-~-507 OPERATING SYSTEM/360 TELEPROCESSING COMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD (TCAM) PROGRAM LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-5Qa SYSTEM/360 OS ALGOL COMPILER-F MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-AL-531 SYSTEM/360 OS ALGOL LIBRARY MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-532 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360-0S ASSEMBLER E 360S-AS-036 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360-0S ASSEMBLER F 360S-AS-037 SYSTEM/360 OS COBOL COMPILER-E MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CO-503 SYSTEM/360 OS ANS COBOL MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CB-545 SYSTEM/360 OS ANS COBOL LIBRARY MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-5Q6 SYSTEM/360 as COBOL F LIBRARY MICROFICBE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-525 SYSTEM/360 OS COBOL COMPILER-F MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CB-52Q SYSTEM/360 as COBOL LIBRARY MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-50Q MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360-0S FORTRAN E IV 360S-FO~092 SYSTEM/360 OS FORTRAN G IV MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360s-FO-520 OPERATING SYSTEM/360 FORTRAN SYNTAX CHECKER MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-PC-550 SYSTEM/360 OS FORTRAN H IV MICROFICBE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-FO-500 SYSTEM/360 OS FORTRAN LIBRARY IV MICROFICBE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-501 SYSTEM/360 OS PL/1 COMPILER F MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-NL-511 SYSTEM/360 OS SERVICE AIDS MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-55Q OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I SYNTAX CBECKER MICROFICBE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-PL-552 SYSTEM/360 OS PL/1 LIBRARY F MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-512 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360-0S LINKAGE EDITOR E 360s-ED-510 SYSTEM/360 OS LINKAGE EDITOR LOADER MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGARAM NUMBER 360S-LD-547 SYSTEM/360 OS LINKAGE EDITOR F MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-ED-521 371 99 GJDl-1076-311 **GSCO-15Q7 99 GJDl-l077-31t **GSCO-1555 99 GJD1-1080-2 99 GJD1-,1085-2 99 GJD1-1090-31t **GSCO-1705 99 GJD1-1091-31t "GSCD-1155 99 G.ID1-1092-2 99 GJD1-1093-1 99 GJD1-1094--1 99 GJDl-1095-2 99 GJD1-1096-0 ,99 GJD1-1097-0 99 GJD1-1098-0 99 GJD1-110D-0 99 GJD1-1310-0 99 GJD1-1370- 0 99 GJD1-1380-0 99 GJD1-1390-0 99 G.m1-1400-0 99 GJD1-1410-0 99 GJD1-1420,...1 99 GJD1-1480-2 99 GJD1-t500-0 99 GJD1-1510-1 99 GJD1-1600-0 99 GJD1-1620-1 99 GJD1-1630-0 99 GJD1-1640-11t 99 GJD1-1641-0 99 GJD1-1642-0 99 GJD1-1643-0 99 GJD1-1700-0 99 GJDl-1720-0 99 GJD1-1740-0 99 GJD1-2000-0 99 GJDl-2010-0 99 GJD1-2012-0 99 GJD1-2020-0 99 99 'GJD1-2032-21t GJD1-2035-1 99 GJD1-2036-1 99 GJD1-2037-0 SYSTEM/360 OS SERO, SERl MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-527 SYSTEM/360 OS RECOVERY MANAGEMENT MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-539 SYSTEM/360 OS SORT MERGE MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-SM-023 SYSTEM/360 OS TESTRAN MICROFICHE ~ISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-Pr-516 SYSTEM/360 OS GRAPHIC PROGRAMMING SERVICES MICROFICHE LISTINGS -PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-Io-523 SYSTEM/360 OS GRAPHIC SUB-ROUTINE' PROGRAM MICROFICHE LISTINGS ,- ,PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-537 SYSTEM/360 oS SATELLITE GRAPHIC JOB PROCESS MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-543 SYSTEM/360 OS GRAPHIC JOB PROCESS MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-541 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360-OS 1130/360 DATA TRANSMISSION 360S-LM-542 SYSTEM/360 OS REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RG-038 ' MICROFICHE FOR OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE 20.7 PROGRAMS: 360S-CI-505 360S-CI-535 360S-CI-555 '360S-CQ-548 360S-DM-508 360S-DM-509 360S-DN-527 360S-DN-533 360S-DN-554 360B-ED-521 36OS-Io-526 360S-LD-547 360S-LM-512 360S-NL-511 360S-UT-506 360S-UT-507 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE SUPPORT DOCUMENTATION (MICROFICHE) " , SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE SUPPORT DOCUMENTATION (MICROFICHE) , MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING ATTACHED SUPPORT PROCESSOR (ASP) PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X MICROFICHE - SOURCE ,LISTING ' SYSTEM/360 SIMULATOR 1410/7010 360C-SI-754 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING ' SYSTEM/360 SIMULATOR 1070/1074 360C-SI-753 MICROFICHE ~ SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 SIMULATOR 7080 '36OC-SI-551 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 SIMULATOR 7090/7094 360C-SI-750 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 EMULATOR (MODEL 40) 1401/1410 360C-EU-074 MICROFICHE,- SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 EMULATOR (MODEL 40) 360C-EU-728 IBM 7094 EMULATOR FOR THE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85 UNDER OS/360 MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-734 IBM OPERATING SYSTEM/360 DOS EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR SYSTEM/370 MODELS 145 AND 155 - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-138 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 EMULATOR (MODEL 50) 1410/7010 360C-EU-726 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 EMULATOR (MODELS 50 AND '65) 7070/7074 360C-EO-725 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/3,60 EMULATOR (MODEL 65) 7040/7044 360C-EU-733 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 EMULATOR (MODEL 65) 7080 360C-EU-727 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 EMULATOR (MODEL 65) 7090/7094 360C-EU-729 OPERATING SYSTEM 370/165 OS-7094 INTEGRATED EMULATOR MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-740 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM EMULATOR FOR 7074 ON 370/165 UNDER OPERATING SYSTEM PROGRAM LISTING MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-739 7080 EMULATOR FOR SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 UNDER OPERATING SYSTEM/360 - MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-737 EMULATOR FOR 7074 ON S/370 MODEL 155 UNDER OS MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-741 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT (BPS) 360F-UT-601 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT 360F-IO-613 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 1620 SIMULATOR F.OR 1620 360C-SI-755 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT (BPS) PROGRAM NUMBERS BEGINNING WITH 360P MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360-BOS BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM (COMPLETE) MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 BOS MACRO LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBERS 360B-CL-302, 360B-IO-303, 360B-IO-30q, 360B-Io-305 360B-SU-023 MICROFICHE'- SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360-TOS CONTROL PROGRAM (COMPLETE) SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM (360N) MACRO LISTINGS SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SORT/MERGE - TAPE MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-qOO SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SORT/MERGE - DISK MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-q50 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM BASIC FORTRAN IV MICROFICHE LLSTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-FO-451 372 99 GJDl-203B-211 00 GJDl-2039-2 99 GJDl-2040-1 99 GJDl-2042-0 99 GJDl-2043-1 99 GJDl-2044-211 99 GJDl-2045-2 99 GJDl-2046-1 99 GJDl-2047-211 99 GJDl-204B-211 99 GJDl-2049-2 99 GJOl-2050-211 99 GJDl-2052-211 99 GJDl-2053-1 99 GJDl-2054-1 99 GJDl-2055-211 99 GJDl-2056-211 99 GJDl-2057-3 99 GJDl-2058-2 99 GJDl-2059-1 99 GJDl-2060-211 99 GJOl-2063-111 99 GJDl-2100-1# 99 GJDl-2150-111 99 **GJDl-4601-1 35 **GJDl-4602-0 35 **GJOl-4603-0 99 GJDl-4610-011 99 GJDl-4620-011 99 GJDl-9000-311 99 GJDl-9030-1 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 **SJD2-0001-0 SJD2-0010-0 SJD2-0020-0 SJD2-0030-0 SJD2-0040-0 SJD2-0050-0 SJD2-0060-0 SJD2-0070-0 SJD2-0080-0 SJD2-0090-0 SJD2-0100-0 SJD2-0110-0 SJD2-0120-0 SJD2-0130-0 SJD2-0140-0 SJD2-0160-0 SJD2-0170-0 SJD2-0180-0 **SSCO-5040 **SSCO-5042 **SSCO-5062 **SSCO-5072 **SSCO-5082 **SSCO-5092 **SSCO-5122 **SSCO-5130 **SSCO-5160 .",*SSCO-5172 **SSCO-5182 **SSCO-5132 **SSCO-5162 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM COBOL - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-452 SYSTEM/360' DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SYSTEM CONTROL/IOCS MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CL-453 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ISFMS - MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-IO-457, 360N-IO-477, 360N-IO-478 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEMl360-DOS AUTOTEST 360N-PT-459 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM RPG/DISK - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-RG-460 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM UTILITY GROUP 1 - MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM 360N-UT-461 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM UTILITY GROUP '2 MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-462 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM UTILITY GROUP 3 MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-463 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-PL-464 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-AS-465 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER F - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM 360N-AS-466 SYSTEMl360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM BTAM - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-479 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM QTAM - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-470 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MPS UTILITY MACROS MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-UT-471 S/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM VOCABULARY FILE UTILITY PROGRAM - MICROFICHE LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IlT-472 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM COMPILER I/O MODULES MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-476 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAMS 360N-FO-479, LM-480 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE 26 OLTEP PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-DN-481 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SORT/MERGE DISK/TAPE MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-483 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM - MICROFICHE LISTINGS CE SERVICEABILITY PROGRAM OLTEP - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-DN-481 SYSTEMl360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ANS·COBOL - MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-482 DISK OPERATING SYTEM MODEL 155 EMULATOR MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-EU-490 EMULATOR FOR 1401/1440/1460 ON THE SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 UNDER OS, MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-735 EMULATOR FOR THE IBM 1401/1440/1460 ON THE SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 UNDER OS PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-735 MICROFICHE LISTINGS MODEL 20 EMULATOR ON S/370 USING DOS (V4) - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IC-002 IBM EMULATOR FOR HONEYWELL SERIES 200 ON SYSTEMl370 USING DOS - MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-ADT IBM EMULATOR FOR RCA 301 ON SYSTEM/370 USING DOS MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-ADR MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEMl360 FORTRAN IV TO PL/I LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM 360C-CV-710 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 COBOL TO PL/I LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM 360C-CV-712 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEM/360 USA STANDARD COBOL LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM 360C-CV-713 MICROFICHE - SOURCE LISTING SYSTEMl360-TSS (CONTROLLED RELEASE I) 360G-CL-627 MICROFICHE FOR OS/VS2 RELEASE 1.6 REFBRENCE LISTINGS OS/VS2 SMF (5742-SC1-02) OSIVS2 IEHINITT (5742-SC1-UD) OS/VS2 IEHSTATR (5742-SC1-UE) OSIVS2 TAPE ERPIVES (5742-SC1-CC) OS/VS2 IEBEDIT (5742-SC1-U9) OSIVS2 IEHLIST (5742-SC1-U2) OSIVS2 IEHPROGM (5742-SC1-U3) 0s/VS2 CATALOG (5742-SC1-D3) OSIVS2 SMF SCHEDULER (5742-SC1-00) OS/VS2 TSO TRACE (5742-SC1-T9) 0s/VS2 PASSWORD PROTECT (5742-SC1-DC) OS/VS2 TSO UTILITIES (5742-SC1-T2) , OSIVS2 TSO TEST (5742-SC1-Tl) OSIVS2 EXT/PREC/FLT PT SIM (5742-SC1-CP) 0s/VS2 IEHMOVE (5742-SC1-UC) OS/VS2 IEBCOPY (5742-SC1-U6) OS/VS2 IEBGENBR (5742-SC1-U7) 373 99 99 99 99 .99 99 99 99 5JD2-0l90-0 'SJD2-0200-0 SJD2-02l0-0 SJD2-022o-0 SJD2-0230-0 SJD2-0240-0 SJD2-025O-0 SJD2-0260-0 99 .SJD2-0270-0 99 99 99 SJD2-0280-0 SJD2-0290-0 SJD2-0300-0 99 SJD2-03l0-0 99 SJD2-0320-0 99 99 SJD2-0330-0 SJD2-0350-0 99 99 SJD2-0360-0 SJD2-0370-0 9.9 99 99 99 SJD2-0380-0 SJD2-0390-0 SJD2-0400-0 SJD2-04l0-0 99 99 SJD2-0420-0 SJD2-0430-0 99 99 SJD2-044o-0 SJD2-0450-0 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 SJD2-0460-0 SJD2-0470-0 SJD2-0480-0 SJD2-0490-0 SJD2-0530-0 SJD2-0540-0 SJD2-0550-0 99. SJD2-0560-0 99 SJD2-0570-0 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 SJD2-0580-0 SJD2-0590-0 SJD2-0600-0 SJD2-0640-0 SJD2-065O-0 SJD2-0660-0 SJD2-0670-0 SJD2-0680-0 SJD2-0690-0 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 SJD2-0700-0 SJD2-07l0-0 SJD2-0720-0 SJD2-0730-0 SJD2-0740-0 SJD2-0750-0 SJD2-0760-0 SJD2-0770-0 SJD2-0780-0 SJD2-0790-0 'SJD2-0800-0 SJD2-08l0-0 SJD2-0820-0 SJD2-0830-0 SJD2-0840-0 SJD2-0850-0 SJD2-0860-0 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 SJD2-0870-0 SJD2-0880-0 SJD2-0890-0 '''SJD2-l220-0 ••SJD2-2000-l# ••SJD2-200l-l# ••SJD2-2002-l# 99.·SJD2-2003-0 99 99 ••SJD2-2004-0 ••SJD2-2009-l# 99 ••SJD2-20l0-l# 99 ••SJD2-20l4-l# ··SSCO-5l92 ··SSCo-5202 ··SSCO-52l2 ·.SSCO-5222 ··SSCO-5232 .·SSCO-5240 ··SSCO-5260 "SSCO-5263 ··SSCO-5270 ··SSCO-5273 ··SSCO-5280 ·.SSCO-5292 ··SSCO-5300 ··SSCO-5302 •• SSCO-53l0 ··SSCO-53l3 •• SSCo-5320 ··SSCO-532l ··SSCO-5332 ··SSCO-5350 ··SSCO-5352 "SSCO-5360 ··SSCO-5370 ··SSCO-5373 ··SSCO-5380 ··SSCO-5390 ··SSCO-5402 "SSCO-5410 ··SSCO-54l3 ··SSCO-5420 •• SSCO-5430 •• sSCO-5433 ··SSCO-5442 ··SSCO-5450 ··SSCO-5452 ··SSCO-5460 "SSCO-5472 •• SSCO-5480 ··SSCO-5542 "SSCO-5550 ··SSCo-5553 "SSCO-5560 ··SSCO-5563 ·.SSCO-5575 "SSCO-5572 .·SSCO-5602 ··SSCO-5640 "SSCO-5650 "SSCO-5660 ··SSCO-5672 "ssCO-5682 "SSCO-5690 •• SSCO-5693 "SSCO-5700 ·.SSCO-57l2 ··SSCO-5720 •• SSCO-5731 ••SSCO-5741 "SSCO-5752 "SSCO-5762 ··SSCO-5770 ··SSCO-5790 "SSCO-5802 "SSCO-58l0 "SSCO-5820 "SSCO-5830 ··SSCO-5840 ··SSCO-5850 "SSCO-5860 ··SSCO-5862 "SSCO-5870 ··SSCO-5880 "SSCO-5890 XEBOPDTE l5742~SC1~08) XEBPTPCH l5742-SC1-0A) IEBCOMPR l5742-SC1-lJIt) IEBISAM l5742-SC1-UH) XEBDG l5742-SC1-0J) TSO EDXT l5742-SC1~O) XPL l5742-SC1-Cl) SUPERVISOR l5742-SC1-C5) ··SSCO-5262 OS/vS2 os/vS2 OS/vS2 OS/vS2 OS/vS2 OS/vS2 0s/vS2 OS/VS2 "SSCO-5272 OS/VS2 RNS l5742-SC1-CE) "SSCO-5282 os/vS2 GSP (5742-SC1-07) OS/vS2 GAM (5742-SC1-GO) 0s/vS2 DXDOCS (5742-SC1-C4) "SSCO-5242 ··SSCO-5303 "SSCO-53l2 . 0s/VS2 DSS (5742-SC1-l0) l5742-SC'~7) "SSCO-5323 OS/vS2 TSO SUPERVXSOR "SSCO-5353 OS/vS2 SYSTEM RESTART (5742-SC1-B3) Os/vS2 ALLOCATION (5742-SC1-B4) ··SSCO-5362 ··SSCO-5372 Os/VS2 Q MANAGER (5742-SC1-B5) OS/VS2 INrTIATOR(5142-SC1-B6) "SSCO-5382 ··SSCO-5392 "SSCO-5403 ··SSCO-54l2 OS/vS2 OS/vS2 0s/VS2 OS/vS2 ··SSCO-5422 "SSCO-5432 OS/vS2 OBR/SDR/EREP (5742-SC1-CD) OS/VS2 GTF (5742-SC1-ll) "SSCO-5443 , "ssCO-5453 OS/vS2 AMASPZAP (5742-SC1-l2) OS/vS2 AMDPRDMP (5742-SC1-l3) "SSCO-5462 OS/vS2 OS/vS2 OS/vS2 Os/vS2 OS/vS2 OS/VS2 OS/vS2 "SSCO-5482 ··SSCO-5552 ••SSCO-5561 "SSCO-5562 ••SSCO.,.5571 "SSCo-5573 ··SSCO-5642 ··SSCO-5662 ··SSCo-5692 ··SSCO-5702 ··SSCO~5722 ··SSCO-5732 ··SSCO-5742 ··SSCO-5772 ··SSCO-5792 ··SSCO-58l2 ··SSCO-5822 ··SSCo-5832 ··ssCO-5842 ··SSCO-5863 "SSCO-5872 ··SSCO-5882 ··SSCO-5892 TERMINATION (5142-SC1-B7) COMMANDS (5742-SC1-B8) READERlXNTERPRETER (5142-SC1-B9) TSO SCHEDULER (5742-SC1-T4) AMDSADMP (5742-SCl-15) AMAPTFLE (5742-SCl-16) AMDPRDMP/EDXT (5742-SC1-l8) 3735 MACROS/UTILITY (5142-SCl-22) EXTENDED SVC ROUTER (5742-SC1-CF) MAPPING MACROS (5742-SC1-01) OLTEP (5742-SC1-06) OS/vS2 BTAM (5742-SCl-20) OS/vS2 TCAM (5742-SCl-21) os/VS2 OS/vS2 os/vS2 OS/vS2 OS/vS2 OS/vS2 OS/vS2 OS/vS2 os/vS2 XEBTCRIN (5742-SC1-UG) 3505/3525 (5742-SC1-DD) OCR (5742-SC1-D5) OVERLAY SOPERVISOR (5742-SC1-C2) FETCH (5742-SC1-C7) SAM (5742-SC1-DO) PAM (5742-SC1-D2) MXCR (5742-SC1-D6) .DAM (5742-SC1-D7) OS/vS2 OS/vS2 OS/vS2 OS/vS2 Os/VS2 OS/vS2 OS/VS2 OS/VS2 OS/vS2 OS/vS2 OS/vS2 Os/VS2 OS/VS2 OS/vS2 os/vS2 OS/vS2 OS/vs2 lOS (5742-SC1-C3) DASD ERP (5742-SC1-CA) UNIT RECORD ERP (5742-SC1-CB) TSO SUBRTN TCAM (5742-SC1~8) TSO DATA MANAGEMENT (5742-SC1-T3) IBCDMPRS (5742-SC1-IO) IBCDASDI (5742-SC1-I1) XEHDASDR (5142-SC1-UO) IEBATLAS (5742-SC1-0F) SYSOOT WRITER (5142-SC1-B2) lCAPRTBL (5742-SC1-12) lSAM (5742-SC1-D8) CHECKPOINT/RESTART (5742-SC1-09) OPEN/CLOSE/EOV (5742-SC1-D1) DADSM (5742-SC1-D4) LINK LOADGO PROMPTER (5742-SC1~5) LXNRAGE EDITOR (5742-SC1-04) OS/vS2 LOADER (5742-SC1-05) OS/vS2 AMBLIST (5142-SCl-14) OS/vS2 ASSEMBLER XF (5742-SC1-03) OS VS2 VTAM RBL 1.6 - PROG. NO. 5742-SC1-DE IPL OS/VSl MICROFICHE LXSTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-Cl Ios/OS/VSl MXCROFICHE LXSTING - COMPONENT NOMBER 574l-SC1-C3 SUPERVISOR OS/VSl MICROFICHE LISTXNG - CCMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-C5. MAPPING MACROS os/Vs 1 RELEASE 2 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5741-SC1-Ol MODOLE/MACRO TOTAL SYSTEM INDEX OS/vS 1 RELEASE 2 SCHEDULER SMF Os/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - CCMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-00 UNXT RCD ERP Os/VSl MICROFICHE LISTING - CCMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-CB JECS OS/VSl MXCROFXCBE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 574l-SC1-BO 374 99 **SJD2- 20 15-HI 99 **SJD2-2016-1# 99 **SJD2-2017-1# 99 **SJD2- 20 1 B-1 # 99 **SJD2-2019-1# 99 **SJD2-2020-.1# 99 **SJD2-2021-1# 99 **SJD2-2022-1# 99 ••SJD2-2023-1# 99 99 **SJD2-2024-1# ··SJD2-2025-1# 99 99 99 **SJD2-2026-1# ··SJD2-2027-1# **SJD2-202B-1# 99 **SJD2- 2030-1 # 99 99 99 99 99 **SJD2-2031-1# ··SJD2-2032-1# **SJD2- 2033-1 # ··SJD2-2034-1# **SJD2- 20 3 B-1 # 99 99 ··SJD2-2041-1# ••SJD2-2042-1# 99 ··SJD2-2043-1# 99 ··SJD2-2044-111 99 **SJD2-2045-1# 99 ··SJD2-2046-111 99 ••SJD2- 2047-111 99 99 •• SJD2-204B-111 ••SJD2-2049-1# 99 99 99 SJD2-2050-0 SJD2-2051-0 ··SJD2-2053-111 99 •• SJD2- 2054-111 99 ··SJD2-2055-1# 99 ··SJD2-2056-111 99 99 **SJD2-2057-1# **SJD2-205B-1# 99 99 **SJD2-2059-1# ••SJD2-2060-1# 99 **SJD2-2061-1# 99 99 ••SJD2- 20 62-1 # ••SJD2-2063-1# 99 99 **SJD2-2064-111 **SJD2-2067-111 99 ··SJD2-2068-1# 99 ··SJD2-2069-111 99 99 •• SJD2-2074-111 **SJD2-2076-1# 99 ··SJD2-2077-1# 99 99 99 **SJD2-207B-1# ··SJD2-2079-111 **SJD2-20BO-1# 99 **SJD2-20B1-1# 99 **SJD2-20B2-111 99 **SJD2-20B4-111 99 **SJD2-20B5-111 **SSCO-7550 **SSCO-7552 I/P STREAM CTL OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-B1 O/P STREAM CTL OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5741-SC1-B2 SYSTEM RESTART OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-B3 ALLOCATION OS/VS1 MICROFICBE LISTING - CCMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-B4 Q MANAGER OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-B5 INITIATOR OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-B6 TERMINATION OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - CCMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-B7 COMMANDS OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-BB . INTERPRETER OS/VSl MICROFICBE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-sC1-B9 OS/VS1 RESTART RDR/DSDR PROCESSING (5741-SC1-BD) SYSTEM LOG OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-BE WTP OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-BF MSI OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-BG IMCJOBQD OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-17 DIDOCS OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-C4 GAM OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-GO GSP OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-07 RMS OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-CE OS/VS1 ASSEMBLER XF (5741-SC1-03) OBR/EREP/RDE OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-CD GTF OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-11 RMASPZAP OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-12 RMDPRDMP OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-13 HMDSADMP OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-15 HMAPTFLE OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-16 OLTEP OS/VS1 MICROFIOHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-06 EXTENDED SVC ROUTER os/Vs1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-CF IEHLIST MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-U2 BTAMOS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMHER 5741-SC1-20 OS/vS1 TCAM LEVEL 2 (5744-AW11 OCR OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMHER 5741-SC1-~5 IEBTCRIN OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMHER 5741c-SC1-UG CHECKPOINT RESTART OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMHER 5741-SC1-09 FETCH OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-C7 OVERLAY SUPERVISOR MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-C2 SAM OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-DO OPEN/CLOSE/EOV OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-01 PAM OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-~2 DAOSM OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-04 MICR OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-06 OAM OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPCNENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-~7 ISAM OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMHER 5741-SC1-0B JAM OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-~9 OASO ERP Os/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-CA OS/VS1 LINKAGE EOITOR MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-04 LOAOER OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-05 OS/VS1 JES COMPATIBILITY INTERFACE (5741-SC1-0B) RMBLIST OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-14 IBCDMPRS OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-IO IBCOASDI MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-I1 ICAPRTBL MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-I2 IEHDASDR OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT ~UMBER 5741-SC1-UO IEHIOSUP OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-U1 IEBATLAS OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-UF CRJE Os/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-0A IEBCOPY OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-U6 375 99 99 ··SJD2-2086-1# ··SJD2-2087-1# 99 "SJD2-2088-1# 99 99 "SJD2-2089-1# "SJD2-209O-1# 99 "SJD2-2091-1# 99 "SJD2-2092-1# 99 "SJD2-20911-1# 99. 99 99 99 "SJD2-2096-1# "SJD2-2097-1# ··SJD2-2098-1# "SJD2-2099-1# 99 ••SJD2-2100-1# 99 ••SJD2-2101-1# 99 SJD2-2102-0 99 99 99 "GJD2-1I001-0 ··GJD2-1I002-0 ··GJD2-1I100-0 99 ··GJD2-1I101-0 99 ··GJD2-1I102-3 ··GSCO-8000 ··GSCO-8006 "GSCO-80011 ··GSCO-8003 "GSCO-8002 "SSCO-8008 •• SSCo-8005 99 SJD2-1I103-0 99 ··SJD2-1I1011-3 99 111 ··GJD2-1I105-0 GL19-0003-1 ··GSCO-8009 111 111 GL21-9071-0 GL22-6871-3 GN21-0131 111 GL22-6901-1 111 GL22-6902-0 111 GL22-6903-0 111 GL22-6901l-0 15 GL22-6928-0 15 GL22-6936-1 111 GL22-6937-1# 111 GL22-69110-1 15 GL22- 69115-1 111 111 GL22-6960-0 GL22-6979-1 15 GL22-6982-0 ··GSCO-8007 GN22-0353 GN22-0374 ··GN22-011115 14 ..4.GL22-7015-0 14 GL24-3570-0 GN24-0477 15 GL24-3571-2 ··GN24-0503 "GN211-0506 14 ** GL24-3591-1 15 * * GL24- 3592-1 15 ** GL24-3596-3 14 ** GL21i-3597-1I 14 15 GL24-3597-0' GL27-3009-1 GL27-3010-0 14 GL27-3022-1 15 GL27-3025-1 34 Gg27-6939-8 36 34 GQ28-0617-1 GQ28-6551-12 :~ ,.! **GN24-0500 ··GN28-2455 OSlVS1 IEBGENER (5741-SC1-U7) IEBUPDTE OSlVS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 57111-SC1-U8 IEBPTPCH OSlVS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-UA OS/vS1 IEBCOMPR (57111-SC1-UK) IEBISAM OS/vS1 MICROFICHE LISTING - COMPONENT NUMBER 5741-SC1-UH IEBDG OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING COMPONENT NUMBER 57111-SC1-UJ IEHMOVE OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING COMPONENT NUMBER - 57111-SC1-UC SMF OS/vS1 MICROFICHE LISTING COMPONENT NUMBER - 57111-SC1-02 OS/VS1 IEHPROGM (5741-SC1-U3) OS/vS1 IEHINITT (5741-SC1-UD) OS/vS1 IEHSTATR (57111-SC1-UE) CATALOG OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING COMPONENT NUMBER - 5741-SC1-D3 PASSWORD PROTECT OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING COMPONENT NUMBER - 5741-SC1-DC TAPE ERP/VES OS/VS1 MICROFICHE LISTING COMPONENT NUMBER - 5741-SC1-CC IEBEDIT OS/vS1 MICROFICHE LISTING COMPONENT NUMBER - 5741-sC1-U9 DOS/360 BTAM MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-1I69 370 DOS STAM. MICROFICHE LISTING. PROG. NO. 370N-CQ-1I69 IBM 3705 SYSTEM SUPPORT PACKAGE FOR OS - MICROFICHE LISTING PROG. NO. 360H-TX-035 IBM 3705 SYSTEM SUPPORT PACKAGE FOR DOS - MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360H-TX-036 3705 EMULATOR UNDER OS - MICROFICHE L·ISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 360H-".rX-033 3705-0S/VS-ASM PROGRAM LISTING MICROFICHE INDEPENDENTLY DISTRIBUTED PROGRAM 57411-AN1 IBM 3705 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR VIRTUAL STORAGE - MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 360B-TX-033 IBM 3705 NETWORK CORrROL PROGRAM CUSTOM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: IBM 2970 MODEL 8 BANK TERMINAL. RPQ 858230 IBM 2501 CARD READER. MODELS A AND B RPQ FEATURES IBM SYSTEM/360 2911 MANUAL SWrTCHING UNIT MODELS 1. 2. and 5 AND 2989 REMOTE SWrTCHING CONSOLE SPECIAL SYSTEMS FEATURE IBM 2937 MODELS 1. 2. AND 3. MULTIPLIER-SUMMATION PROCESSOR. SPECIAL SYSTEM FEATURE. RPQ 880626 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 110 SUM OF PRODUCTS INSTRUCTION RPQ W12561 SPECIAL SYSTEMS FEATURE IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 110. HALFWORD TRANSLATE INSTRUCTION RPQ W131162 SPECIAL SYSTEMS FEATURE IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 110. TABLE ADDRESS CHAINING RPQ W13518 SPECIAL SYSTEMS FEATURE IBM AIRLINES RESERVATION SYSTEM, REMOTE EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2914 SWITCHING UNIT MODEL 1. RPQ 880882. CUSTOM FEATURE: INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION 2914 SWrTCHING UNIT MODEL 1 - RPQ 880882 IBM 2969 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1--RPQ888117 IBM 2969 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1. RPQ 888117 - INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM RESERVATION SYSTEM CUSTOM FEATURE DESCRIPTION IBM 2947 MODEL 4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER (RPQ 888264) FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS - REFERENCE I'.ANUAL IBM 29117 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER MODEL 4 (RPQ 8882611) INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 7441-1/1980-9 CUSTOM TERMINAL FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS OPERATING PROCEDURES AND PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2946 TERMINAL CONTROL SUBSYSTEM COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING GUIDE IBM 29116 TERMINAL CONTROL SUBSYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2927 TAPE-To-PRINTER UNIT RPQ 812390 , 812391 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM 2927 TAPE-To-PRINTER UNIT. RPQ 812390 AND 812391: INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2922 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL RPQ'S 810563. 810564. 810565 INSTALLATION MANUAL--PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM 2922 PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL (RPQ 810563. 810564 AND 810565) COMPONENT DESCRIPTION AND OPERATING PROCEDURES 2905 REMOTE MULTIPLEXER COMPONENT DESCRIPTION IBM SYSTEM/360 CUSTOM SYSTEMS UNIT. 2905 REMOTE MULTIPLEXER, 2906 TRANSMISSION CONTROL, INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING CUSTOM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION: IBM 2740-1/2950-2 EATCH BUFFER TERMINAL SYSTEMS REFERENCE IBM 2740-1/2950-2 BATCH BUFFER TERMINAL INSTALLATION MANUAL - PHYSICAL PLANNING IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE 20 MFT GUIDE A FIXED NUMBER OF TASKS (11FT) PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-505 OS/vS ICL SERVICES OS STORAGE ESTIMATES (PRIOR RELEASE) , , "' .,. 376 34 36 39 36 *.GQ28-6554-11 GQ28-6628-6 GQ28-6631-10 GQ28-6646-4 37 GQ28-6650-4 30 36 *.GQ28-6680-4 GQ28-6703-1 34 30 40 40 32 37 30 36 30 01 85 30 GQ28-6720-2 **GQ30-2034-1 **GQ38-0120-1 **GQ38-1004-1 **GQ38-1005-1 .*GQ38-1006-1 **SQ66-3785-1 GQ68-6660-6 **SQ75-0003-1 SR20-1078-3 •• GR20-4260-1 **GTOO-0001-0 **GN21-5124 "GN21-5154 30 21 GTOO-0002-0 GTOO-0003-0 GN26-0631 GN33-8100 GN26-0624 GN28-0435 GN28-0272 GN33-8096 GN28-2494 GN28-0474 GN28-0423 GN28-2495 GN26-0634 GN26-0627 GN35-0001 GN28-2499 GN26-0635 GN26-0629 GN35-0003 30 GTOO-0004-0 34 21 GTOO-0005-0 GTOO-0006-0 31 GTOO-0007-0 33 36 GTOO-0008-0 GTOO-0009-0 34 34 GTOO-0010-0 GTOO-00ll-0 31 GTOO-0012-0 26 36 39 36 GTOO-0013-0 GTOO-0014-0 GTOO-0015-0 GTOO-0016-0 37 36 30 39 GTOO-0017-0 GTOO-0018-0 GTOO-0019-0 GTOO-0020-0 39 36 36 34 37 34 34 GTOO-0021-0 GTOO-0022-0 GTOO-0023-0 GTOO-0024-0 GTOO-0025-0 GTOO-0026-0 GTOO-0027-0 39 37 39 39 GTOO-0028-0 GTOO-0029-0 GTOO-0030-0 GTOO-0031-0 *·GN26-0637 GN28-2464 GN28-2461 GN27-1350 GN28-2460 GN28-2501 GN28-2457 GN26-0625 GN28-2463 GN28-2500 GN28-2502 GN28-2472 GN26-0620 GN35-0002 GN28-2478 GN26-0623 GN28-2514 GN28-2498 GN28-2480 GN28-2516 GN28-2496 GN28-2503 GN28-2473 GN28-2497 GN28-2483 GN28-2484 38 GTOO-0032-0 38 GTOO-0033~0 GN30-2547 "GN30-2543 38 38 GTOO-0034-0 GTOO-0035-0 30 **GTOO-0036-0 26 37 30 GTOO-0037-0 **GTOO-0038-0 GTOO-0039-0 30 36 31 GTOO-0040-0 GTOO-0041-0 GTOO-0042-0 GN28-2468 39 36 31 GTOo-0043-0 GTOO-0044-0 GTOO-0045-0 GN27-1349 GN27-1364 24 33 30 30 GTOO-0046-0 GTOO-0047-0 GTOO-0048-0 GTOO-0049-0 GN28-0416 GY33-8030 GN28-0400 GN26-8006 GY35-0007 GY35-0002 30 GTOO-0050-0 GN30-2555 GN30-2549 GN30-2548 GN33-8091 GN21-5123 GN21"'"5155 GN21-5136 OS/360 SYSTEM GENERATION OS SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCKS (PRIOR EDITION) OS MESSAGES AND CODES (PRIOR EDITION) OS SUPERVISOR SERVICES AND MACRO INSTRUCTIONS (PRIOR EDITI'ON) IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE 20 ON-LINE TEST EXECUTIVE PROGRAM SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-533 05/360 TAPE LABELS IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE 20 JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE USER'S GUIDE OS MVT GUIDE (PRIOR EDITION) OS/VS TCAM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5742-SCl-21 OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS CONSOLE CONFIGURATIONS OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: ROUTING AND DESCRIPTOR CODES Os/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY UTILITIES MESSAGES OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: SERVICE AIDS AND OLTEP MESSAGES Os/VS OPEN/CLOSE/EOV LOGIC OS MVT JOB MANAGEMENT - PLM (PRIOR EDITION) OS/VS CATALOG MANAGEMENT LOGIC SYSTEM/360 - 370 OPERATOR'S REFERENCE GUIDE INTRODUCTION TO VIRTUAL STORAGE IN SYSTEM/370 STUDEN~ TEXT OS IBM 1285, 1287 AND 1288 OPTICAL READER DATA MANAGEMENT MACROS AND SERVICES (PRIOR EDITION) OS DATA MANAGEMENT SERVICES (PRIOR EDITICN) OS ASSEMBLER (F) PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-AS-037 (PRIOR EDITION) OS GRAPHIC PROGRAMMING SERVICES FOR THE ZHM 2260 DISPLAY STATION - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-IO-523 (PRIOR EDITION) OS MFT GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-505 (PRIOR EDITION) OS ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-AS-036 360S-AS-037 (PRIOR EDITION) OS LINRAGE EDITOR AND LOADER PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-ED-521, 360S-ED-510 AND 360S-LD-547 (PRIOR EDITION) OS SORT/MERGE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-SM-023 (PRIOR EDITION) OS DATA MANAGBMENT FOR SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-555 (PRIOR EDITION) OS STORAGE ESTIMATE (PRIOR RELEASE) OS SYSTEM GENERATION (PRIOR RELEASE) OS UTILITIES - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-U!-506, 360S-UT-507 (PRIOR EDITION) OS ALGOL LANGUAGE OS SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCKS (PRIOR EDITION) OS MESSAGES AND CODES (PRIOR EDITION) OS SUPERVISOR SERVICES AND MACRO INSTRUCTIONS (PRIOR EDITJ:ON) OS ON-LINE TEXT EXECUTIVE PROGRAM (PRIOR EDITJ:ON) OS PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE TO DEBUGGING (PRIOR EDITION) OS TAPE LABELS (PRIOR EDITION) OS SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM OPERATOR'S REFERENCE MANUAL (PRIOR EDITION) OS TSO GUIDE OS JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL (PRIOR EDITION) OS ADVANCED CHECKPOINT/RESTART (PRIOR EDITION) OS SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT FACILITIES (PRIOR EDITION) OS SERVICE AIDS (PRIOR EDITION) OS MVT GUIDE (PRIOR EDITION) OS RELEASE GUIDE (PRIOR EDITION) OS OS OS OS TSO COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE (PRIOR EDITION) ROE GUIDE (PRIOR EDITION) TSO TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE (PRIOR EDITION) TSO GUIDE TO WRITING A TERMINAL MONITOR PROGRAM OR A COMMAND PROCESSOR (PRIOR EDITION) OS REMOTE JOB ENTRY (ERIOR EDITION) OS CONVERSATIONAL RJE CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES (PRIOR EDITION) OS CONVERSATIONAL RJE TERMINAL USER'S GUIDE (PRIOR EDITION) OS CONVERSATIONAL RJE SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE (PRIOR EDITIOlH OS TCAM PROGRAMMER' 5 GUIDE AND REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 3605-00-548 OS ALGOL PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE (PRIOR EDITION) IBM OPERATING SYSTEM/360 REFERENCE CARD: SERVICE AIDS OS IBM 1285, 1287, 1288 OPTICAL READERS - PLM (PRIOR EDITION) OS GRAPHICS ACCESS METHOD - PLM (PRIOR EDITION) OS JOB MANAGEMENT WITH MFT-PLM (PRIOR EDITION) OS MACHINE CHECK HANDLER FOR 5/370 MODEL 155, 165-PLM (PRIOR EDITION) OS TSO CONTROL PROGRAM - PLM (PRIOR EDITION) OS MFT SUPERVISOR - PLM (PRIOR EDITION) OS MACHINE CHECK HANDLER FOR 5/370 MODELS 135, AND 145 PLM (PRIOR EDITION) OS AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL - PLM (PRIOR EDITION) OS SORT/MERGE - PLM (PRIOR EDITION) OS SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD - PLM (PRIOR EDITION) OS CATALOG MANAGEMENT - PLM (PRIOR EDITION) OS DIRECT ACCESS DEVICE SPACE MANAGEMENT - PLM (PRIOR EDITION) 377 30 •• GTOO-0051-0 31 •• GTOo-0052-0 30 ••GTOO-0053-0 30 •• GTOo-0054-0 30"GTOO-0055-0 37 ••GTOO-0056-0 36 •• GTOO-0057-0 36 ••GTOO-0058-0 36 ••GTOO-0059-0 ··GN26-8015 GY35-0001 GN27-1354 GN27-1363 GN27-1344 GN27-1353 31 39 •• GTOO-0060-0 •• GTOO-0061-0 GN28-04)4 38 39 39 30 32 24 •• GTOO-0062-0 ••GTOO-0063-0 •• GTOO-0064-0 •• GTOO-0065-0 •• GTOO-0066-0 •• GTOo-0067-0 GY30-2550 GN28-2485 GN27-1356 ··GY30-2566 GY30-2553 30 30 •• GTOO-0069-0 •• GTOO-0070-0 "GN28-0437 "GN28-0408 ··GY30-2552 "GN30-2573 **GN28-0473 "GN28-0422 ··GY30-2564 34 34 39 •• GTOO-0071-0 •• GTOO-0072-0 ••GTOO-0073-0 "GN28-2530 ··GN28-2532 39 ••GTOO-0074-0 ··GN28-2524 30 36 39 39 34 36 36 40 30 34 31 •• GTOO-0076-0 •• GTOO-0077-0 •• GTOO-Olll-0 ••GTOO-0112-0 •• GTOO-0113-0 ••GTOO-0114-0 •• GTOO-0115-0 •• GTOO-0116-0 •• GTOO-0117-0 •• GTOO-0118-0 GTOO-0119-0 ··GN30-2561 36 36 34 32 37 34 37 34 34 21 34 34 30 40 30 32 37 24 •• GTOO-0120-0 •• GTOO-0121-0 •• GTOO-0122-0 •• GTOO-0123-0 •• GT24-5086-2 •• GT24-5090-0 •• GT24-5093-0 •• GT24-5094-0 •• GT24-5095-0 •• GT26-3756-4 •• GT26-3791-0 •• GT26-3792-0 •• GT26-3799-0 GT27-6949-1 •• GT27-6980-0 •• GT28-0601-0 •• GT28-0638-0 •• GT28-6396-2 •• GN27-1378 "GN27-1379 00 GN27-1362 ·.GN28-2523 ··GN28-2535 ··GN24-5454 ··GN33-8075 ··GN26-0760 GN27-1374 ··GN27-1397 ··GN28-0428 GT28-6514-6 **GN28-0439 ··GN28-0478 ··GN33-8072 20, 20 ••GT28-6534-2 "GT28-6535-1" **GN28-2458 "GN28-2436 "GN28-2450 33 GT28-6543-5 GN33-8070 GN33-80S4 36 GT28-6550-8 . GN28-2452 ··GN26-0750 34 34 GT28-6551-11 GT28-6554-9 GN28-2437 GN28-2456 GN28-2438 GN28-2439 GN26-0628 32 GN26-0613 GT28- 65 86-11 36 39 20 36 36 GT28-6628-5 GT28-6631-9 ••GT28-6644-5 •• GT28-6646-3 •• GT28-6647-4 37 •• GT28-6650-3 36 30 39 GT28-667o-3# GT28-6680-2 GT28-6691-1 39 36 36 34 37 34 GT28-6698-2 GT28-6703-0 GT28-6704-0 GT28-6712-6 GT28-6719-0 GT28-6730-0 GN28-2429 GN28-2440 GN28-2433 "GN28-2444 GN28-24S1 GN28-2465 08/360 OPEN/CLOSE/EOV LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DM-508 OS UTJ:LITXES - PLM (PRIOR EDITION) OS INPUT/OUTPUT SUPERVISOR - PLM (PRIOR EDITION) OS BASIC DIRECT ACCESS METHOD - PLM (iRXCR EDITXON) OS INDEXED SEQUENTIAL ACCESS MET/iODS - PLM (PUOR EDZTION) OS ON-LINE TEST EXECUTIVE PROGRAM - PLM (PRIOR E.DITION) OS MVT SUPERVISOR - F.&M (PRIOR EDZTXON) OS MVT JOB MANAGEMENT - PLM (PRIOR EDZTION) OS INITIAL PROGRAM LOADER AND INITIALIZATION PROGRAM - PLM (PUOR EDITION) OS LXNRJlGE EDITOR (F) - PLM (PRIOR EDZTION) OS TSO TERMl:NAL MONITOR PROGRAM AND SERVICE ROUTINES - PLM (PUOR EDIT1'ON) OS CONVERSATIONAL RJE - PLM (PRIOR EDITXON) OS TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR VOL. 3 - PLM (PRIOR EDXTION) OS OPERATOR'S GUXDE FOR DXSPlAY CCNSOLES OS TCAM PLM - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-~48 OSf360 UTILXTIES (PCP CNLY) - PRCGRAM NUMBERS 360S-UT-506,507 ANS COBOL PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-CB-545 AND 360S-LM-546 OS ETAM PROGRAM LOGl:C MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-08-601 OS TCAM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE AND REFERENCE MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-548 OS/360 RELEASE 21 GUIDE OS/360 RELEASE 21 GUIDE 05/360 TSO GUIDE TO WRITl:NG A TERMl:NAL MCNZTOR PROGRAM OR A COMMAND PROCESSOR OS/360 TSO TERMINAL MONITOR PROGRAM AND SERVICE ROUTINES LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-555 OS TCAM CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-548 OS/360 JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE USERS GUIDE OSf360 TSO GUIDE OS/360 TSO COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE 08/360 STORAGE ESTIMATES OS/360 SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCRS OSf360 JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE REFERENCE OS/360 MESSAGES AND CODES OS/360 DATA MANAGEMENT FOR SYSTEM PROGRAMMERS OSfVS SYSTEM MANAGEMENT FACILZTIES (SMF) OS/360 MACHINE CHECK HANDLER FOR SYSTEM/370 MODELS 155, 165 PLM OS/360 MFT SUPERVISOR PLM OS/360 MVT SUPERVISOR PLM OS/360 RELEASE 21.6 GUIDE OS/360 UTILITIES DOS OLTEP RELEASE 26 - PROG. NO. 360N-DN-481 OS/VSl PLANNXNG AND USE GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5741 os/vSl DEBUGGING GUIDE OS/vSl STORAGE ESTIMATES DOS TO OS/VSl IMPLEMENTATION GUIDE OS ASSEMBLER (F) PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE 360S-AS-037 PRIOR ED. OS/vSl SYSTEM GENERATl:ON REFERENCE OSfVS2 SYSTEM GENERATOR REFERENCE OS/VS ACCESS METHOD (VSAM) PLANNING GUIDE OS/360 OPERATOR'S GUIDE FOR DISPLAY CONSOLE OS/VS BTAM 0s/vS2 RELEASE 1 GUIDE OS/vS, SYS1.LOGREC ERROR RECORDING XBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM USA STANDARD COBOL XBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER LANGUAGE PROGRAM NDMBERS 360S-AS-037, 360S-A8-036 BACK LEVEL IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INTRODUCTION (BACK LEVEL) IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM CONCEPTS AND FACILITIES MANUAL - BACK LEVEL IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM SORT/MERGE PROGRAM NDMBER 3608-SM-023 BACK LEVEL OS DATA MANAGEMENT FOR SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUJDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-555 (PRIOR EDITION) OS STORAGE ESTIMATE (BRIOR RELEASE) OS SYSTEM GENERATION (PRIOR RELEASE) OS UTILITIES PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-UT-506. 360S-UT-507 (PRIOR EDZT10N) OS SYSTEM CONTROL BLOCRS (PRIOR EDITION) OS MESSAGES AND CODES (PRIOR EDITION) IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATl:NG SYSTEM MASTER XNDEX OS SUPERV1S0R SERV1CES AND MACRC INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR ED. IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM SUPERVISOR AND DATA MANAGEMENT MACRO INSTRUCTIONS IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ONLINB TEST EXECUTIVE PROGRAM - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-533 BACK LEVEL OS PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE TO DEBUGGING (PRIOR BDZTION) OS TAPE LABELS (PRIOR EDITION) OS SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM CPERATOR'S REFIRENCE MANUAL (PRIOR. EDITION) OS TSO GUIDE (PRIOR EDZTION) IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATl:NG SYSTEM JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE OS JOB CONTRoL LANGUAGE REFERENCE MANUAL (PRl:OR EDITION) OS/360 SYSTEM MANAGEMENT FACILITXES OS SERVICE AIDS (PRIOR EDITION) OS RELEASE GUIDE (PRIOR EDITION) 378 37 39 32 "GT28-67117-2 "GT28-6762-0 ··GT28-6768-1 29 GT28-6825-1 29 GT28-6830-0 29 ST28-6833-0 ·*GN28-21187 311 5'1'28-6836-0 SN28-01110 30 ··GT30-2005-2 ··GN30-2526 30 ··GT30-20211-0 ··GN30-2558 30 110 30 110 110 110 GT30-2025-0 ··GT38-0110-0 ··GT38-0255-0 ••GT38-1001-0 ··GT38-1003-0 GTIIO-0788-1 36 GT60-0305-2 37 36 30 36 36 36 21 ··GT611-51511-2 .·ST611-5155-0 ··5'1'611-5156-0 ·.ST611-5159-0 ••5'1'611-5160-0 ··ST611-5161-0 ··GT66-3700-1 30 30 31 "ST66-3787-0 ··5'1'66-3823-0 •• GT67-71811-0 "SN26-8023 37 ·.ST67-7239-0 ·.SN27-1399 36 37 30 30 "ST68-0605-0 ··ST68-0639-0 GT68-66011-3 GT68-6607-6 GN26-8009 GN26-8012 30 ·*GT68-6609-11 SN28-01118 ··GY33-8028 ··GN27-1332 31 30 GT68-66111-6# GT68-6616-7 GY35-0006 GN26-8013 30 30 GT68-6617-11 GT68-6618-3 GN26-8007 GN26-8001 37 ··GT68-6651-2 36 GT68-6661-3 31 GT68-6667-0 GY28-611011 GY28-2357 ··GY28-21101 ··GN28-01182 ·.GN28-211117 31 "GT68-67111-0 20 25 ··GT68-6717-2 ··GT68-6831-0 - 36 LT68-6832-0 LN28-0ll09 36 LT68-6833-0 LN28-01117 36 LT68-68311-0 20 LT68-68110-0 30 29 ··ST70-2039-1 ST88-6813-0 23 5'1'88-68111-0 89 01 GX20-1702-1# GX20-1703-9# GY28-61101 GN28-01181 ··GY28-61105 05/360 RELIABILITY DRTA EXTRACTOR USER'S GUIDE OS/MIIT AND 0s/VS2 TSO TERMINALS MANUAL OS TIME SBAlUNG OPT:lON DATA UTILITIES: COPY PaRMAT LIST MERGE PROGRAM PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS - PROG. NO. 51311-UT1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERAT:lNG SYSTEM, DISK OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILI'l'Y: PLI AND BASIC: GENERAL INFORMATION - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-RC1, 5736-RC2 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERNrING SYSTEM 'INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY: PL/I AND BISIC - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5136-RC1 ,RC2 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS I'l'F: PL/I INTRODUCTION l'ROGRAM NUMBERS 51311-RC1. 5736-RC1 :IBM SYSTEM/360 Os/DOS ITF INSTALLATION REFERENCE MATERIAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 57311-RC1, 57311-RC3, 5136-RC1, 5736-RC2 :IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERA'D:NG SYSTEM QUEUED TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METBOD MESSAGE CONTROL PROGRAM - SYSTEMS REFERENCE LIBRARY - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-519 :IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE AND REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-5118 OS TeAM USER'S GUIDE OPERATORS LIBRARY: OS/VS1 REFERENCE MANUAL OPERATOR'S LIBRARY: OS/VS1 DISPLAY CONSOLES OS/VS MESSAGE LIBRARY: VS1 SYSTEM MESSAGES OS/VS MESSAGE L:lBRARY: SYSTEM CODES CALL/360-0S TERMINAL OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-II2X SYSTEM/360 ATTACHED SUPPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM (ASP) VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X DOS OLTEP LOGIC RELEISE 26 - PROG. NO. 360N-OO-II81 OS/VS1 SUPERV:lSOR LOGIC os/vS VO SUPERVISOR LOGIC OS/vS CATALOG MANAGEMENT LOGIC 0s/VS1 IPL AND N:lP LOGIC OS/vS1 JOB MANAGEMENT LOGIC IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER F PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-AS-037 OS/vS DADSM LOGIC os/vS2 I/O SUPERVISOR LOGIC :IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM MACBINE CBECK BANDLER FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-539 Os/VS RECOVERY MANAGEMENT SUPPORT LOGIC COMPONENT'NOS. 57111-SC1-CE AND 51112-SC1-CE OS/VS1 SYSTEM DATA AREIS OS/VS SYS1.LOGREC ERROR RECORDING LOGIC OS SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD - ELM (PRIOR EDI'l':lON) IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERAT:lNG SYSTEM DIRECT ACCESS DEVICE , SPACE MANAGEMENT - ,PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-AS-037 :IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATl:NG SYSTEM INPUT/OUTPUT SUPEORT • ,'/ (OPEN/CLOSE/EOY) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DM-508 OS UTILI'l'IES - PLM (PR:lOR EDI'l'ION) :IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATl:NG SYSTEM: INPUT/OUTPUT SUPERVISOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-505 OS BASIC DIRECT ACCESS METHOD - PLM (Jl1UOR EDITION) IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATl:NG SYSTEM IND~ED SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 3605-:10-526 :IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERAT:lNG SYSTEM ON-LINE TEST EXECUTIVE PROGRAM - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-533 OS INITIAL PROGRAM LOADER AND INl'l'IALIZAT:lON PROGRAM - PLM (PRIOR EDITION) OS LINKAGE EDITOR (F) - PLM (PRIOR EDIT:lON) :IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATl:NG SYSTEM LOADER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LD-5117 08/360 MASTER :INDEX PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERA'llNG SYSTEM FORTRAN IV SYNTAX CHECKER PROGRAM nuMBER 360S-FO-550 :IBM SYS'l'EM/360 Os/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOmc MANUAL INTRODUCTION AND METHOD OF OPERATION PROGRAM NUMBERS 51311-RC1, RC3; 5736-RC1, RC2 (PREVIOUS RELEASE) :IBM SYSTEM/360 ()S/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL INITIALIZATION SYSTEM CONTROL AND SYSTEM SUPPORT PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 51311-RC1, 57311-RC3, 5736-RC1, 5136-RC2 IBM SYS'l'EM/360 OS/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC LANGUAGE COMPONENT CONTROLLER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 57311-RC1. 57311-RC3, 5136-RC1, 5136-RC2 :IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOG:lC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 57311-RC1. 57311-RC3, 5136~RC1, 5136-RC2 OS/VS '!'CAM LOGIC :IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS I'l'F: PL/I REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBERS 57311-RC1, 5136-RC1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATl:NG SYSTEM :IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMIN.IIL FACILITY BASIC REFERENCE CARD, PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-RC2, 51311-RC3 PROPORTIONAL RECORD LAYOUT FORM :IBM SYSTEM/360 REFERENCE DATA CARD 379 07 07 32 GX20-1704-1 GX20-1705-2 GX2o-1709-2 07 GX20-1710-2 89 07 67 GX20-1711-111 GX20-1717-1 "GX20-1736-0 04 29 89 13 GX20-1741-3 GX20-1749-2 GX20-1751-0 GX20-1758-0 04 89 GX20-1759-311 GX20-1761-0 36 GX20-1771-211 64 GX20-1780-1 64 GX20-1781-0 64 GX20-1782-1 01 GX20-1787-0 74 "GX20-1788-0 74 "GX20-1789-0 74 **GX20-1790-0 74 GX2o-1807-0 74 GX20-1808-0 74 GX20-1809-0 29 **GX20-1810-3 23 ** GX20-1811-3 25 **GX20-1812-3 38 **GX20-1817~111 36 GX20-1827-1 83 GX20-1828-0 83 40 **GX20-1829-1, GX20-1830-0 64 ** GX20-1832-1 64 **GX20-1833-1 64 **GX20-1834-1 64 GX20-1835-0 01 **GX20-1850-1 09 ,·nGX20-1878-0 07 '~"*GX20-1920-0 23 . **GX20-1924-1 30 **GX20-1925-0 20 **GX20-1926-1 36 **GX20-1927-0 89 89 89 89 89 04 89 15 05 15 GX20-8020-1 GX21-9090-2 GX21-9091-2 GX21-9092-3 GX21-9093-2 GX21-9106-0 **GX21-9129-2 GX22-6835-1 GX22-6837-5 GX22-6855-8 15 GX22-6S56-i 15 **GX22-6857-7 15 **GX22-6858-6 IBM 2321 DATA CELL DRIVE IBM 2311 DISK CELL DRIVE REFERENCE CARD IBM,SYSTEMl360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SOPPORT BASIC UTILITIES REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBERS 360P-UT-017, 360P-UT-018, 360P-UT-019, 360P-UT-020 IBM 2314 DIRECT ACCESS STORAGE FACILITY CAPACITY AND TRANSMISSION TIME REFERENCE CARD IBM SYSTEMl360 RECORD LAYOUT WORKSHEET IBM 2301 DRUM S'IORJlGE OPTIMUM HOND BIDDING WORKSHEET PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-FI-06X IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER DOCUMENT TRACING GUIDE IBM SYSTEMl360 DOS/TOS REFERENCE CARD PL/I IBM 2260 DISPLAY FORMAT IBM SYSTEMl360 MODEL 30 1401/1440/1460 COMPATIBILITY FEATURE REFERENCE CARD IBM 1287 OPTICAL READER DESIGN FORMATS MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING INPUT FORM SYSTEMl360 - 1130 IBM SYSTEMl360 REFERENCE DATA DOS JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE OPERATOR COMMUNICATION REFERENCE CARD COURSEWRITER III SYSTEM STUDENT/MONITOR REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-E12 360A-UX-01X IBM AUTHOR"S COURSEWRITER III REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-UX-01X, 5734-E12 IBM SUPERVISOR'S COURSEWRITER III REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-E12, 360A-UX-01X DEBUGGING AID DIRECT EVALUATION OF FLOATING POINT NUMBERS IN HEXADECIMAL CHARGE DESCRIPTION MASTER WORKSHEET PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-H13, 360A-UH-11X DOCTOR MASTER FILE - WORKSHEET PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-UB-11X, 5736-B13 ROOM AND BED MASTER PROG. NOS. 5736-H13, 360A-UH-11X SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM CLM CODING SHEET PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H12 SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM CLM CODING SBEET PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-H12 SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM CLM CODING SBEET PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-B12 CALL/360-0S PL/I REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-'CX-42X CALL/360-0S BASIC REFERENCE CARD'PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X CALL/360-0S FORTRAN REFERENCE CARD PROGRJlM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X SYSTEM/360/370 DOS POWER II/RJE VERSION 4 REFERENCE SUMMARY, PROG. NO. 360D-05.2.006 SYSTEM/360/370 ASP REFERENCE CARD, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V REFERENCE SUMMARY: BLOCK STATEMENT FORMATS, PROG. NOS. 5734-XS2(OS) ,AND 5736-XS3(COS) GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V REFERENCE SUMMARY: CONTROL STATEMENT FORMATS, STAN CARD NUMERICAL ATTRIBUTES, AND SYSTEM OPTIONS - PROG. NOS. 5734-XS2(OS) AND 5736-XS3(DOS) CALL-OS TERMINAL COMMAND LANGUAGE - REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X COURSEWRITER III VERSION 3 MONITOR REF.ERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-E11 (DOS) 5734-E13 (OS) COURSEWRITER III VERSICN 3 AUTHOR'S REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-E11 (DOS) 5734-E13 (OS) COURSEWRITER III, VERSION 3 STUDENT REFERENCE CARD OPERATING HINTS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-E11 (DOS) 5734-E13 (OS) COURSEWRITER III, VER(SION 3 SUPERVISOR'S REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-E11 (DOS) 5734-E13 (OS) ' SYSTEM/370 REFERENCE SUMMARY CARD IBM 3270 INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM REFERENCE SUMMARY 3330 SERIES DISK STORAGE 3330/3333 MODEL 1 3330 MODEL 2 REFERENCE SUMMARY IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILlTY/370: BASIC LANGUAGE REFERENCE SUMMARY - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010 3270 FORMAT MACRO FOR OUTPUT DATA STREAMS FDP NUMBER 5798-AKL IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FACILlTY/370: QUICK GUIDE FOR USERS REFERENCE SUMMARY - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749 ASP VERSION 3 ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM - HANDBOOK PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X FLOWCHARTING TEMPLATE RPG OUTPUT-FORMAT SPECIFICATIONS (FORM) RPG EXTENSIONS AND LINE COUNTER SPECIFICATIONS SHEET RPG CONTROL CARD AND FILE DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATIONS 20RM RPG CALCULATION SPECIFICATIONS SHEET IBM 1288 DOCUMENT GAUGE FOR MACHINE SETUP RPG DEBUGGING TEMPLATE PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE IBM SYSTEMl360 BYPERTAPE 240'1 - 2404 AND 2415 MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEMl360 AND SYSTEM/370 MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS AND CONTROLS PHxSICAL PLANNING TEMPLaTE: SxSTEH/360 PROCESSOR MODEL 75 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEMl360 AND SYSTEM/370 COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEMl360 AND SYSTEM/370 DATA STORAGE DEVICES 380 15 ** GX22-6859-5 15 **GX22-6860-5 15 GX22-6894-411 15 15 GX22-6905-1 GX22-6914-1 15 15 15 GX22-6923-111 GX22-6924-0 GX22-6925-111 15 01 15 GX22-6981-0 GX22- 69 8/j-1 GX22-6985-0 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 89 89 89 89 89 GX22-7005-0 GX22-7006-0 GX22-7007-1 GX22-7008-0 GX22-7018-0 **GX22-7021-0 **GX22-7022-0 **GX22-7023-0 GX2/j-3376-0 GX24-3406-0 GX24-3407-0 GX2/j-34/j8-0 GX24-3477-2 89 GX24-3541-0 89 GX2/j-50/j6-0 89 GX24-5047-0 89 GX24-5048-1 89 01 GX24-5055-0 GX26-1587-0 01 GX26-1588-0 14 ,-"'*GX26-1618-0 GX26-5508-0 15 89 GX27-2901-0 89 GX27-2902-0 89 89 89 89 89 37 39 37 89 24 25 40 "GX27-2903-111 **GX27-2904-111 "GX27-2905-0 GX27-2950-0 **GX27-2951-0 "GX28-0634-111 **GX28-0647-0 "GX28-0690-0 GX28-1464-511 GX28-1520-0 GX28-6384-0 GX28-6II00-2 GN28-3172 36 GX28-6401-1 GN28-3173 89 89 89 20 37 39 GX28-6506-4 , GX28-6507-4 **GX28-6509-6# GX28-673~-2 GX28-6749-3 **GX28-6781-1 36 37 GX28-6783-0 GX28-6812-0 29 SX28-6813-1 23 SX28-6814-1 89 25 GX28-7327-6 **SX28-8193-0 24 . **GX28-8195-0 29 GX33-6000-0 29 SX33-6001-0 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING ~EMPLA~E: SY~EMl360 AND SYSTEM/370 CONSOLES AND ~ERMINALS IHM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLA~E: SY~EM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 MAGNETIC AND OPTICAL CHARACTER READERS IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING ~EMPLA~E: SY~EM/360 MODELS 22, 25, 30, AND 40 PHYSICAL PLANNING ~EMPLATE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 67 PHYSICAL PLANNING ~EMPLA~E SYSTEM/360 PROCESSORS MODELS 44 AND 50 PHYSICAL PLANNING ~EMPLA~E SYSTEM/360 MODEL 85 PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 MULTISYSTEM IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING ~EMPLATE: SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 FIELD ENGINEERING FURNITURE AND TEST EQUIPMENT SYSTEMl360 SYSTEM/370 TEST EQUIPMENT ANALYZER FURNITURE BASIC STORAGE MODULE DATA ADAPTER UNIT IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLA~E SYSTEM/360 MODEL 195 IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 OPERATORS REFERENCE CARD IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SY~EM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 CHANNELS: 2860, 2870, AND 2880 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/370 MODEL 145 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING ~EMPLA~E: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING ~EMPLATE: SY~EM/370 MODEL 135 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING ~EMPLA~E SYSTEM/370 MODEL 125 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING TEMPLATE: SYSTEM/370 MODEL 168 IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING ~EMPLA~E: SY~EM/370 MODEL 158 IBM 1052 KEY TABS: SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30, 1400 COMPATIBILITY IBM SY~EM/360 MODEL 30 IBM 2702 WORKSHE~ IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 MULTIPLEXER CHANNEL WORRSHEE~ IBM 1445 PRINTER SPACING CHART IBM 1400 COMPATIBILITY INI~IALIZATION DECK SYSTEM/360 MODEL 30 CODING SHEETS 1 AND 2 MULTIPLEXER CHANNEL WORRSHEE~ - SY~EM/360 MODEL 25 CONFIGURATION A AND B IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM, BPS/BOS/~OS/DOS DTFSR EN~RIES, CARD READ-PUNCH IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM, BPS/BOS~S/DOS DTFSR ENTRIES, PRINTER AND PRINTER-KEYBOARD IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM, BaS/DOS DTFSR ENTRIES, DISK IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM, TOS/DOS IBM REFERENCE CARD, DECIMAL/HEXADECIMAL INTEGER CONVERSION CHART IBM REFERENCE CARD, DECIMAL/BEXADECIMAL FRACTION CONVERSION CHART IBM 2730 TRANSACTION VALIDATION TERMINAL - REFERENCE CARD IBM PHYSICAL PLANNING ~EMPLATE SYSTEM/360 PROCESS I/O DEVICES IMAGE PLANNING CHART - 2760 O~ICAL IMAGE UNIT, REGISTRATION PUNCHING ACME IMAGE PLANNING CHART - 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE UNIT REGISTRATION PUNCHING OXBERRY 2760 LAYOUT GUIDE (REGISTRATION PUNCHING-ACME) 2760 LAYOUT GUIDE (OXBERRY) IBM 2760 OPTICAL IMAGE LIMIT AUXILIARY SCREEN OVERLAY GUIDE 2250 DISPLAY LAYOUT SHEET IBM 3270 INFORMA~ION DISPLAY SYSTEM LAYOUT SHEET OS/VS SERVICE AIDS REFERENCE SUMMARY OS/VS2 ~SO COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE SUMMARY OS/VS DSS COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE SUMMARY CARD COBOL CODING FORM IBM REFERENCE CARD - COBOL IBM FORTRAN IV REFERENCE CARD TSS/360 QUICK GUIDE FOR USERS PROGRAM NUMBER 360G-CL-627 TSs/360 QUICK GUIDE FOR SYSTEM PROGRAMMERS: TSSS, ASSEMBLER, CONTROL BLOCKS - REFERENCE SUMMARY, PROG. NO. 360G-CL-627 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC ASSEMBLER SHORT CODING FORM IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC ASSEMBLER LONG CODING FORM IBM SYSTEM/360 ASSEMBLER CODING FORM OPERATING SY~EM SUMI'.ARY CHART IBM OPERATING SYSTEM/360 REFERENCE CARD: SERVICE AIDS IBM S/360 ~so COMMAND LANGUAGE REFERENCE SUMMARY 360S-CI-555 TIME SHARING - S/360 OS - TSO OPERATING SYSTEMl360 - TSO MULTIPROGRAMMING - S/360 OS -TSO OPTION - S/360 os - TSO CONTROL - S/360 as - TSO REFERENCE CARD - SOFTWARE COMMAND LANGUAGE TIME SHARING OPTION - COMMAND LANGUAGE IBM OS/360 JOB CONTROL LANGUAGE'SYNTAX REFERENCE SUMMARY SYSTEM/360 MODEL 44 PROGRAMMING SY~EM FORMATS FOR MACHINE-CHECK INTERRUPTION DIAGNOSTICS IBM SYSTEMl360 OS/DOS ITF: PLI REFERENCE CARD PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5736-RCl 'IBM SY~EM/360 as/DOS ITF: BASIC, REFERENCE CARD, PROG. NOS. 5734-RC3 AND 5736-RC2 FORTRAN CODING FORM IBM FORTRAN INTERACTIVE DEBUG FOR os (TSO) AND VM/370 (CMS) REFERENCE CARD - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F05 IBM GUIDE TO AMERICAN NATICNlIL ~ANDlIRD COBOL REFERENCE CARD IBM SY~EM/360 OPERA~ING SYS~EM PL/l (F) REFERENCE CARD: KEYWORDS DISK OPERA~ING SYSTEM/360 REFERENCE CARD PI/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER KEYWORDS 29 SX33-6002-0 05 GX35-5001-0 82 **LYA2-5201-0* 82 LYA2-5203-0 78 LYA9-2007-0 78 LYA9-2008-0 83 **LYA9-5038-0 81 GYBO-0304-1 82 GYBO-0347-0 72 GYBO-0348-0 82 GYBO-0414-0 80 LYBO-0433-2 81 LYBO-0454-1 30 **LYBO-0465-0 70 LYBO-0480-1 78 GYBO-0492-0 31 GYBO-0507-0 99 GYBO-0508-111 36 32 **GYBO-0512-1 GYBO-0515-0 38 GYBO-0516-1 31 GYBO-0517-2 38 GYBO-0527-3 99 GYBO-0538-2 99 GYBO-0540-2 99 GYBO-0541-2 99 GYBO-0542-2 36 36 35 GYBO-0592-1 GYBO- 0593-1 GYBO-0598-0 81 LYBO-0617-0 81 LYBO-0618-0 81 LYBO-0619-0 81 LYBO-0620-0 22 **LYBO-0625-1 22 * * LYBO-06 26-1 80 ** LYBO-0631-3 80 ** LYBO-0632-3 82 ** LYBO-0643-2 os PLII OPTIMIZING AND CBECKOUT COMPILERS: KEniORDS, TERMINAL COMMANDS, AND COMPILER OPTIONS REFERENCE CARD - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-PL1, PL2, PL3 IBM SYSTEM/360/370 REFERENCE DATA 2401-2404, :2415, 2420, AND 3420 MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 (OS/TSO) MATRIX INTERPRETATIVE SYSTEM (MATSYS) PROGRAM LISTING - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-XM7 IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 SUBROUTINE LIBRARY MATBEMATICS - MICROFICHE LISTING - pROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM7 IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM--EXTENDED (OS) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME rII PROGRAM LISTINGS MICROFICHE, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM5 IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM -- EXTBNDED (DOS) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME III PROGRAM LISTINGS - MICROFICBE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM5 SIMULATION LANGUAGE EASED ON PL/l (SIMPL/l) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOL. II, FLOWCHARTS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXB PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 MICROFICHE-LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER: 360A-CP-06X SYSTEM/360 MATRIX LANGUAGE (MATLAN) LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CM-05X SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOSPOT (OS) NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR: LISTINGS APPLICATION - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CN-12X LINEAR PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (LPS/360) COMPILATION/ASSEMBLY LISTINGS MANUAL MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CO-18X INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360: SYSTEM MANUAL, VOLUME III - ASSEMBLY LISTINGS MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX3, FEATURE CODE 8003 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360: VERSION 3, LISTINGS SYSTEM MANUAL MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XPl FEATURE CODE 8301 GRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF THREE DIMENSIONAL DATA (GATD) SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 2 PROGRAM LLSTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX2 - FEATURE CODE 8301 LA~ ENFORCEMENT MANPOWER RESOURCE ALLOCATION SYSTEM (LEMRAS) VOLUME 2 LISTINGS - MICROFICHE SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-G21, FEATURE CODE 8401 SYSTEM/360 VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM (360A-ST-06X) LISTINGS - SYSTEM MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS POWER II: LISTINGS - ~ICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-05.2.006 IBM SYSTEM/360/370 ATTACHED SUPPORT PROCESSOR (ASP) VERSION 2 MICROFICHE, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X HASP MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.1.014 2495 UTILITY FOR OS/360 - LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-00.0.020 CONVERSATIONAL REMOTE BATCH ENTRY (CRBE) VERSION 2: MOD 8 LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-05.1.016 CONVERSATIONAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM (CPS) VERSION 5 LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-03.4.016 SYSTEM/360 DOS POWER II, VERSION 2, WITB REMOTE JOB ENTRY (RJE) - LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-05.2.006 CALL-OS VERSION 2 EXECUTIVE & UTILITY LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X CALLl360-0S (VERSION 1) BASIC ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NO. 360A-CX-44X (FE 11030440) CALL/360-0S (VERSION 1) FORTRAN ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROG. NO. 360A-CX-46X (FE 11030460) CALL/360-0S (VERSION 1) PL/I ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NO. 360A-CX-45X (FE 11030450) CP-67/CMS CP67 LISTINGS - PROG. NO. 360D-05.2.005 CP-67/CMS, CMS LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-05.2.005 COMPATIBILITY OPERATING SYSTEM FOR EMULATION OF IBM 1410/7010 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS OpERATING ON IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 50 (COS/50) (360D-ll.l.025) LISTINGS PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMS IV) COST PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8076 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMS IV) NETWORK PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734~XP4, FEATURE CODE 7406 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMS IV) RESOURCE ALLOCATION PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8079 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMS IV) REPORT PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8070 APLl360-oS ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM6, FEATURE CODE 8092, FE SERVICE NUMBER 200156 APLl360 - DOS ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XM6, FEATURE CODE 8065, FE SERVICE NUMBER 200157 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 (IMS/360) VERS. 2, MOD LEVEL 3, DATA BASE LISTINGS, VOL 3, PROG. PROD. 5734-XX6 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360, VERSION 2, VOLUME II, DATA COMMUNICATION LISTINGS, MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6, FEATURE CODE 8083 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4 FE SERVICE NUMBER 200080 382 82 LBD-0644-2 6" uLYBO-0720-1 64 ** LYBO-0721-1 81 81 LYBO-0724-1II LYBD-0735-1# 81 ** LYBO-0781-3 6" 64 ** LBO-0784-1 ** LYBO-0785-1 36 GYBO-0789-0 64 ··LYBO-0824-0 82 ··LBO-0832-0 80 ··LYBO-0834-1 99 ··GYBO-0854-0 36 ··GYBO-0856-0 80 ··LYBO-0864-0 80 ··LYBO-0865-0 80 ··LBO-0866-0 80 ··LBO-0867-0 80 ··LYBO-0868-0 80 ··LYBO-0869-0 80 ··LYBO-0870-0 80 ··LYBO-0871-0 80 ··LYBO-0872-0 80 ··LYBO-0873-0 80 ··LYBO-0874-0 80 ··LYBO-0875-0 80 ••LYBO-0876-0 99 ••SYBO-0900-1'" 99 ··SYBO-0901-1 •• 5NBO-2921 .·5NB0-2925 ··SNBO-2929 ··SNBD-2922 ··SNBO-2926 ··SNBO-2930 28 33 28 LYB1-0450-11 LYC7-0901-0 ** LYC7-1317-1 ··LSCD-5301 •• LNC7-51011 32 LYC7-1700-0 99 GYC7-1900-0 ··GNC7-1903 99 GYC7-1901-0 ··GNC7-1901 •• GNC7-1922 99 ··GYC7-1902-1# 99 GYC7-1903-0 ··GNC7-1905 99 GYC7-1904-0 ··GNC7-1906 99 99 GYC7-1905-0 GYC7-1906-0 ·.GNC7-1907 99 GYC7-1907-0 •• GNC7-1908 •• SNBO-2923 ··SNOO-2927 ··SNOO-29211 ••SNBO-2928 ··GNC7-1904 ••GNC7-1923 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX). JaXBD INTEGER PROGRAMMING (MIP). PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XM". ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE COURSBWRITER III, DOS VERSION 3 LISTINGS - MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-E11 COURSmiRITER III; DOS VERSION 3 FLOWCHARTS MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-E11 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ENTRY (CIC5-DOS E) MICROFICHE LISTING, PROG. NO. 5736-XX6 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/DISK OPERATING SYSTEM STANDARD (CICS-DOS 5) MICROPICHE LISTING, PROG PROD 5736-XX7 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM/OPERATING SYSTEM STANDARD (CIC5/0S-STANDARD) VERSION 2 PROGRAM LISTINGS MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XX7 COURSmiRITER III, VERSION 3 OS FL0HCIIART5 - MICROPICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-E13 COURSBWRITER III, VERSION 3 OS LISTINGS - MICROPICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 573"-E13 CONTROL PROGRAM-67/CAMBRIDGE MONITOR SYSTEM (CP-67/CMX) VERSION 3.1 (COMPONENT RELEASE 1) 3420 MAGNETIC TAPE UNITS AND DUAL DENSITY SUPPORT - LISTJ:NGS (MICROFICBE) PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.005 INTERACTIVE TRAINING SYSTEM MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XXC MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) GENERALIZED UPPER BOUNDING (GOB) MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 573"-XMII INTERACTIVE QUERY FEATURE nQP) TO IMS/360: MICROPICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XX6 IBM 5/360, 370 ASYMMETRIC MULTIPROCESSING SYSTEM (ASP VERSION 3): LISTINGS MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X 5/370 HASP II VERSION " MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 370H-TX-001 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (G15/2) BASIC RETRIEVAL SYSTEM MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) ARITHMETIC STATEMENT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) TELEPROCESSING SUPPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl GENERALIZED UiFORllATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (G15/2) CONTROL STATEMENT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER·5734-XX1 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) PROCESSING STATEMENT FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) FORMAL REPORT FEATURE MICROFICBE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) HIERARCHICAL PILE SUPPORT FEATURE HICROFICBE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) UPDATE AND CREATE FEATURE JaCROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXl GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) UTILITY FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GI5/2) EDIT AND ENCODE FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBBR 5734-XX1 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) FILE MODl:FY FEATURE MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 GENERALIZED INFORMATl:ON SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIs/2) DATA LANGUAGB/1 QUERY SUPPORT FEATURE Ml:CROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) EXTENDED MULTI-FILE SUPPORT FEATURE MICROFICHE -·PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 IBM VM/370: CP MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010 IBM VM/370: CMS MICROFICHE - PBOGRAM NUMBER 5749-010 5/360 DOS RPG I I COMPILER, LISTl:NGS, PROG. PROD. 5736-RG1 DOS 01-0 SORT/MERGE LISTl:NGS - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5743-SM1 l:BM Dl:s:K OPEllATl:NG S"!STEM REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR II AUTO REPORT FEATURE - PROGRAM LISTINGS - PBOGRAM NUMBER 5736-RGl D05/360 ASCII MAGNETIC TAPE UTILITIES PBOGRAM LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-UT2 5/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER D ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM HUMBER 370N-AS-465 SYSTBM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY LISTl:NGS - SYSTEM CORrROL/BASl:C IOCS - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CL-453 DOS 27.1 DIRECT ACCESS METHOD, ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, PROG •.NO. 370N-Io-1I54 DOS 27 SEQUENTIAL DISK IOCS MICROFICHE LISTINGS ~ PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-455 DOS 27 MAGNETIC TAPE IOCS MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-"56 DOS 27 ISFMS MICROFICHE LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-Io-1I57 DOS-27 PAPER TAPE IOCS - MICROFICHE LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-458 DOS 27 SYSTEM UTILITY PROGRAMS, 370N-DT-1I91 Ml:CROFICHE LISTING 383 99 GyC7-1908-0 **GNC7-1909 99 GYC7-1909-0 **GNC7-1910 99 GYC7-1910-0 **GNC7-1911 99 GYC7-'9"-0 **GNC7-1900 99 GYC7-1912-0 99 GYC7-1913-0 **GNC7-1912 99 GYC7-1914-0 **GNC7-1913 99 GYC7-1915-0 **GNC7-1914 99 GYC7-1916-0 **GNC7-1915 99 **GYC7-1917-1 99 GYC7-1918-0 99 GYC7-1919-0 99 GYC7-1920-0 99 GYC7-1921-0 **GNC7-1916 ~9 GYC7-1922-0 **GNC7-1917 99 GYC7-1923-0 99 GYC7-1924-0 99 GYC7-1925-0 99 GYC7-1926-0 **GNC7-1919 99 GYC7-1927-0 **GNC7-1920 99 GYC7-1928-0 **GNC7-1921 32 LYC7-2300-2 32 LYC7-2301-0 **GNC7-1918 29 LYC7-2500-0 29 LYC7-2501-2 **LNC7-2500 **LNC7-2519 **LNC7-2520 29 LYC7-2502-2 **LNC7-2521 29 LYC7-2503-3 29 LYC7-2504-0 29 LYC7-2505-0 **LNC7-2504 **LNC1-2511 **LNC7-2505 **LNC7-2518 29 ** LYC7-2506-1 36 LYC7-5006-0 36 LYC7-5008-0 36 LYC7-5009-0 36 LYC7-5010-0 36 LYC7-50"-0 25 LYC7-5012-0 29 36 23 LYC7-5013-0 LYC7-5014-0 LYC7-5015-0 **LNC7-5013-1 **LNC7-5014-1 **LNC7-5015-1 29 LYC7-5016-0 **LNC7-5016-1 36 23 LYC7-5017-0 LYC7-5018-0 **LNC7-50 17-1 **LNC7-5018-1 25 **LyC7-5019-1 **LNC7-5105 25 LYC7-5020-0 **LNC7-5020 **LNC7-2516 **LNC7-2511 **LNC7-2512 **LNC7-5106 5/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTE~ ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDING AND EDITING PROG~ 310N-UT-492 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM BASIC TELECO~MUNlCATIONS ACCESS METHOD ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CQ-469 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM QUEUED TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD ASSE~BLY LISTINGS, PROGRA~ NUMBER 370N-CQ-410 SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY LISTINGS 3135 TERMINAL SUPPORT - PROGR~ NUMBER 310N-CQ-493 SYSTE~370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY LISTINGS OLTEP - PROGRAM NUMBER 310N-DN-481 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SYSTEM/310 EMULATOR ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-EU-490 SYSTEM/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY LISTINGS COMPILER I/O MODULES - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-476 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MAGNETIC CHARACTER READER IOCS 370N-IO-477 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM OPTICAL CBARACTER READER IOCS ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-IO-478 SYSTEM/310 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MICROFICHE ASSEMBLY LISTINGS MICROFICHE INDEX DOS 21 ASSEMBLER F - MICROFICHE LISTING PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-AS-466 DOS 27 COBOL D - MICROFICHE LISTING PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-452 DOS 27 ANS COBOL - MICROFICHE LISTING PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CB-482 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CV-489 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - PROGRA~ NC. 360N-FO-419 DOS 27 FORTRAN LIBRARY SUB PROG~ MICROFICHE LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-LM-480 S/370 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM PL/l ASSEMBLY LISTINGS, PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-PL-464 DOS 21 DISK SORT/MERGE-MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGR~ NUMBER 360N-SM-450 S/310 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM MODULAR SORT/MERGE ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROG~ NUMBER 360N-SM-483 DOS 21 UTILITIES GROUP I - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGR~ NUMBER 360N-UT-461 S/310 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM GROUP 2 UTILITIES TAPE 360N-UT-462 ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE FOR TSO DATA UTILITIES - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5734-DT1 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASCII UTILITIES ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE - PROGR~ PRODUCT - PROG~ NUMBER 5734-UT2 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CBECKOUT COMPILER PROGRAM LISTING - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL2 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY - ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-LM4 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE - PROG~ NUMEER 5736-LM5 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER ASSEMBLY LISTING MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-PLl SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY MICROFICHE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-LM4 OS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY - MICROFICHE, PROG. NO. 5734-LM5 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROG~ NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5734-RC3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5734-RC3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY - MICROFICBE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5134-RC3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5734-RC3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5134-RC3 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN F LIBRARY PROG~ PRODUCT LISTING MICROFICHE ASC II - PROG~ NUMBER 5736-LMl IBM DOS/360 ITF PL/I, LISTINGS - PROG. PROD. 5736-RCl DOS ITF RELEASE II - SHARED ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - MICROFICHE DOS ITF RELEASE II - 'BASIC ASSEMBLY LISTINGS - MICROFICHE PROG. PROD. 5136-RC2 IBM SYSTEM OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY - MICROFICHE LISTINGS PROG~ NUMBER 5734-RCl IBM OS/360 ITF SHARED - PROG. PROD. 5734-RC1/RC3 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY BASIC MODULES - MICROFICHE LISTINGS - PRO~ NUMBER 5734-RC3 IBM SYSTEM/360/370 FORTRAN IV H EXTENDED COMPILER PROG. PROD. 5734-F03 IBM SYSTEM/360/370, FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD II - LISTINGS PROG. PROD. 5734-LM3 384 25 ** L1IC7-5021-1 25 211 L1IC7-5022-0 L1IC7-5023-0 "LNC7-5022 211 *. LYC7-5030-1 ··LNC7-5030 211 LYC7-5031-1 "LNC7-5092 25 LYC7-5032-0 39 39 LYC7-5033-0 L1IC7-50311-0 39 LYC7-5035-0 .25 •• LYC7-5036-1 21 ··LNC7-5033 ··LNC7-50311 "LNC7-5035-1 •• LYC7-5037-1 24 ** L1IC7-5038-2 211 LYC7-5039-0 24 LYC7-5040-0 211 **LYC7-5041-3 25 L1IC7-5042-0 25 L1IC7-5044-0 30 "LYC7-5048-0 30 ··LYC7-50119-0 80 82 79 ··LY09-0012-0 ·*LY12-5002-0· LY12-5008-0 79 "LY12-5013-0 81 LY19-0007-0 79 LY19-1001l-0. 79 "LY19-1007-0· 67 **LY19-t009-0 78 LY19-2001-0 78 LY19-2006-0 81 "LY19-4000-0 83 ··LY19-5037-0+ 83 LY19-7000-0 83 LY19-7001-0 32 GY20-00112-1 79 GY20-0062-1# 82 GY20-0065-2 32 GY20-0067-1 67 GY20-0071-1 83 GY20-0075-0 72 GY20-0080-2 81 GY20-0083-2 81 GY20-00811-2 81 GY20-0085-2 "LNC7-5090-1 **LNC7-5048-1 "LNC7-5091-1 **LNC7-5049-1 ·.LNC7-5102 ··LNC7-5103 ··LN19-61311 **LN19-6118 GY20-01l00 GN20-2774 GN2o-2206 GY20-0506 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (G1l COMPILER MICROFICHE LISTINGS, PROG. PROD. 57311-F02 OS 360'370 FORTRAN IV LIBR. MOD I LISTING, P.P. NO. 5734-LMl SYSTEM'360 OPERATING SYSTEM AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD (ANS) COBOL VERSION 3 LISTINGS - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-CB1 SYSTEMl360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ANS COBCL COMPILER VERSION 3 PROGRAM LISTING MICROFICBE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CB2 SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ANS COBOL LIBRARY VERSION 3 PROGRAM PRODUCT LISTING MICROFICBE PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM2 SYSTEMl360 TIME SIIARING OPTICN FORTRAN PlIOMPTER VERSION 7 PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-CP3 IBM Ml360 TSO ITF (PL'I), LISTINGS, PlIOG. NOS. 57311-RC2, RCII SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SIIARJ:NG OPTION INTERACTIVE TElIMINAL FACILITY (BASIC ONLY) PROGRAM PRODUCT LISTING MICROFICBE - PlICGRAM NUMBER 57311-RCII IBM Ml360 TSO ITF (SlIARED), LISTINGS ?ROG. NOS. 57311-RC2, 4 IBM SYSTEM'360'370 CODE AND GO FORTRAN COMPILER - LISTINGS, PROG. PROD. 57311-FOl ASSEMBLER F PROMPTER MICROFICBE LISTING, PlIOG PROD 57311-CP2 ASSEMBLER F PROMPTER MICROFICBE LISTING, PROG •. PlIOD. 57311-CP IBM SYSTEM/360'370 OS FULL ANS COBOL VERSION 3 COMPILER AND LIBRARY - LISTINGS, PROG. PlIOD. 57311-CBl SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FULL COBOL COMPILER VERSION YTlME SIIARING OPTION COBOL PROMPTER "' PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-CB3 IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERA~NG SYSTEM - TJ:MB SHARING OPTION COBOL PROMPTER - PROGRAM NUMBERS 57311-CP1, 57311-CB3 . SYSTEM'360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET ANS COBOL COMPILER AND LIBlIARY - MJ:ClICFICBE - PROGlIAM' PRODUCT 5736-C81 SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN B EXTENDED PLUS MICROFICHE - .PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAW . DOS FORTRAN IV LIBRARY OPTICN I - MICROFICHE'- PROGRAM NUMBER 5746-LM3 . OS VIDE~37a MICROFICBE - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311~RC5 DOS VIDEO'370 MICROFICHE - PlIOGRAM NUMBER 5736-RC3 VANDL-1 LOGIC MANUAL - PROG. NO. 5799-AEY MATRIX SYSTEM MATRIX LOGIC MANUAL - PlIOGRAM PRODUCT 57311-XM7 IBM SYSTEMl360 AND. SYSTEM'370, STORAGE AND INFORMATION RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (STAIRS), PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL VOL. I NARRATIVES - PROGRAM PRODUCT 57311-XR3 SYSTEM'360/370 STAIlIS: PLM VCLUME II (FLOWCIlARTS) - PROGRAM NUMB Ell 57311-XR3 IBM SYSTEM/360 RESOURCE ALLOCATION (RBAL'360) FOR PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM/360 LISTINGS MANUAL (PROGRAM NO. 5736-XP2, FEATURE CODE 8017) SYSTEM'360 AND SYSTEM/370 DECISION TABLE TRANSLATOR (DECTAT) FOR COBOL AND PL'I, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XR2 SYSTEM'360 AND SYSTEM'370 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF FILES (STAF'OS) LOGIC MANUAL - PlIOGRAM NUMBER 57311-XXB SYSTEM'360 AND SYSTEM'370 HUDGETS AND PLANS GENERATOR LOGIC MANUAL (BUDPLAN) - pROGRAM PRODUCT 57311-F51 IBM VEBICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM -- EXTENDED (OS AND DOS) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME I, NARRATIVE PROGRAM NUMBERS 57311-XM5 (OS), 5736-XM3 (DOS) IBM VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM -- EXTENDED (OS AND DOS) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME II, FLOWCHARTS PROGRAM NUMBERS 57311-XM5 (OS), 5736-XM3 (DOS) FORECASTING AND MODELING SYSTEM (FAMS) LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XSII (DOS VElISION), 57311-XS7 (OS VERSION) SIMPLII SIMULATION LANGUAGE HASED ON PLJI LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM PRODUCT 57311-XXB CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGlIAM I~ (CSMP .1110 LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XS9, FEATURE NUMBER 81113 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM III (CSMP III) GRAPHIC FEATURE LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XS9 FEATURE NUMBER 811111 SYSTEM'360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITY I~, VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-26X SYSTEM'360 FLOWCHART SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-22X MATBEMATlCAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM'360 VBRSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NuMBER 360A-CO-lIiX SYSTEMl360 DATA CONVERSION UTILITIES 'II, VERSION 2 (SEQUENTIAL, DIRECT ACCESS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-20X SYSTEM'360 ONLINE TELLElI PROGRAM WITB BACKGROUND PROCESSING CAPABILITY SYSTEM'S MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-FB-16X GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM'360 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CS-17X, 360A-CS-19X SYSTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR VERSION II: SYSTEM MANUAL - FLOWCHARTS, PROG. NO~ 360A-CN-l0X PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 NETWORK PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CP-OIIX PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTE",360 VERSION 2 COST PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CP-04X PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM VERSION 2, lIEPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CP-04X 385 82 GY20-0092-2 30 GY20-0096-0 GY2o-0299 30 GY20-0097-0 GY20-0298 GY20-0221 GY20-0159 72 GY20-0099-111 GY20-0476 GN20-2364 GY20-0352 GY20-0374 GY20-0258 38 GY20-0101-2 79 GY20-0105-1 79 GY20-0106-1 83 GY20-0111-0 72 GY20-0112-0 72 GY20-0118-111 72 GY20-0119-0 79 GY20-0 124-1 81 GY20-0126-211 79 GY20-0143-1 85 74 ··GY20-0146-0 GY20-0 153-1 74 GY20-0154-1 74 GY20-0157-1 78 GY20-0168-0 79 GY20-0 174-1 II 81 GY20-0204-1II 82 73 GY20-0205-0 GY20-0208-0 63 GY20-0209-1 64 GY20-0213-0 74 GY20-0215-1 72 GY20-0227-111 63 GY20-0230-1II 72 GY20-0256-0 82 GY2o-0261-111 25 GY20-0263-0 72 GY20-0267-0 82 GY20-0294-1 36 GY20-0305-3 6S ••GY20-0316-0 72 GY20-0317-0 73 GY20-0318-0 73 GY20-0319-0 79 ··GY20-0320-0 31 GY20-0345-0 31 GY20-0346-0 31 GY20-0350-0 82 GY20-0353-0 GY20-0149 GN20-2274 GY20-0481 GY20-0428 "GN20-2126 •• GY20-0482 SYSTEM/360 SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE VERSION 3: SYSTEM MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360A-CM-03X SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR DOS/360 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-32X SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT-RECEIVE ACCESS METHOD FOR OS/360 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-33X. SYSTEM/360 BILL OF MATERIAL PROCESSOR VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-ME-06X SYSTEM/360 REMOTE ACCESS COMPUTING SYSTEM (RIIX) VERSION 3 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-17X 1400 AUTOCODER TO COBOL CONVERSION AID PROGRAM PROGRAMMER'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SE-19X 1400 AUTOCODER TO COBOL CONVERSION AID PROGRAM OPERATOR'S MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBHR 360A-SE-19X SYSTEM/360 CONTINUOUS SYSTEM MODELING PROGRAM SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-16X IBM SYSTEM/360 PRODUCT STRUCTURE RETRIEVAL SYSTEMS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-ME-07X S/360 AD-APT/AUTOSPOT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR: SYSTEM MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360A-CN-09X 8/360 AUTOSPOT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR: SYSTEM MANUA~ PROG. NO. 360A-CN-08X 1400 AUTOCODER TO COBOL CONVERSION AID PROGRAM SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMEHR 360A-SE-19X PROJECT CONTROL SYSTEM/360 VHRSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CP-06X IBM SYSTEM/360 DOCUMENT PROCESSING SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-12X DISPLAY DESIGN GUIDELINES FOR THE IBM 2260 DLSPLAY STATION MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAMS (MISP) APPLICATION DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UH-OBL MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAMS (MISP) PROGRAM DESCRIPTION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UB-OBL MEDICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM PROGRAMS (MLSP) OPERATIONS MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UH-OBL SYSTEM/360 VEHICLE SCHEDULING PROGRAM SCHEDULING PRODUCTION AND DISTANCE LISTING SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-ST-06X SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM DOS (ATS/DOS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-1BX PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FLOWCHART SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CP-04X MARVEL/360 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CO-15X SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - HYPHENATION/360 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DP-07X SYSTEM/360 12B7 INPUT CONVERSION PROGRAM SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360~DR-07X STUDENT SCHEDULING SYSTEM/360 THE SCHEDULER PROGRAM (360A-US-07X) SYSTEM MANUAL SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SHAS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UH-11X SYSTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR VERSION 4 SYSTEM MANUAL - FLOWCHARTS PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CN-10X SYSTEM/360 WHOLESALE IMPACT PROGRAM LIBRARY SYSTEM MANUAL PROG. NOS. 360A-DW-05X (ABOVE MOD 20), 360V-DW-06X (MOD 20) SYSTEM/360 INVENTORY CONTROL SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-MF-04X SYSTEM/360 MATRIX LANGUAGE (MATLAN) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CM-05X SYSTEM/360 DECISION LOGIC TRANSLATOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360~CX-32X SYSTEM/360 AD-APT/AUTOSPO'l! (OS) NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR (360A-CN-12X) SYSTEM MANUAL MATBEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 REPORT GENERATOR (MPSRG) SYSTEM MANUAL PRCGRAM NUMBER 360A-Co-20X IBM SYSTEM/360 AND SYSTEM/370 ATTACHED SUPPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM (ASP) VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-15X RIGID FRAME SELECTION PROGRAM (RFSP): SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME PROG. NOS. 113O-EC-09X, 5734-EC1, 5736-EC1 SYSTEM/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-MF-OSX SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR - COMPOSITION/360 VOLUME I - FLOWCHART NARRATIVES SYSlrEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DP-08X SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR -- COMPOSIT~ON/360 VOLUME II -- FLOWCHARTS SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-DP-OBX IBM SYSTEM/360 ADMINISTRATIVE TERMINAL SYSTEM-OS (ATS/OS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-19X SYSTEM/360 PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) (DOS/OS) VOLUME I - FLOWCHART NARRATIVES SYSlrEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CX-26X, 360A-CX-27X SYSTEM/360 PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) (DOS/OS) VOLUME II - FLOWCHARTS SYSTHM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CX-26X. 360A-CX-27x SYSTEM/360 PROBLEM LANGUAGE ANALYZER (PLAN) (DOS) VOLUME III - ASSEMBLY LLSTINGS SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-26X MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 FLOWCHART SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CC-14X 3B6 72 GY20-0357-0 65 GY20-0364-0 65 GY20-0365-0 81 LY20-0369-1# LN20-2268 64 GY20-0372-1 GN20-2412 85 30 **GY20-0377-0 GY20-0394-0 **GN20-2081 82 GY20-0405-0 82 LY20-0406-0 82 LY20-0407-0 71 LY20-0415-0 LN20-2103 LN20-2537 71 LY20-0416-0 LY20-0522 LN20-2538 71 LY20-0417-0 LN20-2102 LN20-2539 LY20-0523 71 LY20-0418-0 LN20-2101 LN20-2540 LY20-0524 71 LY20-0419-0 LY20-0525 LN20-2541 71 LY20-0420-0 71 LY20-0421-0 80 LY20-0422-1 80 LY20-0425-0 80 LY20-0431-1 80 LY20-0432-0 30 LY20-0455-0 81 LY20-0456-0 81 LY20-0457-1# 81 LY20-0459-0 81 LY20-0460-0 71 LY20-0461-0 71 LY20-0462-0 81 LY20-0467-0 65 LY20-0473-0 65 LY20-0474-0 LY20-0526 LY20-0498 LY20-0572 LN20-2346 LN20-2175 LY20-0548 LN20-2264 SYSTEM/360 APT NUMERICAL CONTROL PROCESSOR VERSION 4 ASSEMBLY LISTINGS: SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CN-10X SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM FCR OPTICAL SYSTEM DESIGN/II (POSD/II) (OS) SYSTEM MANUAL-ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-EO-15X SYSTEM/360 PROGRAM FOR OPTICAL SYSTEM DESIGN/II (POSD/II) (DOS) SYSTEM MANUAL-ASSEMBLY LISTINGS PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-EO-16X CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM OS-STANDARD (CICS/OS), (5736-Ull), SYSTEM MANUAL, FEATURE CODE 8805 COURSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 VERSION 2 SYSTEM PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UX-01X INTRODUCTION TO IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 MULTIPROCESSING PLAN GRAPHICS SUPPORT FOR THE IBM 2250 ON SYSTEM/360 (OS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-34X LINEAR PROGRAMMING SYSTEM/360 (LPS/360) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CO-18X SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE - OS SYSTEM MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5736-P72, FEATURE NO. 8101 SYSTEM/360 ARRAY PROCESSING SUBROUTINE PACKAGE PS SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-P71 FEATURE CODE 8101 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) VERSION 2 POLICY EXHIBIT UPDATE PROGRAM SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Nll ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) VERSION 2 VALUATION UPDATE PROGRAM SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N11 ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) VERSION 2 POLICY MASTER RECORD FILE INVENTORY PROGRAM SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBER: 5736-Nll) (FEATURE CODE: 8811) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) VERSION 2 FINANCIAL VALUE PROGRAM SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NUMBER: 5736-Nll) (FEATURE CODE 8812) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) VERSION 2 VALUATION SUMMARY PROGRAM SYSTEM MANUAL (PROGRAM NOMBER 5736-Nl1) (FEATURE CODE 8813) ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) VERSION 2 POLICY EXHIBIT BALANCE PROGRAM SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER' 5736-Nll ADVANCED LIFE INFORMATION SYSTEM (DOS) VERSION 2 POLICY EXHIBIT AND VALUATION INCLUDE (R) AND CALL (S) ROUTINES SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Nl1 SYSTEM/360'GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 1 PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CXl FEATURE CODE 8801 SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CXl FEATURE CODE 8803 SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM (BASIC) SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME III PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CXl SYSTEM/360 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 1 PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CXl FEATURE CODE 8802 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360 SYSTEM MANUAL VOLU~~ I - PROGRAM LOGIC PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX3 FEATURE CODE 8801 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 FOR THE IBM SYSTEM/360 SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II - FLOWCHARTS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CX3 FEATURE CODE 8802 GRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF THREE-DIMENSIONAL DATA (GATD) SYSTEM MANUAL - VOLUME I PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX2 FEATURE CODE 8101 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360: VERSION 3" RESOURCE ALLOCATION PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP1 FEATURE CODE 8104 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3 NETWORK PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER: 5734-XPl FEATURE CODE: 8101 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360: VERSION 3, COST PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP1 FEATURE CODE 8102 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3 FLOWCHART SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER: 5734-XPl FEATURE CODE: 8105 PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALlS) HOMEOWNERS PREMIUM PROCESSING PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND SYSTEM MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5736-N21 FEATURE NO. 8001 PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALlS) HOMEOWNERS CLAIMS PROCESSING PROGRAM DESCRIPTION AND SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N21 FEATURE CODE 8002 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360 VERSION 3: REPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP1 FEATURE CODE 8101 RIGID FRAME SELECTION PROGRAM (RFSP) VOLUME 3 - COMPILATION LISTINGS SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-ECl FEATURE CODE 8501 RIGID FRAME SELECTION PROGRAM (RFSP) VOLUME 4 COMPILATION LISTINGS SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-ECl FEATURE CODE 8501 387 83 LY20-0q15-0 10 LY20-0Q19-0 83 LY20-0Q83-0 73 LY20-0Q89-0 73 LY20-0Q90-0 6Q LY20-0Q95-0 63 LY20-0Q96-0 LY20-0806 31 GY20-0504-0 GY20-0545 79 LY20-0509-0 79 LY20-0510-0 72 LY20-0528-0 23 GY2o-0530-0 GN20-2295 25 72 GY20-0531-0 LY20-0535-0 GN20-22911 LN20-2318 72 LY20-0536-0 LN20-2311 72 LY20-0537-0 72 LY20-0543-0 LN20-2290 76 LY20-0546-0 LN20-2509 76 LY20-0553-1 LN20-2508 76 LY20-0554-0 LN20-2510 76 LY20-0555-1 LN20-2507 78 LY20-0559-0 78 . LY20-0560-0 74 LY20-0561-0 72 80 LY20-0565-0 **LY20-0566-1 29 29 29 GY20-0561-1 GY20-0568-0 GY20-0569-0 29 31 GY2o-0570-1 GY2o-0575-1 38 63 GY20-0576-2 LY20-0579-0 71 **LY20-0587-1 36 ** GY20-0590-2 LY20-0550 LY20-0551 LY20-0672 **GN33-91311 **GN33-9133 36 GY20-0591-1 GN20-2503 30 LY20-0595~0 LN20-24611 LN20-2280 **LN20-3050 83 LY20-0596-0 35 GY20-0597-0 36 GY20-0599-0 **LN20-3000 **GN20-2621 **LN20-3005 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULA~ION SYS~EMl360 OS: VERSION 2 SYS~EM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XSl FEA~URE CODE 8151 LIlW ENFORCBMBM MANPOWER RESOURCE ALLOCA~ION SYS~EM (LEMRAS) SYS~EM MANUAL VOLU~E I (PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-G21 FEA~URE CODB 8400) SRAS COMPA~IBLE ~ELEPRCCESSING SUPPORT FOR 2780. 27110. AND 1050 ~BRMINilLS SYS~EM REFERENCE MANUAL PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-B13. FEATURE CODE 8000 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULA~ION SYS~EM/360 DOS VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XSl FEA~URE CODE 8101 SYSTBM/360 ~EXT PROCESSOR -- EDIT/360 (DOS) SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME I - FLOWCHART NARRA~IVES PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Kll SYSTEM/360 ~BXT PROCESSOR -- EDIT/360 (DOS) SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II - FLOWCHARTS PRCGRAM NUMBER 5136~Kll COORSEWRITER III FOR SYSTEM/360 (OS) VERSION 2 PROGRAMMER'S GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-E12 FEATURE CODE 8000 SYSTBMl360 OlWER ALLOCATION SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Dlll IBM SYSTBMl360 CONVERS~IONilL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM (CPS): PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360D-03.4.016 IBM SYSTEMl360 OS LEARN ADMINISTRATIVB·~ERMlNAL SYS~EM SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX8 FEA~URE CODE 8053 IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS LEARN ADMINISTRA~IVE TERMINAL SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-~j FEA~URE CODE 8054 OS/360 INVENTORY CONTROL SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-M52 FEA~URE CODE 8011 CALL/360 .- OS BASIC SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-1I2X CALL/360-0S FORTRIlN SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X SYSTBMl360 CAPACITY PLANNING - INFINITE LOADING SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Mll FEATURE CODE 8021 SYSTEM/360 CAPACI~Y PLANNING-FINITE LOADING SysTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-M12 FEATURE CODE 8022 SYSTEMl360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING INTERFACE SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-M13 05/360 REQUIREMENTS PLANNING SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-M51 SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR ~HE ELECTRI UTILITY INDUSTRY POWER FLOW SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME III PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-U12 FEATURE CODE 8172 SYSTBMl360 POWER SYS~EM PLANNING (PSP) FOR ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY - SHORT CIRCUIT SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II PROG. NO. 5736-U12 SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTBM PLIlNNING (PSP) FOR THE ELECTRIC ~ILI~Y INDUSTRY ~RANSIEM STABILITY SYSTEM MANUAL - VCLUME IV PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-U12 FEATURE CODE 8173 SYSTEMl360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR THE ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUSTRY ENGINEERING DA~A MANAGMENT SERVICES SYS~EM MANUAL VOLUME I PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-U12 FEilTURE CODE 81711 TARIFF PUBLISHING SYSTEM (BOUND TARIFFS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T21. FEATURE CODE 8'003 TRAFFIC PROFILE ANALYSIS SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-T22 MEDICAL INFORMA~ION SYSTEMS PROGRAM (MISP) VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 573~-Hll FEA~URE CODE 8500 SYSTEMl360 SHOP FLOOR CONTROL 5736-M31 SYSTEM MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 DATA BASE ORGANIZATION AND MAINTENANCE PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX4 CALL-OS PL/I SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME I . CALL/360-0S PL/I SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II CALL/360-0S PL/l SYS~EM MANUAL VOLUME III PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-1I2X CALL/360 OS PL/I SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II IBM SYSTEM/360 DOS POWER ·11. SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 3600-05.2.006 DOS POWER II/RJE SYS~EM MANUAL. PROG. NO. 360D-05.2.006 SYSTEMl360 AGRIBUSINESS MANilGEMEM INFORMATION SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL FEATURE CODE 8012 PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-D51 PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALlS) ADDI~IONAL FILE FACILITY: SYSTEMS REFERENCE MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-N22. FEATURE CODB 8007 CP-61/CMS VERSION 3.1: CP-61 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. PROG. NO. 360D-05.2.005 CP-67/CMS VBRSION 3.1: CMS PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL. PROG. NO. 360D-05.2.005 IBM SYSTEM/360 FILING AND SOURCB DATA ENTRY TECHNIQUES FOR EASIER RETRIEVIlL-LOW CORE (FASTER LC) 5736-622 SYSTEM MANUAL GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V-OS (GPSS V-OS) SYSTEM MANUIlL. PROG. NO. 57311-XS2. FEATURE NO. 80116 COMPIlTIBILITY OPERATING SYSTEM FOR EMULATION OF IBM 11110/7010 DATA PROCESSING SYSTEMS OPERATING ON IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 50 (COS/50) (3600-11.1.025) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL THE REAL-TIME MONITOR (RTM) SYSTEM MANUAL. PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-00l 388 30 LY20-0601-0 LN20-2398 LN20-2477 83 LY20-0602-0 LN20-2279 **LN20-3049 81 LY20-0604-0 67 LY20-0606-0 67 LY20-0607-0 25 LY20-0608-0 81 LY20-0609-0 81 LY20-0610-0 81 LY20-0611-0 81 LY20-0612-0 81 LY20-0613-0 81 LY20-0614-0 81 LY20-0615-0 81 LY20-0616-0 63 LY20-0621-1# 63 LY20-0622-0 73 LY20-0623-0 73 LY20-0624-0 LN20-2757 67 LY20-0628-0 LN20-2448 80 ** LY20-0629-3 **LN20-2909 **LN20-9009 **LN20-2919 **LN20-9015 80 ** LY20-0630-2 **LN20-2874 **LN20-2920 **LN20-2910 **LN20-9010 81 LY20-0634-0 24 LY20-0635-0 LN20-2444 LN20-2556 30 LY20-0638-0 82 LY20-0640-0 82 LY20-0641-0 82 LY20-0642-0 82 **LY20-0646-1 74 LY20-0655-0 70 LY20-0656-0 LN20-2421 83 LY20-0661-0 LN20-2348 78 LY20-0663-2 78 ** LY20-0664-1 78 ** LY20-0665-1 78 ** LY20-0666-1 82 LY20-0671-0 81 LY20-0674-0 DATA/360 - DOS SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XS2, FEATURE CODE 8018 GENERAL PURPOSE SIMULATION SYSTEM V - DOS SYSTEM MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5736-XS3, FEATURE NO. 804.9 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM, OS-STANDARD (CICS/OS) (5736-Ul1), LANGUAGE AND TERMINAL (L/T) FEATURE SYSTEM MANUAL, FEATURE CODE 8060 SYSTEM/360 FINANCIAL TERMINAL SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL, VOLUME I: FLOWCHART NARRATIVES PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-F12, FEATURE CODE 8026 SYSTEM/360 FINANCIAL TERMINAL SYSTEM SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II: FLOWCHARTS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-F12 FEATURE CODE 8026 FORTRAN CONVERSION AID PROGRAM (SYSTEM MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAJ, FEATURE CODE 8001, REFERENCE NUMHER FA1287 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMS IV) PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE NUMBER 8074 COST PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMS IV) PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4 - FEATURE NUMBER 8071 NETWORK PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMSIV) RESOURCE ALLOCATION PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8077 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMS IV) PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4 - FEATURE NUMBER 8068 REPORT PROCESSOR SYSTEM MANUAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMSIV) COST PROCESSOR FLOWCHART MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8075 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMSIV) NETWORK PROCESSOR FLOWCHART MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8072 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMSIV) RESOURCE ALLOCATION PROCESSOR FLOWCHART MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8078 PROJECT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM IV (PMSIV) REPORT PROCESSOR FLOWCHART MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP4, FEATURE CODE 8069 CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEM (COGS), FORECASTING (OS), SYSTEM MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-033 CONSUMER GOODS SYSTEM (COGS) ALLOCATION (OS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-032 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR PAGINATION/360, SYSTEM MANUAL, VOLUME I - FLOWCHART NARRATIVES - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-K12, FEATURE CODE 8010 SYSTEM/360 TEXT PROCESSOR PAGlNATION/360, SYSTEM MANUAL, VOLUME II - FLOWCHARTS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-K12, FEATURE CODE 8011 SYSTEM/360 ACTIVE CERTIFICATE INFORMATION PROGRAM SYSTEM MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-F32 FEATURE NUMBER 8033 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360, VERSION 2 PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6 SYSTEM MANUAL - LOGIC VOLUME I, FEATURE CODE 8080 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM/360, VERSION 2, VOLUME 2, SYSTEM MANUAL (FLOWCHARTS), MICROFICHE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX6, FEATURE CODE 8081 DISPLAY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XC1, FEATURE CODE 8005 CONTROL PROGRAM-67 ONLINE COBOL SYMBOLIC DEBUG PROGRAMMING RPQ: SYSTEM MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5799-AAE FEATURE NO. 8006 DATA/360-oS SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XS3, FEATURE CODE 8087 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) MIXED INTEGER PROGRAMMING (MIP) - SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4, FEATURE NUMBER 8056 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX), MIXED INTEGER PROGRAMMING (MIP) FLOWCHART MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4, FEATURE CODE 8057 MATBEMATICAL PROGRAM SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) FLOWCHART MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4, FEATURE CODE 8055 MATHEMATICAL PROGRAMMING SYSTEM EXTENDED (MPSX) SYSTEM MANDAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4, FEATURE CODE 8056 SHARED LABORATORY INFORMATION SYSTEM (SLIS) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-H12 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC COURTS SYSTEM, SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-G26 COMPUTER SYSTEM SIMULATOR II (CSS II), SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XS5, FEATURE CODE 8035 FARE QUOTE/TICKETING FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATION PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Tll FARE QUOTE/ISSUE TICKET PROGRAM AND ~CKAGE SPECIFICATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Tll (SEE ALSO "TARIFF MAINTENANCE" PROG. NO. 5736-Tll) TARIFF MAINTENANCE PROGRAM AND PACKAGE SPECIF~CATIONS PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Tll (SEE ALSO "FARE QUOTE/TICKETING" PROG. NO. 5736-Tl1) FARE QUOTE/TICKETING DATA/MACRO SPECIFICATION PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-Tl1 PROCEDURE LIBRARY - MATHEMATICS (PL-MATH) SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM3 FEATURE NUMBER 8051 MINIPERT SYSTEM MANUAL, FEATURE NUMBER 8086 PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XP3 389 22 LY20-0618-0 64 **LY20-0679-1# 71 LY20-0681-0 ••LN2Q-2906 71 **LY20-0682-1i 71 **LY20-0683-1t 71 LY20-0684-0 71 HLY20-0685-1 71 LY20-0686-0 ··LN20-2907 71 LY20-0687-0 ··LN20-2908 64 LY20-0691-0 ··LN20-2848 65 LY20-0692-0 76 LY20-0693-0 67 ¥¥LY20-0694-1 80 ··LN20-2903 LN20-2511 ··LN20-2995 LY20-0696-0 LN20-2599 ··LN20-2898 80 LY20-0697-0 LN20-2598 ··LN2Q-9024 •• LN20-2894 80 LY20-0698-0 LN20-2597 ··LN20-2897 80 LY20-0699-0 80 LY20-0700-0 80 LY29- 0701-0 80 LY20-0702-0 80 LY20-0703-0 LN20-2596 80 LY20-0704-0 LN20-2595 80 LY20-0705-0 LN20-2593 80 LY20-0706-0 80 LY20-0707-0 ··LN20-2892 80 LY20-0708-0 LN20-2594 81 LY20-0710-0 81 LY20-0712-1 ··LN20-2841 LY20-0713-1 ··LN20-2840 81 81 ** LY20-0714-3t LY20-0714-2# **LN20-2987 30 LY20-0716-1# ··LN20-3063 63 LY20-0717-0 76 LY20-0726-0 ••LN20-2996 79 LY20-0728-0 ··LN20-30711 72 .·LY20-0729-0 80 LY20-0733-0 36 ** GY20-0738-0 APLl360-OS AND AP~360-DOS SYSTEM MANUAL FEA~URE NUMBERS 8091, 8031i PROGRAM NUMBERS 57jq-XM6, 5736-XM6 COURSEWRI~ER III, VERSION 3 DISK OPERftTING SYSTEM SY~EM PROGRAMMER"S GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-E11 CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY SY~EM II (CFOI!) S~EM MANUAL - VOLUME I - PROGRAM NUMBER ,5736-N13 CONSOLIDA~ED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY SYSTEM II (CFOII), SY~EM MANUAL - VOLUME II - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N13 CONSOLlDA~ED FUN~IONS ORDINARY SY~EM II (CFOII), SYS~EM MANUAL - VOLUME Ell - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N13 CONSOLIDA~ED FUN~IONS ORDINARY SY~EM II (CFOII), SY~EM MANUAL - VOLUME IV - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N13 CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY SYS~EM II (CFOII), SY~M MANUAL - VOLUME V - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736~N13 CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS ORDINARY SYSTEM II (CFOII), SY~M MANUAL - 'VOLUME VI - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N13 CONSOLlDA~ FUNCTIONS ORDINARY SY~EM II (CFOII), SY~EM MANUAL - VOLUME VII - PROGRAM NUMBER 573~N13 COURSEWRITER III/OS VERSION 3 SYSTEM pROGRAMMERS GUIDE PROG. NO. 5734-E13 EL~RONIC CIRCUIT ANALYSIS PROGRAM I I (ECAP II) FOR ~HE IBM OPERA~ING SY~ AND 1130 COMPUTING SYSTEM - SYSTEM MANUAL FEA~URE NUMBER 8095 - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-EE1, 5711-EE1 SY~EM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR ~HE ELE~RIC UTILITY INDUSTRY. POWER FLOW OUTPUT AND CAPACITY FEATURE SY~EM MANUAL. VOLUME V - PROGRAM NUMBER (5736-U12) BROKERAGE ACCOUNTING SYS~EM ELEMENTS (EASE) VERSION 2 SYSTEM MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-F31. FEA~URE' 8005 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYS~EM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 1 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8115 GENERALIZED INFORMA~ION SYS~EM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 2 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734';'XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8116 GENERALIZED INFORMA~ION SY~EM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 3 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8117 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMA~ION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR ~HE ARITHMETIC STA~EMBNT FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEA~URE NUMBER 8125 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMA~,ION SY~EM VERSION 2(GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR ~HE ~ELEPROCESSING SUPPORT FEA~URE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8123 IBM GENERALIZED INFO~ION SY~EM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYS~EM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE CONTROL S~ATEMENT FEA~URE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEA~URE NUMBER 8124 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMA~ION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE PROCESSING STA~EMBNT FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8126 IBM GENERALIZED INFO~ION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SY~EM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE FORMAL REPORT FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEA~URE NUMBER 8119 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMA~ION SYSTEM VOLUME 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR ~HE HIERACHIC FILE SUPPOR~ FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEA~URE NUMBER 8120 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMA~ION SY~M VOLUME 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR ~HE FILE UPDA~E AND CREA~E FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8118 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMA~ION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR ~BE UTILITY FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8121 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VOLUME 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR ~HE EDIT AND ENCODE FEA~URE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8122 IBM GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VOLUME 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMEI!IT FOR THE FILE MODIFY FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 FEATURE NUMBER 8127 PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR II (PSG II) LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XT1 FEA~URE NUMBER 8114 CUSTOMER'INFORMATION COI!ITROL SYSTEM FEATURE NUMBER 8030 (DOS-ENTRY) LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX6 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (OICS) LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX7 (DOS-STANDARD) FEATURE NUMBER 8031 CUSTOMER INFORMATION CONTROL SYSTEM (CICS) OPERA~ING SYSTEM STANDARD VERSION 2 - FEATURE NUMBER 8142 - LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX7 IBM DISK OPERATING SlSTEM FILING AND SOURCE DATA ENTRY ~ECBNIQUES FOR EASIER RETRIEVAL - MULTITHREAD (DOS FASTER NT) - SYSTEM MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-G24 IBM FASHION REPORTER PROGRAM PRODUCT SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-D11 SYSTEM/360 POWER SYSTEM PLANNING (PSP) FOR TBE ELECTRIC UTILITY INDUsTRY SHORT CIRCUIT RO FEATURE - SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME VI. FEATURE 8103 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-U12 ~AT/BASIC FOR INTERACTIVE ~ERMlNAL FftCILITY LOGIC MANUAL FEA~URE NUMBER 8100 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XA3 OS REQUIREMENTS PLANNING EXTENSIONS (~ROGRAMMING RPQ EA6264) - SYS~EM MANUAL - PROG. NO. 5799-AAY . BILL PROCESSOR SYSTEMS - IMS/360 BRIDGE. SYSTEM MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX9 OS/MVT WITH RESOURCE SECURITY - LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-SV-007 ftPE 1 EXTENSION 390 73 ** LY20-07 43-1 81 **LY20-0746-U 78 LY20-0749-0 78 LY20-0750-0 78 LY20-0751-0 76 **LY20-0755-0 39 **LY20-0757-0 80 71 "LY20-0758- H LY2D-0758-0# **LY20-0761-D 73 72 **LY20-0762-D **LY20-0763-0 82 **LY20-0764-0 82 **LY20-0765-0 63 72 67 **LY20-D766-0 **LY20-0767-0 **LY20-0769-0 67 **LY20-0770-0 80 **LY20-0771-0 80 **LY20-0772-0 80 **LY20-0773-0 80 "LY20-0774-0 80 **LY20- 0775- 0 75 .*LY20-0778-0 30 LY20-0787-1# 71 LY20-0788-0 70 **LY20-0792-1 67 LY20-0793-0 32 **GY20-0795-0 32 "GY20-0796-0 32 **GY20-0797-0 **LN20-3057 32 "GY20-0798-0 71 LY20-0800-0 **LN20-2992 82 LY20-0804-0 *·LN20-3075 81 LY20-0808-0 80 LY20-0809-0 64 *·LY20-0819-0 **LN20-2889 **LN20-3068 64 **LY20-0820-0 **LN20-3069 LN20-2875 64 **LY20-0821-0 "LN20-2890 30 67 **LY20-0823-0 ·*LY20-0825-1 ·*LN20-2991 82 ··LY20-0826-0 80 **LY20-0829-0 **LN20-2875 64 64 **LY20-0835-0 *·LY20-0837-0 **LN20-3072 AN APL (OS OR DOS) TEXT EDITOR AND COMPOSER: SYSTEM GUIDE PROG. NO. 5796-PAC. FEATURE NO. 8009 APLlPDTS PROGRAMMING DEVELOPMENT TRACKING SYSTEM SYSTEM GUlDE - IUP NO. 5796-PAD FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS. IUP PROG. NO. 5796-PAE FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM PACKAGE/PROGRAM SPBCIFICATIONS IUP PROGRAM NO. 5796-PAE FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM DATA/MACRO/FILE SPECIFICATIONS IUP PROGRAM NO. 5796-PAE LOADFLOW PLOTTING SYSTEM. VARIBUS CORPORATION, A GULF STATES UTILITIES COMPANY SYSTEMS GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-AAF SYSTEM GUIDE FOR S/360/370 MCGILL UNIVERSITY SYSTEM FOR INTERACTIVE COMPUTING (MUSIC) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-AAT DATA DICTIONARY/DIRECTORY SYSTEM WITH DATA ELEMENT GLOSSARY SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PAG CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS EQUITY PRODUCTS VARIABLE ANNUITIES, MUTUAL FUNDS DATAHANN, INC. - SUBSIDIARY OF HORACE MANN EDUCATORS SPRINGFIELD, ILLINOIS - SYSTEMS GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-AAP SCRIPT/370 SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PAF CYCLE-TIME SIMULATOR SYSTEM SYSTEMS GUIDE IUP NUMBER 5796-PBG ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM (ASTAP) REFERENCE GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBB ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PRCGRAM (ASTAP) - LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PBH IBM WAREHOUSE SIMULATOR SYSTEMS GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBR IBM MULTIPLANT SOURCING SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBL DEMAND DEPOSIT ACCOUNTING WITH OVERDRAFT BANRING SYSTEMl360-370 DOS - THE PLANTERS NATIONAL BARR AND TRUST COMPANY ROCKY MOUNT, NORTH CAROLINA SYSTEM GUIDE - PROG. NO. 5796-ABL DEMAND DEPOSIT ACCOUNTING WITH OVERDRAFT BARRING SYSTEM/360-370 DOS - THE PLANTERS NATIONAL BANR AND TRUST COMPANY ROCRY MOUNT. NORTH CAROLINA USER'S GUIDE- PROG. NO. 5796-ABL DATA BASE DESIGN EVALUATION lDBPROTOTYPE) PROGRAM SYSTEM GUIDE - lOP NUMBER 5796-PBB PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE FOR IMS-PLIMS SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBF IMSMAP - DATA BASE MAPPING PROGRAMS SYSTEM GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBC BTS (BATCB TERMINAL SIMULATOR) SYSTEMS GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBD TEST IMS UTILITIES PROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBE MULTICOLUMN DISTILLATION PROGRAM SYSTEMS GUIDE - lOP NUMBER 5796-PAB IBM OPERATING SYSTEM FILING AND SOURCE DATA ENTRY TECBNIQUES FOR EASIER RETRIEVAL MULTITHREAD (OS FASTER MT) - LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-G21 - FEATURE CODE 8059 PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALlS) AUTOMOBILE ENHANCEMENTS - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N24 SYSTEM REFERENCE MANUAL BUDGET ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEM (BACIS) FOR PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS - LICENSED PROGRAM PRODUCT MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-G25 MARRBTABLE SECURITIES INVENTORY SYSTEM - LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-ABY CALL-OS EXECUTIVE AND UTILITIES SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 1 PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42x CALL-OS EXECUTIVE AND UTILITIES SYSTEM MANUAL - VOLUME 2 PROGRAM NUMBER 36DA-CX-42X CALL-OS EXECll'IlIVE AND UTILITIES SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME 3 PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-42X CALL-OS EXECUTIVE AND UTILITIES SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME II PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-1I2X PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INFORMATION SYSTEM (PALlS) HOME OWNERS ENHANCEMENTS - SYSTEM REFERENCE MANUAL FEATURE NUMBER 8105 -. PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-N25 MATH/BASIC FOR SYSTEM 3 MODEL 6 AND ITF LCGIC MANUAL PROG. NOS. 5703-XM2 AND 57311-XM8, FEATURE NOS. 8017 AND 8153 PLANNING SYSTEMS GENERATOR II (PSG II) DOS LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XT1 GENERALIZED INFORMATION SYSTEM VERSION 2 (GIS/2) SYSTEM MANUAL SUPPLEMENT FOR THE PL/I QUERY SUPPORT FEATURE PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XX1 INTERACTIVE TRAINING SYSTEM LOGIC MANUAL VOLUME I (BASIC PROGRAM) - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XXC INTERACTIVE TRAINING SYSTEM LOGIC MANUAL VOLUME 2 ' (FLOWCHARTS> - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XXC INTERACTIVE TRAINING SYSTEM LOGIC MANUAL CCURSE STRUCTURING FEATURE - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XXC DATA/360 - II LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-XS8 SECURITIES ORDER MATCHING LOGIC MANUAL FEATURE NUMBER 8113 PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-F32 MPSX AND GENERALIZED UPPER BCUNDING LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-XM4 INTERACTIVE QUERY FACILITY (IQF) TO IMS/360 SYSTEM MANUAL VOLUME V - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-XX6 EPIC: SOCRATES LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5735-E91 EPIC: BUDGET/FINANCE LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5735-E93 391 82 ••LY20-0840-0,.... 30 ••LY20-0842-0 74 ••LY20-0845-0 ··LN20-3073 64 ••LY20-0848-0 71 ••LY20-0859-0 36 ••SY2o-088o-1 36 ••SY20-0881-0 "SN20-2613 ••SN20-2614 37 ••SY20-0882-0 80 ••LY20-0921-0 39 25 ••LY20-120o-0 GY21-0001-0 32 **GY21-0004-1# 30 30 28 •• GY21-0012-1 GY21-0013-1 LY21-0014-1 "GN26-8026 •• GN21-5169 LN21-5163 •• GN26-8034 ··GN21-7659 LN21-5183 32 LY21-0021-0 LY21-0022-0 LN21-5126 "LN21-5199 "LN21-5167 ·.LN21-5179 32 35 ••LY24-3606-0 35 ••LY24-3607-0 GY33-8525 GN33-8622 GY33-8531 GY24-5076 GY24-5031 GY24-5061 GY33-8524 GY33-8519 GY24-5062 GY24-5044 21 GY24-5000-1 33 GY24-5001-0 36 GY24-5002-0 30 28 GY24-5003-1 30 **GY24-5007-1i 24 •• GY24-5009-2 II 36 GY24-5010-1#, GY24-5077 GY24~500S-1# 21 **GY24-5012-2# 32 **GY24-5013-1# 21 GY24-5014-2 32 **GY24-5015-1# 33 36 GY24-5016-0 GY24-5017-12 30 GY24-5018-3 32 GY24-5019-0 30 **GY24-5020-7t 33 **GY24-5021-1# 36 GY24-5022-2 32 **GY24-5023-3# 24 **GY24-5025-31 37 GY24-5026-1 37 GY24-5027-0 25 GY24-5032-0 28 GY24-5037-0 GY24-5036 GY24-5033 ··GN33-8739 ··GN33-8747 GY33-8535 BUSINESS ANALYSIS/BASIC LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NOS. 5703-XI!3 (S/3 MODEL 6) AND 5734-XMB (ITP-OS, DOS AND 'lSQ) TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS) LOGIC MANUAL FEATURE NUMBER 8112 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F31 BEALTH CARE SUPPORT/ELECTROCARDIOGRAM (ECG) ANALYSIS PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROG NCS. 5734-B11 (OS, OS/vS) 5736-B15 (DOS, DOS/vS) EPIC:FAST STUDENT TESTING SYSTEM FOR EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5735-E92 ALPBJI SEARCH INQUIRY SlSTEM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-N14 IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE FaCILITY/370 CONTROL PROGRAM (CP) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - UROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010 IBM VIRTUAL MACHINE paCILrTY/370 CONV~RSATIONAL MONITOR SYSTEM (CMS) PROGRAM LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010 IBM VIRTUAL MKCHINE FaCILITY/370 SERVICE ROUTlNES PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5749-010 RESPONSIBILITY ACCOUNTING SYSTEM - THE PHILADELPHIA NATIONAL BANK - SYSTEM GUIDE - PROG. NO. 5796-ACA CPS UNDER TSO LOGIC MANUAL (PRPQ) - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-ADY IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT FORTRAN IV (16K CARD) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-FO-205 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAM KING SUPPORT DISTRIBUTION PROGRAM, PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-UT-208 OS B5AM LOGIC FOR IBM 1419/1275 OS DATA MANAGEMENT MACRO LOGIC FOR IBM 1285/1287/1288 IBM DOS RPG II LANGUAGE PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-RG1 IBM SYSTEM.I360 IBM 1288 BASIC UNPORMATTED READ SYSTEM PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-UT1 IBM 1288 BASIC UNPORMATTED READ SYSTEM (MPT/MVT/VS1/vS2): LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. NO. 5734-UT3 l:BM EMULATOR FOR HONEYWELL SERIES 200 ON SYSTEM.I370 USING DOS PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL,- PROGRAM NUMBER 51.99-ADT IBM EMULATOR FOR RCA 301 ON SYSTEM.I370 USING DOS PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-ADR IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM DISK ASSEMBLER PROGRAM NUMBER 360E-AS-309 IBM BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM/360 (8K DISK) SORT.lMERGE PLM - PROG. NO. 360B-SM-308 IBM BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM/360 SYSTEM CONTROL (8K DISK) PROGRAM NUMBER 360B-CL-302 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL BOS LOGICAL IOCS, PROG. NOS. 360B-I0-303, -304, -305 l:BM SYSTEM/360 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR (8K DISK) PROGRAM NUMBER 360B-RG-307 BPS INPUT OUTPUT CONTROL PROGRAM: PLI!, PROG. NO. 360P-IO-060 (1231-N1), -059 (1418/1428), -058 (1412/1419) l:BM SYSTEM.l360 OPERATING SYSTEM COHOL-E PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CO-503 IBM, SYSTEM.I360 BAsIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT BASIC TAPE SYSTEM SYSTEM CONTROL AND IOCS PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-AS-091 IBM'SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT TAPE ASSEMBLER PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-AS-091 IBM 'SYSTEM.I360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT UNIVERSAL CHARACTER SET UTILITY PROGRAM PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-UT-048 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT BASIC ASSEMBLER, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-AS-021 IBM, SYSTEM/360 BASIC ~ROGRAMMING SuPPORT EASIC UTILITIES PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL TOS SORT/MERGE PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360M-SM-400 IBM SYSTEM.I360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ~NTRODUCTION TO DOS LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CL-453 IBM SYSTEM.l360, TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM, LOGICAL IOCS, PROGRAM NUMBER 36011-10-404, VERSION 2.1 IBM SYSTEM/360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM UTILITY PROGRAMS PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-UT-403 IBM SYSTEM.I360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM, LOGICAL IOCS, VOLUME 1 iNTRODUCTION PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBERS CPMOD 360N-CL-453, DAMOD 360N-IO-45I1, DIMOD 360N-CL~453, DTPCN 360N-CL-453, ISMOD 360N-IO-457, MRMOD 360N-IO-477, MTMOD 360N-I0-456, ORMaD 360N-IO-478, PRMOD 360N-CL-453, PTMOD 360N-I0-458, SDMOD 360H-I0-455 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SORT/MERGE PROGRAM NUMBER 360H-SM-450 IBM SYSTEM/360, TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM, SYSTEM CONTROL, PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-CL-405, VERSION 2 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM UTILI-TIES PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-UT-461 360H-UT-462 360N-UT-463 IBM SYSTEM/360'DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS COBOL D PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. NOS. 360M-CB-402, 360N-CB-452 IBM SYSTEM.l360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM AUTOTEST PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-PT-407 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM AUTOTEST PROGRAM NUMBER 360H-PT-459 IBM SYSTEM.l360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS FORTRAN IV PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-po-409 PROGRAM NOMBER 360N~FO-451 IBM SYSTEM/360. BASIC PROGRAKMING SUPPORT, REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR POR PUNCHED CARD EQUIPMENT PROGRAM NOMBER 360P-RG-200 ' 392 32 GY24-5045-48 37 GY24-5056-2 31 **GY24-5079-38 31 GY24-5080-3 36 ••GY24-5086-58 ··GN33-8740 30 **GY24-5087-6i .·GN33-8741 30 **GY24-5088-58 30 32 **GY24-5089-48 GY24-5096-1 36 GY24-5151-3 GN24-5451 ··GN33-8743 GN33-8655 ··GN33-8744 36 **GY24-5152-28 "GN33-8745 36 ** GY24-5153-38 "GN33-8746 37 36 30 36 36 36 21 GY24-5154-3 ••SY24-5155-1 ••SY24-5156-1 ••SY24-5159-1 ••SY24-5160-1 ••SY24-5161-1 GY26-3598-0 21 **GY26-3642-4i 21 •• GY26-3700-3# 28 GY26-3701-1 GY21-0009 GY21-0005 28 GY26-3704-0 GY21-0011 GY21-0006 21 GY26-3716-1 GN33-8120 21 **LY26-3737-1 35 GY26-3741-3 21 14 **LY26-3760-1 SY26-3766-0 30 30 30 30 30 31 31 36 30 35 •• SY26-3785-2 ••SY26-3786-1 ••SY26-3787-1 ••SY26-3788-2# ••SY26-3789-1 ••SY26-3814-0 ••SY26-3815-0 ••SY26-3820-0 ••SY26-3823-1 GY27-7103-1 **SN24-51164 •• GN33-8156 •• GN26-8021 •• SN33-7037 .·SN26-8030 ··SN26-8029 **SN26-8022 ··SN26-8020 **SN26-8032 ··SN26-8033 GY27-7131 24 GY27-71 08-0 30 GY27-7110-1 35 GY27-7111-0 30 GY27-7113-6 35 GY27-7115-0 GY33-7001 35 GY27-7116-1 GY33-7002 35 GY27-7117-1 GY33-7003 35 GY27-7118-0 GY33-70011 35 GY27-7119-1 GY33-7005 GY27-7129 GY27-7182 DOS AND TOS tnU.IT:IES NACROS - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360M-UT-II 11, 360N-U'll-II 71 IBM SYSTEMl360 TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM ON-LINE ~EST EXECUT~VE PROGRAM - PROGRAM NUMBER 360M-DN-418 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM LIBRARIAN MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE PROGRAMS PRQGRAM NUMBER 360N-CL-453 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERA~ING SYSTEM LINKAGE EDITOR PROGRAM PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CL-II53 IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM IPL AND JOB CONTROL PROGRAMS PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CL-II53 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM LOGICAL IOCS VOLUME 2: UNIT RECORD, MAGNnIC TAPE AND DEVICE INDEP.ENDENT FILES PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM, LOGICAL IOCS VOLUME 3: SEQUENTIAL AND DIRECT ACCESS DASD FILES, (PROGRAM NUMBERS: SDMOD 360N-IO-455 DAMOD 360N-IO-454) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL DOS LIOCS VOLUME 4: ISFMS - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-IO-457 IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT MODULAR FILE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM - PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-QT-219 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUPERVISOR AND PHYSICAL TRANSIENTS - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CL-II53 IBM SYSTEMi360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM LOGICAL TRANSIENT PROGRAMS IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SYSTEM SERVICE PROGRAMS DOS OLTEP LOGIC OS/VSl SUPERVISOR LOGIC OS/VSl I/O SUPERVISOR LOGIC MANUAL OS/vS1 CBECKPOINT/RESTART LOGIC OS/vSl IPL AND NIP LOGIC OS/vSl JOB MANAGEMENT LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER (32K) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-AS-036 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS ASSEMBLER (D) PROGRAM NUMBER 360M/N-AS-II65 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER (F) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-AS-037 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEM REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-RG-II60 (DISK) 360M-RG-408 (TAPE) IBM SYSTEMl360 OPERATING SYSTEM REPORT PROGRAM GENERATOR PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RG-038 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER (F) PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-AS-466 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION ASSEMBLER PROMPTER l'ROGRAM LCGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-CP2 DOS EMULATOR LOGIC (CN IBM SYSTEM/370 UNDER OS), PROG. NO • 360C-EU-738 (FOR MFT/MVT), 5744-ASl (FOR VS) OS ASSEMBLER H LOGIC PROG. NO. 5734-ASl IBM 27110/2968 AUDIO-VISUALCCNTRCL PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL RPQ NUMBER F30209 OS/VS OPEN/CLOSE/EOV LOGIC MANUAL OS/VS ISAM LOGIC MANUAL OS/VS DADSM LOGIC MANUAL OS/VS SAM LOGIC MANUAL OS/VS BDAM LOGIC MANUAL as/VB LOADER LOGIC MANUAL OS/VS LINKAGE EDITOR LOGIC MANUAL OS/vS2 CHECKPOINT/RESTART LOGIC 0s/VS2 INPUT/OUTPUT SUPERVISOR LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 11101/1460 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 40 PLM - PROG. NO. 360C-EU-0711 IBM SYSTEM/360 TRANSITION AIDS: COBOL LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM (11101-CB-701) FOR THE IBM 11101 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERA~NG SYSTEM GRAPHICS PROBLEM ORIENTED ROUTINES (360S-iO-523) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: TBE 70711 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODELS 50 AND 65 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-725 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: GRAPHIC ACCESS METHOD PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-IO-523 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: TBE 1410/7010 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360, PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-7511 PROGRAM' LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: TBE 1620 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360, PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-752 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7070/70711 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEMl360, PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-753 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7080 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEMl360, PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-SI-751 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 7090/70911 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360, PROGRAM NUMBER ~60C-SI-750 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL 393 35 GY27-7126-0 36 GY27-7128-7 25 GY27-7152-1 31 "GY27';'7155-3 36 GY27-7159-1 25 GY27-7161-0 GY27-7194 35 GY27-7164-2 GN33-1013 35 GY27-7·165-2 GN33-70n 36 GY27-7166-0 GY21-7192 31 *otGY27-7184-2 35 GY27-7187-2 31 **GY27-7198-2 39 GY27-7199-2 35 GY27-7228-0 GY27-7140 GN21-1334 GN27-1377 35 GY27-7229-0 30 36 31 **LY27-7230-0 **GY27-7236-2 GY27-7237-1 **LN27-1402 35 GY27-7238-0 **GN27-1409 37 **SY27-7239-1 "SN27'-1407 30 30 30 **SY27-72110-0 **SY27-72111-0 **SY27-72112-0 **SN27-1389 36 36 30 **SY27-72113-0 "SY27-721111-0 **GY27-72115-1 . **SN27-1406 **SN27-1403 30 37 36 **SY27-72116-0 "SY27-7252-0 ·*GY27-7255-0 **SN27-1398 20 36 36 36 37 37 37 37 *·GY28-0603-0 "SY28-0605-1 "SY28-0606-0 "SY28-0620-0 **SY28-0635-0 ·*SY28-0637-1 **SY28-0639-1 "SY28-0641-0 37 39 39 "SY28-0643-0 **SY28-0649-0 **SY28-0650-0 39 39 39 "SY28-0651-0 "SY28-0652-0 "SY28-0659-0 38 "SY28-0660-0 37 36 "SY28-0662-0 GY28-2009-2 36 GY28-2011-6 36 GY28-2012-5# 36 GY28-2013-6 36 GY28-2014-2# 34 GY28-2015-6 **GN27-1388 "SN27-1390 **SN27-11101 *.SN28-2541 GN28-3146 GN28-3219 GN28-3217 GN28-32n GN28-3193 DIM SYSTBlV360 MODEL 30 1620 EI!ULATOR PROGRAM PROGRAM LOG~C MANOAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-131 IBM SYSTEIV360 OPERATING SYSTEM JOB MANAGEMBNT WITH MFT PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBMSYSTEIV360 OPERA~NG SYSTEM GRAPB:rC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE (GSP) FOR FORTRAN XV. COBOL. AND ·PLlI PROGRAM LOGIC MANOAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-537 IBM SYSTEIV360 OPERATING SYSTEM MACHINE CBECK HANDLER FOR IBM SYSTElV360 MODEL 65 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-539 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERA~NG SYSTEM: GRAPHIC JOB PROCESSOR SUPPORT - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-541 SYSTEM/360-1130 DATA TRANSMISSION FOR FORTRAN PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-LM-542. 1130-LM-011 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM 1401/1440/1460 EMULATOR PROGRAM CCMPATIEILITY SUPPORT/30 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-EU-484 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM 1401/11140/1460 EMULftTOR PROGRAM COMPATABILITY SUPPORT/40 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-EU-485 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERA~NG SYSTEM AND 1130 DISK MONITOR SYSTEM SYSTEM/360 JOB PROCESSING FROM A REMOTE 1130/2250 SUBSYSTEM PROGRAM LOGIC MANOAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-RC-543. 1130-CO-012 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: MACHINE-CBECK BANDLER FOR IBM SYSTElV360 MODEL 85 - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-539 EMULATOR PROGRAM TO EMULATE TBE 7094 ON MODELS 65 AND 165 USING 05/360 - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360C-EU-734. 360C-EU-740 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: MACHINE-CHECK HANDLER FOR SYSTElV370 MODELS· 155 AND 165 - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEIV360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION (TSO)' CONTROL PROGRAM PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-555 PROGRAM TO EMULATE TBE IBM 70711 ON TBE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 USING OS/360 - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-739 LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM TO EMULATE TBE IBM 7080 ON TBE IBM SYSTEM/370 MODEL 165 USING 05/360 - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-731 VIDE0/370 LOGIC MANOAL - SROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC5. 5736-RC3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERA~NG SYSTEM MFT SUPERVISOR IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM MACHINE-CBECK HANDLER FOR IBM SYSTEM/370 MODELS 135 AND 145 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 3605-DN-539 IBM 7074 OPERATING SYSTEM EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/370 MODEL 155 LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-141 osms RECOVERY MANAGEMENT. SUPPORT LOGIC - COMPONENT NOS. 5742-SC1-CE, 5742-SC1-CE OS/VS GRAPHICS ACCESS·METHOD LOGIC MANUAL OS/VS GRAPHICS· PROBLEM-ORIENTED ROUTINES LOGIC OS/VS GRAPHIC SUBROUTINE PAC RAGE (GSP) FOR FORTRAN IV. COBOL.· AND.PLlI LOGIC MANUAL OS/vS2 IPL AND NIP LOGIC 0s/vS2 SUPERVISOR LOGIC VOLUME I SYSTEIV360 DOS VERSICN 4 BASIC TELECCMMUNlCATIONS ACCESS METHODS - PROGRAM LCGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-469 OS/VS MAM LOGIC MANUAL . 0s/VS2 RECOVERY MANAGBMENT SUPPORT PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL OS/vS2 HASP II VERSION ·4 LOGIC PROGRAM NUMBER 370H-TX-001 OS/VS MASTER INDEX OF LOGIC 05/VS 1 SYSTEM DATA AREAS OS/VS2 SYSTEM DATA AREAS·· MANUAL OS/vS2 JOB MANAGEMENT LOGIC MANUAL 0S/VS1 SERVICE AIDS LOGIC OS/V5 OLTEP LOGIC OS/VS SYS1. LOGREC ERRCR RECCRDING LOGIC MANUAL OS/VS DYNAMIC SuPPORT SYSTEM LOGIC - FEATURE NUMBERS 5007. 5008. 5413. AND 5414 - PROGRAM NUMBERS 57111-020 AND 51112-010 Os/vS2 SERVICE AIDS LOGIC MANUAL OS/vS2 TSO CONTROL PROGRAM LCGIC MANUAL OS/vS2 TSO TERMINAL MONITOR PRCGRAM AND SERVICE ROUTINES LOGIC MANUAL . 0S/VS2 TSO COMMAND PROCESSCR LOGIC VOLUME I: ~CCOUNT OS/VS2 TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR LOGIC VOLUME IV OS/vS2 TSO ENRANCEMENTS LOGIC - COMPONENT NUMBERS 5742-SC1-TO AND 57112-SC1-T4 OS/VS RES ACCOUNT FACILITY LOGIC - COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-BC 05/vS1 OLTEP LOGIC - COMPONENT NO. 5741-SC1-06 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SRARING SYSTEM SYSTEM LOGIC SUMMARY PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360G-CL-627 IBM SYSTEIV360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM SYSTEM CCNTROL BLOCKS PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360G-CL-627 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM: RESIDENT SUPERVISOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANOAL TIME SHARING SYSTEM/360 COMMAND LANGUAGE PROGRArj LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM GN28-3218 Nm~BER 360G-CL-627 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM PROGRAM CONTROL SYSTEM PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM: SYSTEM GENERATION AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PRCGRAM NUMBER 360-cL-627 394 GN28-3212 31 GY28-2016-5' GY28-2016-4i GY28-2018-3 25 GY28-2019-1 GN2B-3167 GN2B-3215 25 GY28-2020-2 21 GY28-2021-2 37 GY2B-2022-2 30 31 GY28-2030-2 36 GY28-2031-3 32 GY28-2039-3 36 GY28-20111-11 37 GY28-20112-2 36 GY28-20117-1I11 IBM SYSTMl360 GN28-3190 GN28-3213 GN28-3216 GN28-31311 GN28-3176 GN28-3159 29 GY28-2051-0 GN28-3161 GN28-3191 29 GY28-2052-0 GN28-3132 GN28-3192 GN28-3162 211 GY28-6382-2 24 **GY28-6392-2 **GN2B-1027 25 GY28-63911-1 GN28-01115 211 GY28-6395-1 **GN28-0499 24 **GY28-6397-1# 211 LY2B-61106-1 **LN28-0492 211 LY28-6407-1 **LN2B-1005 25 LY28-61108-0 **LN28-0605 25 LY28-61109-0 **LN28-0606 25 LY28-61110-0 211 LY28-61112-0 LN2S-0462 LN28-01185 24 LY2B-611 13-0 LN2S-01163 LN2B-04B6 211 LY2B-611111-0 LN2B-01l91 25 LY2B-611 15-0 211 **LY2B-61119-0 **LN2S-1007 211 **LY28-61120-0 **LN2S-1008 35 GY28-6566-1 GY27-7175 35 GY28-6569-1 33 GY28-6597-11 35 GY2S-6599-1 25 **GY2S-6601-3# 30 GY28-66011-5 36 GY2S-6605-511 **GN33-S1611 GN27-1358 ~IME SHARING SYSTEM ACCBSS METHODS PROGRAM HUMBER 360G-CL-627 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEMl360 TIME SI!ARING SYSTEM: SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEMl360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM: FORTRAN IV COMPILER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY SUBPROGRAMS PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL . PROGRAM NUMBER 360G-CL-627 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM ASSEMBLER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL IBM SYSTEMl360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM TIME SHARING SUPPORT SYSTEM - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360G-CL-627 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME-SHARING SYSTEM LINKAGE EDITOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360G-CL-627 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM: DYNAMIC LOADER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360G-CL-627 IBM SYSTEM/360 ~IME-SHARING SYSTEM INDEPENDENT UTILITIES PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360G-CL-627 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM TASK MONITOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360G-CL-627 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM: ON-LINE TEST CONTROL SYSTEM PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360G-CL-627 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM OPERATOR TASK AND EULK I/O - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360G-CL-627 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM PL/I COMPILER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360G-CL-627 IBM SYSTEM/360 TIME SHARING SYSTEM PL/I LIBRARY COMPUTATIONAL SUBROUTINES PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360G-CL-627 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM COBOL CFS PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CB-5211 360S-LM-525 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. NO. 360N-CB-IIS2 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OP~ING SYSTEM F.ORTRAN IV PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-FO-1I79 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: USA STANDARD COBOL PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-CB-5115, 360S-LM-5116 IBM CONVERSION AIDS: COBOL-TQ-AMERICAN NA~IONAL ST'D COBOL LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-CV-IIS9, 360C-CV-713 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION COBOL PROMPTER PROGRAM LCGIC MANUAL; PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-CP1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERA~NG SYSTEM FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY, VERSION 3 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-CB1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY (MODEL I) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-LM1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERA~NG SYSTEM FORTRAN IV LIBRARY MOD II PROGRAM LCGIC MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-LM3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TIME SHARING OPTION FORTRAN PROMPTER - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 57311-CP3 IBM SYSTEMl360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM F.ULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER VERSION 3, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM PRODUCT 5736-CB2 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM F.ULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL SUBROUTINE LIBRARY, VERSION 3 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - SROGRAM NUMBER 5736-LM2 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM SUBSET AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD COBOL COMPILER AND LIBRARY PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-CB1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN ·IV (B EXTENDED PLUS) COMPILER AND LIBRARY PROGRAM LOGIC SUPPLEMENT (PROGRAMMING REQUEST FOR PRICE QUOTATION) PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AAW IBM 5/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARt COBOL SUBROUTINE LIBRARY VII PLM - PROGRAM PRODUCTS 57311-CB2, 57311-LM2 IBM 5/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: FULL AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARt COBOL COMPILER VII - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM PRODUCT 57311-CB2 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 709/7090/70911/70911 II EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROG. NO. 360C-EU-729 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: TBE 1410/7010 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 50 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EV-726 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM, SORT/MERGE PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, (PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-SM-023) IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: THE 70110/701111 EMULATOR PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 65 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - BROGRAM NUMBER 360C-EU-733 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (E) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-FO-092 SYSTEMl360 OPERA~ING SYSTEM (OS) SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METBOD (SAM) LOGIC MANUAL·- PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DM-50S IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: INTRODUCTION TO CONTROL PROGRAM LOGIC, PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-CI-505 360S-DM-508 395 30 30 -GY2B-6606-3 GY2B-6607-B# 30 31 GY2B-6609-6 GY2B-6610-3, GY2B-6610-2i 37 •• GY2B-6611-1' 36 GY2B-6612-5# 36 GY2B-6613-5 GY2B-6_00 GY2B-2301 31 GY2B-661_-8 •• GN35-0009 30 GY28-6616-9# •• GN26-8036 30 GY28-6617-6 30 GY2B-661B-5# 25 •• GY2B-6638-2# 25 •• GY28-66_2-5# 33 GY28-66q5-2# 37 GY28-6651-5 36 •• GY28-6659-7 36 GY28-666o-9 •• GN28-2551 36 GY28-6661-5 ••GN27-1qOq 31 GY28-6667-2 1q GY28-6688-0 33 LY28-6696-1 31 ••GY28-671q-2# •• GN28-2550 LN33-8107 20 GY28-6717-3 37 GY28-6721-0 •• SN28-255q 1q SY28-67Q6-0 SN28-2527 32 LY28-6761-0 •• LN33-8708 32 LY28-6766-1 ••LN33-8709 39 ••GY28-6770-2 39 •• GY28-6771-1i 39 •• GY28-6772-1# 39 GY28-6773-1# 39 •• GY28-677Q-1# 39 •• GY28-6775-1# 39 GY28-6776-0 39 ••GY28-6777~11 29 GY28-6800-5 29 GY28-6801-6# 21 GY28-6811-0 36 GY28-6812-1 GY28-2356 "LN33-8720 GN28-2Q92 GY33-8509 GY28-6817 •• GN33-8657 GY28-682_ GN33-8656 DIll SYSDIV360 OPBIUI'l'l:1IG SYSTEM CATALOG MllIllAGl!MENT PLM SYSTEMl360 OPERATIIIG SYSTEM - DIRECT ~CCESS DEVICE SPACE MllNAGEMBNT RODTmES - LOGIC MANUAL OS OPElVCLOSB/EOV LOGIC, PROG. NO. 360S-OM-508 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERA~ING SYSTEM LINKAGE EDITOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-ED-510 (LEVEL E) IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TESTRAN PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-PT-516 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FIXED TASK SUPERVISOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-505 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: JOB MANAGEMENT PROGRAM LOGIC MllNUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-505 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTm!: UTILITIES, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-UT-506 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM/OS INPUT/OUTPUT (YO) SUPERVISOR LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-505 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM BDAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-OM-509 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM XSAN LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-I0-526 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (G) COMPILER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-Fo-520 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (B) COMPILER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-FO-500 IBM SYSTEM/360 DXSK OPERATING SYSTEM TAPE AND DISK SORT/MERGE ~ROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-SM-483 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM RELEASE -20 ON-LINE TEST EXECUTIVE PROGRAM PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-533 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERAT~NG SYSTEM MVT SUPERVISOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-535 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: MVT JOB MANAGEMENT, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-535 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM INITIAL PROGRAM LOADER AND NUCLEUS INITIALIZATION PROGRAM PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-535 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM LINKAGE EDITOR (F) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-~521 INTERNAL LOGIC MANUAL FOR THE IBM 29Q7-4 CHECK COLLECTION CONTROLLER SEQUENTIAL ACCESS METHOD - PROGRAM SUPPORT RPQ 88826Q - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5799-WAF 5799-WAG IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM: TAPE AND DISK SORT/MERGE PROGRAM - PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-SM1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM LOADER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBBR 360C-LD-5Q7 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTm! PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL MASTER INDEX IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTm!: SERVICE AIDS PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-DN-55Q IBM 2969 -PROGRAMMABLE TERMINAL INTERCHANGE MODEL 1 CONTROL PROGRAM DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS SUPPORTING RPQ 888117 OS/MFT, OS/MVT, AND OS/VS DATA SET DTILITDS SUPPORT FOR ASCII: LOGIC MANUAL, PROG. NO. 573Q-UT2 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATJ:NG SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION DATA UTILITIES: COPY, FORMAT, LIST, MERGS PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM 'NUMBER 5734-UT1 OS TSO TERMINAL MONITOR PROGRAM AND SERVICE ROUTINES PLM, PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-555 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TXMB SHARING OPTION COMMAND PROCESSOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME 1, ACCOUNT PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CI-555 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TXMB SHARING OPTION COMMAND PROCESSOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME 2, ALLOCATE, CALL, CANCEL/STATUS, DELETE, PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-CI-555, 360s-~-506 IBM SYSTEM/360, OPERATING SYSTEM: TDHI SHARING OPTION COMMAND PROCESSOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME 3, EDIT PROGRAM NUMBER -360S-UL-506 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIMB SHARING OPTION COMMAND PROCESSOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME Q, EXEC, FREE, BELP, LINK, LISTALC, LISTBC PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-CI-555, 360S-~-506 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIMB SHARING OPTION COMMAND PROCESSOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME 5, ,LISTCAT, LISTDS, LOADGO, OPERATOR, OUTPUT PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-CI-555, 360S-UT-506 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SBAlUNG OPTION COMMAND PROCESSOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME 6, PROFILE, PROTECT, RENAME, RON, SEND, SUBMIT, TERMINAL, TIME, WBEN/END - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-CI-555, 360S-UT-506 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM: TIME SHARING OPTION COMMAND PRODESSOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME 7, TEST IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM, PL/I (F) COMPXLER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-NL-511 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATIN~ SYSTEM, PL/I SUBROUTINE LIBRARY, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-LM-512 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 4Q PROGRAMMmG SYSTEM ASSEMBLER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360F-AS-616 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 4Q PROGRAMMmG SYSTEM SUPERVISOR AND JOB CONTROL PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360F-I0-613 360F-CL-61Q 396 31 GY2B-6813-0 32 **GY28-6814-21 25 GY28-6815-1 35 GY28-6816-0 25 GY28-6831-2 36 LY28-6832-1 36 LY28-6833-1 36 LY28-6834-3 29 LY28-6835-1 23 LY28-6836-0 LN28-0420 LN28-0443 36 LY28-6837-3 **LN28-0456 20 LY28-6840-.1 39 LY28-6842-11 39 LY2B-6B45-0 25 LY2B-6B46-1 30 **SY2B-6849-0 **SN24-5468 25 LY28-6856-0 **LN28-1013 31 GY28-7106-0 30 **GY30-2001-6 30 GY30-2002-3 38 GY30-2005-4 GY30-2542 38 GY30-2006-1 GY30-2537 **GN28-0599 38 GY30-2011-1 30 GY30-2027-0 30 30 32 **GY30-2029-3 **SY30-2039-2 **GY30-3000-0 35 **SY30-3001-0 30' **SY30- 3003-0 35 **LY30-3004-0 35 **LY30-3005-0 30 **GY30-5001-6 30 GY30-5002-4 29 29 GY33-6003-2 LY33-6007-0 GY28-6823 'GN33-86116 LN28-0455 LN28-01129 GY30-2557 **GN28-0614 **GY30-2580 **GY30-3500 **GY30-3504 **SY30-3502 **GY30-3501 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 1111 PROGRAMMING SYSTEM LINKAGE EDITOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360P-ED-615 IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 1111 PROGRAMMING SYSTEM UTILITIES AND STAND ALONE PROGRAMS PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360F-UT-606 360F-UT-607 360F-UT-608 360F-UT-609 360F-UT-610 360F-UT-611 360F-UT-612 360F-UT-617 360F-UT-620 IBM SYSTBM/360 MODEL 44 PROGRAMMING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV COMPILER PROGRAM NUMBER 360F-FO-618 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - COMPILER PROGRAM NUMBER 360F-FO-618 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS 1620 SIMULATOR FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 MODEL 411 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL 360C-SI-755 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV SYNTAX CHECKER PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-FO-550 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC INTRODUCTION AND METHOD OF OPERATION PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5734-RC3, 5736-RC1, 5736-RC2 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC INITIALIZATION SYSTEM CONTROL, AND SYSTEM SUPPORT PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5734-RC3, 5736-RC1, 5736-RC2 IBM SYSTBM/360 OS/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC LANGUAGE COMPONENT CONTROLLER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5734-RC3, 5736~RC1, 5736-RC2 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF PL/I PROGRAM LOGIC LANGUAGE COMPONENT: PL/I ROUTINES PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, 5736-RC1 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF PRCGRAM LOGIC LANGUAGE COMPONENT: BASIC ROUTINES PROGRAM NUMBERS 5736-RC2, 5734-RC3 IBM SYSTEM/360 OS/DOS ITF PROGRAM LOGIC LANGUAGE COMPONENT: COMMON ROUTINES AND REFERENCE DATA PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC1, RC3, 5736-RC1, RC2 INDEX FOR THE OS/DOS ITF PLM, PROG. NOS. 5734-RC1 AND 3, 5736-RC1 AND 2 IBM SYSTEM/360·0PERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION) INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY PROGRAM LOGIC INITIALIZATION, SYSTEM CONTROL, AND SYSTEM SUPPORT PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC2, 5734-RC4 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM (TIME SHARING OPTION) INTERACTIVE TERMINAL FACILITY PROGRAM LOGIC INDEX PROGRAM NUMBERS 5734-RC2, 5734-RC4 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM CODE AND GO FORTRAN PROCESSOR PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F01 OS/VS1 RES RTAM AND ~ORKSTATION SUPPORT LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 5741-SC1-BB IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM FORTRAN IV (GI) COMPILER PLM PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-F02 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM UPDATE ANALYSIS PROGRAM PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-UT-506 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM HASIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-513 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM QUEUED TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-519 PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-RC-536 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM BASIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD IBM SYSTEM/360 BASIC OPERATING SYSTEM, BASIC PROGRAMMING SUPPORT REMOTE JOB ENTRY ~ORK STATION PROGRAM PROGRAM NUMBERS 3608-CQ-311-(BOS), 360P-CQ-218-(BPS) PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL Os/MFT, OS/MVT, AND CS/VS 1: CRJE LOGIC PROG. NO. 360S-RC-551 (MFT/MVT), 5741-sCl-0A (VS1) IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM TCAM SERVICEABILITY AIDS: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-CQ-548 OS MFT/MVT TCAM LOGIC, PROG. NO. 360S-CQ-548 Os/VS TCAM L.QG!C - PROGR.'IM NUMBER 57111-SC1-21 IBM 3735 PROGRAMMABLE BUFFERED TERMINAL FORM DESCRIPTION MACRO INSTRUCTIONS AND FORM DESCIPTION UTILITY PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL (OS, DOS, AND VS SYSTEMS) IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER EMULATION PROGRAM PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360H-TX-033 IBM 3705 COMMUNICATIONS CONTROLLER NET~ORK CONTROL PROGRAM PLM **LN33-6038 GENERATION AND LOGIC MANUAL FOR PROGRAMMING RPQ P85007 SPECIAL START-STOP LINE CONTROL FOR IBM 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM - PROGRAM NUMBER 5799-AGK GENERATION AND LOGIC MANUAL FOR PROGRAMMING RPQ P85004, SIX BIT TRANSCODE FOR IBM 3705 EMULATION PROGRAM PROGRAM NO. 5799-AGA IBM SYSTBM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM BASIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-469 IBM SYSTBM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM QUEUED TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS METHOD PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-CQ-470 IBM SYSTEM/360 PL/I LANGUAGE SPECIFICATIONS OS PL/I OPTIMIZING COMPILER: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5734-PL1 397 29 LY33'-6008-0 29 LY33-6009-0 29 LY33-6010-1 29 **LY33-6011-1 29 LY33-6012-0 29 LY33-6013-0 29 LY33-6014-0 26 GY33-1006-0 24 **GY33-1001-1# 35 **LN33-6061 LN33-6060 **LN33-6012 LN33-6058 **LN33-6062 GY33-1008-0 GN33-1019 GN33-1022 35 GY33-1009-0 **GN33-1020 **GN33-1023 35 SY33-1010-0 **SN33-1038 35 GY33-1011-0 **GN33-1024 35 GY33-1012-0 26 GY33-8000-0 **GN33-1029 **SN33-1034 **GN33-1030 **SN33-1039 GY33-8003 GN33-8129 **SN33-8152 **GN33-8125 **SN33-8158 **GN33-8155 29 **GY33-8009-1# 33 **LY33-8021-1 33 LY33-8039-0 21 36 **SY33-8041-0 GY33-8532-0 36 GY33-8533-0 36 GY33-8534-0 **GN33-8127 36 GY33-8531-0 **GN33-8128 31 GY33-8538-0 **GN33-8129 36 GY33-8539-0 32 LY33-8540-0 36 GY33-8542-0 **GN33-8131 30 GY33-8543-0 **GN33-8132 30 GY33-8544-0 **GN33-8133 30 GY33-8545-0 **GN33-8134 30 GY33-8546-0 32 39 **GY33-8541-0 **SY33-8548-0 29 GY33-9010-4# 29 GY33-9011-2 29 GY33-9012-2# 29 GY33-9013-1 30 39 32 **SY35-0003-2 **SY35-0004-0 **SY35-0005-0 95 S2CG-OOSi-l **SN33-1035 GY33-8001 **GN33-8151 **GN33-8149 GN33-9108 **SN35-0008 ··S2eu-S05S **S2CO-5054-3 S2CO-5050 S2CO-5052-3 **S2CO-0049-16 **S2CO-0050-6 S2CO-5051-1 **S2CO-5053-1 SYSTEM/360 OPERATJ:NG SYSTEM PL/I RESIDENT LIBRARY: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-LM4 OS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRARY: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-LM5 DOS PL/1 OPTIMIZING COMPILER: PROGRAM LOGIC PROGRAM PRODUC~ 5136-PL1 DOS PL/1 RESIDENT LIBRlIRY: PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-LM4 DOS PL/I TRANSIENT LIBRlIRY - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5136-LM5 OS PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-PL2 SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM PL/I CHECKOUT COMPILER PROGRAM LOGIC, VOLUME 2 OF 2 - PROGRAM NUMBER 5134-PL2 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: ALGOL-TO-PL/I LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - BROGRAM NUMBER 360C-CV-111 IBM SYSTEM/360 CONVERSION AIDS: COBOL-to-PL/I LANGUAGE CONVERSION PROGRAM FOR IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360C-CV-112 PROGRAM TO EMULATE THE 1401, 1440, AND 1460 ON THE SYSTEM/310 MODELS 145 AND 155 USING DISK OPERATING SYSTEM/360 - PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-EU-490 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM TO EMULATE THE 1410 AND 1010 ON THE SYSTEM/310 MODELS 145 AND 155 USING DOS/360 PROGRAM NUMBER 360N-EU-490 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL MODEL 20 EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/310 USING DOS LOGIC - PROG. NO. 310N-IC-002 1401/1440/1460 OS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/310 LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5144-AH1 AND 360C-EU-135 1410/1010 OS EMULATOR ON SYSTEM/310 LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBERS 5144-AG1 AND 360C-EU-136 OS ALGOL (F) COMPILER LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBERS 360S-AL-531 360S-LH-532 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM, PL/I SYNTAX CHECKER, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 360S-PL-552 IBM SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM, SORT/MERGE, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NO. 5134-SM1 DOS SORT/MERGE PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5143-SM1 OS/VS ASSEMBLER LOGIC DOS VERSION 4 LOGICAL TRANSIENTS - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CL-453 INTRODUCTION TO DOS VERSION 4 LOGIC - PROGRAM NUMBER 310N-CL-453 DOS VERSION 4 SUPERVISOR AND RELATED TRANSIENTS - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CL-453 DOS VERSION 4 SYSTEM SERVICE PROGRAMS - PROGRAM NUMBER 310N-CL-453 DOS VERSION 4 LINKAGE EDITOR MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 310N-CL-453 SYSTEM/310 DOS VERSION 4 LIBRARIAN-PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 370N-CL-453 IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK OPERATING SYSTEM ASCII MAGNETIC TAPE UTILITIES PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5736-UT2 DOS VERSION 4 IPL AND JOB CONTROL MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMHER 310N-CL-453 DOS VERSION 4 LIOCS INTRODUCTION VOLUME 1 - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL '- PROGRAM NUMBERS 370N-CL-453, 310N-IO-454, 310N-IO457, 310N-IO-417, 310N-IO-456, 310N-IO-418, 370N-IO-458, 370N-IO-455 DOS VERSION 4 LIOCS VOlUME 2 - PROGRAM NUMBERS 310N-CL-453, 310N-IO-477, 370N-IO-456, 310N-IO-418, 370N-IO-458 DOS VERSION 4 LIOCS VOLUME 3-SAM AND DAM FOR DASDPROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBERS 370N-IO-455, 310N-IO-454 DOS VERSION 4 LIOCS VOLUME 4 - ISAM - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 310N-IO-451 DOS VERSION 4 SYSTEM UTILITIES - PROGRAM NUMBER 310N-UT-491 OS/VS2 TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR LOGIC VOLUME II - EDIT PROGRAM NUMBER 5742-SC1-TO IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS, PL/I SUBSEI LANGUAGE, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME 1 OF 3 PROGRAM NUMBERS: 360N-PL-464 (DOS) 360M-PL-410 (TOS) IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS, PL/I SUBSET LANGUAGE, PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL, VOLUME 2 OF 3, PROG. NOS. 360N-PL-464 (DOS), 360M-PL-410 (TOS) IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS, PL/I SUBSET LANGUAGE, VOLUME 3 OF 3 PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS: 360N-PL-464 (Des) 360N-PL-410 (TOS) IBM SYSTEM/360 DISK AND TAPE OPERATING SYSTEMS PL/I SUBSET LIBRARY ROUTINES - PROGRAM LOGIC MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBERS 360N-PL-464 (DOS), 360M-PL-410 (TOS) OS/VS CATALOG MANAGEMENT LOGIC OS/VS2 TSO COMMAND PROCESSOR LOGIC VOLUME III: TEST OS/VS UTILITIES LOGIC MANUAL, COMPONENT NUMBERS 5141-SC1-IO, I1, I2, UO THROUGH UK MICROFICHE - ElIRLY WARNING 2025 AND LARGER FILE CARD 39B 95 S2Co-0101-B 95 S2CO-0201-4 95 S2CO-0301-4 20 B5 79 S229-3169-3 **G310-0012-4 G320-0956-2 79 G320-095B-1 79 G320-1002-1 74 **G320-102B-0 74 **G320-1030-0 39 **G320-1238-0 B7 39 **G320-1244-1 **G320-1408-1 71 **G320-1409-H B1 **G320-1415-1 63 **G320-1418-1 63 **G320-1425-1 64 **G320-1439-0 BO **G320-1440-1 73 **G320-1516-1 B1 G320-1517-1 78 G320-1518-1 78 G320-1519-0 73 **G320-1520-2 80 **G320-1521-1 75 **G320-1522-1 80 **G320-1523-1 72 **G320-1524-1 63 **G320-1525-1 72 **G320-1526-2# 85 36 **G320-1621-28+ G320-1973-1 63 B2 """G320-8062-0 **G320-8063-0 63 32 **G320-8065-0 **G320-8067-0 87 G520-2467-1# **S2CO-5146-2 **S2CO-5144-1 **S2CO-5142 **S2CO-514o-4 **S2CO-010o-7B **S2CO-0 14 B-1 **S2CO-5148-2 **S2CO-51 05-1 **S2CO-020o- 51 **S2CO-5104-2 **S2CO-5255 **S2CO-0347-1B **S2cO-030o-9 **S2CO-5252 MG320-8066 **S2CO-5145-2 **S2CO-5143-1 **S2CO-5141-7 S2CO-5139-3 **S2CO-0149-74 **S2CO-5147-3 **S2CO-5149 **S2CO-5103-1 S2CO-5102-1 MICROFICHE - EARLY WARNING OPERATING SYSTEM OS FILE CARD **S2CO-5253 **S2CO-0348-51 **S2CO-0349-711 **S2CO-5254-1 MICROFICHE EARLY WARNING - PROGRAM PRODUCTS. CSP AND SCP MICROFICHE - EARLY WARNING PROGRAMMING SYSTEM OTHER THAN OS FILE SYSTEM/360 OPERATING SYSTEM HANDBOOK IBM WORLD TRADE MARKETING PUBLICATIONS KWIC INDEX ATS/360 TERMINAL OPERATOR'S QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE PRCGRAM NUMBERS 360A-CX-18X. 360A-CX-19X ATS/360 - DOS COMPUTER OPERATOR'S QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-18X ATS/360 - OS COMPUTER OPERATOR'S QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-CX-~9X SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SHAS) DIAGNOSTIC MESSAGES PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UH-l1X APPLICATION PROGRAM MANUAL SHARED HOSPITAL ACCOUNTING SYSTEM (SHAS) TERMINAL OPERATORS REFERENCE GUIDE - PROGRAM NUMBER 360A-UH-11X S/360 - S/370 MCGILL UNIVERSITY SYSTEM FOR INTERACTIVE COMPUTING GENERAL INFORMATION MANUAL - PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-AAT CUSTOMER EDUCATION COURSE CATALOG S/360-S/370 MCGILL UNIVERSITY SYSTEM FOR INTERACTIVE COMPUTING (MUSIC) ANNOUNCEMENT NOTICE - IUP NUMBER 5796-AAT CONSOLIDATED FUNCTIONS EQUITY PRODUCTS (CFEP) VARIABLE ANNUITIES, MUTUAL FUNDS - DATAMANN INC., ANNOUNCEMENT NOTICE INSTALLED USER - PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-AAP S/360-S/370 YALE ALUMNI RECORDS DATA SYSTEM (YARDS) ANNOUNCEMENT NOTICE - IUP NUMBER 5796-ABF ON-LINE ORDER SYSTEM - JAMES ALLAN AND SCNS - ANNOUNCEMENT NOTICE - IUP NUMBER 5796-ABK DISTRIBUTION ORDER ENTRY SYSTEM ANNOUNCEMENT NOTICE - IUP NUMBER 5796-ABT S/360/370 FILM LIBRARY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (FLMS) ANNOUNCEMENT NOTICE FOR IUP 5796-ACW (UNIV. OF IOWA) RESPONSIBILITY ACCOUNTING SYSTEM ANNOUNCEMENT NOTICE - IUP NUMBER 5796-ACA AN APL TEXT EDITOR AND COMPOSER 5796-PAC IS READY FOR SHIPMENT - AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER - 5796-PAC APL/PDTS PROGRAMMING DEVELOPMENT TRACKING SYSTEM (PDTS): IUP AVAILABILITY NOTICE PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAD FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM IUP ANNOUNCEMENT NOTICE PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAE FLIGHT DATA DISPLAY SYSTEM. GENERAL INFCRMATION MANUAL PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAE SCRIPT/370 (5796-PAF) IS READY FOR SHIPMENT AVAILABILITY NOTICE DATA DICTIONARY/DIRECTORY WITH CMIS DATA ELEMENT GLOSSARY (5796-PAG) IUP AVAILABILITY NOTICE - PROGRAM NUMBER 5796-PAG MULTICOLUMN DISTILLATICN PROGRAM - A~ILABILITY NOTICE IUP - 5796-PAH DBPROTOTYPE (5796-PBB). IMSMAP (5796-PBC). PLIMS (5796-PBF). BTS (5796-PBD). TEST IMS UTILITIES (5796-PBE) ARE NOW·READY FOR SHIPMENT AVAILABILITY NOTICE CYCLE-TIME SIMULATOR SYSTEM AVAILABILITY NOTICE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBG IBM WAREHOUSE SIMULATOR AVAILABILITY NOTICE IUP 5796-PBK 5796-PBK IBM MULTIPLANT SOURCING ANNCUNCEMENT NOTICE - IUP NUMBER 5796-PBL IBM MARKETING PUHLICATIONS KWIC INDEX CP-67/CMS VERSION 3.1: OPERATOR'S REFERENCE GUIDE (SUMMARY). PROG. NO. 3600-05.2.005 DISTRIBUTION ORDER EliTRY SYSTEi-l SYSTE1·j/370 ilii/D 3270' S - IUP ADVANCED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PROGRAM ASTAP ANNOUNCEMENT NOTICE.- IIUP NUMBER 5796-PBH TWIN FAIR PO MGMT SYSTEM - IUP # 5796-ADB GENERALIZED CREATE/REORGANIZE UTILITY SYSTEM FOR S/370 EASTMAN KODAK - RELEASE NOTICE - IUP NUMBER 5796-ACZ COURSE SELECTION GUIDE - DP EDUCATION FOR MANAGERS 399 Part 4. Library Charts These charts are aids for quickly finding order numbers for System/360 and System/370 publications about a specific machine or programming system, except for those pertaining to the System/360 Model 20. The machine charts are arranged according to the numbers of the system models and the I/O devices. The programming charts are arranged to show prerequisite publications and categories of publications for a particular system. To determine the models of System/360 and/or System/370 to which an I/O device currently may attach, see IBM System/360 Input/ Output Configurator, GA22-6823, and IBM System/370 Input/Output Configurator, GA22-7002. See IBM System/ 360 Model 20 Bibliography, GA26-3565, for information about System/360 Model 20 machines and programming systems. Machine System (see next page for I/O) SYSTEM PUBLICATIONS System Summary System Reference System Physical Planning Reference I/O Configurator System/370 GA22-7001 GA22-7000 GC22-7004 GA22-7002 System/360 GA22·6810 GA22-6821 GC22-6820 GA22-6823 Model Configurator Model Operating Procedures Model Physical Planning Template GC38-0015 GX22-7005 MODEL PUBLICATIONS System/370 Model Reference Other Features Model 145 GA24-3557 GA24-3573 Model 155 GA22-6942 GA22-6962 GA22-6957 GX22-7006 Model 165 GA22-6935 GA22-6956 GX22-7007 Model 195 GA22-6943 GA22-6944 GA22-6954 GX22-6981 System/360 Model Reference Model Configurator Model Operating Procedures Model Physical Planning Template Model 25 GA24-3510 GA24-3511 GA24-3523 GX22-6894 GA24-3512 GA24-3524 GA24-3526 Model 30 GA24-3231 GA24-3411 GA24-3232 GA24-3373 GX22-6894 GA24-3255 GA24-3365 Model 40 GA22-6881 GA22-6813 GA22-6911 GX22-6894 GL22-6902 GL22-6903 GL22-6904 MODEL PUBLICATIONS GA22-6955 GA22-6958 Other Features Model 44 GA22-6875 GA22-6874 GA22-6910 GX22-6914 GA22-6900 Model 50 GA22-6898 GA22-6814 GA22-6908 GX22-6914 GA27-2717 Model 65 GA22-6884 GA22-6887 GA27-2728 GX22-6856 GX22-6924 GA27-2715 GA27-2716 GA27-2717 Model 67 GA27-2719 GA27-2713 GX22-6905 GA27-2715 Model 75 GA22-6889 GA22-6888 GA22-6909 GX22-6856 GA22-6927 GX22-6923 GA22-6954 GX22-6981 Model 85 GA22-6916 GA22-6920 Model 91 GA22-6907 GA22-6907 Model 195 GA22-6943 GA22-6944 400 GA27-2733 I/O PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER I/O DEVICE OR CONTROL UNIT PUBLICATION R.ferenC1l Manuel 60 Megnetlc Data GA27·2725 Inscriber Mad~ 1 1017 P,perTa.. Reader PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER I/O DEVICE OR CONTROL UNIT PUBLICATION PhvlJeal Plannlnll Template Model ~ GA22-6BSB GX22-61155 GX2MB34 2416 Magnetic Tepe Unit And Control Models 1-6 GA22-6BSB GX22-61155 GX22-6I!34 2420 Magnetic Tepe Unit ModelS i. GA32-OOO7 GX22-6B55 GX22-6894 GX24-331!1 2420 Magnetic Tape Unit Model 7 GA22_ GX22-61155 GX22-68!J4 2495 Tapa cartridge Reader Model 1 GA27·2126 GX22-61155 GX22-6894 2501 card Reeder GA21-902& GX22-6834 GX22-6B34 1052 Printer.Keyboard Model. 3, 6. 8 GA22-6877 Model 7 Modals B1. 82 10&3 Printer ModeJI1,4 1231 Optical Mark Page 2401 Magnetic Tape Unit Modal. 1-6,8 GA33-4500 1051 Control Unit Model.t.Nt 1052 Prlnter·Keyboard Planning Template GA33-4500 Models 1.2 1018 Peper Tape Punch PhyIlCl' Reference MenUlI GA21..gQ31 GX22-6894 2520 card Punch Modn 81-83 GA21-!J027 GX22-6860 GA21-9033 GX22-6B34 GA2S . Oata Management Supervisor . Remote Job Entry RAS This chart (one of six) shows the general organization of the following five charts. It also shows the relationships among topics. The next five are detail charts suggesting an information path or reading sequence through the VSI library. Corequisite publications are indicated by arrowheads at both ends of the same line . Shading on the detail charts is used in two ways: I. Shading around boxes groups publications according to topic, such as for the OS/VS message library. Teleprocessing IDS Support 2. Shaded boxes identify books that are not an immediate part of the VSI support documentation, but which provide further introductory, procedural, and reference information. GENERAL & PLANNING INFORMATION ~!'!! OS/VS1 Storage Estimates Start ::u CD i GC24-5094 III N (; OS/VS System Management Facilities (SMF) ~ III ~ N a GC35-0004 ~ OS/VS1 Planning and Use Guide OS/MFT, OS/MVT, and OS/VS1 CRJE System Programmer's Guide GC24-5090 GC30-2016 IBM Data Processing Glossary OS/VS System Generation Introduction GC20-1699 GC26-3790 OS/VS1 Release 2 Guide OS/MFT, OS/MVT, and OS/VS1 CRJE Concepts and Facilities OS/VS1 System Generation Reference GC24-5097 GC30-2012 GC26-3791 GA22-7001 ~ N DOS to OS/MFT, OS/MVT, OS/VS1 Management Planning Guide DOS to OS/VS1 Implementation Guide OPERATIONS & MESSAGES ~ < ~ :0 (I) iii III lil '" n:r III ~ W S. ~ .j>. w GC38-0330 GC38-0255 GC38-1010 ic:;: ~ :c or '" e, PROGRAMMING ~ ~J C) :r ~~ .. -. .0 ~ C) ~~ OS/VS1 Job Management Logic SY24-5161 OS/VS JCL Syntax Reference Summary ~ ~ Linkage Editor Logic SY26-3815 Loader Logic SY26-3814 ~... PROGRAMMING :u CD i III N OS/VS Programmer's Reference Digest '0 ~ III :::l U1 So !!! GC26-3783 SY26-3785 SY26c3786 SY26-3787 SY26-3788 SY26-3789 SY35-0003 ~ GC24-5091 Logic OS/VS1 System Data Areas .... .j:. ·VI GC26-3793 GC24-5093 GC27-6979 SY24-5155 } SY24-5156 Logic SY24-5160 PROGRAMMING ~ ~ :II CD m- Il! N 0J "'~ en OS/MFT, OS/MVT, and OS/vS1 CRJE Terminal User's Guide g, ~ SY27 -7242 (Logic) Workstation User's Guide GC28-6879 ~ ..- 0'1 RES RTAM and Workstation Support Logic SY28-6849 OS/VS1 RES System Programmer's Guide GC28-6878 OS/VS1 RES Account Facility Logic GC27-6980 s o ~ - - - - - - - - - , ~e!. I ~ Virtua I Storage I>J .,~ -9 ~ a, I ~ I I o ...., I - .:::! Data Precessi ng Concepts ~ Introduction to Virtual Storage in System/370 OS/VS Master Index . GC20-1684 GR20-4260 GC28-0602 I I I I Concepts I I I I I I ~ l Summary of VS VS Terminology IBM System/370 System Summary IBM Date Processing Glossary GA22-7001 GC20-1699 IBM System/360 Operating System Introduction I ~ ..... -.,J J Introductian to Data Processing 1 Operati ng System I I I Concepts GC28-6534 r Data Management Concepts 1 l Teleprocessing Concepts I ntroduction to Data Management I ntroduction to Teleprocessing SC20-8096 GC20-8095 I ________ _ L I L_ I ------ ----IF YOU ARE INTERESTED IN: PLANNING AND IMPLEMENTING A VS2 SYSTEM OPERATING A VS2 SYSTEM THEN SEE: CD ® <-2 PROGRAMMI NG APPLICATIONS IN A VS2 SYSTEM 3 @) PROBLEM DETERMINATION AIDS IN VS2 ® MAINTAINING OR MODIFYING A VS2 SYSTEM ' ElJ .. ~ CCI CD N I~ I C§ C!l ~ I9 III Ia I -..;.. I I I I I _J ----l o ~ N f ..... ;" j N g, .::::l Overall Planning Information I ~ I OS/VS2 Planning and Use Guide I I GC28-0600 I I r I I Estimoting VS2 Storage Requirements Evaluating a New VS2 Release. I OS/VS System Generation Introduction I I GC28-0604 L _________________ , - GC26-3790 ( Xl I I I I Operator's Library: 5/370 Model 145 Procedures GC38-0015 Operator's li brary: OS/VS2 Reference GC38-0210 Console Configurations If you have a Display Console Operator's library: os/Vs Console Configurations GC38-0120 ~ Operator's library: OS/VS2 Display Consoles GC38-o260 OS/VS2 System Generation Reference I I GC26-3792 IL L -_ -__ ___-, lI Overall VS2 Operating Information TSO Data Management OS/VS2 TSO Guide GC28-0644 OS/VS Data Management for System Programm·ers SMF ----------,1 ~ I System OS/VS2 Storage Estimates OS/VS2 Release 1.6 Guide GC28-0601 I Implementing VS2 Facilities ~ ~ I I I 1 1 Generating a VS2 1 I I I I GC28-0631 (SMF) OS/VS Tape Labels GC35-0004 Checkpoint~estort OS/VS Checkpoi nt/Restart GC26-3784 L _ _ --, L_·_, ! If you have TSO Operator's library: OS/VS TCAM Operator's library: OS/VS2 TSO If you have TCAM OS/VS System Monagement Facilities 1 IL ___________________________ GC38-0305 GC38-0220 I I I I I I I I I ~ GC26-3795 OS/VS Virtual Storage Access Method (VSAM) Planning Guide GC26-3799 L -----------~I g --------~I ~ -f Control Program Services 0.. j.... I Job Management Services - Data Management Services Supervisor Services OS/VS JCL Services OS/VS Data Management Service Guide OS!VS Supervisor Services and Macro Instructians GC28-0617 GC26-3783 GC27-6979 g, i Support Programs I I -...l '-' + + .jlo .\0 OS/VS JCL Reference OS/VS Data Management Macro Instructions GC28-0618 GC26-3793 ~ Linkage Editor and loader I Assembler OS/VS and DOS/VS Assembler longuage GC33-4010 OS/VS Linkage Editor and Looder GC26-3813 Utilities 1 OS/VS Utilities GC35-0005 Programmer's Guide GC33-4021 OS/VS JCL Syntax Reference Summary GX28-0619 If you are interested in coding: Then see: TP opplications Graphics applicatians OCR/MICR applications TSO applications L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -1 ------------------,- ~ --------~-------------, ~ WI ci ~ 1 i;1 ,..,1 BTAM ~ I OS/VS BTAM ~I GC27-6980 9, ~I TCAM .. 3735 .. t OS/VS TCAM Programmer's Guide IBM 3735 Programmer's Guide (OS and DOS Systems) GC30-2034 2260 t ~ OS/VS Graphic Programming Services (GPS) for IBM 2250 Display Unit GC30-3001 '-'I 2250 1 ~------------------------~--~ I 1 GC27-6971 OS/VS Graphic Programming Services (GPS) for IBM 2260 Display Station (lacal Attachment) GC27-6972 GSP ~ OS/VS Graphic Subroutine Package (GSP) for FORTRAN IV, COBOL, and PI/I GC27-6973 L ___________________________ ~ I ---------------------~ ---------~--------l ~ o 1285/1287/1288 1 ~ OS Data Management Services and Macro Instructions for IBM 1419/1275 OS Data Management Services and Macro Instructions for IBM 1285/1287/1288 GC21-5006 GC21-5004 Using the TSO Command language Using TSr Terminals writinglTMP or CP OSNS2 TSO Terminol User's Guide OS/MVT and OS/VS2 TSO Terminals GC28-0645 GC28-6762 OS/VS2 TSO Guide To Writing a Terminal Monitor Program or a Command Processor + , 1 GC28-Q646 I ~ ~----~-------------------~ OSNS2 TSO Command language Reference Summary GX28-0647 I I I I ___________________________ L GC28-0648 OSNS2 TSO Command language Reference ~ ___________________________ J ------------------------------------------------. ~ ~ n ; Messages and Codes .... I ----- 0\ [ System Messages System Codes OS/VS Message library: VS2 System Messages OS/VS Message library: VS2 System Codes GC3S-IOO2 GC3S-IOOS VI g, .::l I I "H,me(_", ! Service Aids and OLTEP Messages OS/VS Message library: Service Aids and OLTEP Messages I OS/VS Message library: Utilities Messages OS/VS Message Library: linkage Editor and Loader Messages 1 I I I I I OS/VS Message library: VS2 TSO Messages 1 OS/VS Problem Determination Aids and Messages and Codes for GPS and GSP 1 Routing and Descriptor Codes OS/VS Message library: Routing and Descriptor Cades . GC38-I004 GC27-6974 I I I I I ! GC38-1009 GC3S-I007 Graphics TSO Messages ~ GC38-IOOS GC3S-I006 I linkage Editor and Loader Messages .j:>. N ...... l T RAS Tools I I Using Service Aids RDebdu.gginDg Techniques and eo ong umps OS/VS Service Aids OS/VS2 Debugging Guide GC2S-0632 GC2S-0633 I Using OLTEP u---i Using SYSI. LOGREC GC28-0636 GC2S-0638 I OS/VS Service Aids I Reference Suml)'lary I GX2S-0634 IL _____________________________________________________ J -------------------------------l o ~ I N ~ f I Logic Summary .... c. Master Index i... OS/VS2 Planning and Use Guide OS/VS2 System Data Areas g, GY28-0603 GC28-0600 SY28-Q606 a. ,I System Data Areas OS/VS Master Index of Logic I I -...J '-' I Job Management System Initialization ! ! ! OS/VS2 Supervisor Logic OS/VS2 Checkpoint/ Restart Logic ______________ SY28-0620 SY27-7243 SY27-7244 T ~ N N I Access Methods I U I/o Supervisor ! OS/VS SAM Logic SY26-3788 OS/VS ISAM Logic OS/VS BDAM Logic I o pen/Close/EOV ! ! OS/VS2 Logic I/o Supervisor SY26-3823 SY26-3786 - I I I I Checkpoint/Restart OS/VS2 IPL and NIP Logic ! OS/VS2 Job Management Logic Supervisor SY26-3820 ---------------~ ,DADSM ! I I Catalog Management OCR/MICR 1 ! OS/VS Open/Close/EOV Logic OS/VS DADSM Logic OS/VS Catalog Management logic OS BSAM Logic for IBM 1419/1275 SY26-3785 SY26-3787 SY35-0003 GY21-0012 OS Data Management Macro Logic for IBM 1285/1287/1288 GY21-0013 SY26-3789 -----.----------------------------.--~ o ~~ I fI :~ II atr I .....:I e. I I 3735 Gr OS/VS BTAM Logic 5 2 24 Y 7-7 6 ("') :j I BTtM OS/VS TcAM Logic 5 3 39 Y 0-20 . I IBM 3735 Programmable Buffered Terminal. Form D .. M escnp~,on acro InstructIons and Form Description Uti lity Program Logic Manual (OS and DOS Systems) OS/VS Graphics Access Method Logic SY27-7240 OS/VS Graphics Problem Oriented Routines Logic SY27-7241 OS/VS Graphic Subroutine Package (GSP) F FORTRAN IV or, COBOL, and PI/I SY27-7242 L -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _..J GY30-3000 I .j:>. N W I I I I I I IL Service Aids OLTEP I OS/VS Recovery Management Support Logic SY27.7239· I + + OS/VS2 Service Aids Logic OS/VS OLTEP Logic SY28-0643 SY28-0637 _________ _ I I Utilities SYS1.LOGREC Error Record i ng I ~ OS/VS Assembler Logic SY33-8041 OS/VS SYS 1. LOGREC Error Recording Logic OS/VS Utilities Logic SY35-0005 OS/VS L d Lo' oa er glc SY28-0639 --------- -- -- -- -- --- --- --- --- -- -- -- --- ---- -- -- --I Control Program TMP & Service Routines OS/VS2 TSO Control Program Logic SY28-0649 OS/VS2 TSO Terminal Monitar Program and Service Routines Logic SY28-0650 ,. OS/VS2 TSO Enhancements Logic SY28-0659 I Command Pracessors + OS/VS2 TSO Command Processor Logic Volume I - ACCOUNT SY28-0651 OS/VS2 TSO Command Processor Logic Volume III - TEST I + OS/VS2 TSO Command Processor Logic Volume 11- EDIT SY33-8548 I GA22-6822-20 ~n~~ iniemaiionai Business Machines Corporation Da.. Processing DiviSion 1133 Westchester Avenue, White Plains, New York 10804 (U.S.A. only) IBM World Trade Corporation 821 United Nations Plaza, New York, New York 10017 (lnternatlonaO READER'S COMMENT FORM IBM System/360 and System/370 Bibliography Order No. GA22-6822-20 Your views about this publication may help improve its usefulness; this form will be sent to the persons responsible for appropriate action. Using this form to request system assistance or additional publications will delay response, however. For more direct handling of such request, please contact your IBM representative or the IBM Branch Office serving your locality. Possible topics for comment are: Clarity Accuracy Completeness Organization Coding Retrieval Legibility n c.... Q "11 o c: » is :::l '"r 5· CD What is your occupation? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Number oflatest Newsletter associated with this Bibliography: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Please indicate in the space below if you wish a reply. Thank you for your cooperation. No postage stamp necessary if mailed in the U.S.A. (Elsewhere, an IBM office or representative will be happy to forward your comments.) GA22-6822-20 n S Your comments, please ... ~ 'T1 o This publication is part of a library that serves as a reference source for systems analysts, programmers, and operators ofIBM systems. Your comments on the other side of this form will be carefully reviewed by the persons responsible for compiling and publishing this material. All comments and suggestions become the property of IBM. ii ):> 0' :::J 10 r 5' CI> Fold Fold First Class Permit 40 Armonk New York Business Reply Mail No postage stamp necessary if mailed in the U.S.A. Postage will be paid by: International Business Machines Corporation Department 77 A 1133 Westchester Avenue White Plains, New York 10604 Fold International BU11ne11 Machlnel Corporation Data ProcelllngDivilion 1133 Weltchelter Avenue, White Plalnl, New York 10604 (U.S.A. only) IBM World Trade Corporation 821 United Nationl Plaza, New York, New York 10017 (International) Fold
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37 Create Date : 2011:10:05 15:28:36-08:00 Modify Date : 2011:10:05 17:02:33-07:00 Metadata Date : 2011:10:05 17:02:33-07:00 Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.46 Paper Capture Plug-in Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:c562418a-f359-4668-a74e-cc0e19a07132 Instance ID : uuid:47ce6850-1d83-4235-92db-7b67ab46906d Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseNone Page Count : 432EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools